Transactions of the Entomological Society of London

nl
“e

vate:

a sicmclohate’

fit sae to Tote f

ante eee SS
F eee aa

Sa tetetr eral. ato
cane tebetete® 49s tote
nied Paton et har LE 3
~

ey saree
Pe

are
‘y
‘
A,

yah

the, Vi
Ache)

eS

TRANSACTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

THE
TRANSACTIONS

OF

LONDON

i goo ae

LONDON:

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AND SOLD AT ITS ROOMS,

41 QUEEN’S GATE, 8.W.

1921-1922.

er.

“

ished 8 O

. publ

a
fe)
ash
e
ov
a
a
a
=
P=
—
=
H
i

a
‘

- Parts

”

i-eviii)

vt gee
5s

Part V (Proc.,

~ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOUNDED, 1833.

Bar INCORPORATED BY RoyaAL CHARTER, 1885,
’

PATRON: HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1921-1922.

President.
Tue Rr, Hon. LORD ROTHSCHILD, D.Sc., F.RS., F.LS., F.Z.S.

Vicc=Presidents,
G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS., F.Z.S.
J. HARTLEY DURRANT.
CoMMANDER J. J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS.

Secretaries.

S. A. NEAVE, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
H. ROWLAND BROWN, M.A.

Librarian,
HENRY J. TURNER.

Otber Members of Council.
ROBERT ADKIN.

am H. E, ANDREWES.
ms G. C. CHAMPION, A.LS., F.Z.8.
Ry | A. D. IMMS, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.
oe G. A. K. MARSHALL, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
oN N. D. RILEY.
ak J. WATERSTON, B.D., D.Sc.
RS Tur Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.ZS.
a Trustees of the Society.
BK). Pror, W. BATESON.
S Pror. E. B. POULTON.
=~ Tue Hoy, N. CHARLES ROTHSCHILD.

+
(Pd)

Trustees for the Debenture holders,
ROBERT ADKIN.

Dr. G. A. K. MARSHALL.
W. G. F. NELSON,

Finance and house Committee.
G. A. K. MARSHALL (Chairman).
ROBERT ADKIN.

G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER.
EK, C: BEDWELL.

G. BETHELL.

W. G. F. NELSON.

Publication Conunittee.
G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER (Chairman).
J. HARTLEY DURRANT.
G. A: K.. MARSHALL.
THE Rev. F. D. MORICE.
Pror. E.'B. POULTON.
CoMMANDER J. J. WALKER.
THe Rey. GEORGE WHEELER.

Library Committee,
J. HARTLEY DURRANT (Chairman).

G. BETHELL.
Kk. G. BLAIR.
J. E. COLLIN.
S. EDWARDS.
THe Rev. F, D. MORICE.
LBs PROUT,

CONT ENE:

PAGE
List of Fellows ay i) sce ren ay oe Gax:)
Additions to the egies ae se ae Bee He wet XKIN)
List of Benefactions ae x sat Te aS aes Peete Cle sah hy
MEMOIRS.
PAGE
Anprewes, H. E. III. Notes on Synonymy and on some Types of
Oriental Carabidae in various foreign collections 5 145
Arrow, Gilbert J., F.Z.S. IX. A List of the eas Coleoptera of
Indo-China, with descriptions of new species 285
Buiair, K. G. VIII. Types of Heteromera ddackibedl by F, Walket
now in the British Museum : 268
CARPENTER, G. D. Hale, D.M., B.Cu. Geen, F. ci S., F. ZS panda
Medical Service. I. Weenacudents on the Relative Edibility of
Insects, with special reference to their Coloration 1
DonisTHORPE, Horace, F.Z.S., ete. X. Mimicry of Ants os oflinn
Arthropods . “i oe 307
Epwarps, F. W. IV. British Liunashiniar, ieamie? feeceras aad
Corrections ... : 196
ELTRincHamM, H., M.A., 'D. Son F. Z. 8. XIII. On he encag Species
of the Genge Ne ae Fab. 532
une aectwe the late Charles Geile: M. has B. Se. Sahadecns XIL
Five Years’ Observations (1914-1918) on the Bionomics of Southern
Nigerian Insects, chiefly directed to the Investigation of Lycaenid
Life-histories and to the Relation of Lycaenidae, Diptera, and
other Insects e Ants ats ae bs or Alp Aaa ke,
Lea, Arthur M., F.E.S. VII. On some Australian Chrysomelidae
(Gcleopesnays in ae British Museum 260
Muir, F. V. The Male genitalia of Merope eer Mew. (fcenptera) 231
Rirey, N. D. VI. Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Dollman
Collection =e sis ce se Sac Be ae -. 204
Stoane, Thomas G. XIV. On the number of joints in the antennae
of Haliplidae and Paussidae (Coleoptera) 590
Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D. XV. Observations on bh ‘etmueture of
some Australian Lepidoptera S uceaay Ceo the Diagnoses
of two new Families ae 592
Uvarov, B. P., F.E.S. II. Notes on the Poechncera in the. British
Museum, 1. The group of Euprepocnemini ... 106
WirnycomsBer, C.L. XI. On the Life-history of Boreus hyde Le 312

Proceedings for 1921
Annual Meeting ...
Balance Sheet
President’s Address
General Index
Special Index

EXPLANATION OF

Piates I, II
Plate ILI

Plates 1V, V
Plates VI, VII
Plate VIII
Plates IX, X
Plate XI

Plates XII, XIII

PAGE
i-eviii

cix
Cxxii
CXxx Vii
elxiii
elxxi

PLATES, TRANSACTIONS.

See page 230 Plate XIV See page 516
i 233 Plates XV, XVI(Figs.
oA 258 1-4), XVII ne 517
“* 259 Plate XVIII See pages 524-6
5 318 Plate XIX See page 531
4 451 Plate XX AS 587
Bt 454 Plates XXI-XXIII 5 588
a 489 Plates XXIV, XXV - 589
PROCEEDINGS.

Plate A. See p. v.

Hist of s#ellotus

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
HONORARY FELLOWS.

Date of
Election.

1900 Avrivitiius, Professor Christopher, Stockholm.

1915 Beruese, Professor Antonio, via Romana, 19, Firenze, Italy.

1905 Botivar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo,
17, Madrid.

1911 Comstock, Prof. J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.

1894 Foren, Professor Auguste, M.D., Yvorne, Canton de Varad,
Switzerland.

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.

1915 t Howarp, Dr. L. O., Chief, Bureau of Entomology, U.S. Dept. of
Agriculture, Washington, U.S.A.

1914 Lameerrg, Professor A., 74, rue Defarg, Bruxelles.

1918 Marcuat, Dr. Paul, President of the Entomological. Society of
France, 45, rue de Verriéres, Antony, Seine, France.

1908 OpseErtHUr, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France.

1913 Tran-SHansxl, A. P. Semenoff, Vassili Ostrov, 8 lin., 39, Petrograd,
Russia.

1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland.

SPECIAL LIFE FELLOWS.

Date of

Election.

1916 *(1894) Mratz, Louis Compton, F.R.S. (Councin, 1903, 1908),
Norton Way, N., Letchworth.

1921 (1862) Smarr, David, M.A., M.B., F-R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (PREs.,
1887-8; V.-Prus., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Suc., 1857;
CounciL, 1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants.

1916 (1888) YErBury, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S. (Councit,
1896, 1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James's, S.W. 1.

FELLOWS.

(The names of those who have not yet paid either the Entrance Fee or
the first year’s subscription are not included.)
Marked * died during the year 1921.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.
Marked t have been admitted into the Society (to Dec. 1921).

- Date of
_ Election.

19147f{Aparr, E. W., B.A., Turf Club, Cairo, Egypt.

1913 ¢ Apams, B. G., 15, Fernshaw-roud, Chelsea, S.W.

- :
(t;)

1902 { ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Tvenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent.

1885 {| ApKiy, Robert (Councin, 1901-2, 1911-13, 1921- ), Hodeslea,
Meads, Eastbourne.

1921 ALExanpER, Prof. O. P., 419, West Main-street, Urbana, Illinois,
U.S.A.

1912 Anipn, J. W., M.A., 266, Wiliesden-lane, London, N.W. 2.

1920 { Attson, A. M., 26 Addison Mansions, Blythe-road, W. Kensington,
W. 14. All communications to College of Science, Entomological
Department, Exhibition-road, 8.W. 7.

1911 AwNpeErRsoN, T. J., Entomological Laboratory, Kabete, Brit. BE. Afvica.

1919¢{ANnDREWES, Christopher Howard, 1, North-grove, Highgat, N.6.

1910}¢AnpDREweEs, H. E. (Counctn, 1920-21), 8, North-grove, Highgate, N.6.

1899 { ANDREws, Henry W., Woodside, Victoria-road, Eltham, S.E. 9.

1901 t AnninG, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C, 3. -

1908 | ANTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills,
S. India.

1913 + Armyrace, Edward O., Ingleby, Armytage, Victoria, Australia.

1907 { ARNoLD, G., D.Se., A.R.C.S., Rhodesia Musewm, Bulawayo, South
Africa.

1899}tArrow, Gilbert J. (Councin 1905-7), 9, Rossdale-road, Putney,
S.W. 15; and British Musewm (Natwral History), Cromwwell-road,
SW ¥s

1911¢AsuBy, Edward Bernard, 36, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow, Middlesex,

1907 + {Asuey, Sidney R., 8, Elm Tree-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 8.

1921 Atkinson, Dennis Jackson, Ataran Forest Division, Moulmein,
Burma.

1886 Armorg, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.

1914 Awartr, P. R., Medical Entomologist, c/o Grindlay & Co., Bankers,
26, Westmorland-street, Calcutta.

1901 ¢ Bacor, Arthur W. (Councrt, 1916-18), York Cottage, York-hill,
Loughton, Essex.

19044 {BaGnaxt, Richard §., 5, Higham Place, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

1909 ¢ Baawetu-Pureroy, Capt. Edward, Hast Farleigh, Maidstone.

1916 { Batrour, Miss Alice, 4, Carlton-gardens, S.W., and Whittingehame,
Prestonkirk, Scotland.

1921 | BaLFour-Browne, F. M., F.R.S.E., F.Z.8., Oaklands, Fenstanton,
St. Ives, Hunts.

1912 Batnarp, Edward, Govt. Entomologist, Agricultural College and
Research Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India.

1886 ¢ BanKEs, Eustace R., M.A.

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S8., The Warren, Cromer.

1895 Barker, Cecil N., 81, Bellevue-road, Durban, Natal, South Africa.

1920 t Barns, Thomas Alexander, F.Z.8., 32, Windsor-court, Bayswater,
WD ,

1902 ¢ Barravp, Philip J., Central Research Institute, Kasauli, Punjab,
India.

‘
=
4
4

;

( xi )

1907 ¢ Barter, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bowrnemouth.

1894+ }BareEson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,
Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey.

1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barnsley.

1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman, Castle-street, Framlingham,
Suffolk.

1912 ¢ Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus, 39, Rowland Gardens, S.W. 7.

18967{BeEARE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc. F.R.S.E. (V.-PREs., 1910;
Councit, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Edinburgh.

1908 ¢ Beck, Richard, 97, Pelton St., Barnstaple.

1912 Beprorp, Gerald; Entomologist to the Union of South Africa,
Veterinary Bacteriological’ Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria,
Transvaal.

1913 Brprorp, Capt. Hugh Warren, W.T.R. Laboratories, Khartown,
Sudan.

1899 { BepWELL, Ernest C. (Counctt, 1917-19, 1922- }, Bruggen, Brighton-
road, Coulsdon, Surrey.

1920 ¢ BrEson, C. F. C., Indian Forest Service, Forest Research Institute,
Dehra Dun, U.P., India.

1904 Benersson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ;
Curator, Entomological Collection of the University.

1915 Benuam, Prof. William Blaxland, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., University
of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

1906 ¢ Benratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex.

1913 £ Best-GarDNER, Charles C., Rookwood, Neuth, Glamorgan.

1920 ¢ BerHELL, George, F.R.Hist.S., F.L.A., 11, Chandos-street, W. 1.

1885 ¢ BeraunE-BAakeER, George T., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Pres. 1913-14;
V.-Prus., 1910-11, 1915; Councrn, 1895, 1910-15, 1919-21),
20, Newbold Terrace, Leamington Spa.

1918 BerveripGE, Brigadier-Gen. W. W. O., C.B., D.S.O., R.A.M.C., 30,
South Eaton-place, S.W. 1.

1891 { BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton.

1904 ¢ Biack, James E., F.L.S., Nethercroft, Peebles.

1920 Brackmorg, E. H., Pres. Brit. Columbia Ent. Soc., P.O. Box 221,
Victoria, B.C.

1904 { Buatr, Kenneth G. (Councrn, 1918-20), Claremont, 120, Sunning-
jields-road, Hendon, N.W. 4.

1921 BrienKary, 8. A., 44, Romola-road, Herne Hill, 8.E. 24.

1904 ¢ Buiss, Maurice Frederick, M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 130, High

' Town road, Luton, Beds.

1916 ¢ Bococr, Charles Hanslope, The Elms, Ashley, Newmarket.

1912 Bopkty, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana.

1903 Boaug, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet.

1911 Bortxav, H., 99, Rue de la Cote St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes,
Seine, France.

1921 Boxtron-Kina, E., Balliol College, Oxford.

1891 Boorn, George A., F.Z.S.,M.B.0.U., The Hermitage, Kirkham, Lanes.

-
(>i)

1902 ¢ Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs.

1921 Bouck, Baron J., Springfield, South Godstone, Surrey.

1913 Bowater, Lieut.-Col, William, 23, Hiyhfield-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.

1894 + Bowxes, Ei. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.

1912 + Bowrrne, C. Talbot, Commissioner of Customs, Ichang, China.

1921 ¢ Box, H. E., 150, Stamford Hill, N.16.

1919 £ Box, Lieut. L. A., 35, Great James-street, W.C. 1

1910 Boyp, A. Whitworth, Frandley House, nv. Northwich.

1920 Boyp, Major John Erroll Moritz, M.C., R.A.M.C, Pendavey, Birch-
ington-on-Sea.

1905 BrackeEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth.

1919 Bravuey, Prof. J. Chester, M.Se., Professor of Entomology and
Curator of Invertebrate Zoology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York, U.S.A.

1917 Brewer, Dr..H. G., Ph.D., Director of the Transvaal Museum,
Pretoria, Transvaal, S. Africa.

1920 { Brencutey, Dr. Winifred E., D.Sc., F.L.S., Rothamsted Experi-
mental Station, Harpenden, Herts.

1920 { Bripson, Miss Mary Francis Cossart, Ford Brow, Dartmouth.

1894 t Brieut, Percy M., Colebrook Grange, 58, Christchurch road, Bourne-
mouth,

1909 Brirren, Harry, 22, Birch-grove, Levenshulme, Manchester,

1902 ¢ Brovauron, Lt.-Col. T. Delves, R.E., D.A.D.W. Office, Wellington,
Nilgivis, India.

1904 ¢ Brown, Henry H., 5, Bramtsfield-crescent, Edinburgh.

1919 Brown, James Meikle, B.Sc., F.LS., F.C.S., 176, Carterknow’e-road,
Millhouses, Sheffield.

1910 Browns, Horace B., M.A., Kenilavorth, Scatcherd-lane, Morley, Yorks.

1911 * Brurzer, Rev. Henry W., Upton Vicarage, Peterborough.

1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., 163, Cae terrace, Hyde Park, W.2

1898 + BucHan- HEPBURN, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., DL, Bindutoas
Hepburn, Preeaieat.

1919 ¢ Buckuurst, A S., 9, Souldern-road, W. 14.

1917 ¢ Buckr y, Dr. George Granville, M.D., F.S.A., Rye Croft South,
Manchester-r oad, Bury, Lanes.

1916 Buenion, Prof. E., La Luciole, Aix-en-Provence, France.

1907 Buxuerp, Arthur, F.S.A., Dimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somersetshire.

1919 + Bunnert, E. J., M.A., 19, Silverdale-voad, Sydenham, 8.E. 26.

1896++Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M. (V.-PREs.,
1912 ; Counc, 1908, 4, 1910-12), United University Club, Pu..
Mall East, 8.W.1.

1920 Burras, Alfred Ellis, 3, Connaught-road, North End, Portsmouth.

1909 ¢ Burrows, The Rey. C. R. N,, The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le-
Hope, Hssex.

1920 + Busuett, Capt. H.8., Imperial Bureau of Entomology, 41, Queen’s
Gate, S. Kensington, S.W.7, and Ravensholt, Harrow-on-the- Hil,

as

( xiii)

1868}+Butier, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Sec., 1875; Councit,
1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham.

1883 + Burner, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Se. (Councit, 1914-16), 35,
Kyrle-road, West Side, Clapham Common.

1902 Butter, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading.

1905 ¢ Burrerrizxp, James A., B.Se., Ormesby, 21, Dorville-road, Lee, S.E.

1914 + BurreRFIELD, Rosse, Curator, Corporation Museum, Keighley, Yorks.

1912;{Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.O.U., Dept. of Health, Government
House, Jerusalem.

1917. Cameron, Alfred E., M.A., D.Sc., University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatown, Canada.

1902 + Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N. (Councrn, 1919-20), Forest Research

: Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India.

1885 * CampBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc., Kilronan, South
Nutfield, Surrey.

1898 CanpbzE, Léon, Mont St. Murtin 75, Liége.

1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.1K. 25.

1889 ¢ Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W. 15.

1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road,
Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham.

1892 { CarpPenTER, The Hon. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, 8.W.1.

1919 Carpenter, Cyril F., 2303, 13th Street, Sacramento, California,
U.S.A.

1910 { CarPeNTER, Geoffrey D. H., D.M., B.Ch., c/o P.M.O., Uganda.

1895 ¢ CARPENTER, Prof. George H., B.A., D.Sc., Royal College of Science,
Dublin.

1915 Carr, Professor John Wesley, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of
Biology, University College, Nottingham.

1912 Carrer, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in
Medical and Economic Entomology, 7, Courthope Villas, Worple-
road, Wimbledon, S.W.19. All communications to The Bacterio-
logical Institute, Colombo.

1906 ¢ Carter, H. J., B.A., Garrawillah, Kintore-street, Wahroonga,
Sydney, N.S.W.

1921 Castine, P. V., c/o Alliance Bank of Simla, Peshawar, India.

1921 CassExs, O. C., D.F.C., N.D.A., Hon. Dip. (Harper-Adams A. C.),
La Cumbre, Ottery St. Mary, Devon.

1889}¢Cave, Charles J. P., Stoner Hill, Petersfield.

1920 ¢ LE Cerr, F., Curator of the Lepidoptera in the Paris Museum, 13,
rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1900 CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbowrne, Hdgbaston, Birmingham.

1871 {CHampion, George C., F.Z.8., A.L.S. (Iiprarran, 1891-1920;
CounciL, 1875-7, 1921); MHeatherside, Horsell, Woking; and 45,
Pont-street, S.W.1. -

1914 + Campion, Harry George, B.A., Assistant Conservator of Forests,
W, Almora, U.P., India.

al
(5 wives)

1891*{CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (V.-Pres., 1900,
1904-5, 1908, 1916-17 ; Counctr, 1898-1900, 1903-5, 1907- 9,
1916-18), Betula, Reigate.

1919 CHarrerseR, Nibavan Chandra, B.Se., Forest Research Institute,
Dehra Dun, U.P., India.

1897 { Coawner, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst S.0., Hants.

1913 ¢ CHeavin, Capt. W. H.S., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., F.N.P.S., Demonstrator,
Chemistry Dept., Middlesex Medical College, Middlesex Hospital
Medical School, W.1.

1919 CHrrsman, Miss L. Evelyn, Entomological Dept., Zoological Society,
Regents Park, N.W.8

1920 { CueErHAM, Christopher Arthington, Wheatfield, Old Farnley,
Leeds. All communications to Stone Bridge Mills, Wortley, Leeds.

1889 Caristy, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth,

1914 Curystat, R. Neil, B.Se., Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Surrey,
and 4, Brainstone-road, Keiw, Surrey.

1909 Crark, Lt.-Col. C. Turner, F.Z.8., Hillcrest, St. Augustine’s-avenue,
S. Croydon.

1914 Creare, L. D., Berbice, British Guiana.

1914 CrieaHorN, Miss Maude Lina West, F.L.S., 12, Alipore-road,
Calcutta, India.

1908 CxLurrersuck, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathville-road, Gloucester.

1908 CriurrEersBucK, P. H., ee eee Genecat of Forests, Simla, India.

1904 { Cockayne, Edward A., M.A., M.D., F.R.C.P. (Councin, 1915-17),
65, Westbourne-tervace, W.2.

1920 Cockcroft, T., 111, Owen-street, Wellington South, New Zealand.

1917 ¢ CockrERELL, Prof. T. D. A., University of Colorado, Boulder,
Colorado, U.S.A.

1917 ¢ Cocks, Frederick, 26, Crown-street, Reading.

1914 Coren AN, Leslie C., Dept. of Agriculture, Bangalore, asians
India.

1899 ¢ Cottin, James EK. (V.-PReEs., 1913; CounciL, 1904-6, 1913-15,
1922— ), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1918 Comstock, Dr. John Adams, the Director, South-Western Museum,
Marmion-way and Avenue, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.

1913 { Conny, Miss Blanche A., Brampton Hall, Wangford, Suffolk.

1919 ¢ ConsTaBLE, Miss Florence B., 17, Colville Mansions, W. 11.

1921 Coorn, F. D., 11, Pendle-voad, Streatham, S.W.

1916 Cornrorp, The Rev. Bruce, 13, Havelock-road, Portsmouth.

1920 ¢ CorrerRELL, G.8., Newlyn, Gerrard’s Cross, Bucks.

1913 Cowarp, Thomas Alfred, F.Z.8., 36, George-street, Manchester.

1920 ¢ Crabse, E., 52, Sihapela-peadl Belhiawl SW p12:

1895 CRABrRER, Bevanin Hill, Holly Bank, Alderley Edge, Cheshire.

1913 Crace, Major F. W., M.D., I.M.S., Central Research Institute,
Kasauli, Punjab, India.

1919 Crampton, Prof, E. Chester, Massachusetts Agricultural College,
Amherst, Mass., U.S.A,

Ge arn)

1909 ¢ Crawtey, W. C., BiA., F.R.M.S. (Councir, 1917-19), 29, Holland
_ Park-road, W. 14.
1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.
1907 + Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D.,12, North Hill-road, Headingley, Leeds.
1919 ¢ Cummtne, Bernard Douglas, Boulderwall, East Hill-road, Oxted.
1908 Curtis, W. Parkinson, Drake North, Sandringham-road, Parkstone,
Dorset.

1900 Datatisu, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgovv.
1886 ¢ Dannatt, Walter, F.Z.S., St. Lawrence, Guibal-road, Lee, S.E.

1911 Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Melbourne,

Victoria, Australia.

1912 Davipson, James, D.Sc. F.L.8., Institute of Plant Pathology,
Rothamsted, Harpenden, Herts.

1905 Davrpson, James, 32, Drumsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh.

1912 Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Corosal, British
Honduras.

1910 t Dawson, William George, Shortlands House, Shortlands, Kent.

1903 Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle.

1898. Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Dunean’s Station, Vancouver Island, British

Columbia.

1917 { Dicksrx, Arthur, 24, Lyford-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W. 18.

1887 { Dixy, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar
of Wadham College (Pres., 1909-10; V.-PrEs., 1904-5, 1911
CounciL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford.

1921 Dopson, H. W., 14, Finkle-street, Kendal.

1909 f Dogson, Thomas, 33, The Park, Sharples, Bolton.

1905 Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland.

1912 ¢ Dore, Major Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
3, Hook Heath, Woking.

1891 { DontsrHorrr, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S. (V.-Pres., 1911;

Councin, 1899-1901, 1910-12), Dwrandesthorpe, 19, Hazlewell-
road, Putney, S.W. 15.
1921 Dover, C., The Indian Museum, Calcutta, India.
1913 { Dow, Walter James, 5, Great College-street, Westminster, S.W. 1.
1910 Downes-Suaw, Rey. Archibald, Scotton Rectory, Gainsborough.
1884+ Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S. (Councin, 1903-5), 26, South
Hill Park, Hampstead, N.W.3.
1900 Drury, W. D., Dorset House, St. Tobias-road, Sevenoaks,

1894 Duparon,G.C.,1,Zetland House, Cheniston-gardens, Kensington,W.8.

1913 Durrrenp, Charles Alban William, Stowting Rectory, Hythe, and
Wye College, Kent.

1906 | DukryFieLD Jongs, E., 118, Fuirview-avenue, Glendale, California,
U.S.A,

1883 { Durrant, John Hartley (V.-PREs., 1912-13; Councrit, 1911-13,

1919--21), Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, 8.W. 15; and British

Museum (Natural History), Cromavell-road, S. Kensington, S.W.7,.

fe

Ce)

1910 } Eates-Warre, Capt. J. Cushny, 49, Chester-terrace, Huton-square,

S.W. 1.

1912 ¢ Earn, Herbert L., M.A., Vanessa, Rawlyn-road, Torquay.

1865 ¢ Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A. (Councin, 1877-9), Rich-
mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon.

1902 | Epenstren, Hubert M., Oakhurst, Balcombe-road, Haywards Heath,
Sussex,

1919 Epwarprs, Capt. Tickner, R.A.M.C., The Red Cottage, Burpham,
Arundel, Sussex.

1911 ¢ Epwarps, I’. W., 56, Norton-road, Letchworth.

1886 Epwanps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham.

1884 { Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.8., F.Z.S5. (Councrn, 1912-14), 15, St.
Germans-place, Blackheath, 5.1. 3.

1913. Epwarps, William H., Natural History Dept., The Museum,
Birmingham.

1916 ¢ ErrLaroun, Hassan, 38, Shoubrah-avenue, Cairo, Egypt.

1900 + Exuiort, i. A., 41, Chapel Park-road, St. Leonards-on-Sea.

1900 + Euuis, H. Willoughby, F.Z.S. (Counctn, 1916-18), 3, Lanecaster-
place, Belsize Park, N.W. 3.

1919 Eston, Albert H., 69, Lefevre Terrace, N. Adelaide, S. Australia.

1903 ¢ EvtrincHamu, Harry, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. (SrcreTaRy, 1922- ;
V.-PreEs., 1914, 1918; CounciL, 1913-15, 1918-20), Woodhouse,
Stroud, Gloucestershire, and Hope Department, University Museum,
Oxford.

1878 Exnwns, Henry Joln, J.P., V.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Pres., 1893-4 ;
V.-Prus., 1889-90, 1892, 1895; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne,
Cheltenham.

1903 Evrneriper, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

1908 Evstacr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Wellington College, Berks.

1919 Evans, Lt.-Col. Wm. Harry, D.S.O., R.E., c/o Messrs. Cox & Co.,
16, Charing Cross, W.C, 2, and H.Q. Northern Command, Murree,
Punjab, India.

1919 Fatconrer, William, Wilberlee, Slaithivaite, Huddersfield.

1907. Frarunr, Walter, Cross Hills, nr. Keighley, Yorks.

1900¢ Ferraam, H. L. L., Mercantile Buildings, Siwmmonds-street,
Johannesburg, Transvaal.

1861 ¢ Fenn, Charles, Vversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E. 12.

1920 Frnron, Edward Wyllie, M.A., B.Sec., Seale-Hayne Agricultural
College, Newton Abbot, Devon.

1918 ¢ Fercuson, Anderson, 22, Polavorth-gardens, Glasgow, W.

1918 * Fernaup, Prof. C. H., ¢/o H. T. Fernald, Esq., Amherst, Mass.,
U.S.A.

1900 Firva, J. Digby, F.L.S8., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds.

1898 ¢ FLercHeEr, Prof, 'V. Baie blew. R.N., Agricultural Research Institutes
Pusa, eve India.

1883 | Frercuer, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor,

~~

Ci xvars)

1905 Frorrsnerm, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, S.W. 8.

1885 Foxker, A. J. F., Zicrikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1914 ForpHAw, William John, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., D.Ph., 8, Albert Drive,

: Low Fell, Gateshead.

1913 Foster, Arthur H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.(Eng.), M.B.O.U., Sussex
House, Hitchin, Herts., and 13, Tilehouse-street, Hitchin, Herts.

1900 Fourxkes, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricullural College,
Newport, Salop.

1898 ¢ FounTaINE, Miss Margaret E., 126, Lezham Gardens, W.8.

1880 ¢ FowterR, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc., M.A., F,L.S. (Pres., 1901-2;
V.-Pres., 1903 ; Sxc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading.

1921 Fox, C. L., 1621, Vallejo Street, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.

1920 ¢ Fox-Witson, G., Entomological Dept., R.H.S. Laboratory, Wisley,
Ripley, Surrey.

1908 Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I.MLS., 309, Brownhill-road,
Catford, S.E.

1888 { Fremury, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., White Howse Farm,
Bedmond, by King’s Langley, Herts.

1921 Frew, J. G. H., 262, Chureh-road, Yardley, Birmingham.

1910 ¢ Frissy, G. E., 31, Darnley-roud, Gravesend,

1908 Froaearr, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Agricul-
tural Musewm, George-street North, Sydney, New South Wales.

1891 Frowawk,.F. W., Uplands, Thundersby, Essex.

1907 $ Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, M.A. (Councin, 1916-18), Milton-
road, Harpenden, Herts.

1876+ Funter, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,
Sydenham, 8.E. 26.

1887 ¢ GawaN, Charles Joseph, M.A., D.Sc. (PREs., 1917-18; V.-PRes.,
1916, 1919 ; Sxc., 1899-1900 ; Councin, 1893-5, 1901, 1914-16,
1919), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford Park, W.4; and British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell-road, 8.W.7.

1890 * GARDNER, John, Laurel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool.

1920 GarpNeER, J. C. M., Entomological Dept., Royal College of Science,
S. Kensington, S.W. 7.

19017 {GaRDNER, Willoughby, F.L.S., F.S.A., Deganwy, N. Wales.

1920 GauntLETtT, Harry Leon, F.Z.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., A.K.C.,
45, Hotham-road, Putney, S.W. 15.

1913 ¢ DE Gaye, J. A., P.O. Box 413, Lagos, S. Nigeria.

1919+ Gepye, Alfred Francis John, c/o Barclay’s Bank, Leigh-on-Sea,

Essex.
1899 ¢ GeLDART, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford.
1913 ¢ Giss, Lachlan, 38, Blackheath Park, Blackheath, S.E. 3.

1915 Greson, Arthur, Entomological Branch, Dept. of Agriculture,

Ottawa, Canada.

1908 GrrraRD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1895 GiBeRt-Carter, Sir G. T., K.C.M.G., Ilaro Court, Barbados.
h 2

-
(> xvi. 1)

1907 Grimes, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, Scuth
Perth, W. Australia.

1904 ¢ GILLIAT, Francis, 3.A., Windham Club, St. James’s-square,
Piccadilly, S.W. 1.

1919 GrineHam, Conrad Theodore, O.B.E., F.1.C., The Cottage, OF ee
nr. Leamington Spa.

1921 Guicx, P. A., 908, West Illinois, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A.

1914 ¢ Goprrey, E. J., Education Dept., Bangkok, Siam.

1920¢ GoopBan, Bernard Sinclair, Belmont, Anerley-road, Anerley,
S.E, 19.

1921 { GoopMay, O. R., 210, Gloswell-road, E.C. 1.

1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent.

1898 ¢ Gorpon, J. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.0., Wigtownshire.

1898 { Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Drumblair, Inverness.

1913 Govan, Lewis, Ph.D., Entomologist to the Govt. of Egypt, Dept. of
Agriculture, Cuivo.

1909 Gownpey, Carlton C., B.Sc., Hope, Kingston P.O., Jamaica, Trans-
actions to 116, Pleasant-street, Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1918 Gracr, George, B.Sc., A.R.C.Se., 23, Alexander-crescent, Ilkley,
Yorks.

1914 Gravetey, F. H., The Indian Musewm, Caleutta.

1911 { Graves, Major P. P., Club de Constantinople, Constantinople.

1891¢¢GrEEN, E. Ernest, F.Z.S. (V.-PReEs., 1915; Councit, 1914-16),
Way's End, Beech-avenue, Camberley.

1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.S., City of London Club, Old Broad-street, E.C. 2

1893 | GREENWooD, Henry Powys, F.1..S., Whitshury House, Salisbury.

1920 GrirFin, J. W., 27, The Summit, Liscard, Wallasey.

1888 GriFFitHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1894 { Grimsuaw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh.

1905 Grist, Charles J., The Croft, Carol Green, Berkswill, Coventiy.

1920 ¢ Grosvenor, T. H. L., Walldeanes, Redhill, Swrrey.

1920+ Gunton, Major H. C., Seaton Cottage, Gerrard’s Cross Common,
Bucks.

1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich.

1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department of
Agriculture, Sydney, Australia.

1912 Hacker, Henry, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland.

1919 Hapwen, Dr. Seymour, D.Vet.Sei. Biological Central Haperi-
mental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.

1906 ¢ Hatt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon.

1890+{Hatt, Albert Ernest, c/o City Librarian, Surrey-street, Sheffield.

1885 ¢ Hatt, Thomas William, Wood Grange, Shire-lane, Chorley Wood,
Herts.

1921 Haut, W. J., Entomologist, Ministry of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt.

1912 Hatuierr, Howard Mountjoy, 64, Westbowrne-road, Penarth,
Glamorganshire.

ee eee

Se ee ee a

Aaah ab ae)

1915 Hamm, Albert Harry, 22, Southfield-road, Oxford.

1891 { HanBury; Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, EB. Grinstead.

1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5454, University-avenue, Chicago, U.S.A.

1917 Harprne, William G., F.L.S., M.R.S.L., F.R.H.S., St. George’s
School, Windsor.

1920 Harpy, Alister Clavering, 40, Harlow Moor-drive, Harrogate.

1903 ¢ Harn, E. J., 4, New-square, Lincoln's Inn, W.C. 2.

1920 + HARGREAVES, Ernest, Entomological Section, Ministry of Agri-
culture, Cairo, Egypt.

1920 Harcoreaves, Harry, Biological Laboratory, Kampala, Uganda.

1921 Haran, 8. C., D.Sc., Shirley Institute, Didsbury, near Manchester.

1910 t{ Harwoop, Philip Bernard, 2, Westbury Terrace, Westerham, Kent.

1919 {| HAwKeER-Smiru, William, Speedwell Cottage, Hambledon, Godalming,
Surrey.

1910 * HawxsuHaw, J. C.

1913; HawkKsuaw, Oliver, 3, Hill-street, Mayfair, W. 1.

1919 + Haywarp, H.C., M.A., Repton, Derby.

1921 Haywarp, K. J., Reservoir, Aswan, Upper Egypt.

1910 { VAN DER Hepaes, Alfred, Mayneshill, Hoggeston, Winslow, Bucks.

1919+ Hemmine, Arthur Francis, 9, Victoria-grove, W.8, and Treasury
Chambers, Whitehall, 8.W. 1.

1910 HenpeErson, J., c/o Messrs. Osborne & Chappel, Ipoh, Perak,
Federated Malay States.

1918 Herrop-Hempsatt, Joseph, Orchard House, Stockingstone-road,
Luton, Beds.

- 1903 Hrrrop-Hempsatt, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road,

Luton, Beds.

1913 Hewitt, John, B.A., Director, Albany Museum, Grahamstown,
S. Africa.

1876*{HittmMan, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1907 ¢ Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton
Buzzard.

1917 Hockin, John W., Castle street, Launceston.

1920 Hopes, Albert Ernest, F.Z.S.,14, Astonville-street, Southfelds,S.W.18.

1914 Hopen, The Rev. Canon Edward Grose, The Rectory, Birmingham.

1912 Hones, Harold, 91, Hiyhbury-place, N. 5.

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive,
Lytham.

1902 Hots, R. S., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay.

1910 Hornrorp, H. O., Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey.

1887 Hottanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Penn., U.S.A.

1898 Hotman-Hount, C, B., F.Z.S., Systematic Entomologist, Department
of Agriculture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States.

1910 ¢ Hormes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks.

1921 Horr, H. DoNnALp, 76, Jermyn-street, S.W. 1.

1921 Hoppsr, L. B., Manor House, Penryn, Cornwall.

e : “

( xx)

1901 ¢ Hopson, Montagu F:, L.D.S., R.C.\S.Eng., F.LS., 7, Harley-street,
We ks

1897 Horne, Arthur, Bonn-na-coile, Murtle, Aberdeenshire.

1919 pe Horrack-Fournier, Mme., 90, Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris,
and Chateau de Voisins, Louveciennes, Seine et Oise, France.

1907 + Howarp, C. W., Canton Christian College, Canton, China.

1900 Howes, W. George, 259, Cumberland-street, Dunedin, New Zealand.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New
Zealand.

1907 Huaues, C. N., 178, Clarence Gate-gardens, Regent’s Park, N.W. 1.

1917 Hunter, David, M.A., M.B., The Coppice, Nottingham.

1897 £ Imaar, Prof. Selwyn, M.A. (Councin, 1909-11), 78, Parkhurst-road,
Camden-road, N. 7.

1912}t¢Ims, A. D., D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S. (Vick-PRESIDENT, 1920 ; CouNcIt,
1919-21), Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Terts.

1920 Inauis, Charles McFarlane, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U., Baghownie Factory,
Laheria Sarai, Bihar, India.

1918 Isaacs, P. V., 2, Gledhill-terrace, South Kensington, S.W. 5.

1907 Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department
of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

1917 { Jackson, Miss Dorothy J., Swordale, Evanton, Ross-shire.

1907 { Jackson, P. H., Ellesmere, The Drive, Sevenoaks.

1911 { Jacogs, Major J. J., R.E., Holmesleigh, Burgess Hill, Sussex.

1920 James, Russell, 7, Broadlands-road, Highgate, N. 6.

1914 { Jansg, A. J. T., 1st-street, Gezina, Pretoria, S.Africa.

1869 ¢ Janson, Oliver E., 44, Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 1;
and Cestria, Clarenont-road, Highgate, N. 6.

1898 Janson, Oliver J., 13, Fairfax-road, Hornsey, N.

1919 ¢ Juans, Miss Gertrude M., Penn Cowrt, 54, Cromiell-road, 8.W. 7.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes.

1909 Jepson, Frank P., Peradeniya, Ceylon.

1917 ¢{ Jermyn, Col. Turenne, Highcliffe, Weston-super-Mare.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrisant S.0., Glamorganshire.

1907 Jounson, Charles Fielding, West Bank, Didsbury-road, Heaton
Mersey.

1917 JoHNson, Jesse, Finca las Marias, Barberena, Guatemala.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Killincoole Rectory, Castlebelling-
ham, Co. Louth.

1920 ¢ JoHNSTONE, Douglas, Brooklands, Rayleigh, Essex.

1908 ¢ Jorcry, James J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., ete. (Councin, 1921- ),
The Hill, Witley, Surrey.

1888 + Jones, Albert H. (V.-PREs., 1912, 1918; TReas.,1904-17 ; CouncItL,
1898-1900, 1918), Shrublands, Eltham, S.E. 9.

1920 ¢ Jongs, Rev. Neville, Hope Fountain, Box 283, Buluwayo, Rhodesia,
S. Africa.

‘

y Ave ee oe CE

~

pet clei eae PA OR nS a ER cad hee hie eT Ne rt ae
a na Be 8 PT SOA ; '

Ps ete ur eins Fe, Le Teh

Ps
SS

fo ext 4

1894F¢¢JorpDaN, Dr. K., F.R.S. (V.-PRres., 1909 ; Councrn, 1909-11), The
; Museum, Tring.
1910 ¢ Josrrn, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-qardens, W. 2.
1910 ¢ Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley.
1902 ¢ Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Theale, Berks.
1919 JuRRIAANSE, J. H., W.Z. Schickade, 75, Rotterdam, Holland.

1911 Kannan, Kunhi, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore,
Bangalore, South India.

1896,¢KayeE, William James (Councin, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill,
Surbiton.

1890 { Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.

1920 Kent-Lemon, Capt. Arthur Leslie, York & Lancaster Regt., c/o
Postmaster, Khartoum, Sudan, and Blytheswood, Ascot, Bers.

1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent.

1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Hurvey-road, Cambridge.

1900 Krys, James H., 7, Whimple-street, Plymouth.

1919 Kuare, Jagamath Laxman, Lecturer in Entomology, Agricultural
College, Nagpur, India.

1912 { Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,
Sudan.

1889 t Kine, James J. F.-X., 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvinside,
Glasgow.

1913 Kirey,W. Egmont, M.D., Hilden,46,Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W .4.

°-1917 + Kirkpatrick, Thos. W., The Deanery, Ely, and Room 270, War

Office, Whitehall, 8.W. 1.

1887 | Kuen, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., Lancaster Lodge, Kew
Gardens, Surrey.

1920 Kwyieut, V., Assistant Director, Raffles Museum, Singapore.

1916 { Larne, Frederick (Councin, 1922— ), Natural History Museum,
Cromwell-road, 8.W. 7.

1910 ¢ Laxry, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 105, Harley-street, W. 1.

1911}{Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Littlemore, nr. Oxford.

1921 { Lancum, F. H., Fernside, Shepherd’s Lane, Dartford, Kent.

1917. Lancuaw, Sir Charles, Bart., Tempo Manor, Co. Fermanagh.
1920 Larny, Perey I., 90, Bowevard Malesherbes, and 70, Boulevard

August Blaqui, Paris.
1916 Larva, Prof. Robert, D.Phil., University of Glasgow.
1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.
1899 Lexa, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide,
eS S. Australia.
1914 Leecuman, Alleyne, M.A., F.L.S., F.C.S, Amani, near Tunga,

Tanganyika Territory, East Africa.
- ' 1910 Leieu, H.S., The University, Manchester.

1900 Letcu-Puitups, Rev. W. J., Burtle Vicarage, Bridgwater.

»* he A 4 ig AE OO ee
4 ’ act * 3 ll ay

- .
(ee

1920 ¢ Leman, George Beddome Curtis, Wynyard, 52, West Hill, Putney
Heath, 8.W. 15.

1920 { Leman, George Curtis, Wynyard, 52, West Hill, Putney Heath,
S.W. 15.

1920 + Leman, Sydney Curtis, Wynyard, 52, West Hill, Putney Heath,
SW. 16:

1903, {Luvert, The Rey. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks.

1876 { Lewis, George, F.L.S. (Councin, 1878, 1884), 30, Shorncliffe-road,
Folkestone.

1908 + Lewis, John Spedan, High Combe, Balcombe, Surrey; and 277,
Oxford-street, W. 1.

1892 Licurroor, R. M., South African Musewm, Cape Town, Cape of
Good Hope.

1914 ¢ Lister, J. J., St. John’s College, Cambridge; and Merton House,
Grantchester, Cambs.

1903 Lirriter, Frank M., Bow 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania,

1865 {| Liewetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart. M.A. F.LS.,
Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor.

1919 £ Luoyp, Llewellyn, D.Se., Slingsby, Malton, Yorks.

1885}+¢Luioyp, Robert Wylie (Councin, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany,
Piccadilly, W. 1.

1920 { Lopan, George, Hawkhouse, Camberley.

1903 LorrxnouskE, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.

1908 t Lonespon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, 8.E. 6.

1964*}{LonastaFr, George Blundell, M.A., M.D. (V.-Pres., 1909, 1915,
1917; CounciL, 1907-9, 1915-17), Highlands, Putney Heath,
S.W. 15.

1920 Loverriper, Arthur, c/o Game Dept., Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Pinurro, South Australia.

1901 Lower, Rupert 8., Zranmere, Mayill-road, Canyton, S. Australia.

1921 ¢ Lowrs, E. D., Home for Orphans, Swanley, Kent.

1898 ¢ Lucas, William John, B.A. (Councin, 1904-6), 28, Knights Park,
Kingston-on- Thames.

1903 LygEtn, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia.

1912 { Lyte, George Trevor, Swnthorpe, St. George’s-road, Wallington,
Surrey.

1909 Lyon, Francis Hamilton, Silsersundsvagen 29, Helsingfors-Brande,
Finland.

1910 MacpovuGatt, Professor R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., 9, Dryden
Place, Blacket Avenue, Edinburgh.

1919 McLrop, Murdoch Campbell, The airfields, Cobham, Surrey, and
c/o McLeod & Son, Calcutta, India.

1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon.

1899}¢Main, Hugh, B.Sc. (Councrt, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham-
road, South Woodford, N.E.

(* xxiii | )

1905 Matty, Charles William., M.Se., Dept. of Agriculture, Cape Town,

a
Pt Se oe
; 7

4 S. Africa.
ea 1892 { MansBrRiDGE, William, Dunraven, Church-road, Wavertree, Liver-
: pool.

~ 1919 Mansrietp-ApErs, Dr. W., Zanzibar.

elas

1920 Marriner, Thomas Frederic, 2, Brunswick-street, Carlisle.
_ 1894¢¢Marswatt, Alick.

1895 { MarsHaLL, Guy Anstruther Kuox, C.M.G., D.Sc, F.Z.S. (V.-
Pres., 1919 ; CounciL, 1907-8, 1919-21), 6, Chester-pluce, Hyde
Park- alow W..2:

1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Se, F.G.S., University School of Mines,
Dunedin, New Zealand.

1897 Martineau, Alfred H., Barum, Crewkerne, Somerset.

1919 Marumo, N., Zoological Institute, Agricultural College, Imperial
University, Komaba, Tokyo, Japan.

1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester.

1865 MarHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N. (CouncIL,
1887), ae TTouse, Dorrecwe Harwich,

1921 Matsumura, Prof. 8., Hokkaido Imperial Tem Sapporo,
Japan.

1887 MatTrHEws, Genynilon: Woodside, Salcombe, S. Devon.

1912 Mauvtik, Prof. S., Dept. of Zoology, University of Calcutta, Calcutta,
iene

1900 ¢ Maxwett-Lerroy, Professor H., Imperiul College of Science and
Technology, South Kensington, 8. W.

1916 { May, Harry Haden, Kapai, Elburton, S. Devon.

1913 ¢ Meaven, Louis, Melbourne, Dyke-road, Preston, Brighton:

1920 $ Mutpora, Mrs, Ella Frederica, 6, Brunswick-square, W.C. 1.

1919 Metiows, Charles, M.A., The College, Bishop’s Stortford.

1885 Mutvint, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.8., Meole Brace Hall, Shrews-
bury.

1907*{MetviLLE, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Kapai, Elburton, S. Devon.

1887 { MerRiFIELD Frederic (Pres., 190-6 ; V.-PRES., 1893, 1907 ; Suc.,
1897-8 ; CouncIL, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton.

1912 Mercatrs, Rev. J. W., St. Luke’s House, Torquay.

~ 1880 ¢ Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Thornhanger, Marlborough.

1919 Mites, Herbert William, N.D.A., The Gardens, Sydney Park,
Gloucester.

1883 ¢ Miuus, W. H., c/o E. Step, Esq., 158, Dora-road, Wimbledon Park,

S.W. 19.

1920 Miuter, D., 71, Fairlie Terrace, Kelburn, Wellington, New Zealand.

1905 + Mirrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 9, Beaconsfield-terrace, Hythe,
Kent.

1902 + Montcomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Acton, W.3.

13899 ¢ Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe, S.E. 16.

1916 Moors, Ralph Headley, B.A., Heathfield, Plymstock, Devon.

1886 Morgan, A. C. F., F.LS., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W. 14,

=

‘

Da il a i

¥

al

( -xxtv-~)

1889+tMortcr, The Rev. F. D., M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of Queen’s College,
Oxford (Pres., 1911-12; V.-Pres., 1902, 1904, 19138, 1919;
Councin, 1902-4, 1918-20), Brunsiwicl, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895+ +Mortey, Claude, F.Z.8., Wonk Soham House, Suffolk.

1920 Morris, Hubert Meridydd, M.Sc., Institute of Plant Pathology,
Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts.

1893. Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blachford-road, Edinburgh.

1910 t Mosety, Martin E., 94, Campden Hill-road, Kensington, W.8.

1882 Mostrey, 8S. L., Ravensknowle Musewm, Huddersfield.

1911 ¢ Moss, Rev. A. Miles, c/o Messrs. Booth & Co., Para, Brazil.

1907¢¢Moutron, John C., O.B.E., M.A., B.Sc. F.Z.S., &e., Director,
Raffles Musewm and Library, Singapore, Straits Settlements, and
The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon.

1911 Mownsey, J. Jackson, 24, Glencairn-crescent, Edinburgh.

1901}¢{Murr, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu, HI.

1912 + MuLian, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology,
St. Xavier's College, Lamington-roud, Grant Road Post, Bombay,
India.

1869*}{MUuier, Albert, F.R.G.S. (CounciL, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller-
Mechel, Grenzaeherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland.

1920 Muwnro, Hugh Kenneth, B.Sc., 258, Pourke-street, Pretoria, 8. Africa.

1918 Munro, James W., M.D., R.A.M.C., Green Lawn, Kew-road,
Richmond, Surrey.

1914. Murray, George H., he Residency, Kerema Gulf Division,
Papua.

1917 Muscuamp, Percy A. H., 35, Upperton-road, Leicester.

1909 MusnHam, John F., 48, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks.

1920 Myers, J. G., Aramvoho, Wanganui, New Zealand.

1903 ¢ Neave, S. A., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. (Secrerary, 1919- ; V.-PREs.,
1918 ; Councin, 1916-18), 41, Queen's Gate, S.W.7, and Bishop’s
House, Beaconsfield, Bucks.

1919 ¢ Newr, Louis, Imperial Bureau of Entomology, 41, Queens Gute,
BWV i.

1919 Netson, William George Frazer (Councit, 1922— ), 6, Bolton
Street, Piccadilly, W. 1.

1901 ¢ Nevinson, E. B., A/orland, Cobham, Surrey.

1907 { Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent.

1913. Newman, Leslie John William, Bernard-street, Claremont,
W. Australia,

1909 NewsrxEaD, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester.

1890 { NewsrEaD, Prof. Robert, M.Sc. F.R.S., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.HLS.,
Dutton Memorial Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical
Medicine, University of Liverpool.

1914 ¢ NicHotson, Charles, 35, The Avenue, Hale-end, Chingford, E. 4,

1909 { NicHorson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D. (Councrn, 1913-15), Oxford
and Cambridge Club, Pall Mall, 8.W. 1. -

CS sear)

1918 ¢ Nimuy, Ernest William, 210, Whippendell-road, Watford, Herts,

1906 Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex,

1914 Norris, Frederic de la Mare, The Agricultural Department, Kuala
Lumpur, Federated Malay States.

1915 Norrucorg, Dr. A. B., 4, Colambia-road, Bethnal Green, E. 2.

1895 Nursr, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Redcote, Rusthall Park, Tunbridge Wells.

1877 OpseErtaiir, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France.

1910 ¢ OLpAKeER, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere.

1921 Oxtensac#, O. C., Survey of India Dept., Dehra Dun, India.

1918 O’Net, Rev. Fr., S.J., P.O. Bow 54, Salisbury, Rhodesia, 8. Africa.
1913 { Ormiston, Walter, Holly Lodge, St. Margarets-on-Thames.

1895 { Pace, Herbert E. (Councm, 1918-20), Bertrose, Gellatly-road,
St. Catherine’s Park, S.E. 15.

1921 Paws, M. A., Tatoi, Aigburth Drive, Liverpool.

1916 Patmer, Arthur Raymond, Ingleholme, Norton Way, Letchworth,
Herts.

1919 PaRAvicINI, Louis, Commissioner de la Bourse de Bale, Bale,
Switzerland.

1918 { Parris, R. Stanway, Beachleigh, Kingsgate, Broadstairs,

1919 Parron, Major W. J., I.M.S., 34, York-voad, Trinity, Edinburgh,

1911 £ Pearson, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chiliwell, Notts.

1916 { PeeBLes, Howard M., 13, Chesham-street, S.W. 1.

1919 Prep, John, Aylsham, Norfolk.

1915 ¢ Petne, Lt.-Col. Harry Diamond, I.M.S., c/o H. 8. King & Co.,
9, Pall Mall, S.W.1. [Transactions to H. F. G. Watkins, 38,
Denbigh-vroad, West Ealing, W. 13.]

1921 { PenpLeEBuRY, H. M., Broadlands, Shrewsbury; Systematic
Entomologist, Federated Mulay States.

1914 { PENDLEBURY, Major Wm. J. von Monté, Broadlands, Shrewsbury,
and Keble College, Oxford:

1883 PséRriINGUEY, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Direetor, South African Museum,
Cape Town, South Africa.

1903 ¢ Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Se., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton,
Devon; and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology,
Honolulu, Hawaii.

1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Davenham, Malvern.

1897 £ Puinnips, Capt. Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 17, Hereford-road,
Bayswater, W. 2.

19037¢Pxinuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., Devonshire House Prepara-
tory School, Reigate.

1920 Pureort, A., Assistant Entomologist, Biological Dept., Cawthron
Institute of Scientific Research, Nelson, New Zealand.

1917 ¢ Pickarp-CampripGE, Arthur D., M.A., Balliol College, Oxford.

1891 ¢ Pierce, Frank Nelson, The Old Rectory, Warmington, Oundle,

Northants.

(| xxvi )

1913 Pratt, Ernest Edward, 403, Essenwood-road, Durban, Natal.

1885 Port, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, c/o J. Stroeve, BZ. Prinsen-
gracht, 1005, Amsterdam.

1919 Pomeroy, Arthur W. Jobbins, Government Entomologist in Nigeria,
Ibadan, S. Nigeria.

1870, {Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S. (Councin, 1887), Elm Lea, Dalton,
Huddersfield.

1884¢t¢Poutton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.,
F.G.S., F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of
Oxford (PREs., 1903-4 ; V.-PREs., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; CouncIL,
1886-8, 1892, 1896, 1905-7, 1922— ), Wykeham louse, Ban-
bury-road, Oxford.

1905 Powe tr, Harold, 7, we Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France.

1921 Powntan, D., Agricultural Dept., Kuala Lumpur, Federated
Malay States.

1919 Praxp, Cyril Winthrop Mackworth, Dalton Hill, Albury, Surrey.

1908 ¢ Prarr, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey.

1878 Prick, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.

1908 ¢ Pripeaux, Robert M. (Councib, 1917), Woodlands, Brasted Chart,
Sevenoaks.

1920 ¢ Prior, W. H. T., Culban, Main-road, New Eltham, Kent.

1904 ¢ Prise, Richard A. R., 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Haling.

1920 Prout, Miss Alice Ellen, Lane End, Hambledon, Surrey.

1893 + Prout, Louis Beethoven (Councin, 1905-7), 84, <Albert-road, -

Dalston, EF. 8
1910 Punnett, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College,
Cambridge.

1912 ¢ Rair-Smirn, W., Birkby House, Bickley Park, Kent.

1914 RamakrisHna Ayyar, T. V., B.A., F.Z.S., The Agricultural
College, Coimbatore, S. India. *

1920 ¢ Rampousek, Dr. F. G., M.P., vii/1169, Prague, Czechoslovakia.

1913 Rao, XK. Mts eas Curator of the Government Musewm,
Bangalore, India.

1916 Rao, Yelseti Ramachandra, M.A., Agricultural College, Coimbatore,
Pain:

1920 Raymunpo, Prof. Benedicto, Director of the Agricultural Society’s
Museum, 76, rua Senador Alencar, Rio di Janeiro, Brazil.

1907 | Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Durdel/s, Kinson, Dorset.

1898 KRervurer, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.

1910 { pe Rak-Puirier, G. W. V., Chief Examiner of Accounts, North-
Western Rwy., Abbott-road, Lahore, India.

1921 Ruopes, F., Corporation Art Gallons ‘and Museum, ee
Memorial Heit. Lister Park, Bradford.

1920 { RuynewaRt, John George, A.R.C.Se.1., N.D.A., Seeds and Plants
Disease Division, Royal College of Science, Upper Merrion-street,
Dublin.

“9

Ci xevit-)

1920 ¢ RicHarps, Philip Bernard, 7, Churchways-crescent, Horfield, Bristol.

1920 ¢ RicHarpson, Arthur Walter, 28, Avenuwe-road, Southall, Middlesex.

1921 Ripprtt, Miss J.. Y.W.C.A., 251, So. Hill-street, Los Angeles,

California, U.S.A.

1912 ¢ Ritey, Capt. Norman Denbigh (Councin, 1921- ), 5, Brook
Gardens, Beverley-road, Barnes, 8.W. 13, and British Musewm
(Natural History), S. Kensington, S.W.7.

1908 ¢ Rrrron, Claude, M.A., 28, Springfield House, Abingdon.

1917 Roperts, A. W. Rymer, M.A., Zoological Laboratory, The Musewm,
Cambridge.

1905 Roptnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpur,

Selangor.

1904 ¢ Rosinson, Lady, Worksop Munor, Notts.

1869*}Ropinson Doveias, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,
Orchardton, Castle Douglas.

1921 Rorsuck, A., Hdgmond, Newport, Salop.

1908 { Rocurs, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Hartley Dale, Ringmore,
S. Devon.

1907 { Rosenpere, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 3.

1868 { Roruney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper
Norwood, 8.E.

1888}+Roruscuitp, The Right Hon. Lord, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S8.,
PRESIDENT (VICE-PRESIDENT, 1920; Councin, 1900, 1919),
Zoological Museum, Tring.

1894¢{Roruscwinp, The Hon. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S,
(Pres. 1915-16; V.-Pres., 1914, 1917; Counc, 1904, 1913-
17), Arundel-house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W. 8.

1890 ¢ Rourteper, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.

1887 + RowLanp-Brown, Henry, M.A. (V.-PRes. 1908, 1910; SEc., 1900-10,
1921 ; Counctn, 1914-16, 1922-— ), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald.

1892 ¢ RussEtt, 8. G. C., Roedean, The Avenue, Andover.

1919 Sr. Ausyn, Capt. John G., c/o Sir Charles McGrigor & Co., 39,
Panton-street, Haymarket, S.W. 1.

1906 Sampson, Colonel F. Winn, 115, Tannsfield-road, Sydenham.

1910 ¢ Saunpers, H. A., St. Ann’s, Reigate.

1920 ScHarrr, J. W., Tampin, Federated Malay States.

1901 Scuauvs, W., F. Z. S., U.S. National Musewn, Washington, TBE Sas
U.S. Ms, 1737, Hayne street, Washington, D.C.

1920 ScxHuupp, W. F., B.Sc., The School of Agriculture & Experimental
Samia Foiheleticont Transvaal.

1907 { Scumassmann, W., Bewlah Lodge, London-rcad, Enfield, N.

1912 ScHunck, Charles A., Ewelme, Wallingford.

1911 { Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford.

1909 ¢Scorr, Hugh, M.A., D.Se., Curator in Entomology, University
Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.

1920 { SkaBRook, Lieut. J., 8, Warwick-place West, Belgravia, 8.W. 1.

-
(| xxviii )

1911 Sknovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 25, Chureh-road,
Tunbridge Wells.

1911} {Sennert, Noel Stanton, 24, de Vere-gardens, Kensington, W. 8.

1915 Sxaw, Dr. A. Eland, c/o R. Kelly, Esq., Solicitor, 59, Siwanston-
street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

1886 SuHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),
William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1905 {SHELpoN, W. George, F.Z.S. (TReasureR, 1918—
PRESIDENT, 1920), Youlgreave, South Croydon.

1900 {SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey.

1921 Surorr, K. D., Kelapith, 22, Oxford Road, Putney, S.W.

18877;{Sticw, Alfred (Councrt, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W. 4.

1911 ¢Srmes, James A., Greenacres, Woodside-road, Woodford Green,
Essex.

1904 ¢ Stumonps, Hubert W., Sussex View, Cumberlund-gardens, Tunbridge
Wells.

1921 £Simms, H. M., B.Se., The Farlands, Stourbridge.

1920+ Sxatre, George Harold, M.A., Agricultural Dept., Cape Town,
S. Africa.

1902*{SLADEN, Frederick William Lambart, 44, Gaceynne-avenue, Ottawa,

VICE-

?

Canada.

1902 { Storer, Gerard Orby, F.Z.8., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly,
Wel,

1907 { Sty, Harold Baker, Kingston, Homestead-road, Edenbridge,
Kent.

1906 }SmauuMayn, Raleigh S., Eliot Lodge, Albemarte-road, Beckenham,
Kent.

1916 Smart, Major H. Douglas, M.D., B.S., Shelley, Huddersfield,

1920 t Smeg, C., 6, Wildwood-road, Golders Green, N.W. 4.

1915 ¢Smirx, Adam Charles, Horton, Mornington-road, Woodford Green.

1901 Smirx, Arthur, Cownty Museum, Lincoln.

1911 ¢Sarrn, B. H., B.A., Frant Court, Frant, Tunbridge Wells.

1918 Sirs, Patrick Aubrey Hugh, Sconner House, St. German's, Corn-
wall, and 28, Bruton-street, Berkeley-square, W.

1912 ¢ Smiru, Roland T., 131, Queen’s-road, Wimbledon, S.W. 19.

1919 Smirxn, 8. Gordon, F.L.S., Estyn, Boughton, Cheshire.

1918 ¢ Smirx, William Proctor, F.Z.S., Haddon House, Ashton-on-Mersey.

1885 { Sourn, Richard (Councin, 1890-1), 4, Mapesbury-court, Shoot-wp
Hill, Brondesbury, N.W. 2.

1916 ¢ Sowerby, F. W., Sea View, Little Haven, Pembrokeshire.

1920 SprENcER, John William, 5, Dogford-road, Rayton, Oldham, Lanca-
shire.

1908 { Speyer, Edward R., Ridgehwrst, Shenley, Herts.

1919 { Sraniuanp, L. N., Vrewint, Coppett's-road, Muswell Hill, N. 10.

1910 Sraniey, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff.

1919 Sransrietp, Capt. Leslie Rawdon, R.G.A., c/o Army and Navy
Club, Pall Mall, 8.W. 1.

=

yd al trite al

th.
,
.
ey
vi) :
2 ‘
.

yr Tee Oe a rt
= i a
> “Spi |

bi ities es Mr

- xe Sy

1910 ¢ Srentonp, Rupert, Ministry of Agriculture, Milton-road, Harpenden,
Herts.

1920 Srrpstone, Engineer-Commander S, T., R.N., H.M.S. Douglas,
South Queensferry.

1918 ¢Srrrr, Rev, Alfred T., All Souls’ Vicarage, Brighton.

1910 ¢SroneHam, Hugh Frederick, Capt. Ist Batt. E. Surrey Regt.,
Stoneleigh, Reigate.

1913 Srorey, Gilbert, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo, Eqypt.

1915 ¢ Srorr, Charles Ernest, Haton, London-road, Reigate.

1896 ¢ Srrickianp, T. A. Gerald, Sowthcott, Poulton, Fairford.

1919 SusarnaTHAN, P., Assistant in Entomology, College of Agricultwre
and Research Institute, Coimbatore, S. India.

1884 SwinwHor, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (V.-PREs., 1894 ;
Councit, 1891-3 ; 1902-4), 4, Gunterstone-road, West Kensing-
ton, W. 14.

» 1894*{SwinnHok, Ernest, 4, Gunterstone-road, West Kensington, W. 14.

1876 ¢Swinron, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants.
1911 { Swynnerton, C..I. M., Killossa, Tanganyika Territory.
1920 ¢ Syms, Edgar E., 22, Woodlands-avenue, Wanstead, E. 11.

1910 Tarr, Robt., junr., Covertside, Moss Lane, Ashton-on-Mersey.

1908 { Taxsor, G., Mon Plaisir, Wormley, Surrey.

1920 ¢ Tams, W. H., 19, Sullivan Road, Hwrlingham, S.W.6.

1918 Tapp, Capt. William Henry, F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., 12, Heddon-street,
Regent-street, W. 1.

1916 TarcHEeLt, Leonard Spencer, 438, Spratt Hall-road, Wanstead,
E. 11.

1911 Taytor, Frank H., Box 137, G.P.O., Sydney, N.S. W.

1903 Taytor, Thomas Harold, M.A., Yorkshire College, Leeds.

1914 Temperury, Reginald, The Manor House, Merriott, Somerset.

1919 { TempLe, Major Watkin, East Mersea, Essex.

1910 ¢ THEOBALD, Prof. F. V., M.A., Wye Court, Wye, Kent.

1901 THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosforid-street, Middlesbrough.

1892 THornury, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.8., Hughenden, Coppice-road,
Nottingham.

1907 £ TitLyarRD, Robin John, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Chief of the Biological
Dept., Cawthron Inst. of Scientific Research, Nelson, New Zealand,

. and Maitai Lodge, Bridge-street, Nelson, N.Z.

1920 Tinstey, Joseph, West of Scotland Agricultwral College, Burns-
avenue, Kilmarnock.

1911 ¢ Topp, R. G., 54, Hornsey-lane, Highgate, N. 6.

1897 Tomuty, J. R. le B., M.A. (Counc 1911-3), Lakefoot, Hamilton-
road, Reading.

1907 ¢ Toner, Alfred Ernest (Counct, 1915-17), Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey.

1920 Tones, Alfred E., Ashville, Trafford-road, Allerley Edge, Cheshire.

1914 pr LA Torre Bueno, J. R., 11, North Broadway, White Plains,
New York, U.S.A,

as.

ios,
(eee)

1911 { Towrr, P. H., Marine Cottage, Bastcliff, Dover.

1919 Touxterr, Austin Augustus, Zhe Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.

1906 | TuttocH, Col. B., C.B., C.M.G., The King’s Own Yorkshire Light
Infantry, Crown Hill Hutment Camp, Plymouth.

1895 ¢ TunaAtry, Henry, Castleton, Searle-road, Farnham.

1910 Turati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy.

1898 ¢ Turner, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia.

1893 {| TurNER, Henry Jerome (LIBRARIAN, 1921— —_; CoUNCIL, 1910-12),
98, Drakefell-road, New Cross, 8.1%. 14.

1906 { Turner, Rowland E, (Councrt, 1909-10), British Museum (Natural
History), S. Kensington, 8. W. 7.

1921 Turr, R. F. D., M.R.C.V.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., 1, St. Cross-road,
Winchester, Hants.

1915 Tyrier, Brigadier-Gen. H. C., C.M.G., C.S.L, D.S.0., Delhi, India.

1893 ¢ Uritcn, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad,
British West Indies.
1920 ¢ Uvarov, B., Natural History Museum, S. Kensington, S.W.7.

1904¢¢Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Buth.

1914 ¢ Verrcn, Robert, B.Sc., Entomologist, c/o C.S.R. Co., Lantoka Mills,
Lantoka, Fiji Islands.

1909 VipierR, Leopold A., The Carmelite Stone House, Rye.

1911 Viranis pe Sanvaza, R., Conservatewr, Institut Scientifique,
Saigon, Indo-China.

1897 + WarnweiGut, Colbran J. (Councm, 1901, 1912-14), Daylesford,
Handsworth Wood, Birmingham.

1918 Watrorp, Lionel Julian, The Cavalry Club, Piccadilly, W.

1878 { WaLkerR, James J., M.A. R.N., F.L.S. (PRustpent, 1919-20 ;
V.-PrEs., 1916, 1921; Smc., 1899, 1905-1918 ; Councin, 1894,
1921), Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown, Oxford.

1921 Wanker, 8., 53, Micklegate Hill, York.

1912 Wattacr, Henry S., c/o R. S. Bagnall & Sons, Ltd., 15, Grey-street,
Neweastle-on-Tyne.

1920 Wattacr, William, M.B., 15, Hainton-avenue, Grimsby.

1921 Watts, H. H., M.A., 145, Wilmer-road, Heaton, Bradford.

1914 Watsn, Mrs. Maria Ernestina, Soekaboemi, Java, Dutch East Indies.

1920 Waurers, Owen Huth, Forest Office, Lahore, India.

1919 Warp, James Davis, Limehurst, Grange-over-Sands, Lanes.

1910 ¢ Warp, John J., Rusinurbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry.

1908 +t Warren, Brisbane C. S., Pikescot, Pike's Hill-avenue, Lyndhurst.

1901 + WarerHouse, Gustavus A., B.Se., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road,
Killara, New South Wales, Australia.

1914 + Warerstroyn, James, B.D., D.Sc. (Councin, 1920— ), 21, Arlington
Park-mansions, Chiswick, W.4; and British Museum (Natural
History), S. Kensington, 8.W. 7.

Cae)

1921 Warktnsoy, The Rev. G. M. A., Woodfield, Hipperholme, near
Halifax.

1919 ¢ Watson, E. B., The Grange, Winthorpe, Newark.

1918 Warsoyn, John Henry, 70, Ashford-road, Withington, Manchester.

1914 Wart, Morris N., St. John’s Hill, Wangonui, New Zealand.

1906 { WHEELER, The Rey. George, M.A., F.Z.S. (SECRETARY, 1911-21 ;
V.-Pres., 1914 ; Councrn, 1921), 28, Gordon-Square, W.C. 1.

1910 ¢ Wmire, Major Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Herrison, Dorchester.

1918 Wuire, Ronald Senior, Suduganga Estate, Matale, Ceylon.

1913¢{Wurrtey, Percival N., Brantwood, Halifax; and New College,
Oxford,

1921 Wuirney, W. B., B.Sc., A.M.Inst.C.E., Glen Doone, Gerrards Cross,
Bucks.

1913 + WuirraxKEr, Oscar, F.R.M.S., Box 552, Chilliwack, British Columbia.

1919 * Wuirrie, F. G., 7, Marine-aveniue, Southend-on-Sea.

1917 ¢ WickHam, Rev. Prebendary A. P., East Brent Vicarage, High-
bridge, Somerset.

1906 Wickwar, Oswin 8S. Gresham, Cambridge Place, Colombo,
Ceylon.

1903 ¢ Wiaarns, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Watcombe, Park Town, Oxford.

1896 t Winemay, A. E., Lane End, Westcott, nr. Dorking.

1911 ¢ WittaMs, C. B., M.A., Ministry of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt, and
20, Slatey-road, Birkenhead.

1915 Winttams, Harold Beck, 112a, Bensham Manor-road, Thornton
Heath, Surrey.

1921 Wuttmer, E. Nevill, Trafford Hall, near Chester.

1921 ¢ Witson, H. IL, OBE. M.A. F.Z.S., 139, Bishop’s Mansions,
Fulham, 8.W. 7.

1919 + Witson, Lt.-Col. R. S., Army and Navy Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.1.

1915 Winx, Albert F., 32, Springfield Avenue, Westmount, Montreal,
Canada.

1919 Wrytersca.s, J., Sungei Klah Estate, Sungkai, Perak.

1920 ¢ WiraycomsE, Cyril Luckes, 12, Prospect-hill, Walthamstow.

1919 Woop, H. Worsley, 31, Ayate-road, Hammersmith, W.6.

1905 Woopsriper, Francis Charles, Briar Close, Latchmore-avenue,
Gerrards Cross S.O., Bucks.

1914 { Wooprorp®, Francis Cardew, B.A., c/o University Musewm, Hope
Department, Oxford.

1921 Wootert, G. F. C., Sipitang, Province Clarke, B.N. Borneo.

1919 Wyrtsman, P., Quatre Bras, Tervueven, Belgium.

- err. Ses

(SCR)

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DurRING THE YEARS 1920-21.

AckErMAN (A. J.). Two Leaf-hoppers injurious to Apple Nursery Stock
(Empoasca mali and Empoa rosae).
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 805, Washington, 1919. ]
Arnsuigz (C. N.). The Western Grass-stem Sawfly.
LU. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 841, Washington, 1920.]
Axvpricu (J. M.). European Frit-fly in North America.
(Journ. Agric, Research, Washington, Vol. X VIII, 1920.]
[See Duzer (M.C. Van).]
ALEXANDER (C. P.), Diptera of the Super-family 7%puloidea found in the
district of Columbia,
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Washington, Vol. LVITI, 1920.]
Anrxwerigut (J. A.) and Bacor(A.). A Bacillary Infection of the Copulatory
Apparatus of Pediculus humanus.
[Parasitology, Vol. XIII, No. 1, Cambridge, 1921.]
———, Arkin (E. E.), and Bacor (A.). An Hereditary Ricketts¢a-like
Parasite of the Bed-bug (Cimex lectularius).
[ Parasitology, Vol. XIII, Cambridge, 1921. ] The Authors.
Arno p (George). A Revision of the South African Species of the Genus
Sphea, Lin. (olim Ammophila, Kirby).
ATKIN (E. E.). [See Arxwricut (J. A.).]
Avurivitiius (Chr.), Eine neue Bienen-Art aus Nord-Schweden.
[Ent. Tidskr, Stockholm, Vol. XXXV, 1914.]
Filip Trybom (Obit. Notice).
[Ent. Tidskr. Stockholm, Vol. XXXV, 1914.]
———— Neu oder wenig bekannte Coleoptera Longicornia, 14.
[Arkiv for Zool. Stockholm, Band 8, 1914. |
Sven Lampa (Obit. Notice).
[Ent. Tidskr. Stockholm, Vol. XXXVI, 1915. |
Diagnosen neuer Lepidopteren aus Africa, 10.
[Arkiv for Zool. Stockholm, Band 10, 1916. ]
Neue oder wenig bekannte Coleoptera Longicornia, 16.
[Arkiv for Zool. Stockholm, Band 10, 1916. ]
———— Neue Cerambyciden aus der Sammlung G. van Roon.
[‘Tijds. voor Ent. Stockholm, Deel LIX, 1916.
-—_—-— Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg’s Swedish Scientific Expeditions to
Australia, 1910-13. 12, Cerambycidae.
[Arkiv for Zool. Stockholm, Band 10, 1917.]
———- — Svensk Insektfauna. 1. Gaddsteklar, Aculeata (Vespidae, Scoliidae,
Mutillidae, Sapygidae).
[Entomologiska Foreningen i Stockholm, Uppsala, 1918. }
——— Svensk Insektfauna. 2. Ratvingar, Orthoptera.
[Entomologiska Féreningen i Stockholm, Uppsala, 1918. ]
———— Godfred Agaton Adlerz (Obit. Notice).
[Ent. Tidskr. Stockholm, Vol. XL, 1919.]
-—-—— Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Schwedischen entomologischen
Reise des Herrn Dr. A. Roman in Amazons, 1914-15.
[Arkiv Zool. Uppsala, Band XII, 1919.]
———— Eine neue Papilio-Art (P. mérnert).
[Ent. Tidskr. Stockholm, Vol. XL, 1919.]
——_—— Neue oder wenig bekannte Coleoptera Longicornia, 17.
[Arkiv Zool. Uppsala, Band XIII, 1920 ]

(eS xxxigt:, “)

Aurivitiius (Chr.). Results of Dr. E. Mjéberg’s Swedish Expeditions to
Australia, 1910-13, Macro-lepidoptera.
[Archiv Zool., Band 13, 1920. ] The Author.
Ayyar (R. T. V.). Some local practices prevalent in South India in the
Control of Insect Pests.
(Agric. Journ. of India, Vol. XVI, Part 1, Calcutta, 1921.]
Back (E. A.). Book-lice or Psocids. Annoying Household Pests.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 1,104, Washington, 1920. ]
———— Insect Control in Flour Mills (Ephestia kuehniella).
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 872, Washington, 1920. ]
Bacot (A.). On the probable identity of Rickettsia pediculi with R.
quintana.
[Brit. Med. Journ., London, 1921. | The Author.
-— [See ARKwriGuT (J. A.).]
Baker, (A. C.). Generic Classification of the Hemipterous Family
Aphididae.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 826, Washington, 1920. ]
and Turner (W. F.). Apple-grain Aphis (Aphis avenae=
i Rhopalosiphum pruntfolvae).
[Journ. Agric. Research, Washington, Vol. XVIII, 1919.]
Baker (C. F.). A Philippine Aphrastobracon.
(Phil. Journ. Sci. Manila, Vol. XII, 1917.]
Ichneumonoid Parasites of the Philippines. 1. Rhogadinae
(Braconidae) I.
{Phil. Journ. Sci. Manila, Vol. XII, 1917.]
Ichneumonoid Parasites of the Philippines. 2. Rhogadinae II.
The Genus Rhogas.
[Phil. Journ. Sci. Manila, Vol. XII. 1917.]
Bangs (Nathan) and Snyper (Thos. E.). A Revision of the Nearctic Termites.
[U. 8. Nat. Mus., Bull. 108, Washington, 1920. ]
The Smithsonian Institute.

Bateson (Prof. W.), ONstow (Hon. H.), Dixry (Prof. F. A.), and Poutron
: (Prof. E. B.). Experiments in Inheritance of Co!our in
4 Lepidoptera.

3 [Report of Com. British Association, Edinburgh, 1921. ]

The Authors.

Becker (Th.) and Mewerer (J. C. H. de). Chloropiden aus Java.
(Tijd. Ent. Amsterdam, Deel LVI, 1913. | H. Donisthorpe.
BeMMELEN (J. F. van). The inter-relations of the species belonging to the
Genus Saturnia, judged by the colour-pattern of their wings.
[Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Vol. XXII, 1919.]
——-— The Wing-design of Chaerocampinae.
[Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Vol. XXII, 1919.]
The Wing-design of Mimetic Butterflies,
e, [Proe. aoe Ak. v. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Vol. XXIII, No. 6,
2) 1920.
: BenickK (von Ludwig). Neue asiatische Steninen (Col.).
[Ent. Mitt. Berlin-Dahlem, Band III, 5, 1914.]

‘ H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute : Steninae (Col.).

P. [Ent. Mitt. Berlin-Dahlem, Band ITI, 9, 1914.]

i? ——— — Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Megalopinen und Steninen.

H [Ent. Mitt. Berlin-Dahlem, Band V, 9-12, 1916.]

£ _____— Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Megalopinen und Steninen (Col.).

[Ent. Blatt. Zeits. Lubeck, Vol. 13, 1917.]
——_— Uber einige brasilianische Aulacotrachelinen und Steninen (Col.).

[Fins. Vetens.-Soc. Férhand, Helsingsfors, Band LXII, 1919-20. ]}
ES BeRLEsE (D. A.). Gli Insetti, Vol. II, as issued, 1912 to date.
, Purchased,

c

-

(| xxxiv -)

Bernuaver (Maz), Neue Staphyliniden aus Java.
[Tijd. Ent. Amsterdam, Deel LVIITI, 1915.] H. Donisthorpe.

Bryer (A. H.). Garden Flea-hopper on Alfalfa and its control.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 964, Washington, 1921.]
Bisnopp (F. C.) and Woop (H. P.). Mites and Lice on Poultry.
U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 801, Washington, 1919.]
The Fowl-tick, and how Premises may be freed from it (Aryas
miniatus, Koch).
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 1,070, Washington, 1919.]
Biacktock (B ) and Carrer (Henry F.). Further experiments with
Anopheles plumbeus, Steph.: its Infection with 7. faleiparum
in England; also Notes on the Apparatus and Technique
Employed.
[Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. Liverpool, Vol. XIV, 1920.]
BLaKkESLEE (E. B.). Use of Toxic Gases as a possible means of control of
the Peach-tree Borer.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 796, Washington, 1919.]
Borke (J.). Les Motifs Primitifs du Dessin des Ailes des Lépidoptéres et
leur Origine Phyletique.
[Zool. Laboratorium Rijks-univer. Groningen, V. Leiden, 1916.]
Eovinc (Adam G.) and Cramprary (A. B.), Larvae of North American
Beetles of the Family Cleridae.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Washington, Vol. LY II, No. 2,323, 1920.]
Brocuer (Dr. Frank). Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques
adultes. I, La Népe cendrée. II. L’Hydrophile.

[ Bull. Soc. Zool. Genéve, Tome I, 1908 (9). ]
———-— Metamorphoses du T%pula lunata, Lin.
[ Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome IV, 1909. |
——_— — Importance des phénomén?s capillaires dans la biologie aquatique.
[ Rev. Suisse Zool. (Ann. Soc. Zool. Suisse, Genéve), Tome XVII,
1909. |
Observations biologiques sur quelques Insectes aquatiques.
| Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome IV, 1911.]
———— Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques adultes les

Haemonia.
{Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1911. ] ;
- Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques adultes les
Dyticidés.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome IV, 1911.]
Le Travail au Microscope et l’accommodation.
fArchiv. Sci. Phys. et Nat., Tome XXXI, 1911.]
——— Observations biologiques sur quelques Curculionidés aquatiques,
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1911.]
— —--- Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques adultes.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1911.]
———- Le Naturaliste F. A. Forel.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1912.]
— —— Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques (imagos),
Népe, Hydrophile, Notonecte, Dyticidés, Haemonia, Elmidés.
[Soc. Ent. Stuttgart, Vol. 27, pp. 91-93, p. 102, 1912.)
— L’Appareil Stridulatoire de VHydrophilus piceus et celui du
Berosus aeviceps.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1912.)
— Etudes Anatomiques et Physiologiques du systéme respiratoire chez

les larves du Genre Dyticus.
[Ann, Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome VI, 120-47, 1913.]

a

a

t
a
a
j
a
; -
?
»

4

(ae |)

Brocuer (Dr. Frank). Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques
adultes.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome V, 1912.]
—— Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques adultes..
[Zool. Jahrbiich, Jena, Band 33, Heft 2, 1913. |
——_— Observations Biologiques sur les Dyticidés.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome VI, 1914. |
———— Les Dyticidés, suivi d’une notice sur les movements respiratoires
de l Hydrophile.
[Ann. Biol. lacustre, Bruxelles, Tome VII, 1914. |
Physiologie de la Respiration chez les Insectes imagos.
[Archiv. Zool. Exper. et Générale, Genéve, Tome LIV, Notes and
Revue, 1914. ]
———— Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques.
[Rev. Suisse Zool. (Ann. Soc. Zool. Suisse, Genéve), Vol. XXIII,
1915.]
——_—— Ia Respiration des Insectes aquatiques imagos.
[Bull. de l'Institut. Nat. Genevois, Genéve, Tome XLII, 1916.]
———— Observations sur le Dévellopement et la vie larvaire du Pseudagenia
carbonaria.
[Bull. de l'Institut. Nat. Genevois, Genéve, Tome XLIII, 1918. |
BRoLEeMANN (H. W.). Myriapodes recueillis par D. J.-M. de la Fuente.
[Mem. Real Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., Madrid, Tome XI, 1920.]

Brooxs (Fred E.). The Round-headed Apple-tree Borer, Saperda candida.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 675, Washington, 1919.]
Round-headed Apple-tree Borer, Saperda candida; its Life-history

and Control.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 847, Washington, 1929.]
Brown (W. Robertson). The Orange: a Trial of Stocks at Peshawar.
[Agric. Res. Institute, Calcutta, Bull. 93, 1920. ]
BrukEs (Prof. C. T.). [See Tirtyarp (R. J.).]
Buenion (E.). Les Métamorphoses du Ditoneces pubicornis, Walk.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, Vol. LXXVI, 1907.]

———— Valeur numérique des Faisceaux spermatiques.
[Comptes rend. de l’Ass, des Anatomistes, Lille, 1907. |

———— Les Faisceaux spermatiques doubles des Ténébrions et des Mylabres.
{Comptes rend. de l’Ass. des Anatomistes, Lille, 1907. ]

La Structure anatomique du Trionalys hahni, Spin.

[Mitt. der Schweiz Ent. Gesell, Berne, Band XII, 1910. ]

— Les Cellules Sexuelles et la Théorie de l’Hérédité.
[Riviera Scientifique Bull. 1’Ass. Nat. Nice et Alpes-Mar., Nice,
Vol. V, 1918.]
———— Les mues de ]’Empuse (Empusa egena).
[Bull. Soc. Zool. France, Paris, Tome XIV, 1919.]

———— Les Parties Buccales de la Blatte et les Muscles qui servent a les
Mouvoir.
[Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zoo]., 10th Ser., Paris, 1919. ]
Prof. J. F. van Bemmelem.
———— and Poporr (N.). Recherches anatomiques sur Aulacus striatus,
Jur. (Hym.). Tube digestif, ovaires, oeufs pédiculés.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. Suisse, Berne, Vol. XII, 1911.]
——— — Liste des Publications du Dr. E. Bugnion.
Lausanne, , 1914.]
——— le Termitogeton umbilicatus, Hag. (de Ceylon).
[Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, Vol. LX XXIII, 1914. ]
Instructions destinées aux Collectionneurs de Termites.
[Bull. Soc. Nat. d’Acclim. de France, Paris, 1917.]

al

(eeeyyA")

Burke (H. E.) and Herverr (T. B.). Californian Oak-worm (Phryganidia
californica, Pack.), Lep.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 1,076, Washington, 1920. ]
Burr (Dr. Malcolm). Dermaptera from Java and Sumatra,
{Notes from the Leyden Museum, Vol. XXXIV, Dover, 1912.]
———— Dermaptera collected.
[Tijds. Ent. Amsterdam, Deel LVIII, 1915.) — H. Donisthorpe.
———— On the Male Genital Armature of the Dermaptera. 3 Parts.
{Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., London, 1915-16. | The Author.

Buxton (P. A.). Notes on the Season 1911.
| Ent. Recerd, Vol. XXIII, London, 1911.]
————— Greek Lepidoptera in April 1911.
[Ent. Record, Vol. XXIV, London, 1912.]
———— Notes on Tunisian and Algerian Insects.
[Ent. Record, Vol. XX VI, London, 1914. ]
———— Late Summer in Norway.
[Ent. Record, Vol. XX VI, London, 1914. ]
———— On the Protocerebrum of Micropteryx (Lepidoptera),
[ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1917. |
—_—_—- The Importance of the House-fly as a carrier of L. histolytica.
[Brit. Med. Journ., London, 1920. ]
———— Body-lice under summer conditions in Mesopotamia.
[ Parasitology, Vol. XII, London, 1920. |
———— Carriage of coliform bacilli by the Oriental Hornet (Vespa
orientalis, F.).
[Journ. Hygiene, Vol. XIX, London, 1920. ]
———— A Liparid Moth (Ocnerogyna amanda, Sdgr.) destructive to figs in
Mesopotamia.
[ Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. XI, London, 1920.]
———— Animal Oecology in Deserts.
[Proc. Camb. Phil. Ser., Vol. XX, 3, Cambridge, 1921.]
——--— The External Anatomy of the Sarcoptes of the Horse.
———— On the Sarcoptes of Man.
[ Parasitology, Vol. XIII, No. 2, Cambridge, 1921.]
—-—— The Capitulum of Psoroptes (Acarina).
[Parasitology, Vol. XII, No. 4, Cambridge, 1921. ]
——-— Insect Pests of Dates and the Date Palm in Mesopotamia and
elsewhere,
[Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. XI, Pt. III, London, 1920. |
———+-— Butterflies of Gilan, N. W. Persia.
[Ent. Record, Vol. XX XIII, London, 1920. ] The Author.
— [See Wiri1AMs (C. B.).]

Buysson (M. R. du). Sur deux Vespides de Java.
[ Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., No. 7, 1913.] H. Donisthorpe.

CamppeEtt (Roy E.). The Broad-bean Weevil (Bruchus rufimanus, Boh.).
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 807, Washington, 1920. |

Cart (J.) and Steck (Dr. Th.). Dr. Emil Frey-Gesner, 1826-1917.
[Verhandl. Schweiz. Nat. Ges., Berne, 1918. ]

CARPENTER (Dr. G. D. Hale), A Naturalist on Lake Victoria.

———— Pseudacraea eurytus x. hobleyi, its Forms and its Models on the
Islands of L, Victoria, and the Bearing of the Facts on the
Explanation of Mimicry by Natural Selection.

[Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1920. |

—- Third, Fourth, and Fifth Reports on the Bionomics of Glossina
palpalis on Lake Victoria. .
[Reports of the Sleeping Sickness Commission of the Royal Society.]

(2 sev 5)

CARPENTER (Prof. G. H.). Injurious insects and other animals observed in
Ireland during the years 1916, 1917, and 1918.
[Econ. Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc., Vol. II, Dublin, 1920.]
The Author.
Carter (Henry F.), Incram (A.), and Macrim (J. W.S.). Observations on
the Ceratopogonine Midges of the Gold Coast, with Descriptions
of New Species, I-IT.
[Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit., Liverpool, Vol. XIV, 1920. ]
——-— [See Back tock (B.).]
Casry (T. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera, Vol. IX, 1920. The Author.
Cassipy (T. P.). [See Coan (B. BR.).]
CaTALoGus CoLEopTERORUM, Junk (W.) editus a Schenkling (S.).
Pars. 70, 71, 72, 73.
LEPIDOPTERORUM, Junk (W.) editus a Wagner (H.).
Pars. 23, 24, 25. Purchased.
CHAMBERLAIN (Ralph V.). South American Arachnida, chiefly from the
Guano Islands of Peru.
[Brooklyn Museum Science Bull., Vol. III, Brooklyn, 1920. ]
CuamMPrain (A. B.). [See Bovine (Adam G.).]
CHITTENDEN (F.H.). Harlequin Cabbage Bug (Jlurgantia histrionica) and
its control.
LU. 8S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 1,061, Washington, 1920. ]
and Martory (A. C.). The Bean Lady-bird, Epilachna corrupta.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 843, Washington, 1920. |
Coap (B. R.) and Cassipy (T. P.). Cotton Boll Weevil. Control by the use
of Poison.
LU. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 875, Washington, 1920. |
CockrEreELt (T. D. A.). Descriptions of New Bees collected by Mr. H. H.
Smith in Brazil. Il.
[Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1901. ]
—— —— The Biologist’s Problem.
[ Pop. Science Monthly, Colorado, 1914. |
—— Some Carpenter Bees (Hym.).
[Entomological News, Vol. XX VII, Philadelphia, 1916. ]
——-— The Panurgine Bees of the Genera Hesperapis, Zacesta, and
Panurgomia.
[Psyche, Vol. XXIII, New York, 1916. ]
—— — Some American Fossil Insects.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 2,146, Vol. LI, Washington, 1916. ]
—— The Fauna of Boulder County, Colorado. IV.
[University of Colorado Studies, Vol. XII, Boulder, 1917.]
Some Euglossine Bees.
[Canad. Ent., Ontario, 1917. ]
New Social Bees.
[Psyche, Vol. XXIV, New York, 1917. ]
A Tipulid Fly from Baltic Amber.
[Canad. Ent., p. 115, Ottawa, 1918. ]
——-— The Philippine Bees of the Family Vomadinae.
[Phil. Journ. Sci., Manila, Vol. XIV, 1919.]
The Metallic-coloured Halictine Bees of the Philippine Islands.
[Phil. Journ. Sci., Manila, Vol. XV, 1919.]
———— Natal Bees.
[Ann. Durban Mus., Durban, Vol. II, 1919.]
———— The Love of Nature.
[Nat. Hist. Colorado, Vol. XIX, 1919. ]
———— A Policy for the U. 8S. National Museum.
[Scientific Monthly, Colorado, 1919-20. ]

(\. xexvidi 2)

CockerELt (T. D. A.). Why does our Public fail to support Research ?

[Scientific Monthly, Co!orado, 1920.] The Author.
———— Some Neotropical Meliponid Bees.

[ Bull, Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. X LIT, 1920.]

Dr. Imms.

———— Fossil Arthropods in the British Museum. I.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 9, Vol. V, London, 1920.]
———— Some Bees from Sandakan, Borneo.
[Phil. Journ. Sci., Manila, Vol. XVII, 1920.]
Biographical Memoir of Alpheus Spring Packard,
[Nat. Ac. Sci., U.S.A., Washington, 1920. ]
Some Bees from Panay.
[Phil. Journ. Sci., Manila, 1920. ]
——— Eocene Insects from the Rocky Mountains.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 2,313, Vol. LVIL; Washington, 1920.]

2 copies.

——-—— Supplementary Notes on Philippine Bees.
[Phil. Journ. Sci., Manila, 1921. }
Some Eocene Insects from Colorado and Wyoming.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 2,358, Vol. LIX, Washington, 1921. ]

2 copies. The Author.
———— and Sanpuousr (Grace). Some Eocene Insects of the Family
Fulgoridae.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 2,380, Vol, LIX, Washington, 1921.]
2 copies.
——— [See Lurz (Frank E.).]
———— [See ScuppEr (Samuel H.).]
Cotx (F. R.). [See Duzer (M. C. van.).]
Coins (C. W.) and Hoop (Clifford E.). Life-history Eubiomyta calosomae,
a Tachinid Parasite of Calosoma beetles.
{Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. XVIII, Washington, 1920. ]
The Author.
Comstock (Dr. J. A.). An Introduction to Entomology.
——_——— [See Watson (Frank E.).]
Crawrorp (H.G.). The European Corn-Borer.
[Scientific Agric., Ottawa, March 1921. ]
CrippLeE (Norman). Locust Control in the Prairie Provinces.
[Dom. Canad. Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Cire. 13, 1920. ]
———— [See Gisson (Arth.).]
———— [See Srricxranp (EH. H.).]
Cross (H. E.). A Note on the Treatment of Surra in Camels by Intravenous
Injections of Tartar Emetic.
[ Agric. Res. Ins. Pusa, Bull. 25, 1920.
———— The Course that Camel Surra runs in Ponies, Buffaloes, and other
Animals.
[ Agric. Res. Ins. Pusa, Bull. 99, Caleutta, 1921.]
———— The Course that Surra runs in Camels when naturally contracted
and when artificially inoculated.
[ Agric. Res. Ins. Pusa, Bull. 98, Calcutta, 1921.]
Cusor (J.). Noctuelles et Géométres dEurope. Iconographie compléte
de toutes les Espéces européenes. Parts 74-93 completed.
Purchased.
Curti (M. von). Revision der palaarktischen Arten der Gattung Cetonia
s. str. (Col.).
[Ent. Mitt. Deut. Ent. Mus., Vol. II, Berlin-Dahlem, 1913. ]
CusHMAN (R. A.) and Rouwer (S. A.). The North American Ichneumon-
flies of the tribe Acoenitini.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 2,320, Vol. LVII, Washington, 1920.]

(22a)

Cusuman (R. A.) and Rouwer (S. A.). The North American Ichneumon-
flies of the tribes Lycorini, Polysphinctini, and Theroniini.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No, 2,326, Washington, 1920, }
Dr, Imms.
———— North American Ichneumon-flies, new and described, with taxo-
nomic and nomenclatorial notes.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 2,334, Vol. LVIII, Washington, 1920.]
—— —— North American Ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ephialtini.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 2,340, Washington, 1921. ]
Davipson (J.). Biological Studies of Aphis rumiczs, Linn. 1746.
[Ann. App. Biol., Vol. VIIT, Cambridge, 1921. ]
——— Biological Studies of Aphis rumicis, Linn.
[ Bull. Ent. Res., Vol. XII, London, 1921.] |
Davis (John J.). New Species and Varieties of Phyllophaga.
[Bull. Dept. Reg. Ed. Illinois, Vol. XIII, Urbana, 1920. ]
Drxey (Prof. F. A.). [See Barreson (Prof. W.).]

Dopp (Alan P.). Two New Hymenoptera of the Superfamily Proctotrypidae
from Australia.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. LXV, Sydney, 1920.]

The Author.

Dopp (F. P.). [See OpertHir (Chas.).]
Doenin (Paul). Hétérocéres Nouveaux de |’Amérique du Sud.
[Etudes Lep. Comf., Fasc. XVIII, Rennes, 1920.] The Author.
DoNISTHORPE (Horace). The Phoresy of Antherophagus.
[Ent. Record, Vol. XXXII, London, 1920. ]
——— — The Myrmecophilous Lady-bird, Coccinella distincta, Fald., its Life-

history and Association with Ants.
[Ent. Record, Vols. XXXI-II, London, 1919-20. ]

British Oligocene Ants.
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 9, Vol. VI, London, 1920. ]
———— Wahis lativentris, Boh., a Myrmecophilous Insect.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. VIL, London, 1921. ]
Myrmecophilous Notes for 1920.

[Ent. Record, Vol. XX XIII, London, 1921.] The Author.
Ducancr (C. D. D.). Lexicon manuale ad scriptores mediae et imprime
Latinitatis. Paris, 1890. Purchased.

Durrant (J. Hartley). Lord Walsingham. Obituary.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., Vol. LVI, London, 1920. ]

DuzeEe (M. C. van), Cotr (F. R.), and Atpricu (J. M.). The Dipterous
Genus Dolichopus, Latr., in North America.
[Bull. 116, Smith. Ins., U. 8. Nat. Mus., Washington, 1921. ]

Erecke (R. van). Fauna Simalurensis. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera, Fam.
Papilionidae.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XX XV, 1913.]

Fauna Simalurensis. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam, Pzeridae.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XX XV, 1913.]

———— Fauna Simalurensis. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam. Sutyridae,

Morphidae, and Nymphalidae.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1913.]

———— Fauna Simalurensis. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam. Danazdae.
[Motes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914. ]

———— Fauna Simalurensis. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam. Lycaenidae.
[ Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914. ]

———— Studien iiber Indo-Australische Lepidopteren Fauna Simalurensis.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914.]
H. Donisthorpe.

( xl )
Erriatoun (H. C.), The Life-history of Telmatoscopus meridionalis, Eaton.

(Dip.). ;
[ Bull. Soc. Ent. @Egypt, Cairo, 1921.] The Author.
ENCYCLOPEDIE SCIENTIFIQUE. Coléoptéres, Part I. C. Houlbert, 1921. Les
Insectes. C. Houlbert, 1920. Paris.
ENDERLEIN (Dr. Giinther). Zur Kenntnis der Mecopteren Javas.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XX XIV, 1912.]
H, Donisthorpe.
Ewinc (H. E.). New Nearctic Spider Mites of the Family 7etranychidae.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LXIX, No, 2,394, Washington, 1921.]

Fauve (Albert). Voyage de M. le Dr. Ed. Bugnion au Venezuela, en
Colombie et aux Antilles.
[Revue d’Ent. Paris, 1901.]
Fett (E. P.). New Indian Gall Midges (Dip.).
{[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Vol. VII, Calentta, 1920.]
———-— Indian Grass Gall Midges.
(Agric. Res. Ins. Pusa (Ent. Ser., Vol. VII), Calcutta, 1921.]
Fernatp (H. T.). Applied Entomology. An Introductory Text Book of
Insects in their Relations to Man, 1921. Purchased.

Fiercuer (T. Bainbrigge). Report of the Imperial Entomologist, 1918-19.
[Sci. Rep. Agric. Res, Inst. Pusa, India, 1918-19. ]
H. Donisthorpe.
———— Agricultural Entomology, Part I.
[Board of Scientific Advice for India. Zoology, 1918-19.]
———— Agricultural Entomology (with List of Publications). Part I.
[ Rep. Agric. Ent. India, 1919.]
———-— Report of the Imperial Entomologist, 1919-20.
[Sci. Rep. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa, India, Calcutta, 1920. ]
———— The Fourth Entomological Meeting. (2 copies.)
[ Agric. Journ. India, Vol. XVI, Pt. III, Calcutta, 1921.]
The Author.
Foret (Auguste). Le Monde Social des Fourmis.

—— —— Les Fourmis de la Suisse. Ta Chause de Fonds, 1920.
——— — Fauna Simalurensis. Hymenoptera Aculeata. Fam. Formicidae.
[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LVIII, Amsterdam, 1915.]
———— Quelques Fourmis de Madagascar récoltées par le Dr. Friederichs et
quelques remarques sur d’autres Fourmis.

[Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat., Vol. LII, 1919.]
———— Deux Fourmis nouvelles du Congo.
[ Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat., Vol. LIT, 1919.]

———— Fourmis trouvées dans des Galles de Cordia et d’Agonandra.
[Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve, Vol. XI, 1920.]
———— Quelques Fourmis des environs de Quito (Ecuador) récoltées par
Mlle. Eléonore Naumann.

[Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat., Vol. LIV, 1921.]
Cremastogaster armandt, n. sp.
[Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve, XII, Geneva, 1921.] The Author.

Fraser (Major F. C.). Description of a Rhinocypine Larva from Shillong.
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India (Ent. Ser., Vol. VII), Caleutta, 1920. |
Friesk (Dr. H.). Die Bienenfauna yon Java.
(Tijd. Ent., Deel LVII, Amsterdam, 1914.]
Froecaut (W. W.). Some Useful Australian Birds.
The Passion Vine Longicorn Beetle (Jfonohammus fistulator).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,057, Sydney, 1919.]

——— A Vine-destroying Longicorn Beetle (J/onohammus sp.).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,065, Sydney, 1919. |

er ~
er
y

( xli )

Froecart (W. W.). The Seedling-gum Moth (Vola metallopa, Walk.).
(Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,069, Sydney, 1919. ]
———— The Native Lime-tree Borer (Citriphaga mixta, Lea.).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,075, Sydney, 1919.]
—-—— Some Plant Bugs that infest Citrus Trees.
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,182, Sydney, 1919.]
——-—— Insects and St. John’s Wort.
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,192, Sydney, 1919. ]
A New Species of Wax-scale (Ceroplastes murray?) from New
Guinea.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XLIV, Sydney, 1919. ]
- The White Grub or Grass Root Beetle (Scitala pruinssa).
[Mise. Publ. 2,195, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1919.]
— —- The Black Banana stem Weevil (Cosmopolites sordidus, Germ.).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,231, Sydney, 1919.]
———— The Digger Chalcid Parasite (Dirrhinus sarcophagus 1. sp. on
Sarcophaga aurifrons).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,235, Sydney, 1919.]
———— The Peach Tip Moth (Laspeyresta molesta, Busck.).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,240, Sydney, 1919. ]
———— Notes on the Apple Root Weevil (Leptops hopez).
[Agric. Gazette N.S.W., No. 2,248, Sydney, 1920. ]
———— The Powder-post Beetle and its Parasite. (2 copies.)
[Misc. Publ. 2,270, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1920. ]
———— Three Native Beetles attacking Orchard Trees,
[ Misc. Publ. 2,282, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1920. ]
————§— Thrips Damaging ''obacco.
[Misc. Publ. 2,289, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1920. ]
———— Insects found on Tobacco in New South Wales.
[Misc. Publ. 2,307, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1920.]
———— Orchard and Garden Mites.
[Misc. Publ. 2,325, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1921.]
———— The Blue Oat Mite.
[ Misc. Publ. 2,318, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1921.]
ne Descriptive Catalogue of the Scale Insects (Coccidae) of Australia, IT.
[Sci. Bull., No. 18, Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Sydney, 1921. ]
The Author.

GaGE (J. Howard), The Larvae of the Coceinellidae.
[Illinois Biological Monographs, Vol. VI, Illinois, 1920.]

Gauan (A. B.). Black Grain-stem Sawfly of Europe in the United States
(Trachelus tabidus).
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 834, Washington, 1920. |
GatiarD (L.). Notes on the Dicky Rice-weevil.
[Mise. Publ. 2,272, Agric. Gazette N.S.W., Sydney, 1920. |
The Author.
Garrison (G. L.). [See Nerrert (L. E.).]

GerBIEN (Hans). Fauna Simalurensis. Coleoptera, Fam. Tenebrionidae.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914. ]
H, Donisthorpe.
Gipson (Arthur). The Entomological Recerd.
[Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Entomological Society of
Ontario, 1918. |
Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.
[Vol. III, Insects. Part I, Lepidoptera, Ottawa, 1920.]
———— Boring Caterpillars affecting Corn and other crops, and which are
liable to be mistaken for the European Corn-borer,
[Dept. Agric. Canada, Ottawa, 1920.]

- a,
( xlii_)

Gipson (Arthur). The European Corn-borer (Pyrausta nubilalis, Hb.),
[Dept. Agric. Canada, Leaf. 13, Ottawa, 1920. ]
———— The Pale Western Cut-worm, .-
[ Dept. a i Ent. Branch, Canada, Crop Prot., Leaf. 15, Ottawa,
1921.
———— The Control of Grasshoppers.
[Dept. Agric., Ent. Branch, Canada, Crop Prot., Leaf. 14, Ottawa,
1921.]
———— Financial Values resulting from Entomological Research. (2 copies.)
[Agric, Gazette Canada, Vol. VIII, Ottawa, 1921.]
———— Common Garden Insects and their Control.
[Dept. Agric., Ent, Branch, Canada, Cire. 9, Ottawa, 1921.]
———— and CrinpLz (Norman). ‘The Entomological Record for 1919.
[Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, Ottawa, 1920. |
————, Swaine (J, M.), and Hurcurnas (C. B.). Charles Gordon Hewitt.
[Canad. Ent., Vol. LIT, Ottawa, 1920.] The Authors.

Gitterr (C. P.). Ninth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of Colorado,
1917

[ Fort Collins, Colorado, 1918.]
———— and Lisr (Geo. M.). Tenth Annual Report of the State Ento-

mologist of Colorado.
[ Fort Collins, Colorado, 1919. ]

Grraut (A. A.). New Serphydoid, Cynipoid, and Chalcidoid Hymenoptera.
(2 copies.)
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVIII, No. 2,332, Washington, 1920.]
Dr. Imms.

Goor (Van der). Uber zwei noch unbeschriebene javanische Blattlaus-arten,
['Tijd. Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1912. | H., Donisthorpe.

Gorvon (J. G. M.). The Lepidoptera of Wigtownshire.
(Trans. Dumf. and Gall. N. H. and Ant. Soc., Wigtown, 1919. ]

Gorpon (R. 8. M.). A List of the Macro-lepidoptera of Wigtownshire.

[Trans. Dumf. and Gall. N. H. and Ant. Soc., Wigtown, 1913.]

The Author.
Grassi (Prof. B.). Nuovo orizzonto nella Lotta Antimalarica (Memoria
preliminare).

[Revista di Biologia, Vol. III, Rome, 1921. |
———— Osservazioni sulla Biologia deglia Anofeli (2 parts).

[Ann. d'Igiene, Vol. XXXI, Rome, 1921. | The Author.

GREEN (E. Ernest). Remarks on Coccidae collected by Mr. Edward Jacobson
of Samarang, Java.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1911.] H., Donisthorpe.
———— Notes on Indian Coccidae of the Sub-family Diaspidinae with
descriptions of new species.
[Records Ind. Mus., Vol. XVI, Pt. 7, Calcutta, 1919.]
———— On a new Genus and Species of Cocctdae from N.W. India and
Eastern Persia.
[Records Ind. Mus., Vol. XVIII, Pt. 2, Calcutta, 1919. |
———— Observations on British Coccidae.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser,, Vol. VI, London, 1920 |
———— Observations on British Coccédae, with Descriptions of new species,
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. VII, London, 1921. |
The Author.
and LainG (F.). Coceidae from the Seychelles.
[Bull. Ent. Research, Vol. XII, Pt. 2, London, 1921.)
Lhe Authors.

GRIFFINI (Dr. Achille). Tes Gryllacridae de Java.
(Tijd. Ent., Deel LVI, Amsterdam, 1912. | H. Donisthorpe.

( xiii)

Gupx (G. K.). Fauna of British India, Mollusca.
The Indian Government.
Hacuunp (C. J. Emil). Verzeichniss der Von Yngve Sjéstedt in nord-
westlichen Kamerungebiete eingesammelten Hemipteren.
[Kong. Vet.-Ak. Forhand., Stockholm, 1895. ]
Hatiett (H. M.). The Lepidoptera of Glamorgan.
[ Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc., Vo]. L, 1920. | The Author,

Hamm (A. H.). Observations on Empis livida, L.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XIX, London, 1908.]
———— Observations on Empis opaca, F.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX, London, 1909.]
Setulia grisea, Mg., and Cerceris arenaria, L., in the New Forest.
[ Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX, London, 1909. }
———— Further Observations on the Empinae.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX, London, 1909. ]
Notes on Cetonia aurata, L., and C. floricola, Herbst.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. X XI, London, 1910.]
Sapyga clavicornis, L., and other Hymenoptera, in old posts at
Oxford.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. IV, London, 1918. }
———— Trypetidae from the Oxford district, with notes on their Time of
Appearance and Food-plants.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. IV, London, 1918.]
——— A ribbon-making fly: the Oviposition of Ceratopoyon nitidus, Macq:
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. V, London, 1919. ]
————. Observations on the Horse Bot-fly, Gastrophilus equi, F.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. V, London, 1919. |
The Author.

———— [See Smiru (Geoffrey). ]

Hetnricu (Carl). Note on the European Corn-borer (Pyrausta nubilalis, Hb.)
and its nearest American allies, with description of larvae,
pupae, and one new species.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. XVIII, Washington, 1919. |

—— On some forest Lepidoptera, with descriptions of new species,
larvae, aud pupae.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVII, No. 2,305, Washington, 1920. ]

HENDERSON (G.8.). Notes on Practical Salt Land Reclamation.

[Agric. Research Inst., Pusa, India, Bull. 91, Calcutta, 1920. ]

HERBERT (F. B.).. Cypress Bark Scale (Lhrhornia cupresst, Ehrh.).

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 838, Washington, 1920. ]

[See Burke (H. E.).]

Hewitt (Dr. C. Gordon). Report of the Dominion Entomologist for the
year ending March 31, 1916.

[Dept. Agric. Canada, Ottawa, 1917. ]
———-— Report of the Dominion Entomologist for the year ending March 31,

bee
[Dept. Agric. Canada, Ottawa, 1917. ]

———— Report of the Dominion Entomologist for the two years euding

March 31, 1919.
[Dept. Agric. Canada, Ottawa, 1919. ]

———— Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. Vol. III,
Insects. Introduction and List of New Genera and Species
collected by the expedition.

(Ottawa, 1920.]

Hine (James 8.). Notes on Robber-flies from South-west Texas, collected
by the Bryant Walker Expedition, with a description of a new
species of Erax.

[Occasional Pap., Mus. Zool. Univ., Michigan, No. 61, 1918. ]

+ Fendi.

all
(--xiliy. =)

HoimMGreN (Nils). Termiten aus Java und Sumatra.
[Tijds. Ent., Deel LVI, Amsterdam, 1913. ] H. Donisthorpe.
Hoop (Clifford E.). [See Corzins (C. W.).]
HoppinG (Ralph). The Control of Bark-beetle Outbreaks in British
Columbia.
[ Dept. Agric., Ent. Branch, Canada, Cire. 15, Ottawa, 1921.]
Horn (Dr. Walther). Fauna Simalurensis. Coleoptera, Fam. Cicindelidae.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1913. ]

t , H, Donisthorpe.
Horvats (Dr. G.). Hemipteren aus Java.

(Tijd, Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1912. ] H. Donisthorpe.
Hovuserr (C.). Tables Générales, 1876-1902. Systématiques et Alpha-
bétiques.
Prem. Partie [ Rennes, 1920]. The Author.

———— [See OsErTHUR (Chas.). ]
Hurcuines (C. B.). [See Gipson (Arth.).]
Hystop (J, A.). Genotypes of the Elaterid Beetles of the World.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVIII, No. 2,353, Washington, 1921.]
Imus (A. D.). Field Experiments on the Chemotropic Responses of Insects.
{Ann. Applied Biol., Vol. VI, Cambridge, 1920.]
———— Recent Research on the head and mouth parts of Diptera.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 3rd Ser., Vol. VI, London, 1920. ]
The Author.
InGerson (H. G.) and Runner (G. A.). Control of the Grape-berry Moth
in Northern Ohio.
[U.S8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 887, Washington, 1920.]
InGrAM (A.). [See Carrer (Hy. F.).]
Tro (Hirowo). On the Metamorphosis of the Malpighian Tubes of Bombyx
mort, Li.
[ Journ. of Morphology, Vol. XX XV, 1921.] The Author.
Jackson (Dorothy J.). Bionomics of Weevils of the Genus Stones injurious
to Leguminous Crops in Britain.
[Ann. Applied Biol., Vol. VII, Cambridge, 1920.] The Author.
JacoBson (H.). Hilfsmittel beim Fang und Priparieren von Insekten,
besonders in den Tropen.
[ Deut. Ent. Nat.-Bib., Berlin-Dahlem, 1910.]
——— Lets over Blinde Visschen.
[De Levende Natuur, 1912. ] H. Donisthorpe.
JANSE (A. J. T.). Notes on the Hepialid Genera Gorgopis and Dalaca with
descriptions of six apparently new South African species.
[ Record, Albany Mus., Vol. III, Albany, 1919.] :
JEANNEL (Dr. R.) and PryertmuHorr (P. de). Récoltes Entomologiques dans
les Beni-Inassen (Maroc, Oriental).
[Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. LX XX, Paris, 1911.]
——— Description d’un Réduvide Troglophile nouveau de Afrique
orientale.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. LXXXI, Paris, 1912.]
———— Un nouveau Macrospongus du Mocambique.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1912.]
———— Description dun nouveau Carabomorphus de VY Afrique orientale
anglaise,
[ Bull. Soe. Ent. France, Paris, 1912. |
—_—_—_ Trois nouveaux 7'rechus des hautes montagnes de l'Afrique orientale.
[Bull. Soc, Ent. France, Paris, 1913. |
———— Tableau des Rhaphidosoma Africains.
[ Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1914. ]
———— Psélaphides cavernicoles, nouveaux ou peu connus des Pyrénées.
[Bull. Soc, Ent. France, Paris, 1914. ]

oe ¥
7

(eAxive’:)

JEANNEL (Dr. R.) and Peyertmuorr (P. de). Sur la systématique des
Sphodrides. (Note préliminaire.)
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1914. ]
———— Tableau des Rhaphidosoma Africains.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1914. ]

.___— Tableaux des Acanthaspidiens d’Afrique du groupe des Edocla,

Stal.
[ Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1914. }
———— Diagnoses préliminaires de Reduvitdae nouveaux d'Afrique,
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1916.]
—_——— Diagnoses préliminaires de Reduviidae nouveaux d'Afrique.
[Bull. Soe, Ent. France, Paris, 1917. ]
———— Deux Trechus aveugles nouveaux de ]’Europe orientale.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Paris, 1919. | The Author.
Jennincs (H. 8.). Modifying Factors and Multiple Allelomorphs in Relation
to the Results of Selection.
[Amer. Nat., Vol. LI, 1917.]
Juavert (T. N.). Swarming Caterpillars of Northern Gujarat.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. XV, Caleutta, 1920.]
JorpDAN (Dr. K.). Fauna Simalurensis. Coleopter. Fam. Anthribidae.
[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LVIII, Amsterdam, 1915.] H. Donisthorpe.
JURRIAANSE (J. H.) and Linprmans (J.). Een nieuwe Attacus-vorm van
Burma.
(Tijd. Ent., Dee] LXIII, Rotterdam, 1920.]
—— — Bijdrage tot de kennis der Lepidoptera van Z.O.= Celebes en
omliggende eilandeen.
(Tijd. Ent., Deel LXII, Rotterdam, 1919.]
———— Indo-Australische Attacus-vormen.
(Tijd. Ent., Deel LXIITI, Rotterdam, 1920. ]
——-—— Een nieuwe Attacus-vorm van Bali.
[Tids. Ent., Vol. LXIV, Rotterdam, 1921.] The Authors.
Kampen (Dr. P. N. van). Fauna Simalurensis. Amphibia.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, Note xxii, 1914. |
H. Donisthorpe.
Kennepy (Clarence Hamilton). Some interesting Dragon-fly Naiads from
Texas.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, Washington, 1921. |
KENNEL (Dr. Julius v.). Die Palaearktischen Tortriciden.

[ Zooloogica, Berlin, 1908-1921. ] Purchased.
Krys (James H.). Northern and Hill Country Coleoptera of 8. Devon.
[ Plymouth, 1921. | The Author.

Kapacek (Prof. Fr.). Plecoptera aus Java, Eine neue Vemura-art.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXIV, Note xxxv, 1912. |
H. Donisthorpe.
Kiinkowstrom (Dr. Axel Freiherrn v.). Ueber die Insekten-und Spinnen-
faunen Islands und der Faeréer.
[Arkiv for Zool. Uppsala and Stockholm, Band 8, 1913. |
Laine (F.), [See GREEN (E. E.).]
LaAMBILLION (L. J.). Les Papillons de Belgique.
[Namur, 1902. ] Purchased.
LEONARDI (Gustavo). Monographia delle Cocciniglie Italiane.
By Exchange.
LippELt (Henry George) and Scorr (Robert). Greek-English Lexicon.
8th Ed., Oxford, 1891. Purchased.

Lima (Dr. A. da Costa). The Family Polyctenidae (Hemiptera).

[Arch. Escola. Sup. Agric. e Med. Veter., Vol. IV, Rio de
Janeiro, 1920.]

nal

(© xix)

LINDEMANS (J.). [See JuRRIAANSE (J. H.).]

List (Geo. M.). [See Giierr (C. P.).]

Lorrnouse (T. A.). In Memoriam, John Gardner, F.E.S. (1841-1921).
[ Naturalist, Huddersfield, 1921.]

New and rare Yorkshire Lepidoptera. :
{ Naturalist, Huddersfield, 1921.] The Author.
Lucas (W. J.). British Orthoptera. ‘lhe Ray Society, 1921.
Purchased.

Lurz (Frank E.) and Cockrrett (‘T. D. A.). Notes on the Distribution and
Bibliography of North American Bees of the Families Apidae,
Meliponidae, Bombidae, Enylossidae, and Anthrophoridae.

[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XLII, Art. XV, New York, 1920. ]
The Authors.

Macrikz (J. W.S.). [See Carrer (Hy. F.).]

Marpt (Dr. sh pipe ae der Gattung Synagris, Latr. (Hymen. Vesp.),
19 Rev. F. D. Morice.

MALtocn (J. “is Miltogramma germari, Mg. and Amaurosona flavipes, Fln.,
from Oxfordshire.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX, London, 1909.]

Mattory (A. C.). [See CurrrEnpen (I. H.).]

MANN (William M.). Additions to the Ant Fauna of the West Indies and
Central America.

[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XLII, New York, 1920.]

———-— Three new Myrmecophilous Beetles.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 2,387, Vol. LIX, Washington, 1921.]

McDunnovueu (Ph. D.). Notes on the Larvae and Pupae of certain Ptero-

phorid species (Lep.).
[Canad. Ent., Vol. LIL, Ottawa, 1920.]
~ Notes on the Life-history of Phyciodes bates’, Reak. (Lep.).
[Canad. Ent., Vol. LII, Ottawa, 1920. ]
——.-— Studies in North American Cleorn (Geometridae). :
[Dept. Agric. Canada, Bull. 18, Ottawa, 1920.]
—-— Dragon-tlies of the Takoot Bays pen and Additional Records, ete.
[Canad. Ent., Vol. LIII, Ottawa, 1921.]

McGrecor (HE. A.). The Red Spiders of America and a few European
species likely to be introduced.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVI, No. 2,303, Washington, 1919.]

McInvoo (N. E.). Recognition among Insects.
[Smith. Mise. Coll., Vol. LX VIII, No. 2,443, Washington, 1917.]

Meiers (Prof. Dr. J. C. H. de). Studien iiber Siidostasiatische Dipteren,
IV. Die neue Dipteren Fauna von Krakatau.
[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LIII, Amsterdam, 1910.]
——— — Studien uber Siidostasiatische Dipteren, VII.
[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LVI, Amsterdam, 1913. ]
———— Studien iiber Siidostasiatische Dipteren, IX.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVII, Amsterdam, 1914. ]
—— — Fauna Simalurensis Diptera.
[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LV III, Amsterdam, 1915.]
-_——-— Studien tber Siidostasiatische Dipteren, X. Dipteren aus Sumatra.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVIII, Amsterdam, 1915.]

———— Studien iiber Siidostasiatische Dipteren, XI. Zur Biologie einiger
javanischer Dipteren nebst Beschreibung einiger neuen java-
nischen Arten.

[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LIX, Amsterdam, 1916. ]

——— Studien tuber Siidostasiatische Dipteren, XII. Javanische Dolicho-
podiden und Ephydriden.

[ Tijd. Ent., Deel LIX, Amsterdam, 1916. ] H. Donisthorpe.

ee 4

( xlvii_ )

Me JERE (Prof. Dr. J. C. H. de). [See Becker (Th.).]
Meticuar (Dr. L.). Homopteren von Java, gesammelt von Herrn Edw.
Jacobson.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XX XVI, 1913.]
H. Donisthorpe.
Mercatr (C. L.). Syrphidae of Maine. Second: Life-history Studies.
[ Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 263, Orono, 1917.]
Mercatr (Maynard M.). The Salpidae collected by the U.S. Fisheries
steamer ‘“ d/hatross,” in Philippine waters during the years
1908 and 1909.
[Contrib. Biol. Philip. Arch., U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. II, Pt. 1,
Washington, 1919. ]
Meyrick (Edward). Exotic Micro-lepidoptera.
[Vol. II, Parts 8,9, 10, 14, London, 1919-21. ] The Author.

Misra (C,8.). The “American Blight” or ‘‘The Woolly Aphis,” Erzosoma
lanigera, Haus.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. XV, Caleutta, 1920. ]
The Rice Leaf-hoppers (Nephotettix bipunctatus, Fab. and WV. apicalis,
Motsch.).
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Vol. V, Calcutta (Pusa), 1920. ]
Miyake (Tsunekata). Brief History of Entomology in Japan (Japanese).
[General Treatise on Entomology, Vol. II, Tokyo, 1919.]
A The Author.
MsdzerG (Dr, Eric). Uber einige auf Java von Edw. Jacobson gesammelten
Mallophagen und Anopluren,
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1912.] H. Donisthorpe.

Morris (Hubert M.). The Hypopus of Carpoglyphus anonymus, Haller.
[Ann. Trop. Med. and Par., Vol. XIII, Liverpool, 1920. ]
Observations on the Insect Fauna of Permanent Pasture in

Cheshire.
[Ann. App. Biol., Vol. VII, Cambridge, 1920. |
———— [See Nrewsteap (R.).]
Morsr (Albert P.). Manual of the Orthoptera of New England,
[ Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., XXXV, 1920.]
The Author.
Moser (J.). Fauna Simalurensis, Coleoptera. Fam. Lamellicornia, Tribus
Melolonthini.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914.]
H. Donisthorpe.

Mosuer (Edna). Pupae of some Maine Species of Wotodontzdae.

[ Agric, Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 259, Orono, 1917.]

Moutron (J. C.), Cicadidae collected in Korinchi, West Sumatra.
(Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus., Vol. VIII, Pt. 3, Singapore,
1919.] The Author.
Muerseseck (C. F. W.). A Revision of the North American species of
Ichneumon-flies belonging to the genus Apante/es.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., No. 2,349, Washington, 1920.]

Munro (J. W.). Pine Weevils.
[Forestry Comm., Leafl. No, 1, London, 1920.]

——— Survey of en Insect Canditiousa in the British Isles, 1919.
[Forestry Comm,, Bull. No. 2, London, 1920. ] The Author.

NeIFert (L. E.) and Garrison (G. L.). Experiments on the Toxic Action
of certain Gases on Insects, Seeds, and Fungi (2 copies).
[ U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 893, Washington, 1920. |

NewstTeapD (R.) and Morris (H. M.). Reports of the Grain Pests (War)
Committee.
[Roy. Soe. No. 8, London, 1920.]

all
( xlviii )

Norman (Howard). Staphylinidae from Florida in the Collection of the
American Museum of Natural History, with descriptions of
new Genera and Species.

{Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XLII, New York, 1920.] (2 copies.)
Dy Imms.

“Novara.” Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” (1857-59);

Felder (C. & R.); Wien, 1864-75,
Formicidae. By Dr. G. L. Mayer.
Neuroptera. By F. Brauer. Purchased.

OpertTHtir (Charles). Considerations sur la Faune lépidoptérologique
d’Alsace et sur les travaux et des collections des Entomologistes
alsaciens depuis le X VILI® siécle.

[53rd Congrés des Soe. Sav,-Paris Dep. a Strasbourg, Rennes, 1920. ]
(2 copies.)

———— Etudes de Lépidoptérologie comparée,

[Fase. XI bis, 1916; XVII, Text, 1921; XVII bis, Plates, 1920;

XVIII, 1921; XIX, 1921, Rennes. ] The Author.
——-—— Hovtszerr (C.) and Dopp (F. P.), Etudes de Lépidoptérologie
comparée.
[Contributions 4 étude des Grands Lépidoptéres d’ Australie (Genres
Coscinocera et Xyleutes) |. The Authors.
Ouavs (Dr. F.). Fauna Simalurensis, Coleoptera. Fam. Lamellicornia.

Tribus Rutelini.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXVI, 1914.)
H. Donisthorpe.
O’Netrt (Rev. J.). The Carabidae e DEEPEN Mashonaland. (2 copies.)
[The 8. Afr. Journ. of N. Vol. IL. si]

— The Acraeas of Southern aes (2 copies).
[ Proc. Rhod. Sc. Ass., Vol. XVII, Pt. 2, Bulawayo, 1919. ]
The Author.
Onstow (Hon. H.). The Inheritance of Wing-colour in Lepidoptera, V.
Melanism in Abraxas grossulariata (var. varleyata, Porritt).
{[Journ. of Genetics, XI, Cambridge, 1921. ] The Author.

— [See Bareson (Prof. W.).]

Oszorn (Herbert). Remarks on the genus Scaphoideas with a revised key
and description of new American Species.
[Ohio Nat., Vol. XI. 1911.]
———— Leaf-hoppers of Maine.
[Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 238, Orona, 1915.]
—— The Meadow Plant Bug (Jfiris dolabraius), 2 copies.
[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. XV, Washington, 1918.]
—— The Meadow Plant Bug (Jliris dolabratus), 2 copies.
[Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 276, Orono, 1919. ]
OupEMANS (Dr. A. C.). Beschrijving van een weinig bekende en drie
nieuwe soorten van Anoetus.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVII, Ainsterdam, 1914. ] H. Donisthorpe.

Paoto (Luigioni). Coleotteri esotici utili e dannosi alle piaute importati in
Italia e rinvenuti nel Lazio (Lhizobtus lopathae).
[Att. Pontif. Acc. Rom-Nuoy. Lincei, Rome, 1920.] The Author.
Parcu (Edith M.). Pink and Green Aphid of Potato (Jacrosiphum
solantfolit).
[Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 242, Orono, 1915.]
-——— Two Clover Aphids.
{Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. III, Washington, 1915. ]
Elm-leaf Rosette and Woolly, Aphid of the Apple (Pemphigus
tessellata and P. aceris).
[ Agric, Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 256, Orono, 1916.]

( xlix )

Parca (Edith M.)., Eastern Aphids, new or little known. Part I.
- [Journ. Econ. Ent., Agric. Exp, Station, Maine, Vol. X, 1917.]
An Infestation of Potatoes by a Midge.
[ Journ. oe Ent., Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Vol. X, No. 5,
1917.
--——— The Aphid of Chok2-cherry and Grain, Aphis pseudoavenae, n. sp.
(Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 267, Orono, 1917.]
——_—— Wastern Aphids: A few species of Prociphilus.
[Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 270, Orono, 1917. ]
——— Three Pink and Green Aphids of the Rose.
[ Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 282, Orono, 1919. ]
——— A Psyliid Gall on Juncus (Livia maculipennis, ae

[| Psyche Vol. XXIII,
PrTERSEN (Esben). Mecoptera Planipennia collected in Java by Edw.
Jacobson.

[ Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXYV, 1913.]
H. Donisthorpe.
PEYERIMHOFF (P. de). [See JeEANNEL (R.).]

Puiciies (W, J.). Studies on the Life-history and Habits of the Jointworm
Flies of the g nus Harmolita (Zsosoma), with Recommendations
for Control.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Ball. 808, Washington, 1920.]
Pirrce (W. Dwight). Commercial and Professional Fntomology—The
future of our Profession.
[Journ. Econ. Ent.,Vol. XIII, Denver, 1920.]
———— The Greatest Economical Agricultural Problem in America to-day.
[Gage Pierce Research-Lab., Bull. 2, Denver, 1920.]

Pororr (N.). [See Buayton (E.).]

Porrivs (B.). Zur Kenntnis der Miriden, Anthocoriden und Nabiden Javas
und Sumatyas.

[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVI, Amsterdam, 1913.] H. Donisthorpe.

Pou ton (Prof. E. B. ). Enmpidae and their Prey in relation to Courtship.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd. Ser., Vol. XXIV, London, 1913.]
—-— Mimicry in North American Bubtertias: A Reply.
[Proz. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Jan, 1914.]

———— (1) The term ‘‘ Mutition.” (2) Mimicry. (3) Mimicry vetween

the genera of certain African Nymphaline Butterflies.
[Brit. Ass. Birmingham, 1913.]

———— A remarkable American work upon Evolution and the Germ
Theory of Disease.

[Proc. Linn. Soe, Ann. Addresses, London, 1913 and 1914. ]

——-— W. A. Lamborn’s Breeding Experiments upon Acraea encedon, L.
in the Lagos district of West Africa, 1910-12,

{Linn. Soe. Journ. Zool., Vol. XXXII, London, 1914.]
———— Obituary Notice of yee Friedrich Leopold Weismann.
[Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. LXX XIX, London, 1916.]

———— Obituary Notice of Raphael Meldola.

[Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. XCIII, London, 1917.]
———— Obituary Notice of Roland Trimen.

| Proc. Linn. Soe. London, 1917.]
———— Obituary Notice of Edward Saunders.
—— ae 3, Octavius Pickard-Cambridge.

—_—— » Roland Trimen.
[ Proc. Roy. Soz., Vol. XCI, London, 1920.]
——-— The Inspiration ie the Unknown (Presidential Address, S.E.U.S.8.).
[S.E. Naturalist: Trans. §.E U.S.8., London, 1921.]
The Author.
d

Pourton (Prof. E. B.). [See Barrson (Prof, W.).]
Provrt (L. B.). New South African Geometridae.
[Ann. Trans. Mus., Pretoria, 1913.]
— New Geometridve in the South African Museum.
{[Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XVII, Pt.1, London, 19 .]
———— New South African Geometridae.
{Ann. Trans. Mus., Vol. V, Pretoria, 1916. } The Author.
QuaInTANCE (A. L.). The San José Seale and its Control.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Farmers’ Bull. 650, Washington, 1919.)

RAMAKRISHNA AyyAr (T. V.). Some Foreign Insect Pests which we do not
want in India.
[Agric. Journ. India, Special Indian Science Cong. No., Vol. XIV,
Calcutta, 1920 ]
RampovskEk (Dr. Fr. J.). Nova varieta druhu Homoeotarsus chaudoiri, Hochb.
(Une nouvelle var. de).
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., IIT, 2, Praze (Prague), 1906.]
———— Popis avou novych Staphylinidu (Description de deux Staphylinides
nouveaux).
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., IV, 1, Praze (Prague), 1907.]
——— Dodatky k seznamum ceskyeh myrmecophilu (Staphyliuidae).
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., IV, 4, Praze (Prague), 1907. ]
———— Prispevek k poznani bulharskych Pselaphidu a Scydmaenidu.
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., VI, 1, Praze (Prague), 1909. ]
———\— Bythinus comita, n. sp. novy Pselaphid ze stredni Makedonie.
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., VI, 4, Praze (Prague), 1909.]
-----_— Prispevek k poznani rodu Thinobius, Kiesw.
[Act. Soe. Ent. Bohem., VII, 3, Praze (Prague), 1910.]
———— Reitrag zur Staphylinidenfauna Dalmatiens.
[Ent. Blattern, VI, 227-8, Prague, 1910.]
—— O ceskych druzich rodu Sti/icus, Latr. (Col. Staphylinidae).
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., VII, 1, Praze (Prague), 1910. ]
———— Cesti zastupci rodu Mycetoporus, Mannh. (Col. Staphylinidae).
Praze (Prague),
———— Uber das Xantholinen—subgenus /ulda, sed: olen (Col.).
[Sitz-ber. Kon. Bohm. Gess., Prague, 1914, ]
Novy Stenus ze Stredniho Kavkazu.
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., XI, 1-2, Praze (Prague), 1914. ]
———— Ein neuer Aphodius aus Serbien.
[Coleop. Runds., 4-5, Prague, 1915. ]
——— Atheta (subg. Spelacolla, nov.), absolont, n. sp. (Col. Staphylinidae).
[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., XII, 1-2, Praze (Prague), 1915.
———— Tenebrobius (noy. subg., Quediorum) bernhauert, novy druh ze Str.
Makedonie (Col. Staphylinidae).
[ Act. Soe. Ent. Bohem., XII, 1-2, Praze (Prague), 1915.]
Novy Brazilsky Stenaesthetus (Col. Staphylinidae).
[Act. Soe. Ent. Bohem., XII, 3-4, Praze (Prague), 1915.]
Sipalia zoufali, n. sp
[Coleop. Runds., 8- 10, Prague, 1915.]
———— Ein neues eurapsiaches Staphilinidengenus.
[Coleop. Runds., 9-10, Prague, 1915. ]
i s Arten aus Mazedonien.
[Zeit. f. wissen. Insek., Band 1, Neudamn. 1916. ]
Ein Lebensbild Dr. Max Bernhauer’s,
[Coleop. Runds., 9-10, 1916.]
———— Verzeichniss der von Dr. Max Bernhauer publizierten Arbeiten
1898-1916.
[Coleop. Runds., 9-10, 1916.]

( li)

Rampousek (Dr. Fr. J.). Zwei neue pal. Staphyliniden nebst Notizen.
[Coleop. Runds., 11-12, 1916. |

—_____-- Ein neues Subgenus der Genus Quedzus.

[Coleop. Runds., 11-12, 1916.]

Prof. Mario Bezzi: ‘‘Ditteri cavernicoli dei Balcani, etc.”:
Aleochara vagepunctata, Kr,: Septimus testaceus, Mull.: Hrom-
adny vyskyt Coccinel.

[Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., XIII, 1-2, Praze (Prague), 1916. |

Rao (Ramachandra). Lantana Insects in India. (2 copies.)
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Vol. V, Calcutta, 1920. ]
The Author.

Reun (Jas. A. G.). On a Collection of Javanese Mantidae and Phasmidae
(Orthoptera).
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1912.]
H. Donisthorpe.
Reports. Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. Vol. III, Insects, Pt. E.
Coleoptera.
[Ottawa, 1919. ]

Report of the Explorations and Field Work of the Smithsonian Institution
in 1918 and 1919.
[Smith. Mise. Coll,, Vol. LX XII, Nos. 2,535, 2,581, Washington,
1920-1921.]
‘‘ Report” of the National Trust for Places of Historic Interest or Natural
Beauty.
[London, 1921. ]
Reports of the Sleeping Sickness Commission. No. XVII.
Dr. Carpenter.
Ris (Dr. F.). Uber Odonaten von Java und Krakatau gesam. v. Edw.
Jacobson.

[Tijd. Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1912. |
——-~— Fauna Simalurensis. Odonata.

[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVIII, Amsterdam, 1915. ]

H, Donisthorpe.
Rirsema (C.). Fauna Simalurensis. Coleoptera, Fam. Lucanidae.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1913.]

H. Donisthorpe.
Roser (J.). Uber Mimikry und verwandte Erscheinungen bei Schmetter-
lingen.

[Ent. Mitt. Deut. Ent. Int., Vol. X, Berlin-Dahlem, 1921.]
Rouwer (S. A.). The North American Ichneumon-flies of the tribes

Labenini, Khyssini, Xoridini, Odontomerini, and Phytodietint.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVII, No. 2,317, Washington, 1920. ]
—— — — Three new species of Indian Dryinid Parasites of Rice Leaf-

hoppers.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVII, No. 2,309, Washington, 1920. ]
———— Descriptions of Twenty-six new species of North American

Hymenoptera.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVII, No. 2,312, Washington, 192). ]
——— Some Notes on Wasps of the subfamily Vyssoninae, with descrip-

tions of new species.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,374, Washington, 1921. ]
———_— Notes on Sawflies, with descriptions of new genera and species.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,361, Washington, 1921.]
Notes and descriptions of Neotropical Sawflies of the subfamily

Perreyiinae,
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,366, Washington, 1921. |
———— [See CusumaN (R. A.).]

( li)

Sata (Emilio Mordder). Introduccién al Catdlogo de los Hemipteros de la
Region Valencia,
[An. Inst. Gen. y Tech. de Valencia, Hist. Nat. Nim. 6, 1921.]
Sancuez (Domingo Sanchez y). Sobre la Existencia de an Aparato Tactil
en los ojos compuestro de las abejas.
[Trab. Lab. Inv. Biol. Univ. Madrid, 1921. ]
SanpHouseE (Grace), [See CockErett (T. D. A.).]

SanrorD (H. L.). [See Wricer (C. A.).]

ScHAEFFER (Charles). New species of North American Clerid Beetles of
the Genus Au/icus.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,365, Washington, 1921. ]
Scuaus (William). New species of Lepidoptera in the United States
National Museum. (2 copies.)
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVII, No. 2,307, Washington, 1920.]
———— New species of Lepidoptera in the United States National Museum,
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,372, Washington, 1921. |
ScHIERBEEK (Dr. A.). On the Setal Pattern of Caterpillars and Pupae.
(2 copies.)
{Onderzoek. Zool. Lab. Rijksun. VI, Groningen, Leiden, 1917. |
Scuorr (Harald), Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Insektenfauna von Kamerun
I, Collembola.
[K. Sven. vet.-ak. Handl., Band 19, 1893. ]
Scorori (J. A.). Diliciae Florae et Faunae insubricae, 1786. Imp. fol.
Lord Rothschild.
ScuppER (Samuel H.) and Cockrerett (Theodore D. A.). A First List of
the Orthoptera of New Mexico.
[Proe. Davenport Ac. Sci. Davenport, Vol. IX, Iowa, 1902. ]
Prof. Cockerell,
Seitz (Adelbert), Palaearctic Macro-lepidoptera, Vol. I, Rbopalocera.
II, Bombyces, ete. III, Noctuae. IV, Geometers.

———— Exotic Macro-lepidoptera, complete to date, Purchased.
SEtys-LONGCHAMPS (Barer Edmund de). Mecoptera.
[Fase. V, Pt. 2, Bruxelles, 1921.] Purchased.

Senror- WHITE (R.). Tarte hynchites minimus, Theob,
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. XI, Pt. 41, Colombo, 1919. ]
———— A List of Lepidoptera noted to attack cultivated plants in Ceylon.
[ Rep. Proc. 3rd Ent. Meet., Pusa, Calcutta, 1919.]
——— -A List of Plants, with their Lepidopterist Pests, in Ceylon.
[Rep. Proc. 3rd Ent. Meet., Pusa, Calcutta, 1919. |
———— Some Notes towards the Life-history of Comocritis pieria, Meyr.
[Rep. Proc. 38rd Ent. Meet., Pusa, Calcutta, 1919. ]
———— On the Occurrence of Coleoptera in the Human Intestine,
{Ind. Jour, Med. Research, Vol. VII, Calcutta, 1920. |
———— A Survey of the Culicidae of a Rubber Estate.
[Ind. Jour. Med. Research, Vol. VIII, No. 2, Calcutta, 1920. ]
——_—— A Note on Suana concolor, Walk.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. xa Pt. 42, Colombo, 1920. ]
-_——— New Ceylon Diptera.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. XI, Pts. 43, 44, Colombo, 1921.]
The Author.
Severin (Henry H. P.). Soluble Poisons in the Poisoned Bait Spray to
Control the Adult of the Apple-maggot (Rhagoletis pomonella,
Walsh). 2 copies.
[ Agric. Exp, Station, Maine, Bull. 251, Orono, 1916. ]
———— Life-history, Habits, Natural Enemies, and Methods of Control of
the Currant Fruit-fly (Epochra canadensis, Loew).
[ Agric. Exp. Station, Maine, Bull. 264, Orono, 1917.)

(litt 4)

SHeatHeR (A. L.) and Suirston (A. W.). Syngamus laryngeus in Cattle
and Buffaloes in India.

[Agric. Research Inst. Pusa, Bull. 92, Calcutta, 1920. ]

Sueipon (W. G.).. Peronea cristana: its Life-history, Habits of the Imago,
Distribution of the various named forms, and some speculations
on the present trend of its Variation.

[Entomologist, Vols. L-LI, London, 1917-18. }

—_—_— The Variation of Sarrothripus revayana, Scop.

[Entomologist, Vol. LII, London, 1919. ]
____-___ The earlier stages of Peronea maccana, Fr., P. lipsiana, Schift., P.
rufana, Schiff., and P. schalleriana, L.
[Entomologist, Vol. LII, London, 1919. ]
The Life-cycle of Lobesta permiatana, Hb.
[Entomologist, Vol. LIII, London, 1920. |
—___—— The Life-cycle of Cucoectia unifasciana, Dup.
[Entomologist, Vol. LIII, London, 1920.]

___—— Notes on the Variation of Peronea cristana, Fab., with descriptions
of six new forms, and the reasons for sinking the names at
present in use for six others.

[Entomologist, Vols. LIII-LIV, London, 1920-21.]
—_—— Ovigrapha literana, L.: its Life-cycle, distribution, and variation.
[Entomologist, Vol. LIV, London, 1921. ] The Author.
Suitston (A. W.). [See SHEATHER (A. L.).]
Sitvestri (F.). Materiali per lo studio dei Tisanuri.
[Boll. Lab. Zool. gen agr., Vol. V, Portici, 1910.
—_——— Embiidae from Java and Krakatau.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LV, Amsterdam, 1912. }
———— Descrizione di un nuovo ordine di Insetti.
[Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. agr., Vol. VU, Portici, 1913.]

—_—_—— Notizie sulla Tignola del melo e sul Verme delle mele e istruzioni

per combatterii.

[Bollet. No. 1, R, Scuola Sup. d’Ag., Portici, 1917. ]

Gli insetti africani contro la mosea olearia.

[Boll. Soe. Naz. degli Olivicoltori, Boll. XII, 1-2, Rome, 1918. ]

———— I] Ceroplaste (0 cocciniglia) cinese degli agrumi.

[Bollet. No. 2, R. Scuola Sup. d’Ag., Portici, 1919.]
———— I] Ceroplaste (0 cocciniglia) del fico.
[Bollet. No. 3, R. Scuola Sup. d’Ag., Portic’, 1919.]
H. Donisthorpe.

Situ (Geoffrey) and Hamu (A. H.). Studies in the Experimental
Analysis of Sex. (2 copies.)

(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., Vol. LX, 1914.]

Snyper (Thos. E.). [See Banxs (Nathan). ]

SpearE (A. T.). Further Studies of Sorospored/a uvella, a fungus parasite of

Noctuid larvae.

[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. X VIII, Washington, 1920.]

Steck (Dr. T. H.). Verzeichnis der Publikationen von Dr. Emil Frey-

Gesner.
[Verhandl. Schweiz. Nat. Ges., 1918. ]

— [See Cart (J.).]

Srorey (G.). The Present Situation with regard to the Control of the Pink

- Boll Worm (Gelechia gossypiella, Saund.) in Egypt.

[Ministry of Agric. Egypt, Bull. No, 16, Cairo, 1921. ]

STRICKLAND ce H.). The Cottonwood Leaf-mining Beetles in Southern
Alberta.

[Canad. Ent., Vol. LII, Ottawa, 1920.]

———— and Cripptz (N.). The Beet Webworm.

[Crop Protection Leaflet, Dept. of Agric., Canada, No. 12, 1920. ]

all
( liv )

Srurrevant (Arnold P.). A Study of the Behaviour of Bees in Colonies
affected by European Foul-brood.
[U.S8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 804, Washington, 1920.]
———— The Dipterous Genus Zygothrica of Wiedemann.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LVIII, No. 2,330, Washington, 1920.]
2 copies.) Dy. Imms.
Swatne (J. M.). [See Grsson (Arth.).]
Swinton (A. H.). The Scent Fans of the Pyralidae, and the Insects of the
Kangra Valley. MSS. The Author,
THEOBALD (F. U.). Apple Aphidides.
{ Board of Agric. and Fish. Leafl. 330, London, 1919.]
Tuorett (T.). Enumeratio Arachnoideorum a Cel. Carolo Aurivillio in
Java aliisque insulis Indo-malesiae collectorum.
[K. Svenska vet.-ak. Hand. Band 20, Stockholm, 1894. ]
Tirtyarp (R. J.). Mesozoic Insects of Queensland, No. 7, Hemiptera
Homoptera ; with a Note on the Phylogeny of the Suborder.
[ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XLIV, Sydney, 1919.]
————— Brags (Prof. C. T.), and Lea (A. M.). Insects of Macquarie

Island,
[Se. Rep. Austr. Antarctic Exp. Ser. C. Zool. 1V, Pt. 8, Sydney,
1920. | The Authors.

Tinstey (Joseph). Preliminary Report of the Isle of Wight Bee Disease.
[ Bull. W. Scot. Agric. Coll., Glasgow, No. 85, 1918.]
TREHERNE (R. C.). Some Notes on the Fruit Worms of British Columbia.
[Scientific Agriculture, Vancouver, 1921. ]
TULLGREN (Alb.). Einige Chelonethiden aus Java und Krakatau.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.]
———— Vier Chelonethiden-Arten auf einem Javanischen Kaefer gefunden.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.]
H. Donisthorpe.
Turatr (Comte Emilio). Nuove forme di Lepidotteri Correzioni e Note
Critiche, IV.
[Naturalista, Siciliano. Palermo, 1919. ]
———— Lepidotteri di Cirenaica, Raccolti dal Prof. Alessandro Ghigi
durante l’escursione organizzato dal Touring Club Italiano nel
mese d’Aprile 1920.
[Att. Soc. Lt. Sci. Nat., Vol. LX, Pavia, 1921.]
The Author.
Turner (W. B.). Lepidoptera at Light-Traps.
[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. XVIII, Washington, 1920. ]

Turner (W.H.). [See Barer (A. C.).]
TwibtE (Arthur). Beautiful Butterflies of the Tropics.

[ London, 1920.] The Religious Tract Society.
Umer (Georg). Uber einige von Edw. Jacobson auf Java gesammelte
Tricopteren.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XX XV, 1912.]
———— Ephemeriden aus Java, gesammelt von Edw. Jacobson.

[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1912.]
H. Donisthorpe.
Ursauns (Theodore D.). The Clover and Alfalfa Seed Chalcisfly, Brucho-
phagus funebiis.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bull, 812, Washington, 1920. ] :
Vetu (Dr. H. J.). Fauna Simalurensis, Coleoptera, Notes XII, XVI,
XXVIII, XXX.
[Notes from the Leyden Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1913; Vol. XXXVI,
1914. ] H, Donisthorpe.

Clg

Vierecu (Henry L.). First Supplement to “Type Species of the genera of
Ichneumon-flies.”
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,364, Washington, 1921.]
Warnweieut (Colbran J.). Setulia grisea, Mg., A Tachinid new to Britain,
and its allies.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX, London, 1909.]
Wa ker (BE. M.). Orthoptera collected in the Canadian Arctic, 1913-16.
[ Rept. Canad. Arc, Exped. Insects, Vol. III, Ottawa, 1920.]
Watts (T. E.). The use of Amylic Alcohol and Sandarac in Microscopy.
[Journ. Quek. Micros. Club, Vol. XIV, London, 1919. ]

———— Mexican Insects in Poultry Food. Mexican Cantharids—Wotonecta,
Coriva, and Berosus.

[The Analyst, London, 1919. ] The Author.
Watton (W. B.). Cutworms and their control in Corn and other Cereal
Crops.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 739, Washington, 1920.]
Wasmann (E.). Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Myrmecophilen.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LXII, Amsterdam, 1919.]
———— Die Gastpflege-Instinkte der Ameizen und die Vererbung erworb-
ener Eigenschaften.
[Tijd. v. Ent., Vol. LXIII, Amsterdam, 1920. ]
—_——— Uber unsere ener der fossilen Paussiden.
(Tijd. v. Ent., Vol. LXII, Amsterdam, 1919.]
———— Ein neuer Termitaphiler Orinaromiac assmuthi aus Vorderindien

(Col.).
[Ent. Mitt., Band IX, Berlin-Dahlem, 1920.]
———— Ideale Naturauffassung einst und jetzt.
[Ehrengabe deutscher Wissenschaft, Freiburg, 1920. ]

Watson (Frank E.) and Comstock (Wm, P.). Notes on American Lepi-
doptera, with Descriptions of New Varieties.
[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. H'st., Vol. XLII, New York, 1920.]
Watson (J. Henry). A new race of Attacus atlas.
[Tijd. Ent., Deel LVIII, Amsterdam, 1915. ]
H. Donisthorpe.
Werster (N.). New International Dictionary of the English language.
Based on the International Dictionary of 1890 and 1900 now
completely revised in all Departments. 2 vols. London, 1921.
Purchased,
Weicer (C. A.) and Sanrorp (H. L.). Chrysanthemum Midge, Déarthro-
nomyta hypogaea.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 833, Washington, 1920.]

Weiss (Alfred). Contribucié al Coneixement de la Fauna Lepidoptero-
logica d’Aragé.
['Treb. “Mus. Cién. Nat., Vol. IV, No. 2, Barcelona, 1920.]

We Lp (Lewis H.). American Gall-flies of the family Cynipidae producing
subterranean Galls on Oak.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,368, Washington, 1921.]

——_—— Notes on certain Gare of parasitic Cyntpidae Eee by
Ashmead, with Descriptions of Genotypes.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. LIX, No. 2,378, Washington, 1921.]
Wuirts (G. F.). European Foul brood.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 809, Washington, 1920. |
WitprrmurH (V.L.). The Alfalfa Caterpillar, Eurymus eurytheme.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 1,094, Washington, 1920.]

Wittarp (H. F.). Work and Parasitism of the Mediterranean Fruit-fly
(Ceratitis capitata, Wied.) in Hawaii during 1918. (2 copies.)
[Journ. Agric. Research, Vol. X VIII, Washington, 1920.]

Winirams (C. B.) and Buxton (P. A.). On the Biology of Sphodromantis
guttata (Mantidae).
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916.)
——-—— Report on the Froghopper-blight of Sugar-cane in Trinidad. 1921.
The Author.
Wicviamson (E. B.). Results of the University of Michigan- Williamson
Expedition to Colombia. IIT. Archaecogomphus, a new Genus
of Dragonflies (Odonata).
[Oceas. Pap. Mus. Zoo!. Univ. No. 63, Michigan, 1919.]
Wo tcort (A. B.). North American predaceous Beetles of the tribe 7i/linz
in the U. 8. Nat. Mus. -
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. IIX, No. 2,370, Washington, 1921.]
Woop (H. P.). Tropical Fowl-mite (Ziponyssus bursa, Berl.) in the United
States with notes on life-history and control. (2 copies.)
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Cire, 79, Washington, 1920. ]
———— [See Bisnopp (F. C.).]
Woops (William Colcord). Blueberry Insects in Maine.
[ Agric. Exp. Stat., Maine, Bull. 244, Orono, 1915. ]
—— Biosteres rhayoletis, Rich.,n.sp. A parasite of Rkagoletis pomonella,
Walsh. (2 copies.)
[Canadian Ent., Vol XLVIII, Ontario, 1916.]
—-—— The Biology of Maine Species of Altica.
[Agric. Exp. Stat., Maine, Bull. 273, Orono, 1918.]
-———— The Biology of the alder Flea-beetle, Altica bimarginata.
[Agric. Exp. Stat., Maine, Bull. 265, Orono, 1917.]
Wricur (Wm. §.). Report on the Lepidoptera of the American Museum
Expedition to Arizona, 1916.
[Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XLII, New York, 1920.
Wyrtsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Complete to 175 (1921).
BE. A. Elliott.
ZELLER (Prof. P. C.). Zwolf Amerikanische Nachtfalter.
[Ent. Zeit., Vol. 24, Stettin, 1863.]

( Ilvii_)

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AFRICA.

DURBAN.

Dursan. Annals of the Durban Museum. Vol. II, Parts 5 and 6, 1920.
The Curator.

AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
Lonpon, Onrario. Canadian Entomologist. Vols. LII, 1920; LILI, 1921.
By Exchange.
Ontario. Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario. 1919, 1920.
The Society.
Orrawa. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Canada. 1919, 1920.
The Society.
NOVA SCOTIA.

Hairax. Prozeedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of
Science. Vol. XIV. The Society.
UNITED STATES.
Cotoravo. Report of the State Entomologist of Colorado. 9th year.
The Curator,
Micniean. Report of the Michigan Academy of Science. 20th year.
The Society.
New York. Journal of the New York Entomological Society. Vols.

XXVIII, 1920; XXIX, 1921. Purchased.
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. 1919, Parts 2
and 3; 1920, 1921, Parts 1 and 2. By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions. 1918, Part 3;
1919, 1920, 1921, Parts 1 and 2. By Exchange.

Entomological News. Vols. XX XT, 1920; MXM 1921:
Ly Exchange.
Wasuincron. Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institute. 1917, 1918,
919. The Institute.
Annual Report of the United States National Museum. 1919, 1920,
1921.
Proceedings of the United States National Museum. Vols. LIV,
LV, LVI.
Bulletins of the United States National Museum. The Museum.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. 1919,
1920, -1921.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

ARGENTINE.
CorpDoya. Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba,
Argentine. 1918, 1919, 1920, 1921. By Exchange.
BRAZIL.

Sio Pauxo, Revista do Musei Paulista. Tome, 1920-1921.
The Museum.

( lviii_ )
BRITISH GUIANA,

DeMeRARA. Journal of the Board of Agriculture of British Guiana, 1920,
1921, The Board.

WEST INDIES.

Barpapos. West Indian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul-
tural Department for the West Indies. 1920, 1921.
Agricultural News. Vols, XIX, 1920; XX, 1921.
The Agricultural Department.

ASIA.

INDIA.

Bompay. Natural History Society of Bombay. Journal. Vols. XXVI,
Part 4, 1919; XXVII, 1920;\ XXVIII, Parts 1, 2, 3, 1921.
By Exchange.
Catcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletins and Scientific
Report. By Exchange,
Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Entomological
Series. Vols. V, Parts 5 and 6; VII, Parts 1 and 2. .
Report of the Progress of Agriculture in India. 1918, 1919, 1920,
The Indian Government.
Review of the Agricultural Operations in India. 1919, 1920.
The Indian Government.
Pusa. Agricultural Journal of India. Vols. XV, 1920; XVI, 1921.
India Office.

CEYLON.

Cotompo. Spolia Zealanica. 1920, 1921. The Colombo Museum.

FURTHER INDIA.

Sincapore. The Sarawak Museum Journal. 1919, 1920, 1921.
The Museum.

Maracca. Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.

Nos. 89, 69. 1921. The Society.
JAVA,
Batavia. Treubia. 1919. The Society.
AUSTRALASIA.
ApeLaipe, Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South
Australia. 1919, 1920. By Exchange.

Records of the South Australian Museum. Vol. I, No. 3, 1920.
The Museum.
BrisBANE, Queensland Naturalist. Memoirs. 1919, 1920, 1921.
The Museum.
Sypnry. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales.
Vols. XLIV, 1919; XLV, 1920; XLVI, 1921.
By Exchange.
Science Papers of the University of Sydney, 2 Vols. 1909-20.
The University.

‘a
| ee oa
EUROPE.
AUSTRIA.
Vienna. Annalen des K.K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum (now Staats-
museum), 1886-1921 complete.
The Staatsmuseum, and By Exchange.
Verhandlungen K.K. Zool.-bot. Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Vols. LXIV-LXXI, 1914-21. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. XXVIII, Heft 1-3.
Purchased.
3ELGIUM.
Brussets. Academie Royale des Sciences et Belles-lettres de Belgique.
Mémoires, Vols. 5 LOIS 1920; 1921.
; The Académie.
Annuaire de Académie Royale des Sciences et Belles-lettres de
Belgique. 1915-21. The Académie.
Annales de la Société entomologique de Belgique. Vols. LIX,
Parts 9-12; LX, 1920; LXI, 1921.
By Exchange.
Bulletin de la Société entomologique de Belgique.
By Exchange.
Namvur. Revue Mensuelle Namurvise. Vols. , 1898-1900 ;
1903-14 ; 1919-21. Purchased.
DENMARK.
CopENHAGEN. Enutomologiske Meddelelser. 1919, 1920, 1921.
Purchased,
FRANCE,
Parts, Annales, Société entomologique de France. 1920, 1921.
By Exchange.
Bulletin Sociét entomologique de France. Vols. LX, 1920; LXI,
1921. By Exchange.
TovutousE. Société d'Histoire Naturelle. 1920-21. The Society.
. GERMANY.
; Bertin. Deutsches entomologische Zeitschrift (Deutsches entomologische
Gesellschaft). 1914-21 Oct. By Exchange.
BERLIN-DaHLEM. Entomologische Mitteilungen (Deutschen Entomolo-
gischen Institut.), Vols. IlI-X, 1914-21.
Supplementa. Complete to date. By Exchange.
FRANKFORT AM Marn. Bericht der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden,
Gesellschaft. Vols. XLIV, XLV, XLVI, XLVII, XLVIII,
XLIX, L, LI. By Exchange.
Gusen. Internationale Entomologische Zeitschrift. Vols. I-XIV, 1906-21 ;
Vols. I and II deficient in 4 nos. Purchased.
Sturreart. Societas entomologica, 1921.
Insecktenborse, 1921.
Entomologische Rundschau, 1921. Purchased,
WiesBaDEN. Jahrbuchen des Nassauer Vereins fiir Naturkunde.
; By Exchange.
&

-

(ais)

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Dvusiin. Economic Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society. 1921.
The Society.
Royal Dublin Society. Proceedings and Transactions. 1920, 1921.
By Exchange.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1920, 1921.

Purchased.
Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. X, Part 4, 1919; Vols.
XT, 1920; XII, 1921. Purchased.

Bulletin of the Hill Museum. Vol. I, No.1. 1921.
J. J, Joicey.
Ectoparasites. Edited by Dr. Jordan and Hon. N. C. Rothschild.
The Editors.
Entomologist. 1920, 1921. R. South.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1920, 1921. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vols. XXXII,
1920; -X XXIII, 1921. Purchased.
Entomological Society of London. Transactions, 1919, 1920, 1921.

Tent. Soc. London.

Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and
Proceedings. 1920, 1921. By Exchange.

List of Fellows of the Linnean Society of London.
The Society.
London Natural History Society. Transactions, 1919, 1920.
The Society.

Museums Journal. 1920-21. Dy, Marshall.
Naturalist. 1920, 1921. By Exchange.
Nature. 1920, 1921. The Publishers.

Queckett Microscopical Club, Journal, 1919, 1920, 1921.
The Club.
Review of Applied Entomology. Series A, Agricultural. Vols. VIII,

1920; TX, 1921. Purchased.
Review of Applied Entomology. Series B, Medical and Veterinary.
Vols. VIII, 1920; IX, 1921. Purchased.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal, 1920,1921. The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society, Journal. 1920, 1921,

By Exchange.
Royal Society. Proceedings and Philosophical Transactions, 1918,

1919, 1920. By Exchange.
South-Eastern Naturalist... The Organ of the South-Eastern Union
of Scientific Societies. 1920, 1921. The Union.

South London Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1919-20, 1920-21.
The Society.
Year Book of the Scientific and Learned Societies of Great Britain

and Ireland. 1921-22. Purchased.
Zoological Record. Vols. LIV, 1917; LV, 1918; LVI, 1919.
Purchased.
Zoological Society of London. Proceedings and ‘Transactions,
1919, 1920, 1921. By Exchange.
Agricultural News. The Society.

MANCHESTER. Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist. 1918, 1919.
The Society.

( ali)
HOLLAND.

THE Hacue. Entomologische Berichten. 1920,1921. By Exchange.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr., 1920, 1921.
By Exchange.

HUNGARY.

Bupa Pest. Annales Historico, Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici. Vols.
XVI, 1919; XVII, 1920; XVIII, 1921.
By Exchange.

ITALY.
FLORENCE (FIRENZE). Societé Entomologica Italiana. Bollettino. Vols.
L, 1918; LI, Parts 1-4, 1920. By Exchange.

FrLoreEnceE and Porticr. Redia, Giornale de Entomologie. 1919, 1920,1921.
By Exchange.

GerNoA. Musei Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, Annali. 1920, 1921.
By Exchange.

Portict. Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agrario, Vols.
XI, XIV, XV. By Exchange.

PORTUGAL.

Bomsarpim. Boletino das Missdes Civilizadoras Instituto le Miss. Colonias.

SPAIN.

Braca. Broteria revista Luzo-Brazileira. Vols. X VIII, 1920; XIX, 1921.
Purchased.

Maprip. Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural. Boletin de la Real.
Anales, Tomo XX, Nos. 7-9, 1920-21, and Tome extra.
By Exchange.
Real Sociedad Espaiia de Historia Natural. Memorias.
By Exchange.

Saracossa. Boletin dela Sociedad Entomologica de Espana. Vol. I, Nos.
1-2 The Society.

Vaencta. Annales del Instituto General Y. Tecnico de Valencia.
The Institute.

SWEDEN.

SrockHorm. Entomologisk Tidskrift, Entomologiska Foérenigen i Stockholm.
By Exchange.

SWITZERLAND.
GeneEvA. Bulletin de la Société lépidopterologique de Genéve. Vols.
I-IV, 1906-21. Purchased.
Société de Phisique et d’Histoire Naturelle,Genéve. Compte Rendu
et Mémoires. 1920, 1921. The Society.
ScHAFFHAUSEN and Berne. Schweizerische Entomologische Gesellschaft,
Mitteilungen. Vol. XIII, Heft 1, 1919. By Exchange.

ZuricH. Societas Entomologica. Vols. V, X-XXXVI. 1890, 1895-1920.
Earlier Vols. incomplete. Purchased.

fia ‘Webster’ 3 New English Etymological Dictionary. “2 vols.”
- Liddell and Seott, Greek Lexicon.
Smith’s Latin.
Swedish, Fisher-Unwin,
Norwegian, Brynildsen.
Danish, Brynildsen. :
French, Clifton and Grimaux. 2 vols.
Spanish, Bustamente.
Russian, Holtze.
Late Latin, Ducange.
Portuguese, Lafayette.

CS

+

(3 ati? J

BENEFACTIONS.

List of Donations of the amount or value of Twenty pounds
and upwards.

1861.
H. T. Stainton, £25.*

1862.
Rey. F. W. Hops, his library.

1864.
J. W. DunnineG, £123 5s.

1867.

The same, towards eost of publications, £105.

1868.
H. J. Fust, towards the cost of his paper on Geographical
Distribution, £25.
The Royat Soctery, for the same, £25.

1869.
J. W. Dunnine, £50.

W. W. Saunpers, cost of drawing and engraving 24 plates for
Pascoe’s ‘‘ Longicornia Malayana.”

1870.
J. W. Dunninea, £20.
The same, the entire stock of eight vols. of the Transactions.

1872.
The same, towards cost of publications, £50.
1875.
The same, cost of removal of Library and new book-cases, £99
17s. 4d. !
1876.
The same, towards cost of publications, £50.
1879.

H. T. Srarnton, £20 10s. 6d.

* It has not been always possible to find the exact purpose for which the
earlier money gifts were intended, but they appear to have been usually in
support of the publications.

-

(saxty =)
1880.
The same, £20.

1881.
J. W. Dunnine, towards cost of publications, £40,
H. T. Srarnron, for the same, £25.

1882.
The same, £30.

1883.
The same, £35.

1884.

J..W. Dunnine, £50.

H. T. Srvarnton, £40.

W. B. Spence, his late father’s library.
1885.

J. W. Dunnine, £35.

The same, the whole cost of the Society’s Charter.

1893.

The same, towards cost of publishing the Library Catalogue, £25
f=) 5

1894.

The same, £45.

The Misses Swan, £250 for the ‘* Westwood Bequest,” the
interest to be used for plates in the Transactions.

F. D. Gopman (in this and subsequent years), ‘‘ Biologia Centrali-
Americana.”

1898.

Mrs. Srainron, about 800 volumes and pamphlets from H. T.
Stainton’s Library.

ey 1899.
S. STEVENS, legacy, £100.
1902.

G. W. Pater, M.P., towards cost of printing G. A. K. Marshall’s
paper on the Bionomies of African Insects, £30.

Prof. E. B. Pouuron, towards cost of plates, £65.

1903.

H. J. Eiwes, cost of plates to illustrate his paper on the Butterflies
of Chile, £36 18s. 2d.

F. D. Gopman, cost of plates to illustrate his paper on Central and
S. American Erycinidae.

(obey)

1904.

H. L. L, Feiruam, towards cost of plates for R. Trimen’s paper on
8. African Lepidoptera, £20.

1906.

The same, towards cost of plates for R. Trimen’s paper on African
Lepidoptera, £20.

1908.

K. A. Exxiort (in this and subsequent years), Wytsman’s ‘‘ Genera
Insectorum.”

1909.

Ch. OserrHtr (in this and subsequent years), his ‘‘ Lépidopter-
ologie compar¢ée.”

1910.

Dr. T. A. CHapMAn, towards cost of plates for his papers on Life-
histories of Lepidoptera, £25.

1911.
Sir G. Kenrick, Bart., cost of plates for his paper on Butterflies of
Dutch New Guinea, £54.
1912.
Dr. T. A. CHAPMAN, cost of plates for his papers on Life-histories
of Lepidoptera, £35 6s, dd.
1913.

The Royat Socrety, towards the publication of D. Sharp’s paper
on the Genitalia of Coleoptera, £60.

1914,

F. D. Gopman, cost of plates for G. C. Champion’s papers. on
Mexican and Central American Coleoptera, £22 7s, 6d.

G. T. Beruune-BakeEr, cost of 12 plates illustrating his Presidential
Address.

1915.

J. J. Joicey, cost of plates for his papers on Lepidoptera from
Dutch New Guinea, £82 11s.

Dr. G. B. Lonestar, cost of plates for Dr. Dixey’s paper on New
Pierines, £32.
Prof. R. Mrtpoua, legacy (subject to the life-interest of Mrs.
Meldola), £500.
1916.
Dr. T. A. Cuapman, for plates, £68 7s. 3d.

1917.
Mrs. Mexpoua, for books for the Library, £31 10s.
E. EK, Green, large binocular microscope,
e

-
(lear)

1919.

Dr, T. A. CHapman, F.R.S., cost of plates to illustrate his papers,
£56 19s. 3d.

1920
Donations in aid of the purchase of 41 Queen’s Gate—
Dr. G. B. Lonastarr, £1000.
The Honble. N. C. Roruscuirip, £500.

Dr. H. Etrrincuam, Sir G. H. Kenrick, The Rev. F. D. Morice,
W. G. SHELDON, each £100.

R. Apvxiy, G. T. Betoune-Baxer, Dr. T. A. CHapMAN, W. M.
Curisty, H. Massey, Prof. EK. B. Pouron, each £50.

B. H. Crastree, E. E. Green, Dr. G. A. K. Manrswatn, G. A. J.
RotHNey, each £25,

H. E. ANpDREwEs, £21.

H. J. Exwes, E. B. Nevinson, G. T. Porritt, O.. WHITTAKER,
each £20.

Dame Atice GopMAN, book-shelves and fittings for the Library,
J. J. Jotcey, in aid of the furnishing of 41 Queen’s Gate, £100.
Dr. T. A. Coapman, F.R.S., cost of plate to illustrate his paper,
£30.
1921.
Donations in aid of the purchase of 41 Queen’s Gate—
The Rt. Hon. Lorp Roruscutip, £105.

W. M. Curisty, £50, making with a similar donation in 1920,
£100 in all.

W. G. F. Netson, £63, reduction of solicitor’s charges.
W. J. Kaye, £50:

W. ScumaAssMAN, £50.

R. Apxin, £40, cancellation of debentures drawn.

E. C. Bepwett, £28 7s. 6d., reduction of surveyor’s charges.
H. Wittovcusy Ex.is, £26 5s.

Lt.-Col. R. S. Witson, £25.

H. Sv. Jonn DonistHorres, £21,

Miss E. F. Coawner, £20.

Sir Jonn T. D. LuEweEtyn, Bart., £20.

K. J. Morton, £20.

J. J. Jowry, Lantern and Stand for the Meeting Room.

Dr. T. A. CHapman, £29 5s., to illustrate his paper in the
Transactions, 1920.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Roruscuiip, £22 15s, 4d., cost of plates in
the Proceedings for 1920.

* 3;
5a

ee ee

PARTS I, II. October 8, 1921.

- THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AND
SOLD AT ITS ROOMS, 41, QUEEN’S GATE, S.W.7

[Price £1 14s. 0d.|

THE EN'TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorg rated by Royal Charter, 18865.
PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1921-1922.

THE Rr. Hon. Lorp Roruscuitp, M.A., F.R.S., ETc., President.

G. T. Bernunz-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.8.
J. HarriEy DURRANT.
Comm. JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS. J

W. G. Suetpon, F.Z.8., Treasurer.

S. A. Neavz, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S. lg ;
H. Rowxianp-Brown, M.A. J ecretaries.

Henry J. TurRNER, Librarian.

Vice-Presidents.

Council.
Ropert ADKIN. G. A. K. MArsHALL, O.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
H. E. ANDREWES. Cart. N. D. RILEY.
G. C. Coampion, A.L.S., F.Z.S. Capr. THE Rev. J. WaTERSTON, B.D.,
A. D. IMs, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S B.Sc.

J. J. Jory, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. | Tum Rev. Gzorce WHEeer, M.A., F.Z.8.

Publication Committee.
G. T. Beraunn-Baknr, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Chairman),
J. HARTLEY DURRANT. Pror. E. B. Poutton, D.S8c., F.R.S., ete.
G.A.K. MArsHALL, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. | Comm. J. J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S.
Tue Rev. F. D. Morics, M.A., F.Z.S. THEREYV. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A.,F.Z.S.

Finance and House Committee.
G. A. K. MarsHaun, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. (Chairman).
RoBerRT ADKIN. G. BerHety, F.R. Hist.s.
G. T. Bernune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.8. | H. Eurrtnenam, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S,
E. C. BEDWELL. W. G. F. NELson.

Library Committee.
J. Harriey Durrant (Chairman),
S. Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
G. Brruevn, F.R.H1sr.8. THE Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.Z.S.
J. E. Couutn, F.Z.8. L. B. Prout.
The Executive Officers are ex officio members of all Committees.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Some of the early volumes of the Society’s Transactions are out of print, but
those which are in stock can be obtained at reduced prices. Any single volume of
the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. The volumes for 1868-
1890, in sets of not less than five, as well as the five of the Third Series (1862~1867),
can be obtained by Fellows at greatly reduced prices on application to the Librarian,
The following is a price list of recently published parts of the TRANSACTIONS—
1916.—Part I, £1 18s., to Fellows, £1 8s. 6d.; Part II, 10s., to Fellows, 7s. 6d.;
Parts III, 1V, £1 2s. 6d., to Fellows, 16s. 9d.; Part V, 6s. Od., to
Fellows, 4s. 6d.

1917.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 138s. 9d; Parts II, III, IV, 17s. 0d., to
Fellows, 12s. 9d.; Part V, 6s. 0d., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.

1918.—Parts I, II, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Parts III, IV, 14s. 0d., to
Fellows, 10s 6d.; Part V, 6s., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.

1919.—Parts I, II, £1 17s., to Fellows, £1 7s. 9d. ; Parts III, 1V, £1 11s. 0d.,

to Fellows, £1 3s. 3d.; Part V, 9s., to Fellows, 6s. 9d.

1920.—Parts I, II, £1 8s., to Fellows £1 1s ; Parts III, IV, V, £1 10s. 0d., to

Fellows, £1 2s. 6d.
1921.—Parts I, II, £1 14s., to Fellows £1 5s, 6d.

The following may be obtained separately :—
Pascoe’s ‘Longicornia Malayana,’ forming vol. iii. of the Third Series, published
price, £2 12s. ; to non-Fellows, £1 10s.; to Fellows, £1.
Baly’s ‘Phytophaga Malayana,’ forming part of vol. iv. of the Third Series,
published price, 16s. ; to non-Fellows, 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. 6d.
The 1893 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY, with Supplement to 1900, is published
at 10s.; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d.; to Fellows, 3s.

K. G@. BLair.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOGIETY

‘ 1? i
3 INDROSL C2
, NOV 4 4
LONDON OVE
FoR THE “YEAR, 1921: MT

—++-

>

I. Experiments on the Relative Edibility of Insects, with
special reference to their Coloration. By G. D. HALE
CaRpPENTER, D.M.,B.Ch. (Oxon.), F.L.S.,F.E.S., F.Z.S.,
Uganda Medical Service.

[Read June 2nd, 1920.]

[Note.—In the absence of Dr. Carpenter in Uganda I
have corrected the proofs of his paper and compared all
the species Nos. with the material in the Hope Depart-
ment. In this work much kind assistance was given by
Canon K. St. Aubyn Rogers. A few additional deter-
minations in the Acridiidae, due to the kind help of
Dr. B. P. Uvarov, have been inserted. One or two notes,
signed by my initials, have been added, together with a
few references to the literature of the subject. In order to
avoid overburdening the paper I have chiefly made use
of “Essays on Evolution” (Oxford), which contains full
references up to 1908, the year of publication.—E. B.
POULTON. |

FOREWORD.

Ow1nc to the great increase in the cost of printing, this
paper as originally written has had to be cut down very
greatly.

The first 99 observations are given seriatim as originally
written, but afterwards only those are included which
show some point of especial interest. Three series of tables

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, I. (OCT.) B

;

_

2 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

have been entirely omitted—two designed to show at a
glance how colour and edibility are correlated, and one
giving a comparison between the two monkeys. But the
complete original manuscript, together with the specimens
used, may be seen in the Hope Department, Oxford
University Museum.

July, 1920.

Preliminary.

Tue following experiments, whose object is to test the
edibility of procryptic * insects and the relative inedibility
of aposematic insects, a young monkey being used as
judge, were performed while I was on active service in
ex-G.H.A. in medical charge of two small posts near Tabora
between Dec. 28, 1916 and Feb. 6, 1917. There was very
little work to do, and I was often hard put to it to occupy
myself until I discovered that there was a young monkey
in the camp. This was a splendid opportunity, and I at
once borrowed him and set to work. The monkey was a
delightful youngster of the abundant grey species of
Cercopithecus, with a whitish band. over the eyes; he had
been obtained when very young, and consequently was
perfectly tame and used to being handled, indeed, so
accustomed was he to human society, that he was unhappy
when alone. For the purposes of the experiments it was
necessary to keep him tied up, but previously he had been
allowed to run where he pleased.

The Margin of Error.

Experiments upon the edibility of insects to a monkey
need to be very carefully and systematically conducted,
with full recognition of the very wide margin for error.
It is quite useless to offer an insect to an unknown captive
monkey in an unknown state of hunger or repletion, and to
draw conclusions from that. In the first place, a knowledge
of the monkey’s individual temperament and habits 1s
essential, in order that one may interpret correctly its
behaviour when an insect is offered. The monkey must be
so accustomed to the observer that his presence has no
disturbing effect; but, on the other hand, one has to

* The terms Procryptic and Aposematic, first used by Prof.
E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., in his book, ‘* The Colours of Animals,’’
Lond., 1890, imply respectively a protective resemblance to sur-
roundings, and conspicuous ‘* warning ’’ colours,

ae

“f

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 38

remember that after a while the monkey recognises that
one is bringing him tasty morsels to eat, and is apt to
become very excited, snatch at the insect, and put it into
his mouth without having adequately seen it. If he is
then very hungry, a hasty observer might conclude that
the insect is very edible, whereas under other conditions
the monkey might have ignored it.

It is, of course, very advisable to offer the same species
repeatedly ; but, as a matter of fact, an insect that has been
found to be eaten readily, always will be so eaten as long
as the monkey will eat anything. Although, as regards
the mere fact that they are eaten, there is no difference on
paper between a relatively distasteful insect eaten under
stress of hunger, and an edible insect eaten by a monkey
not very hungry, yet to an observer the difference is very
marked. The former insect will be taken in hand, looked
at, tasted, pulled about, and perhaps eaten piecemeal,
with a doubtful expression; whereas the latter will be at
once eaten with every indication of pleasure. I may say
that the monkey’s facial expression gives a very accurate
indication of whether or not the insect is tasty.

Once I offered the monkey my closed hand. He came
up to see what was inside, and I opened my hand and
showed him a beetle which previous experiment had proved
to be very distasteful. The monkey literally broke into a
broad grin and walked away, evidently taking it as a joke!

Another matter of importance is the choice of a time for
the experiment when nothing else is likely to distract the
monkey’s attention, and there should be no one present
but the observer. If an insect is offered, and the monkey’s
attention is suddenly directed to something else, he is very
apt to put quickly into his mouth and bite up a species
which he did not want for food. Again, sometimes when
an insect had been offered which the monkey took and
dropped, if one made a movement to recover it, for record,
the monkey would often, out of sheer mischief, take it and
crunch it up, although he had just refused to eat it! Here
again a hasty or inexperienced observer might be misled.

Method of Experiment Adopted.

The monkey was kept tied up to a pole, with a shelter-
box and perch half-way up it. The ground immediately
around the base of the pole was cleared of vegetation, so

a
4 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

that one could put down insects for the monkey (hereafter
alluded to as M.) to see as they ran about.

After the first few occasions the method which yielded the
best results was soon found. If one wanted to test the
degree of inedibility of an insect previously shown to be
more or less distasteful, it was offered either before the
monkey had had any food at all, or after some vegetable
food but before any other insects. Refusal under such
circumstances implies a high degree of inedibility.

Having started the experiment with such insects, one
next proceeded to “take the edge off” the monkey’s
appetite before offering other insects whose edibility was to
be ascertained. This I look wpon as most important, and I
never undertook any experiment, after the first, without
having at hand a large number of some insect which I
knew M. would always eat greedily. I found Acridiids
most useful for this, as numbers of one or other common
species can usually be obtained. These will be alluded to
as “* Staple food” or “‘ Staple Acridians.”

It was also equally important to have some available
at the end of the experiment, so that one could prove that
M.’s refusal of some insect was not due to repletion. It will
be seen later what a surprismg amount M. could eat.

The preliminary feeding accomplished, species were then
offered the edibility of which one desired to test, and the
manner in which M. dealt with each was at once carefully
noted in an abbreviated form, before the next species was
offered. This I look upon as essential, for if one has a long
series to test, one’s memory soon becomes confused. These
short notes were copied out and elaborated as soon as
possible afterwards, while the memory was still fresh.

As regards the typically Procryplic insects, it does not
much matter in what part of the experiment they are
offered, since they are always eagerly eaten. An Aposematic
species, or one whose edibility is doubtful, is best offered
for the first time in the middle of an experiment, and for
the second time nearer the beginning or at the very
commencement.

Finally, staple food is again given and the inedibility
of insects previously refused is judged to be the greater
the more staple food is eaten at the end !

Precautions should be taken that M. does not suffer
from thirst, otherwise errors will be made, for he may then
refuse insects which, when not thirsty, he might have

te aaa

een See ~.,
PS 4 ye
et .

at a
er AS
7

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 5

eaten. The monkey was, of course, not allowed to snatch
an insect from my hand without having adequately seen it.
It was brought in such a way that he could see it well
before it came within reach :—often insects were put on
the ground out of his reach and allowed (or forced) to crawl
gradually towards him. In the case of a butterfly, it was
found a good plan to cut off the two wings of one side, so
that it could be allowed to flutter about on the ground;
moreover, the amputated wings could be kept for record :
in the case of very active winged insects it was sometimes
necessary to quiet them a little with a short period in a
cyanide-bottle. Wherever possible the actual specimen
that was refused was kept for record. In the case of
edible species the ideal was to find a pair in copula of which
one could be given and the other kept. A second individual
could usually be found, but in a few cases, unfortunately,
there is no specimen for record.

All insects experimented with were “ hand-picked,”
that is to say I went to look for them and did not collect
by beating bushes or sweeping beds of herbs. So that
every insect was seen in the surroundings it had chosen
for itself, and thus only can one judge with confidence
whether a species 1s aposematic or procryptic.

A very much more interesting method is to take the
monkey out hunting on a lead. The monkey, of course,
must be very tame, otherwise he is either anxious to escape
or else frightened at being taken away from his home.
In the place where I first commenced these observations
there was an excellent piece of ground, flat, with grass kept
short by cattle-grazing, and low bushes dotted about.
M: could see his home from there, and though on the first
few occasions he was a little frightened of going away from
me for more than a few feet, he soon became quite at home.
I used to take him out on a long lead, note-book in hand,
and note down exactly what he did, what he ate, and what
he did not eat. It was necessary to keep him on the rope,
as otherwise he would rush about much too quickly and get
out of reach. Under these almost natural conditions one
got most interesting results, and saw how M. avoided
insects that had the appearance of inedibility, and how
remarkably quick he was in discovering the edible species.
Indeed, his acuity of vision frequently was surprising.
He would often leap down from my arms and take one of
his favourite Acridians, which I had quite failed to see,

-
6 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Eaperiments on

on the stem of a bush a yard or two away. TI used to take
him to a bush and try to see for myself what was on it,
and it was remarkable how I failed to see the fine large
Mantid (No. 19) which in form and colour is typically
procryptic. This was a very favourite food of the monkey,
and I was able to see the very remarkable defensive attitude
of the Mantid, which could never have been seen had it
been taken away from its surroundings and offered to the
monkey.

Not only did nothing down below escape M.’s quick
eyes, but even when fully occupied with insects he always
“kept one eye lifting” for danger from above, and my
attention was several times drawn by his quick, nervous
glances upwards, to some soaring bird which might be a
bird of prey. Thus I feel quite certain that conspicuous
insects to which he paid no attention when out hunting
were not unseen, but purposely ignored.

Interpretation of Monkey’s Behaviour.

As regards interpretation of M.’s behaviour, I soon
learnt, from his expression and treatment of an insect,
in what category to place it. A very curious method was
to paw it violently on the ground with swift repeated
strokes of one hand after another. This may be perhaps
called a method of attack against insects not necessarily

inedible, but whose bite or sting is especially to be feared.

No doubt it so confuses them that they may be rapidly
picked up and eaten. But this treatment is also directed
against species that are particularly distasteful, and indicates
profound dislike, quite apart from fear of sting or bite, for
I have seen M. violently rub his hands on the ground without
once touching the object of his dislike, which was allowed
to escape unharmed! Sometimes after pulling a distasteful
insect to pieces M. would rub his hands on the ground in
the same way, obviously for the sake of cleaning them;
it was probably association of ideas which led him to rub
his hands on the ground without touching the insect, as
just described above.

The most edible insects were at once taken and eaten
without a moment’s hesitation. Sometimes a_ species
which had not been seen before would be looked at atten-
tively and then eaten with gusto. The next step down the
scale is afforded by species at which M. looked, then bit
off the head or head and thorax, and finding this edible

i

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 7

ate the remainder without hesitation. Below this are
placed insects that were smelt, licked, and tasted, then
perhaps pulled to pieces by teeth and fingers and often
only partially eaten; or after preliminary tasting such an
insect might be put into the mouth whole, only to be
pulled out again with an expression of dislike, or surprise,
and be re-examined and pulled about. A sure sign of
dislike on M.’s part was to run off with an insect to his
perch and examine it there, instead of at once dealing with
it. After these somewhat distasteful species may be
classed those which, after a preliminary smelling and
licking, are discarded (often thrown down with a very
decisive manner, as if to say “that’s enough of you”’),
or allowed to escape; and, finally, those which are not
even tasted, but left severely alone, or perhaps merely
touched, or turned over by a paw.

Record of Observations.

I will now proceed with the observations, copied, with
certain omissions after Obs. 99 (p. 23), from my journal.
Each species and each observation bears a serial number.
All observations of one series (7. e. made on one occasion)
are embraced under a serial letter. This is Section I of
the paper. I then propose to take the species by families
and genera, and put together all the notes on one species
(including the omissions) so as to arrive at conclusions as
to their degree of edibility; this will be Section II. The
same method is followed with a second monkey, Section
III giving observations, and Section IV the estimated
edibility of species arranged by families. Finally, the pith
of the results is expressed in charts and diagrams, and some
general remarks on cases of mimicry, etc., are made. It
is much to be regretted that owing to scarcity of Lepidoptera
I was unable to put mimicry to the test in this group,
but with some other insects it appeared to be of real value.

SECTION I.

Series A.—This first series was made on Dec. 28, 1916,
when I first saw the monkey. His master being
away, he had been left in charge of a boy, and had
been tied up for several days, almost certainly without
any insect food, for which he was very eager.

_

8 Dr. G. D.H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Observation 1. Species 1.—A Cassidid beetle, Cassida
sp.: typically aposematic, found freely exposed on
low herbage, bright orange with bold black spots.
M. made eager preparations for taking it from off my
finger, but as it got nearer it could be more clearly
seen, and M. did not snatch at it, but took it care-
fully, examined it, put it into his mouth without
any appearance of eagerness, crunched it slowly and
rather doubtfully, eventually either swallowing it or
putting it in his cheek-pouch. I gave him another
and he examined it and pulled it to pieces, smelt it,
and slowly ate it without enthusiasm.

Obs. 2. Sp. 2.—Clytrid beetle, Clytra wahlbergi Lac. :
fairly large, black and scarlet, sits freely exposed on
low herbage, typically aposematic, offered to M. on
a finger; he examined it and crunched it up without
any enthusiasm, and brought it up again into his
mouth to be again masticated as if very doubtfully
worth eating.

Obs. 3. Sp. 3.—Phytophagous beetle, Physodactyla
gerstaeckert Jac.: a jumping species, bright orange,
very conspicuous and typically aposematic, found on
same plant as No. 1, and with it. This was pulled
to pieces, smelt, rubbed with the hands, and finally
dropped. I picked it up and gave it to M. again;
he pulled it about, but finally ate a little.

Obs. 4. Sp. 2.—Beetle, Clytra wahlbergi. Looked
well at, smelt, pulled to pieces, eaten without
enthusiasm.

Obs. 5. Sp.—.—Acridiid: a small procryptic
brown grasshopper was brought to M., who was
wildly excited as he saw it coming, seized it with the
utmost eagerness and crunched it up with every
indication of relish.

Obs. 6. Sp. 4.—Hesperid butterfly: a black and
white ‘chequered skipper,’ was also taken and
eaten with gusto.

Series B. Dec. 29.—The monkey was now in my hands,
and I was able to control its feeding. About 10.30
a.m., M. being very hungry, I gave him a banana, and
when about half eaten took it away and offered—

Obs. 7. Sp. 5,.—Acridian, Zonocerus elegans Thunb.:
a “ poisonous-looking,” large, freely exposed, clumsy
grasshopper, bright yellow green with undeveloped

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 9

reddish tegmina, and antennae ringed alternately
black and orange. I put this down in front of M.,
who just looked at it and appeared to take no more
notice.

Obs. 8. Sp—.—I then took out another large
Acridian, brown, procryptic. M. at once leapt up
and seized it and ate it with extreme haste. After-
wards he went back to 5, smelt and touched it, but
did not even taste it.

(Note.—This exemplifies extremely well the distaste-
fulness of 5.)

Obs. 9. Sp. 1.—Cassida sp. This was offered, but
M. took absolutely no notice of it.

Obs. 10. Sp. 3.—Halticid, Physodactyla gerstaeckert.
This beetle was treated like the last.

(Note—This exemplifies that a very distasteful
insect may be eaten when the monkey is extremely
hungry, see Obs. 1 and 3.)

Obs. 11. Sp. 6.—Meloid, Coryna dorsalis Gerst. :
a very common, medium-sized, large-bodied beetle,
black with conspicuous light yellow marks on elytra,
was absolutely ignored after a first glance.

Obs. 12. Sp. 7.—Meloid, Mylabris tristigma Gerst.
var.: a common large black and orange beetle, with
habits (like 6) typically aposematic, feeding freely
exposed on flowers. M. would not even taste this,
nor did he touch it.

Obs. 13. Sp.—.—An Acridian, of about the same
size as 6, procryptic, was at once devoured with great
gusto.

Series C. Dec. 29.—At about 5 p.m. M. had some banana,

and half an hour afterwards—

Obs. 14. Sp. 8.—Mutillid: a medium-sized 2 of a
Mutilla not in the British Museum, black all over,
with white abdominal spots. This was allowed to run
on the ground, and M. pounced on it and hurriedly
rubbed it on the ground in the manner previously
described, eventually seizing it and crunching it up
very quickly. I think his lips and one hand got
stung.

Obs. 15. Sp. 9.—Another, smaller Mutillid was
then put down, but M. would not have anything to
do with it.

(Note——Obs. 14 was the first occasion on which a

10

Sol
Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Mutillid was tested, and M. being very young had
very possibly not seen one before. After he had been
stung he refused a smaller species.)

Obs. 16. Sp. 10.—Lyeid, Lycus constrictus Fahr., 3:
orange colour, with black-tipped elytra; the beetle
having typically aposematic habits. I offered it
crawling on the tip of my finger, but after a passing
glance M. took no more notice. However, I induced
him to pick it up, but he at once dropped it again.

Obs.17. Sp.—.—A small procryptic brown Acridian
was then eaten with eagerness.

Obs. 18. Sp. 11.—Cetoniud, Glycyphana_ balteata
Deg.: this beetle of medium size, found on a flowering
tree, might be considered to be “ Lycoid” in colour-
ing; head and thorax black, elytra orange with a
triangular black patch anteriorly. M. picked it up,
smelt it, looked carefully at it, pulled it about a
little, rubbed it on the ground and then took no
more notice of it.

Obs. 19. Sp. 12.—KEumolpid, Pseudocolaspis sp. :
a small, inconspicuous, dull bronze, pubescent Phyto-
phagous beetle. It was taken, nibbled and dropped.

Obs. 20. Sp. 18.—Tenebrionid, Macropoda trans-
versalis Kolbe: a coal-black but not polished, rotund,
long-legged, very active beetle which runs about over
the ground and freely exposes itself. M. was not
inclined to take it at first, but with a little encourage-
ment ate it slowly and doubtfully.

Obs. 21. Sp. 14.—Halticid, Polyclada sp.: not in
British Museum, Phytophagous. <A beetle with orange
head and thorax and black elytra; exposes itself
freely on herbage. M. picked it up and smelt it,
dropped it and picked it up again, pulled it to pieces
and ate it with much tasting and doubt.

(Note-—Under natural conditions it may, I think,
be taken for granted that an insect once purposely
dropped would not be retrieved.)

Obs. 22. Sp. 15.—Carabid, Anthia striatopunctata
Guér.: a large, active, common, black carnivorous
beetle with elytra bordered with white. A powerful
species furnished with large mandibles, and of a type
which can eject a strongly irritating fluid. I put it
on the ground near M., whose behaviour was most
amusing. He rubbed his hands on the ground and

a.
em

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 11

would not go near it! When I made the beetle run
towards him, he leapt on to me with every sign of
dislike, and almost fear.

(Note——I was once holding a closely allied species in
my fingers about 2 feet away from my face, when
the beetle ejected fluid which struck my eyebrow
and caused a painful burning sensation lasting half
an hour, though I at once bathed my face. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1918, pp. c, ci.)

Obs. 23. Sp. 16.—Acridiid, Phymateus viridipes
Stil: a large grasshopper, about three inches long,
of a hard, unpleasant, green colour, with spiny thorax
edged with red. A sluggish species, found freely
exposed, often quite in the open. When put on
ground in front of M. it at once erected its wings
vertically, showing their purplish red and black colour,
but made no attempt to escape. M. looked very hard
at it, took hold of one wing, let go, and again looked
very hard at it, but made no attempt to eat it.

Obs. 24. Sp. 17.—To show that M. was not replete
I then gave him a large, green, procryptic Tryxalid
grasshopper, which he ate with gusto.

Obs. 25. Sp. 18.—Acridiid, Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis
Burm.: lastly I gave M. this very abundant, large,
procryptic grasshopper (which the Uganda natives
know well and eall “ E’jansi”’’), which M. ate, as
always, with great gusto, first biting the head off.
This species was commonly made use of as “ Staple

-food ”’ afterwards.

(Note——After very definite refusal of Nos. 15 and
16, M. ate with eagerness two insects of approximately
the same bulk. }.

Series D. Dec. 29.—At 5 p.m. [probably later: see Ser.

C, p. 9] I took M. out hunting for himself. He ate
a number of quite small insects, including young green
Mantids, and one or two large Mantid egg-capsules.
He found on the stems of the bushes two more of the
Acridian 18, which he ate greedily. While eating one of
them, seated on a bush, he suddenly saw a large mantis,
Idolum diabolicum Saus. (Obs. 26. Sp. 19). This is an
extremely procryptic leaf-green species, with leaf-like
expansions on the hind femora: the sides of the thorax
are prolonged laterally to form thin flattened expan-
sions. This species frequented a certain bush whose

12

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

small, closely set leaves formed admirable cover,
amongst which it was extremely difficult to see the
mantis, which usually hangs upside down from a stem.
On this occasion, as usual, M. saw the mantis before |
did, and apparently caught it unawares. It gave him a
sharp pinch with its forelegs, and M. shook it away. I

greenish - white,

pee gueenish white
rown.
all this-area
highly -polished
very -dat
purplt sh WT.
dark - green.

_
.

Fia.

then made the mantis crawl along the branch on which
M. was sitting, and when it got close to him the monkey
apparently made a movement which frightened the
mantis. It suddenly reared itself up on its two last
pairs of legs, so as to stand at an angle of 45°. The
fore legs were held close together, parallel with the long
axis of the body, extended on each side of the head,

Te

eee

on
Se ea ae

ae ee
ce
ie

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 13

with the broad flattened coxae rotated so that their
unner surfaces were directed forwards, the two notches
together leaving an oval space for the head: the
flattened coxae were thus in the same plane as the
broad expansions of the thorax. The result of this
striking attitude may be seen in the accompanying
rough sketch made from this very specimen after it
was killed, and the limbs placed in the appropriate
position. For some reason the fore limbs could not
be made to adopt the straight position in which they
were held when alive :—the tibiae and tarsi should be
close together and parallel. This attitude shows the
under surface of the thoracic expansion conspicuously
greenish white, except for an inferior greener strip;
the coxae basally very dark purplish brown, or almost
purplish black, with the dark colour extended to form
a semicircle around the reddish brown area on each
side of the green head with conspicuous black eyes.
The distal parts of the coxae, next the femora, are
again conspicuously greenish white, as also is the strip
along the inner margin of the femur whose outer part
is reddish brown. The whole of the large area of the
coxae is very highly polished. The general effect of
this large diversely coloured area suddenly exposed
in a threatening manner was extremely surprising both
to me and the monkey! He hastily backed away
along the branch, and I think there can be no doubt
that on this occasion the mantis saved itself by its
“ terrifying attitude.”

This most interesting mantis was described by Dr. D.
Sharp as a “ floral simulator’ in the Proceedings of the
Cambridge Philosophical Society for 1899, No. X, pp. 175,
etc. Dr. Sharp says, “ Mr. Muir says, like Mantis religiosa,
it assumes very peculiar attitudes, sometimes hanging by
three or even two legs, and sticking one or more of the
others out like twigs.

“The front legs are invariably extended ready to close
in upon the deluded prey and are never darted out as they
are by M. religiosa. ... 1 doubt if it has any special
plant, but its coloured legs hanging from any tree form
an attraction to flies. In order to test this I placed pieces
of coloured paper on trees and noticed that flies would
often fly down, and at times beetles. . . .”

-
14 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

In a subsequent letter Mr. Muir emphasises the fact
that Idolum diabolicum captures its prey, as this flies down,
by closing the tibia on the femur, and not by darting out
the leg as other mantis do. .

Dr. Sharp points out that “‘ the points of modification
are the great size of the front legs and the colour of the
coxae’’: the appendages on the coxae are especially
characteristic of J/dolum and its immediate allies; the
great shield on the thorax reaches maximum development
in Idolum. The colour of the coxae “has a very floral
appearance during life.” The attitude is very unusual in
that the part of the coxa which is exposed is the inner
face, which bears the petaloid coloration. If the legs
were held in the normal position this coloration would
not be seen. “In short the attitude assumed by the
insect is thoroughly correlated with the special modification
of colour and structure.”

Dr. Sharp gives a coloured drawing, in which the femora
are stretched out parallel with each other, continuing the
line of the coxae, but the tibiae are bent on the femora
and do not continue the same line, parallel with each other,
as in the “ terrifying attitude.”

Dr. Sharp makes no mention of this terrifying attitude.
I had never heard of Jdoluwm before I saw it in 1916, and
did not know it was held to be a floral simulator. This
never occurred to me—the coloration seemed to me to
be entirely for purposes of scaring away enemies. I never
noted the attitude described by Mr. Muir.

Obs. 27. Sp. 16.—After this interesting episode I
took M. to a bush where there were two of the large,
aposematic grasshoppers, Phymaleus viridipes, m
copula. M. merely looked at them, and then occupied
himself with other things. Just before he moved
away he put out his hand to take the g, as if for-
getting, but at once withdrew it and went his way.

Obs. 28. Sp. 18.—Almost at once he caught and
ate two Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis, each as big as the
16 which he had passed over immediately before.

Series E. Dec. 30.—At 10 a.m., the monkey having had a
good feed of bananas at 9—

Obs. 29. Sp. 10.—Lycid, Lycus constrictus: this
beetle was offered with elytra pulled off; it gave out
a very strong odour. M. would not take it; just
touched it and took no more notice.

ie

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 15

Obs. 30. Sp. 20.—Cicindelid, slightly larger than
our C. campestris ; very procryptic; coloured mottled
grey and brown, so that when at rest can hardly be
distinguished from its surroundings. M. watched it
running about, and then suddenly pounced upon it
and vigorously rubbed it on the ground. He then
quickly crunched it up with no signs of dislike.

(Note.—This well exemplifies how an insect that is
eaten without sign of dislike is accorded, from fear of
being bitten, the same treatment received by a very
distasteful species.)

Series F. Dec. 30.—At 2 p.m., M. having had plenty
of food in morning, I gave him (Obs. 31. Sp. 21) a
Histerid, Hister validus Erichs.: a large, flat, highly
polished, smooth, black beetle, with rather large and
conspicuous mandibles. M. looked at it with great
interest, touched it, then left it alone. I then took
it up and put it down, encouraging M., who, think-
ing that after all it might be nice, took renewed
interest in it. The beetle lay with legs closely
pressed to the body, after the typical manner of
a Hister, and the large mandibles widely separated,
quite motionless. M. smelt it, rubbed it on the
ground, and then started playing with it, but made
no attempt to taste it.

Obs. 32. Sp. 22.—Acridid, Dictyophorus pro-
ductus Bol.: a heavy, bloated, slowly crawling
grasshopper that freely exposes itself. The colour is
dark grey; the short elytra expose a large part of the
abdomen, tinted with a good deal of bright red.
M. saw from a distance that I was bringing a grass-
hopper and became very excited: however, as I got
nearer and its nature became plainer his excitement
subsided. I put it on the ground, he took it and
smelt it, and put it down again. In order to encourage
him I pretended to taste it, and he then licked it,
but only got a taste of the yellow froth which it
exuded in small quantity: he showed every sign of
disgust and would have no more to do with the insect,
shaking his head as if tryimg to get rid of the nasty
taste.

Series G. Dec. 30, 4 p.m.—

Obs. 33. Sp. 23.— Acridiid, Cyrtacanthacris
cyanea Stoll.: another grasshopper of the type

16

nal

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

known to the Baganda as “ E’jansi”—(see 18)—
procryptic, brown with yellow marks, and in flight
showing purple wings. This specimen was a 9 about
4 inches long. M. seized this, with the greatest
eagerness, by the body, biting off the head. The
insect kicked so strongly with its spiny hind legs that
M. was considerably inconvenienced by them and
with a little noise of protest bit the hind legs off,
eating the muscular femora, and discarding the spiny
tibiae, with the exception of which the whole of this
large insect was eaten. This species formed one of
the staple articles of food in later experiments.

Obs. 34. Sp. 24.—Tenebrionid, Physophrynus,
an undescribed new species: large, rotund, black
beetle, much like 13 in habits and general appearance,
but considerably larger. M. was not much interested
in this; it lay on the ground with legs held stiffly.
He looked hard at it, licked it, gave it a gentle bite
which made no impression owing to the hardness of
the integuments, and then put it down with an air
of having had quite enough of it, and rubbed it on
the ground. I induced him to try again; he gave it
some more gentle bites which made no impression on
it, and pulled its head off, but would not eat any of
the viscera that came out.

Obs. 35. Sp. 25.—Carabid, Polyhirma, a species not
in the British Museum : a member of a synaposematic
group of ground-beetles characterised by black colour
with a pair of dull white markings on the elytra, and
sometimes an anterior, median, longitudinal, white line
along the elytral suture. This specimen was one of
the smaller and more delicate members of the group.
M. would not touch it, and merely rubbed his hands
on the ground.

Obs. 36. Sp. 26.—Curculionid: a ground-weevil,
earthy brown in colour, with hard and rugose elytra,
of slow movement. At rest quite procryptic. This
was eaten with relish and without hesitation.

Obs. 37. Sp. 27.—Elaterid: a medium-sized,
“ordinary looking,’ brown species of “ click beetle.”
This was also eaten with relish,

Obs, 38. Sp. 28.—Hemipteron : a solidly built, rose-
pink, wingless bug found freely exposed on a dead
tree. I quite expected that M. would have nothing

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 17

to do with this very aposematic bug, but he tasted
it cautiously, and then ate it slowly and uncertainly.
I was much surprised at this, and thought that as
M. was in a very frolicsome mood he had perhaps not
selected very carefully.

Obs. 39. Sp. 29.—Hesperid, Rhopalocampta forestan
Cram. : this large skipper had been previously quieted
a little in the cyanide-bottle, It was inspected, smelt,
licked, and finally eaten with relish, wings and all.

(Note.—Sufficient time had elapsed for any taint of
cyanide to disappear.)

Obs. 40. Sp. 30.—Tachinid, Chromatophania dis-
tinguenda Vill.: a large fly with very conspicuous
pink body and brown wings. It had been quieted by
the killing-bottle. M. picked it up and threw it down
twice, but would not taste it.

Obs. 41. Sp. 31.—Reduviid: a slender black bug
speckled with yellow; not very conspicuous. M. ate
it cautiously.

Obs. 42. Sp. 32.—Meloid, Cyaneolylta coelestina
Haag. : a large, heavy, purple beetle, like Meloe (the
“* oil-beetle’’). M. was very decided about this;
looked at it and at once rubbed it on the ground and
then left it. I put another where he could get at it,
and he, being in a very frolicsome mood, played about
with it and at last tasted it. He afterwards shook his
head and made wry faces.

Obs. 43. Sp. 33.—Mantid: two very young black
specimens found running on a road. One looked
ant-like; the other had a white spot on the abdomen
and was rather like a generalised type of Mutulla.
M. ate them both without delay.

Obs. 44. Sp. 34.— Acridiid, Humbe tenuicornis
Schaum. : a large, earth-brown, very procryptic grass-
hopper which shows yellow wings with black border
when flying. This was eaten with relish.

Obs. 45. Sp. 35.—Tryxalid: a large, green and
brown, very procryptic grasshopper which shows
matve wings when flying. M. saw the colour of these
as I threw it down, but ate the insect with relish,
without hesitation.

Series H. Dec. 30.—At 5 p.m. I took M. out hunting

among the bushes—
Obs. 46. Sp.—.—He discovered and ate at least

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaARTS I, Il. (OCT.) ©

18 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter's Experiments on

four large “‘jansi’’ grasshoppers (Cyrtacanthacris),
and (Obs. 47, Sp.—) two fat egg-capsules of a mantis,
probably Species 19.

(Note.—He very soon became extraordinarily fond
of these and would eat large numbers. They were
spherical, and of about the size of a small walnut;
of a creamy white colour and quite conspicuous. He
would only eat them when the eggs had not yet
hatched.)

Obs. 48. Sp. 2.—Clytrid, Clytra wahlbergi : one of
these beetles was sitting very conspicuously on a low
branch, and as M. was then on my arm I directed his
attention to it. But he only looked past it at a small
grasshopper, to get which he jumped down, and ate
it. I could not make him take any notice of the
aposematic beetle even when I threw it down in front
of him.

Series J. Dec. 31.—At 8 a.m. M. had some banana, but
was very hungry for insects.

Obs. 49. Sp. 5 was offered, but M. was obviously
disappointed and would not take it.

Obs. 50. Sp.—.—A green Tryxalid grasshopper was
eagerly devoured.

Obs. 51. Sp. 14—Was dropped on ground.
M. ate it, but without eagerness.

Obs. 52. Sp. 2.—Put on ground, but M. would
have nothing to do with it.

Obs. 53. ‘Sp. 36.—Tenebrionid, L amprobothris fos-
sulata Miill.: an elongated, dull purple, shagreen
beetle found on stem of a bush, not very conspicuous.
M. at first ignored it, then bit its head off and ate it
slowly, without enthusia sm.

After this I gave M. more banana and some small
Acridians.

Series K. Dec. 31.—At noon I gave M. a “‘jansi.” He
was very eager for it, squealing excitedly as I brought
it near, and ate it greedily.

Obs. 54. Sp. 37.—Galerucid, Megalognatha sp. :
a small, abundant, freely exposed beetle frequenting
low bushes. Head, thorax and antennae black, elytra
light brown. In the pregnant 2 the abdomen, much
swollen with eggs, is bright yellow, with the segmental
rings black. M. would have nothing to do with this,
not even smelling it.

RRS. nS. ce |
3}

pied
ae
-

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 19

Obs. 55. Sp. 38.—Cassidid, Aspidomorpha hybrida
Boh. : a medium-sized, dull-bronze “ tortoise-beetle.”’
It was offered on my finger; M. at first ignored it,
then tasted and dropped it.

Obs. 56. Sp. 39. Reduviid: an elegant, grey bug
with reddish patch at tip of tegmina. Eaten with no
sign of dislike.

Obs. 57. Sp. 40.—Pentatomid larva : a flat, grey bug
with enormously long rostrum, quite procryptic, bark-
like. A young specimen, as tegmina not developed.
Katen, but slowly and without relish.

Obs. 58. Sp. 41.—Pentatomid, Callidea bohemani
Stal: a large, bright green and gold bug. M. looked
at it disappointedly when I took it out of the box,
but took it, smelt it, and dropped it with an air of
finality.

Obs. 59. Sp. 38.—Cassidid, Aspidomorpha hybrida :
another specimen of this tortoise-beetle was pulled to
pieces, uneaten.

Obs. 60. Sp.——A large Cyrtacanthacris grass-
hopper was eaten with great eagerness.

Obs. 61. Sp. 42.—Coreid, Anoplocneniis curvipes
F.: a large, plant-feeding bug, black, with the hind
femora much thickened in the male. Quite con-
spicuous, as it sits among green leaves, preferably on
tips of young shoots, but takes to the wing more
readily than a typically aposematic species. M,
appeared to recognise that this might be formidable—
it was vigorously rubbed on the ground, then eaten,
but not with gusto.

Obs. 62. Sp. 43.—Buprestid, Sternocera pulchra
Waterh.: a very large, conspicuous beetle. Thorax
covered with orange pubescence, elytra blue-green.
Flies very conspicuously with loud hum, and sits on
twigs freely exposed. I quite expected M. to refuse
this beetle. He looked at it, patted it, smelt it, and
then backed away from it; and I could not induce
him to taste it. The beetle opened widely the gap
between posterior edge of thorax and anterior margin
of elytra, but I could detect no odour.

Obs. 63. Sp—.—A small, procryptic Acridian
then eaten with great zest.

Series [. Dec. 31.—In the afternoon—

Obs. 64. Sp. 44.—Pentatomid, Aspongopus viduatus

-

20 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Eaperiments on

F.: a large, flat, black and brown bug, caught on
the wing. It was put down in front of M. (who had
seen it “flying), and he, very eagerly, and without
having examined it much, gave it a nip. The result
was apparently unpleasant, for he threw it down and
ran away. I was not sure whether the bug had
pricked him with its rostrum, or whether he objected
to its strong flavour; he smelt strongly after biting
it, and his mouth was obviously very uncomfortable.

Obs. 65. Sp. 45.—Carabid, Polyhirma calliaudi
Casteln.: a medium-sized ground-beetle, black, with
dull white marks, of the same general type of colour
as 25, but larger. M. would have nothing at all to
do with it, and did not even rub it on the ground,
in spite of my attempts to induce him to pick it up.

Serves M. Dec. 31.—

Obs. 66. Sp.—.—At 4 p.m. gave M. a Cyrtacan-
thacris grasshopper and then—

Obs. 67. Sp. 43.—Buprestid: the large beetle
Sternocera pulchra, but M. only touched it and would
have no more to do with it.

Obs. 68. Sp. 46.—Tenebrionid, Viela sp. ?@ vestita
Gory : a medium-sized ground-beetle, earth-coloured,
with very rough and bristly elytra. M. touched it as it
ran, and apparently did not like the feel of it, for he at
once rubbed it on the ground and would have no
more to do with it.

Obs. 69. Sp. 47.—Buprestid, Agrilus discolor
Fihr.: a beetle of bright colouring, quite conspicuous
on a leaf. Grey and black with orange markings;
abdomen ventrally black and brilliant white. The
dorsal colouring is rather reminiscent of a type of
colouring common among Hemiptera. A pair was
found in copula, and the “larger female offered to M.,
who looked at it with great interest, took it and bit
its head off, then slowly pulled it to pieces and ate it
bit by bit as if not sure about it.

Series N. Jan. 1—At 7 a.m., before M. had eaten any-
thing, I gave him the Buprestid beetle 43 Sternocera
pulchra. (Obs. 70. Sp. 43). Though very hungry he did
not really want it, but after hesitation tried to bite off
its head. This was difficult, as the beetle was very hard
and slippery and he couldn’t get a grip. Also he got
the tip of his tongue nipped between the beetle’s

Pyne? 2 ie Big > SEEN as hs aren Vn Se Fe ee a :
i aaa 2 OES ak Ri aa eal oe, ee ; =

or,

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 21

thorax and abdomen! However, by persistent efforts
he at last bit the head off and ate the beetle very
slowly and with no evidence of pleasure. Later, he
ate a banana and (Obs. 71. Sp.—) two small Acridians,
and then I offered—

Obs. 72. Sp. 48.—Chrysomelid, probably Lygaria
sp., not in British Museum: a pink and black, medium-
sized beetle like a ladybird, one of two found in copula.
M. looked at it for some time and then cautiously ate
it without apparent enjoyment.

Obs. 73. Sp. 49.—Lampyrid, Luciola sp., not in
British Museum : a firefly about the size of the English
3 glow-worm, dull grey, with yellow thorax. This was
smelt and most definitely refused.

Series O. Jan. 1.—At 9 a.m. I took M. out hunting on a
lead—

Obs. 74. Sp. 50.—Coccinellid, Alesia striata F. :
a common, small, rose-pink ladybird, with three black
longitudinal stripes, found on tops of long grass. I
offered this to M. and rather to my surprise he ate it.

Obs. 75. Sp.——He then found and ate a Cyrta-
canthacris grasshopper.

Obs. 76. Sp.——While eating this he saw a mantis
egg-capsule, and took that.

Obs. 77. Sp. 42.—Coreid: soon after, he saw a
black bug (Anoplocnemis curvipes) and attempted to
catch it, but it flew away.

Obs. 78. Sp. 14.—Halticid: I found one of these
Polyclada beetles, but could not induce M. to take it.

Series P. Jan. 1.—In the evening, after M. had had a
good feed of bananas and at least one Cyrtacanthacris
grasshopper in the afternoon, I again took him out
hunting. In this series, each different bush visited
is indicated by a letter.

Obs. 79. Sp.——A. M. ate a 3 Cyrtacanthacris
and another smaller Acridian.

Obs. 80, Sp.——B. Ate two Cyrtacanthacris in
quick succession.

Obs. 81. Sp——C. Investigated an empty
spider’s “‘ nest.”

Obs. 82. Sp.——D. Ate a mantis egg-capsule.

Obs. 83. Sp. 51.—E. Coccinellid: a large, bright
pink and yellow ladybird with black pattern was
eaten. I then let M. loose. He ate some leaves of a

F

22 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

herb tasting like sorrel, and began to get very playful
and inclined to play hide-and-seek.

Obs. 84. Sp.——F. A mantis egg-capsule, prob-
ably empty, munched, and thrown away.

Obs. 85. Sp— —G. Another similarly treated.
M. then ate some grass, unsuccessfully chased some
small grasshoppers (Acridiidae) and ate some more
grass, keeping one eye on a large crane high overhead,
which I had not seen. |

Obs. 86. Sp.—.—H. Ate a Cyrtacanthacris grass-
hopper.

Obs. 87. Sp—-—lI. Investigated an empty
spider’s retreat.

Obs. 88. Sp—.—J. Ate a large mantis egg-
capsule, of the size of a small walnut.

Obs. 89. Sp.—.—Found another, bit and left it.

Obs. 90. Sp.—.—I showed him on the ground a
smooth caterpillar, dark brown and reddish, but he
would not touch it. Though freely exposed it was
not extremely conspicuous.

Obs. 91. Sp—.—K. Ate a medium-sized, brown
Acridian.

Obs. 92. Sp. 19.—He then walked about, constantly
looking up at the under-side of a leafy branch close
to the ground, whereon was something I could not
see, or perhaps had failed to see. Suddenly there was
a pounce, and [ saw that he had pulled on to the
ground one of the large mantises Idolwm diabolicum,
which lay on the ground in two pieces, which he ate
ereedily.

Obs. 93. Sp.—--—He then ate two more mantis
egg-capsules.

Obs. 94. Sp—.—lL. Investigated an empty spider
retreat.

Obs. 95. Sp. 19—M. On this bush, hanging
upside down on a branch near the ground, was another
Idolum mantis. M. at first was not at all sure that he
wanted it, but at. last knocked it on to the ground.
Here it stood in the erect posture previously described,
facing the monkey and me, looking very ferocious and
formidable; the white under-surface of the thoracic
expansions being especially noticeable. M. had quite
a little fight with the mantis, going “in” and “ out”
like a pugilist. During the fight I heard a curious

as

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 23

noise (which I described in my notes as like a small
sneeze with a click in it) which I believed was made
by the mantis, but could not see how. The poor
mantis was eventually overpowered and eaten.

Obs. 96. Sp.—.—The monkey then ate another
Cyrtacanthacris.

Obs. 97. Sp.—.—N. Another eaten.

Obs. 98. Sp. 52.—Longicorn, Lamiid, Dirphya similis
Gah. : while M. was on a branch there suddenly flew
out this large beetle, with loud buzzing. On the wing
it was very conspicuous and resembled a large Braconid.
The long antennae black, the head, thorax and anterior
half of the elytra bright orange, posterior half of
elytra black. On the sides of the abdomen are
glistening white marks. I caught the beetle, and put
it on the ground in front of M., who merely looked at
it. When I put it on my finger (which it bit very
hard), stridulating loudly, M. would not go near it
and backed away if I approached it to him.

Obs. 99. Sp. 52.—Next morning, early, before M.
had had anything at all to eat, I offered this beetle
again. Being very hungry he took it, smelt it, and
rather doubtfully bit its head off, and ate it slowly.

(Note.—These two observations are very instructive
in showing the difference made to a monkey by hunger.
It is extremely likely that in the evening he had
actually seen the beetle and passed it by, for it is large
and does not hide itself.)

From this point the observations have only been
quoted in cases of particular interest.

Series Q. Obs. 100-114. Jan. 2.—At 10.30 a.m. M. was
taken out on the lead. He had had very little insect
food, and was hungry.

Obs. 113. Sp. 58.—[The Acridians Tanita sp. and
T. semlikiana Rehn bear this number. Both have
red wings and tegmina either grey or green.—E.B.P.]
A very procryptic, stone-grey, small Acridian got up
in front of me as [ walked, and I let M. get down to
catch it where it had settled. He failed to find it,
and saw its conspicuous red wings as it flew away.
He then caught it, but did not eat it at once, looking
at it as if to see where the red wings had gone to.

ad
24 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Eaperiments on

(Note.—I consider this point of great importance,
See later.)

Series R. Obs. 115. Jan. 2.—In the evening, M. having
had as much vegetable food as he could eat, I took
him a large Sphingid caterpillar of the Dezlephila
type (Sp. 60), pale apple-green, with the usual spots
on two of the enlarged anterior segments. These
spots, however, could not be described as “‘ Eye-spots ”
(though they could develop into such), as they con-
sisted merely of dull yellow patches ringed with black.
M. was very excited when he saw me bringing the
caterpillar on its food-plant, and I kept it for a while
just out of reach to let him see it well. I then let
him take the stem on which was the caterpillar; he
looked at the latter attentively and licked its head.
It drew back the head into the enlarged segments
behind, and bent the anterior part of the body round,
parallel to the posterior part. This did not, however,
prevent the monkey eating it with enjoyment, though
he seemed to find much the same difficulty with it
as a boy with a chocolate éclair! Watching him I
concluded that he was not familiar with such soft,
squashy insects.

(Note.—This attitude of the caterpillar was extremely
interesting because although, in this species, it was of
little importance, in others which have eye-like marks
the swelling of the segments bearing them, caused by
the attitude, must very considerably increase the
“alarming” effect of the eyes. (See Poulton’s
‘Essays on Evolution,’ Oxford, 1908, p. 367.)
It is tempting to suppose that this attitude, common
to this type of larva, preceded the development of the
spots described above into a more eye-like stage,
which would thus be rendered more effective.)

Series S. Obs. 116-134. Jan. 3.

Obs. 116. Sp. 22.—At 7 a.m., before M. had had
any food at all, I offered the Acridian, Dictyophorus
productus. M. looked very hard at it, took it, turned
it over and over, and pulled its legs. He then licked
a little of the froth which exuded, white, from the side
of the thorax, and dropped the grasshopper for good.
He then ate some banana.

(Note.—The fact that the legs of this species did not
come off when pulled may be another example of the

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 25

well-known toughness of aposematic species. In a
typically procryptic, jumping grasshopper the hind
legs are easily dispensed with. Dzctyophorus does not
readily exude froth, and when it does so, only a little,
cp. Sp. 22, p. 15.)

Obs. 117. Sp. 61.—At 8 a.m., M. having eaten no
insects, I gave him the Syrphid fly, Hristalis tenaz,
much resembling the honey-bee. I held it by the legs
so that it buzzed. M. was not at all keen, but took it
in his hand and then suddenly let it go precisely as if
he had been stung. I think he was very uncertain
about this mimetic insect, and perhaps it buzzed in
his hand and his imagination was too strong for him !

Obs. 128. Sp. 65.—Lygaeid, not in British Museum :
probably a Lygaeus, a conspicuous black and red bug.
One which had been turned out on to the ground took
to flight suddenly; M. pounced on it and hastily bit
off its head. This he violently spat out, and _ his
gestures and expression gave every sign of a very
disgusting taste. He then went and ate some mango !

Obs. 129. Sp. 67.—Asilid, Hoplistomerus serripes
F.: a large predaceous fly whose abdomen is covered
with dense golden pubescence; the wings are clouded.
Found sitting on a leaf one evening it much resembled
a Scolid, the large bristles characteristic of Asilid
flies being suppressed. I opened the box in which it
was and let M. see it. He looked closely at it, but with
suspicion. Just as it was about to fly I caught it
by the legs, so that the yellow surface of the abdomen,
concealed when the wings were at rest over the back,
was visible. M. would not catch hold of the fly,
though he once put out his hand and touched it.
Eventually it flew away. M.’s behaviour most strongly
suggested that he was afraid of this harmless insect.

Series T. Obs. 135-138. Jan. 3.
Series U. Obs. 139-148. Jan. 3.—At 5 p.m., after M. had

eaten some banana—

Obs. 142. Sp. 73.—Asilid: a large, hairy, pre-
daceous fly, grey in colour. This had been quieted
in the killing-bottle so that when I opened the box
in which it was it crawled out. Just as it made ready
to fly M. seized and ate it eagerly.

(Note.—This is interesting because M. had refused
to have anything to do with the previous Asilid,

26

al

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

mimetic of a Scoliid. It strengthens the supposition
that the mimicry was real enough to make M.
suspicious. )

Obs. 144. Sp. 42.—Coreid, Anoplocnemis curvipes :

while M. was eating a favourite Cyrtacanthacris

grasshopper with a piece in each hand, I put down one .

of these black malodorous bugs. M. was very amusing,
as he was afraid it would get away and yet did not
want to relinquish what he was actually eating. At
last, at its third attempt to fly away (I had frustrated
previous efforts) M. dropped the remains of his grass-
hopper to seize the bug, which, as before, was eaten with
great eagerness.

(Note.—The fact that M. dropped a piece of his
favourite food to secure this bug shows what he thought
of it.)

Obs. 145. Sp. 24.—Tenebrionid, a_ species of
Physophrynus: the beetle was put on the ground,
but M. only just looked at it. Eventually, bemg in
playful mood, he threw it about and rolled over with
it, but would not taste it.

Obs. 146., Sp. 74.—Curculionid: a very large.

ground-weevil, in general appearance remarkably
resembling 24, dull grey-black, and of slow habit.
After close inspection M. tried to bite it, but it was so
hard that at first he could make no impression on it.
He at length “cracked” it, and broke off the elytra
and dorsal plate of the abdomen, exposing bright
yellow viscera. He seemed rather surprised at this,
but ate them, with much tasting.

Obs. 147. Sp. 75.—Lamiid, probably Phantasis
zanzibarica Gerst.: a very remarkable, rotund, bulky,
grey-black Longicorn beetle, having a strong general
resemblance to 74 (and, in less degree, to 24) save for
the antennae, which were short for a beetle of this
family. It was found walking slowly across a road,
within a few yards of 74. It had lost the power of
stridulating possessed by the family as a whole. The
shallow longitudinal grooves of the elytra are set
with fine bristles. I put it down before M., who
merely looked at it, without any desire to eat it. At
last he touched it, and apparently not liking the
bristly feel of it, rubbed it on the ground and left it.

(Note——These last two species, though not apose-

andy Sg Oe dette Se nal SNe Oral
rede . ‘

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 27

matic by colouring, yet are by habit. The weevil
would seem to be protected by its extreme hardness:
the Longicorn (also found to be very hard) apparently
by its bristles. The very unusual shape of the Longi-
cornraises the question whether it may not be influenced
by the abundant 74. See “Essays on Evolution,”
pp. 369, 370.)

Obs. 148. Sp.——Lastly, I gave M. an Acridian.
He seemed nearly “ full,” for though it was a species
which he eats readily as a rule, he was not very eager
for this one.

Serves V. Obs. 149-153. Jan. 4.
Series W. Obs. 154-155. Jan. 4.
Series X. Obs. 156-175. Jan. 4.—At 4.30 p.m. I took

M. out hunting. He had had plenty of vegetable food
in the afternoon, but no insects.

Obs. 156. Sp. 6.—Meloid: on the first bush were
several of the beetle Coryna dorsalis. I induced M.
to put out a hand and touch one, but he would not
even smell it.

Obs. 157. Sp. 42.—Coreid, Anoplocnemis curvipes :
M. saw this bug, caught it, and ate it very quickly,
as if afraid of being pricked.

Obs. 158. Sp.—-—He chased and ate a small
Acridian, then ate some grass.

Obs. 159. Sp. 78.—An Aretiid caterpillar, about
an inch long, was touched and left.

Obs. 160. Sp. 16.—Acridiid, Phymateus viridipes :
a pair of these aposematic grasshoppers were in copula
freely exposed on short grass in the open. M. went up
to them and pawed the male. Without attempting
to get away the grasshopper merely erected its wings
perpendicularly so as to display their purplish and
black colours. M. took no more notice and ate some
grass. Afterwards he ate other insects, including
a large Cyrtacanthacris grasshopper.

(Note——This exemplifies excellently the instinct of
an aposematic insect to make the most of its colours
without attempting to escape. Had it done so, the
monkey might well have pounced on it and maimed
it, even though he would not eat it afterwards. The
coloured wings are extremely conspicuous when the
insect is on the wing, its flight being slow and laborious,
and direct one’s attention very emphatically to it.)

all

28 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Obs. 168. Sp. 81.—Phasmid: I saw M. looking
very carefully at the top twig of a low bush, round the
foot of which he walked, and then suddenly took
from it a brown stick-insect about two inches long, a
species commonly found among grass. Presumably
at first M. was not sure of it and it then gave itself
away by moving.

Series Y. Obs. 176. Jan. 5.

Series Z. Jan. 12.—Since last observation I had been away.
The monkey had had very little insect food during
that period. In afternoon, M. having had some
banana, I offered him—

Obs. 177. Sp. 86.—Lycid, Chlamydolycus trabeatus
Guér.: a 3, with elytra enormously developed, pro-
jecting far beyond the small body—a very conspicuous
beetle. M. looked well at it, at last taking it in his
hand and dropping it again. I could not induce him
to do more than smell it once, when he instantly
dropped it.

Obs. 178. Sp. 87.—Lygaeid, Oncopeltus famelicus
F.: conspicuous black and orange bug. M. was not
at all eager for this, but took it, pulled it about, bit
its head off, and then had no more to do with it.

Obs. 179. Sp. 88.—? Coccinellid, or allied family :
a very highly polished, shining, black, hemispherical
beetle, with two small red spots. It gave out yellow
juice when handled. To my surprise M. ate this
with no sign of distaste.

Obs. 180. Sp. 89.—Carabid: small, dull-black
ground-beetle like a Harpalus. M. also ate this.

(Note.—Seeing how hungry for insects the monkey
was, as evidenced by his eating the Carabid, his refusal
of the Lycid is the more emphatic.)

Series Aa. Jan. 13.—At 8 a.m., M. having had no insect
food—

Obs. 181. Sp. 86.—Lycid, Chlamydolycus trabeatus :
as M. was hungry he pulled this beetle to pieces, and
smelt each bit, but tasted none.

Obs. 182. Sp. 44.— Pentatomid, Aspongopus
viduatus ; shown to M. in a box. He looked at it
for a very long time; the bug moved a little, and
vibrated its short antennae very rapidly, and M. turned
away from it. I brought it to his notice again, and
he pawed it a little: just as | was taking it away for

the Relative Edibility of Insects. : 29

record, M., purely out of mischief, and because he saw
I wanted it, took it and bit it up. I am quite certain
he did not want it as food: and he did not bite it up
with any relish !

Obs. 183. Sp. 21.—Histerid, Hister validus : during
the day I saw M. playing about with one of these
polished black beetles, and pawing it on the ground,
but making no attempt to eat it. It had flown by,
and alighted on the ground within his reach.

Series Ab. Obs. 184-189. Jan. 13.—At 10.30 am. I

took M. out hunting—

Obs. 185. Sp. 23.—M. caught and ate the huge
Acridian Cyrtacanthacris cyanea, a 9, absolutely
ignoring (Obs. 186. Sp. 22) the aposematic grass-
hopper Dictyophorus productus, which was on the ground
just in front of him.

Series Ac. Obs. 190-200. Jan. 13.—At 2 p.m. I took M.

out hunting again, but he was rather sleepy—

Obs. 193. Sp. 91.—Acridiid, Lamarckiana loboscelis
Schaum.: a 9, of huge size, heavy and corpulent,
without a trace of wings. This species is coloured
so as to resemble a clod of earth; sometimes light,
sometimes dark, but always with a darker patch on
the thorax. I have often seen them sitting on bare
ground and mistaken them for clods until they moved.
They hop very feebly and cannot possibly escape an
enemy.

M. found this one on the ground and began to eat
it before I saw it. He bit the head first, but did not
bite it off, as he does with his favourite Cyrtacanthacris.
He seemed rather doubtful about it, and turned to a
leg, eating one thigh; then bit off the end of the
abdomen, pulled out and ate the viscera, but his
manner of eating was not nearly so enthusiastic as
when dealing with Cyrtacanthacris. He finally bit
off and ate the head.

(Note——The case of this huge, helpless Acridian
seems to me extremely interesting—a species which,
in its present condition, is procryptic, and yet appears
not to be so edible as its colouring suggests. Now
it is an extremely variable species: under certain con-
ditions it may be conspicuous. I have seen a quite
light grey-brown specimen on dark soil, and it was
then far from being procryptic. As I have said, it

30

-

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

always has a dark patch on the sides of the thorax;
and being so variable, one can readily imagine the light
colour being accentuated, until a strongly contrasted
scheme of black-and-white, typically aposematic,
could easily be produced. This having been attained
it would obviously be to the advantage of the con-
spicuous insect if further development of the distaste-
ful quality, apparently already present toa slight degree,
could be brought about. So that in the last stages
this species might be as typically distasteful and
aposematic as the Acridian No. 5, which still retains
imperfectly formed wings.)

Obs. 194. Sp. 19.—Mantid: while M. was dealing
with 91, which he ate sitting on a bush, he kept
looking with great interest at a fine 2 mantis, Zdolum
diabolicum (19), which was hanging from the same
branch on which he was sitting. Its head was towards
M., and it had stretched out its fore limbs in the terri-
fying attitude previously described, so that M. looked
straight down upon the coloured surfaces. While he
continued to eat 91, I made a slight movement, and the
mantis at once wheeled round to present me with its
coloured surfaces. At intervals I heard the curious
sound described in Obs. 95; it is perhaps better
described as like the noise made by drawing a hard
edge rapidly over the fine teeth of a comb.

I was much pleased to see that this noise actually
was made by the mantis, by drawing the left posterior
leg rapidly along the outer edge of the left tegmen
(the two tegmina being slightly separated); the point
where the leg touched the tegmen was just proximal
to the leaf-lke expansion on the leg. Like myself,
M. observed all this with interest while he was
eating 91, but at last could wait no _ longer,
dropped the remainder of 91, and seized the poor
mantis, and devoured it very rapidly: too rapidly,
for he was almost immediately sick! I expect the
horny legs (for he ate even the spiny fore-legs) were
too much for his stomach.

(Note—It seems as if familarity with this mantis
had bred contempt. The monkey had seen several
of them, for they were quite abundant on the par-
ticular low bushes where I took him to hunt. Under
natural conditions a monkey might only come across

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 31

one or two in his lifetime, and leave them alone, as
my monkey did the first time he met one. It is diffi-
cult to believe that the elaborate development of
colour, shape, attitude, and specialised movement
and structure to make a noise, could have been
developed unless it had been able to scare away enemies
at least fairly often. When at rest the mantis is
extremely procryptic, the concealment being especially
aided by the sundry expansions of the cuticle on its
body and legs. But the much-expanded front coxae
take no especial part in this procrypsis, for when the
mantis is at rest they lie in the vertical plane; and are
not conspicuous, their strongly contrasted coloured
surfaces facing each other, the outer surface being
green. Only when the mantis is alarmed are they
rotated through a right angle to contribute to the
terrifying attitude. It is interesting that when the
front legs are held in the terrifying position their
formidable prehensile qualities are entirely thrown
away !)

Series Ad. Obs. 201-211. Jan. 14.
Series Ae. Obs. 212-229. Jan. 14.—At 12.30, M. being

very hungry—

Obs. 212. Sp. 100.—Carabid: a larva about an
inch long, black, polished, and active. Allowed to
run on the ground. M. looked at it, and rubbed it
on the ground without attempting to eat it.

Obs. 213. Sp. 101.—Lygaeid, Lygaeus militaris F. :
a grey-black and rose bug. M. looked at it and rubbed
it on the ground, making no attempt to eat it.

Obs. 214. Sp. 48. —Chrysomelid, Lygaria sp.: M.
ate one of these beetles slowly and doubtfully; also
a second which was offered.

Obs. 215. Sp.——Aecridiid : a large Cyrtacanthacris
greedily eaten.

Obs. 216. Sp. 61.—Syrphid, Bristalis tenax : this
drone-fly had been quieted by a short time in the
cyanide-bottle, and was put on the ground so that M.
could watch it crawling about. He looked at it with
great suspicion, then took it in his hand, but threw it
down exactly as if it had stung him and rubbed it
on the ground. The drone-fly then flew away.

(Note.—Exactly the same thing happened as on
the previous occasion. (See Obs. 117.) Presumably

"|, “es. ee ee ey we ee oD
eit a bor. eer anksho
- Pea

‘

-

32 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter's Laperiments on

the drone-fly buzzed in the monkey’s hand, and he
threw it down, fearing a sting: the fact that he sub-
sequently accorded it the treatment given to insects
of whose sting or bite he is afraid, shows how entirely
M. was deceived by the bee-like appearance of this
fly.)

Obs. 217. Sp. 5,—Aecridid, young, possibly the
first, stage of 5, Zonocerus elegans: I found several
score of these grasshoppers clustered thickly together
to form a conspicuous mass among grass; they are
black, finely spotted with yellow. I put down a
number on the ground in front of M., who was not at
all excited (as he would have been were they edible),
but took one, pulled it about, smelt it, played with it,
but did not even taste it.

(Note.—This exemplifies well how distasteful insects,
each individually not very conspicuous (in this case
because of small size), are able to achieve the apose-
matic effect by massing themselves together. (‘‘ Essays
on Evolution,” pp. 318-20.) | Procryptic insects are
not found to do so, except in rare cases where an
assemblage would increase the procryptic effect, or
at least not diminish it.)

Obs. 218. Sp. 103.—Pierid, Terias senegalensis
Boisd.: a common small sulphur-yellow butterfly,
of weak flight. M. ate it with no sign of distaste,
wings and all.

Obs. 219. Sp. 104.—Acraeine, Acraea caldarena
Hew., neluska Oberth.: a pink butterfly of medium
size, black-spotted. I have noticed that, for an Acraea,
this is very agile and difficult to catch. M. seized
it at once (the wings of one side had been amputated
so that it fluttered without being able to escape),
bit its head off, and promptly spat it out ! the body was
pulled to, pieces, tasted, and decidedly rejected.

Obs. 220. Sp. 105.—Coprid, Phalops laminifrons
Fairm.: a small, bright metallic green dung-beetle.
Put on the ground, M. rubbed it violently with every
sign of marked dislike. I induced him to take it
and smell it, but nothing more.

Series Af. Obs. 230-250. Jan. 15.—At 7 a.m. took M.
out hunting, he not having eaten.

Obs. 243. Sp. 19.—Mantid, Idolum diabolicum :
M. seized this very suddenly and ate it quickly before

ihe Relative Edibility of Insects. 33

it had had opportunity to stridulate more than two

or three times. He must have seen it from some

distance away, for he jumped on to the branch and
made straight for it, giving it no time to fight him.

He did not, on this occasion, eat the horny front legs :

perhaps he remembered vomiting on the last occasion

(Obs. 194).

Series Ag. Obs. 251-254. Jan. 15.

Series Ah. Obs. 255-263. Jan. 15.—At noon, M. being
hungry—

. Obs. 259. Sp. 61.—Syrphid, Eristals tenax:
this drone-fly had been quieted in a killing-bottle, but
could crawl about. M. looked at it very suspiciously
as it sat on the grass, then took it in his hand and threw’
it down precisely as he had done before (Obs. 117, 216).
I induced him to take it up again: he gave it a little
nip very gingerly, and threw it down.

Obs. 260. Sp. 120.—Nymphaline, Hypolimnas
misippus, 9: the well-known brown, black, and white
mimic of D. chrysippus. The wings of one side had been
cut off. The butterfly was offered to M. so that he
could see it plainly. He took it and looked at it very
thoroughly, and then put it into his mouth, holding
the body in his teeth and pulling off the wings. He
ate it slowly, with a good deal of mouthing, and evi-
dently did not find it very palatable.

Series Ak. Obs. 264-282. Jan. 15.—At 5 p.m. I took M.
out hunting; owing to a thunder-cloud he was not
very eager.

Obs. 271. Sp. 6.—Meloid, Coryna dorsalis : M. saw
this conspicuous beetle on a bare stem. He ran to it
and touched it. It dropped and he left it.

(Note—This was the first occasion when hunting
that M. had taken any notice of this common and
conspicuous beetle, which could be seen everywhere
on low herbage.)

We then had to shelter from a storm, after which I
took M. to an old patch of cultivation, now weed-

own.

Obs. 272. Sp. 58.—Acridiid : M. caught a 3 of this
grasshopper, a species of Tanita, procryptic, and ate
part of it. He then saw the red wings, and hesitated
a little, then continued, rather in doubt, and finally
dropped it. Remains kept for record.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921,—PaRTSI, 1. (OCT.) D

/

-

34 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

(Note.—This observation is of peculiar interest.
There is a small, grey or greenish-brown grasshopper
which, at rest, is extremely procryptic, and difficult
to see. Yet when it takes to flight with a clapping
noise its red wings seem at once to give it away. I
had previously been a good deal puzzled by this:
the explanation seemed to lie in the rapid flight and
sudden disappearance of the sect when it closes its
wings confusing the observer—as it certainly always
does me when | try to find them at the place where I
think they must be, judging from the point where I last
saw the red wings! (‘ Essays on Evolution,” pp.
303-4.) Asa matter of fact they never are there,
for the moment they have landed from their flight
they hurriedly creep away and hide. The monkey,
however, seemed most definitely to regard the
red. wings as an aposeme (cp. also Obs. 113). He
began to eat what appeared to be a procryptic insect,
saw an aposeme, and found the insect was not so
edible after all! It would be most interesting to
know whether this insect, now in an_ apparently
intermediate stage as regards edibility, is losing its
former edibility combined with procrypsis, or 1s
becoming procryptic and edible from a more distaste-
ful ancestor! 1 incline to the former alternative.)

Obs. 273. Sp. 16.—Aecridiid, Phymateus viridipes :
one of these was on a branch above M.’s head. He
ran backwards and forwards looking at it, and jumping
up in a half-playful way. I got it for him and put it
on the ground, but he would have none of it! He
then ate some grass.

Obs. 282. — Sp. .: While M. was
examining something on a bush this wasp flew out :
a black species with blue-black wings; the tip of the
abdomen conspicuously white. It soon settled on the
ground, and M. went to look at it. He pawed it
violently on the ground and then left it.

Series Al. Obs. 283-285. Jan. 16.

Series Am. Obs, 286-289. Jan. 16.—About 10 am. I
took M. out hunting, but he was not at all keen; I
found when he got back he was extremely thirsty and
perhaps had fever.

Obs. 286. Sp. —.—He ate two large Cyrlacanthacris
grasshoppers.

the Relative Edability of Insects. 35

Obs. 287. Sp. 127.—Lymantrid : while M. was on
a bush something fell off a branch on to the ground
among long grass. M. jumped down to see what it
was, and picked it up, handled it, and dropped it.
It was a dark caterpillar with short grey hairs.

After this a number of insects were eaten.

Series An. Obs. 290-303. Jan. 16.—At noon I tried M.
with the following. He should have been hungry, but
was not.

Obs. 290. Sp. 129.—Sternocera boucardi Saund. :
an enormous beetle, greyish or greenish ground-colour,
spotted conspicuously with yellow pubescence, found
in numbers on slender twigs of small tree—very con-
spicuous both at rest and on wing. M. looked at it
for a long while, walked round it, then tried biting it,
but could make no impression on its hard and slippery
surface. In some way it nipped him (probably his
tongue got nipped between posterior edge of thorax
and anterior edge of elytra, as with Sp. 43, Obs.
70) and he put it down hurriedly and began to paw it
on the ground. After a while he took heart and began
again, and at last bit off its head, but spat it out
uneaten. Eventually he got the viscera exposed, and
ate the beetle in much doubt, rejecting some pieces—
it was obviously very hard work breaking it up.

Obs. 292. Sp. 131.—Chrysomelid: a cluster of
larvae found on end of a twig, inhabiting a common
web. ‘The larva was about } in. long, hairy, fat, and
dull pink in colour, with median and lateral darker
pink longitudinal stripes. I put the branch on the
ground; M. walked round and round looking at the
larvae, then tasted one, but did not eat it, and would
have no more to do with the others—actually backing
away when I held out the branch towards him.

(Note.—In this case the distasteful larvae gain very
greatly by massing themselves together—for an
individual is not extremely conspicuous.)

Series Ao. Obs. 304-314. Jan. 16—At 5 p.m. I took M.
out hunting: he was keen.

Obs. 304. Sp. 21.—Histerid, Hister validus : I found
and offered this shining black beetle to M., who would
have nothing to do with it.

Obs. 305. Sp. —.—He then found and ate a large
grasshopper (Cyrtacanthacris).

36

hall

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Bxperiments on

Obs. 306. Sp. 58.—Acridiid, Tanita sp.: M. found
a pair of these small grasshoppers in copula. The 9
is green with integument roughened by papillae:
the short tegmina do not entirely cover the imperfect
red wings. M. ate them both slowly and hesitatingly.

Obs. 307. Sp. 42.—Coreid, Anoplocnemis curvipes :
M. found one of these bugs on a bush and ate it in his
usual hasty manner.

Obs. 308. Sp. 34.—Acridiid, Humbe tenwicornis :
M. saw this grasshopper on a bush from a long way
off and chased it, but it escaped.

Obs. 309. Sp. 58.—Acridiid, Tanita sp.: another
pair found in copula. M. went for the larger Q first,
but this time he only bit off the head and dropped the
rest, which was kept for record. He then began to
eat the J, but mouthed it a good deal and rejected
some parts.

Obs. 310. Sp. ——He then ate a large Cyrlacan-
thacris grasshopper, and some leaves.

Series Ap. Obs. 315-317. Jan. 17.
Series Aq. Obs. 318-328. Jan. 17.—M. very hungry.

Obs. 319. Sp. 144. Mantid: I offered M. a half-
grown specimen of a large species; leaf-green with
some white marks on the sides of the fat abdomen.
M. looked at these marks with a little doubt before
devouring the mantis with zest.

(Note.—It is interesting that M. took particular
notice of these white marks which, when the insect
is seen away from its surroundings, seem conspicuous.
Doubtless among grass-stems the white marks aid
concealment by breaking up the large area of uniform
green.)

Obs. 322. Sp. 147.—Papilio leonidas: a blue and
black tailless ‘ swallowtail,” mimicking the Danaine
M. petiverana, M. held it a long time in his hand
and looked at it very thoroughly, then, having tasted
it gingerly, ate it without any sign of dislike.

(Note.—Though I had never offered him the Danaine
model and he probably had never seen it, his behaviour
was suggestive of an instinctive hesitation to eat a
butterfly of this scheme of colour.)

Obs. 327. Sp. 152. Mutillid: a small species.
Offered in a box with the next one. To my surprise
M. took out and ate the Mutillid.

Beret ee: lt ins —_
eee ot a 7

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 37

Obs. 328. Sp.153. Cetoniid, Leucocelis haemorrhoi-
dalis F.: a small beetle with elytra shining green,
thorax black with two bright orange patches. Though
M. was hungry enough to brave the sting of the
Mutillid, he would not touch this beetle, which is
abundant and exposes itself freely on flowers.

Series Ar. Obs. 329-337. Jan. 17.—In the evening I took
M. out hunting.

Obs. 334. Sp. 46.—Tenebrionid, Veta sp. 2 vestita :
M. found this procryptic, but bristly, beetle on a tree-
stem near the ground, and took it, but at once dropped
it.

(Note.—This beetle is an interesting example of how
a procryptic insect can yet have means of defence when
discovered. ‘The fine bristles on the elytra aid con-
cealment by holding dirt. It will have been noticed
that in this observation, as well as in 68, the monkey
disliked the feel of the beetle.)

Series As. Obs. 338-342. Jan. 18.—About twenty larvae
taken from the mud nest of a large solitary wasp were
sreedily eaten by M. (Obs. 342. Sp. 161) after he had
refused a large dull-black larva with orange head
(probably Phytophagous). This tends to show that
the wasp is not intrinsically distasteful.

Series At. Obs. 343-362. Jan. 18.—After a day’s march
M. was eager for insects.

Obs. 347. Sp. 7.—Meloid, Mylabris tristigma
Gerst. : M. was very excited as he saw me bring some-
thing in my hand, but when I opened my hand and
he saw this typically aposematic beetle inside he
walked away !

Obs. 356. Sp. 170.—Pierid, Mylothris agathina 3:
a yellowish-white butterfly showing the typical “‘ mud
drinker’s aposeme,” viz. an orange-yellow flush at the
base of the hind-wing beneath, and an orange border
along the under-side of the anterior edge of the fore-
wing. The hind-wing is bordered with black spots.
M. was very eager to get this butterfly, but when he
got it, held it in his hand and looked at it for a long
while, then tasted its head. He afterwards ate the
butterfly slowly with a lot of tasting and inspection.

Obs. 362. Sp. 176. Locustid [Tettigoniid], Gym-
noproctus sp., immature : an absolutely wingless grass-
hopper with stout body and spiny thorax, greyish

38 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Eaperiments on

with tint of green on thorax, a young specimen. It is
by no means conspicuously coloured, but is of apose-
matic habit. An allied larger species (Hnyaliopsis),
much darker in colouring, is much disliked by the
natives of Uganda, who say its bite makes sores. As
a matter of fact, it readily exudes a yellowish acrid
fluid.

I showed the Gymnoproctus to M. on my hand, but
he would have nothing to do with it.

Series Au. Obs. 363. Jan. 21.

Obs. 363. Sp. 177.—Before M. had had anything to
eat in the early morning I offered this Carabid, a
species of Tefflus, a large dull-black ground-beetle.
M. merely danced round it and would not touch it
except to paw at it.

Series Av. Obs. 364-369. Jan. 21.—I took M. out
hunting in the afternoon.

Obs. 364. Sp. 22.—Acridiid, Dictyophorus productus,
Bol.: having eaten a lot of grass M. picked up this
immature medium-sized grasshopper, almost wingless,
with only rudiments of elytra, light yellow with longi-
tudinal black stripes, typically aposematic, of very
sluggish habits. He put it down undamaged.

Obs. 368. Sp. 179.—Scoliid, Elis donaldsoni Fox :
to my great astonishment M., in front of a flowering
bush, reached out and seized this Fossorial wasp,
dull black with tip of abdomen dull red. M. ate it
quickly.

Series Aw. Obs. 370-386. Jan. 21.

Obs. 384. Sp. 185. Lymantrid: the pupa of a very
abundant white moth. It is shiny and bright yellow
and clearly visible in the flimsiest of cocoons. The
eyes and spiracles are shining black and very con-
spicuous; the sparse hairs rather long. I offered the
cocoon to M., who ran away with it to examine it
further. But it dropped as he went along (N.B.:
desirable food would not be allowed to drop), and
instead of picking it up, M. rubbed it very vigorously
on the ground, as if it might bite or sting, and ate it
very doubtfully.

Series Ax. Obs. 387-405. Jan. 23.—At 9 a.m., M. having
had no insect food, but some banana—

Obs. 394. Sp. 153. Cetonid, Leucocelis haemor-
rhoidalis : M. smelt this beetle, put it down with an

Met PTR Moe Re ee Se
ross is 4

iG

~

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 39

exclamation of disgust and walked away. The beetle
emits a drop of foul-smelling fluid when handled.

Series Ay. Obs. 406-414. Jan. 23.
Series Az. Obs. 415-451. Jan, 24.—At 2’ p.m. M. had

had food but no insects, and squealed with excitement
when he saw them coming.

Obs. 415. Sp. 117.—Carabid, Harpalus sp. : M.
ate this black ground-beetle, but rubbed has hands
on the ground afterwards.

(Note.—This very significant gesture shows how very
distasteful was this beetle, which was only eaten under
stress of hunger.)

Obs. 416. Sp. 86.—Lycid, Chlamydolycus trabeatus :
this was actually tasted, but no more.

Obs. 417. Sp. 198. Lycid, Merolycus femorahs,
Bourg.: M. pulled this beetle to pieces, tasted it,
but ate none.

Obs. 418. Sp. 196.—Galerucid, Diacantha sp. nr.
conifera: a bright yellow beetle with black tips to
the elytra. This beetle was taken and dropped.

Obs. 419. Sp. 199.—Silphid, Silpha micans F.: a
sea-green beetle found on an old giraffe skull. It
was put on the ground and allowed to crawl within
reach of M., who took it, bit it, and very decidedly
put it down.

(Note —That M. should bite such a very foul beetle
shows how desirous he was for insect food, and makes
his behaviour in Obs. 416-418 more emphatic. Later
in this series, when he had eaten some insects, he refused
a second Silpha with an exclamation of disgust !)

Obs. 420. Sp. 200.—Fulgorid, Pyrops marginatus
Westw.: about an inch long, with a long snout, grey
and speckled. I put it on the ground for M., who
picked it up and bit off the “ snout.” Not finding it
distasteful he put the whole insect into his mouth,
but soon took it out, looked at it, pulled it about, and
dropped it. |

(Note—This extremely procryptic insect was appar-
ently quite distasteful.)
~ Obs. 421. Sp. 201.—Forficulid, Forficula sene-
galensis Serv.: an abundant medium-sized brown
earwig with yellow tegmina. M. rubbed it very
vigorously on the ground and would not taste it.

Obs. 422. Sp. 188. Eumolpid, Huryope batest

40

-
Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Jac., 2: a large, sluggish, bright orange beetle with
black eyes and antennae. M. bit off the elytra, tasted’
the beetle, put it in his mouth, ejected it with an
expression of disgust, but put it back and ate it
reluctantly.

Obs. 447. Sp. 215.—Tenebrionid, Catamerus revoili
Fairm.: a large, common, dull blue-black, sluggish
beetle, much reminding one of the English “ bloody-
nose beetle,” save that its elytra are rugose: it walks
about like the other, and is as conspicuous. M. looked
at it for a long while, took it and smelt it, and rubbed
it furiously on the ground. I went to pick it up, but
M., out of mischief, seized it and held it, but even then
did not put it in his mouth.

(Note.—Between Obs. 422-447 M. had eaten a
number of insects.)

Series Ba. Obs. 452-454. Jan. 25.
Series Bb. Obs. 455-470. Jan. 26.—At 7 a.m., M. having

had as much vegetable food as he wanted—

Obs. 455. Sp. 218. Lycid, Merolycus dentipes
Dalm., var. flavoscapularis Bourg.: typically apose-
matic, orange and black beetle. M. turned it over,
pawed, smelt, and left it.

Obs. 456. Sp. 188. Eumolpid, Huryope batesi :
M. would have liked to eat it, but couldn’t face it:
he licked and smelt it and finally dropped it.

Obs. 457. Sp. 54.—Galerucid, Diacantha conifera :
pinkish-orange beetle with the end of the abdomen
projecting beyond the black tips of the elytra. Several
males and females found most conspicuously on low
herbage. One was offered to M., who smelt it and
threw it down.

Obs. 458. Sp. 220.—Tenebrionid, Zophosis ptery-
gomalis Gebien: a flat, dull grey-black beetle, which
runs about in hot sun very actively. Many were found
under a stone. One was put on the ground for M.,
who smelt it, nibbled at it, pulled it to pieces, and put
it down uneaten.

Series Bb. Jan. 26.

Obs. 459. Sp. 197.—Sagrid, Sagra sp., not in
Br. Mus.: a large, dull blue-black beetle of sluggish
habits; the hind femora are greatly thickened. M.
looked at this beetle for a long while, not really wanting
it, but being playful and mischievous, took it in his

oN ee
ES = tee Si? |

the Relative Edibility of Insects. : 4]

hand and ran about with it. He then nibbled a leg
off, looked again at the beetle, tasted it again, and
finally put it in his mouth and ate it because another
monkey, near by, wanted to see what he had got!
I am quite sure he would not have eaten it had he
been alone.

(Note——It was remarked at the beginning of the
paper how important it was to know the monkey, and
that he should be undisturbed. An inexperienced
observer might easily have concluded that the above
beetle was far more edible than another observation
(413) has shown it to be.)

Obs. 460. Sp. 221.—Curculionid, Microcerus spini-
ger Gerst. : a ground-weevil, large, black, with rugose
elytra and short blunt rostrum. M. looked at it a
long while before taking it; ran about with it as if
challenging the other monkey to take it, then bit off
the rostrum and ate the beetle with difficulty. It
seemed very hard and M.’s attitude suggested that he
was only eating it to spite the other monkey !

Obs. 461. Sp. 22.—Acridiid, Dictyophorus produc-
tus: M. looked long at this grasshopper as it crawled
on the ground, then picked it up and ran about with
it in play, then dropped it.

Obs. 462. Sp. 186.—Five of these Acridians (Catan-
tops decoratus Gerst.) eaten eagerly. A medium-sized,
procryptic, grey grasshopper used as staple food.

Obs. 463. Sp. 222.—Pyrrhocorid, Roscius illustris
Gerst.: a large black bug, with red head, an orange
spot on each side of the thorax, and two orange spots
on each tegmen. Extremely conspicuous. M. looked
at it, smelt it, bit off and ate its head, then ate the
rest without definite sign of pleasure or dislike.

Obs. 464. Sp. 223.—Bromophila caffra Macq.: a
very large and sluggish black fly with crimson head,
extremely conspicuous at rest, or when flying, which it
does slowly and heavily, being remarkably easy to
catch. Any human would say, “ What a disgusting-
looking fly!” It was offered to M. in a box; he
looked long at it, with his head on one side, took it
out, and threw it down in disgust.

Obs. 465. Sp. 224.—Buprestid, Agelia peteli Gory :
a large black beetle, with symmetrical pale greenish-
white areas on the elytra and an orange mark on

42

-
Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

each side of the thorax. A pair, in copula, found
sitting conspicuously exposed, on a leaf of a bush.
One was offered to M., who took and ate it without
hesitation.

Obs. 466. Sp. 186.—Catantops decoratus : three
staple grasshoppers eaten readily.

Obs. 467. Sp. 225.—Tenebrionid, Rhylinota acuti-
collis Fairm.: like 69 (Obs. 133), a smooth, black,
polished beetle. Found under a stone, but others
often seen running conspicuously in the sun. M. paid
no attention to it crawling in front of him till I
pushed it towards him, when he bit it in half, and
hurriedly spat out the piece in his mouth.

Obs. 468. Sp. 226.—Lamiid beetle, of fair size, dull
blue-black, spotted with buff, procryptic. Offered to
M. on my fingers; he seemed to know the beetle
from some distance away, ran up and seized it at
once. He bit off its head, and ate it, then looked
attentively at the body before eating it all.

Obs. 469. Sp. 186.—Catantops decoratus: three
grasshoppers eaten, but not very hungrily.

Obs. 470. Sp. 227.—Blattid: a male cockroach of
the usual light brown colour, was given M. in the
afternoon. After a little hesitation he bit off its head,
but did not seem to like it much, he merely pulled
the body about and played with it.

Series Bc. Obs. 471-484. Jan. 27.—At10a.m. M. had had

as much vegetable food as he wanted, but squealed
with excitement when he saw me bring the insect
boxes. So I gave distasteful species first—

Obs. 471. Sp. 215.—Tenebrionid, Catamerus revoili :
M. looked long at it, turned away, looked again, picked
it up and bit it. A droplet of yellow oily fluid came
out from between thorax and abdomen, and M. at
once dropped the beetle.

Obs. 472. Sp. 13.—Tenebrionid, Macropoda trans-
versalis: when I put this beetle down, M. looked
disappointedly at it for some time, then took it and
ran about with it in play, put it in his mouth, crunched
it a little, then took it out and put it down.

Obs. 473. Sp. 228.—Coreid, Cletus ochraceus H. 8. :
a small, brown, plant-feeding bug, procryptic. Put in
mouth and rapidly eaten with face rather doubtful
and expressive of dislike.

Cpe ma a

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 43

Obs. 474. Sp. 229—Carabid: a small, black
ground-beetle; several found together under a stone.
M. rubbed it violently on the ground, picked it up,
bit off its head, looked at it surprisedly, pulled it to
pieces, smelt and tasted it, but ate none.

Obs. 475. Sp. 230.—Blattid, 9: this cockroach,
medium-sized, light brown, was found lying in the
paralysed condition caused by a sting from a Fossor.
Offered to M., who rubbed it on the ground, smelt it,
pulled it to pieces, but ate none.

Obs. 476. Sp. 231.—Trogid, Trox «ncultus Boh. :
a scavenging beetle, very sluggish, dull grey-black,
with rugose elytra. When alarmed it tucks all its
limbs close to its body, and looks like half a raisin !
It is found under dried-up bits of hide, bones, stones,
etc. I offered one to M., who very minutely examined
it, pulled off a leg and tasted it, then nibbled and
pulled it to pieces, but ate none.

Obs. 477. Sp. 232.—Blattid, 9: a black cock-
roach, offered in a box; M. took it out, pulled it about,
smelt it, and allowed it to run away.

Obs. 478. Sp. 233.—Melolonthid, Schizonycha sp. :
a medium-sized, ight brown chafer which came to
light. M. pulled it about, and ate it very doubtfully.

Obs. 479. Sp. 117.—Carabid, Harpalus sp.: this
beetle was violently rubbed on the ground, and then
crunched up very quickly, seemingly less disliked than
was No. 229 (Obs. 474), though obviously eaten only
owing to hunger.

Obs. 480. Sp. 186.—Hight staple Acridians (Catan-
tops) were then greedily eaten, with squeals of excite-
ment.

Obs. 481. Sp. 93.—Nymphaline, Precis cebrene: this
butterfly was eaten eagerly. M. then had a long
drink.

Obs. 482. Sp. 234.—Zygaenid, Neurosymploca xan-
thosoma Jord. : a small moth, of uniform dull greenish-
black colour, offered in a box. M. took it out, smelt
it, pulled it into many pieces; tasted it, but ate none.

Obs. 483. Sp. 186.—One Catantops eagerly taken.

Obs. 484. Sp. 235.—Carabid, Eccoptoptera cupri-
collis Chaud. : a medium-sized ground-beetle, mimick-
ing the general type of colouring of a Mudtilla, like
which also it ran. The head and thorax are dull red,

44

hall

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

the pubescent elytra dull black with four large white
spots. I allowed this mimetic beetle to run within
reach of M., who appeared afraid of it, pawed it, and

at once ran out of reach; this he did several times,

and at last ate it very quickly with no sign of dislike.

(Note.—In a way this was disappointing, as I had
hoped M. would leave it alone. Nevertheless he has
eaten Mutillids on other occasions. The manner in
which he ran out of reach after delivering his attack
suggested very strongly that he was afraid of a sting
from the Mutilloid insect; for although a Carabid of
similar size would be pawed, M. would not run away
from it. Moreover, had M. thought it was a Carabid
beetle I believe he would not have eaten it at the end
of a long experiment when he had had abundance of
insect food. A point of considerable interest is that
this mimetic beetle seems to have lost the extremely
unpleasant acrid smell emitted by most members of
its family—it could not be made to produce it by
repeated interference, or even by pressing it down on
to a hard surface. One is tempted to conclude that
in the absence of its defensive weapon it has come to
resemble the powerfully stinging aposematic Mutilla.
Even the Mutilla, however, is tackled on occasion,
and eaten by M. !)

Series Bd. Obs. 485-503. Jan. 27.—At 4 p.m., M. being

ready for insects—

Obs. 493. Sp. 239.—Fulgorid, Hypselometopum
morosum Westw.: a fairly large Homopterous species
kicked up from low herbage; the tegmina speckled
brown, very procryptic. The wings were tinted with
rose, the abdomen whitish, waxy. I held it m my
fingers so that the rosy wings could be seen. M.
took it and looked at it for a very long time, pulled
off one tegmen, put the insect into his mouth and
closed his lips over it without biting it, pulled it
out again, looked at it, pulled off the other tegmen
and both wings, looked long at the waxy abdomen,
and at length ate it very doubtfully.

Obs. 499. Sp. 244.—Cerambycid, Anubis (Oligos-
merus) limbalis Har.: a small, slender, bright green
Longicorn beetle with the long black antennae tightly
curled back at the tips. Like our “ musk-beetle,”’ it
has a strongly aromatic, rather pleasing odour. I

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 45

have only seen the beetle feeding on the yellow flower-
heads of a common Composite, where it is, of course,
conspicuous, but among green foliage it might be con-
cealed. When it was offered to M. he did not eat it
at once, but took it and ran up to his perch, where
he had a good look at it, then ate it with no sign of
dislike.

Series Be.- Obs. 504-510. Jan. 27.—I took M. out hunt-

ing, but he was not keen.

Obs. 510. Sp. 172.—Pierid, Belenois mesentina : as
M. walked along he saw this white butterfly in the
position of complete repose on a grass stem. He ran
to it, pounced on it with both hands, and ate it with
gusto.

(Note.—His manner of catching the butterfly strongly
suggested an instinctive method of catching insects
commonly eaten. He does not catch grasshoppers like
that.)

Series Bf. Obs. 511-529. Jan. 28.—At 5 p.m. M. very

hungry for insects, though he had had plenty of
vegetable food.

Obs. 516. Sp. 250.—Tenebrionid, Anchophthalmus
clathratus Gerst. : a dead black, flat beetle found under
a log. I put it down for M., who looked at it and
twice bent down to nibble it, drawing back each time
with a little shake of his head as if it had bitten
him, after which he left it alone. I found that this
beetle stridulates by vigorous nodding movements, the
“neck ’’ rubbing against the thorax.

Obs. 529. Sp. 257.—Mutillid, Dolichomutilla gui-
neensis F.: a large black species with two white spots
at base of abdomen and two at apex. M. with great
eagerness seized it out of the box and bundled it into
his mouth, getting his hands and lips stung. He
shook his head and ran about, and the Mutillid fell
out of his mouth, but he picked it up and ate it
greedily, though for a few minutes afterwards he ran
about shaking his head and wiping his mouth with
his paws.

(Note.—M. must have been very hungry, for after
eating 14 grasshoppers and 5 other insects, and having
been badly stung, he picked up the Mudtilla again
and ate it. I had no more insects left to test him
with.)

-

46 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

Serics Bg. Obs. 530-546. Jan. 29.—At 2 p.m., M. having
had a good meal of vegetable food but no insects—

Obs. 533. Sp. 59.—Lagriid, Lagria rhodesiana Péring.,
a dull purplish, hairy, soft beetle that freely exposes
itself on grass tips. I kept this in my closed hand, so
that M. was inquisitive to see what was inside. When
I opened my fist and he saw the very distasteful
beetle his face fell and he would not touch it. But
he took it as a joke, broke into a broad grin, and
frolicked with my hand in a most amusing way.

Obs. 539. Sp. 260.—Buprestid, Discoderes sp., not
in Br. Mus.: a highly procryptic beetle, of rather
curious appearance, about half an inch long. Brown,
with curious little knobs and excrescences. I found
a pair in copula on a leaf, and did not recognise them
as beetles at first; nor, apparently, did M. I offered
one on my hand; M. looked at it and after a little
hesitation took it, looked again at it, and put it in
his mouth for a preliminary bite. This, however, made
no impression on the hard beetle, and M. took it out
for another look. After several more gentle bites had
no effect M. bit harder, and finding it tasty, ate it
with relish.

(Note-—It seems extremely likely that M. would
have altogether passed the beetle by in its natural
surroundings, owing to its procrypsis.)

Obs. 540. Sp. 261.—Cureulionid, Baris sp. : a small
long-snouted black weevil. M. ate it at once without
hesitation.

Obs. 541. Sp. 262.—Zygaenid, Neurosymploca xan-
thosoma Jord.: a small dull black moth with bright
yellow abdomen and a yellow spot on each side of the
thorax. Very sluggish, and sits about on grass stems.
A § was offered to M., who pulled it to pieces, and
put the yellow abdomen into his mouth, rolled it
about and mouthed it a lot, but did not eat it with
pleasure.

Obs. 542. Sp. 263.—Lamiid, Spilotragus «xanthus
Jord. : a small and delicately made Longicorn beetle,
light grey and yellow. M. handled it gingerly and
examined it well, bit off its head delicately, and ate
the rest rather doubtfully.

(Note.—It seemed to me that the yellow markings
in a slight degree gave this slender beetle a Hymeno-

OUR >) aA ee

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 47

pterous appearance, and from the careful way M.
handled it at first, I think he was of the same opinion.)

Obs. 543. Sp. 262.—Zygaenid, Newrosymploca xan-
thosoma: M. pulled the wings off this moth, put the
abdomen in his mouth, rolled it about, and pulled it
out again.

Obs. 544. Sp. 264.—Pierid, Eronia cleodora: a large
white butterfly with broad, irregular, black border;
on the under-surface the wings in position of complete
rest extraordinarily resemble a yellowish half-dead leaf.
At rest, therefore, this butterfly is extremely procryptic,
and I expected it to be eagerly eaten. I offered one
to M., holding it gently by the body in my fingers,
so that he could see it well. He leapt up and seized
it, but instead of putting it straight into his mouth
he sat looking at it for a long while, tasted it, pulled
it about, and ate parts of it only, with doubt and
much ‘ mouthing.”

(Note-—This butterfly makes the most of its pro-
cryptic under-surface by selecting for its sleeping-place
some leaf, half dead, of the yellowish-green variegated
colour with which the under-surface of the wings so
well harmonises. In one locality where I collected
the butterfly was not at all abundant, yet one evening,
when passing a tall herb which had only a few big
leaves, one of which was wilted, no less than three
E. cleodora suddenly flew out, to my amazement, as I
had no idea they were there. I watched one deliber-
ately return and hang from the under-side of the
wilted leaf, with which its colours so well harmonised.
(‘‘ Essays on Evolution,” pp. 283, 301.)

The fact that such an undoubtedly procryptic under-
side is not associated with a greater degree of edibility
is interesting. Seeing that this butterfly is so unusually
procryptic, and that its close ally Catopsilia, Obs. 360
and 577, Sp. 174, is shown to be also somewhat
distasteful, that quality is perhaps associated. with
the particular group to which cleodora belongs, and it
may be an exception among its relations in being
markedly procryptic.)

Obs. 545. Sp. 212,—Teracolus eris Klug.: M. seized
this Pierine butterfly quickly, and ate it, but not with
great relish, A white species with broad black bar
on f.w. and a bistre patch at the tip.

*
48 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Baperiments on

Obs. 546. Sp. 186.—Five staple Acridians (Catan-
tops decoratus) eaten with zest.

Series Bh. Obs, 547-548. Jan. 29.

Series Bi. Obs. 549-563. Feb. 1.

Series Bj. Obs. 564-581. Feb. 2.—At 2 p.m., M. having
had food, but no insects—

Obs. 570. Sp. 47.—Buprestid, Agrilus discolor: a
pair of these beetles found in copula conspicuously
exposed on a leaf. One was offered to M., who looked
so long at it that I thought he was not going to take
it. Suddenly, with decision, he took and bit it, and
then ate it without further hesitation.

(Note.—The grey, black, and rose tints of this beetle
and their arrangement somewhat remind one of the
similar colours common among Hemiptera; and M.’s
behaviour rather suggested that there may be a
deceptive resemblance. If so, the mimicry is pseud-
aposematic, for the beetle was very edible.)

Series Bk. Obs. 582-586. Feb. 3.—At 2 p.m., having
had some food, M. eager for insects. He refused a
Cetoniid (Diplognatha silicia) and then ate 15 grass-
hoppers.

Obs. 585. Sp. 278.—Chrysidid: a medium-sized
“ fire-tail wasp”’ of the usual brilliant green, with
blue tip to the abdomen. M. looked long at this,
then took it and ate it, to my great surprise not
getting stung.

(Note.—It is: very likely that M. had not met one
of these before—it will be noted that he looked at it
a long time. These formidable, stinging insects are
hard and highly conspicuous.)

Obs. 586. Sp. 279.—Galerucid, Exosoma ugandaensis
Jac.: asmall, gregarious, conspicuous beetle found on
low herbage; head and thorax black, abdomen brown.
It was smelt and dropped ; I offered it again, with
the same result.

Series Bl. Obs, 587-595. Feb. 4.—In afternoon, M. being
eager for insects—

Obs. 590. Sp. 280.—Cassidid: a large “ tortoise-
beetle,” fiery orange-pink spotted with black, and
translucent. Very conspicuous on the wing. M.
ignored it at first, then took and dropped it. Then,
because I wanted to take it for record, M. ran off
with it and pulled it to pieces, but ate none.

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 49

Series Bm. Obs. 596-611. Feb. 5—At 1.30 p.m., M. had
had food, but was very hungry for insects. __

He ate 12 grasshoppers and some other insects,
refusing others.

Obs. 606. Sp. 286 a.—Danaida chrysippus : the typic-
ally aposematic orange-brown butterfly with black wing
tip enclosing a white bar. M. seized it very eagerly,
then looked at it for a long time, pulled off the wings,
and ate the body.

Obs. 607. Sp. 287.—Hypsid, Argina amanda Bd. :
a medium-sized, bright orange moth speckled with
black. The wings of one side were cut off and the
moth put on the “ground, M. looked well at this, put
the body into his mouth, pulled it out, put ib in and
pulled it out again, and finally discarded it.

(Note.—His refusal of this aposematic moth is made
more emphatic by his having been hungry enough to
eat the distasteful D. chrysippus.)

Obs. 608. Sp. 170.—Pierid, Mylothris agathina: M.
was not at all eager to take this butterfly from my
fingers, but ate it ‘without definite sign of dislike.

Obs. 609. Sp. 286 B.—Danaida chry ysippus, form do-
rippus Klug: the variety without black-and- white
wing tips. M. took it and pulled off the wings, then
ran about with the body for some time before “putting
it into his mouth and eating it. After this two
medium-sized and one large grasshopper were eaten.

Series Bn. Obs. 612-615. Feb. 5.—These were the last
observations made with M., for his owner took him

back.

SECTION II.

Iw this section an attempt will be made to diagnose the
degree of edibility of each species used in the experiments
(including those of which details are omitted), grouping the
species in their proper genera and families.

I propose to use letters to denote the significance of the
colours and habits of the insects, and the 1 signs +, —, or
+ to denote their edibility.

It must be constantly borne in mind here that I am only
speaking of edibility to the monkey which was used as the
test: to another animal, or a bird, the insects might be
more, or less, edible.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—ParRTS I, 11. (OCT.) EB

nal

50 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haperiments on

Regarding the colours, they may be either aposematic, or
procryptic, or of such a nature that one cannot class them
in either category. .

One had also to consider that there are insects which,
from freely exposing themselves, appear to have what may
be termed “ aposematic habits,” although such habits may
not be associated with conspicuous colours.

Likewise there are insects whose colours do not seem
especially to harmonise with their surroundings, yet their
habits are like those of typically procryptic insects.

AA In this class I put the typically aposematic insects
of bold and fearless manner, showing conspicuous
colours freely exposed.

A Comprises the less conspicuous, but still conspicuous
and exposed species.
a In this class are the insects which have aposematic

habits, although their colouring does not make
them conspicuous.

PP These are the typically procryptic insects, concealed
by their extreme degree of resemblance to the
colours, and often shape, of their immediate
surroundings. Attitude often plays an important
part in increasing the resemblance.

im Insects of self-effacing habits, concealed on the
whole by dingy colours or a general resemblance
to their surroundings.

p This class contains insects of retiring nature, whose
colours cannot be said particularly to aid in their
concealment.

C This letter implies that I do not see my way to

putting the insect in any of the other groups,
v.e. it is a confession of ignorance !

Regarding the edibility, I have made six categories.

+-+ This is the class of extremely edible species always
eaten greedily, without hesitation, and with
evidence of relish.

-|- These insects are eaten with relish, but are first
looked at for some time, or may be tasted.
hy In this class come those species which are eaten

doubtfully, or may be refused, after tasting,
smelling, or pulling about. It must be remem-
bered that this implies a certain degree of dis-
tastefulness,

be oe * ad tS

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 51

— The qualifications for this class are that the insect
undergoes repeated tasting, smelling, pulling
about; may be pulled to pieces and examined
and only eaten partially, or the whole may be
put into the mouth and pulled out again. These
insects are only eaten extremely doubtfully, or
because of hunger.

—— In this class are put insects which are only tasted,
and eaten with great reluctance only under
pressure of great hunger.

—-—— These insects are never even tasted, and may be
completely ignored.

O This sign is used to surround any of the other signs,
thus, @ or ©. It implies that, on one occasion
at least, the monkey has rubbed and pawed the
insect on the ground as previously described in
the introduction, and has subsequently dealt
with it as indicated by the sign enclosed in the
circle.

It will be noticed that if an insect escapes tasting
it must be either highly edible, or highly dis-
tasteful !

ORTHOPTERA.

Sp- | Ops. No. Name. Colour. Ridi- Remarks.

Forficulidae. ; .
201 421 Forficula senegalensis Sery.| © S) | Abundant, medium-sized,
brown and yellow.

208 | 439, 550 | Anisolabis infelix Burr. (0) © Large, apterous, black.

General remarks on the FoRFICULIDAE.

M. showed extreme dislike of, and I think fear of, these
earwigs. I could detect no odour and concluded that the
appearance of the forceps acted as deterrent. If earwigs
were liked they would be a very easily obtained food, for
they are usually abundant when present. 7

Blattidae.
79 161 ? C ++ | There is doubt as to

whether this was a
Blattid.

126 285 ? i) ———| A light yellow male.

227 470 ? CG |———| A light brown male.

230 | 475 ? 0 © | Alight brown female.

232 477 Prob. a Pseudoderopeltis sp. CG |——-—}|A black female.

266 549 ? O —— | A large, black female.

270 565 Larva Oo ———) Small, yellow-brown.

52 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

General remarks on the BLATTIDAE.

This monkey seemed to agree with the human estimate
of cockroaches as disgusting insects! Obs. 161 is unique,
and one is almost forced to believe it was not a cockroach
that the monkey ate so eagerly. The notes omitted show
that I did not see the insect until it was nearly consumed.
The colours of the above Blattids do not fall into the scheme
of classification adopted. The brightest-coloured light

yellow species are just as timorous and light-shy as the
darker species.

| | |
ED, Obs. No. Name. Colour. cas | Remarks.
Mantidae. |
19 26,92,95, Idolum diabolicum Saus. tele ++ | Large, green, with leaf-
165, 194, like expansions.
243 }
33 | 43 ry Oo +4. | Very young, black, ant-
like.
57 112 ? i Ee ++ | Young, grey.
71 140 ? PP +-+ | Young of large species,
| | slender, stick-like.
82 | 170, 173, ? Pe +++ | Half-grown, brown.
187, 247,
274 |
128 288 ? fete) +-+ | Small, brown species.
138 312 ? PP. ++] ,, +
139 313 ? PP. ++ | Large, green species.
144 | .319 RE + | Half-grown young of large
| | species.

General remarks on the MANTIDAE.

All the above were extremely procryptic except the very
young, No. 33; these small black specimens were some-
what ant-like. But when they are too large for this re-
semblance, Mantidae, so far as I am aware, are the most
generally cryptic of any family of insects, and, young
and old, were eaten with greed. Also the large and con-
spicuous white egg-capsules of No. 19 were eaten and
sought out greedily. (See Series O, P, Q, X, Ab, Ac,
Af, Ak.) Many Mantidae are known to take up a de-
fensive or “ terrifying’ attitude when threatened, accom-
panied with a noise produced in a special way, and I was
able to see this adopted on several occasions by No. 19,
and on the first occasion it seemed to cause the monkey
to leave the mantis alone. (See Obs. 26, 95, 194.)

Phasmidae.
81 | 168, 238, ?
278, 281

EP

++

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 53

The Stick insects, most procryptic, were greedily eaten
by M., as might be expected. It is noteworthy that on

one occasion (Obs. 168) he seemed in some doubt as to

whether a specimen was a living insect.

Ds Obs. No. Name. | Colour. emit: Remarks,
Acridiidae.

5 | 7, 49,217, Zonocerus elegans Thunb. AA |——-—| Large, conspicuous,
clumsy, black when
young, when adult
yellow and green with
undeveloped wings.

16 | 23, 27, | Phymateus viridipes St@l. | AA |———| Large, conspicuous,

160, 273, sluggish, blue, green
308 and red, flies heavily
showing purple wings.

17 24 Tryxalia, 1eAe +-+ | Large, green.

35 45 a9 EE +-+ | Large, green and brown;
shows mauve wings when
flying.

18 | 25, etc. | Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis | PP APA Brownish, with grey

Burm, and yellow marks.
Used as staple food.
No. 23 much larger,
23 | 33, ete. | Cyrtacanthacris cyanea| PP ++ has purple wings.
Stoll. =
22 | 32, 116, Dictyophorus productus| AA —— | Heavy-bodied, sluggish,
186, 364,| Bol. aposematic, light yellow
461, 490, striped with black when
532 | younger, adults dark
: grey with undeveloped
red wings.
_ 34 | 44,308, | Humbe tenuicornis| PP +-+ | Earth-brown ; yellow
345 Schaum. wings bordered with
black.
58 | 118, 210,| Tanita sp.,notin Br. Mus.,) PP + Small, earth-coloured ;
} 272, 306,| and 7’, semlikiana Rehn. wings red,
309
91 | 193, 592 | Lamarckiana lobosceTis P oe Huge, apterous, earth-
Schaum, coloured female.
155 335 Cardenius sp., not in Br. A — | Short, stout, dull pinkish-
Mus. brown, sides of abdomen
red spotted.
186 | 387, etc. | Catantops decoratus P, ++ |Used as staple food.
Gerst., and melanostictus Brown marked with
Schaum, yellow, black and greyish
tints, very abundant
among grass.
214 446 Penichrotes sp., A + | Wingless, green with
purplish - black = ab-
; dominal bands. Rather
“unpleasant looking.”
Found on tree.
5 f BE ++
8 ty P eteiste
13 ? 2 Sea
17 ? Ae Stet
50 ? BP: ear
63 ? age ot
71 ? P ++
91 ? 1B ++
107 ? We. ++
108 ? PP ++
110 n PE ++
131 ? . 1% ++
138 ? P 4255
148 ? P +e

al

54 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Haxperiments on

|

Ep. | Obs. No. | Name. | Colour. Srl Remarks.

149 ? iP +--+

211 ? ey] Rau

227 ? P Lie

263 ? iene +-+

264 ? P Hee

276 ? Pe eet

279 ? P i540

296 ? Pp fe28

330 ? Mah) hace

346 ? ees oe

351 ? Pp bee

366 ? P — |No reason discoverable

for this rejection.

371 ? P oh

377 ? Pp feat

381 9 P Jue

385 ? P ++

488 ? PP ++

507 ? P ++

523 ? PP ++

554 ? 12 ++

611 ? P ++

General remarks on the ACRIDIIDAE.

The species of monkey used for these experiments eats
great numbers of Acridiidae; I have often seen them
hunting through long grass in the evenings, catching the
grasshoppers which rose in front of them.

Three, or four, species (18, 23, 186) were used as “ staple
food,’ and many others were given to M. solely to eke
out the less edible insects. It was not at first intended to
list these, but I have done so; and as no particular note was
taken of them they have not been given species numbers.

Seeing that the Acrididae were with few exceptions
procryptic, the more interest attaches to those that are
not, viz. 5, 16, 22, 155, 214.

It is noteworthy that in these five species the wings are
absent or undeveloped, or when present are brightly
coloured and very materially aid in the aposematic effect :
in the case of No. 16 the insect especially displays them
when alarmed (Obs. 160). In 1915 I saw precisely the
same use made of the wings by the same species when
threatened by a fowl. The fowl ran up to the grasshop-
per, which remained apparently unconcerned until the fowl
was close, when it raised the tegmina and wings vertically,
spreading out the latter to show the brilliant tints. The fowl
halted, gazed at the grasshopper, turned round and walked
away. Another day a specimen was killed and laid on the
ground, the coloured wings being concealed in the position
of rest. Fowls pecked at it but obviously found it very
tough, and though they pulled it about ate none of it.

el
“se .
ye

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 55

In January 1919 I had another young monkey, probably
of the same species as M., and offered it one day several
Acridiidae. She seized two specimens of medium size,
one in each hand, and bit off their heads. But the first
one did not seem altogether pleasant to the taste, and she
did not eat it; its wings were tinted with carmine. Before
eating the second specimen she pulled apart the wing-
covers and displayed its wings. In this species they were
colourless, and the whole was eaten (cp. Obs. 272). Next day
I gave her first of all another of the carmine-winged species.
She took it rather hesitatingly, although she hadn’t seen its
wings, did not bite off its head but rather slowly bit off
one leg, munched it, and then dropped the grasshopper. ~

Two other, larger, very favourite Acridiidae were then
offered; one she let escape, the other, as I persuaded her,
was at length taken and its head bitten off. It was eaten
slowly at first, but with increasing satisfaction, for obviously
she distrusted it at first after the experience of the carmine-
winged specimen.

This question brings us to the coloration of the wings
in other species which were not found to be distasteful,
noted in Obs. 33, 44, 45, 118. The meaning has already

‘been discussed in the note on Obs. 272; I believe that

the interpretation of these cases is that the very obviously
coloured wings serve to attract attention when the insect
flies, and when it very suddenly drops the eye fixes the
point where the colour was last seen.

But the insect is not there, having always crawled away
to hide, when its procryptic tegmina cover the bright wings.

These coloured wings, however, may form a starting-
point for the development of an aposematic scheme of
colour as shown in species No. 16, which was found to use
them aposematically in Obs. 160; and species No, 58
appears to be in a transitional stage. For though this
species is procryptic, its wings appeared to be taken as
an aposeme by the monkey, who certainly found the grass-
hopper somewhat distasteful (cp. also the 1919 observation).

It would appear that it is an advantage to the definitely
aposematic species to lose the wings; in only two did they
function as organs of flight (16 and 155).

A very interesting species is No. 91; a huge procryptic
absolutely apterous female, which has been discussed in
the note under Obs. 193. It appears to be slightly dis-
tasteful and its colour scheme is such that a mere change
of shade, not pattern, might make it definitely aposematic.

‘

a at tS ii ae rl yous Pe abet tn! RET
,

rf Rs

2,
<

-

hal

56 Dr. G. D, H. Carpenter’s Laperiments on

Edi-

Bp. | Obs. No. Name. UAC, bility Remarks.

No.

Locustidae (Tettigoniidae),
176 | 362,408 | Gymmoproctus sp. P © Absolutely wingless with
] spiny thorax, grey-green,
very stout-bodied and
sluggish, immature.

203 | 427,429, | Pantolepta heteromorpha| PP + | Leaf-green, wingless, im-
| 557 Karsch, mature.
267 | 556 «| Poecilogramma sp. A —— | Blue-green with yellow

markings, aposematic,
apterous, immature ?.

? PP ++
487 "g ieleg + | (possibly same as 203.)
537 ? idle ch
372 ? EP + | Leaf-green.
449 2 Pat SS Facteal ass | TP as
450 2 PAE. 24 Steet Ss do90 Ais

General notes on the LocUSTIDAR (TETTIGONIIDAE).

All of the above species were of the type with short
fat bodies, all save one (176) of small size. Except for
176 and 267 they were bright green and extremely pro-
cryptic, but M. sometimes did not appear to eat them with
much relish. In some cases the adult female is apterous.

It is of interest that another type of Locustid with
long slender bodies, also green and sometimes brown,
very procryptic, was always found extremely edible by
my monkey on L. Victoria, who would eat them until
his overfilled stomach rejected them! One specimen was
identified as Conocephaloides mandibularis Charp. These
Locustids are known to the Baganda as “ Senene” and
are esteemed by them as food. They often appear suddenly
in long grass in large numbers.

— | A large, black female.

{ |
| Gryllidae.
248 | 504 Gryllus sp. | (6)

This cricket, found by M., was half eaten, and discarded.
Though monkeys may sometimes meet with crickets among
dead leaves, etc., yet their nocturnal and burrowing habits
render it unlikely that they serve as food to any extent.

NEUROPTERA.

Termitidae.

92 | 198, 267 ? C + A species which comes
out of its holes in the
ground and runs about
even in the sun. It

makes no hills.
Hemerobiidae.
213 | 445, 450 | Hagenomyia tristis Walk. C +

This Myrmeleonid had a smell somewhat like that of
our lace-wing fly, and rather to my surprise it was eaten.

the Relative Bdsbility: of Insects.

s HYMENOPTERA.

57

| Colour. |

Edi-

8 Name. "bitty. Remarks,
onidae.

dns These three ‘ Ichneu-

' mon-flies’’ were all
eee aposematic
Eon aoe : a 2 but were readily
eaten one after
247 502 ? AA wt another.
Further experiments
are neeaed,
Apidae.
125 284° | Apis mellifica L., var.| A ©
adansoni Latr. Both these stinging in-
sects were rubbed on

Vespidae. the ground.

124 282 Rhynchium sp.,unnamed| AA ©
in Br. Mus.

Formicidae. M.’s fear of these power-
fully stinging, large,
black ants is shown

53 | 100, 249 | Megaponera foetens F. GD eo by his leaping across
a column on the
march,
22 @) + |The winged adults of a
4 Le gk j a small black ant which
M. caught for himself in
the air and ate,
280 ? ? + |f In neither case could I
; 365 ? ? + |\ — see the insect plainly,
1didae.
: 278 585 ag AA + |M. ate this and escaped
) being stung.
; Scoliidae. f t
179 368 Elis donaldsoni Fox. AA + |M. ate this, which he
7 found when hunting.
:
3 The results with these
> aposematic, power-
fully stinging insects
seem contradictory,
The first that M. ate
- stung him in spite of
| Mute. usenet
8 14 | Mutilla, not in Br. Mus. | AA | @ iddiately atteracdie
9} 15 4 be BA | he refused another
84 | 172,174 | Mutilla, not in Br. Mus. AA | species; the next
atin cs 152 327 ; ne : _| AA ae one was absolutely
257 529 Dolichomutilla guineensis| AA 3 refused; some time
B, afterwards another
was eaten readily,
and again another
which he persisted in
eating in spite of
having been stung,
although he had just
eaten a number of
\ insects.
Immature stages.
161 342 Larvae and pupae of a ++ |A large number eaten
large solitary wasp. with relish, to repletion.
53 | 369, 383, | Cocoons of Megaponera, +-+ | Always eaten with relish.
425
lil 241 ‘| Parasitic cocoons. AA |———| A cluster of minute shin-

ing white cocoons was
absolutely ignored.

hall

58 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

General remarks on the HyMENOPTERA.

Monkeys are most likely to meet with ants and Mutillidae.

M. evidently recognises Hymenoptera as a group to be
feared, for he rubbed several violently on the ground and
took especial care to avoid Megaponera.

Yet I think that there is little evidence of their being
actually distasteful in any of the observations; when the
monkey did eat one he showed no signs of dislike, and
even the three Braconids were eaten without hesitation,
considerably to my surprise.

A point of considerable interest is that the larvae and
pupae of the ant Megaponera were eaten with greatest
relish. If the adults were inherently distasteful one would
expect to find evidence of it in the pupae at least. One
is inclined to think that Hymenoptera may be protected
by their stinging power rather than by distastefulness.*

COLEOPTERA,
2 | | er |
a0) | Obs. No. Name. Colour. uate | Remarks.
| Lamellicornia. |
Scarabaeidea,
| Copridae.
105 | 220 | Phalopslaminifrons Fairm. 1 eee} © Bright green.
130 | 291 ? O |———) Dull grey, one of the
smallest ‘ ball-rollers,”’
137 302 | Onthophagus sp. A |———) Dull black.
{ \

General remarks on the CopRIDAE.

They were all absolutely refused by the monkey, which
is not surprising if their habits be considered. Many
emit a foul odour when handled, their distasteful quality
is not recognised by all observers, for I shot a roller in
1910 that had several large green Coprids in its crop and
nothing else.

Trogidae.
231 476 Trox incultus Boh. iP —— | A dull grey beetle, found
on old bones and skins.
The remarks made on
the Copridae apply to ;
them also.
pana Came to light. Both
114 | 251, 283 | Schizonycha sp. Canes vere eae
233 478 Schizonycha sp. as above. C + why they ehonidl ba
refused.

*See, however, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1904, pp. 644-9.—E.B.P.

=
<

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 59
Pps Obs. No. Name. Colour. bility. | Remarks,
Cetoniidae. a
11 18 Glycyphana balteataDrury., AA An outlying member of
© | the Lycoid colour-scheme,
134 297 v4 A |——-—) Bright greenish-yellow.
140 | 314, 582 | Diplognatha silicia Macl. A —--—-— Polished black, or dull
| chocolate brown.
153 | 328,379, | Lewcocelis haemorrhoi-| AA \|——— | Small and abundant,
394 dalis F. | green,
194 400 Rhabdotis sobrina G. and P © | Inconspicuous,
12h
237 491 Pachnoda picturata Boh. AA |———| Yellow.
249 515 Plaesiorrhina trivittata | AA —— | Black with large whitish
Sch, patches,

The Cetoniidae were universally condemned by M., being
placed in the minus class without exception. The majority
given were conspicuous, and they fly with a very loud
noise. No. 153 was noticed to exude a drop of milky
fluid when handled. No. 11 is somewhat synaposematic
with the Lycidae.

Hybosoridae.
190 | 393, 401 | Phaeochrous sp. C ———| Dark brown, found on
old bones.

General remarks on the LAMELLICORNIA.

Broadly speaking, all the Lamellicorn beetles were
much disliked by the monkey.

Both these active, carni-

Caraboidea. yorous beetles, pro-

Cicindelidae. cryptic, were eaten,

20 30 ? PP <>) though one was rub-
oie bed on the ground

first, as if it were
recognised as an in-

|
|
163 348 ? Be
|
| sect that might bite.

Remarks on the CicINDELIDAE.

Seeing that the Cicindelidae met with were inoffensive,
and several species seemed to mimic the offensive Carabidae,

it is interesting that the monkey found the two species
offered to him decidedly edible.

60 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Ee | Obs. No. | Name. Colour. bility. Remarks.
Carabidae.
15 22 Anthia striatopunctata A |——-—) This powerful beetle so
Guér. frightened M. that he
ran away from it.
25 35 Polyhirma sp., not in Br. A = | Not a formidable species,
Mus. but M. showed extreme
dislike.
45 65 =| Polyhirmacalliaudi Casteln.. A |———) Medium-sized, dull black,
with white marks.

274 572 Probably same as 40. A @® Eaten I think to get rid
of an unpleasant neigh-
bour,

$5 176 Scarites superciliosus Kl. A —-—-—) Flat, polished black, with
powerful jaws.

269 561 Scarites sp. A ——-— Like 85. Both probably
subterranean,

117 | 254, 415, | Harpalus or genus near. (0) @ Small, dark, retiring

479 species. M. ate it on
| one occasion when
hungry, but showed it
was distasteful by rub-
bing his hands on the

ground afterwards.

168 354 Piezia sp., not in Br. Mus. A |——-—) Black, with dull white
markings.

abrir 363 Tefflus sp. A © lA very large and formid-

able black species.

235 484 Eccoptoptera cupricollis; AA | @® |M. apparently at first
Chaud. mistook this for a Mu-
tilla which it much re-
sembles. This mimetic
beetle seems to have
lost the characteristic
Carabid odour which
perhaps explains why
M. ate it without sign
of dislike.

89 180 Like 117. o + | M. was very hungry for
insects, as he had had
none for several days.
149 | 324 ? A + | Medium-sized, delicate,
dull black, with brown
pubescent markings on

elytra.

166 352 ? A © Medium-sized, _ polished
| black.

229 | 474, 552 ? | © | Small, black, found under
stones.

100 212 Larva. © Thin and agile, polished

black, but not formid-
able in appearance.

|

General remarks on the CARABIDAE.

This family of ground-beetles is very likely to be met
with by monkeys when turning over dead leaves, sticks,
stones, etc.; the species have a characteristic habit of
ejecting from the tip of the abdomen a very ill-smelling
or even acrid fluid, which in one case (Obs. 22) produced
an unpleasant burning sensation on myself. In certain
species (e.g. our English “bombardier”’) the fluid is so
volatile that it produces a little puff of smoke with an

a

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 61

audible noise. The larger species have formidable jaws.
It is therefore no matter for surprise that M. showed the
strongest dislike to eight of the fourteen species offered
him, and to three others a certain amount of dislike.
Three others were eaten without evidence of distaste, but
in one case there was stress of hunger; one of them was
small and delicately made, and perhaps not odoriferous,
while the other (235) was a mimic and had certainly lost
the Carabid odour.

Besides this very close mimic I think that 25, 45, 168, are
of a type of colouring approaching the Mutillid aposeme,
though this did not strike me at the time. Dr. G. A. K.
Marshall figures some of them in his paper on the bionomics
of §. African insects (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp.
511-5, pl. xvii, figs. 1-20).

The contrast between the treatment allotted to Cicindelidae
and to Carabidae is interesting, seeing that species of Cicin-
delids met with seemed sometimes to mimic Carabidae.

It is also worth noting that the polished black larva
(Obs. 212) was treated as extremely distasteful. This
may be compared with the remarks on the Hymenoptera
in their immature stages.

Bes Obs. No. Name. Colour. ities | Remarks.
Polymorpha.
Silphidae.
199 | 419, 440 | Stlpha micans F. A —— | A sea-green beetle found
| on a giraffe skull,

Exactly the same remarks may be made of this and the
following family as of the Copridae.

Histeridae.
21 | 31,304 | Hister validus Hrichs. A © Plat, smooth, polished
black.
135 299 Saprinus rasselas Mars. A ———| Greenish- black. Found
under a bone.
136 | 300, 303 | Saprinus cruciatus T. AA \|———|Bright orange elytra.
Found with above.
Coccinellidae.
50 | 74, 121, | Alesta striata F. | LS Pink and black.:\Common

dal, 559 | on grass tips.

98 | 207,370, | Bpilachna chrysomelina F. A | +-+ | Dull orange, black spots.
410 Very abundant. Emitted
acrid yellow fluid from
joints when handled.
254 | 521, 526 | Epilachna paykulli Muls. A + Dull pink, black dots.
Very abundant.
51 83 ? A + Bright pink and yellow
with black marks. M.
chose this for himself
when out hunting.
AA + |Shining black, two red
spots. Emitted yellow
fluid.

88 179

HF

‘

62 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

General remarks on the COCCINELLIDAE.

The “ladybirds,” for all their small size, appeared to
be typically aposematic. These beetles with their bright
colours, bold markings, habits of living freely exposed and
of emitting acrid yellow fluid, might be expected to be
condemned; yet M. ate several without sign of dislike and
one quite eagerly. More experiments would be of interest.

Sp Edi- |

No. | Obs. No. Name. Des ae bility. | Remarks,
| |
Malacodermidae.
Lycidae,
10 | 16,29 | Lycus constrictus Fahr. AA |———
86 | 177,181, | Chlamydolycus trabeatus AA |———|In the ¢ the elytra
201, 230,/ Guér. | enormously expanded,

416 |
198 | 417, 437 | Merolycus femoralis Bourg.) AA ———
218 | 455 Merolycus dentipes Dalm.) AA ———

var. flavoscapularis
Bourg.
236 485 Merolycus podagricus Bourg. AA (———
? 367 3 AA |'—-——

General remarks on the Lycrpar.

These beetles have a single scheme of colouring; orange
or orange-brown with limbs black or black and orange,
and tips of the elytra black. They have in a typical
degree the habits of aposematic insects and freely and
fearlessly expose themselves. Large numbers may be
found congregated on a single flowering shrub. Dr.
G. A. K. Marshall has drawn attention to the large number
of insects of all classes that have been influenced by this
predominant type, and several are dealt with in these
experiments (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 515-8, pl.
xviii, figs 1-52). The monkey put all the Lycidae in the
most distasteful class. Twelve observations were made
and only twice were these beetles tasted (Obs. 416, 417)
under influence of hunger. Sp. No. 198 was tasted once
and absolutely refused on the second occasion, when M.
was less hungry. A rank odour was noted in Obs. 29.

[ |
|

| | Lampyridae. | .
49 | 73 | Luciolasp.,notin Br.Mus.| OC |——— A light grey and dull
| | yellow ‘‘ firefly.’
283 600 | Larva. | A |——— Black and pink; like

laryal ‘* glow-worm,”
|

Remarks on LAMPYRIDAE.

It is to be expected that fireflies and glow-worms are
distasteful, or else they would soon be destroyed by bats.
The distastefulness of the larva is interesting.

oe

tees.

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 63

a Obs. No. Name. Colour. bey Remarks.

Melyridae.
63 | 123, 132,] Genusnear Prionocerussp.| AA |———|A Lycoid species very
506, 551 with pattern of P.| abundant and conspicu-
dimidiatus, but not in Br. ous on grass tops. Emits
Mus. yellow oil when handled,
Elateridae.
27 37 ? P + |A dark brown species
that came to light,
Buprestidae,
43 | 62, 67, Sternocera pulchra Waterh, A + A large blue-green species
70, 101, with orange pubescence :
151, 169, quite conspicuous, flies
386 | with loud hum.
129 290 SternoceraboucardiSaund.| A — | Extremely conspicuous :
| the largest species
offered. Grey-green,
spotted with yellow
pubescence,
47 | 69,570 | Agrilus discolor Fahr. PeaeAl + | Brightly coloured; rather
} like acommon scheme of
colouring in Hemiptera.

240 494 Agrilus beryllinus Fahy. PP ++ | Small, bright green.

95 203 Sphenoptera sp. levee Small, dull purplish-brown.

242 | 497, 593 | Sphenoptera disjuncta iP ++ | Dull bronze; sits rather

Pahr. | close on twigs; quick to
| take alarm,

164 349 Acmoeodera sp., not in Br. C + | Small, greenish - yellow,

Mus. | black markings.
183 | 378, 566, | Steraspis sp., not in Br. a +-+ | Dull bronze; freely ex-
605 Mus. +-+ | posed on foliage.

224 | 465, 573 | Agelia peteli Gory. AA -+--- | Extremely conspicuous on
foliage; large, black,
with greenish-white and
orange blotches.

260 539 Discoderes sp., not in Br.| PP +-+ | See description—a pecu-

Mus. liar species,

General remarks on the BUPRESTIDAE.

From the point of view of the present paper this family
is rather puzzling. On the whole these beetles are con-
sidered as edible; but the monkey seemed to find them
very hard.

Sp. No. 43 was not eaten with zest at first, and the
successive observations show that when the monkey had
learnt to break up the beetle it was eaten readily. This,
and the other large species, No. 129, appear to have a
means of defence by pinching between the posterior edge of
the dorsum of the thorax and anterior edge of the elytra.

When the beetle is handled this gap is opened widely
(Obs. 62), and the monkey on one occasion got his tongue
severely pinched (Obs. 70).

The larger species fly with a loud buzz and are extremely
conspicuous on the wing. The undoubted hardness of
the Buprestidae may be the quality with which their
aposematic colours are associated, for they do not seem
to be actually distasteful.

Ss r 4
’ *
64 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on
4 -
g |
No. Obs. No, Name. Colour. Me pa Remarks,
| Heteromera.
Tenebrionidae.
13 20, 134, Macropoda transversalis A + Rotund, large, black,very
228, 472 Kolbe. active beetles, which
run about freely and
may often be seen

24 | 34,145 | Physophrynus, sp. n. A © feeding on dead grass-

hoppers, ete.

36 | 53,375 | Lamprobothris — fossulata a@ |—— |Dull_ purple shagreen,

Mill. small.

46 | 68,334 | Vieta Sp. ? vestita Gory. is © Light earth-brown; fine
upstanding bristles on
elytra.

69 | 133, 558 | Rhytinota gracilis Gerst. A + | Smooth, polished black.

225 | _- 467 Tihytinota acuticollis Pairm.| A —— A es as

167 | 353, 452 | Anomalipus heraldicus a ——-—| Large, grey, flat, sluggish.

Gerst.

182 | 376, 496 | Praogena splendens Mikl.| A |———!| pull purple: freely ex-
posed,

192 396, 516, | Anchophthalmus clathratus © Grey or black, like a

575 Gerst. Silphid in shape.
215 | 447, 471, | Catamerus revoili Fairm. AA © | Large, dull blue-black,
531 sluggish.
220 458 Zophosis pterygomalis ie} —— | A flat grey species running
Gebien, about actively. :
289 614 8) 3h Like a large ground-weevil,
| dark grey. [Fragmen-
tary: may be a weevil:]

156 336 Larvae, possibly of 215. A — | Gregarious, freely exposed

on twig, blue-black.

59

General remarks on the TENEBRIONIDAE.

The beetles of this family, unattractive and of sombre
hue, are often likely to be met with on the ground by
monkeys, and some are extremely common.

Not one of the twelve species given to M. was regarded as
really edible, and only three were eaten with great doubt.

It is also interesting to note that the larvae of one
species were rejected.

Lagriidae, |
114, 209, rhodesiana Pé-

513, 533

Lagria
ring.
}

|

| Meloidae.

11, 111, Coryna dorsalis Gerst.

156, 271
12,347 Mylabris tristigma Gerst.,

1) awe’. |

495 | Mylabris amplectans Gerst.
42 | Cyaneolytta coelestina
Haag.

a

AA
AA

AA
AA

|

—— |A dull, purplish-brown,
small beetle, very com-
mon on grass tops.

——— Black with yellow marks.
—-—— Black and orange.

eee Black and orange.
Like an “ oil-beetle,” dull
purple.
|

Remarks on the MeLoIDArE.

These beetles fulfil all the canons of typically aposematic
insects; they were found feeding freely exposed on flower
petals, except No. 32, which, having no wings, has only

wa Cea bas tae

ae

ee ee

it SS ae

i

the Relative Edability of Insects. 65

been seen crawling on the ground like our English “ oil-
beetle.” The others fly with a sonorous buzz. M. put
them all in the most distasteful class, and on the only
occasion when he bit one was in a frolicsome mood and
had no idea of eating it; he made wry faces afterwards
(Obs. 42). On only one occasion did he seem even to notice
these common and very conspicuous beetles when out
hunting (Obs. 271).

The quality which protects these beetles, which seem
to come very near absolute inedibility, is brought to its
highest perfection in the “ oil-beetles ”’ and allied Cantha-
ridae or blister-beetles.

It is seen that the Heteromera given to or encountered
by the monkey were all of them regarded as distasteful.

ae Obs. No. | Name. Colour. bility. Remarks.
Phytophaga. |
Sagridae.
197 | 413, 459 | Sagrasp., notin Br. Mus. AA j}—-——/ A large dull, blue-black
| species.
Megalopidae. |
195 | 407, 509, | Poecilomorpha apicata: AA ——-—|-A “ Lycoid”’ species,
588 Fairm.
Clytridae. |
2 | 2,4, 48, | Clytra wahlbergi Lac.
52, 124 AA |——-—) Black and scarlet.
271 567 Tituboca sansibarica
Lefevr. A = Yellow-brown, four black
272 568 Diapromor pha(Peploptera) dots.
sp. nr, curvilinea Jac. a ——-—| Greenish-brown, black
S lines,
Cryptocephalidae. |-
72 141 ? les HALAS + Black and searlet.
116 253 Cryptocephalus sp., not in A —— | Black and lemon yellow.
Br. Mus.
Eumolpidae. |
12 i9 Pseudocolaspis sp. C + | Dull bronze, pubescent,
150 | 325, 411 | Colasposoma sp. | @ |.-+ | Dull bronze, rounded,
| freely exposing itself,
188 | 389, 402, | Huryope batesi Jac, | AA | © | Bright orange with black
422, 456, limbs; extremely com-
486, 617 ) mon and conspicuous,
193 397, 514, | Corynodes usambicus Klb.) A + | Bronze green, thorax
612 tinted with purple.
216 | 453, 511, | Corynodes raffrayi Lefevr. | AA © | Very like 188, but dull red
589, 616 } rather than orange,
Chrysomelidae. | ;
48 | 72, 208,| Prob. a Lygaria, not in Br.| A + | Pink a black, rather
214 Mus. | like a ladybird.
217 454 Chrysomela sp. a ——w—) Round, dull bronze, ex-
poses itself freely.
Halticidae.
3 | 3,10, 155| Physodactyla gerstaeckeri | AA —— | Orange, ae black limbs,
4 Jac, like 188.
76 152 Prob. Blepharidasp.,notin P -+_ | Speckled brown and grey.
Br. Mus. |
14 | 21,51, 78) Polyclada(Diamphidia)sp.,|. AA + | Orange head and thorax,
not in Br, Mus. , black elytra.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTSI, 11. (OCT.) F

66 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

ah | nas

a Obs. No, Name. Colour. bility.| + Remarks.

258 | 530,597 | Diamphidia sp. nr. femor-| AA —— | Orange with black limbs,

alis Gerst. like 188. Rather shy.
Galerucidae.

37 54 Megalognatha sp. AA |= ——j|Small, black and light
brown; pregnant female
has the swollen abdomen

| bright yellow.

54 | 102,202, | Diacantha conifera Fairm.| AA |——-—| Orange and black like a

| 457, 535 Lycid.

196 | 409, 418 | Diacantha sp. nr. conifera.| AA |———|Like above but paler
| yellow.

180 374 Diacantha petersi Bertol. A ———_) Gravid female with swollen
| orange abdomen and
| green elytra.

17 | 153 Ootheca mutabilis Sahlb. | A — | Orange thorax, blue elytra.

279 |. 586 Pxosoma ugandaensis Jac. | A ———/Small brown and _ black,

gregarious,
Cassididae.
1 | 1,9, 154 | Cassida sp. AA —— | Orange with black spots.

38 | 55, 59, | Aspidomorpha hybrida| A —— | Bronzy-green.

| 426, 434, soh.
512 | |

251} 517 Aspidomorpha quadri- | A ——-~| Tinted with pink, and

maculata Oliv. with small black spots.

284 601 Aspidomorpha praccox Boh.| A ———| Dull crimson with black

pattern.

280 590 2 A ——— _ Fiery orange-pink, spotted

with black.
Family unknown.
131 292 Larva. AA —— Dull pink, feeding gregari-
; | | ously on a web.

160 341 Larva. AA — | Large, dull black with

orange head.

General remarks on the CHRYSOMELIDAR and their allies.

Thirty-one species were offered, including two larvae,
and all save one were treated as more or less distasteful.
Almost all of them were aposematic, and specimens of
Apes families formed synaposematic groups, e.g. No.

2 (Clytridae) and No. 72 (Cryptocephalidae) were black and
scarlet; Nos. 188 and 216 (Eumolpidae), Nos. 3 and 258
(Halticidae) were orange with black limbs; No. 195 (Mega-
lopidae), No. 54 (Galerucidae) were of the Lycoid type of
coloration; and one Chrysomelid (No. 48) was very like a
“lady bird. ” The sole Sagrid tested was much like our
ahhptish ‘ ploody-nosed beetle” in general appearance,
habits, and conspicuousness.

It is of interest that two species of larvae, both apose-
matic, were also classed as distasteful.

The Cassididae are particularly interesting, for some, such
as our English common green species, must undoubtedly
be classed as procryptic, yet the monkey had no doubt
about the distastefulness of five species offered him on
eleven occasions.

Le
-

iy sie Seals ea eS IR, Colne tt gh cael aaa aaa rot na EN OL

=

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 67
i Obs. No. Name. Colour. a Remarks.
Cerambycidae. |
244 | 499,598, |} Anubis (Oligosmerus) lim- C ete Small, bright green, with
603, balis Har. fragrant smell.
Lamiidae.
52 | 98,99 Dirphya similis Gah. AA — | Black and orange, slender,
3raconoid,
75 | 147, 348, | Phantasis zanzibarica a + Of very unusual form and
Ne 390 Gerst., or closely allied habits; dull black; prob-
sp. ably mimetic of the hard
weevil No. 74.
226 468 ? ie + Dull blue-black, spotted
with buff.
255 524 ? PP ++ | Bark-brown with two
whitish blotches.
259 538 ? PE + Grey.
263 542 Spilotragus xanthus Jord. Oo + Small, light grey and
yellow: Possibly some-
what Hymenopteroid.

General remarks on the LONGICORNS.

These beetles are extremely likely to be met with by
monkeys, and in one case (Obs. 468) the monkey seemed
clearly to recognise the edibility of the beetle from a
distance. A large species of Lamiid mimicking a common
type of Braconid was definitely classed as distasteful.

The very abnormal species 75 seemed to me definitely
to be mimicking a large and very hard ground-weevil
found almost at the same time and place on the same day ;
it has only been found walking slowly on the ground.
The only Cerambycid tested was a very abundant bright
green species with characteristic odour, but I was unable
to class its coloration. When found on yellow composite
flowers it was very conspicuous, yet among green foliage
it must be well concealed; its behaviour, however, is not
that of a typically procryptic insect.

Every one of the species offered stridulated by strong
nutation of the thorax except No. 75, but the monkey
seemed to take no notice of this save in Obs. 98.

| Curculionidae.

66 127 Apoderus balteatus Pér., C +-++ | Yellow with pink elytra;
| var. perhaps resembles a leaf-
| gall. ;

68; —130 Microcerus sp. nr. annu- Pe ++ | Stone-colour.
liger Har.

221 460, 562 | Microcerus spiniger Gerst. C -+ | Black, very hard.
96 205 Attelabus pustula Anc. ssl 2 +E Resembles red leaf-gall.
165 | = 350 Larinus sp. LPP + Soft browns and greens.

Striped longitudinally dark
and light.

+
202 423 Alcides leucogrammus Er. Teale +--+
+ | Black, speckled with
+
4-

97 206, 257, | Tsaniris sp., probably new. 12 +
268, 492
252; 518 Blosyrus haroldi Hartm. PP +
253 | 519, 613) Lizus sp. P +

whitish.
Stone-colour.
Large, covered with yellow

bloom.

-

68 Dr, G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

|
Ne Obs. No. Name. Colour, sity | Remarks.
261 540 | Baris sp. p + -+ | Small, black.
281 594 | Alcides sp. PP. +--+ | Dark bark-brown.
26 36 ? PE. +-+- | A ground-weevil of earthy
| | colour, hard, rugose.
74 146 ? a + | Very large, dull grey,
| sluggish, very hard,
146 | 321, 332 ? P. ++ | Black, speckled with
whitish.
204 432 ? PP +--+ | Soft browns and greens.
285 604 | ? PP +-+ | Light grey with longi-
tudinal dark stripes.

General remarks on the CURCULIONIDAE.

These beetles appear to be eminently edible, and pro-
cryptic. Only two species were treated at all doubtfully
and both appeared to be very hard; one of them (74)
seems to be a model for the abnormal Longicorn 75. (See
Obs. 147.)

It is hardly possible to get a more interesting contrast
than that between the weevils and the group of Chryso-
melidae and the allied Phytophaga.

The weevils are P and +, the latter A and —. The
table in Section III of this paper shows this very graphic-
ally. Yet both are vegetarian and have similar habits in
the adult state. It was particularly interesting in the
field to find side by side on the same plants the Kumolpid
188 (AA —) and the weevil 253 (P-+--++), one relying for
protection upon advertisement, the other upon concealment.

|
LEPIDOPTERA.
Danaidae
286A 606 Danaida chrysippus L. AA | + | Orange-brown with black-
and-white tip.
286B) 609 Do. form dorippus Klug. Ao} + All orange-brown.
Satyridae. |
107 223 Neocoenyra prob. gregorit P | + | Brown, with reddish
Butl. | ‘** Bye-spots.”
Acraeidae.
104 | 219,225, | Acraea caldarena Hew., f. AA —— | Foran Acraea this is wary
317 neluska Oberth, and difficult to catch.
141 315 Acraea neobule Dbl. AA _ Both these are thinly
sealed, black and pink,
Nymphalidae.
80 163 Precis clelia, aa? M. took no notice of this
when hunting; if he did
} | perceive it, it should be
| in ——— class,
93 | 199, 293, | Precis cebrene Trim. jr ++ Large orange blotches on
481 | dark ground,
151 326 Precis sesamus (2). A | + This wet-season salmon
’ | pink form is held by
| Prof. Poulton to be
synaposematic,
171 357 Precis antilope Feisth. @) A + | Closely resembles the
= simia Wallgrn. above,

Prarie i

Uy,

the Relatwe Edibility of Insects. 69
SP. | Obs. N Name Colour | Hdi- Remarks
at ale ; "| bility. i
173 359 Precis natalica Veld. P | ++ | Black and brown.
113 250 Hypolimmnas misippusL.,g. A | ? M. when out hunting

made no effort to catch

this, which was sitting
| on the ground,

120 260 Hypolimnas misippusL.,?.. AA | + Mimics 286A.

211 443 * :, misippus L., A - Mimics 286B.

Q f. inaria. |

169 355 Neptis agatha Cram. A |~ + |Conspicuous black and
| white.

General remarks on the NYMPHALIDAE.

For the purposes of this article the coloration classified
is that of the wnder-side, which is of most importance, since
it is all that shows when the butterfly is in the condition
of complete rest. Thus many Precis are brightly coloured
above, but very procryptic below. It is interesting that
the Acraea seemed more distasteful than Danaida chrysip-
pus, and that Hypolimnas misippus, synaposematic with
the latter, was put at about the same level.

Precis sesamus and P. antilope, the wet-season aposematic
forms, were not treated as distasteful.

Lycaenidae.

|
62 119 Axiocerces harpax F. | ieP. | ++ |
| |

I have not offered Lycaenids to the monkey because
their very small size makes them hardly worth while;
their edibility to birds is another matter. But the above
species (upper surface richly copper-coloured, under surface
russet-brown) is of some especial interest, owing to the fact
that the curiously twisted “tails” on the hind-wing aid
very greatly in the procrypsis when the butterfly is in the
position of complete rest for the night. The following
quotation from an entry in my journal of January 13th,
1917, illustrates this: “ Several species of Lycaenids were
seen disposed for the night on shrubs, among them No. 62,
which is very common here; this wasa 2. Both antennae
projected straight out in front just above the surface of
the leaf on which the butterfly sat. The fore-wings were
completely covered by the hind-wings except for their
extreme tips; the third silver spot on the costa (counting
from the tip) being half covered by the hind-wing, and
half exposed. The tails on the hind-wings projected
almost vertically (in a line almost directly above the base
of the abdomen, the whole of which was exposed) and

-
70 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s HLaperiments on

were not close together. After I had seen this specimen
at rest I twice thought that bits of twisted dead leaves
on other bushes were butterflies of this species.” I may
add that when the Lycaenid is flitting about and settles
temporarily this attitude is not adopted ; the tails then
project backwards, and the antennae upwards as is usual.

BB Obs. No. | Name. Colour. re Remarks.
| Pieridae. |
103 218 Terias senegalensis Boisd. P + Greenish-yellow.
106} 221 Teracolus evagore Klug., f. Pie | Orange-tipped above;
antigone Boisd. \ below often suffused
| | J with pinkish or brown-
108 | 224 Teracolus achine Cram. | P ge ish scales.
132 | 294 Teracolus vesta Reiche. P | + | Yellowish-white, black
| tips.
212 | 444,545 | Zeracolus eris Klug. Big +--+ | White, black bar on f.w.
| | and bistre tip.
170 | 356,580, | Mylothris agathina Cram. A + | Bright orange yellow with
| 608 | | red ** flush.’
142-| 316, 442 | Pinacopteryx simuna | P ++ | White, suffused beneath
Hopftf. +4 with grey scales.
172 | 358,510, | Belenois mesentina Cram. | P Black and white above;
578 Ml beneath chequered black
| and white with yellowish
| | ground tint.
174 | 360, 577 | Catopsilia florella Vabr. Pp + | Greenish-white.
264 | 544,579 | ELronia cleodora Wiibn. PP | + | See Obs. 544 for descrip-
tion.

General remarks on the PIERIDAE.

On the whole the monkey seemed to find them not un-
pleasant, but was rather doubtful about No. 170, the only
aposematic speciés offered. The same doubt was mani-
fested towards the most procryptic of all (No. 264) and
its near relation 174. It must be remembered that, as
with other butterflies, the classification of their coloration
is founded upon the wnder surfaces of the wings.

No. 170 is very conspicuous on the wing, and when the
butterfly is drinking from mud the orange-red flush at
base of hind-wing offers an easily recognisable mark; the
*mud-drinker’s aposeme.”’

The apparent slight distastefulness of the highly pro-
cryptic 264 is rather unexpected.

The Pierines generally become much more procryptic in
the dry season, when the under surface acquires a suffusion
with pinkish, brown, or grey scales, causing them to harmon-
ise admirably with the tints of the dried grass among
which they settle.

the Relative Edibility of Insects.

71

+

i

| Edi-

a Obs. No Name. Colour. pitty. Remarks.
Papilionidae
121 262 Papilio angolanus Goeze. A + Black and white with
good deal of red at base.
147 322 Papilio leonidas \. AA + | Mimetie of Melinda peti-
verana Dbl.-Hew.
Hesperidae.
4 6 ? +-+ | One of the small black-
and-white species.

29 39 Rhopalocampta forestan Cr. + |The large white patch on
the under-side of the
dusky wings makes it
uncertain how to classify
this butterfly.

265 547 Cyclopides willemt 1 + Frequents long grass;
Wallgm. marked with radiating
streaks.
Heterocera.
Zygaenidae.
234 482 Neurosymploca xantho- A —— |A dull greenish-black
soma Jord. species. See below.
262 | 541,543, | Neurosymploce xantho- AA |——-—| Black, with bright yellow
o74 soma Jord. abdomen which particu-
larly attracted M.’s atten-
tion.
Agaristidae.
209 441 Xanthospilopteryx superba) AA + Black, crimson, and dull
Butl. yellow; flight typically
e aposematic,
Hypsidae.
- 237 607 Argina amanda Bd. AA — | Bright orange speckled
: with black,
y Notodontidae.
' 184 | 382, 414 | Anaphe ambrizia Butl. AA + | Creamy white with coarse
brown pattern. Sits
; freely exposed on leaves.
Noctuidae.
122 275 ? C + | Large dark brown moth
; with conspicuous pale
eye-like markings. M.

endeavoured to catch
this when hunting.

General remarks on the Morus.
All the aposematic species were treated as distasteful.

The Hypsid was adjudged more distasteful than D. chrysvp-
pus, which is of interest since some of the moths of this
family enter into synaposematic relations with other
species of Lepidoptera.

LeprpopTERA—(continued).

Larvae.
| Sphingidae.
Deilephila ? Pp
Saturnidae.
? AA
? AA
Lasiocampidae.
? A
Arctiidae.
? A

++ | An apple-green larva (see

Note, Obs. 115).

Large, conspicuous larva
armed with stout spines.

———| Yellow with black dots.

———|Clothed with dense very

long black hairs.

all

72 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on
s : ; adi-
Ne. Obs. No. Name. Colour, bitity. Remarks.
Lymantridae.
127 287 ? A ——-—) Dark, with short grey
| hairs, very irritating.
185 sree re Pupa ? sp. AA ® See note on Obs, 384.
A Psychidae. |
154 333 4 ? ——— _ It was always asurprise to
me that M. never made
any attempt to break
open the Psychid larva-
case.
‘ ‘ Geometridae.
90 184 ? A + | Black.
256 528 ? PP + Colour of a dried grass
; stem,
—- 90 ? Family. A ---—

General remarks on the CATERPILLARS.

From the way in which M. actually devoured 60 and
256, I do not think caterpillars can be much eaten by

monkeys—they are too soft and “ squashy.

likes insects he can crunch up.

158 | 339
159 | 340
67 129
73 142
61 | 117, 216,
259
157 338
30 40
223 | 464, 548,
5D3

DIPTERA.
Tabanidae.
\ Haematopota sp. C
Asilidae.
| Hoplistomerus serripes ¥. A
|
? 0
Syrphidae.
| Eristalis tenax L.
fe Muscidae.
| Glossina morsitans Westw. C
Tachinidae.
Chromatophania _ distin-
guenda Vill.
Ortalidae.
Bromophila caffra Macq. AA

great extent.

bP)

The monkey

eles
——— Mimetic of Hymenoptera
| perhaps a Scoliid.
cheats
———)The common “ drone-
fly’’ mimicking the
Honey-Bee.

| ++ | The ‘‘tse-tse”’ fly.

——-— Conspicuous brown and
pink hairy fly.

| —— Large black fly with coral-
| red head; very con-
| spicuous,

General remarks on DIPTERA.
Flies are not likely to form the food of monkeys to any

Obs. 338, 339, 340 show that M. caught

and ate biting flies, but I think this was probably a means
of disposal of unwelcome neighbours.

The cases of the mimetic species 67 and 61 show that
M. was deceived by resemblance to Hymenoptera; he did
not refuse a non-mimetic Asilid. Nos. 30 and 223, both
conspicuous, were refused; and the monkey evidently
agreed with me that the Bromophila was a disgusting-
looking insect !

oe

ow ye
the Relative Edibility of Insects. 73
HEMIPTERA.
Heteroptera.
| | .
4 Obs. No. Name. Colour.| Hitiey. Remarks.
\ | i
Pentatomidae. | |
41 | 58,204, | Callidea bohemani Stal. | AA | —— | Brilliant green and gold.
252 |
44 | 64,182, | Aspongopus viduatus F. | A —— | Large, brown and black,
380
5d | 103,137, | Agonoscelis puberula Stal. P —— | Small, dull, inconspicuous.
498

123 277 Agonoscelis versicolor F. ie ———| Small, grey, speckled yel-
low, inconspicuous.

148 323 Sphaerocoris testudogrisea| AA |———j Like a Coccinella, mal-

De G., var. pardalina | | odorous, orange with
Sehm. black spots.

206 436 ? eee + |Larva; blue; possibly
same as 41, noted as
malodorous.

40 57 ? iz Larva; grey, bark-like.

187 388 ? A + | Larya; black, with orange

| spots; found congre-
| gated together.

Remarks on the PENTATOMIDAR.

Except for one larva these bugs were definitely classed
as very distasteful, though two species at least were
procryptic. They are strongly malodorous.

1

61, 77,
| 109, 125, |
| 135, 144, |
49

150, 157,
226, 261,
| 270, 307,
320, 571, | | |
228 473 Cletus ochraceus H.S. Pp + Small, brown, inconspicu-
| | | ous.
133 | 295, 298 ? eerie + Larva; very alert, slip-
| | | ping round the stem

Coreidae, |
|
|
|

Anoplocnemis curvipes F.
very common.

A ® Large, blackish-brown,

of tke plant to escape
notice.

Remarks on the CoREIDAER.

No. 42, though very malodorous, was regarded as quite
a dainty, although the monkey was obviously afraid of
its proboscis and often rubbed it on the ground.*

* A. curvipes was also eaten greedily by Dr. G. A. K. Marshall’s
baboons, although rejected after trial by a kestrel (Trans. Ent,
Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 345, 382-3),—E,B.P,

74 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

s : Ndi-
ae Obs. No, | Name, Colour. me temarks.
— | — a = “ s+ Saini
Lygaeidae.
65 | 126,128 Lygaeus sp., not in Br.| AA | —— | Black and red.
Mus.
189 | 391,399, Probably same as 65. AA + Larvae; black and orange,
104 : congregated.
101 213 Lygaeus militaris ¥. AA = Rose and grey.
191 | 395,403) Lygaeus festivus Thunb, AA ee Black and rose.
87 178, 615 | Oncopeltus famelicus ¥. AA — Black and orange larvae,

| congregated.

‘

Remarks on the LYGAEIDAE.

All the species tested were aposematic and treated as
distasteful. But it is curious that the congregated larvae
of No. 65 (189) were apparently not distasteful, though
the larvae of 87 were unpalatable (Obs. 615).

Pyrrhocoridae.
118 , 256,258 Dysdercus superstitiosus Y, AA + Rose and grey, congre-
| | gated together.
222 463, 584 | Roscius illustris Gerst. AA | — | Large, black with orange
| spots, red head. Highly
conspicuous,

Remarks on the PyRRHOCORIDAE.

Both species offered were treated as distasteful.

Reduviidae,
31 41°} ? A | + | Slender, black speckled
with yellow,
39 56 ? A + Grey with tips of tegmina
reddish.
268 560 ? Ie | (3) Powerful black apterous
species.
Family not known, |
28 38 ? AA | + |A solid rose-pink, ap-
terous specimen found
on dead tree. ? young
of 162.

162 344 7 12 + Lose-pink body concealed

by grey tegmina,

205.) 435 | ? A + | Possibly same as 44 (Pen-
tatomid).
| | Homoptera.

Fulgoridae. -

200 420 Pyrops marginatus Westw.| PP = Grey, with long snout,

very procryptic.

239 493 | Hypselometopum moro-| PP -| — |The waxy abdomen par-
| | sum Westw. ticularly attracted M.'s
attention.
| | Cercopidae. :

207 438, 534, | Triecophora conspicua | AA —— | Iixtremely conspicuous.

: | 569 Dist. |
= Z

Biitiiesaisc-s ka

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 7

Remarks on the HoMopTERA.

Although two species were extremely procryptic, all were
treated as distasteful.

General remarks on the HEMIPTERA.

It is seen that the verdict upon the group as a whole
is decidedly unfavourable, although quite a number are
very definitely procryptic. The powerful, and to man,
unpleasant odour does not, however, seem to be a cause
‘of distastefulness, seeing that the very malodorous large
Coreid, No. 42, seemed to be a pleasant article of food,
although M. seemed to fear its powerful rostrum.

SECTION III.

FurTHER EXPERIMENTS WITH A CERCOPITHECUS ON
RELATIVE EpIBILITy oF INSECTS.

_ At the beginning of February, 1917, the young male
monkey which I had borrowed for the purpose of experi-
ment was reclaimed by his master and, much to my regret,
I lost him. There was, however, another monkey in the
station, and I continued the taste-experiments with hin.
He also was a young male of the same age, and, so far as
I could tell, of the same species of Cercopithecus ; he was
of the common grey-green type with black hands and
face and dull whitish band across the forehead. His
temperament, however, was different from that of M,,—
he was quieter and not so boisterous, and at first not
nearly so ready to eat insects. His owner, who had kept
him from babyhood, had never given him insects to eat
and, as he had always been kept tied up (when I experi-
mented with him he was on the upper balcony of a house), |
he had probably not had much, if anything, in the way
of insect food.

His manners were somewhat different from those of Mj.
Sometimes when dealing with a very objectionable insect
that M, would have rubbed violently on the ground, M,
would leap up in the air and come down heavily with one
hand on the insect, which would thus be disabled.

Owing to the fact that M, was not under my control I
was not able to supervise his feeding entirely, as I had done
with M,, so that, except for the fact that he soon showed
whether or not he was hungry for insects, I could not tell in
what state he was at the commencement of an experiment.

-

76 Dr. G. D, H. Carpenter’s Eaperiments on

The experiments were carried out, and records made,
in precisely the same manner as described in the M, series
of experiments. A total number of 131 species were used
for M,, of which 55 had been previously tested on M,.
These latter therefore were doubly tested, and a table at
the end of the paper, comparing the treatment of the two
monkeys, brings out some interesting points of difference.

Series a. Obs. 616—619. Feb. 6.

Obs. 616. Sp. 44.—Pentatomid, probably Aspongo-
pus viduatus : a large dark brown bug. When it flies
it exposes the red .upper surface of the abdomen.
It was offered in a box with a specimen of the Tene-
brionid beetle Macropoda transversalis, and was taken
out in preference to the beetle. M, examined it very
attentively, bit off and ate the head and thorax,
then pulled open the tegmina and wings so that the
red abdomen was exposed, and then dropped the
insect, which gave out the typical rank “ bug ” odour.

Obs. 617. Sp. 13.—The Tenebrionid beetle was
picked up, bitten, and dropped.

Series 8. Obs. 620-637. Feb. 7—At 11 a.m., M, very
hungry.

Obs. 620. Sp. 67.—Asilid, Hoplistomerus serripes :
M, appeared to be deceived by the Hymenopteroid
appearance of this fly : he looked at it very suspiciously,
took it up gingerly, and put it down. As he was not
stung he took it up again, re-examined it, bit off its
head and finally ate the fly with appreciation.

(Note-—The behaviour of the monkey was most
interesting and very strongly suggested that this fly
is a true Batesian mimic, 7. e. pseudaposematic and
edible.)

Series y. Obs. 638-651. Feb. 7.—At 5 p.m. M, was quite
ready for more insects.

Obs. 638. Sp. 186.—Six staple grasshoppers
(Catantops decoratus) eaten greedily.

Obs. 639. Sp. 262.—Zygaenid, Neurosymploca
ranthosoma: this moth was offered in the lid of a
chip box. M, smelt it once, then for a time paid no
more attention to it. As I still held it out to him he
put out a hand and touched it. The Zygaenid lifted
its wings so as to expose the bright yellow abdomen,
hitherto concealed. M, would then have nothing
more to do with the moth.

a

the Relative Edibility of Insects. TT

(Note.—The deliberate exposure of an aposeme by
the moth, when interfered with, and the recognition
of it as such by the monkey, are of much interest.
When this moth, of a universal dull black, save for
a yellow spot on each side of the thorax, and the
yellow abdomen, is quietly at rest on a grass stem
the wings completely cover the abdomen. But the
abdomen is quite conspicuous when the moth flies,
with the typical straight, heavy flight of the family.)

Obs. 640. Sp. 195.—Megalopid, Poecilomorpha
apicata : this Lycoid bettle was smelt, put up to the
mouth, tasted, and thrown away. After a little time
M, jumped down, picked up the beetle and pulled it
to pieces, but tasted none.

Obs. 641. Sp. 244.—Cerambycid, Anubis (Oligos-
merus) limbalis : M, looked doubtfully at this bright
green Longicorn, but ate it without definite sign of
distaste.

Obs. 642. Sp. 295.—Pentatomid Bug of same type
as 44, with reddish upper surface of abdomen. This
was handled very doubtfully, turned over and over;
the tip of the abdomen was tasted, but obviously not
much relished. At last M, appeared to make up his
mind to face a nasty morsel and ate it up quickly,
and then jumped down and ate some dates imme-
diately.

Obs. 643. Sp. 242.—Buprestid, Sphenoptera dis-
juncta: this beetle was taken without hesitation and
eaten with gusto.

Obs. 646. Sp. 296.—Cerambycid, Phyllocnema sp. :
about the size of the ‘‘ musk beetle’? and smelling
like it. Deep blue with brownish-yellow legs banded
with dark blue, the hind tibiae each having a large
flat expansion of blue colour, the antennae brown at
pase, blue at ends. This beetle is very aposematic
on the wing, as I first saw it. It was offered to Mg,
who looked at it but no more. After a few minutes
it was offered again: M, gave it one bite and quickly
dropped it.

Obs. 649. Sp. 297.—Hesperid, Leucochitonea
hindei: a large white skipper with black apex to
the fore-wing. Offered to Mg, but he made no attempt

_ to take it.

(Note.—This butterfly has the same general appear-

78

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

ance as many of the white species of the Pierine genus
Belenois. Like them it frequents puddles, and drinks
with them. I have often seen Belenois settle close
by it when it had alighted on the mud with wings
expanded; it almost appeared as if the Belenois
chose to settle with it because of the resemblance,
for it is well known how species of the same coloration
keep together when assembling at mud. The first of
these skippers that I saw seemed to me strongly
suggestive of a small Belenois.

It is to be noted that M,, who made no attempt to
take this butterfly, did not appear to find Belenois
nearly as palatable as M, had done.)

Obs. 650. Sp. 174.—Pierine, Catopsilia florella :
M, would only take this greenish-white butterfly when
persuaded ; he pulled it about much, ate the abdomen
and, after more pulling about, ate the thorax.

Obs. 651. Sp. 298.—Pierine, Teracolus eupompe
Klug: a white butterfly with crimson tips. M,
pulled off the wings and ate the body with no sign of
dishke.

Series 0. Obs. 652-683. Feb. 8—At 2 p.m., M, being

very ready for insects. He ate 9 grasshoppers and
refused Dictyophorus productus.

Obs. 656. Sp. 300.—Lamiid, Ceroplesis malepicta
Fairm.: a Longicorn beetle of medium size, dull
black with dull red bands, found sitting freely exposed
on low herbage. M, pawed it a little, took and bit

it quickly, then put it down. ‘This beetle is decidedly

aposematic. ;

Obs. 657. Sp. 301.—Locustid (possibly same as
203): a short, fat, wingless, green grasshopper. M,
took it, bit the abdomen, then put the insect down,
and allowed it to crawl. As I made a movement to
take it M, seized it and hastily bit it wp, but it was
quite obvious from his previous. behaviour that he
had not intended to eat it.

Obs. 663. Sp. 304.—Phytophaga: a dull black
beetle, with dull orange thorax, found sitting con-
‘picuously on a leaf, and giving out a yellow juice
when handled. M, pulled off the elytra, but ate the
beetle without any sign of dishke.

Obs. 664. Sp. 305.—Reduviid, Phonolibes bimacu-
latus Dist., or allied species: a dull black bug with

Pa ee fy Se el Se op
ue ; ies

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 79

rose-coloured abdomen. It was offered on my hand;
M, smelt it and left it alone.

Obs. 676. Sp. 286 B.—Danaida chrysippus, form
dorippus : the all-orange-brown variety. The butterfly
was offered between my fingers, held by the body. M,
took it, let it go, caught it again, tasted it, pulled it
about, nibbled the abdomen, looked at his fingers as
if he had soiled them, put down the butterfly and
allowed it to be blown a little distance away, caught
it again, pulled it about, tasted it again, and finally
rubbed his fingers on the ground and left it still
fluttering.

(Note-—M,’s repeated efforts to eat this butterfly
and the rubbing of his fingers on the ground after
handling it speak eloquently for its distastefulness.)

Series «. Obs. 684-703. March 2.—In the afternoon, M,
not having had any insects for some days, as I had
been away

Obs. 684. Sp. 314.—Carabid, Tefflus sp.: a very
large, all-black ground-beetle. | M, watched it run
about with great intentness; as it came near
he put out a hand and leapt back high in the air.
This he did a second time, and then climbed up on
to his perch and sat. there, obviously unwilling to
tackle this formidable insect.

Obs. 685. Sp. 315.—Carabid, Polyhirma sp.: of
same general type as 25, but with anterior half of
elytra rusty black: a single median longitudinal
whitish mark anterior:y, and two oblique whitish
marks posteriorly. M, at first treated this lke
the last, though it was considerably smaller, but,
becoming bolder, in one of his leaps he put out a
paw and came down heavily on top of the beetle,
partly crushing it and causing the abdominal viscera
to protrude. M, pawed the beetle about a little more
and then rapidly bit off the head and thorax, but
could not tackle the abdomen, which, after being
licked and pawed, was left. .

Obs. 686. Sp, 316.—Meloid, Nemognatha caerulans,
Fairm.: a small beetle which exposes itself freely on
composite flower-heads; the head and elytra green,

) thorax orange. M, pulled it about, put it up to his
i mouth, pulled it to pieces, and tasted it in great doubt,
then rubbed the remains on the ground.

80

Dr. Gk is Carpenter’s Laperiments on

Obs. 687. Sp. 22.—Aecridiid, Dictyophorus pro-
ductus: this grasshopper was pulled about; a piece
of the abdomen was bitten off and spat out; then it
was pulled to pieces, the pieces being tasted and spat
out. M, was obviously hungry for insects, but could
not stomach this aposematic species.

Obs. 688. Sp. 186.—Two staple Acridians (Catan-
lops decoratus) eaten with great relish after a little
examination, and a third was eaten after being pulled
about.

Obs. 689. Sp. 317.—Buprestid, Steraspis sp., not
in Br. Mus.: same sp. as 183, but more green than
bronze. It shows a conspicuous transverse pale
abdominal band when flying. M, took it at once,
cracked it, pulled off the elytra, nibbled the head,
looked again at it, then licked the abdominal
viscera which protruded, and finally ate the whole
beetle.

Obs. 690. Sp. 86.—Lycid, Chlamydolycus trabeatus :
M, touched this insect, scratched himself vigorously,
pulled off one of the elytra, and finally, to my sur-
prise, ate the beetle.

Obs. 691. Sp. 318.—Reduviid: a long-limbed,
rather slender, black bug, speckled with yellow. M,
held it in his hand for such a long while that it pricked
him with its proboscis; he very suddenly gave a
start and popped it into his mouth and ate it; subse-
quently rubbing his hand.

Obs. 692, Sp. 308.—Curculionid, Iivus sp.: a large
weevil with yellow bloom. Eaten at once with relish.

Obs. 693. Sp. 319.—Cureulionid, Lixvus gracilis
Boh.: of same type as 308, but smaller and more
slender. Eaten at once with relish.

Obs. 694. Sp. 320.—Cassidid, Aspidomorpha tecta
Boh.: a typical ‘ tortoise-beetle”’ with the pattern
marked in bright gold, the remainder of the elytra
transparent. It was eaten at once without any sign
of dislike.

Obs. 695. Sp, 235.—Carabid, Eccoptoptera cupri-
collis ; M, at first treated this as very objectionable,
leaping into the air and coming down on to the beetle
with one paw. He then took it in one hand, rubbed
it with the other, quickly bit off the head and thorax,
and ate it with relish. It was a $—differing from the

Mimic

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 81

2 im having a median, single, whitish, linear mark
anteriorly instead of the two spots of the 9.

(Note.—This species appears to have lost the typical
foul odour of a Carabid beetle—and its resemblance
to a Mutilla would seem to be Pseudaposematic, or
Batesian mimicry. I was unable to make another
specimen emit any smell whatever, under pressure.
The monkey at first regarded it as highly objection-
able, but having tasted it, afterwards ate it with
relish.)

Obs, 696. Sp. 308.—Curculionid, Lizus sp.: two
eaten with relish.

Obs. 697. Sp. 322.—A bug (probably a Penta-
tomid) : medium-sized, shiny grey-black dappled with
orange. M, took it in a very lackadaisical manner
and pulled off the tegmina, thus revealing the red
upper surface of the abdomen. He then pulled the
bug about and ate it without any definite sign of
dislike.

Obs. 698. Sp. 323.—Lymantrid, Leucoma sp. near
atricosta Hmpsn.: a pure white moth, the wings
thinly scaled, with a black spot on the fore-wing.
The wings of one side having been cut off for record,
it was allowed to flutter on the ground. M. watched
it for a long time, and at last put out a hand and
touched it. The moth at once ceased fluttering and
lay quite still with the tip of the abdomen strongly
curved ventrally. M. took it by one wing, smelt it
and dropped it.

Obs. 699. Sp. 324.—Acraeine, Acraea terpsichore
L., f. rougeti Guér. : a very common, small, black and
orange-brown butterfly. The wings of one side were cut
off. M. pulled off the other wings, put the body into
his mouth and ate it. He sat absolutely still while
eating it, in a curious stiff posture and with a doubtful,
serious face, almost as if he was wondering whether
he was going to be sick! In fact I couldn’t make
out why he ate it, as he got no enjoyment from it !

Obs. 700. Sp. 325.—Phytophaga: grey-brown
beetle, streaked with blackish-grey; rotund, pro-
cryptic. Found hiding on the under-surface of a

: leaf. M. handled it without much interest, tasted
it, then ate with apparent pleasure.

(Note-——I came across very few _ procryptic

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, II. (OCT.) G

82 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter's Experiments on

Phytophaga during these experiments, and it is inter-
esting that this one seemed edible.)

Obs. T01. Sp. 326.—Tenebrionid, Sepidium mus-
cosum Gerst.: of same type as 46, but of a more
uniform earth-colour and much more bristly. M,
took it, felt it, put it up to his mouth, held it in one
hand and rubbed it with the other as if to try and
get the bristles off, then bit off the head and dropped
the remainder.

Obs. 702. Sp. 308.—Curculionid, Lixus sp.: this
weevil was eaten with relish.

Obs. 703. Sp. 186.—Aeridiid, Catantops :decoratus :
several of these favourite grasshoppers were offered
ina box, but M, only ate one and that not eagerly.
He was presumably satisfied by the numerous insects
he had eaten.

Series €. Obs. 704-733. March 4, 2.30 p.m—M, had
been asleep, but was quite ready for insect food.

Obs. 704. Sp. 327.—Drilid: a beetle larva, about
24 inches long, red-brown and black, bristly. Found
crawling on the ground. M, watched it from a distance
with great interest, and Kept coming to look more
closely at it and then running away, “but showed no
desire to touch it.

Obs. 712. Sp. 329.—Cetonud, Protaetia carneola
Burm. : a small procryptic beetle, dark brown mottled
with black and dark grey. Offered to M,, who took
it after looking at it, but suddenly put it down in a
great panic and ran away. The beetle may have
bitten him, but apparently it kept motionless. I
offered it again and the monkey took it, smelt it,
and threw it down.

Obs. 718. Sp. 170.—Pierine, Mylothris agathina:
a 9, offered in my fingers. M, was not at all eager
to take it, and allowed it to fly away. I re-offered the
butterfly; M, grabbed it, put it down and danced on
it as if it were a formidable Carabid (see Obs. 685,
695), then pulled off the wings, but did not taste it.
After a little he went back to it, pulled it about,
pawed it, and pulled off the abdomen, which he put
in his mouth, but did not appear to like. He did not
eat the rest. He afterwards ate three Lizus weevils,
and a ground-weevil.

Obs. 725. Sp. 332.—Cassidid : a pupa, about half

/

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 83

an inch long, black, spiny. Offered on the leaf to
which it was affixed conspicuously.- M, was much
more interested in the leaf, but smelt, handled, nibbled
the pupa and discarded it.

(Note.—This observation is particularly interesting
because, unhke M,, M, had previously eaten all the
Cassidid beetles offered to him. This pupa belonged
to a large species, probably 251.)

Obs. 728. Sp. 334—Lymantrid, Arctornis (Hu-
proctis) producta Wik.: a pure white moth with the
black tip of the abdomen surrounded by yellow hairs
as in our “ gold-tail.” Offered at rest in a box.
M, looked very closely at it and licked a wing, whereat
the moth protruded the tip of the abdomen dorsal-
wards between the edges of the wings. M, again put
his mouth close down, but I could not see whether he
licked the moth again. He pawed it on the ground
and left it.

(Note—Compare the behaviour of the Zygaenid,
Obs. 639.)

Series n. Obs. 734-765. March 7.
Series @. Obs. 766-787. March 10, at 2.30 p.m.: M,
quite ready for insects.

Obs. 766. Sp. 350.—Mantid: a young green speci-
men. It was offered to M,, who to my intense surprise
looked at it as if not knowing what it was. He then
pulled it about, tasted it, and left it. Afterwards he
came back to it and ate the pieces.

(Note.—It is likely that this was the first mantis
that this young monkey had ever seen, for he had
been a captive from extreme babyhood. It is worth
comparing this observation with 26, when M, first
met the big mantis of which he subsequently ate
numbers.)

Obs. 774. Sp. 351.—Noctuid larva: a leaf-green,
extremely procryptic caterpillar. M, took it and
held it wriggling in his hand for a long while. | I feel
quite sure he had not seen one before, as I had never
taken caterpillars to him. He then bit off half and
ate it with great satisfaction, afterwards eating the
rest and licking up from off the ground a large drop
of the visceral contents which had exuded.

Obs. 782. Sp. 357.—Chrysomelid: a small, com-
pact, inconspicuous brown and black beetle, but it

84 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

exposes itself like a conspicuous species. Being small
M, put it into his mouth without adequate inspection ;
he afterwards pulled it out and threw it away.

(Note.—Although not conspicuous in colouring this
little beetle appeared to be distasteful. But its habit
of freely exposing itself is that of a distasteful species ;
its colouring is such that variation might easily make
it conspicuous. One can quite well conceive that
aposematic colours might be developed thus.)

Series t. Obs. 788-809. March 15, at 3 p.m.

Obs. 789. Sp. 359.—Acridiud: rather a large
grasshopper, very procryptic, dark mottled grey,
showing when it flies conspicuous yellow, black-
bordered wings. M, bit off its head, then pulled it
about a good deal, pulling off the yellow wings after
looking at it much, finally eating it.

(Note.—Compare notes on the coloured wings of
Acridians given previously.)

Obs. 793. Sp. 361.—Buprestid, Sternocera laevigata
Kolbe: only one specimen, the type, in the British
Museum. A large beetle, head and thorax black,
elytra shining light brown, quite conspicuous. My,
was eager to take it, but found it extremely hard.
After several attempts to break it up, he put it down
almost in despair, but at length managed to extract
the soft parts, which he ate with satisfaction.

Obs. 799. Sp. 366.—Longicornia : a medium-sized,
dark-brown, beautifully procryptic Longicorn beetle.
It was offered to M, on my finger; it lay as if dead
and he took it as if not quite sure what it was, and
put it down. Eventually he took it up, looked at it
again, and ate it with gusto.

(Note.—Seeing that even when the beetle was seen
out of its natural surroundings the monkey did not at
first seem at all certain what it was, it is probable
that when in its natural haunts the beetle would
often escape being eaten.)

Series «x. Obs. 810-836. March 18, at 10.30 a.m., M,
quite ready for insects.

Obs. 816. Sp. 174.—Pierine, Catopsilia florella: a
2 was offered, but though M, took it willingly he
allowed it to escape untasted.

Obs. 817. Sp. 313.—Pierine, Herpaenia eriphia:
M, danced on this butterfly, as he did with Mylothris

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 85

agathina (Obs. 718), and pawed it, but would not
taste it. It is a pale yellow species, barred with
black, procryptic beneath.

Obs. 818, Sp. 172.—Pierine, Belenois mesentina : this
butterfly was pawed about, and rubbed on the ground ;
M, eventually pulled off the wings and put the body
into his mouth, but, to my surprise, took it out again.

(Note.—M, differs much from M, in his opinion of
this butterfly. See Obs. 510.)

Obs. 819. Sp. 141.—Acraeine, Acraea neobule Dbl. :
a semi-transparent red species. M, seized this butter-
fly and put it up to his mouth, took it out and
looked at it, bit off the head, then put the insect
down and left it alone.

(Note.—It did not appear as if the monkey recog-
nised this Acraea at first sight as distasteful.)

Obs. 820. Sp. 171.—Nymphaline, Precis antilope
(= simia): M, carefully pulled off the wings of this
butterfly and ate the body with relish.

Obs. 821. Sp. 370.—Locustid : a short, fat-bodied,
grass-green grasshopper not in the Br. Mus.; an
adult winged specimen. Found among grass, where
I should never have seen it unless it had betrayed
itself by a movement. When I put it before M, he
seemed at first very eager for it, but when it crawled
within reach he took it and pulled off each hind leg
in turn, tasting them. He then pulled out the viscera
and put them in his mouth, but afterwards ejected
them, and left the rest uneaten.

(Note.—This insect being so procryptic might have
been expected to be edible, but this group of fat-
bodied Locustids as a whole seems to be distasteful,
in spite of the procrypsis.)

Obs. 822. Sp. 308.—Curculionid: two staple
weevils (Lixus) eaten eagerly.

Obs. 823. Sp. 371—Nymphaline, Atella phalantha:

~ a very abundant butterfly, of a “ Fritillary ” appear- .

ance. M, appeared very eager for this, apparently
not knowing it. He pulled off the wings, put the
body straight into his mouth, and spat it out.

Obs. 824. Sp. 172.—Pierine, Belenois mesentina:
M, pulled off the wings of this butterfly, put the body
into his mouth, pulled it out, put it in again, and at
last swallowed it after much mouthing.

86 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

(Note.—Again M, showed strong contrast with M,
in his opinion of this butterfly.)

Obs. 825. Sp. 352.—lLycid, Lycus ampliatus: the
wings and elytra of this beetle were pulled off, the
body put up to mouth, then put down.

After these observations M, ate 18 insects of various
kinds.

Series X. Obs. 837-868. March 20. At 3 p.m. M, did not
seem very eager at first, but later became so.

Obs. 841. Sp. 52.—Lamud, Dirphya similis: a 8.
M, violently rubbed and pawed this Longicorn on the
ground and pulled it about, holding it down by the
antennae and pawing the body with his other hand.
At length he studied it with great interest, gingerly
tasted it several times, and finally ate it with

gusto,

(Note-—M, behaved to this beetle as if it were
pseudaposematic; M, (Obs. 98, 99) treated it as
though synaposematic (see pp. 92, 93, 99).

Obs. 842. Sp. 350.—Though this mantis was only
half grown, M, seemed quite afraid of its forelegs. He
picked it up at once and ate the abdomen; the thorax
with the struggling forelegs lay on the ground, and M,
violently rubbed them on the ground before eating
the whole with gusto.

Obs. 857. Sp. 381.—Longicornia: a Longicorn
beetle, dull black with three narrow transverse bands
and other markings of dull rose colour, somewhat
aposematic. M, seemed to recognise the typical shape
of the Longicorn and was very eager for it at first,
but apparently had not seen its colours. For when I
put it on the ground it fell on its back, and he at once
took it and bit off its head and thorax. He then
looked at it in surprise, took the rest of it up to his
perch, where he pulled it to pieces, tasted it, but left
most of it uneaten.

Obs. 862. Sp. 283.—Lampyrid: M, picked up this
beetle larva, bit off the end of the abdomen, then put
down the larva in surprise, looked at it (which he had
not done before) and left it.

(Note.—The careful attention paid to this black and
pink larva after it had been found to be inedible
suggests very strongly that the monkey was “ learning
it.” Cp. Obs. 857.)

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 87

Series w. Obs. 8692901. March 25. At 2 p.m. M, very

hungry for insects.

Obs. 874. Sp. 382.—Asilid: a fly of which the 9
has a strong resemblance to a small brown bee; the 3
is black. I offered M. a 3, which he took from the
forceps and ate without hesitation: I then offered
the bee-like 9, which M, took and hurriedly bit, as if
he was afraid of it; he then looked at it m surprise
and ate the rest of it in a more leisurely manner.

(Note.—It was very difficult to avoid the conclusion
that the monkey thought the Q fly was something else
than it was. He had eaten the $ without hesitation,
and after he had found the 9 innocuous, he ate it
also. It appears to be a case of Batesian mimicry.)

Serves v. Obs. 902-914. March 28. At 10.30 a.m. My

squealing with eagerness.

Obs. 913. Sp. 391.—? Clerid: a beautiful mimic
of a Mutilla, about $-inch long, rather cylindrical in
shape; dull red anteriorly, black with white marks
posteriorly. The beetle has short antennae, which it
vibrates rapidly, exactly as does a Mutulla.

I found it on the tip of a grass stem. When it was
put on the ground in front of M,, he treated it exactly
as he and M, had treated Mutillids, and at once pawed
it on the ground, throwing it about. I then tried to
get it again for record, but the monkey seized it and
very quickly put it into his mouth and crunched it
up rapidly, as he would a Mutilla. But he afterwards
spat it out again. The resemblance therefore seems
to be synaposematic. After this experiment M, ate
8 weevils (Lsaniis sp.).

mens.

SECTION IV
ORTHOPTERA,
ad Eai- | Edi-
ae | Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility. | bility. Remarks.
aes | M, | M
| Forficulidae, |
201 739 Forficula senegalensis C © © |M, agreed with M,
Serv. | about this earwig.
Mantidae. |
350 c BE ao | Young green speci-
|

| 766, 842

all

88 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

Remarks on MANTIDAE.

M, was not nearly so eager for young mantis as M, had
Heat: Unfortunately Mantids were not so sbtinidant at
this time as when M, was used, but I believe the above
indication was a true one of M,’s attitude towards them.
It would have been very interesting to test him with
Sp. 19.

Edi- | Edi-
"P- | Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility.) bility. Remarks,
y
No. M | M
2 1
Acridiidae.
22 653,687, Dictyophorus productus| AA —--|-- M, agreed with M,.
772 Bol. |
186 Numerous Catantops decoratus P ++ | ++ | Used as staple food.
Gerst
359 789 | ? PP | + | Dark grey; yellow
| wings bordered black.
369 810 ? PP pegs | Green and brown;
| yellow wings bordered
Locustidae black.
(Tettigoniidae), . | :
176 «644,711, Gymnoproctus sp., im- 1 = S) | M, agreed with M,.
853 mature.
267 | 672, 815 | Poecilogramma sp. Ay eee —— | Both ene classed
it as distasteful.
293 | 628,714 Immature. A — Shon, fat, black and
| ull orange.
301 657} “ PP + Grass-green.
302 658s & PP \——— oss green, legs
arker.
303 | 659 ? PP |——— ' Grass-green, adult.
370 821 Species notin Br. Mus. | PP _ Grass - green, adult,
large.
384 | 881 Poecilogramma. striati- A + | Dull purple, yellow
| pennis Karsch. | { | and black,

General remarks on the LocustiDAE (TETTIGONIIDAE).

M, was more decisive than M, about the distastefulness
of all Locustids offered him, although some were exceed-
ingly procryptic. As with the experiments on M,, all the
species were of the type with short fat bodies. The remarks
on the experiments with M, should be borne in mind,

HYMENOPTERA,
| Formicidae.
53 732 Megaponera foetens ++ | ++ M, agreed with M,.
| (cocoons), | |
COLEOPTERA.

Scarabaeidea.

Cetoniidae,
153 | 667 Leucocelis haemorrhoi- | AA — |——-—| Classed as distasteful

dalis F. by M, and M,.
329 712 Protaetia carneola Burm, P |j--— Dark brown, mottled
with black and grey.

380 | 852 Tetragonorrhina induta,; P j|\—-—— Dark grey, hairy.

Jans.

|

the Relatwe Edibility of Insects. 89

Remarks on the CETONIIDAE.

M, agreed with M, that these are distasteful, although
two were procryptic.

s Edi- | Edi-
No. | Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility.| bility. Remarks.
0. M M
2 1
Melolonthidae.
368 | 804, 891 | Lriesthis sp. P +
Trogidae.
231 893 Trox incultus Boh. P + —— | Classed as distasteful
by M, and M,,
Caraboidea.
Carabidae. |

235 695 | Eecoptopteracupricollis AA @ B Treated alike by M,
| Chaud. and M,.

294 630 | | ? A + Small, black,

314 684 Tefflus sp. (2 same as A Ee Very large, black.
| 177) Possibly same as 177
and treated like it.

315 685 | Polyhirma sp. © Black with dull white
| marks.

347 759 | ? Cc -- Small, black and

yellow-brown.

365 797 Prob. Parachlaenius sp., A (©) Medium size, very

possibly emini Kolbe. active, blue-black,
termite-haunting.

387 905 | Harpalus sp. A © Black, dark brown legs.

|

Remarks on the CARABIDAE.

M, agreed with M, as to the distastefulness of ground-
beetles, classing all as minus with two exceptions. One of
these was small, the other was a mimic of Mutillids, and
both monkeys appear to have taken it at first for the model
and rubbed it on the ground, subsequently finding it good
to eat. As was pointed out before, this beetle seems to
have lost the typical Carabid odour.

Polymorpha, |
Coccinellidae.
98 | 660, 806 | Epilachna chrysomelina A - —— |(M, seemed to find
: FP. | { these a shade less
254 629 Epilachna paykulli, AQ ihet= +: | disagreeable than
Muls. } M,.
Malacodermidae.
Lycidae.
86 | 621, 690, | Chlamydolycus trabea- AA + |—--—
715,746 | tus Guér. |
352 | 776, 825 | Lycus ampliatus F. |) AAD |S -
378 843 Lopholycus amoenus | AA |———
Bourg.
385 892 ? } AA | —
Drilidae,

327 704 Larva, AA —-—— Orange with black
patches. Large and
conspicuous.

Lampyridae. | :
283 862 Larva. | A Fexeaas M, agreed with M,.

90 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Hxperiments on
Remarks on the MALACODERMIDAE.

M, seemed to agree with M, as to the distastefulness of
these beetles and their larvae.

Edi- | Edi- |

ae Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility. bility. Remarks.
or | 1
Melyridae.
63 791 | Gen.nr. Prionocerus | AA |—--—|——-—/} M, agreed with M,.
| |
Cleridae. |
sol | — 913 ? AA CO | A Mutilloid species
| (probably synapose-
| | matic).
Buprestidae.
242 643, 764 | Sphenoptera disjuncta, P ++ | ++ | M, agreed with M,.
Fahy. |
317 689 Steraspissp.,notinBr.| © + | Dull green; shows
Mus. | white band (? apose-
| matic) across abdo-
| men when flying.
361 | 793 Sternocera laevigata | AA + | | Very large and hard,
Kolbe. | } black and light
| | | brown.
342 | 751 ? AA. + | | Black, large white
| afl marks on elytra,
thorax edged green.
376 830 ? P +--+ | Bronze, about jin. long.

Remarks on the BuPpRESTIDAR.

Like M,, M,,seemed to find these beetles edible, in spite
of aposematic colouring in some species. But, as in Obs.
793, their hardness will probably save them in cases when
the monkey is not hungry enough to tackle the job of
cracking them.

Heteromera. |
Tenebrionidae. |
13 617 Macropoda transversalis | A — | +
Kolbe. | |
36 783 | Lamprobothris fossulata| a © [eM agreed with M,.
Miill.
69 709 Rhytinota gracilis | A +--+ + |? more experiments _
Gerst. | required.
215. | 635, 740, | Catamerus revoili AA — | © Treated as distasteful
801, 902 Fairm. by both monkeys.
326 701 Sepidium muscosum [ete — Cp. M, with 46, which
Gerst. this generally re-
sembles.
372 | 826, 861 | Paramaryqmus metalli- C -- Rotund, dull bronze,
cus Pairm. | polished.
156 851 Larvae, possibly of 215. A j|———] — | Maclassed this as more
distasteful than did
Mj.

Remarks on TENEBRIONIDAE.

M, only ate one of these, but only a single experiment was
performed with it. The other species, and larvae, were

hs wh > ‘
the Relative Edibility of Insects. SE
‘ classed as inedible, and the two monkeys agreed about the
distasteful qualities of these beetles.

Sn Edi- | Edi-

nels Obs. No. | Name. Colour, bility.| bility. Remarks,

oe sage ba | M M

2 1
| Meloidae.
316 | 686, 710, | Nemognatha Spee as -— Small : head and elytra
773, 911 | coerulans Fairm, | green, thorax orange.

328 | 705, 869 | Mylabris praestans AA © Very large, black and

| Gerst. | lemon yellow.

330 720 | Mylabris bipartita | AA -— Large, orange and
Gerst. ‘| black.

362 | 794,872, | Zonitis sp. AA - Active, slender, bright

895 | red with black limbs,
| synaposematie with
| some Phytophaga.

Remarks on the MELorDAE.

M, agreed with M, about the qualities of these typically
aposematic beetles, classing all as distasteful, though he
was a little more ready to examine them than M,. No. 362
belongs to a synaposematic group.

Phytophaga.
Sagridae.
344 755 ? AA + Like 197, but smaller.
? male,
Megalopidae.

195 640 Poecilomorpha apicata | AN —— |——-—) Treated as distasteful

Fairm. by both monkeys.
Crioceridae.

292 | 625; 631, ? AA — Orange with black

Sot limbs, one of a syn-

. . aposematic group.
Clytridae.

271 | 670, 864, | Lituboca sansibarica A _ — | M, agreed with M,.

866 Lefevr.

272 855 Diapromorpha (Peplo- a — |——-—| Treated as distasteful
plera) sp. nr. cur- by both monkeys.
vilinea Jac.

Eumolpidae,

188 624 Luryope batesi Jac. AA —-— © | Treated as distasteful

by both monkeys.

193 754 Corynodes usambicus A — + | Treated as distasteful
Kb, by both monkeys.

a 216 | 627, 707 | Corynodes raffrayi AA — © Treated as, distasteful

_Lefevr. by both monkeys.

. 309 | 671, 784 | Pseudocolaspis sp. nr. P + Dull. bronze dusted
sericata Marsh, with grey powder.

Remarks on the EUMOLPIDAE.

Like M,, M, treated these beetles as distasteful, except
one species which was procryptic.

D. H. Carpenter’s Lxperiments on

Obs. No Name.
Chrysomelidae.
626, 727 | Chrysomela sp.
761 Chrysomela opulenta
Reiche.
782 F
Halticidae.
899 Polyclada ( Diamphidia)
sp. nr. pectinicornis
Oliv.
Galerucidae,
716 Diacantha conifera
Fairm,
779, 808, | Aenidia sp.
910
Cassididae.
763, 890 | Aspidomorpha hybrida
Boh.
661 ?
694, 786 | Aspidomorpha tecta
Boh.
743, 865, | Aspidomorpha hybrida
896 Boh.
780, 785, | Aspidomorpha quadri-
800, 805 maculata Oliv.
725 Pupa, probably of 355.
745 ?

296

AA
A

P

AA
PP

| Edi-

| 2

|

\

Edi-

Colour.) bility. bility.

M,

Remarks on CASSIDIDAE.

M, showed himself much more agreeably disposed towards
this family than did M,, which is very interesting. Certain
species of procryptic hue turned out to be the same as some
which had been classed as aposematic when offered to
M,—the coloration being somewhat different.

Phytophaga

(family unknown).

663 | ? possibly Chrysomela.

700 -|? ” ”
Longicornia,
Cerambycidae.

641, 666, Anubis (Oligosmerus)

775, 876 | limbalis Har.

646 | Phyllocnema sp.
; Lamiidae.

656 Ceroplesis malepicta
Fairm.

841 Dirphya similis Gah.

? Family.

668 ?

726

742 ?

799 ?

857 ?

AA
V3

C

AA

-}-
a

++

+ +
ee is ee

| Remarks,

Treated as distasteful
by both monkeys.
Rotund, dull bronze.

Brown and black.

Large, greenish-grey,
brown spots.

Treated as distasteful
by both monkeys...
Bright green, gregari-

ous, active.

Bronzy green.

Fiery orange-pink,
black spots.

Tortoise pattern bright
gold or fiery orange. .

Variety of 38, grey-
green and procryptic.

Translucent grey
variety: ep. 251
(M,).

Black and spiny.
Rough, dead leaf
brown.

Black with — orange
thorax, rotund.

Grey-brown, streaked
blackish, rotund.

Treated as quite edi-
ble by both monkeys
in spite of the odour,

Dark blue and yellow
brown with the aro-
matic odour well
marked.

| Black with red bands.

The monkeys were not
in accord,
Bark-colour.

Dullreddish, powdered
black,

Small, s!ender, brown.

Bark-brown.

Dull black with pink
bands.

a ates
,

the Relative Edability of Insects. 93

Remarks on the LONGICORNIA.

With one exception the aposematic species were treated
as inedible, the procryptic were eaten. The exception is
a mimic of Braconids, and the resemblance may be pseud-
aposematic, but the same species did not seem edible to
M,.

The common species 244, bright shining green, is rather
difficult to class as regards its coloration (see notes on M,).
Both monkeys found it edible in spite of its odour.

eer } Hdi- |. Edi- |
me | Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility. bility. Remarks.
; | M, M,
Curculionidae.
97 | 623, etc. | Zsaniris sp., probably 12 ++ | ++ | Used as staple food.
new.
221 729 Microcerus spiniger C aa ate
Gerst.
252 828 Blosyrus haroldi Hartm.| PP ++ | ++ | M, agreed with M,.
306 665 Mitophorus sp. i Be ++ Dull black, dull yellow
| lateral line.
308 | 669, etc. | Lirus sp. | ++ Large, grey with yellow

| bloom: used as
staple food.

319 | 6938, 731 | Livus gracilis Boh. aed ++ Like 3808, smaller, more
slender.

331 724 ? PP ++ Rough, stony grey.

353 778 ? 121? ++ Large, dark brown,
white network.

356 781 ? PP | ++ Dark brown.

364 796, ? PP | ++ Stony grey.

377 838 Larinus sp. P | ++ General resemblance

to 308, but smaller.

Remarks on the CURCULIONIDAE.

All the weevils offered to M, were procryptic except one,
and all were greedily eaten. The two monkeys were quite
in accord as to the edibility of this family.

Rhopalocera.
| Danaidae,
286B = s«6 76 Danaida chrysippus .,| AA = + M, treated this as more
f. dorippus Klug. | distasteful than did
| M,. ,
Acraeidae,
104 886 Acraea caldarena AA —— | —— | M, agreed with M,.
| Hew., f. neluska
Oberth. ?
141 682,819 | Acraea neobule AA -— — M, treated this as more
Dbl.-Hew. distasteful than did
Mj.
324 699, 878 | Acraea terpsichore L., | AA + :
f. rougeti Guér.

Remarks on the above butterflies.

M, caused some surprise by finding No. 324 not un-
pleasant, but agreed with M, as to the distastefulness of
the other aposematic species offered him.

y a uae Mi) CN a es ae ae
. ‘ ak
i a
- |
94 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on
LEPIDOPTERA.

as | | Rdi- | Bai- |

» Obs. No. Name. Colour. | bility.| bility. Remarks,

oO. |

| M, M, |
Nymphalidae, }
80 | 832, 888 | Precis clelia Cram. uy ++ 4- ?
93 | 677, 717, | Precis cebrene Trim. Ing sk +-+ | M, treated this as less
833 | edible than did M,.
171 | 820, 867 | Precis antilope Feisth. A ++ + This species was treated
) = simia Wallgin. as edible by both.
173 897 Precis natalica Feld. P + +-+ | M, treated this as less
edible than did M,.
120 | 636,839 | Hypolimnas misippus; AA _ -} Both treated this as
L., ? distasteful.

371 23 Atella phalantha Dr. A _ Orange brown with
black spots.

345 757 Byblia goetzius Herbst.| P |——— M, found this pro-
eryptie species not
at all to his liking,

Remarks on above NYMPHALIDAE.

M, showed some difference of opinion from M,; it is of
interest that both treated misippus 2 (mimetic) as distaste-
ful. This strengthens the view that it is a Miillerian
mimic (synaposematic).

Pieridae. |

103 | 748, 884 | Terias senegalensis | P Sa | + | Mg agreed with Mj.

30isd. 2B |

212 | 846, 859, Zeracolus eris Klug. file eee) Mite cyte) Oe em . oe &

883
298 651 Teracolus eupompe | | ef White with crimson
Klug. tips. ;

312 680 Teracolus evarne Klug P| — Yellow, orange-tipped :

like Lronia leda.

313 | 681, 817, IWerpaenia eriphia | } + | Pale yellow, barred

840 | Godt. black.
170 | 718,722, Alylothris agathina | AA = a Classed as distasteful
734 Cram. by both monkeys,
142 | 749,831 | Pinacopteryx simana | ++ | ++ | M, agreed with M,.
| Hopff. }
172 | 760, 818, | Belenois mesentina P —— ++ | M, differed widely from
824, 849, | Oram. My.
889
174 | 650, 735. Catopsilia florella Fabr. re -- + | Classed as distasteful
816, 877, by both monkeys.
894
264 | 648,674, Lronia cleodora Hiibn. Hae _ + 2 Pr ”
723, 736
Remarks on PreRtDaAR.

The majority of the species dealt with, classed by the
colours of the under-surface, are procryptic. The only
aposematic species (No. 170) was treated by My as highly
objectionable, and also by M, as distasteful. It is curious |

that the extremely procryptic Eronia cleodora, No. 264,

was found distasteful by both monkeys: the very abundant
near ally, No. 174, was also classed as distasteful : perhaps
this section of the Pieridae as a whole may have inherited
a distasteful quality not lost by some of the most procryptic

a “ = a - nia . 4
ay Sa Sic :

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 95

members. It is also noteworthy that Teracolus evarne,
which resembles Hronia leda, seemed to be somewhat
distasteful. M, differed very widely from M, as to the
edibility of Belenois mesentina.

In a letter to Professor Poulton received in June 1917
from Kibwezi, Mr. W. Feather says—‘I have also been
feeding a couple of monkeys with butterflies. They will
occasionally eat the abdomen of Danaida chrysippus
dorippus Klug. Acraeas and Tirwmala petiverana they
do not attempt to eat; the smell is quite sufficient.
Teracolus, Terias, Belenois and Precis they eat without the
least hesitation.”

| Edi- { Edi-
Shaul age on _ ~ _| bility.) bility.) eae
Na? Obs. No. Name. Color Ms M, Remarks.
Papilionidae.
311 679 Papilio demodocus Esp. Rood SE Black and lemon
i | yellow: under str-
| face like upper.
Hesperidae.
297 | 649, 860 | Leucochitonea hindei| CO | + Black and white:
Druce. | much like a Pierine.
383 880 Rhopalocampta pisis- beat Ss Yellow-brown, large.
tratus BF. |
Heterocera.
Zygaenidae. ;
262 | 689, 719 | Neurosymploca 2zantho-| AA -—— — | M, agreed with M,.
soma Jord.
Lymantridae. |
323 698 Lecoma sp. nr. atri-| AA |—— | Pure white.
costa Hmpsn.-
334 728 | Arctornis (Euproctis)| AA (e) Pure white: tip of
| producta Wik. ae sages Ae with
yellow bristles.
|

Remarks on these moths.
All three highly aposematic species were classed as very

distasteful.

Noctuidae.

351 774 Larva. PPay sk Smooth leaf-green

| caterpillar.
DIPTHRA,
Asilidae.
67 | 620,673 | loplistomerus serripes A +. |-—-—
F,
382 874 ? A + / ? resembles a honey-
bee, g black.

Remarks on the ASILIDAE.
. No. 67 so closely resembles a Hymenopterous insect that
‘i M, would not even catch hold of it. M,, however, ate it and

found it not unpalatable. No. 382 is interesting on account
of its mimetic female: M, found the black male edible.

96

There is therefore reason for supposing that the mimetic
resemblance of these flies to Hymenoptera is not Miillerian

nal

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

(Synaposematic), but Batesian (Pseudaposematic).

HEMIPTERA,
s | Edi- | Edi- |
P- | Obs. No. Name. | Colour.) bility. bility. Remarks,
No. | M M
a $ | 2 4
Heteroptera. |
Pentatomidae.
41 634 Callidea bohemani AA fb —— | Marked difference be-
Stal. tween M, and M,.
339 | 744,798, | ? same as 41. AA | + Blue and gold.
847 |
44 616 Aspongopus viduatus| <A —— | —— | M, agreed with M,.
F. |
295 642 ? same as 44, A + | Shows red abdomen
in flight: very odori-
ferous.
310 | 675, 850,| Anoplogonius aulicus) AA --— | Shining dark blue and
863 Germ., var. uniformis red,
Dist.
349 762 a a lautus, PP + | Colour of dead grass.
Stal.
363 | 795, 858, | Sphaerocorisannulusl.,, P - Convex, rotund, odori-
873 var. ocellata Klug. ferous, black and
H yellow-green.
375 | 829, 844,| Caura rufiventris C © Dark brown
882 Germ. |
389 907 Nezara viridula L. Tele) -- ‘| Grass-green, odorifer-
| ous.
322 |- 697 i A oh Grey-black dappled
with orange.
343 752 Larvae, AA + | Dark blue, spotted
| | with orange.
367 803 ? } P j———| Small, grey.

M, was less definite about this family than was M,, and
the results from him are irregular: procryptic species were
discarded and aposematic specimens eaten.

Remarks on the PENTATOMIDAE.

whole the family was classed as more or less distasteful.

Coreidae.

42 | 655, 737, | Anoplocnemis curtipes F.

813, 887
65 792
87 619
222 632
305 664
341 750
318 691
346 758

Lygaeidae.
Lygaeus sp., not in Br.
Mus.
Oncopeltus famelicus F.

Pyrrhocoridae.
Roscius illustris Gerst.

Reduviidae.
Phonolibes bimaculatus
Dist., or near it.
Vitumnus scenicus
Stal., typical form.
?

? Family,
?

A

iS)

©

M, agreed with M,.
It is remarkable that
both pawed this
odoriferous bug on
the ground, but ate
it with relish.

| Classed as distasteful
by both monkeys.

Classed as distasteful
by both monkeys.

| M, differed markedly
| from M,.

Dull black and rose.
Orange, with dark
| background.

Black, speckled with
| yellow.

Black and scarlet.

But on the

7 bX aces

the Relative Edibility of Insects. oT

Hemiptera as a whole give more irregular results than
other families, and further experiments are much needed.
The odour that to us seems so very unpleasant does not
appear to be considered a distasteful quality by the
monkeys; moreover species were refused that had no
perceptible odour. In one family may be found typically
aposematic but comparatively odourless species, and
extremely odoriferous but highly procryptic species.

Comparison between the two Monkeys.

M, seems to have been somewhat less severe in his
. 2 . . .
judgments than M,, as is shown by considering the fifty-
five species offered to both. Of these, forty were put in
the same class, plus or minus, by each monkey. But nine

> b) i
others classed as plus by M, were put in the minus class by
M,, and only three classed as minus by M, were put in the
plus class by M, (see ring diagram below).

It is of some value to the results of these experiments
that the monkeys should have agreed in 4% cases. In
quite a number of cases the agreement was exact; these are
listed below.

2 2 3 1 7 1 1
TrakGd an edt
hy

Pe

Treaks & an Aintartifal

The ring-diagram brings out well the accord between

M,and M;. In all cases where the majority was considered

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, I. (OCT.) H

-

98 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter's Haperiments on

to belong to one class by one monkey, there was also a
majority on the same side by the other monkey.
There only remain a few remarks on some general points,

1. A wniformly black, polished insect is regarded as
distasteful.

Sp. No. Obs. No. Name. Edibility.

21 31, 304 Hister validus =

69 133,558 | Rhytinota gracilis. | =e

85 176 Scarites superciliosus. ————
100 212 Carabid larva. =
140 314, 582 Diplognatha silicia. —_--——
166 352 Carabid. ©
225 467 Rhytinota acuticollis. -—

2. Aposematic species increase their conspicuousness by

massing together. \
Sp. No. Obs. No Name. | Edibility. | Colour.
5 217 Zonocerus elegans. jt a AA
87 615 Oncopeltus famelicus. — AA
118 256, 258 Dysdercus superstitiosus. + AA
131 292 Phytophagous larvae. = AA
156 336 Tenebrionid larvae. — A
187 388 Pentatomid larvae. | + A
189 391, 399, 404 Lygaeid larvae. | + AA
354 779, 808,910 | Aenidia sp. --— A

3. Among the Beetles are Synaposematic groups.

(a) Orange or red with very dark limbs.

292 (Crioceridae), 188 (Humolpidae), 216 (Eumolpidae),
3 (Halticidae), 258 (Halticidae), 362 (Meloidae).

(b) Orange and black (the “ Lycoid ” coloration),

10, 86, 198, 218, 236, 378 (Lycidae), 11 (Cetoniidae),
63 (Melyridae), 195 (Megaloyidae), 54 (Galerucidae).

Instances of Mimicry.

It has been a matter of great regret to me that the fore-
going work has such little bearing on Mimicry, but the
material has been very poor; butterflies having been few
and not mimetic. There are some cases, however, of
mimetic insects, not counting the members of the two
synaposematic groups just listed,

\

the Relative Edibility of Insects. oe

1. The Longicorn beetle DirpuyA stmiuis (No. 52) mimick-
ung one of the very large Braconids.

This beetle is slender, and its likeness to the narrow body
of the Braconid is accentuated by the disposition of the
colours on the sides of the abdomen. Its orange and black
colours very closely resemble those of the Braconid, and the
antennae and legs in both are long and conspicuous, so that
on the wing the beetle may readily be mistaken (Proc.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1918, pp. exl, exh). Obs. 98 shows
that the monkey M,, more or less well fed, would have
nothing to do with this beetle; indeed he regarded it
with extreme dislike. On the next morning, however,
before the monkey had eaten anything, he took the beetle
and, after examination and tasting, ate .it slowly. M,
treated it at first as very distasteful, but after careful study
ate it with appreciation. It is difficult to say whether this
is a case of pseudaposematic resemblance (Batesian, or
true, mimicry) or of synaposematic resemblance (Miillerian
mimicry). The only other aposematic Longicorns I have
tested (see Obs. 646, 656, 857) were treated as distasteful.
It may be argued that the only three Braconids tested in
these experiments are listed as +-; but three single experi-
ments all done in sequence will not convince me that the
very typically aposematic large Braconids are not distasteful,
in light of the evidence of the tables and chart in Section IV !

2. The Carabid beetle (235) EccopropTERA CUPRICOLLIS
munucking the Mutillid scheme of colour.

The beetle has dull red head and thorax and black elytra
with four white spots. It appears to have lost the character-
istic Carabid odour, but has acquired the gait of a Mutilla.
M, appeared very afraid of this (Obs. 484), and pawed it
violently, escaping out of reach after each attack, finally
picking it up very quickly and hastily crunching it up as he
did with those Mutillids that he ate. The fear of this
beetle was far greater than it would have been had it been
dressed in a normal Carabid livery, since for a medium-sized
Carabid it was inoffensive-looking. One cannot avoid the
feeling that the Mutilloid appearance accounted for his care
not to be hurt by it. M, at first also treated this beetle as
very objectionable (Obs. 695), but subsequently ate it with
relish. Dr. G. A. K. Marshall in his paper on the Bionomics
of S. African insects remarked upon the perfection of the
mimicry of this beetle (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp.
511-2; see also Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1918, p. xeviii).

-

100 =Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter’s Experiments on

3. The butterfly Pavrttio (CosMoDESMUS) LEONIDAS
(No. 147) mimicking the Danaine TIRUMALA PETIVERANA.
Both model and mimic are pale blue with a coarse black
pattern.

M, held the Papilio in his hand and looked at it for a
long time, then having tasted it gingerly, ate it without a
sign of dishke (Obs. 322). This suggests that M, had an
instinctive feeling that it was an inedible butterfly, but
having tasted and found it good, ate it. This appears to
mean that the butterfly is pseudaposematic, but further
evidence is required.

4. The Astuip fly (No. 67) mimicking a Hymenopterous
insecl (SCOLIID).

This large fly has the abdomen covered with golden
pubescence, and the wings clouded with brown, both
characters giving it, with its w ings folded in a position of
rest, very much the appearance of a Scoliid. The first one
I found was sitting fully exposed on a leaf in the late
evening, and [ was much struck with its resemblance,
which was increased by the suppression of the large bristles
so common in Asilids. It was offered to M, in a box
(Obs. 129); he looked closely at it, but with suspicion. Just
as 1t was about to fly away I caught it by the legs, so that
the yellow pubescence of the abdomen was fully visible.
M, would not catch hold of the fiy, although he once put
ut his hand and gently touched a wing. The fact that on
another occasion M, took and ate readily another equally
large, and bristly member of this family of normal Asilid
appearance (Obs. 142) shows that he was not objecting to
the first because it was an Asilid. M, (Obs. 620, 673)
handled the fly equally gingerly, but eventually found it
was good to eat: This resemblance to a Hymenopteron
would seem to be a case of true Batesian mimicry.

5. Female Asilid fly (No. 382) mimicking a bee.

The fly is sexually dimorphic, the 3 being uniformly
black, the Q brown and bee-like. M, ate a male without
hesitation, but his behaviour with the female (Obs. 874)
left little doubt that he thought it was bee-like.

Since it was eventually eaten with satisfaction the female
ae to be pseudaposematic; a case of true mimicry.

6. Syrphid fly (HRISTALIS TENAX: No. 61) mimicking the
honey-bee.

Just as the English honey-bee is closely resembled by
Eristalis tenax, so 1s the African form of the sarhe species,

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 101

and the resemblanceis equally striking. In order to test the
monkey with this fly, it was necessary to stupefy it so that
it was not too ready to take wing, although it would buzz
and crawl. Obs. 117, 216, 259 show that M, was so much

afraid of this fly that on each oceasion when, after some
doubt, he took it in his hand, he suddenly let it go or threw
it down precisely as if it had stung him. It was extremely
amusing to see, and suggested that his doubt was so great
that when the fly buzzed in his hand he was obliged to let
it go for fear of being stung: and Obs. 216 shows that he
rubbed it on the ground precisely as he did the model

102. Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter's Experiments on

(Obs. 284) which was offered him on the day after the last
of the flies,

General remarks on the results.

The foregoing mass of detail in the tables has been
summarised for each monkey 1 in the form of a percentage
chart and a “ ring diagram.”

The chart shows for each of the four types of coloration
the percentage of each of the six classes of ** taste.”

In the case of M, the practical experimental result could
hardly be wished to accord better with the theoretical

result that should be obtained if the coloration of the msects
has anything to do with their edibility.

The two curves for aposematic species fall from the
minus to the plus side of the chart, while the procryptic
curves, one of which is not represented at all at the extreme
end of the minus side, rise from the minus to the plus side.

The curves for M, are not so remarkable, but, broadly
speaking, the result is the same, and the letters at the
margin indicating the curves are inverted on the two sides
as they should be.

The detailed comparison between the two monkeys seems

Pe

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 103

to indicate that M, was less severe in his classification as
distasteful than was M,.

The “ ring-diagrams ” give at a glance an analysis of the
experiments with 244 species on M, and with 131 species on
M,. It is impossible for it to be a coincidence that of 143

aposematic species offered to M,, 120 were classed by him
as distasteful, while of 101 procryptic species 83 were found
edible. Or, to take the result in another way, will coin-
cidence explain the fact that of 51 species found by M, to
be edible, 30 were procryptic, and of 80 found to be dis-
_ tasteful, 56 were aposematic ?

104 Dr. G. D. HH. Carpenter’s Hapervments on

It is claimed ihat these observations, numbering close
on a thousand, upon insects taken at random as they were
met with in the field, do yield practical, experimental
support to the interpretation of the coloration of insects
according to the Darwinian hypothesis of Natural Selec-
tion; that is, conspicuous species are distasteful and make
the most of their conspicuousness to advertise the fact;
while highly edible species endeavour to elude their enemies
by hiding themselves. The fact must never be forgotten,

however, that edibility and distastefulness are not absolute,
but entirely relative, qualities, and a hungry monkey will
eat, though unwillingly, an insect that he would pass over
disdainfully when not very hungry.

Great care was therefore taken throughout the experi-
ments, after the first few, to record the state of hunger of
the animal, and to gauge the distastefulness of an insect
by the amount of food taken before and after a specimen
was refused. A perusal of the records of the experiments
will show how frequently the words staple food (grass-
hoppers or weevils) occur.

ae

the Relative Edibility of Insects. 105

This paper would have been very incomplete without
the names of species, and I am greatly indebted to the
experts who have identified them so far as possible, namely,
Dr. G. J. Gahan, Dr. G. A. K. Marshall, Mr. K. G. Blair,
Mr. G. J. Arrow, Mr. W. L. Distant, Dr. H. Eltringham,
Dr. F. A. Dixey, F.R.S., Lord Rothschild, F.R.S., and
Dr. B. P. Uvarov. Many of the species are new, others
are in the National Collection, but are unnamed.

To my kind friend Professor E. B. Poulton this paper
owes much for the-trouble he has taken to get species
identified, and for continual practical interest shown in
the work from the time the experiments were commenced
in 1917 in what at that time was German East Africa.

( 106 )

Il. Notes on the Orthoptera in the British Museum. 1. The
group of Kuprepocnemini. By B, P. Uvaroy, F.E.S.

[Read February 2nd, 1921.]

In the course of rearranging the collection of Orthoptera
in the British Museum, I have had the opportunity of
making some hitherto unrecorded observations on pre-
viously known forms, as well as of finding some undescribed
genera and species. Since the collection contains the types
of numerous species described by Walker, I am also in a
position to establish the synonymy of these. ‘This is quite
impossible for those who have not examined the types
owing to the unsatisfactory nature of Walker's descrip-
tions. Notes on the geographical distribution of species
may also be of interest, the distribution of the Orthoptera
being little known, and for this purpose I have included
in this paper (which is the first of a proposed series based
on the same collection) the data of all Museum specimens.

I am sincerely grateful to the authorities of the British
Museum for permission to work on the rich and extremely
interesting collection it contains.

The revision of the group Euprepocnemini recently pub-
lished by Dr. I. Bolivar * saves me the trouble of giving
a synopsis of the genera, since all new genera described
below may be placed in Bolivar’s synopsis without difficulty.

Genus Cuororepocus I. Bol.

1878. ||Demodocus Stil, Bih. Sven. Akad., v (4), p. 75.

1893. ||Demodocus Brunner v. Wattenwyl, Ann. Mus.
Genova, xxxil, p. 150.

1914. Choroedocus 1. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid, ser.
Zool., N 20, pp. 5, 8.

As, thanks to the amiability of Prof. Y. Sjostedt, I
have been able to study Stil’s type of Demodocus capensis
Thunb., which is at the same time the type of the genus
Demodocus, | think it useful to give a new description of

* Estudios entomologicos. Segunda parte, I, El grupo de los
Euprepocnemes.—Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Natur. Madrid, ser. Zool.,
N 20, 1914.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.

PARTS I, Il. (OCT.)

-
© Gee tendinitis e

a oe ee ee ee ae

Ae ee age we (alee

PC Pel ND Megs

4+

Pe lias as nar

¢

ei tts
padded rite 5 ee oe

Notes on the Orthoptera in the British Museum. 107

the genus Choroedocus, as I. Bolivar has proposed to name
it, Stal’s name being preoccupied.

Body rather compressed laterally. Head narrow, prominent.
Frontal costa flat, slightly widened towards the clypeus and
narrowed near fastigium of the vertex. The latter rather promi-
nent. Vertex rather deeply triangularly impressed before the eyes,
with slight short median longitudinal carina between eyes. Antennae
filiform, in ¢ a little longer, in 2 shorter, than head and pronotum.
Ocelli placed close to the eyes, nearer to the base of antennae than
to the side margin-of the vertex. Pronotum compressed laterally ;
median carina low, but acute; interrupted by three transverse
sulci; prozona a little longer than metazona; lateral carinae
straight, slightly divergent backwards. Prosternal spine long,
curved backwards to the mesosternum, cylindrical, rather acute.
Mesosternal lobes a little longer than broad in 3, nearly quadrate
in 9; interspace in ¢ twice, in Q a little less than twice, as long
as broad. Metasternal lobes in ¢ contiguous, in Q narrowly
separated. Abdomen in ¢ inflated posteriorly; anal segment very
large, its hind margin with rounded emargination in the middle
and two short obtuse prominences at the sides of this emargina-
tion; supra-anal plate large, impressed, with basal part rather
narrowed, suddenly widened a little before the middle and widely
lanceolate at the apex; cerci very large, slightly incurved, strongly
compressed, with upper margin rather thick and rounded, while
lower margin (as well as the hind) is very thin; inner surface of
the cerci bearing an oval impression occupying the apical half and
bearing scarce short hairs; subgenital plate a little longer than
supra-anal, conical, slightly recurved, hairy. Hind femora attenuate
in their distal third; hind tibiae with 12 spines outwardly (without
an apical spine) and 10 spines inwardly; hind tarsi with short
second joint.

I. Bolivar regarded as belonging to this genus four
species: Gryllus capensis Thunb., Acridiwm robustum Serv.
(which he rightly treated as a synonym of Heleracris ducalis
Walk.), Acridium sparsum Serv., and Demodocus amphi-
prosopus Karsch. ‘The latter species, of which I have
studied both sexes, does not belong to this genus, and a
new genus, based upon it, is described below. Both
Serville’s species are only known as yet from the female
sex, and it is difficult to say if they actually belong here;
I retain them in this genus only provisionally. On the
other hand, two of Walker’s species of Heteracris are true

eo
108 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

Choroedocus, one of them being identical with G. capensis
Thunb. Thus, the number of species of Choroedocus known
to date is four, three of them, being represented in the
Museum collection. The genus is truly Oriental in its
distribution, since Thunberg’s capensis, in spite of its
name, has proved to be an Indian ‘insect.

1. Choroedocus capensis (Thunb.).

1815. Gryllus capensis Thunberg, Mém. Acad. Petersb.,
v, p. 270.

1827. Grayllus capensis 'Thunberg, Le., ix, pp. 399, 423,
no. 87, pl. 14, fig. 6.

1870. Heteracris insignis Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M.,
iv, pp. 663, 664, no. 20.

1873. | Pezotettix capensis Stil, Recens. Orth., i, p. 76, no. 6.

1878. C{alliptenus| capensis Sti ul, Bih. Sven. Akad., v (4),
D. To, NO. 2.

1910. Hfeteracris] imsignis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., ii
p. 995, no. 13.

1910. H[eteracris| capensis Kirby, |.c., ii, p. 554, no. 1.

1914. Heteracris capensis Kirby, Fauna Brit. India, Acrid.,
p. 263, no. 324.

I have established the identity of G. capensis Thunb.,
and H. insignis Walk., by comparison of Walker’s types
with one of Stil’s specimens, which has been also com-
pared by Prof. Y. Sjéstedt with Thunberg’s actual types.
As one of Walker’s types is from India, and there is a
series in the Museum collection from the island of Hainan,
with one specimen from China, it is evident that the
species is an. Oriental one. Stil’s specimen of the male
is also from India. It is, therefore, very strange that
Thunberg should have described the species as a South
African one, ‘‘in campis Africae frequentissimus”’; the
only explanation (suggested by Prof. Sjéstedt) is that
Thunberg went to India after his stay in Cape Town,
and the data on the specimens became mixed; the above-
mentioned note of this author concerning the frequent
occurrence of Gryllus capensis in Africa might be possibly
referred to any species of Heteracris, the females of which
somewhat resemble Choroedocus.

This particular species is separable from the very closely
related C. dlustris by more numerous and larger black
spots on the elytra; the males also possess quite a good
character in the shape of the subgenital plate which is

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 109

strongly conical in CG. dlustris and with apex truncate in
C. insignis. One of the Hainan males has black spots on
the elytra obliterate, but the form of its subgenital plate
leaves no doubt that it belongs to C. insignis ; Prof.
Sjostedt informs me that one of Thunberg’s types, which
are all females, also has unspotted elytra.

British Museum specimens: Buidwan, 1 2 (Walker's
type); 1 2 without locality (Walker’s type); Notai, Hainan,
5. vu. 1903, 7 3g, 3 29, 1 larva; Amoy, China, 1 3.

2. Choroedoeus illustris (Walk.).

1870. Heteracris illustris Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M.,
lv, pp. 662, 663.

1910. H[eteracris] allustris Karby, Syn. Cat. Orth., i,
p- 555, no. 14.

1914. Heteracris alustris Kirby, Fauna Brit. India, Acrid.,
p. 263, no. 323.

British Museum specimens: 8. Hindostan, 1 9 (Walker's
type); India, 2 gg, 1 9 (H. M. Lefroy).

The specimens sent by Prof. Lefroy agree perfectly with
Walker’s type in all details, and there is no doubt as to
their identity.

3. Choroedocus (?) robustus Serv.

1839. Acridiwm robustum Serville, Hist. Natur. Ins., Orth.,
p. 647, no. 7.

1870. Heteracris ducalis Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M.,
Iv, pp. 663, 665.

1910. H[eteracris| robusta Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., ii,
p. 555, no. 15.

1914. Heteracris robusta Kirby, Fauna Brit. India, Acrid.,
p. 262, no. 322.

British Museum specimens : Silhet, 2 22; 1 2 without
data (Walker's types).

I am not quite sure that this species actually belongs to
the genus Choroedocus, since males are unknown. However,
the females agree perfectly well with the two foregoing
species as far as generic characters are concerned.

4, Choroedocus (?) sparsus Serv.

1839. Acridiwm sparsum Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth.,
p. 646, no. 6.

110 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

1870. Heteracris(?) sparsa Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M.,
iv, p. 670, no. 34.

1910. H[eteracris|(?) sparsa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., i,
p. 554, no. 18.

Not represented in the British Museum.

It is quite probable that this speeies (described from
Australia) does not belong to Choroedocus at all, but I
still think it useful to include it here provisionally.

The three species of Choroedocus, known to me from
specimens, may be easily distinguished by the aid of the
following key :—

1. (4) General coloration yellowish-grey. Elytra with brown spots
or points. Wings slightly infumated towards the fore
margin and apex. Hind tibiae dull sanguineous or

yellowish.
2. (3) Elytra with numerous rather large brown spots. Male sub-
genital plate truncate at the apex. . . capensis Thunb.
3. (2) Elytra with-few small black spots and points. Male sub-
genital plate conical. . . . . . . tllustris Walk.
4. (1) General coloration greenish-brown. Elytra without any :
brown markings. Wings strongly infumated except inner
margin. Hind tibiae coral-red. . ..» . robustus Serv.

Genus EuPpREPOCNEMIS Fieber.

I. Bolivar only included five species in this well-charac-
terised genus, but my study of the British Museum col-
lection has doubled this number, while I am able to
describe a series of new species and forms, as well as to
establish the correct synonymy of some others, hitherto
little known. I give, therefore, a full list of the species
of this genus, though some of them are not represented
in the Museum collection.

1. Euprepoenemis plorans (Charp.).

The synonymy of this species given by Kirby (Syn. Cat.
Orth., i, p. 560, no. 1) is quite correct, except in the case -
of #. plorans var. intermedia Bol. (= EH. alacris Serv., see |
below). I would add, however, the following synonyms :—

1846. Calliptamus reticulatus Fischer Waldheim, Orth.
Imp. Ross., p. 239, tab. xix, fig. 1 (see Uvarov, Horae
Soc. Ent. Ross., xl (3), p. 35).

>

k

poe oa aie ht og ie Pe Ce ee eS
rh ig ‘ ee Ot a ee .
“apie aR: ol ne SORE aia fe say :

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 111

1870. Cyrtacanthacris ornatipes Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt.
B. M., ii, p. 575, no. 50.

1870. Heteracris consobrina Walker, l|.c., iv, 673, 674,
no. 40.

1891. Cyrtacanthacris ornatipes Hart, Fauna and Flora
Sinai, p. 183, fig. 5.

1905. Calliptamus reticulatus Jacobson and _ Bianchi,
Priamokr. 1 Lozhnos. Ross. Imp., p. 320.

The type specimen of consobrina has only one hind leg,
which is pinned to it and does not belong to it; this leg
seems to belong to one of the species of the genus Zoniopoda.

British Museum specimens : Syria, 1 2; Galilea, 2 99;
Algeria, June 1856, 1 9 (H. Clark); Algeria, Bone, 3. xi. 1896,
1 9 (A. EF. Eaton); Syria, 1 9; Dead Sea, Chor-es-Safiah,
1 Q (this is, evidently, the specimen figured in Hart, Fauna
and Flora Sinai, p. 183, fig. 5); Inca, Majorca, March, 1 9
(O. Thomas and R. I. Pocock); two 929 without locality

>

(Walker's types of consobrina and ornatipes).

la. Euprepocnemis plorans pallida subsp. nov.

Resembling in size and habitus the typical (Mediterranean) form,
but the general coloration is pale with light-brownish markings;
pronotum practically unicolored, the typical middle spot being but
a little darker than the lateral keels; elytra without sulphurous
axillar stripe, with distal half of radial veins brown; the venation
of elytra does not differ from that in the typical form; brownish
spots on elytra less numerous than in the typical form and light;
hind legs pale without any markings or differently coloured parts
except black spots on knee lobes. Length of body 3 (type) 29 mm. ;
of pronotum 6 mm.; of elytra 28 mm.; of hind femora 17 mm.

The dimensions of the female cotype are: Length of body (9)
35 mm.; of pronotum 7 mm.; of elytra 35 mm.; of hind femora
23 mm,

This form, as it is evident from the above description,
differs from the typical H. plorans only in coloration, this
difference being, however, so strikmg that I believe that
I am correct in regarding it as a southern geographical
form, that replaces the typical E. plorans (known with
certainty from Mediterranean countries only) in Eastern
Africa. This form is rather like #. bandana longipennis
Uvar., described below, but is easily distinguished by the
venulation of the elytra, which is quite like that in typical

all

112 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

plorans, while in ibandana and its subspecies transverse
veins, especially in axillar and discoidal fields, are sparse.

British Museum s pecimens : White Nile, Lake No, Feb.
1901, 1 3 (L. Loat) (type); Mombasa, 1. 2 (cotype).

1b. Euprepoenemis plorans meridionalis subsp. nov.
Differs from the typical (Mediterranean) form in the following
characters: frontal ridge more convex, scarcely punctured; elytra
in both sexes not reaching the hind knees; hind femora distinctly
incrassate basally, with distinct transverse bands on the upper-
side; general coloration pale fawn, with grey and black markings,

This subspecies is described from 3 9g and 2 99 from
Bloemfontein, Orange Free State, 10 ilii—l4 iv. 1918
(Division of Entomology, Pretoria); it is a quite well-
defined geographical race.

2. Euprepoenemis calceata (Serv.).

839. Acridium calceatum Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth.,
p- 683, no. 47.

1870. Heteracris annulifera Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M.,
iv, pp. 656, 659, no. 9.

1910. Hfeteracris] calceata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., i,
p- 555, no, 7.

I cannot agree with Bolivar (Trab. Mus. Madrid, l.c.,
p. 10), who regards Acridium calceatum Serv., as being
synonymous with Huprepocnemis bandana Giglio-Tos, since
the coloration of the hind tibiae and femora in these two
species is very distinct, and this in #. calceata perfectly
agrees with the coloration in annulifera. Further, bandana
is an East (tropical) African species, while calceata is
originally described from South Africa, whence come all
the British Museum specimens, including Walker’s type
of annulifera,

Since Serville’s and Walker’s descriptions are not satis-
factory, I give a new description of this species based on
Walker’s type (female) :—

Size a little smaller than that of H. plorans Charp. Frontal
ridge convex, sparsely punctate, slightly narrowed towards the
fastigium. Impression on the vertex rather deep, rotundato-
angulate anteriorly, marginal ridges strongly convergent between
eyes. Pronotum as in plorans. Prosternal tubercle cylindrical,
obtuse, bent backwards. Interspace between mesosternal lobes

ares

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 113

longer than broad. “Metasternal lobes short, non-contiguous,
narrowly separated. Elytra with small brownish spots; scapular
area without sulphurous stripe, sparsely venulated, transparent at
its whole length, except the hind part of the basal third. Hind
femora at the outer surface yellowish-grey, with a very narrow grey
stripe along the upper outer keel; their inner surface of the same
colour as the outer, but lighter; the inner lower sulcus greenish-
yellow; knee lobes with grey spots inwardly and outwardly. Hind
tibiae with upper surface greyish-greenish, with two pale rings at
the base, divided by a dark grey ring (another dark grey ring is
just below the second pale ring), and with a violet-rose spot at the
lower end; their lower surface is yellowish-grey with two grey
rings and a pale one included between them; the number of spines
is 10 at the inner side and 12 at the outer; all spines are pale, with
black ends. Hind tarsi violaceous-rose. Length of the body
28 mm.; of pronotum 6 mm.; of elytra 22 mm.; of hind femora
19-5 mm.; of hind tibiae 16 mm.

Males are quite like the described female; their meta-
sternal lobes are contiguous; in the shape of the outer
genitalia they are quite like #. plorans. The dimensions
of a male (from Stellenbosch) are: Length of body
22 mm.; of pronotum 45 mm.; of elytra 165 mm.; of
hind femora 14 mm.; of hind tibiae 12 mm.

The chief characters of this species are the form of the
impression on the vertex and, especially, the peculiar
coloration of the hind tibiae, as well as the rather large
(for an Huprepocnemis) number of spines on the same.
The lack of a dark median stripe on the outer median field
of the hind femora is also a very good character to dis-
tinguish this species from H. ibandana G.-T., while from
E. plorans it may be quite easily separated by the lack of
the sulphurous stripe in the axillar field of the elytra and
by the sparse venulation of this field. The coloration of
the hind tibiae exactly coincides with the description of
Serville’s species, which is from the same locality, and this
enabled me to confirm the identity of Serville’s and Walker’s
species; Serville’s observation concerning the shortness
of the elytra in his species might be due to bad preparation
of his specimen.

British Museum specimens: Cape of Good Hope 1 9
(Walker’s type of annulifera); Stellenbosch, 2 33, 1 9;
Capetown, iii, 1893, 2 99; Namaqualand (C. D. Rudd),
2 33,3 99.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, II. (OCT.) I

-

114 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

3. Euprepoenemis ibandana Gig.-Tos.

1907. LE[uprepocnemis| ibandana Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus.
Zool. An. comp. Torino, xxii, 547, p. 30.

1907. H[uprepocnemis| ibandana Giglio-Tos, |.c. xxi,
5D4, p. 80.

1909. Huprepocnemis plorans Sjéstedt (nec Charp.),
Wiss. Erg. Kilimand. Exped., 17, Orth., 7, Acrid.,
Dsleg:

1910. E[uprepocnemis| ibandana Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
i, p. 560, no. 5.

This species has been identified by most writers on the
fauna of East Africa as #. plorans Charp.; thus I have
examined the specimens from Kilimanjaro, quoted by
Prof. Sjéstedt, and they proved to belong to #. cbandana.
It is easily distinguished from £. plorans by shorter elytra
with but sparse transverse venulation; especially character-
istic is the sparse venulation and transparency of axillar
field. The coloration of the hind legs is quite lke F.
plorans, and it is obvious that 2. cbandana has nothing to
do with E. calceata Serv., which has quite distinctly coloured
hind tibiae, as is described above.

British Museum specimens : Uganda : Entebbe, Kampala,
Kivuvu, Mabira forest, Bweya, Manokota, Bwera, 11 $3,
73 99, 1 larva (C. C. Gowdey); British Centr. Africa, 1 9
(A. R. Andrew); British E, Africa, 1 2 (Gregory coll.).

3a. Euprepoenemis ibandana var. nigromaculata, nov.
General coloration darker than in the typical form, but the
chief difference is in the coloration of the hind femora, which bear
three confluent large black spots on the upper part of the outer
median area; the lower part of the same area is of the usual colour.
Dimensions and all morphological characters as in the typical form.

It is very curious that among nearly a hundred specimens
of this species this peculiar coloration of the hind femora
is to be seen in two only. I think that this form is a mere
individual variety, which, however, is rather striking and
ought to be named.

British Museum specimens : Entebbe, Uganda, 1915, 1 9
(type); Entebbe, Uganda, Nov. 1912, 1 2 (co-type).

3b. Euprepocnemis ibandana longipennis, subsp. nov.

Larger than the typical form, with elytra reaching hind knees or

y

Te Ae NE pts

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 115

even longer. Length of body (3 type) 26 mm.; of pronotum 5 mm. ;
of elytra 21-5 mm.; of hind femora 16 mm.; of hind tibiae 13 mm.

The dimensions of the female cotype are: Length of
body 38 mm.; of pronotum 7 mm.; of elytra 30 mm.; of
hind femora 23 mm.; of hind tibiae 20 mm.

Specimens of zbandana from West Africa are distin-
guished from East African ones by their dimensions, and,
especially, by their longer elytra. I believe that they
belong to a distinct geographical race which replaces true
ibandana in West Africa.*

British Museum specimens : Sierra Leone, 15 ix. 1912,
1 3 (J. J. Simpson) (type); Mayeppa, Sierra Leone,
14 ix. 1912,1 g (J. J. Simpson); Free Town, Sierra Leone,
13 ix. 1899, (ZF. FE. Austen), 1 3; Oban District, 8. Nigeria
(P. A. Talbot), 3 99; Idanri, Lagos, 20 i. 1910 (A. B.S.
Powell), 1 3; Fernando Po, Fishtown (P. A. Talbot), 2 99
(the eight latter specimens being cotypes).

4, Euprepocnemis senegalensis I. Bol.

1914. Huprepocnemis plorans Charp. var. senegalensis
I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid, ser. Zool, N 20, p. 10.

I have not seen this insect, but from Bolivar’s description
it differs’ from H. plorans too much to be regarded as a
mere variety of it. Bolivar’s description is too short, and
he does not compare F. senegalensis with the central
African E. ibandana (which he wrongly considered to be
identical with calceata Serv.), and therefore I think it
useful to treat H. senegalensis as a distinct species till
larger series of it may be obtained and its relationship
established.

5. Euprepoenemis cinerea (Blanch.).

1853. <Acridium cinereum Blanchard, Voyage au Pole
Sud, iv, p. 372, Ins. Orth. pl. 3, fig. 8.

This species is unknown to me from specimens, but it
appears to be very near to EL. zbandana longipennis, if not
identical with it. The only point against it, is that E.
cimerea is described from Teneriffe, while longipennis is

* Prof. Y. Sjéstedt has kindly submitted to me some specimens
from Kamerun recorded by him as H. plorans (Ent. Tidskr, Arg. 31,
H. 1, 1910, p. 8 of separate copy), but which actually belong to
E. ibandana longipennis.

116 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

known from tropical West Africa only. In the event of
their proving identical, the name cinerea will replace
longipennis.

6. Euprepoenemis alacris (Serv.).

1839. <Acridium alacre Serville, Hist. Natur. Ins. Orth.,
p. 682, no. 45.

1859. Acrydium deponens Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(3), iv, p. 222.

1870. Heteracris rudis Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt, B.M.,
iv, pp. 622, 664, no. 19.

1871. Aeridium seatuleem Walker, l.c., v, Suppl., p. 62.

1902. [Huprepocnemis plorans var.| intermedia |. Bolivar,
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixx, p. 630 .

1910. Eluprepocnemis] scitulus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
in, p. 560, no, 2.

1910. E[wprepocnemis] alacris Kirby, |.c., p. 561, no. 15.

1914. Huprepocnemis alacris Kirby, Fauna Brit. India,
Acrid., p. 267, no. 328.

1914. [Thisotcetrus| alacris I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

1918. Huprepocnemis alacris I. Bolivar, Rev. R. Acad.
Madrid, xvi, p. 411.

The synonymy of this species has been partly established
by Kirby and given nearly in full by I. Bolivar in his recent
paper on the Indian fauna (l.c. 1918). I can only confirm
this synonymy after study of Walker’s types, and add one
new synonym—Acridium scitulum Walker.

This species is easily distinguished from E. plorans by
the lack of a median carinula on the vertex. This carinula
is present in all the known African species that form
a natural group with HL. plorans. It is interesting, there-
fore, to record that in the British Museum there are two
female specimens of Huprepocnemis (one from the Blue Nile,
the other from Abyssinia) which also have no carmula on
the vertex; since, however, the material is so scanty, I
do not venture either to describe these specimens as a
new species or to identify them with H#. alacris, though
they very much resemble this species.

British Museum specimens: Pachim district, Siam,
Le sys, +3 Benares, 6 x. 1894, 1 2; N.W. India, 2 99; N.
India, 1 2; Bombay, 1 & India, 1 9; Pusa, Bengal,
18 ix. 1908, on grass, 1 g; Ceylon, 1 2 (Walker's type of

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 117

Heteracris rudis) ; Ceylon, 2 99 (Walker’s types of Acridium
_ deponens); Pundaluoya, Ceylon, 1 g, 1 Q (recorded by
Kirby as Thisoicetrus littoralis Rb.); Hakgalla, Ceylon,
1 2 (recorded by Kirby as EHwprepocnemis alacris Serv.) ;
1 2 without locality (Walker's type of Acridium scitulum).

7. Euprepoenemis malagassus I. Bol.

1914. Huprepocnenis malagassus I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 11.

I have not seen this species, but it appears to me to
belong to another genus.

8. Euprepeeneimis hokutensis Shiraki.

1910. Huprepocnemis hokutensis Shiraki, Acrididen
Japans, p. 81, no. 2, tab. 1, figs. 2 a, b,c.

1914. [Thisorcetrus| hokutensis 1. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

I cannot agree with Bolivar, who placed this species
among Thisoicetrus, while it has short, narrow and acute
cercl. It is true that the number of outer spines on the
hind tibiae (11-12) is rather high for an Huprepocnenus,
but the same number is to be seen in EH. calceata Serv.
E. hokutensis seems to be rather closely related to EH.
plorans Charp. (not plorans of Shiraki, which is a distinct
species, described by Bolivar as EH. shirakii), but distin-
guished by a long pronotum, the coloration of the hind
tibiae and the number of their spines.

9. Euprepocnemis shirakii I. Bol.

1910. Euprepocnenis plorans Shiraki (nec Charp.),
Acrididen Japans, p. 79, no. 1.

1914. Huprepocnenns shwakw I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, pp. 10, 11.

This is an extremely well-marked species, the chief
character being the peculiar shape of the male cerci, which
are not short and acute, as in other species of this genus,
but are far longer than the anal plate, and have a dilated
apex. The affinity of this species to E. alacris is shown
by the absence of a median carinula on the vertex.

The specimens from China and Baltistan differ from
Japanese examples by their smaller size; it is possible

~

118 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

that they represent a distinct geographical race, but more
material is wanted to confirm this.

British Museum specimens: Japan, 2 $$; Da-laen-
saen, nr. Nong-po (Walker coll.), 2 33; W. China, Chung-
King, Sze-Chuen Prov. (W. A. Maw), 1 92; Baltistan,
1 3, 4 99.

10. Euprepoenemis abyssinica, sp. n.

Light castaneous with brown and grey markings. Frontal ridge
strongly narrowed towards fastigium and widened towards clypeus,
its margins being obtuse and below ocellum completely smooth.
Below the eyes black shining vertical stripes. Fastigium of the
vertex rather narrow, subacute, with short, low median carinula
expressed only between eyes. Head above with a narrow longitu-
dinal castaneous stripe a little widened posteriorly. Pronotum with
a castaneous spot typical of the genus on the disk, the pale marginal
stripes being narrow; prozona one and a half times as long as
metazona; lateral lobes pale with a blackish elongate spot ex-
tending from the anterior margin to the third transverse sulcus,
smooth and shining, except the part behind the third sulcus which
is rugosely punctured. Prosternal tubercle cylindrical, obtuse,
slightly bent towards mesosternum. Mesosternal lobes transverse ;
their interspace longer than broad. Metasternal lobes contiguous.
Mesopleurae with oblique black stripes. Elytra lanceolate, brownish
with castaneous radial veins and spots of the same colour along the
discoidal field; transverse venulation not dense. Wings yellowish
at the base, slightly infumate towards apex. Fore and middle
femora incrassate. Hind femora short, incrassate, with two
obliterate oblique grey stripes externally and internally; genicular
lobes pale with grey upper spot. Hind tibiae proximally pale with
two bluish-grey rings, distally sanguineous, armed with 9 outer
and 8 inner white spines with black points. Hind tarsi sanguineous
above and pale below. Supra-anal plate with a thick raised median
ridge, sulcated narrowly in the proximal part; the margins slightly
impressed, darkened at the base; cerci thin, acute, slightly ineurved
and decurved, a little longer than supra-anal plate; subgenital plate
obtuse conical, sparsely hairy. The dimensions of the type specimen
(3) are as follows: Length of the body 23 mm.; of pronotum
5 mm.; of elytra 7-5 mm.; of hind femora 13 mm.; of hind tibiae
11 mm.

The dimensions of cotypic 9 are : Length of body 32 mm. ;
of pronotum 6 mm.; of elytra 8:5 mm.; of hind femora
17 mm.; of hind tibiae 14 mm.

gt —_ add Se

pn A

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 119

In spite of the short elytra, this species doubtless belongs
to Euprepocnemis, as the shape of its meso- and meta-
sternum is characteristic of this genus, but not of Para-
euprepocnemis, which has also short elytra. The other
specimens show no difference in morphological characters
and coloration from the above described type.

British Museum specimens: Abyssinia, Zegi Tsana,
May-June, 1902 (Degen), 3 3d (type and cotypes);
Abyssinia, Godsham, Jan. 1902 (Degen), 1 2 (cotype).

Since the identification of species of this genus is rather
difficult, I think the following key to those species, known
to me (t.e. except senegalensis, cinerea, hokutensis and
malagassa) may be useful :—

1. (14) Elytra fully developed.

2. (11) Vertex with short median carinula.

3. (4) Elytra with sulphurous stripe in axillar field. Transverse
venulation of this field, as well as of discoidal, is very
dense. Hind tibiae blue with pale ring in proximal
half and sanguineous in distal.

a (b) Hind femora but feebly incrassate, without transverse
bands on the upperside.—Mediterranean countries.
E. plorans plorans Charp.
b (a) Hind femora distinctly incrassate with grey transverse
bands on the upperside.—South Africa.
E. plorans meridionalis Uvar.

4. (3) Elytra without sulphurous stripe in axillar field.

5. (6) Hind tibiae unicolorous pale yellowish. Venulation of
elytra as in plorans plorans.—Africa.

E. plorans pallida Uvar.

6. (5) Hind tibiae not pale yellowish. Venulation of elytra in
axillar and discoidal fields rather sparse; both fields
more or less transparent. y

7. (10) Hind tibiae blue in proximal part only, distal part being
red or sanguineous (in longipennis often totally without
blue colour), armed with not more than 10 spines

outwardly.
8. (9) Elytra in both sexes not or scarcely reaching hind knees.—
HPA PriGar eis re E. ibandana ibandana G.-Tos.

9. (8) Elytra reaching hind knees or even longer.—W. Africa.
E. ibandana longipennis Uvar.
10. (7) Hind tibiae entirely blue with only a small rose spot at the
outer side before apex, armed with 12 spines outwardly.—
S.Africa. . .: . - + «+ &. calceata Serv.

120 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

11. (2) Vertex without median carinula.

12. (13) Hind tibiae brownish-sanguineous or bluish-green. Cerci
of the male short, narrow, with an acute apex.—India,
Ceylon; i af id A AM. E. alacris Serv.

13. (12) Hind tibiae coral- ed with two black rings in proximal
part. Cerci of the male elongate, recurved, compressed,
with widened and rounded apex.—Japan, China,
Baltistan ... - .. #, shtrakin 1. Bel.

14. (1) Elytra reduced, Seana ahens the middle of abdomen.—
Abyssinia . . . |. . . SH. abyssinica Uvar.

Genus HuprerocneMIDES I. Bol.
1914. Euprepocnemides 1. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool. N 20, p. 13.

1. Euprepoenemides pictipes I. Bol. ?
1902. Plaraeuprepocnemis| spictipes 1. Bolivar, Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr., lxx, p. 631.
1910. Plaraewprocnemis (sic)| pictipes Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Orth., i, p. 557, no. 2.
1914. Paraeuprepocnemis pictipes Kirby, Fauna Brit.
India, Acrid., p. 266, no. 327.

The only specimen in the Museum collection is in a very
bad condition, and I cannot be sure as to its identification.

British Museum specimen: Coonoor (India), 1 9.
Genus JUCUNDACRIS, gen. n.

Related to Huprepocnemis Fieb., and of its general habitus, but
a little more slender. Head rather prominent forwards with
strongly reclined face. Frontal ridge with obtuse parallel margins,
slightly narrowed above the ocellum, in male slightly impressed
at ocellum. Lateral ocelli placed just below the margins of fasti-
gium. Fastigium nearly horizontal, with lateral margins wide and
impressedly punctate, with triangular impression which is trans-
verse in female and longer than wide in male. Antennae in male
scarcely reaching the hind margin of the pronotum, in female
shorter, in both sexes filiform, in male only slightly widened beyond
the middle. Pronotum compressed, rather elongate, with lateral
keels very obtuse in prozona and disappearing in metazona, with
low, but acute median carina; metazona a little shorter than pro.
zona. Prosternal tubercle cylindrical, rather thick, with obtusely
rounded apex, inclined towards the mesosternum. Mesosternal

“ee
ee
Pee founds is

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 121

lobes in male nearly quadrate with inner margins arched and inter-
space 24 times as long as wide in its middle; in the female the said
lobes are of the same form, with interspace twice as long as its width
in the middle; metasternal lobes contiguous in male and distant
in female. Male anal plate lanceolate, rotundate at the apex;
cerci longer than this plate, compressed laterally, with parallel sides
and acute apex, incurved at their middle and bent downwards
before apex; subgenital plate short, but longer than cerci, very
obtuse, hairy. Fore and middle femora thickened in male. Hind
femora narrow, slender, with one series of bracket-shaped black
spots both on outer and inner side. Hind tibiae slightly widened
towards apex, with rounded keels, armed with 9-11 spines outwardly
and 9-10 inwardly, without outer apical spine. Hind tarsi with
second joint very short.

Genotype: Cyrtacanthacris pictipes Wall.

1, Jucundacris pictipes Walk.

1870. Cyrtacanthacris pictupes Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt.
B.M., iii, p. 575, no. 51.

1907. [Acridium] pictipes Finot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., [xxvi,
p. 328, no. 56.

1910. Eluprepocnemis] pietupes Mrbys Syn. Cat. Orth.,
i, p. 561, no. 9.

1914. Thisoecetrus jucundus Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool., 24,
p. 496, pl. 2, fig. 15.

1914. Thisoecetrus hottentotus, I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 29.

This handsome insect has been recently described by
Bolivar and by J. Carl (1. c.); the latter author mentions
some of its striking characters which give it a rather isolated
position amongst species of T'hisorcetrus, where he placed
it. The structure of antennae and sternum shows clearly
that it is nearer to Huprepocnemis, but the peculiar shape
of the male cerci, the type of coloration of the hind femora,
as well as the form of the inner margins of the mesosternal
lobes, are characteristic enough to base a new genus on
them. The description of the species given by Carl is
so precise that it allows me undoubtedly to conclude that
his 7. jucundus is identical with Walker’s Cyrtacanthacris
pictipes ; the probability of such identity has been supposed
by Dr. Carl himself, though with some doubt; this is quite
easy to understand in view of the recognised unsatisfactory
character of Walker’s descriptions. The small difference

bel 7.) Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

in dimensions between Walker’s and Carl’s specimens is of
no systematic importance.

British Museum specimens: South Africa, 1 9 (Walker's
type); Pretoria (W. L. Distant), 2 33; Johannesburg
(J. P. Cregoe), 1° (the three latter specimens bear Kirby’s
determination as Huprepocnenus pictipes Walk.); Johan-
nesburg (A. ftoss), 1 3.

Genus THisoicetrus Br. Watt.

I am in complete agreement with Dr. Bolivar in delimi-
tating this genus, which is quite a natural one. In fact,
it has nothing to.do with Huprepocnemis, though, on the
other hand, it is very closely related to Heteracris in Bolivar’s
restricted sense.

The number of species of Thisoicetrus described by
different authors is rather large, and I am compelled to
describe several more new ones, mostly African, though I
leave without description yet more apparently new forms
which are represented by badly preserved specimens or by
females only.

1. Thisoicetrus littoralis (Ramb.).

Bolivar considers that 7’. littoralis Ramb., and 7. char-
pentiert Stil, are two different species, the only distinction
being in the number of spines on the hind tibiae. A study
of every species of Thisoicetrus shows most clearly that
this character is rather inconstant, and it is quite easy to
find specimens with a different number of spines on the
right and left tibiae. I am convinced, therefore, that
T. charpentiert is a mere synonym of 7. littoralis. Kirby
in his Catalogue (ii, p. 558, no. 6) has given the full
synonymy of this species, and I consider it superfiuous to
repeat it here; I should like to add, however, the following
new synonyms :—

1861. Caloptenus similis Brunner v. Wattenwyll, Verh. Zool.
Bot. Ges. Wien, xi, p. 224.

1870. Heteracris annulosa Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt, B.M.,
iv. pp. 673, 674, no. 41.

1871. Acridium continuum Walker, Le., v, Suppl., p. 61.

1905. Caloptenus similis Jacobson and Bianchi, Priamokr.

i Lozhnoset. Ross. Imp., p. 319.
1907. [Acridium] continuum Finot, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr.,

Ixxvi, p. 342.

ee ea ae

ee ee

Pete,

ibe araiadiins pentane anda Oe ee her eidtainiit ne tb abn re ibis

papa

aa

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 123
1910. H[eteracris] (2) continua Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., 11,
p. 555, no. 11.
1910. E[wprepocnemis| annulosa Kirby, Le., p. 560, no. 4.
1912. Th{isoecetrus| similis Uvarov, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.
xl (3), p. 32, no. 85, fig. 3c.
1912. Euprepocnemis littoralis Uvarov, l.c., p. 34, no. 87.
1914. [Thisoecetrus] similis I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

British Museum specimens: Upper Egypt, 1 2 (type of
Cyrtacanthacris notata Walk.); St. Vincent, Cape Verde
Is., 1896, 1.2; Somah, 1 9; Biskra, 22 11. 1895, 1 3; 1 9;
Bushire, 2 99; Rhodos, 1 g, 1 9; Hadramaut, Arabia,
2-92; Quetta, 1 9; Mount Sinai, 1 2 (type of Acridium
continuum Walk.); 1 2 without locality (type of Heteracris
annulosa Walk.); Cyprus, Larnaca, 1 2 (C. Glazner);
Baluchistan, Ormarah (W. D. Cumming), 1 9; Kharga
Oasis, Egypt, Feb. 1912, 1 ¢; Chor-es-Saflah, Dead Sea,
1 @ (bearing inscription on the label: “ Hart N. 57”);
Algeria, Biskra (W. J. H. King), 2 $3, 2-29.

la. Thisoicetrus littoralis var. minuta n.
Three specimens in the Museum collection (2 gg and

_ 1 &) from Bone, Algeria, differ from typical form by their

very small dimensions, all other characters being in com-
plete accordance with specimens from other localities.
I think that they represent a distinct geographical race,
though the specimens from Biskra (not very far from Bone)
are of the usual dimensions. Still, the difference is so
striking that I believe it to be useful to give the dimensions
of this small form, while I hope that further investigations
of Algerian specimens will make clear its taxonomic
position. The male type has the following dimensions :
Length of body 16 mm.; of pronotum 3 mm.; of elytra
13 mm.; of hind femora 10 mm. The dimensions of the
female cotype are: Length of body 27 mm.; of pronotum
4-5 mm.; of elytra 21 mm.; of hind femora 15 mm.

British Museum specimens ; Algeria, Bone, 21 1x. 1896
(A. H. Eaton), 2 33, 1 2 (one male being the type, another and
one female cotypes).

2. Thisoicetrus adspersus. (Redt.).

1889. Euprepocnemis adspersa Redtenbacher, Wien. Knt.
Zig. vil, p. 30.

>.

~

124 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

1898. Thlisoicetrus| adspersus I. Bolivar, Ann. Sci. Nat.
Porto, v, pp. 34, 35, no. 2.

1905. Th{isoecetrus| adspersus Jacobson and Bianchi;
Priam. i Lozhnoset. Ross. Imp., pp. 205, 319.

1910. 7 hisoicetrus|] adspersus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., iii,
p. 509, no. 4.

1912. Thlisoecetrus| adspersus Uvarov, Horae Soc. Ent.
Ross., xl (3), pp. 33, 34, fig. 3c.

British Museum specimens : Spain (I. Bolivar), 2 33, 2 99.

3. Thisoicetrus buxtoni Uvar.

1921. Thisoecetrus buxtoni Uvarov, Journ. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc. (in course of publication).

British Museum. specimens : Mesopotamia, Masharra
Canal, Amara, 8 vi. 1918 (W. #. Evans), 1 3 (type); Amara
(P. A. Buxton), 1 3 (cotype).

4, Thiscicetrus pulehripes pulchripes (Schaum).

1853. Caloptenus pulchripes Schaum, Ber. Akad. Berlin,
1853, p. 779, no. 21.

1862. Caloptenus pulchripes Schaum, Peters Reise Mozamb.,
ZOOL Vv. p, 138s pli we Ay te le

1910. ELwprepocnemis| pulchripes Kirby, Syn..Cat. Orth.,
li, "p; OOL, 0:85

1917. [Thisoicetrus| pulchripes I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

British Museum specimens : 8. Rhodesia, Chirinda Forest
(C. F. M. Swynnerton), 2 GS; Salisbury, Mashonaland
(G. A. K. Marshall), 1 3, 2 92; Mt. Chirinda, Gaza Land,
Noy.—Dec. 1906 (D. Odendaal), 1 9; Fort Johnston, Nyasa-
land (P. Rendall), 1 9.

The female specimen from Fort Johnston has short elytra,
scarcely extending beyond the apex of abdomen. Males,
which have not previously been described, completely agree
in all morphological characters with 7. guineensis Kr., as
well as with 7. jeanneli Bol., and I cannot regard the two
latter species as well as 7. coerulipes Sjost., and 7’. nigro-
vittatus Bol., as anything else than local colour forms of
one species. This, in my opinion, is confirmed by the
occurrence of some transitional forms between these.
Thus the ab. coeruleipennis of T'. pulchripes, described below,

*

5 ne op ten see bet Cte aN ee RT *

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 125

being morphologically identical with 7. pulchripes and
T. jeanneli, has light blue wings, as in the latter species,
and violet tibiae—of a shade intermediate between the
two. Two specimens (g and 9) of 7’. guineensis from Sierra
Leone are quite indistinguishable from Uganda specimens,
except that their wings are light orange at their base and
strongly infumated towards the apex; they are very close
to the true ZT. pulchripes. I believe that the whole of
Tropical and South Africa is inhabited by the one species—
very variable in the coloration of the wings and hind
legs, as well as the head (but not in morphological
characters)—T’. pulchripes, which may be divided into many
geographical races, connected by transitional forms. These
races have been described by different writers as distinct
species, and I believe that the following should be included
in pulchripes, as subspecies of it only :—

coerulipes Sjéstedt, 1913.
guineensis Krauss, 1891.
ie var. maculosa Krauss, 1891.
nigrovittatus I. Bolivar, 1914.
jeanneli I. Bolivar, 1914.

Some of these, after careful investigation and examina-
tion of large series of specimens from different localities,
may even prove to be mere individual aberrations of the
same subspecies. More material is certainly wanted to
confirm this opinion, but I think it more useful to raise
the question im this form than to describe every colour
variety as a distinct species.

4a. Thisoicetrus pulchripes ab. coeruleipennis n.

The only differences of this form from the typical one
consist in the coloration of the wings, which are light blue
at the disk and slightly infumated towards their apex,
and in the coloration of the hind tibiae, which are not
sanguineous in the distal part, as in the typical form,
but more violaceous. I believe this form to be a kind of
link between the subspecies pulchripes and jeannelv.

British Museum specimen: Barberton, 1 3 (named by
Kirby, as Huprepocnemis pulchripes).

4b. Thisoicetrus pulehripes jeanneli I. Bol.

1914. Thisoicetrus jeanneli I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
Ser. Zool., N 20, p. 26.

F

al

126 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

I think that this is very closely related to coerulescens
Stil, and perhaps even identical with it. The difference
between it and 7. nigrovittatus, described by Bolivar in
the same paper (Lc. p. 25), is not clear to me.

British Museum specimen: German HE. Africa, 1 3.

4c. Thisoicetrus pulchripes guineensis (Krauss).

1891. E[uprepocnemis] guineensis Krauss, Zool. Jahrb.,
Syst., v, p. 659, no. 14, pl. 45, fig. 5.

1891. ELwprepocnemis| guineensis var. maculosa Krauss,
l.c. p. 660, pl. 45, figs. 6, 6a.

1907. Eluprepocnenis| guineensis Giglio-Tos, Bol. Mus.
Tormo, xxii (554), p. 30.

1910. Elwprepocnenis| guineensis Karby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
iu, p. 560, no. 7.

1914. [Thisoicetrus| guineensis I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

1914. Thisoicetrus guineensis Sjostedt, Ark. Zool., 12 (1),
p. 14.

British Museum specimens: Uganda: Entebbe, Bonda,
Chagwe, Mityana, Kampala, Mabira Forest, 14 gg, 8 99°
(C. C. Gowdey).

I quite agree with Giglio-Tos that var. maculosa is only
an individual aberration. All specimens examined by
me have the wings of a very pale buff colour, not hyaline.

4d. Thisoicetrus pulchripes aurantiaca subsp. nov.

Two specimens (1 4, 1 9) from Sierra Leone, though quite
like pulchripes in morphological characters, are distinct
in coloration of hind tibiae; these are not sanguineous, but
red, as in 7’. guineensis, while the wings are orange, as in
typical pulchripes ; the elytra are marked with rather
large black spots, forming transverse bands.

British Museum specimens: Sierra Leone, Kavima,
25 vi. 1912, 1 3 (type), Bendu, 14 viii. 1912, 1 9 (cotype)
(J. J. Simpson).

5. Thisoicetrus usambarieus [. Bol.
1914. Thisoicetrus usambaricus 1. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool. N 20, p. 27.
I regard this species as being distinct from 7. pulchripes,
though rather near to it. The chief difference is in the
form of the wings, which are very wide, and, further, are

a

iii “y ioe BP ay

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 127

not at all infumated towards the apex, a character that is
always present in all forms of 7. pulchripes. The male
genitalia are quite like those of 7. pulchripes.

British Museum specimens: Entebbe, Uganda (C. C.
Gowdey), 4 33,12; Mabira Forest, Uganda (C. C. Gowdey),
1.9.

6. Thisoicetrus puleher (I. Bol.).

1902. E[wprepocnenis| pulchra 1. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Fr., lxx, p. 630.

1910. Eluprepocnemis| pulchra Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., ii,
p. 561, no. 17.

1914. [Thisoicetrus| pulcher I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool., N 20, p. 23.

1914. Huprepocnenns pulchra Kirby, Fauna Brit. India,
Acrid., p. 268, no. 329. |
1918. Thisoicetrus pulcher I. Bolivar, Rev. Real Acad.

Cien. Madrid, xvi, seg. ser., p. 411, no. 103.

British Museum specimens: Ceylon (E. E. Green), 2 $3,
2 29; Turicomabe, Ceylon, Sept. 1909, 1 9 (named by Kirby,
Huprepocnemis alacris Serv.); Simpson (2), 1 9; India,
2 3d.

This species, though known from India, has not been
recorded previously in Ceylon. Two males from India are
remarkable for the very light sulphurous longitudinal
stripes on the occiput, pronotum and elytra, as well as
similarly coloured sides of the head (except brown stripes
below the eyes); in addition, the median castaneous
stripe of the pronotum in these specimens, as well as in one
female from Ceylon, is not faded in its middle, as it
usually occurs in typical specimens.

7. Thisoicetrus attenuatus, sp. n.

The general habitus and coloration of this new species resemble
very much those of 7. pulchripes Schaum. Head very prominent
upwards with globose occiput; front strongly reclinate, frontal
ridge flat, punctured, with smooth margins, parallel below the
ocellum, slightly widened and again gradually narrowed towards
the fastigium ; fastigium very prominent, nearly horizontal and very
slightly impressed; face greenish-yellow with wide black band from
labrum to fastigium, the lateral carinae of the frontal ridge being
yellow; cheeks totally black, except an oblong yellowish-green patch
adjoining the hind margin of the eyes; vertex and occiput with

128 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

black fascia, widening posteriorly. Pronotum with metazona nearly
twice as short as prozona; prozona slightly tectiform, metazona
flat; lateral carinae straight, parallel, in metazona obliterate ;
median carina raised, acute; disk with a black parallel longitudinal
fascia and two greenish-yellow lateral bands; lateral lobes coriaceous,
totally black. Prosternal tubercle compressed from fore and hind
side, with obtuse rotundate apex. Elytra dark brown, except
green anal area, reaching the apex of the abdomen, with straightly
truncate apex. Wings totally infumated. Fore and middle legs
olivaceous. Hind femora with the basal half outwardly olivaceous,
becoming black towards the middle, in the apical half with two
yellow transverse bands, divided by a black one; the knee totally
black; inner side of femora yellowish-green with two black trans-
verse bands and black apex. Hind tibiae with black base, followed
by a yellow ring, which is delimitated by another, less defined black
ring; the apical half and tarsi sanguineous. Anal segment (<3)
with two short widely standing processi. Supra-anal plate rotundate
triangular with the apex subacute, with a short and rather wide
longitudinal sulcus at its base. Cerci longer than supra-anal plate,
compressed, beyond the middle widened and rather suddenly

_decurved, with rounded apex. Subgenital plate with its apex
attenuate vertically, obtuse and bearing two very low tubercles.
Length of the body (3 type) 22 mm.; of pronotum 4-5 mm.; of
elytra 13°5mm.; of hind femora 15 mm,

The prominent head, the shape of pronotum, shortness
and form of the apex of elytra, and, especially, the peculiar
form of the subgenital plate are the chief characters of this
remarkable species, which is unfortunately represented by
one male specimen only.

British Museum specimen: Fwambo, British Central
Africa (A. Carson), 1 3 (type).

There is in the Museum collection another species (from
Nyasaland), the male of which is also very attenuate at
the apex of the subgenital plate, without two tubercles
on it, which is doubtless new, but I abstain from describing
it, since it is represented by two (gj and Q) very badly pre-
served specimens, almost totally decolorated by alcohol.

venus THISOICETRINUS, g. n.

Thisoicetrus dorsatus F.-W., differs from all other species
of the genus Thisoicetrus in having the antennae very long,
the pronotum strongly rounded without any trace of lateral
carinae and the male subgenital plate, not short and obtuse,

ee
tins te ahse

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 129

but long, attenuate and acute. I propose, therefore,
to separate it into a new genus Thisoicetrinus with the above
characteristic and select Acridiwm dorsatum F.-W. as the

genotype.
8. Thisoicetrinus dorsatus (I'.-W.).

1839. Aleridium] dorsatum Fischer de Waldheim, Bull.
Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow, p. 301.

1853. Huprepocnenus fischeri Filber, Lotos, i, p. 98, no. 7.

1876. Calliptamus dorsatus Fischer de Waldheim, Orth.
Imp. Ross., p. 240, pl. 19, f. 2 (2 !).

1876. Calliptamus pterosticha Fischer de Waldheim, 1.c.,
p. 244, pl. 16, f. 4 (3).

1910, T[hisoicetrus| dorsatus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., 1,
p- 559, no. 2.

1912. Thisoecetrus dorsatus Uvarov, Horae Soc. Ent.
Ross., xl, N 3, p. 32, no. 84, fig. 3a.

1914. [Thisoicetrus| pterostichus 1. Bolivar, Trab. Mus.
Madrid, ser. Zool. N 20, p. 23.

1914. [Thisoicetrus] dorsatus I. Bolivar, lL.c., p. 23.

The correct synonymy of this species was established by
me after studying Fischer de Waldheim’s type specimens
in 1912, but Bolivar, in his recent revision of this group,
has overlooked it and regarded 7’. pterostichus and T.
dorsatus as two distinct species.

British Museum specimens: Armenia (F'. Ostwald), 1 @
(bearmg Kirby’s label: “‘ Huprepocnemis punctata Kb.
type”; this name has never been published); 8. Russia,
Astrakhan (N. L. Sakharov), 1 9; N. Persia: Chanigin,
Diala R. (P. Buxton), 1 9.

Genus THISOICETRELLUS, g. 0.

Closely related to Thisoicetrus. Antennae (3) reaching beyond
the hind border of pronotum, flattened and slightly dilated in the
middle. Frontal costa flat, slightly impressed below ocellum,
strongly punctured, with lateral carinae smooth, parallel, very
slightly divergent and disappearing towards the clypeus, strongly
convergent to the vertex. Lateral ocelli placed near lateral margins
of vertex. Fastigium of the vertex prominent with slight rhombi-
form impression, without median keel. Pronotum with three keels,
asin T'hisoicetrus ; prozona one and a half times as long as metazona ;
hind margin widely rounded. Prosternal tubercle compressed in
front and from behind, with lateral margins straight and parallel,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTSI, 11. (OCT.) K

all

130 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

with apex truncate and slightly bituberculate at the front side.
Mesosternal lobes transverse with interspace quadrate. Meta-
sternal lobes non-contiguous. Elytra short, reaching to about the
middle of abdomen. Wings coloured with apex dark. Abdomen
(3) with apex strongly recurved and inflated; anal segment very
large; supra-anal plate large, oblong, gradually narrowed towards
the apex, sulcate in basal half, low incrassate margins of the sulcus
strongly diverging beyond its middle. Cerci, as in T'hisoicetrus,
strongly compressed, especially in the apical part, where they are
bent downwards, with apex widely rounded. Subgenital plate
very short, globose. Hind femora rather slender. Hind tibiae
with nine outer and nine inner spines. Hind tarsi as in T'hisoicetrus.

Genotype: Thisoicetrellus recurvus, sp. 0.

This genus strongly resembles Thisoicetrus in all its
characters, but is distinguished by the extraordinarily
recurved and inflated apex to the abdomen, the shortness
of the elytra and the form of the prosternal tubercle.

1. Thisoicetrellus recurvus, sp. n.

¢g. Blackish olivaceous, with yellowish-green and black design.
Antennae pale brownish. Face pale; frontal ridge olivaceous
with blackish points; sides of the head behind the infraocular sulci
black; vertex brownish, with not sharply defined blackish median
stripe included between two lateral yellowish-green stripes. Prono-
tum with wide median stripe which is castaneous in its middle and
blacker towards the margins; lateral stripes narrow, greenish-
yellow; lateral lobes blackish olivaceous. Elytra brownish
olivaceous, except yellowish-green anal field. Wings yellowish
with fore margin infumate towards the apex. Sternum and abdomen
olivaceous. Cerci dark brown with apical part light brown. Hind
femora outwardly and inwardly reddish in basal half with an indis-
tinct dark band in the middle, yellow in apical half with an ill-defined
dark transverse band before the black knee; the lower sulcus
sanguineous. Hind tibiae black, with orange ring near the base;
spines white with black tips. Hind tarsi brown.

Length of body (i.e. from the fastigium of vertex to the apex
of subgenital plate in normal recurved condition of abdomen)
17 mm.; of pronotum 4 mm.; of elytra 6 mm.; of hind femora
12-5 mm.

British Museum specimen: Kavaluki valley, British E.
Africa (Gregory coll.), 1 3 (type).

*

» a ‘

~ i Fe

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 131

Genus Brsutus I. Bol.

1. Bibulus brunni (Gig.-Tos).

1901. Hulprepocnemis| coerulescens Brunn (nec Stil ?);
Mitt. Naturhist. Mus. Hamburg, xvi, p. 264, no. 132.
1907. Z[ylotropidius] brunni Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino,
_ xxii, 552, p. 31.
1914. Bibulus brunni I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid, ser.
Zool., N 20, p. 31.

T am still not quite sure that coerulescens Stil is actually
distinct from brunni ; a definite solution of this question

is possible only by examining Stiil’s type.

British Museum specimens: British EK. Africa (C. S.
Betton), 12; Sokotra, 1 9 (bearmg M. Burr’s label : “ Cata-
loipus oberthiire Bol,’’).

2. Bibulus desertus, sp. n.

General coloration light buff. Face reclinate; frontal ridge flat,
punctured, with very slightly raised lateral carinae, a little narrowed
towards clypeus and more distinctly, but still feebly, narrowed to-
wards fastigium. Fastigium of the vertex rotundate, with ovat
impression and low, acute median carinula, which is more raised
between the eyes. Occiput unicolorous with but slight trace of
brownish spot before the middle of the hind margin. Antennae of
general colour above and blackened in distal two-thirds below,
slightly widened beyond the middle, a little longer than head and
pronotum taken together. Pronotum with a narrow chocolate-
brown longitudinal band, which gradually widens backwards,
rather suddenly narrows in metazona, its width at the fore margin
being a little less than that at the hind margin and half the width
of the widest portion, which is in the middle of metazona; marginal
parts of the band are more intensely coloured than its interior part;
lateral bands of pronotum are light buff, their width at the fore
margin being equal to the width of median stripe, while they are
widened in the hind half of metazona; the whole disk of pronotum
is not flat but slightly tectiform with a raised median carina,
which is deeply interrupted by three transverse sulci; prozona
distinctly longer than metazona; hind margin obtusely angulate ;
lateral lobes unicolorous, coriaceous throughout but more densely
in metazona. Prosternal tubercle flattened anteriorly, with wide
truncate apex. Elytra longer than abdomen, with all veins, except
in the anal field, brownish, with indistinct brownish transverse bands.
Wings bluish hyaline, slightly infumated towards their apex. Hind

ll

132 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

femora without any markings outwardly, but with two shining black
spots inwardly, one occupying the whole basal half and another,
smaller one, placed at the beginning of narrow part of the femur;
knees black with brown lobes. Hind tibiae pale with three black
rings, one at the base and two at equal distances from one another,
the third being indistinct from above; the number of spines is 11
at the outer margin and 13 at the inner. Anal segment with two
short non-contiguous appendages in the middle. Supra-anal plate
oval, with middle part raised at the base and with short median
sulcus; its lateral margins with two inflexions and suddenly inflexed
towards the middle before the apex; the apex itself attenuate in
short obtuse processus. Cerci longer than supra-anal plate and
as long as subgenital plate, compressed, towards the apex slightly
widened and slightly bent downwards. Subgenital plate conical,
obtuse, hairy.

The dimensions of the type ($) are: Length of body 22 mm.;
of pronotum 5 mm.; of elytra 20 mm.; of hind femur 15 mm.

The female cotypes are much larger than the males,
and differ in coloration of cheeks, of lateral lobes of the
pronotum and of the pleurae, which are marked with
numerous irregular dark grey and black spots and points;
the hind femora also have numerous obliterate grey points
in area externomedia and three obliterate greyish trans-
verse bands at the upper side, prolonged to the inner
side; hind tibiae are light greyish-slate, with white, black-
pointed spines. Dimensions of the female are: Length of
body 42 mm.; of pronotum 9 mm.; of hind femora 27 mm. ;
of elytra 33 mm.

This species is closely related to B. brunni, but differs
from it in its coloration, its shorter and narrower elytra
(especially in the females) and shorter hind femora. The
sexual dimorphism in this species is also very striking, as
it is in B. brunni.

British Museum specimens: Arabia (Percival and
Dodson), 1 3 (type); Arabia, Ktubu (G. W. Bury), 2 99;
Somali, 1 ¢ (the three latter specimens being colypes).

Genus HoRAEOCERUS Sauss.

1. Horaeocerus antennatus [. Bol.

1914. Horaeocerus antennata I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool., N 20, p. 30.

British Museum specimen : Madagascar, | 9.

en

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 133

Genus Hereracris Walk.

I completely agree with I. Bolivar in his restricted treat-
ment of this genus (Trab. Mus. Madrid, ser. Zool., N 20,
pp- 19-20), but it seems to me rather doubtful whether the
specimens that served Bolivar as types of his (not Serville’s)
H. herbacea are actually identical with herbacea Serv.,

because Sjéstedt, who examined Stiil’s specimens of

herbacea, stated (Ark. Zool., viii, 6, p. 24) that the cerci
of herbacea are “‘an der Spitze ziemlich kurz und breit
verengt,” while Bolivar’s description says: “cerci 3
compressi apicem versus sensim attenuati, simuati, apice
acutiusculi.” A comparison of these two descriptions
and Stil’s diagnosis of herbacea: “cercorum maris ad
P. charpentiert appropinquat,” show clearly that Boli-
var’s specimens: are not Stiil’s herbacea, though it is quite
possible that the latter is not identical with herbacea
Serv., which is described from the female only; and the
females in this genus are extremely alike each other. If
we accept Stil’s description and his male specimens as
true herbacea Serv., then Bolivar’s diagnosis of this genus
ought to be slightly altered in so far as it is based upon
the form of the male cerci. In fact, it seems that a definite
separation line between Thisoicetrus and Heteracris (in
Bolivar’s meaning) can hardly be drawn, since the other
very important character of Heteracris—the relative short-
ness of metazone of the pronotum—is to be seen in Thisot-
cetrus attenuatus Uvar. (see above), in which the cerci are
rounded apically. Still I think it useful to retain the
genus Heteracris for the present, but its full revision, based
upon type specimens and ample new material, is extremely
necessary.

The number of species of this genus is very small; of
the numerous Walker’s species described under this genus,
none but herbacea (nec Serv.) belongs here;' Walker named
three different species as herbacea, two of them being
described below as new. Acridium herbaceuwm Serv., which
belongs here, might be identical with speciosa Sjést., but
must be regarded for the present as distinct, the total
number of species being thus four; three of them are
represented in the Museum collection.

1. Heteracris speciosa (Sjést.).

1870. Heteracris herbacea Walker (nec Serv.), Cat. Derm.
Salt. B.M., iv, p. 656, no. 3 (partim?).

-
134 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Noles on the

1913. Ewprepocnemis speciosa Sjéstedt, Ark. Zool., vii
(6), p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 3.

1916. Thisoicetrus speciosus J. Carl, Revue Suisse Zool.,
24 (6), p. 494, pl. 2, fig. 13.

It is quite possible that H. speciosa is identical with
H. herbacea Serv., of which only the female was described.
British Museum specimens: Pt. Natal, 1 3, 2 99;
S. Africa, 1 g (all labelled by Walker as H. herbacea

Serv.).

2. Heteracris acuminata, sp. n.

1870. Heteracris herbacea Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M.,
iv, p. 656, no. 3 (partim ?).

1914. Heteracris herbaceus I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool., N 20, p. 21.

In coloration and all morphological characters quite like
H. speciosa, the only difference being in the form of the male
cerci, which are prolonged into very acute long spines. In
the male cotype this spine is shorter and less acute; in
the type specimen also the right cercus has this spine shorter
than the left one. The females are not separable from those
of H. speciosa. Dimensions of male type are: Length of
body 27 mm.; of pronotum 6 mm.; of elytra 20 mm.; of
hind femora 18 mm. One of female cotypes has the follow-
ing dimensions: Length of body 44 mm.; of pronotum
8 mm.; of elytra 26 mm.; of hind femora 25 mm.

The difference in the form of cerci in the two male
specimens is rather striking, and I should describe them
as two distinct species but for the fact that nearly the same
difference may be seen between the right and left cercus of
the type. It is possible that Bolivar has described this
species under Heteracris herbacea Bol. (nec Serv.).

British Museum specimens : Fureka, Barberton (J. Ren-
dall), 1 3 (type); Natal, March 1867, 1 g (labelled by Walker
as H. herbacea Serv.); Johannesburg, 1 2; without date,
1 9 (the three latter are colypes).

3. Heteracris calliptamoides, sp. n.

In habitus very like a representative of the Calliptamini, the
head being rather thick and hind femora short.

Front strongly reclinate; frontal ridge wide, slightly convex,
without any trace of sulcus, with sides parallel, disappearing before
clypeus. Fastigium of vertex in the male type specimen broken

|

Orthoplera in the British Museum, 135

(in the female cotype it is thick, distinctly transverse, with slight
double impression, with lateral margins very thick). Eyes large,
prominent. Antennae reaching beyond hind margin of pronotum,
markedly dilated in the middle. Pronotum rugosely punctured,
with lateral carinae scarcely perceptible in prozona and entirely
lacking in metazona; median carina slightly raised, shining; hind
margin very widely rounded, nearly straight; lateral lobes strongly
impressedly punctate, with lower margin widely rounded. Pro-
sternal tubercle nearly cylindrical, only slightly compressed from
behind with obtuse apex. Elytra narrow. Hind femora short and
thick, Hind tibiae with 10 spines inwardly and 11 outwardly.
Supra-anal plate lancet-shaped with the apex attenuate, with two
lateral emarginations, slightly impressed, with short basal median
sulcus. Cerci longer than supra-anal plate, wide, compressed, with
apical half strongly flattened and bent downwards; apex sub-
acuminate. Subgenital plate short, globose.

General coloration (the specimen is rather discoloured and dirty)
is dull brown. Face pale, with cheeks behind the black infra-ocular
sulci blackish; eyes pale. Pronotum unicolorous dull brown.
Elytra hyaline (in living specimens greenish?), with numerous
square brown spots; anal area unicolorous brownish. Wings bluish
with their apex slightly infumate. Hind femora reddish, with
indistinct dark transverse bands; one yellow ring before the black
knee. Hind tibiae greenish-brown, with brown base, yellow basal
ring and another less defined light-coloured ring in the middle;
spines with brown tips. Length of body (3 type) 22 mm.;
pronotum 4°5 mm.; elytra 14°5 mm.; hind femora 15 mm.

The female cotype differs from the male in having hind
femora brownish, with more conspicuous oblique transverse
bands; I believe that the reddish colour of femora in the
male specimen is abnormal. .

British Museum specimens: South Africa, 1 3 (type);
South Africa (Dr. Smith), 1 2 (both are named by Walker
Heteracris herbacea Serv.).

Genus TyLotropipius Br, Watt.

The systematics of the species of this genus are in a
hopeless state, since nobody has re-examined Stil’s and
Thunberg’s types of the genotypic species (didymus Thunb.),
and the descriptions given by the authors quoted are not
satisfactory. The short revision of species given lately
by A. v. Schulthess is also of very little use, since he has
not seen typical specimens, and, in consequence, his

136 Dr: B. PB arov's Notes on the

didymus is most certainly not the species so named by
Thunberg and Stil (see below). I. Bolivar has recently
made an attempt to divide this genus into two, and de-
scribed the new genus T'ropidiopsis, to which some species
of Tylotropidius ought to be transferred, but he himself
has not given lists of species belonging to the one and the
other of these genera. :

In consequence I am not quite certain of all my identifi-
cations of the species in the Museum collection.

1. Tylotropidius speciosus (Walk.).

1870. Heteracris speciosa Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M.,
iv, p. 661, no. 12 (larva).

1899. T[ylotropidius| didymus Schulthess (nec Thunb., nec
Stal). Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Natur., xxxv, pp.
210-212, figs. 1, la.

It is evident that Schulthess described and figured in
his revision not the species that Stil described as didymus
Thunb., on the ground of Thunberg’s type, though Schul-
thess himself says that he knows the species personally.
That I am correct in this view may be proved by mere
comparison of Stil’s description with the figure of pro-
notum given by Schulthess; the lateral keels of pronotum
in this figure are quite straight, while Stil says: “ margi-
nibus lateralibus a basi primum leviter, dein ante medium
fortius convergentibus,” 7. e. the keels are by no means
straight in true didymus.

The correct name for the species figured by Schulthess
as didymus (and doubtless so identified by some later
writers) is speciosus Walk., since Walker’s type of Hetera-
cris speciosa, though a larva in the last instar, undoubtedly
belongs to it.

British Museum specimens: Sierra Leone, 1 @ larva
(Walker's type); Uganda: Entebbe, Bweya, 15 go,
29 9° (C. C. Gowdey); Uganda, Busoga, Kamuli (H.
Mathers), 1 3; Uganda, Parder distr. (W. P. Lome), 1 9.

2. Tylotropidius varicornis (Walk.).

1870. Heteracris varicornis Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M.,
lv, p. 667, no. 25.

1893. Tylotropidius ceylonicus Brunner Watt., Ann. Mus.
Civ. Gen. xxxiii, p. 164, pl. v, fig. 57.

a) -
OE PAT AD veh tired,

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 137

1910. E[uprepocnemis] varicornis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
il, p. 561, no. 16.

1914. Tylotropidius varicornis Kirby, Fauna Brit. India,
Acrid., p. 265, no. 326, fig. 140.

British Museum specimens : South Hindostan, 1 3 (Walker's
type); High Range, May 1891, 1 9; Ceylon, 2 99
(H. E. Green).

3. Tylotropidius gracilipes Brancs. ?

1896. Tylotromdius gracilipes Brancsik, Jahresh. Ver.
Trencs. Com., xvii-xvui, p. 256, pl. 8, fig. 8.

21898. Tylotropidius somalicus Schulthess, Ann. Mus.
Civ. Genova, xxxix, p. 195, no. 1.

1902. Heteracris bettoni Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
(1), p. 100, no. 22.

British Museum specimens: Baringo, 4000 ft., 20 xii.
1909 (H. H. Johnston), 3 33,192; Maungu, British KE. Africa
(Betton), 1 9; Thika-Thika, Brit. E. Africa (Gregory), 1 2;
Mombasa (Dr. J. Wilson), 1 9; Atbara, Abyssinia, 1 2
(all ecght specimens are Kirby’s types of H. bettoni); Portug.
K. Africa, Busi River, Dec. 1906 (C. F. MZ. Swynnerton),
4 99; Brit. Centr. Africa (A. R. Andrew), 1 3, 4 99;
Liberia (W. P. Lowe), 1 2; Oban Distr., 8. Nigeria (P. A.
Talbot), 1 3; Delagoa, 1 g,3 29; Zomba, Feb. and March
1896 (A. Whyte), 2 99; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland, 1 9; Mt.
Chirinda, Gaza Land, Nov.—Dec. 1906 (D. Odendaal), 2 99;
Brit. E. Africa, Narossura R. (W. P. Lowe), 1 2; Salisbury,
Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall), 2 gg, 1 2; Abyssinia,
Zegi Tsana, May—June 1902 (Degen), 19; Mombasa, | 9;
Mozambique (Ff. Muir), 1 g; Ashanti, Gold Coast 2. i.
1913 (J. J. Simpson), 1 Q.

4, Tylotropidius gaugeri Schulth.

1899. T[ylotropidius] gaugert, Schulthess, Bull. Soc. Vaud.,
XXxv, pp. 209-212, no. 1, figs. 3, 3a.

British Museum specimens : Prong, N. Territories, Gold
Coast, 4 1. 1913 (J. J. Simpson), 1 3, 1 2; Etura, Ashanti,
Gold Coast, 2 1. 1913 (J. J. Simpson), 1 3.

One specimen from Salisbury, Mashonaland, recorded in
1902 by I. Bolivar as T. gaugeri, does not belong, in my
opinion, to this species, since it has the lateral keels of the
pronotum not straight, as is the case in 7’. gaugeri, but

—

138 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the —

straight and nearly parallel im metazona, and incurved,
strongly convergent anteriorly in prozona; it may be a
new species, but I abstain from its description on the
ground of a single specimen, while I again express the hope
that somebody will undertake the revision of this genus.

Genus Metaxymecus Karsch.
1. Metaxymecus patagiatus Karsch.

1893. Metaxymecus patagiatus Karsch, Berl. Ent. Ztschr.,
xxxvill, p. 105, no, 73, fig. 15.

British Museum specimen: Gold Coast, N. Territories,
Sarkwala, 4-7 xi. 1915 (J. J. Simpson), 1 9.

Genus Cataxorerpius I. Bol.
1. Cataloipidius roseus I. Bol.

1914. Cataloipidius roseus I. Bolivar, Trab. Mus. Madrid,
ser. Zool., N. 20, p. 37.

British Museum specimens: Salisbury, Mashonaland
(G. A. K. Marshall), 2 2 9.

One of the specimens has elytra longer than hind femora
and it is of yellowish-brown colour, while in another speci-
men the elytra just reach the knees and the general colour,
especially of lateral stripes on the pronotum, is green.

There is in the Museum collection a female specimen from
Abyssinia, apparently belonging to a new species of the
same genus, but I do not venture to describe it, since it is
badly preserved.

Genus Catratorpus I. Bol.
1. Cataloipus cognatus (Walk.).

1870. Heteracris cognata Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M.,
Iv, pp. 656, 658, no. 6.

1870. Heteracris elegans Walker, 1.c., pp. 662, 663, no. 18.

1902. Heteracris cognata Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
p. 113, no. 122.

1910. H[eteracris| cognata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., in,
p. 554, no. 2.

1910. H[eteracris| elegans Kirby, lLe., p. 555, no. 12.

1914. Heteracris elegans Kirby, Fauna Brit. India, Acrid.,
p. 267, no. 325, fig. 139.

—

‘4

oe Ret ag py 1 Ae fp reetogs. O-~

Mr

*
he

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 139

In his description of H. elegans Walker records this
species as an Indian one, and so does Kirby in Fauna of
British India, but the only specimen in Museum collection
(type) is without locality label on it. Since this type of
C. elegans agrees in all details with the types of cognata,
I believe that the elegans type is also from Africa and that
this name is a mere synonym of C. cognata, which is a
true Catalovpus.

Walker’s and Kirby’s quoted descriptions being based
practically on colour characters only, I think it useful to
give some of the more important morphological characters
of this species.

In its habitus C. cognatus is near to C. oberthiivi Bol.,
but the elytra are shorter and in the females scarcely
reach the apex of the abdomen, while in the males the
elytra reach the apex of the abdomen, but fail by a good
deal to reach the hind knees. The most striking feature
of C. cognatus, which distinguishes it from all other known
species, is the form of the prosternal tubercle which in the
male is strongly narrowed towards the acute. apex, bent
backwards, with fore side gibbose and hind slightly concave ;
in females the apex of the tubercle is not acute, but the
tubercle is still narrowed towards the apex. Mesosternal
lobes with interspace in females quadrate, in males a little
longer than wide. Cerci of males have their widest point
shortly before apex, being here one and a half times as large
as at their base, while in C. oberthiiri the cerci are only
slightly widened before the apex and at their widest point
but little broader than at their base. As regards coloration,
the difference between C. cognatus and C. oberthiiri is to
be seen on the hind femora only, which have in C. ober-
thiivt two (rarely confluent) rather wide black spots along
the upper margin of area externomedia, while in C. cognatus
only a narrow grey (very rarely black) stripe is present at
this point. Three males from Fort Johnston differ in
their coloration from all other specimens, being unicolorous
brownish-yellow with obsolete spots on elytra.

The average dimensions of C. cognatus are as follows :—

3 2
Length of body . 33-35 mm. 46-50 mm.
7 >» pronotum . 95,5-6 7, 5-8
Fs »» Clytra ’. . 24-25 31-35
5 >, hind femora ., 22-23 28-32

-
140 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

In its geographical distribution C. cognatus seems to
be restricted to South and §8.E. Africa.

British Museum specimens: Pt. Natal, 1 9; Natal
(J. F. Quekett), 1 9; Africa, 1 Q (all three Walker's types
of Heteracris cognata); 1 2 without locality (Walker's type
of H. elegans); Pretoria (W. L. Distant), 1 3; Fort John-
ston, Nyasaland, 3 g¢ (P. Rendall); Salisbury, Mashona-
land, 3 99 (G. A. K. Marshall); Orange River Colony,
Viedefort Rd. (G. B. Hamilton), 4 99.

2. Cataloipus oberthiiri (I. Bol.).
1891. Ewprepocnemis (Cataloipus) oberthiiri 1 Bolivar,
Ann. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., xix, p. 321, pl. 1, figs. 9, 9a.
1910. C{ataloipus| oberthiiri Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., 1,
p. 556, no. 1.
1914. Cataloipus oberthiiri Rehn, Wiss. Ergebn. Deut.
Z. Africa Exped., v (1), p. 151.

British Museum specimens; Uganda: Entebbe, Mabira
Forest, Kivuvu, Mvale, Kampala, Bonda, Chagwe, Mwera,

Mawokota, Bweya (C. C. Gowdey), 73 gd, 92 2.

3. Cataloipus eymbiferus (Krauss).
1877. Euprepocnemis cymbifera Krauss, Sitzungsber. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Ixxvi (1), p. 40, no. 1, pl. 1, figs. 5, 5a.
1910. Clataloipus| cymbiferus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
il, p. 557, no, 3.
British Museum specimen: Gold Coast, Yapi (J. J.
Simpson), 1 Q.

4. Cataloipus somalicus (Rehn).

1901. Eyprepocnemis somalicus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sc. Philadelphia, li, p. 377.

\\1903. Cataloipus oberthiiri Burr, Nat. Hist. Socotra,
p. 420, no. 24, pl. 25, figs. 2, 2a.

1910. C[ataloipus| brunnert Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., in,
p. 557, no. 2.

1914. Eyprepocnemis somalicus, Rehn, Wiss. Ergebn.
Deut. Z. Africa Exped. v (1), p. 151.

1914. [Cataloipus] brunneri Rehn, l.c., p. 151.

I cannot find any difference between the descriptions of
C. somalicus and the type specimen of C. brunnert ; It 1s
true that Burr’s drawing of C. brunneri differs somewhat

pi viriias ee

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 141

from the description of C. somalicus, but this drawing is
still more unlike the specimen from which it was made.
In general habitus C. somalicus is very like C. oberthiiri
Bol., but it differs markedly in the shape of the male sub-
genital plate, which in C. somalicus is not bent upwards,
as in all other species, but horizontal, as may be clearly
seen in Burr’s drawing. ‘The prosternal tubercle in
C. somalicus is strongly compressed from in front and
behind, in front view quadrate with very slightly emargin-
ated apex, in profile narrow, a little swollen in the middle
with slightly narrowed apex; it is rather like the shape
of tubercle in C. oberthiiri, but in the latter species the
tubercle appears in frontal view with strongly rounded
apical edges and by no means quadrate.

British Museum specimens : Sokotra, 1 3 (Burr’s type) ;
Sokotra, 1 9, 1 larva 9.

5, Cataloipus abyssinicus, sp. n.

Size a little larger than in C. oberthiiri Bol., but smaller than in
C. cymbiferus Krauss. General colour greenish-yellow, head and
pronotum with the usual brown longitudinal stripe in this genus.
Frontal ridge gradually narrowed towards the fastigium, with
middle and two lateral longitudinal stripes of bluish-grey colour.
Pronotum with straight, diverging backwards lateral carinae,
disappearing in metazona; lateral lobes bluish-grey, with four
subquadrate yellowish spots in the middle and with the fore upper
edge blackish, this coloration prolonged narrowly along the lateral
carinae (up to third transverse sulcus) and. along the fore margin.
Prosternal tubercle nearly cylindrical, very slightly impressed
behind, not narrowed towards the apex, obtuse, directed slightly
backwards. Space between the mesosternal lobes nearly twice as
long as broad. Elytra yellowish with brown veins, with greenish
stripes in scapular and axillar fields, without any spots or points;
they reach the apex of abdomen, but not hind knees. Hind femora
with very slightly darkened upper keel of area externomedia;
knees blackish with pale lobes. Hind tibiae greyish-blue with pale
ring near the basis. Supra-anal plate bluish, with short attenuate
apex and short sulcus at the base. Cerci compressed, especially in
the apical third, where they are far broader than at their base and
strongly bent downwards. Subgenital plate large, erected with a
short angular emargination at the apex.

Dimensions of the typical male are: Length of the body 38 mm. ;
of pronotum 6-5 mm.; of elytra 27 mm.; of hind femora 27 mm.

- |
142 Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Notes on the

Two female cotypes, rather badly preserved, still showing
strong likeness to the male in their coloration; prosternal
tubercle in females is slightly narrowed towards the apex;
space between mesosternal lobes a little longer than broad,
widened backwards; elytra with slight traces of dark spots.
Dimensions of one of these females are: Length of the
body 61 mm.; of peonecian 10°5 mm.; of elytra 45 mm. ;
of hind femora 37°5 mm.

This species is easily recognised by its coloration and
the form of prosternal tubercle and mesosternal interspace.

British Museum specimens: Atbara, Abyssinia, 1 3

(type), 2 22 (cotypes).

6. Cataloipus roseipennis, sp. n.

Smaller than any known species and distinct in its coloration,
the general colour being brownish, with a darker longitudinal stripe
along the head and pronotum, prolonged a little at the base of
elytra. Face yellow, with infumate frontal ridge; the latter nearly
parallel, rather suddenly narrowed near the fastigium. Fastigium
wide and short, with lateral impressions small, but well expressed,
while two opaque hind impressions are nearly obliterate. Pro-
notum with lateral carinae straight, slightly divergent backwards,
disappearing in metazona; lateral lobes brownish with lighter
coloured middle and blackened fore upper edge. Prosternal tubercle
compressed, slightly concave behind and gibbose at the fore side,
seen from front with circular rounded apex. Mesosternal lobes
transverse with quadrate interspace. Elytra dark brown with
sharp sulphurous stripe in scapular field and obliterate greenish in
axillar field. Wings rose, with brown veins, slightly infumate
towards the apex. Anal segment with two widely separated obtuse
teeth. Supra-anal plate with sides rounded (its apex is broken in
the type). Subgenital plate large, erected, with deep, rotundate
emargination at the apex and apical lobes truncate with oblong
impression at the lower side, just below apical emargination. Cerci
compressed, with apical third dilated and bent downwards. Hind
femur pale, with rather wide blackish stripe along the upper keel
of externo-median area and brown lower keel; the inner side is
bluish with dark brown stripe along the upper margin; knees
unicolorous from above, with black side ring and pale lobes. Hind
tibiae dull blue with a lighter ring near the base.

Dimensions of the type male are: Length of body 29 mm.;
of pronotum 5-5 mm.; of elytra 23 mm.; of hind femora 19 mm.

E.

ies
in ne Ae ee a ae ee

Aes se
Se .

2 Pee
t

Orthoptera in the British Museum. 143

The coloration alone is quite enough to distinguish
this species from all others, but it has some very good
morphological characters, too, as is evident from the above
description.

British Museum specimens : Fort Johnston, Nyasaland
(P. Rendall), 1 3 (type) (named by W. F. Kirby as Demo-
docus cognatus Walk.); Chirmda Forest, Gaza Land, 28 1.
1904 (G@. A. K. Marshall), 1 2 (cotype).

Genus AMPHIPROSOPIA, N. g. :

Fastigium of the vertex prominent before the eyes, with two oblong
lateral impressions and two opaque spaces, divided by a carina,
between the eyes (as in genus Cataloipus). Frontal ridge slightly
convex, gradually widening downwards. Lateral ocelli placed
close to the eyes, at some distance from lateral margin of fastigium
of the vertex. Antennae filiform, in male a little longer than head
and pronotum, in female scarcely reaching hind margin of pronotum.
Pronotum with straight lateral carinae, divergent backwards;
median carina more markedly interrupted by hind sulcus only;
metazona twice as short as prozona; hind margin of pronotum very
slightly rotundate. Prosternal tubercle cylindrical, obtuse, bent
backwards. Mesosternal lobes in both sexes transverse; interspace
twice as long as broad. Metasternal lobes in 3 contiguous, in 9
narrowly separated. Elytra in 3 as long as the abdomen, in 9
far shorter. Wings shorter than elytra, narrow. Hind femora
narrow, elongate. Hind tibiae with 9 spines inwardly and 11 out-
wardly. Hind tarsi elongate, with second joint twice as long as it
is broad. Abdomen of the male with anal segment inflated ;
supra-anal plate subquadrate, large; cerci compressed, very wide,
with short teeth near the apex; subgenital plate short and broad,
with two very long narrow lateral lobes.

Type of the genus: Heteracris adjuncta Walker.

Walker’s Heteracris adjuncta, redescribed later on by
Karsch under the name Demodocus amphiprosopus, cer-
tainly does not belong to the genus Choroedocus Bol.,
since it has the second joint of hind tarsi elongate and the
lateral ocelli placed at some distance from the margins of
the fastigium. Besides, the vertex has on it impressions
quite like those in Cataloipus, which is not the case in
Choroedocus.

1. Amphiprosopia adjuncta (Walk.).

1870. Heteracris adjuncta Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M.,
lv, pp. 656, 657, no. 5,

es
a
ire
; ‘

im
144 ~=Dr. B. P. Uvarov’s Noles on Orthoptera.

1870. [Heteracris adjuncta] var.? Walker, 1.c., p. 657.

1893. Demodocus amphiprosopus Karsch, Berl. Ent. Ztrchr.,
Xxxviil, pp. 106, 107, no. 74, fig. 16.

1910. Hfeleracris| adjuncta Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., iii,
p. 555, no. 5.

1910. H{eteracris| amphiprosopus Kirby, l.c., p. 555, no. 6.

There is not the slightest doubt that Karsch has described
and figured under the name Demodocus amphiprosopus
Walker's Heteracris adjuncta, of which I have the types
before me. Walker’s specimens are in bad condition, but
their coloration and other characters perfectly agree with
Karsch’s description.

British Museum specimens: Sierra Leone, 2 992; 1 J
without locality label (Walker’s types); Gold Coast, Sark-
walla, N. Territories, 4-7 xi. 1915 (J. J. Simpson), 1 9.

a ee ee

iiipici as eg “ae ee ene

( 145 )

III. Notes on Synonymy and on some Types of Oriental
Carabidae in various foreign collections. By H, E.
ANDREWES.

[Read February 2nd, 1921.]
Le

In May 1920, thanks to the kindness of M. René Oberthiir,
I had the opportunity of examining a considerable number
of the types of Carabidae in his collection; this includes,
beside other material, the collections formed by Dejean,
Chaudoir, and H. W. Bates, the principal authors in the
group. I have to thank M. Oberthiir—and I do so very
cordially—not only for allowing me to examine his collec:
tions, but also for the personal assistance he was kind
enough to give me during my visit to him at Rennes.
Some of the results of my examination are embodied in
the following notes on synonymy, etc., and, as a further
result, I am describing a few new species from among those
which I found to have been misidentified.

As I shall have to refer rather frequently to my paper
published in these Transactions im 1919, I shall, to save
space, merely give the date and the page.

Calosoma scabripenne Chaud. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1869,
371) = C. mdicum Hope (1919, 171).

When my former paper appeared, I was unaware of
Dr. Roeschke’s remarks on the genus Calosoma in Ento-
mologische Nachrichten 1900. I see that he there treats
C. scabripenne Chaud., as a variety of indicum, and both of
these as races of C. maderae F.

I also expressed the opinion (p. 202) that C. orientale
Hope = C. squamigerum Chaud. Dr. Roeschke is of
opinion that Hope’s species is identical with C. ambricatum
Klug. I have in my collection some examples of this
species from the Cape Verde Is., and there are others in
the British Museum from the Persian Gulf, together with
a solitary very dull specimen from Karachi. It is not
unusual to find N.E. African species reappearing in Sind :
Calosoma oliviert De}. occurs not only in Baluchistan, but
as far up the Indus Valley as Peshawar. The species of
Carabidae inhabiting the sandy tract stretching from
Egypt to Sind are, however, quite unlikely to extend their
habitat so far south, or so high up as Poona, and I cannot

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTSI, WU. (OCT.) L

146°") Mrs EL. PS Notes on Synonymy

recall any which do so. The size of Hope’s specimen
(103 lines) does not help us much, for it is about midway
between average examples of the two species. Hope’s re-
mark about the curvature of the intermediate tibiae seems
to me to apply better to squamigerum (of which I have
before me an example compared with the type) than to imbri-
catum, and I still think the view I took is probably correct.

Distichus planus Bon. (Obs. Ent. ii, 1813, 470). In his
Monographie des Scaritides (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1880, 53)
Chaudoir says that he has an example of this species taken
by Capt. Boys in North India. I cannot distinguish any
differences between this example, which I examined,
and Chaudoir’s D. puncticollis (Mon. 55), and think that
Bonelli’s species should for the present be ruled out of
the fauna of India, though it occurs in Baluchistan.

Tachys politus Motch. (1919, 199). M. Severin, of the
Brussels Museum, has been good: enough to send me for
examination the type of 7’. bioculatus Putz., and in M.
Oberthiir’s collection I have seen an example of 7’. ebeninus
Nietn., labelled in Nietner’s handwriting. I cannot detect
any material difference in these specimens, and I refer both
of them to Motchulsky’s 7’. politus.

Tachys mirabilis Bates (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 294) =
T. ovatus Motch. (Bull. Mose. 1851, iv, 509) (1919, 198).

Siagona atrata Bates (not Dej.) (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.
1892, 284). Bates misidentified this species when deter-
mining the Carabidae taken by Mr. Fea in Burma, and, as
the Burmese species is a new one, I give a description of it
at the end of this paper. The example from Senegal,
mentioned by Dejean (Spec. Gen. v, 1831, 476) must be
something different, but unfortunately I have not seen it.

Siagona subtilis Bates (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 284) =
S. obscuripes Chaud. (Mon. 86).

Siagona cinctella Bates (not Chaud.) (Ann. Mus, Ciy.
Gen. 1892, 285). Here Bates misidentified another of
Mr. Fea’s Burmese species, a description of which will be
found at the end.

Callistomimus coarectatus Laf.* (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1851,
230). Chaudoir, when describing the genus Callistomimus
(Bull. Mosc. 1872, ii, 382), identified this species with

* Since the above was written, a note of mine on all the Oriental
species of Callistomimus has appeared (P.Z.S8., June 1921), in which
both coarctatus and littoralis are referred to, and also figured in the
plate.

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 147

C. littoralis Motch. (Kt. Ent. 1859, 33) and C. westwood
Schaum (Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1863, 85); in this he was followed
by Bates (Comp. rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, 327). I find
that C. coarctatus is a larger species than C. littoralis and
that it differs considerably in other respects, as is quite
clear from the description. C. westwood: appears to be
identical with C. littoralis.

Chlaenius javanus Chaud. As I anticipated in my
former paper (1919, 137), this species is indistinguishable
from C. cireumdatus Brullé.

Chlaenius submarginatus Bates (not Chaud.) (Comp.
rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, 328). The specimens taken
by Pére Cardon at Tetara and determined by Bates as
belonging to this species are actually examples of C. fugax
Chaud. (Mon. 266).

Chlaenius frater Bates (not Chaud.) (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5), xvii, 1886, 74) is a misidentification. I have therefore
described the species further on.

Diplochila distinguenda Laf. I recently identified this
species (1919, 193) with D. retinens Walk. and D. rectificata
Bates. I find, to my surprise, that the type specimen is
identical with Hccoptogenius moestus Chaud. (Bull. Mose.
1852, 1, 74), which must therefore take Laferté’s name. The
species of Diplochila would take the name of D. retinens
Walk., which is anterior to Bates’ D. rectificata, were it not
that—as will be seen later—a yet older one exists in D. polita
F. Bates did not apparently know the genus Eccoptogenius,
the specimens referred by him to that genus (Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr. 1889, 267)—for a knowledge of which I am indebted
to M. E. Fleutiaux—belonging to the genus Dzplochila.

Gnathaphanus acutipennis Bates * (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.
1892, 328) = G. (Selenophorus) orientalis Dej. (Spec. Gen.
iv, 1829, 128).

Dicryche (Platymetopus) amoena Dej. (1919, 155). Having
now examined the type of Dejean’s species, I find that,
though very closely related to D. torta Macl., it is not identi-
cal with it. Bates’ determinations of the species are, I think,
correct. Mr. T, G. Sloane has sent me a Javan specimen,
exactly agreeing with Macleay’s type, and I have seen
another example in the collection of the Brussels Museum.

Gnathaphanus ( ?Platymetopus) gnathaphanoides Bates (Ann.

* Since the above was written, I have published a note on the
Oriental species of this genus (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1920, pp. 106-11).

148 8=Mr. H. E. Pe rfeadt Notes on Synonymy

Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 332 (note); Andr., Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9), m, 1919, 473). I think that Bates has quite
deceived himself in regard to this species. In his deserip-
tion he says “ $ tarsi 4 antici anguste dilatati, plantis
lateribus longe pilosis, medio transverse squamulatis.”
Unless I also am the subject of an optical illusion, all the
specimens which were in his collection are female examples
of Gnathaphanus punctilabris Macl.

Abacetus atratus Bates (not Dej.) (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),
xvii, 1886, 143) = A. cordicollis Chaud. (Mon. 357). Bates
was singularly unsuccessful with the six species of Abacetus
taken by Mr. George Lewis in Ceylon. Of the four identified
with pre-existing species three were wrong, and of the two
described one had already been described three times before.

Abacetus aeneus Nietn. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), ui,
1858, 177). This species proves to be identical with
A. placidulus Walk. = A. infizus Walk. = A. carinifrons
Bates (1919, 189). The name of aeneus being preoccupied
in the genus, Chaudoir changed it to metneri, but the
species must retain the older name of A. placidulus Walk.
A. nietneri Bates (not Chaud.) (Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),
xvii, 1886, 145) and A. maculipes Bates (not Chaud) (Ann.
Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 361) are species which I am not at
present in a position to determine.

Abacetus antiquus Bates (not Dej.) (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5), xvii, 1886, 144) = A. dejeant Nietn. (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (3), ii, 1858, 178). It follows from this, A. relinquens
Walk. = A. dejeana Nietn. (1919, 189), but Nietner’s
_ description appeared a few pages before Walker’s in the
same journal.

Abacetus hirmococlus Chaud. (Mon. 372). This name
has been quoted by Bates, but it is clearly a typographical
error for hirmocoelus. It is so printed in the index to the
Monograph, and also appears in this form on a written label
in the Chaudoir collection.

Pristonychus kashmirensis Bates (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889,
214; Andr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ii, 1919, 475). I
identified this species with P. spinifer Schauf. (Sitz. Ges.
Isis. 1862, 66), but having now compared the two types |
have convinced myself that the species are different, and
I desire therefore to withdraw this synonymy.

Colpodes ischioxanthus Bates (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892,
376) = C. cruralis Chaud. (Révision des Colpodides 376).

Pogonoglossus validicornis Bates (not Chaud.) (Ann, Mus

q

pa wsedpin

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 149

Civ. Gen. 1892, 388) proves to be another misidentification,
and I therefore give a description of Bates’ species at the
end.

Pheropsophus marginalis Dej. (Spec. Gen. i, 1825,
310). This species was said to come from the “ Indes
Orientales,’ and a second specimen beside it in M.
Oberthiir’s collection, which I look upon as identical,
bears the label “ Pondichery.” It is difficult to understand
how Chaudoir, with Dejean’s type before him, came to
identify with it a larger and very variable species from
Indo-China, which he describes in his Monograph (p. 34),
but which to my eyes is altogether different. I think that
P. curtus Arrow (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1901, 204, t. 9, f. 3)
is identical with marginalis Dej., but the examples of this
species from Malabar have a black prothorax, and no
yellow margin to the elytra. Cotypes of this species from
Kanara, however, in my collection have a yellow stripe on
each side of the prothorax, and the elytra have a yellow
border from the fascia to the apex. I think Chaudoitr’s
species should bear the name of P. nebulosus Chaud.
(Mon. 27), proposed by its author for what he considered ~
a variety of his (not Dejean’s) P. marginalis.

Brachynus timoriensis Jord. (Noy. Zool. i, 1894, 105)
belongs to the genus Styphlomerus. It hardly differs from
S. bicolor Boh. (Eugenies Resa Ins. iv, Col. 1861, 3), but the
head is rather wider and also darker in colour.

Orthogonius parallelus Bates (not Chaud.) (Ann. Mag, |
Nat. Hist. (5), xvi, 1886, 201) = O. acutangulus Chaud.
(Bull. Mose, 1878, i, 5).

Orthogonius collaris Dohrn (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1891, 253) =
O. doriae Putz. (Chaudoir’s Mon. 104 [note]). I have seen
Putzey’s type, but identify Dohrn’s species from his
description.

Catascopus costulatus Chaud. (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1862,
489). Quite recently (1919, 182) I identified this species
with C. presidens Thoms., and C. splendidus Saund. I have
now seen all the types and also that of C. aeneus Saund.
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, 467, t. 17, f. 2). I find
that C. presidens = C. splendidus, and that C. costulatus
= C. aeneus ; C. presidens, in addition to its purple patches,
has the elytral carinae more strongly developed than C.
costulatus, but the species are exceedingly closely allied.

Cataseopus reductus Chaud. (not Walk.) (Berl. Ent. Zeit.
1861, 117) = C. cingalensis Bates (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

150 = Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

(5), xvii, 1886, aed C. severint Bates (Comp. rend. Soe.
Ent. Belg. 1891, 339).*

Tetragonoderus eardoni Bates (Comp. rend. Soc. Ent.
Belg. 1891, 338; id. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 416) = 7.
arcualus Dej. (Spee. Gen. iv, 1829, 495). I have examined
a large number of specimens from N. India, and find that
the sericeous patches on the elytra are very variable, being
sometimes conspicuous and sometimes altogether wanting :
as a rule they are present but not very noticeable. I do
not regard Bates’ species as differing from Dejean’s.

Lioptera pseuda Heller (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1903, 244).
Dr, Heller did not know the locality of this species, which has
recently been taken by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza in Laos.

Sarothrocrepis bimaculatus Jord. (Nov. Zool. i, 1894,
106) belongs to the genus Lebidia.

Callida excelsa Bates (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 422) —
C. lativittis Chaud. (Mon. Callidides, 113).

Physodera davidis Fairm. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1887,
92) = P. eschscholtzi Parry (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1849,
195%. 18, £, 2).

IL.

A visit to Copenhagen in September 1920 has enabled
me to identify a considerable number of doubtful species,
but has also revealed the fact that many of the types of
Oriental Carabidae to be found in the University Museum
of that city have been misidentified or are quite unknown.
Hope seems to have been the first (Col. Man. 11, 1838, pp.
37-45) to publish his views on the Fabrician types and the
genera to which the various species should be attributed.
The collections at Copenhagen were visited by Erichson,
Schaum, and Motchulsky, each of whom has added a little
to our knowledge of them. Erichson does not seem to
have published his notes, but Schaum (Stett. Ent. Zeit.
1847, pp. 89-57) and Motchulsky (Et. Ent. 1855, pp. 25-71)
both wrote memoirs on the Fabrician insects. So far as I
can ascertain neither Baron de Chaudoir nor H. W. Bates
went to Copenhagen, and it seems to be due chiefly to the
writings of the former that a tradition has grown up regard-
ing certain species, which proves upon investigation to be
ill-founded. I took with me to Copenhagen a good many

* T have referred to this quite recently in describing some new
species of Catascopus (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1921, 202).

re

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 151

specimens for comparison, but in some cases I had no
knowledge whatever of the species described or even the
genus to which it belonged. Since my return I have sent
specimens of most of these species to Mr. Henriksen, who
has very kindly made the comparisons which I was unable
to make personally.

The types with which I propose to deal in this section are
those of Fabricius and Wiedemann, which I will take
separately, giving references where necessary and indicating
both the modern and original genera. Unless otherwise
specified, the type, where seen, agrees with the traditional
identification. I may add that I found the collections in
the most excellent condition.

The Fabrician types at Copenhagen came chiefly from
the Sehestedt and Tonder Lund collections, the incorpora-
tion of which in the general collection was undertaken by
Schiddte (1815-1884): this came to a stop at his death,
and has not been completed. The Wiedemann types were
in the collection of B. W. Westermann (1781-1868), a
merchant of Copenhagen, who in early life held appoint-
ments in Calcutta and Batavia. He returned to Denmark
in 1817, and with the aid of his oversea connections formed
a very. large collection of insects, which at his death came
to the Zoological Museum. By the terms of his will the
collection was to remain intact until the beginning of the
new century, and its subsequent incorporation, commenced
in 1900, is still uncompleted.

I have to thank Dr. Will. Lundbeck for the kind reception
which he gave me at the University Museum, and my
special thanks are due to Mr. Kai L. Henriksen, who
devoted himself to finding and showing me the various
types which I desired to see, and also furnished me with the
information I have given about the Copenhagen collections,
and the various entomologists connected with them.

The private collection of Fabricius, which contains a
certain number of types, is now in the Zoological Institute
and Museum of Kiel University. I have not seen this
collection, but, at my request, the Director of the Depart-
ment, Dr. Reibisch, has examined it to ascertain whether
it contains the types of certain species of which I sent him
a list. I have to thank him for doing this and for enabling
me to indicate the types that are at Kiel. He informs me
that the arrangement of the collection follows that given
in the Systema Eleutheratorum: the labels are in the hand-

hall

152 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

writing of Fabricius, and, although the specimens in
question are not of course so marked, there is no reason to
doubt that these are in fact the types of the species which
he described. It will be noted that very few types are
actually lost, and possibly some of these may ultimately be
found in other collections.

I have also to thank Mr. P. Lesne for looking up the types
in the “ Bose ”’ collection at the Paris Museum, which I hope
before very long to see for myself.

FABRICIUS.

In my former paper (1919, 120) I gave some notes about
Fabricius and the types of the half-dozen species of Oriental
Carabidae in the British Museum described by him. There
are many more species at Copenhagen, and I propose here
to give a complete chronological list of all the species which
he described, accompanied by such information as I am
able to give about them. At the end of his descriptions
Fabricius usually gives the name of the collector of the
specimens or of the collection in which they are to be
found, sometimes both. The names of BANKS, SEHESTEDT,
Lunp, Vanu, and Bosc indicate collections, of which the
first is in the British Museum, the next three in the Copen-
hagen Museum, and the last in the Paris Museum. The
names of DaLporrr, Smit, and ScHousBoE indicate
collectors only, some of whom gave the insects collected to
Fabricius himself, while others gave them to the Copen-
hagen Museum. Dr. Konic was a physician, who was
educated in Copenhagen and subsequently resided in India.
His collections found their way to the AMPHITEATRUM
OECONOMICO-NATURALE in the Castle of Charlottenborg,
and were united with those of the University about 1770,
but the insects seem to have perished and no types are to
be found. The Hysner collection was acquired by Germar,
whose collection, as I learn from Dr. Walther Horn, is now
at Halle. Generally speaking, where no name is given,
it appears probable that the type is in the Fabrician
collection in the Kiel University Museum.

It will be noted that I have included a few. palaearctic
species in my list, but this is because they are found as
far East as Japan. In the case of each species I give the
earliest reference, but many of the descriptions were
repeated by Fabricius in works subsequent to that in which
they first appeared,

a a ed

a a + oe

a ee

el ee ee

a
oS ee ee a ee ee

/
Y :
ia)

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 153

(1) Systema Enromonocica (1775).
1. Anthia (Carabus) sexguttata, p. 236. (Banks.) Type

- in British Museum (1919, 121 and 200).

2. Calosoma (Carabus) maderae, p. 237. (Banks.) Type
in British Museum (1919, 171).

I have included this species in my list because, under one
or other of its diverse forms, it is widely spread over the
palaearctic, and even reaches the subtropical regions of
the Old World.

3. Pseudophonus (Carabus) ruficornis, p. 241. Type in
Kiel University Museum.

First described by de Geer (Mém. Ins. iv, 95, 1774).
Another well-known palaearctic species, which ranges from
Western Europe to Eastern Asia.

4. Pheropsophus (Carabus) bimaculatus, p. 245. Type
in Kiel University Museum (1919, 120).

First described by Linnaeus (Mant. Ins. 17 TL, 532). In
my former paper I included this species by inadvertence
amongst those of which the type is in the British Museum,
although i in the text I indicate correctly that it is actually
in the Museum of the Linnaean Society.

5. Plocionus (Carabus) pallens, p. 244. This type cannot
at present be traced.

This species, which is cosmopolitan, was redescribed by
Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 251) as P. bonfilsi ; it is also
mentioned and figured both by Brullé (Hist. Nat. des Ins.
iv, 1834, 224, t.7, f. 6) and Hope (Col. Man. ui, 1838, t. 1,
f. 6). Gory also described it (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1833, 189)
as P. boisduvalt. See also Chaudoir (Mon. des Callidides,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xv, 1872, 168), Fauvel (Revue d’Ent.
1889, 100), and Bedel (Faune Seine, i, 1879, 114).

The type came from Dresden, Dejean’s specimen from
Bordeaux, and Gory’s from Senegal. Chaudoir gives as
localities the South of France, Senegal, Mauritius, Java,
Polynesia, California, Mexico, Amazon, and Cartagena
(New Granada) : to these I may add China. I have several
records from Java, the insects in one instance having been
taken “‘in stored rice” (Dr. Roepke).

6. Cyclosomus (Scolytus) flexuosus, p. 246. (K®onig.)
There is a specimen at Kiel, which is the equivalent of the
type.

As already mentioned, the types in the Kénig collection
have perished, but the specimens in the Copenhagen Museum
quite accord with the description, and I have no doubt that

al

154 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

the traditional identification is correct. The species was
redescribed by Nietner (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1857, 11, 132;
id. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx, 1857, 272) under the name
of C. dyli(s)coides: Chaudoir considered this a distinct

species (Htude monographique des Tetragonodérides, etc.,_

Bull. Mose. 1876, i, 31). Other references are numerous.
I have various records from India and Ceylon, and the
species apparently occurs also in Indo-China, and at Hong-
Kong, though I feel some doubt about the identity of the
specimens from this last locality.

(2) Spectres [ysecrorum, 1 (1781).

7. Craspedophorus (Carabus) angulatus, p. 302. (Banks.)
Type in British Museum (1919, 125).

8. Luperea (Carabus) laevigata, p. 304. (Banks.) Type
in British Museum (1919, 122).

9. Chlaenius (Carabus) ecinetus, p. 510. (Banks.) Type
in British Museum (1919, 122).

10. Craspedophorus (Pimelia) fasciatus, p. 318. (Lund.)
Type at Copenhagen (1919, 125).

I find that Schaum was quite right in identifying this
species with No. 7 C. angulatus F.

(3) Mantissa Insrcrorum, 1 (1787).

11. Calosoma (Carabus) indagator, p. 127. (Vahl.)
Type at Copenhagen.

I have not of course been able to compare this type with
that of C. maderae F. (see above No. 2), which is in the
British Museum, but I have no doubt that they belong to
the same species.

12. Dolichus (Carabus) flavicornis, p. 199. (Hybner.)
Type probably at Halle, but there are two specimens
at Kiel.

A well-known European species, which I have included,
because its habitat extends from Europe to China and
Japan,

The species was first described by Schaller (Naturf. Ges.
Halle, i, 1783, 317) under the name of Carabus halensis.

13. Pterostichus (Carabus) oblongopunctatus, p. 202.
(Lund.) The type is lost.

Another palaearctic species ranging from Kurope to
Japan. .

14. Acupalpus (Carabus) dorsalis, p. 205. (Daldorff.)
Type in Kiel University Museum.

Like the two last this is a widely distributed palaearctic
species. See Bedel (Cat. rais. des Col. du N. de l’Afrique,

—
ie

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 155

1899, 158, note (2)) and Andrewes (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(9), ui, 1919, 475).

(4) Enromotogia SysTEMATICA, 1 (1792).

15. Seapterus (Searites) erenatus, p. 95. (Lund.) Type
at Copenhagen.

No one, so far as I know, has commented on this species
since it was first described. I had no suspicion that the
genus would prove to be Scapterus, and did not therefore
take any specimens for comparison. I have, however,
since sent to Copenhagen a specimen of the genus, which
Tidentify with S. sulcatus Putz., but Mr. Henriksen informs
me that, as I expected, it does not quite agree with the
Fabrician type. This latter is 13 mm. in length; the
tubercle on the head is short and distinct, the vertex being
smooth behind it, the sides moderately and rather vaguely
striate; the prothorax is quite smooth, with parallel sides,
the front angles porrect and a faint round fovea on each
side at base; the elytra are short, nearly parallel, hardly
sulcate, but with strongly punctured striae. The species is
evidently near S. guerint Dej. (Spec. Gen. 11, 1826, 472),
of which I have seen the type, but differs in several par-
ticulars. I do not know S. riparius Gestro, or S. figuloides
Gestro (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1882, 299 and 301), but from
the descriptions I do not think either of them conforms
to Fabricius’ species. It is to be hoped that further
material will come to hand of this curious and scarce genus.

16. Nebria (Carabus) lateralis, p. 134. (Daldorff.) Type
in Kiel University Museum.

A race of the common WN. livida L., which extends as far
Kast as Japan.

17. Zuphium (Carabus) olens, p. 139. (Bosc.) The type
appears to be lost.

Originally described by Rossi (Faun. Htruse. i, 1790,
217, t. 5, f. 2) from Italy. The specimen which served
Fabricius for his description should be in the Paris Museum,
but Mr. Lesne tells me that it cannot be found. ‘The species
is widely spread over the Mediterranean basin. and in
Southern Asia, and references to it are numerous in ento-
mological literature.

18. Pheropsophus (Brachinus) tripustulatus, p. 145. (Banks.)
Type in the British Museum (1919, 124).

19. Diplochila (Carabus) polita, p. 146. (Lund.) Type
at Copenhagen (1919, 144).

In my former paper I gave some notes on this species on

-
156 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

the assumption, which turns out to be erroneous, that the
traditional identification was accurate. In the genus
Diplochila there are two very closely allied species, in one
of which the labrum is very deeply and the elypeus moder-
ately excised—enough to show the basal membrane of the
labrum; in the other the labrum is deeply excised and the
front mar gin of the clypeus nearly straight. When Dejean
described his D. polita, he did so on specimens sent to him
by Westermann and Gyllenhal as the true Carabus olitus
of Fabricius. Actually they belonged to the first of the
species mentioned above, which I have verified by an
examination of Dejean’s type, whereas Fabricius’ insect
belongs to the second.

Whether Herbst’s Carabus indicus is identical with the
first, or with the second, or with either of them, we shall
probably never know, as Gemminger and Harold inform
us in the preface to their Catalogue that this author’s
collection has perished.* In these circumstances I think it
best to give Dejean’s species a new name, and accordingly
I suggest D. perscissa. The synonymy will then be (1)
D. polita F. = retinens Walk. = rectificata Bates, (2) D.
polita De}. = perscissa nom. noy. I have already given a
number of references (1919, 144 and 192), and among them
one to Rhembus distinguendus Laf., which must now be
withdrawn. (See note in Section I.)

20. Calosoma (Carabus) sericeum, p. 147. (Smidt.) Type
in Kiel University Museum.

This species appears to be identical with the widely
spread C. auropunctatum Herbst (Fuessly’s Archiv, 1784,
131). Bates (Entom. 1891, Suppl. 8) considered that speci-
mens taken by Capt. Graham Young in Kulu, N.W. India,
belonged to it.

21. Chlaenius (Carabus) micans, p. 151. (Bosc.) Type
in Paris Museum (1919, 139).

A specimen in the Copenhagen collection, coming from
Paykull, and bearing the name of C. mucans F., is identical
with C. pictus Chaud. I think it must be wrongly named,
for Mr. Lesne has found at Paris what he considers to be
Fabricius’ type, and he tells me that the apical spot is
not virguliform. I hope later on to examine it and settle
the point.

* T now learn from Dr. W. Horn that Herbst’s types are in the
Zoological Museum of the Berlin University.

/

“1k aor aio Ve ed a a Urea
Cove sein? rite sea) it
“ , *

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 157

22. Amara (Carabus) ovata, p. 154. (Smidt.) Type in
Kiel University Museum.

Another common palaearctic species, the range of which
extends from Europe to Japan.

23. Somotrichus (Carabus) elevaius, p. 162. (Bosc.)
Type probably in Paris Museum, but there is also a specimen
at Kiel (1919, 178).

Mr. Lesne tells me that he believes the type is at Paris,
but at the time he could not find it. I dealt fully with this
species in my former paper.

24. Trechus (Carabus) discus, p. 164. (Smidt.) Type
in Kiel University Museum.

Bates records this Kuropean species as bemg found as
far Kast as Japan.

25. Bembidium (Elaphrus) striatum, p. 179. (Smidt.)
Type in Kiel University Museum.

Also recorded by Bates from Japan.

(5) SuPPLEMENTUM ENTOMOLOGIAE SYSTEMATICAE (1798),

26. Oxylobus (Searites) poreatus, p. 43. (Sehestedt.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Ido not think any one has yet identified this species,
which I find to be the same as Chaudoir’s O. costatus (Mon.
des Scaritides, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1879, 134). I have
numerous records from South India, but the species extends
northwards through the Central Provinces and Orissa
to Bengal.

27. Chlaenius (Carabus) spoliatus, p. 54. (Schousboe.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Originally described by Rossi (Faun. Etrusc. Mant. 1792,
79). The species is widely distributed over the Mediterra-
nean basin and Central Asia. I have recently seen speci-
mens taken by the Indian Zoological Survey at Seistan.

28. Tetragonoderus (Carabus) quadrinotatus, p. 55. (Dal-
dorff.) Type at Copenhagen.

A well-known Indian species, redescribed by Dejean
(Spec. Gen. iv, 1829, 491), and also by Chaudoir in his
Ktude monographique des Tetragonodérides, etc, (Bull.
Mose. 1876, in, 41). It occurs all over India and in Ceylon,
but apparently not elsewhere.

29. Siagona (Carabus) depressa, p. 56. Types at Copen-
hagen and Kiel.

Some discussion has centred round this species (see
Bedel, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1887, 195; id. Cat. rais. des Col.
du Nord de VAfrique, 1897, 108; Andr., Ann. Mag.

158 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Nat. Hist. (9), iii, 1919, 470), and, as not infrequently
happens when the type of a species is a matter of conjecture,
there has been a waste of paper and ink.

The species was described from specimens taken by
Schousboe in Mauretania and by Daldorff in “ India
Orientali” (Coll. Sehestedt), I found at Copenhagen two
‘“ Mauretanian ’’ specimens, one of them indicated (though
not by Fabricius) as the type, but there was no Indian
specimen. At Kiel, on the other hand, Dr. Reibisch found,
under the genus Galerita, a single specimen of a Siagona,
bearing the name depressa in Fabricius’ handwriting, but
without indication either of the locality from which it came,
or of the name of the collector. 'The Copenhagen specimens
I recognised as being identical with S. dejeant Ramb. (or
what passes as that species, for I have not seen the type),
an insect nearly twice as long as, and quite different in
shape from S. europea Dej. Mr. Henriksen has kindly
compared with the ‘“‘type”’ a specimen which I sent to
him, and finds it to agree exactly. Dr. Reibisch kindly
sent me the Kiel example to examine, and I find it to be
the same species as Chaudoir’s S. germana; I have in my
collection a defective example of this species, which I
compared with Chaudoir’s type, and, although this does
not entirely agree with the Kiel specimen, the resemblance
is so Close as to leave no doubt in my mind that they belong
to the same species. I think Chaudoir’s S. punctatissima
is also identical with them.

It is not clear from the Fabrician description whether or
not both the “ Mauretanian ”’ and Indian specimens were
in Sehestedt’s collection, but, judging by the above facts,
it seems almost certain that the former only belonged to
him, the Indian example being in Fabricius’ own collec-
tion. Two further observations may be made, one that
in his descriptions—at least in such as I have studied—
Fabricius does not mention his own collection, and the
other, that three years later in Syst. Eleuth. (i, 1801, 215)
no mention is made under Galerita depressa of the ‘ Maure-
tanian”” specimens, and the only reference is “ India
Orientali, Daldorff.”

In these circumstances the small Mediterranean species
will retain Dejean’s name of S. ewropea, and for the small
Indian one, now known as S. depressa, I propose the new
name of S. fabriciit, As Rambur’s S. dejeani (1838) was
described long before Chaudoir’s S. germana (1876), Ram-

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 159

bur’s name should stand for the African species, and
S. germana should in future be known as S. depressa F., the
specimen at Kiel being regarded as its type.

30. Pheropsophus (Carabus) hilaris, p. 56. (Lund-
Daldorff.) Type at Copenhagen.

The description of this species hardly leaves room for
doubt that Fabricius had before him a specimen of the
traditional P. lilaris (= P. sobrinus Dej., with a black band
of varying width at the base and apex of the prothorax).
Actually the type does not conform with the description,
but agrees—as does a second specimen—with P. tripustu-
latus F. (see No. 18). I cannot but think that there has
been in the past some transposition of labels: if the type
is accepted, the name of Ailarzs will fall into synonymy with
tripustulatus, but if in the special circumstances the type
is ignored and the description accepted, the species now
known as P. hilaris will retain its name. I propose te
accept the description and make no change.

The species (as described) is well known and has been
referred to by many authors: Chaudoir deals with it in
his Mon. des Brachynides (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1876, 25).
It occurs all over India and in Burma, but I have not
seen specimens from Ceylon: there are examples from
Baluchistan in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and in the
Chevrolat collection (Oxford University Museum) is one
labelled Java—probably in error,

31. Diplochila (Carabus) impressa, p. 57. (Daldorff.) Type
at Copenhagen.

The species was redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. 11,
1826, 383), and has been mentioned by various other
writers. Nearly all the specimens I have seen came from
Bengal or Burma, but the range is probably a wider one :
Redtenbacher (Reis. Novar. Zool. 1, Col. 1867, 10) men-
tions the Philippine Is., examples in the Indian Museum

? are labelled China, and in the Hope Dept. of the Oxford

4 University Museum are others labelled Madras and Singa-
pore. I think these indications should be viewed with
caution.

32. Chlaenius (Carabus) posticus, p. 57. (Daldorff.) Type
at Copenhagen.

This species is mentioned by Chaudoir in his Mon, des
Chléniens (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1876, 55) as being probably
allied to C. neelgheriensis Guér., but the identification,
based on the comparison of an example from Zanzibar

Se CRT Ne en eee Leth ee Nae

a
160 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

with an assumed typical specimen of Fabricius’ species in
the Berlin Museum, was due to Gerstaecker, and the
question is left an open one. I find that the two species
are in fact identical. A full description, along with the
synonymy, will be found in Chaudoir’s Monograph. It is
a common insect throughout India and Ceylon, but does
not apparently occur elsewhere, though there are two
examples labelled China in the British Museum. The
Zanzibar insect probably belongs to an allied species.

33. Platymetopus (Carabus) flavilabris, p. 59. (Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Schaum indicated the genus, but no one seems to have
ventured on identifying the species. For years past I
have endeavoured to persuade myself that the various
described species in this genus were really distinct, and I
myself (1919, 151) gave a detailed description of P. punctu-
latus Macl., comparing it with P. senilis Nietn.

I have seen in various collections a very large number
of examples from India, Ceylon, Burma, Java, Sumatra,
Siam, Indo-China, 8. China, and Japan. I note con-
siderable variation in specimens from the same locality,
chiefly in the size, colour of the legs, amount of puncturation
on the prothorax, and the extent to which the odd intervals
of the elytra are raised. The conclusion is forced upon
me that the following all belong to the same species :
flavilabris F., thunbergc Quens., punctulatus Macl., senilis
Nietn., corrosus Bates, and punctulicollis Bates. I have
seen all the types, with the single exception of P. senilis.
The species should be known as P. flavilabris F. The
type has flavous legs (as in senzlis), the head is very wide
and minutely punctate, the prothorax only strongly punctate
in the basal foveae and marginal channels, which are
faintly blue in front, elytral intervals all flat.

34. Barysomus (Carabus) semivittatus, p. 59. (Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. iv, 1829, 60). Nietner
also described the species under the name of Oosoma
gerstaeckert (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1857, ui, 147; id.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx, 1857, 370). It is recorded
from India, Ceylon, Indo-China, and Hong-Kong, but does
not appear to be common in any of these localities.

35, Stenolophus (Carabus) smaragdulus, p. 60. (Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen (1919, 178 and 189).

Both Schaum and Erichson (Kaf. Mark Brand. i, 1837,

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 161

59) were at fault here. Motchulsky proposed a new genus
Egadroma for the species. I have already commented
on it and have only to add that, having now seen the
types both of this species and 5-pustulatus Wied., my
impression that these were only different forms of one
species 1s confirmed. In the Fabrician type the interval
between the two yellow apical spots is itself faintly yellow.

36. Ophionea (Cicindela) eyanocephala, p. 60. (Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

A very well-known and widely-spread Eastern species,
which seems to have been previously described by Thun-
berg (Nov. Ins. Spec. part 3, 1784, 68, f. 81). It has
been redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 173),
Brullé (Hist.-Nat. des Ins. iv, 1834, 139, t. 4, f. 3), and
Schmidt-Goebel (Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 20). The figure
given by Lacordaire (Gen. des Col. Atl. t. 3, f. 2) does
not represent this species, as alleged, but O. nigrofasciata
Schm.-Goeb.

(6) SystemMA ELEUTHERATORUM, 1 (1801).

37. Chlaenius (Carabus) quadricolor, p. 180. (Lund-Dal-
dorfi.) Type at Copenhagen (1919, 139).

The specimen from which Fabricius drew up his descrip-
tion agrees with the traditional C. quadricolor Oliv.: Mr.
Henriksen has kindly compared with it an example which
I sent him.

38. Cataseopus (Carabus) elegans, p. 184. (Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen (1919, 141 and 182).

Schaum was wrong in supposing the species identical
with C. smaragdulus Dej. Weber (Obs. Ent. 1801, 45)
had described the species a few months, apparently, before
Fabricius’ volume appeared. I need only add to my
previous notes that Chaudoir has given a very detailed
description (Bull. Mosc. 1850, ii, 354).

39. Callida (Carabus) splendidula, p. 184. (Sehestedt.)
(1919, 165),

The specimen at Copenhagen was taken by Daldorff,
and may be the type, but for some reason not now ascer-
tainable it is not so marked; there is no example at Kiel.

40. Strigia (Carabus) stigma, p. 192. (Daldorff.) Type
at Copenhagen.

It was a long time before this species was put into its
present genus, and Motchulsky proposed for it (Kt. Ent.
1855, 45) the new genus Selenidia. Chaudoir saw that it
was a true Strigia (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1872, 140), and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, If. (OCT.) M

_
162 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

later on redescribed it (Bull. Mose. 1878, i, 9). His
specimen came from Dacca, but the few examples I have
seen all came from South India.

41. Chlaenius (Carabus) pudieus, p. 193. (Sehestedt.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Chaudoir did not know the type and in his Mon. des
Chléniens (p. 280) he unwisely assumed that it was identical
with Motchulsky’s Callistowdes malachinus (Bull. Mose.
1864, iv, 335), which is not the case. It is in fact the
same species as Bates’ C. caeruleiceps (Ann. Mus. Civ.
Gen. 1892, 320), a cotype of which I took with me for
comparison. Fabricius’ type came from Bengal, Bates’
specimens from Karm Cheba: I have seen no other
examples.

42. Dischissus (Carabus) notulatus, p. 201. (Sehestedt.)
Type at Copenhagen.

We are indebted to Schaum for the identification of this
species with Craspedophorus elegans Dej. (Spec. Gen. Ui,
1826, 290). Chaudoir accepted Schaum’s statement, as
appears both in his Revision of the genus Panagaeus
(Bull. Mose. 1861, iv, 335) and his Mon. sur les Panagéides
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1878, 104). I took with me to
Copenhagen a specimen already compared with Dejean’s
type, only to find that the Fabrician species was quite
a different one and, having a cleft fourth tarsal, did not
even belong to the genus Craspedophorus. On my return
I sent to Copenhagen three examples of the genus Dischissus,
and as a result of Mr. Henriksen’s comparisons with the
type and my own notes I feel little doubt that the species
is identical with D. longicornis Schaum (Berl. Ent. Zeit.
1863, 84). I have not, however, seen the type of this
species, which is presumably in Berlin.

As a result of the above, my former note on this species
(1919, 163), to the effect that it should be included in
Craspedophorus, must be withdrawn.

43. Pachytrachelus (Carabus) angulatus, p. 205. (Dal-
dorff.) Type at Copenhagen (1919, 125).

I have already pointed out that Fabricius described two
quite different species under the same name of Carabus
angulatus, this being the later one. I anticipated that it
was the same thing as Dejean’s P. oblongus (Spec. Gen. v,
1831, 813), a specimen of which, already compared with
the type, I took with me for comparison. This proves
to be the case, and the species should bear Dejean’s name.

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 163

It is very variable in regard to colour, being sometimes of
a uniform light brown, sometimes almost black: the
usual coloration is dark brown or black, with a lght
border, a little interrupted in the middle, on the elytra.
This is the coloration in the type, which is 5-5 mm. in
length. The sculpture of the head and prothorax is a
little variable, the head being often flattened in front
and subrugose; in the type the head is convex and nearly
smooth, while the prothorax is rather more finely punctate
than is usual. The species occurs all over 8.H. Asia,
including the Philippine Is. and the Malay Archipelago.

44. Omphra (Galerita) attelaboides, p. 214. Type in
Kiel University Museum.

In the Banks collection in the British Museum there is
a specimen of an American insect described by Fabricius
(Ent. Syst. i, 1792, 132) as Galerita attelaboides, and it
belongs to the genus in which he placed it. In Syst.
Eleuth. the same name reappears, followed by “ Mus.
Dom. Banks,” but the description is of a different insect.
Schaum fell into this trap (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1847, 49),
but was corrected by Erichson (1. c. 141), who informs us
that the imsect in question is Omphra (Helluo) pilosa
Klug (Jahrb. Ins. 1834, 71). I do not know Klug’s types
in this genus, and am unable to express any opinion. I
have not seen the Kiel specimen, and Mr. Henriksen
informs me that he is unable to find any species of Omphra
at Copenhagen bearing the name attelaboides F.

45. Omphra (Galerita) hirta, p. 214. (Lund-Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. 1, 1825, 284), and
by Klug (Jahrb. Ins. 1834, 71); Chaudoir has also made
some remarks on the species (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1872, 140).
It is curious that Fabricius himself, Klug, and Chaudoir
all say that the colour of the pubescence is grey; Dejean
says 1t is brown, and I find that it is in fact quite light
brown.

I believe the species to be confined to the South of India
and Ceylon. There is an example in the British Museum
labelled Burma, and two examples at Oxford are labelled
Bengal and Penang respectively : I think these indications
are erroneous, though the range of the species may possibly
extend to Bengal.

46. Siagona (Galerita) plana, p. 216. (Sehestedt-Dal-
dorff.) Type at Copenhagen.

-

164 Mr. H. KE. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

This species is the same as S. plagiata Chaud. (Mon. des
Siagonides, Bull. Mosc. 1876, i, 93). This comparatively
scarce species is found chiefly in South India and Ceylon,
though I have seen one example from Orissa. Chaudoir’s
type was said to come from Dacca.

The name of S. plana Bonelli (Obs. Ent. 1, 1813, 458)
being thus preoccupied, I propose for it the new name of
S. pumilus.

47, Siagona (Galerita) flesus, p. 216. (Lund-Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 363) and by
Chaudoir (Mon. des Siagonides, p. 94). It is a common
species, spread over India, Burma, the F.M.S., Siam,
and Indo-China.

48, Pheropsophus (Brachinus) annulus, p. 217. (Lund.)
Type at Copenhagen.

Chaudoir could make nothing of this species (Mon. des
Brachynides, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1876, 47), nor has any
other author attempted to identify it. I find it to be a
curious aberration, such as I have seen in no other example
of the genus, the shoulder and median spots beimg united
on each side by a line down the middle of the elytron,
thus forming a ring on each shoulder. The vertex is black,
but not the front; there is a little yellow on the sides of
the prothorax, and the sides and apex of the elytra are
bordered with yellow, the latter rather. narrowly. The
head beneath, sides of proepisterna, metasternum, and
metepisterna, pygidium, propygidium, and hind coxae are
yellowish, the knees faintly fuscous. In structure the
specimen agrees with P. tripustulatus F., of which I consider
it to be an aberration.

49, Melaenus (Brachinus) piger, p. 219. (Sehestedt-
Daldorff.) Type at Copenhagen.

Erichson (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1847,.142) pointed out quite
correctly that this species was closely allied to Melaenus
elegans De}. (Spec. Gen. v, 1831, 482), but no other descrip-
tion has appeared, and I therefore give one at the end,
together with some further account of the genus.

The species is spread all over India, and Mr. EH. -A.
D’ Abreu has taken many specimens at Nagpur. I found
it commonly at Belgaum many years ago during the rains,
along with various species of Scagona, in the rubbish along
the sides of the paddy-fields.

50. Mastax (Brachinus) histrio, p. 219. (Lund-Daldorff.)
Type at Copenhagen.

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 165

Redeseribed by Chaudoir in his Mon. des Brachynides
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1876, 101). Confined apparently
to India and Ceylon, and not very common.

WIEDEMANN.

All the types of Wiedemann were in the Westermann
collection and are at Copenhagen; more than half of them
have been correctly identified, so that on these my notes
will be brief. All the specimens came either from Bengal
or from Java. The descriptions, which are in German,
were drawn up between 1819 and 1824, and, considering
when they were written, they are reasonably good: as a
rule I have found it possible to recognise the species without
any great difficulty. I give a list below, taking the species
—as in the case of the Fabrician types—in chronological
order. There are but few species to redescribe, partly
because the original descriptions are sufficiently accurate,
but much more because Westermann sent so many examples
to Dejean, who redescribed them in his well-known Species
Général des Coléoptéres.

(1) ZootociscHES Macazin, i, 3 (1819).

1. Cataseopus (Carabus) facialis, p. 165. Bengal (1919,
130, 132, 141, and 202).

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 329), Brullé
(Hist. Nat. des Ins. iv, 1834, 232), and Chaudoir (Bull.
Mose. 1850, 11, 352). A very common species throughout
S.E. Asia.

2. Chiaenius (Carabus) apiealis, p. 166. Probably Bengal,
though in this instance no locality is given.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. ii, 1826, 324) and
Chaudoir (Mon. des Chléniens, p. 89). Confined to Northern
India and Burma. Bouchard (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1903,
171) mentions Java as a locality, but probably he had
before him C. apicalis Macl. (= mutatus Mun. Cat.).

3. Orthogonius (Carabus) duplicatus, p. 166. Java.

This species has been misunderstood by all the authors
who have dealt with it, excepting only Dejean (Spec. Gen.
i, 1825, 279), and his specimen came direct from Wester-
mann. Wiedemann’s description is certainly in this case
misleading, which no doubt accounts for the existing
confusion. After Dejean, Schmidt-Goebel next considered
the species, and decided on making a new genus Apsectra
(Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 61) for the insect which he errone-
ously identified with it. Just before (p. 57) he had described

)

166 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

his O. puncticollis, which (if the traditional identification of
his species is accurate) he quite correctly supposed to be
the duplicatus of Dejean. Chaudoir in his Essai mono-
graphique sur les Orthogoniens (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiv,
1871, 99) rightly changed the name of Schmidt-Goebel’s
Apsectra duplicata to Orthogonius schmidt-goebeli, but made
the mistake (p. 102) of identifying Wiedemann’s duplica!us
with the same author's alternans. Bates thought all these
authors were wrong (Ann. Mus. Civ, Gen. 1892, 399), but
it is difficult to know what he had in his mind: I have
in my collection two examples ($9) from the Fea collec-
tion, presumably identified by him (though the labels are
not in his handwriting), of which the 3 is O. mellyi Chaud.
and the 9 O. alternans Wied.

The species is known at present as O, puncticollis Schm.
Goeb., an example of which has been compared by Mr.
Henriksen with the type of duplicatus : Wiedemann’s name
should in future be substituted for Schmidt-Goebel’s. It
is a common insect in North India, but I have not seen
examples from further south than the Central Provinces.
It occurs also in Burma, the F.M.S8., and Indo-China. The
type was said to come from Java, but I have seen only
one other specimen (in the Chevrolat collection at Oxford)
alleged to come from that locality, and I think it quite
possible that it really came from Bengal.

4. Orthogonius (Carabus) acrogonus, p. 167. Java (1919,
165).

I need not repeat here the references given in my former
paper.

5. Cyclosomus (Scolytus) suturalis, p. 169. Bengal.

This species has previously been identified with C.
flecuosus ¥. (see above Fabricius, No. 6), but it is actually
the same species as Motchulsky’s C. marginatus (Bull. Mose.
1864, iii, 200), redescribed by Chaudoir in his Etude mono-
graphique des Tetragonodérides, etc. (Bull. Mosc. 1876,
iii, 32). Wiedemann’s name must now displace Mot-
chulsky’s. In the type the median black fascia on the
elytra is exceptionally narrow. ‘The species is spread over
North India and Indo-China.

(2) Macazin DER Enromo.oaie (Germar) iv (1821).

6. Chliaenius nigricans, p. 110. peat cud

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. 11, 1826, 371), and
by Chaudoir (Mon. des Chléniens, 126).

One of the best known Hastern Chlaenius, which extends

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 167

all over S.E. Asia. . Bates’ C. culminatus (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1873, 251) is not more than a local race.

7. Chiaenius rufithorax, p. 112. Bengal.

Also redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. ii, 1826, 322),
and by Chaudoir (Mon. 259). I am indebted to M. René
Oberthiir for the only other example I know of this species,
which came from Assam (Noa Dehing Valley), and which I
compared with the type. .

8. Systolocranius (Oodes) linea, p. 113. Bengal.

Described by Dejean (Spec. Gen. ii, 1826, 376) as Oodes
grandis : 1 have compared the same specimen with both
types. Chaudoir redescribed it in his Mon. des Oodides
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1882, 331). Confined to North and
Central India.

9. Simous (Oodes) nigriceps, p. 114. Bengal.

Described by Dejean as Oodes pulcher (Spec. Gen. i, 1826,
375). Here again I was able to compare the same speci-
men with both types. See also Chaudoir (Mon. 375).
Confined to North India, but there is a specimen labelled
“ Pegu”’ in the-Indian Museum apparently belonging to
this species.

10. Chlaenius (Carabus) xanthospilus, p. 115. Bengal.

Redescribed by Nietner as C. quinquemaculatus (Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. v, 1856, 386; id. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2),
xix, 1857, 242). See also Chaudoir (Mon. des Chléniens,
285). The species seems to be fairly common throughout
continental §.H.Asia.

11. Brachynus longipalpis, p. 118. Bengal.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 314), and by
Chaudoir in his Mon. des Brachynides (Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belg. 1876, 87). The specimens I have seen all came from
Bengal or the Himalayas, except some in the Oxford
University Museum (Hope Dept.) labelled “ Madras ”’—
probably in error.

(3) ZooLogiscHEes MAGAZIN, i, 1 (1823).

12. Distichus (Searites) parvus, p. 37. Bengal.

Chaudoir, though with some doubt, identified this species
with his Scarites opacus (Mon. des Scaritides, Ann. Soc.
Ent. Belg. 1880, 103), and the description rather lends itself
to this interpretation. It is in fact identical with Chau-
doir’s Distichus lucidulus (1. c. p. 57), and his name must
give place to Wiedemann’s. Mr. Henriksen has kindly
compared with the type a specimen which I had already
compared with Chaudoir’s type.

;
Ban,
eT uty f

sl

168 Mr. H. KE. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

The species ranges from Bengal, through Burma and
Siam, to Indo-China, but there are in the Indian Museum
two specimens taken by Dr. N. Annandale at Tenmalai,
Western Ghats, so that it is probably more widely spread
in India than existing records indicate.

13. Oxygnathus (Scarites) elongatus, p- 38. Bengal.

Redeseribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. 1, 1826, 474), and by
Brullé (Hist. Nat. des Ins. v, 1835, 67).

See also Putzeys (Postscer. ad Cliv. Mon., Mém. Liége,
xvii, 1863, 5, t. 1, f. 1). The type measures 12 mm. in
length, and thes specimen I took to Copenhagen for compari-
son measures only 8 mm. They appeared to me to belong
to the same species, and I find that I have in my collection
an example measuring 10°5 mm. _ I conclude that it varies
a good deal in size. The only specimens I have seen, other
than the type, were taken by the late Mr. G. Q. Corbett in
various localities in Burma, where also it was taken by
Mr. Fea (see Bates, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 274).

14. Searites punctum, p. 38. Bengal (1919, 162).

Chaudoir could make nothing of this species (Mon. des
Searitides, 1880, 127). I recently expressed the opinion
that it would probably prove to be identical with Chaudoir’s
Distichus puncticollis, but this was not a good guess, for it
turns out to be Chaudoir’s Scarites opacus (1. ¢. 103). Con-
fined to North India and not apparently a common species.

I take this opportunity of correcting an inadvertence in
my former paper. I said, referring to Macleay’s citation
of Wiedemann’s S. punctum,” “which comes from Bengal and
not Senegal as indicated.” I had at the time only Lequien’s
French translation of the Annulosa Javanica, in which

“Senegal” is substituted for “ Bengal”; in the original
English edition, which I now have, the locality is quite
correctly given.

15. Macrochilus (Helluo) impictus, p. 49. Bengal.

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. 1, 1825, 287) on a
specimen sent to him by Westermann and alleged to come
from Java. I have seen examples from various Indian
localities, rarely more than one at a time, but none from
Java, which I consider in all probability a mistake for
Bengal. See also Andrewes (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) vi
1920, pp. 497 and 503).

16. Creagris (Helluo) distacta, p. 49. Java (1919, 169).

I knew that this species belonged to the genus Creagris,
for some little time ago Dr. Lundbeck had, at my request,

—

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 169

examined the typeand informed me that the fourth tarsal
was bilobed. There are two examples in the British
Museum, which I had already identified as Wiedemann’s
species : I took one of these to Copenhagen for comparison
and found that it agreed exactly. Wiedemann’s descrip-
tion is rather short, and, as no one else has redescribed the
species, I do so at the end of this paper.

17. Oodes virens, p. 50. Bengal.

Chaudoir omits all reference to this species in his Mon.
des Oodides (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1882), but this work was
published after his death. It is identical with his Oodes
varians (1. c. 352), so that Wiedemann’s name must replace
his. Chaudoir’s specimen also came from Bengal. I have
only seen four other examples, viz. two from Assam (Indian
Museum and Pusa Coll.), one from Burma (my own collec-
tion), and one from the Philippine Is. (Brussels Museum).
I compared my own example with both types.

18. Chiaenius chaleothorax, p. 51. Bengal.

This species presents some difficulties. Wiedemann
described a 3 specimen, but in the Copenhagen Museum
there are two specimens (¢ 9) side by side, the type label
being attached to the 9. There is a considerable difference
in the size of the insects, the ¢ being 16 mm. long and the
2 20 mm.; I do not think that they belong to the same
species, and I consider the ¢ example to be the type of
Wiedemann’s species.

Chaudoir supposed that his C. pubipennis (Bull. Mose.
1856, ii, 233) was the same species as Wiedemann’s (see
Mon. des Chléniens, 138), and I took to Copenhagen an
example, previously compared with Chaudoir’s type, for
comparison. The specimens do not agree, C. chalcothorax
($) being a little larger, the sides of the prothorax hardly
sinuate before the hind angles, its surface more sparsely
but much more coarsely punctate, the base more evidently
bordered, the elytra darker and with the puncturation
more aciculate. The 2 Copenhagen example, in addition to
the much larger size, has the sides of the prothorax dis-
tinctly sinuate before the hind angles, with the basal
foveae larger and shallower than in the 3; the elytra are
browner in colour, more dilated behind, and more coarsely
punctate, in addition to which they have a yellow border,
thus excluding C. macropus Chaud., and its allies. I found
that I had in my collection a specimen, labelled India,
apparently agreeing with Wiedemann’s 3; I sent this to

_
170 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Mr. Henriksen for comparison, and he informs me that it
agrees exactly. He also adds, “ Wiedemann saw both
specimens, as he determined all Westermann’s insects; the
labels are written and arranged by Westermann, and the
transposition of the labels must thus be due to him, as this
part of his collection has not yet been altered.”

19. Lomasa (Chlaenius) xanthaerus, p. 51. Bengal.

Redescribed by Redtenbacher as Chlaenius huegeli (Reis.
Novar. Zool. 1, 1867, Col. 9). I recently described a new
genus for the species (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), i, 1919,
479). I have seen a number of specimens labelled “ India,”
but the only exact localities I know are Calcutta and
Karachi.

20. Orthogonius (Plochionus) alternans, p. 52. Java
(1919, 165).

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. i, 1825, 280). See also
Brullé (Hist. Nat. des Ins. iv, 1834, a4 5, t. 8, f. 1), E. Des-
marest (Voy. la Bonite 1841, 291, t. 2, £. 1), Schmidt-Goebel
(Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 60), and Chaudoir (Essai mono-
graphique sur les Orthogoniens, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiv,
1871, 102). After seeing Wiedemann’s type, I am con-
vinced that Macleay’s O. alternans (= macleayi Andr.)
(Ann. jay. 1825, 27) is a distinct species.

I have seen examples from Java, Sumatra, Burma, and
Assam; according to KE. Desmarest, the species is also
found in the Philippine Is.

21. Chlaenius (Harpalus) leucops, p. 52. Bengal.

Described by Chaudoir under the name of C. aeruginosus
(Bull. Mose. 1856, in, 271): subsequently and quite
correctly identified by its author with Wiedemann’s species.
I have compared the same specimen with both types.

Very widely spread over 8.E. Asia, including the Philip-
pine Is. and Malay Archipelago, but apparently not common
anywhere.

22. Hypharpax (Harpalus) dentipes, p. 54. Java (1919, 158).

I need not repeat here the synonymy and other particulars
given in my former paper.

23. Craspedophorus (Panagaeus) geniculatus, p. 56.
Bengal.

This species was unknown to Chaudoir, who thought it
might be identical with C. hilaris Laf. (Mon. sur les
Panagéides, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1878, 112). This is not
the case, and, as no other description has appeared, I
describe at the end the only other specimen I have seen

ew 2 zs

Ce pt a Sy
BH) ant ~

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 171

(Pusa Coll.), which I took with me to Copenhagen and
compared with the type.

24. Callistomimus (Panagaeus) chalcocephalus,* p. 57. Java
(1919, 136).

This proves to be Callistomimus (Pristomachaerus) messv
Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, 324), described from
Hong-Kong, but ranging across Southern China to the
Himalayas and Burma. A local race, Bates’ C. quadristigma
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 303), also occurs in Burma, and
has been found by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvazain Laos. I have
seen no other examples from Java, and, as Wiedemann was
in the same paper also describing specimens from Bengal,
it seems possible that some mistake may have been made
regarding the locality.

I have seen examples from Hong-Kong, Tonkin (R. Vitalis
de Salvaza), Burma—Maymyo (H. L. Andrewes), Sikkim—
Gopaldhara (H. Stevens), Kumaon—W. Almora (fH. G.
Champion), and Dehra Dun. In writing his paper on the
Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission (Col. 1891,
p- 4), Bates—for reasons which I am not able to fathom—
attributed a specimen taken in the Jhelam Valley to Wiede-
mann’s species, which he did not know, rather than to his
own C. messi. This specimen, now in the Indian Museum
collection, has lost both head and prothorax, but, judging
by the elytra, I have no doubt that the species is the same.
Kollar did not know the locality of his Panagaeus chloroce-
phalus (Ann. Wien. Mus. 1, 1835, 335, t. 31, £. 4), but it seems
probable that it will prove to be the same species.+

25. Badister thoracicus, p. 57. Bengal.

I thought I recognised this species, and took over with
me an example which I found to correspond exactly with
_the type. No other description has appeared, and I have
therefore redescribed it at the end.

I have seen examples in the British Museum from
Bengal—Berhampur, and in the Indian Museum from
Calcutta, some “at light” (7. H. Gravely).

26. Stenolophus (Badister) quinquepustulatus, p. 58. Bengal
(1919, 178 and 189).

* Already referred to in my note on the genus Callistomimus
(see note on p. 146).

+ I have recently sent an example of Wiedemann’s species to
Vienna, and Dr. Holdhaus has kindly compared it with Kollar’s
type. This is unfortunately a wreck, unfit for transport, so that
I have not seen it, but Dr. Holdhaus’ comparison has convinced
him that the two species are different.

al

172 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

See Fabricius No. 34. Stenolophus smaragdulus. The
type of this extremely common insect has the usual five
testaceous spots on the elytra. It was redescribed by
Dejean (Spec. Gen. iv, 1829, 414), and references to it are
numerous. It occurs throughout the Hast.

27. Abacetus (Badister) rubidicollis, p. 58. Bengal.

I had no suspicion that this species, upon which no other
author seems to have made any comment, would prove
to belong to the genus Abacelus, and I had therefore no
specimen ready for comparison. I had no doubt, however,
of its identity with A. quadrimaculatus Chaud. (Hssai
monographique sur le genre Abacetus, Bull. Mose. 1869,
ii, 380), and have since sent to Copenhagen for comparison
an example of Chaudoir’s species already compared with
his type. Mr. Henriksen tells me that the two specimens
agree exactly.

The only precise locality I know for this species is Dacca
(British Museum).

28. Hexagonia (Lebia) longithorax, p. 58. Bengal.

The example of this genus, which I had doubtfully
identified with Wiedemann’s species, proved to be something
quite different. From notes which I made, and subsequent
re-examination of a specimen already compared with the
type of Chaudoir’s Hexagonia brunnea (Bull Mose, 1861,
u, 531), I came to the conclusion that the two species were
the same. I sent the specimen to Copenhagen, where Mr.
Henriksen compared it with Wiedemann’s type, finding it
to agree exactly. This identity was evidently suspected
by Schaum (Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1863, 433).

The only exact locality I know is Dehra Dun (Forest
Research Institute).

29. Anchista (Lebia) brunnea, p. 59. Bengal.

Another species upon which, so far as I know, no other
entomologist has commented. I suspected its identity
with Chaudoir’s Anchista picea (Bull. Mosc. 1877, ii, 238),
of which I took with me an example already compared with
the type. I found the two specimens to correspond
perfectly, so that Wiedemann’s name, as the older, must
replace Chaudoir’s.

Chaudoir’s insect came from Dacca, and I have others
from Pusa and Nagpur.

30. Promecoptera (Lebia) marginalis, p. 60. Bengal
(1919, 165).

A specimen was sent by Westermann to Dejean, who

iene Ne ibe’

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 173

founded upon it the genus Promecoptera (Spec. Gen. v, 1831,
444) and redescribed the species in some detail. I have
seen both the types, but no other examples.

31. Drypta flavipes, p. 60. Bengal (1919, 170).

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. ii, 1826, 442), and
later by Chaudoir (Bull. Mose. 1850, i, 33; id. ibid. 1861,
ii, 548) as D. pallipes. I compared with Wiedemann’s type
a specimen already compared with Chaudoit’s.

Common in North India, but not apparently occurring
elsewhere.

Schmidt-Goebel (Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 24) doubtfully
identified Wiedemann’s species with an insect from Bengal,
which, owing to its pectinate claws, he put into his genus
Dendrocellus. This is evidently quite another species,
which I have not as yet been abie to identify *; Chaudoir
renamed it D. rugicollis (Bull. Mosc. 1861, 11, 546).

32. Drypta aeneipes, p. 60. Bengal.

No comment has appeared on this species, but Wiede-
mann’s description is fairly good. Having the type before
me, I took the opportunity of comparing it with an example
of D. lineola Macl. D. aeneipes is a little smaller (8°0 mm.) ;
the head, prothorax, and a fairly large discal patch on the
elytra red, with a faint purple reflection, rest of elytra blue-
green, legs aeneous, except base of femora. Head more con-
vex, less punctate, genae longer, neck more constricted ;
prothorax more shiny, a little shorter, less punctate,
relatively wider in front and a little more compressed
behind; elytra much more finely striate, puncturation of
intervals finer and more distinct, outer extremity of
truncature hardly dentate, but forming a sharp angle.

- Bates’ D. fimbriata (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 384) from

Burma is only a slight variety.

Since my return I have come across two specimens in
the British Museum, which I had identified rather doubt-
fully with Wiedemann’s species some little time ago and
subsequently overlooked. One of them I sent to Copen-
hagen, and Mr. Henriksen tells me that, though the
prothorax is a little narrower, it agrees very well with the
type.

33. Tetragonoderus (Bembidium) dilatatus, p. 61. Bengal.

* Since the above was written, I have, thanks to Dr. Jan
Obenberger of Prague, seen Schmidt-Gcebel’s type. I consider
his species to be a colour variety only of Desera geniculata Klug.

-

174 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Redescribed by Dejean (Spec. Gen. iv, 1829, 493) on an
example sent to him by Westermann, and by Chaudoir in
his Etude monographique des Tetragonodérides, ete.
(Bull. Mose. 1876, i, 41). I have seen examples from many
parts of India, to which this species seems to be confined.

34, Tetragonoderus (Bembidium) punctatus, p. 61. Bengal.

Also redescribed by Dejean (1. ¢. 505) on an example sent
by Westermann, to which some further notes were added
by Schmidt-Goebel (Faun. Col. Birm. 1846, 92), and by
Chaudoir (1. ¢. 48). North India, Burma, and (according
to Vuillet) Cochin China.

35. Tetragonoderus (Bembidium) taeniatus, p. 62. Bengal.

Hitherto unidentified, but the description is quite a
fair one, and I found no difficulty in determining specimens
received from Pusa and Chapra (Agric. Res. Inst.), one of
which I took to Copenhagen for comparison. I have also
seen one specimen from Kumaon (H. G. Champion), and
there are a number of specimens labelled ‘“ India” in the
British Museum. I hardly think it necessary to redescribe
this species.

36. Omophron (Scolytus) vittatus, p. 69. Bengal.

Neither this nor the succeeding species seem to have
been known either to Chaudoir (Note monographique sur
le genre Omophron, Rev. et. Mag. Zool. 1868, 56) or to
Dr. Gestro (Enumerazione delle specie del genere Omophron,
Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 964). I believe this type to be
a unique specimen, and I give a further geste Dar of it
at the end.

37. Omophron (Scolytus) pictus, p. 69. Bengal.

Of this species a single example was sent to me some time
ago by the Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa: this
had been taken at Pusa “at light” (H. Maxwell Lefroy).
I had already identified it rather doubtfully with O. pictus,
but, on coming to compare it with the type, I found the
identification to be correct. I have seen no other specimens.
I give at the end some further notes on the species.

(4) AnALEcTA ENTOMOLOGICA (1824).

38. Catadromus (Harpalus) rajah, p. 7. Java (1919, 148).

No doubt identical with C. tenebrioides Oliv., referred to
in my former paper. In his Annulosa javanica, referring
to his own example of C. tenebriowdes, W. 8. Macleay says
(p. 18): “a piceous variety in my father’s collection is the
very specimen from which Olivier took his description and
figure.” Whether Macleay inherited his father’s collection,

Fe ene

Ba 4

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 175

and, if so, whether he took it with him when he emigrated
to Australia, are questions which I have at present no means
of determining.

The type of Macleay’s C. tenebrioides is in the British
Museum, and I have compared other examples with
Wiedemann’s type, so that there is no doubt about the
identification. The species is apparently confined to Java.

Il.

Mr. FE. Fleutiaux having kindly lent me the collection
of Carabidae made by Commandant Delauney and Capt.
R. de la Perraudiére in Indo-China, and determined by
Bates (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, 261-86), I take this oppor-
tunity of making a few comments suggested by a re-
examination of the material, excluding species which I
have dealt with elsewhere. I follow the sequence and give
the numbers of the species as they appear in Bates’ paper.

1. Searites mancus Bonelli (p. 261) = S. semicircularis
Macl. (Ann. Jay. 1825, 24). The species has been taken
commonly by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza in Tonkin, Annam,
and Laos.

2. Distichus 2, (p. 261). Bates. labelled this
specimen “ Distichus 2 impossible de déterminer.”
I have compared it with an example of D. lucidulus,
previously compared with Chaudoir’s type, and can see no
material difference. This species, as mentioned on a
previous page, now takes the name of D. parvus Wied.

5. Clivina bacillaria Bates (p. 261). Although he gave
this species a name, Bates differentiated it from C. stamica
Putz. (as determined by him) only by its larger size and the
shallow emargination of its clypeus. Though the pro-
thorax and elytra are similar in form, it seems to me quite
a distinct species. The head is relatively much wider,
longer, and more roughly sculptured; frontal plates
elongate, very little rounded at sides, with a sharp longi-
tudinal ridge running to inner margin of eye; clypeus
wide, its side extensions rather sharply angled, a well-
marked transverse ridge in the middle; clypeal suture not
so deep as in siamica, the whole front immediately behind °
it finely rugose and punctate (a single puncture in svamica).
The prothorax is a little longer, and the spines on the
intermediate tibiae are exceptionally long and strong.
Not having yet seen Putzey’s types of this genus (except

176 Mr, H. EK. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

those at Oxford), [ am unable to comment on the other
species.

13. Clivina trapezicollis Bates (p. 263). Bates recognised
in a subsequent note that this species belonged to Putzey’ s
genus Psilus. M. Severin, of the Brussels Museum, has
recently been good enough to send me the type of P.
acultipalpis Putz. An examination of these two species
leads me to the belief spe sie s Ardistomis paradoxus
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xi, 1868, 21), which he placed with
great hesitation in this aaa genus, actually belongs
to the genus Psilus, and may indeed be identical with Bates’
species.

27. Chlaenius javanus Chaud. (p. 265) = C. circumdatus
Brullé. I agree with Bates in regarding C. xanthopleurus
Chaud., as a variety, or rather local race, ‘spread throughout
Indo-China, Siam, and Southern China; this form is found
as far north as Korea (Coll. H. de Touzalin).

28. Chiaenius einetus F. (p. 266). I gave some notes on
this species in a former paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1919,

122), but did not there mention this reference of Bates. The
Indo-Chinese species is not C. cinctus F., nor is it identical
with the Indian C. pulcher Nietn. (= C. cinctus Chaud., not
F.). In addition to the single example in the de Ja Perrau-
diére collection, I have before me others taken in Annam,
Tonkin, and Laos by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza, and I
describe them at the end under the name of Chlaenius pulcher
Nietn. race asper nov. I have given a detailed description,
as Nietner’s is short, and Chaudoir confines himself to
comparing the species with an African one.

32. Simous aeneus Laf. (p. 266). I have before me
examples of Laferté’s species from Java, and of S. lucidus
Chaud. from Laos, compared with the respective types.
In spite of the dark cupreous tinge of Bates’ specimen,
I have no hesitation in identifying it with S. lucidus and
not S. aeneus.

35. Eecoptogenius moestus Chaud. (p. 267). As already
mentioned, Bates evidently did not know this genus,
which differs from Diplochila (Rhembus) in having the first
antennal joint strongly clavate; this is not the case here.
I doubt whether Lccoptogenius can be retained as a separate
genus.

In addition to the single example in this collection,
I have seen others taken by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza in
Laos and Cambodia. The species agrees closely with the

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 177

description of D. laevigata Bates (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892,
326) except in one particular. Comparing his new species
with D. polita F. (as then identified), he says, “ labro et
epistomate similiter emarginato,’ whereas in the Indo-
Chinese specimens the emargination of the clypeus is very
shallow. Mr. Fea took one example only of D. laevigata
at Kaw Kareet, in Tenasserim, and until I have seen this
type, I do not like to describe the species as new.

38. Anisodactylus ? (p. 268). I have recently
described this species (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1920, 109)
under the name of Gnathaphanus festivus.

45. Platymetopus laetulus Bates (p. 270) = Dvioryche
amoena Dej. The species is not compared with any other.
Bates knew Dejean’s species, and indeed mentions it a few
lines further down, so that I am at a loss to account for
the introduction of this superfluous name.

46. Platymetopus indochinensis Bates (p. 270). This
species, like the last, belongs to the genus Dioryche. Bates
complained of the inadequacy of Walker's descriptions,
but here he has almost eclipsed Walker. The description
is contained in two lines, and gives the impression that the
species is very much like D. amoena Dej., differing in the
colour of the first antennal joint and the obtuse hind angles
of the prothorax.

It is a duller insect than D. amoena, cupreous without
any greenish tinge; prothorax with smaller and deeper
basal foveae, the sides not flattened out near hind angles,
surface more (though sparsely) punctate, the fine basal
puncturation confined to the foveae and the space between
them, whereas in amoena it extends to the sides, leaving
the middle of base with comparatively few punctures;
elytra shorter and wider, the striae no deeper at apex
than on disk, scutellary striole short, intervals rather flatter,
1 and 2 distinctly narrower than the others, punctures
on 3, 5, and 7 much larger (though smaller on 7 than on
3 and 5), but fewer in number, minute puncturation
identical.

54. Anoplogenius renitens Bates (p. 272). The specimen
so named by Bates is another example of 52, Anoplogenius
microgonus Bates, but A. renitens does occur in Indo-China.

58. Acupalpus ovatulus Bates (p. 273). Bates does not
discuss the generic characters. The species has not the
facies of Acupalpus, and the hind tarsi have a shallow groove
on the outer side, a character foreign to that genus. On

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, II. (OCT.) N

-
178 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

the other hand, the fourth tarsal is only slightly emarginate,
and the apex of the prosternal process (in the specimen
dismounted for examination) is glabrous, so that it will
not go into the genus Stenolophus. It does not seem wise,
without more substantial characters to work on, to propose
a new genus, so I leave the species provisionally where
Bates has put it.

59. Perigona ruficollis Motch. v. nana (p. 273). In the
Revue d’Entomologie 1907 Fauvel discusses this genus,
and a specimen of nana sent to him for examination bears
the label “‘ plagiata Putz. ex. typ.” (presumably compared
with Putzey’s type). As, however, Bates’ v. nana is left
by Fauvel (p. 100) as a var. of ruficollis Motch., it seems
uncertain whether or not it is actually identical with Putzey’s
species,

60. Perigona ? (p. 274). This example was also
sent to Fauvel and determined by him as “ P. litura Perroud
ex. typ.”

62. Tachys ? (p. 274). Bates thought this was
T. pictipennis Putz., or an allied species. I think probably
the latter. I have an example which I identify with
Putzey’s species and which, like the type, comes from
Celebes: in this the spots on the elytra are distinct, but
in Bates’ example the front and hind spots are joined, the
sutural striae are less impressed and the surface more
shiny. Without seeing the type, I cannot decide the point.

69. Triplogenius buqueti Cast. (p. 276) = 70, Lesticus
(Triplogenius) chalcothorax Chaud. It is difficult to surmise
why Bates should have picked out this example and
labelled it 7. buqueti. The species are closely allied,
but can be readily distinguished by the form of the pro-
thorax. Tchitcherin has already drawn attention to the
misidentification (Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxxiv, 1900, 177,
Observ.), but without indicating the correct name.

71. Abacetus marginicollis Chaud. (p. 276). This is not
the Burmese species. I have compared the specimen
with an example of A. aenigma Chaud., from Hong-Kong,
previously compared with the type: I find them to be
exactly similar. Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza has lately taken
it in some numbers in Laos and Cambodia.

74. Abacetus lophoides Bates (p. 277). In a subsequent
paper (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1892, 362) Bates says of this
species, “ scarcely more than a local variety of A. quadri-
guttatus, having 2 instead of 3 apical antennal joints

eyes

PS ae ye ees
Re eae tg
ges. Pepe Wt

M,

a

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 179

—albotestaceous.’’ The solitary example has unfortunately

no antennae left, but in some examples taken by Mr. R.
Vitalis de Salvaza the 9th joint is light at the apex only.
I consider it identical with Chaudom’s species.

75. Abaeetus ? A unique example of an unde-
scribed species.
76. Abacetus ¢ This agrees with examples of

A. chalceolus in my collection, coming from various localities,
one of which I have compared with Chaudoir’s type.
Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza has taken it both in Laos and
Cambodia.

78. Holeonotus ferrugineus Chaud. = Fouquetius cras-
simargo Tchitch. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1898, 453). Tchit-
cherin’s memoir on Holconotus gives all necessary details,
but this generic name being preoccupied, Maindron’s
Fouquetius should be used.

81. Diceromerus ehaudoiri Flt. = D. orientalis Motch.
(Et. Ent. 1859, 35). I do not regard this as other than an
immature example of Motchulsky’s species.

83. Colipodes ? I cannot at present identify
this unique example with any described species of the genus.

$6. Orthogonius profundestriatus Schm. Goeb. Bates
subsequently identified this species, no doubt correctly,
with the same author’s O. puncticollis. This, as mentioned
on a previous page, is identical with O. duplicatus Wied.

112. Crossoglossa latecineta Bates — Phloeodromius
nigrolineatus Chaud. (Bull. Mose. 1852, i, 44). The width
of the black, or dark green stripe, upon which Bates seems
chiefly to have relied in characterising his species, is very
variable. It may be broad, or narrow, or even disappear
altogether. The genus Phloeodromius W. Macleay (1871)
must be substituted for Chaudoir’s Crossoglossa (1872).
Mr. T. G. Sloane informs me (on the authority of Mr. J. J.
Fletcher) that vol. 1, part 2, of the Trans. Ent. Soc. New
South Wales, containing the description of Macleay’s
genus, appeared in 1871, though I cannot find that this is
revealed by any internal evidence.

IV.

In July 1920 Prof. Y. Sjéstedt visited London, and at
my request very kindly brought with him the types of
some of the Oriental species described by Boheman (Eugenies

180 Mr. H. KE. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

Resa 1861, Zool. Coleoptera) and also one by Quenselt,
now in the Stockholm Museum.

I do not refer to most of them, which are sufficiently
well known and accurately determined in various collections
I have seen. I was able to compare with all the types
examined, examples either in the British Museum collection
or in my own, with the solitary exception of Anchomenus
li nbatus (limbaticollis Mun. Cat.), of which I have seen
no other specimen. I may mention that Platymetopus
melanarius proved, as I anticipated (1919, 150), to be
identical with Gnathaphanus vulnervpennis Macl., and
Harpalus subcostatus De}. Drimostoma rufipes (1919, 160)
also proves to be identical with Coelostomus picipes Macl.
Tchitcherin has already pointed out (Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
xxxv, 1901, 166) that Stenolophus biplagiatus isan Acupalpus.

There is one species which has been misidentified, viz.
Anchomenus scintillans, and requires therefore some further
notice. In describing his Anchomenus chalcomus (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, 280) Bates says, “ Very closely allied
to the common Chinese A. scintillans (Bohem.), from which
no difference is perceptible, except the abdomen being
pitchy black (like the rest of the under-surface) instead of
testaceous.” This seems a slender foundation on which
to establish a new species, but I have before me Chinese
examples labelled A. scintillans Boh. in Bates’ handwriting,
and they certainly appear, apart from the rather lighter
colour, identical with A. chalcomus. In the same volume
of the Transactions (p. 330) Bates described his A. aeneo-
tinctus, differentiating it from the species which he sup-
posed to be A. scintillans. It is, in fact, identical with the
true scintillans, so that Boheman’s name must displace
Bates’, A. scintillans Bates in litt. (not Boh.) becoming a
synonym of his A. chalcomus.

Descriptions of New AND OTHER SPECIES.

Siagona polita, sp.n. Length 20°0 mm. Width 6-5 mm.
Siagona atra'a {Bates (not Dej.), Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.
1892, 284.

Black : tarsi and palpi piceous.

Head wide (4-5 mm.), rather flat, smooth, with a few scattered
punctures on vertex; lateral ridges uninterrupted, reaching basal
sulcus, which is only moderately deep; eyes fairly prominent,

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 181

mandibles (4) moderately dilated and bordered outwardly, a slight
longitudinal prominence on middle of upper surface. Prothorax
(5-5 mm, wide) cyathiform, side furrows deep, median line fairly
deep and crenulate, surface almost impunctate, except along base
and front margin. There is no stridulatory apparatus, which
seems to be confined to certain N. African species. Hlytra not
quite twice as long as wide, shoulders well-marked, surface smooth,
except for a few mingled large and small punctures at base and on
shoulders (a few very small and inconspicuous punctures are visible
here and there on disk).

The species 1s much like S. atrata Dej., but easily recog-
nised by its smooth elytra. ‘The eyes are more prominent,
the side ridges of head are entire—not half-interrupted,
as in S. atrata; the median line and side furrows of the
prothorax are deeper on the disk, and the elytra are a little
longer.

In addition to the specimens recorded by Bates (I.c. supra)
from Rangoon and Tikekee, some of which (including the
type) are in my collection, [ have examples from Thar-
rawaddy and Paungde (G. Q. Corbett). In the British
Museum there are examples from Pegu (Atkinson) and
Rangoon, and in the Indian Museum also from Pegu and
Rangoon (Armstrong). In the Hope Dept. at Oxford
is a single specimen labelled “Ch.” M. René Oberthiir
kindly gave me an example from Theinzeik, other specimens
from the same locality being in his collection.

The species seems to be confined to Burma, whereas all
the examples of S. atrata De}. which I have seen come from
Central and N.E. India.

Siagona apicalis, sp.n. Length 125mm. Width 3-75 mm.
Siagora cinctella {Bates (not Chaud.), Ann. Mus. Civ..
Gen. 1892, 285.

Piceous black: apex of elytra, metasternum, ventral surface,
and tarsi dull red; hind trochanters light red.

Head (2:75 mm. wide) flat on vertex, side ridges uninterrupted,
reaching mid-eye level, a shallow groove on their inner side, neck
strongly constricted, surface moderately and uniformly punctate,
with a small smooth patch on vertex, mandibles slightly dilated
and bordered outwardly. Prothorax (3-25 mm. wide) short, sharply
contracted behind, very little in front, median line very fine, the
adjacent area longitudinally depressed, side grooves not very deep
(for the genus), almost interrupted on disk, surface moderately and

= -
182 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

fairly evenly punctate. Llylra very gently rounded, almost parallel,
shoulders well marked, a shallow depression at a third from base,
puncturation moderate, fairly close, and evenly disposed.

Bates (Lc. supra) has pointed out the differences between
this species and S. flesus F., but the apical border is not
light in colour, as in that species, but dull red, and extends
from the apex only a short distance forwards along the sides.
S. cinctella Chaud., as mentioned by Bates, is a much smaller
insect; the puncturation is rather similar, but the surface
is more shiny, and the apex of the elytra is much lighter
in colour.

I have only seen examples from the Fea collection, two
of which (including the type) are in my collection, another
one being in the British Museum.

Chlaenius fastigatus, sp. n. Length 10°5-11°5 mm.
Width 4:0-4°5 mm.

Chlaenius frater {Bates (not Chaud. e), Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (5), xvii, 1886, 74.

Black: head and prothorax metallic green, latter darker with
coppery reflections, elytra with a faint aeneous tinge, joints 1-3 of
antennae, palpi, apex of elytra, and legs flavous, side border of
prothorax and elytra dark red. Prothorax sparsely, elytra more
closely but very shortly pubescent.

Head (1-90 mm. wide) convex, shiny, smooth, frontal impressions
shallow, joints 3 and 4 of antennae equal, labrum truncate. Pro-
thorax transverse (2:25 < 2-50 mm.), almost quadrate, convex and
strongly declivous to front angles, extremities truncate, sides gently
rounded, faintly sinuate close to base, front angles rounded, hind
angles obtuse but well-marked; median line, transverse impres-
sions, especially front one at its junction with median line, and
basal foveae all deep, last named divergent towards apex; surface
coarsely punctate at sides, in basal foveae, and along each side of
median line, a smooth area on disk, which extends obliquely on
each side to front angles. lytra (4:0 x 7-0 mm.) ovate, convex,
very slightly widened behind, sinuate near apex, which is rather
pointed, but with a re-entrant angle at suture, border rounded at
shoulder, punctate-striate, intervals a little convex, closely and
finely punctate, apical border fairly wide, with a jagged edge in
front (as in C. frater, C. inops, etc.). Under-surface punctate and
pubescent, much less so along middle of ventral surface; prosternal
process unbordered, metepisterna quite half as long again as wide.

OR i NG eh ews _

ae

a ee

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 183

Not unlike C. frater Chaud., but narrower, and with elytra more
pointed behind, prothorax with slightly obtuse hind angles, punc-
tures fewer and not quite so coarse, elytra not so finely punctate
and consequently shinier.

Cryton: Kandy (G. Lewis) 3 ex. gf. The type is in
the British Museum.

Pogonoglossus truncatus, sp. n. Length 9°5 mm.

Pogonoglossus validicornis {Bates (not Chaud.), Ann.
Mus. Civ. Gen., 1892, 388.

Libresthis truncata Schm.-Goeb. Faun. Col. Birm., 1846,
t. 2, f. 4 (fig. only).

Pitchy: legs testaceous red; joints 1-3 of antennae, palpi, side
margin of prothorax, and ventral surface dull red. Body (except
neck) clothed with short yellowish pubescence.

Head (2:0 mm. wide) shiny, moderately convex, with two deep
foveae on front, neck very strongly constricted, genae bituberculate,
sharply contracted behind, surface finely punctate at sides and
behind, sparsely on vertex. Prothorax transverse (2-0 x 2-3 mm.),
cordate, emarginate at apex, widest at a third from apex; sides
strongly rounded in front, sinuate at some distance from base,
with which they form a right angle, front angles a little advanced
but not acute, lateral margins explanate and reflexed, strongly so
at hind angles; median line and basal foveae well marked, surface
moderately and a little irregularly punctate. Hlytra (3-5 x 5:5
mm.) elongate, parallel, depressed at a third from base, truncate
at apex, outer angles of truncature and shoulders strongly marked
but rounded, apex with membranous border, crenulate-striate,
intervals flat on disk, more convex at sides, finely but not very
closely punctate, 3 tripunctate, 9 seriate-punctate, with some large
umbilicate pores behind shoulders, from which and from others
along sides issue a few very long fine hairs.

In P. validicornis Chaud., the prothorax is small, with
quite inconspicuous angles, and the genae have a single
tubercle.

The type, which is in my collection, is one of the examples
taken by Mr. Fea at Meetan, Tenasserim. The species has
also been taken by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza at Hoabinh
in Tonkin, and at various localities in Laos.

al |

184 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Genus MrLAENUS.

Ligula narrow, corneous, widened and hollowed out at apex,
with a sharp longitudinal ridge beneath, truncate, bisetose; para-
glossae whitish, filamentous, free, rather longer than ligula. Mazillae
setose on inner side and in addition with a row of long bristles, apex
bare, sharp, strongly hooked: outer lobe with two equal joints,
stipes with a long bristle on outer side near base, another near apex.
Maxillary palpi with antepenultimate rather longer than last joint,
glabrous (except at apex), penultimate rather shorter than last
joint, dilated towards apex, setose, last joint setose, a little inflated,
truncate at apex: labial palpi with last two joints about equal in
length, penultimate bisetose on inner side near apex, but with
some smaller setae nearer base, last joint cylindrical, setose, con-
tracted at base, subtruncate at apex. Mentwm short, with a fine
but well-marked suture, moderately emarginate, with a simple
median tooth rather shorter than lobes, last named rounded at
sides and apex, contracted towards base; epilobes very wide,
rounded, extending far in front of lobes. Mandibles short, slightly
hooked at apex, a seta in the scrobe, right one with two teeth near
middle, left one with one tooth near base, upper surface longitudinally
strigose. Labrwm small, front angles rounded, slightly emarginate
in front, sexsetose. Antennae reaching middle of elytra, joints
1-4 glabrous, 5-11 densely setose; 1 short, cylindrical, with a
single seta on upper surface near apex, 2 very short, 3 and 4 with
a few setae at apex, 3 equal to and 4 a little shorter than 1, 5-11
distinctly longer than 1, flattened, with a longitudinal ridge down the
centre of each. Hyes very small, not prominent, distant from
buccal fissure, one supraorbital seta; temporal suture visible
beneath eye. Prothorax cordiform, a single seta on each side at
a fourth from apex, none at basal angle, base bordered by very
fine yellowish hairs, its sides oblique close to hind angles; front
coxal cavities with a single internal opening. lylra with base
pedunculate, scutellum small, cordiform, inserted between elytra
on their pedunculate part, sides sinuate before apex, and with an
internal fold visible at that point; nine deeply punctured striae,
9 merged in 8 before reaching base, the united stria rounding the
shoulder, and continuing to the point where the border ends over
stria 5,9 ending behind at the apical sinuation, 8 continuing to
apex, scutellary striole wanting; base unbordered over first four
intervals on each side, intervals 1-8 ending in a ridge behind,
which runs parallel with apical border, so that striae 1—7 all end
before apex, striae 1-4 have each a deep puncture in front of but
detached from it; a few long setae, chiefly near base and apex,
arising from a series of umbilicate pores on stria 9.

da wed we

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 185

Underside with prosternal process widened between coxae,
narrowed behind, again widened and truncate at apex; meso-
sternum emarginate behind, epimera not reaching coxal cavities,
metepisterna long and narrow; ventral surface bordered through-
out, last three segments transversely bordered. Legs with femora
clavate; front tibiae deeply excised on inner side, tibiae slender,
channelled, not dilated at apex, intermediate pair hollowed out
externally at apex, with a fringe of yellow setae on outer margin
of excavation; tarsi simple in both sexes, pilose on upper surface,
joints decreasing in length from 1 to 4, 5 with setae beneath, ap-
proximately as long as 2-++ 3-+ 4; claws simple. Body glabrous.
Insect winged.

Dejean described this genus in his Supplement (Spec.
Gen. v, 1831, 481), immediately after three species of
Graniger (Coscinia). Brullé also gave a description (Hist.
Nat. des Ins. v, 1835, 85), correcting some errors made
by Dejean. Lacordaire (Gen. Col. i, 1854, 166) placed
it at the head of his Ditomides, remarking “ Melaenis et
Coscinia (surtout ce dernier) font le passage des Svagonides
& la tribu actuelle.” If his Szagonides are placed, as they
now are, at the end of the Carabinae, this remark is in
a measure true, for the genus should come near the be-
ginning of the second great group into which the Carabidae
are divided, 7. e. Harpalinae of Dr. G. H. Horn, Carabidae
Conjunctae of Mr. T. G. Sloane.

Melaenus piger F. Length 8-10 mm. Width 2°5-3-0 mm.

Dull black, sometimes with a faint purplish lustre; tarsi, labrum,
palpi, and joints 5-11 of antennae brown, the last with a dense,
short, yellowish pubescence.

Head convex (about 1-6 mm. wide), coarsely punctate, not at all
contracted behind, sides forming a ridge in front of eyes, clypeus
smooth, bisetose. Prothorax convex, slightly transverse (about
2-0 x 2-5 mm.), slightly emarginate both in front and at base,
rather more contracted at base than at apex, sides rounded, hind
angles forming a small rectangular tooth, front angles well marked,
about rectangular; median line strongly impressed, not reaching
extremities, basal foveae almost obsolete, surface rather coarsely
punctate, a little more sparsely on disk. LHlytra (about 3-0 « 5-5
mm.) moderately convex, parallel, shoulders well marked, border
forming a blunt tooth, directed forwards, at the point where it
terminates over stria 5, punctate-striate, striae deeper towards sides
and apex, intervals gradually narrower and more convex towards
sides. Underside coarsely punctate, but elytral epipleurae smooth.

bal
186 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Noles on Synonymy

The species is strikingly similar to M. elegans Dej., but
the temporal suture, which runs back obliquely behind
the eye in the African species, is here straight and much
deeper (though not reaching base of neck); the elytral
intervals also are more convex. The most noticeable
difference, however, consists in the presence in elegans of a
tubercle on the border of the prothorax in the sinuation
before the hind angles, which in piger is altogether wanting.

Common throughout India, sometimes taken “ at light.”

Creagris distacta Wied. Length 10°0 mm.

Piceous: joint 1 of antennae (rest fuscous), apex of palpi, front
margin of labrum, a spot on each elytron, and legs testaceous; rest
of palpi and labrum, and base of ventral surface brown. Body
shortly pubescent throughout, except labrum, underside of head,
and proepisterna.

Head (2:0 mm. wide) shiny, rather flat, sparsely punctate, genae
short, sharply contracted to neck, clypeus slightly emarginate,
labrum depressed at sides, sexsetose, the two middle setae at
extreme apex; mentum with a long and very sharp tooth, which
is nearly as long as lobes, the tooth with a pair of setae at middle,
and another pair at base; palpi short, stout, last joint moderately
dilated and truncate at apex, antennae short, moniliform. Pro-
thorax transverse (1-75 x 2:25 mm.), rather flat, cordate, base
slightly produced in middle, a little emarginate at apex, sides
rounded in front, then sinuate, front angles rounded, hind angles
right, surface moderately and rather irregularly punctate. L/ytra
(3-0 x 5:5 mm.) flat, parallel, shoulders very square though rounded,
truncate at apex, with outer angle of truncature rounded; seven
well-defined crenulate striae, and a short scutellary striole between 1
and suture, 8 merged in 9, the whole lateral channel occupied by an
uninterrupted series of large umbilicate pores, a row of closely placed
punctures along each side of striae; intervals convex, 7 narrower
than the others and subcarinate, 8 closely punctate ; testaceous spots
about middle of elytra, more or less rounded, covering intervals 3—7.

Much smaller than C. binoculus Bates, colour piceous, legs
testaceous, antennae shorter and moniliform, genae contracted more
abruptly to neck, prothorax much less transverse and less closely
punctate, intervals of elytra more convex, spot rather smaller.

In addition to the type, I have seen two examples in
the British Museum and one in the Brussels Museum :
quite recently Mr. T. G. Sloane sent me two examples
from Buitenzorg.

ii 4 el ete tia al

PRE Pace ee et Fee rent er Pane
Sige He Sie eae eae

-
—
:
z.
“J

and on some Types of Orrental Carabidae. — 187

Craspedophorus geniculatus Wied. Length 11:0 mm.

Black: palpi testaceous, antennae, apex of femora, and tarsi
brown, two spots on each elytron orange yellow. Pubescence
short, greyish-yellow, but black on elytra (except over yellow
spots). ‘

Head small (1:8 mm. wide), flat, moderately constricted behind
eyes, not narrowed behind, coarsely punctate, clypeus and neck
smooth and polished, frontal foveae shallow, eyes very prominent;
antennae long and filiform, joint 3 about half as long again as
succeeding joints, palpi very long and slender, last joint securi-
form and obliquely truncate at apex; mentum very wide, sinus
shallow, lobes short, rounded at sides and apex, mandibles sharply
hooked at apex. Prothorax transverse (2-5 < 3-1 mm.), moderately
convex, but a little explanate at sides, widest at middle, front
angles rounded and inconspicuous, sides strongly and uniformly
rounded, widely reflexed before hind angles, which are obtuse, but
have a small acute tooth at the angle; median line and basal foveae
well marked, the latter linear and slightly oblique, surface coarsely
(more so than head) and more or less confluently punctate. Hlytra
(4:25 x 7-0 mm,) moderately convex, parallel, punctate-striate,
intervals convex, finely punctate; front spot behind shoulder,
extending from margin to stria 3, tapering a little inwards, hind
spot smaller, quadrate, covering intervals 4-8. Beneath, the sterna
and base of ventral surface at sides are coarsely punctate, rest of
ventral surface finely punctate, base of ventral segments distinctly
crenulate, metepisterna longer than wide. Tarsi beneath without
special clothing of hairs. Insect winged.

In the form of the head and elytra hardly differing
from C. mandarinellus Bates, but differing altogether in
the shape of the prothorax, which in that species is much
more narrowed in front than behind, widest considerably
behind middle, with nearly rectangular hind angles, but
without so acute a tooth, the surface more coarsely and
much more confluently punctate.

' Badister thoracicus Wied. Length 7-0 mm.

Blue black, iridescent; prothorax, two fasciae on elytra, with
suture, margin, and epipleurae, first two joints of antennae (rest
fuscous), palpi, clypeus, labrum, sterna, and legs testaceous red.

Head (1-5 mm. wide) moderately convex, smooth, opaque and
very finely shagreened, clypeus with a pair of setiferous pores on
hind margin, behind which the front is transversely channelled,
eyes (for the genus) prominent, right mandible deeply emarginate.

-
188 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Prothorax transverse (1:30 x 1:75 mm.), moderately convex in
front, about equally contracted at extremities, but widest at a third
from apex, which is strongly emarginate, base truncate but with
oblique sides, sides well rounded in front, then straight to base,
the oblique sides of which they join at an obtuse angle, strongly
reflexed, a setiferous pore at hind angle and another at about a
third from apex; median line faint in front, deep behind, basal
foveae deep, rounded, surface smooth, with some faint transverse
wrinkles, base subrugose. Elytra elongate-oval (2-3 x 4-2 mm.),
finely striate, intervals quite flat, 3 with two pores at about a third
from base and apex respectively : front fascia occupying the whole
of the basal fourth of the elytra, and extending a little way
back along the suture, hind fascia narrower, but widening out
at the suture and sometimes interrupted on the middle of each
elytron.

Allied to the Japanese B. pictus Bates, but larger and
more iridescent: head larger and eyes more prominent,
prothorax wider, its sides straighter behind, hind angles
less obtuse and more strongly reflexed, elytra wider, more
finely striate, the yellow fasciae and coloured sutural area
much narrower.

Omophron vittatus Wied. Length 5°75 mm.

Pale straw colour: antennae and sides of prothorax dull orange,
underside brown, the epipleurae of elytra and prothorax, and last
two ventral segments rather lighter; transverse patches on back
of head and middle of prothorax, both projecting forwards at
middle, and a series of stripes on elytra dark green. These stripes
occupy intervals 1, 2, 4, 6, and 10 from base to near apex; on 8
there are two short patches of colour, one at about a third from
base, the other rather longer just behind middle; a stripe on 12
commences at a little distance from base and stops some way
before apex, being interrupted at a fourth from base and just behind
middle.

Head finely striate near eyes, coarsely but not closely punctate
behind, the subocular ridge taking the form of a fine furrow with
one or two coarse punctures, the surface close to the eyes coarsely
punctate. Prothorax bisinuate in front, quadrisinuate behind,
increasing gradually in width from apex to base; surface finely
rugose-punctate, smoother at sides. lytra with fifteen punctate
striae, intervals smooth and shiny; only striae 1 and 2 reach the
apex, 3 and 4 coalesce and join 2 near apex, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14,
and 15 all end separately at some distance from apex, 7 and 8 are

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae. 189

very short and coalesce, 11 is very short but remains separate.
Proepisterna smooth, except for a few punctures at base; met-
episterna smooth, hardly longer than wide.

I know of no other species with a pattern like this,
which, when further specimens are found, should render
them easily determinable.

Omophron pictus Wied. Length 6:0 mm. Width
38 mm.

Testaceous: middle of underside and apex of mandibles dark
brown: a patch at back of head, another on middle of base of
prothorax, and an elytral pattern green. The last is more easily
described if the elytra are considered as green, with testaceous
pattern and border. A basal horse-shoe-shaped patch (convex
forwards) over intervals 3-9, not quite reaching base, short on 6,
longer on 7-9; a median patch on 3-5; an apical patch, not reach-
ing the border, also on 3-5, longest on 3; a short patch on 7-9,
just below the outside part of the basal patch, succeeded behind
by another patch on the same intervals, which joins both the border
and the apical patch; two side patches from interval 11 to border,
just touching on 12, but distant on 13-14.

Head rather flat, smooth in front with faint cross-striation,
wrinkled near eyes and finely punctate at back; subocular ridge
extending inwards beyond buccal fissure, surface in front of it
uneven, subpunctate near eye. Prothorax rather flat, bisinuate in
front, base bisinuate on each side, increasing in width from apex
to base, all angles acute; surface finely rugose, punctate in front,
more coarsely along base, nearly smooth on disk; basal patch
rather small, ill-defined, triangular, apex not quite reaching front
margin. Llytra with fifteen punctate striae, 8 and 12 very short,
intervals smooth but not very shiny, flat on disk, moderately
convex at sides and towards apex. Underside smooth and shiny,
a few coarse punctures on prosternal plate, sides of prosternum,
base of proepisterna, sides of metasternum and basal segment of
ventral surface.

In shape almost exactly like O. maculosus Chaud., but
head and prothorax much less punctate, and the pro-
thoracic green patch greatly reduced. The elytral pattern
is not altogether dissimilar, but in O. maculosus the basal
testaceous patch is small and covers intervals 7-9 only,
the median and apical patches are less developed, the
hind patch on 7-9 quite short, and interval 13 is green
throughout.

190 Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

Chlaenius puleher Nietn. race asper nov. Length 18:0
mm. Width 7°75 mm.

Black: head and prothorax metallic green, both cupreous on
disk, elytra greenish-black; epipleurae and margins of elytra to
stria 8, margin of ventral surface, and legs (except coxae) flavous,
palpi and antennae brown (latter lighter at base); underside slightly
iridescent. Pubescence short, yellowish, rather sparse.

Head (3-3 mm. wide) rather flat, vertex finely rugose, some
striation near eyes, punctate at back and sides, eyes prominent,
joint 3 of antennae a third as long again as 4. Prothorax (4-75 mm.
wide) slightly transverse, quadrate, flat but declivous to front
angles, sides of base oblique, sides evenly rounded but rather wider
at base than apex. hind angles obtuse and rounded, median line
and basal foveae both clearly marked but shallow, surface finely
rugose, coarsely punctate, more finely at sides, more closely along
base. lylra nearly parallel, but widest a little behind middle,
border angled at shoulder, crenulate-striate, striae with a row of
fine punctures along each side, intervals convex, rather coarsely
punctate, odd ones slightly raised and more or less smooth along
median line, 8 more finely and closely punctate. Underside smooth
and polished along median line, prosternal process bordered and
setose at apex, all episterna and sides of metasternum closely
punctate, metepisterna not quite half as long again as wide, sides
of ventral surface finely rugose, punctate near base. Front femora
($) without tooth, tarsi glabrous on upper surface.

Closely allied to C. pulcher Nietn. (= C. cinctus Chaud., not
F.), but that species is shorter (16 mm.), with smoother
vertex, head, prothorax, and elytra more finely punctate,
sides of prothorax slightly simuate before hind angles,
which therefore though obtuse are sharper, marginal
channel narrower, especially behind. In C. pulcher, too,
the elytra are generally a deeper black (sometimes bluish),
and the even intervals, like the odd ones, are often smooth
and polished along median line.

Tonkin: Hoabinh. Laos: Vientiane. ANNAM: Hué
and Keng Trap (R. Vitalis de Salvaza). Campopia:
Pnomh-Penh (Capt. R. de la Perraudiére). Cuina (British
Museum).

Note.—In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vii, 1921, p. 406,
I recently described a species of Omophron under the name
of O. gemma. I find this name is preoccupied, and I there-
fore desire to substitute for it the name of O. gemmeus.

Abacetus

$5 marginicollis Chaud. 178
5 nietnert Bates . 148
Pe nietnert Chaud. . . 148
5 placidulus Walk. . 148
fe quadriguttatus
Chaud. 178
>» gquadrimaculatus
Chaud. 172
- relinquens Walk. . 148
rubidicollis Wied. . 172
Acupalpus biplagiatus Boh. . 180
3 dorsalis F., tet DA!
- ovatulus Bates . 177
Amara ovata F.. seal ity?
Anchista brunnea Wied. Sti lye
i picea Chaud. Ay ile
Anchomenus aeneotinctus
Bates 180
PP chalcomus Bates 180
limbaticollis
Mun. Cat. 180
a limbatus Boh. . 180
35 scintillans Bates 180
scintillans Boh. 180
Anoplogenius mMicrogonus
Bates 177
renitens Bates . 177
Anthia. sexguttata F. . = Lbs:
Apsectra duplicata Schm.-
Goeb. 166
Ardistomis paradoxus Putz. . 176
Badister pictus Bates . . 188
> «= quinquepustulatus
Wied. 171
< rubidicollis Wied. . 172
* thoracicus Wied. 171, 187
Barysomus semivittatus F. . 160
Bembidium dilatatum Wied. . 173
ne punctatum Wied. 174
a striatum F. 157

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae.

INDEX

PAGH
acneus Nietn. . 148
aenigma Chaud. . 178
antiquus Bates . . 148
atratus Bates . 148
carinifrons Bates . 148
chalceolus Chaud. . 179
cordicollis Chaud. . 148
dejeani Nietn. . 148
hirmocoelus Chaud. 148
infixus Walk. . 148
lophoides Bates . . 178
maculipes Bates . 148

191
PAGE
Bembidium taeniatum Wied. . 174
Brachynus annulus ¥. . 164
& histrio F. 164
a longi pal pis Wied. 167
a piger F. . 164
J timoriensis Jord. . 149
y tripustulatus FP. . 155
Callida excelsa Bates . . 150
>» lativittis Chaud. 2 Loe
» splendidula F. SLO
Callistoides malachinus
Motch. 162
Callistomimus chalcocephalus
= Wied. 171
ws coarctatus Laf.
146, 147
As littoralis Motch.
146, 147
5 messit Bates 171
quadristigma
Bates 171
es westwoodi

Schaum 146,

Calosoma auropunctatum

Herbst 156
> imbricatum Klug . 145
ge indagator F. = oe!
2p indicum Hope . . 145
- maderae F. 145, 153, 154
~ oliviert De}. . . 145
= orientale Hope. . 145
4p scabripenne Chaud. 145
*p sericeum F. 156
squamigerum Chaud. 145
Carabus acrogonus Wied. . 166
7 angulatus F. (1781)
154, 162
» angulatus F. (1801) . 162
» apicalis Wied. = 165
a bimaculatus L., F. . 1538
“+ cinctus F. peal:
» depressus F. 57
» discus ¥. 157
i dorsalis F. > Lb4
» duplicatus Wied. . 165
» elegans ¥F. . 161
» eélevatus ¥. (1792) 157
» facialis Wied. . 165
ze flavicornis F. , 154
» flavilabris F. . . 160
oe halensis Schall. ; 154
me halaris: Be Loo

oe Bt Kae its Eg | rie

192. Mr. H. E. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

PAGE

Carabus impressus F.. . . «159
a wendagator BE. ..j Acie bd

e indicus Herbst . . 156
laevigatus F.. . . 154
lateralisnl. “=: <0) . bbb
maderaeF. . .153, 154

. micans ¥, Sa a el stay 0)

i motulatus FW... . . 162
oblongopunctatus F. . 154

ee olens Rossi, F. 155
Bah OUEST Hate Pr uLaieins lt Roy
se pallens ¥. MT sis 3?
ps. OOLILLS, Ls By ODS 56
. posticus FP. . 159
So, of PUACUSHE. . 162
* quadricolor Oliv., RB, 161
» quadrinotatus FP. Slay

rujicornis Hi... ss LOS

i semivittatus F. . . 160

<< POPICCUS Be eet oe be DO:

oS RexgUulatusn: ss) loo

5 smaragdulus F. . . 160

P splendidulus F. . . 161

spoliatus Rossi, PF. . 157

: stigma Bh... . 161

# canthos pilus Wied. . 167

Catadromus rajah Wied. . . 174
. tenebrioides Oliv.,

Macl. 174, 175

Catascopus aeneus Saund, . 149

os cingalensis Bates 149
is costulatus Chaud. 149

= elegans Weber, F. 161
aA facialis Wied. feast

5 presidens Thoms. 149
¥ reductus Chaud. . 149
3 severini Bates . 150

os smaragdulus Dej. 161
me splendidus Saund. 149
Chlaenius acruginosus Chaud. 170

z, apicalis Macl. . . 165
4 apicalis Wied. . 165
A asper Andr. . 176, 190
i caeruleiceps Bates . 162
“ chalcothorax Wied. 169
a cinctus Chaud.,

Bates 176, 190

i) cinctus FP, . 154; 176
ps circumdatus Brullé

147, 176
5 culminatus Bates . 167

ay fastigatus Andr. . 182
55 frater Bates .147, 182
4, frater Chaud. . . 183
36 fugax Chaud. . . 147
a huegeli Redt. . . 170
= javanus Chaud. 147, 176
> leucops Wied. . . 170

PAGE
Chlaenius macropus Chaud.. 169
> malachinus Motch. 162
a5 micans F. . . 156
¥ mutatus Mun, Cat. 165
5 neelgheriensis Guér. 159
3 nigricans Wied. . 166
ee pictus Chaud. . . 156
% mosiicus BF...) . 5 « LOO
“- pubipennis Chaud. 169
A pudicus H.<y. . be
en pulcher Nietn. 176, 190
a quadricolor Oliv., F. 161
» quinquemaculatus
Nietn. 167
5S rufithorax Wied. . 167
spoliatus Rossi, F. 157

Bs submarginatus

Bates 147
+ aanthacrus Wied. . 170
a xanthopleurus

Chaud. 176

xanthospilus Wied. 167

Cicindela cyanocephala F. . 161
Clivina bacillaria Bates . . 175
> siamica Putz. piesa by 5)

» trapezicollis Bates. 176
Coelostomus picipes Macl. . 180
rufipes Boh. . 180

Colpodes cruralis Chaud. . 148
= ischiovanthus Bates 148
Craspedophorus angulatus PF. 154

7 elegans Dej. . 162
5 fasciatus F. . 154
a geniculatus
Wied. 170, 187
55 hilaris Laf. . 170
A mandarinellus
Bates 187

notulatus F, . 162

Creagris distacta Wied. 168, 186

55 binoculus Bates . . 186

Crossoglossa latecincta Bates . 179

8 nigrolineala

Chaud. 179

Cyclosomus dytiscoides Nietn. 154

35 Jlexuosus F. 153, 166

55 marginatus Motch. 166

ee suturalis Wied. . 166
Dendrocellus flavipes Schm.-

Goeb. 173

5 rugicollis Chaud. 173

Desera flavipes Schm.-Goeb. . 173

ae geniculaigwwlupy ss ils

» rugicollis Chaud. . . 173

Diceromerus chaudoiri Flt. . 179

35 orientalis Motch. 179

Dioryche amoena Dej. 147, 177

33 indochinensis Bates 177

and on some Types of Oriental Carabidae.

. PAGE

Diorychelactula Bates . . 177

a Conte Winches oes DAT
Diplochila distinguenda Laf.

147, 156
4 impressa F. . . 159
3 indica Herbst . . 156
is laevigata Bates . 177
a perscissa Andr. . 156

” polita Dej. 5 Saba
4 polita F. 147, 155, 156,
177

a rectificata Bates
147, 156
‘3 retinens Walk. 147, 156
Dischissus longicornis Schaum 162
35 notulatus F. . . 162
Distichus lucidulus Chaud.
167, 175
~ parvus Wied. 167, 175
3 planus Bon. We ote LAG
3 puncticollis Chaud.
146, 168
Dolichus flavicornis F. . . 154
=f halensis Schall. . . 154
Drimostoma rufipes Boh... 180
Drypia aeneipes Wied. . . 173
» fimbriata Bates . . 173
» flavipes Wied. oe Vy alia:
5 deneola Mack... 4. 173
» pallipesChaud. . . 173
Eccoptogenius distinguendus
Laf. 147
Fe moestus Chaud.
147, 176
Egadroma smaragdula FF... 161
Elaphrus striatus F. . . . 157
Fouquetius crassimargo
Techitch. 179
= ferrugineus Chaud. 179
Galerita attelaboides F. . . 168
sor represses. ibe, 4, LoS
Sh LER MBO. Poe Nae, ag LOE
Shires es) <1, 16S

Pome planaaton re tre. 6 a LOS
Gnathaphanus acutipennis
Bates 147
53 festivus Andr. 177
a gnathaphanoides
Bates 147
5 melanarius Boh. 180
oe orientalis Dej. 147
a punctilabris
Macl. 148
subcostatus Dej. 180
53 vulneripennis
Macl. 180

Harpalus dentipes Wied. . . 170
Bs leucops Wied. . . 170
“A rajah Wied. pee st i &

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921 .—PARTS I, II.

193
PAGE
Harpalus subcostatus Dej. . 180
Helluo distactus Wied. . 168
» tmpictus Wied. , 68
» pilosus Klug . . 163
Hexagonia brunnea Chaud. . 172
= longithorax Wied. 172
Holconotus crassimargo
Tchitch. 179
% ferrugineus Chaud. 179
Hypharpax dentipes Wied. . 170
Lebia brunnea Wied. . are les
», longithorax Wied. Bel hs
» marginalis Wied. aeolstizs
Lebidia bimaculata Jord. . . 150
Lesticus buqueti Cast... . 178
,» chalcothorax Chaud. . 178
Libresthis truncata Schm.-
Goeb. 183
Lioptera pseuda Heller salad
Lomasa huegeli Redt. . 170
» wanthacrus Wied. . 170
Luperca laevigata F. . 154
Macrochilus impictus Wied. . 168
Mastax histrio F. <n Feel
MELAENUS genus . . 184

19 elegans Dej. "164,

186

ee piger FE. 164, 185
Nebria lateralis F. ap aut Saito
» blivida L. : lye
Omophron gemma Andr. poo
nS gemmeus Andr. . 190

3 maculosus Chaud. 189

a pictus Wied. 174,
3 vittatus Wied. 174,

189
188

Omphra attelaboides ¥. Silos
>» Rorta B: . 163

» pilosa Klug . 163
Oodes grandis De}. =LGis
» linea Wied. . CGR

» nigriceps Wied. . 167

Le pulcher Dej. 2 67

; varians Chaud. . . 169
virens Wied. en bo
Oosoma gerstaeckeri Nietn. . 160
Ophionea cyanocephala F. . 161

. nigrofasciata Schm.-

Goeb. 161
Orthogonius acrogonus Wied, . 166
5 acutangulus,

Chaud. 149

Bs alternans Macl. . 170
3 alternans Wied.

166, 170

2 collaris Dohrn . 149

$5 doriae Putz. . . 149
i duplicatus Dej.

166, 179

33 duplicatus Wied. 165

- macleayi Andr. . 170

(ocT.) Oo

194 Mr. H. KE. Andrewes’ Notes on Synonymy

PAGD
Orthogonius mellyi Chaud, . 166
“es parallelus Bates . 149

a profundestriatus
Schm.-Goeb. 179

puncticollis Schm.-
Goeb. 166, 179
Pe schmidt-goebeli

Chaud. 166
Oxygnathus elongatus Wied. . 168
Oxylobus costatus Chaud. oHbT

ne porcatus F. , Peal ls37f
Pachytrachelus angulatus F. . 162
2 oblongus Dej. 162

Panagaeus chalcocephalus
Wied. 171

- chlorocephalus
Koll. 171
Fy geniculatus Wied. 170
Perigona litura Perr. . . . 178
i nana Bates. . . 178
4 plagiata Putz. . . 178
ey ruficollis Motch. lis
Pheropsophus annulus F. . 164
5 bimaculatus
Ia ae tas)
re curtus Arrow . 149
<A lularis BF. . =~ 159
es marginalis
Chaud. 149
es marginalis Dej. 149
nebulosus
Chaud. 149
Bs sobrinus Dej. . 159
9 tripustulatus F.

155, 159, 164
Phlocodromius latecinctus
Bates 179
y nigrolineatus
Chaud. 179
Physodera davidis Fairm.. . 150
a eschscholtzi Parry . 150
Pimelia fasciataF. . . . 154
Platymetopus amoenus Dej. . 147
es corrosus Bates . 160
2 flavilabris F. . 160
AS gnathaphanoides
Bates 147
indochinensis
Bates 177
laetulus Bates . 177
* melanarius Boh. 180
. punctulatus
Macl. 160
punctulicollis
Bates 160
NP senilis Nietn. . 160
3 thunbergi
Quens. 160
Plocionus alternans Wied. . 170

PAGD

Plocionus boisduvali Gory . 153

2h bonfilsi Dej. . . 158

3 pallens Fe). 0. « 153
Pogonoglossus truncatus Schm, -

Goeb., Andr. 183

ad validicornis
Bates 148, 183
3 validicornis

Chaud. 183
Pristomachacrus messii Bates 171

quadristigma
Bates 171
Pristonychus kashmirensis
Bates 148

5 spinifer Schauf. 148
Promecoptera marginalis
Wied. 172
Pseudophonus ruficornis F. . 153
Psilus acutipalpis Putz. . . 176
>» paradoxus Putz. . . 176
» trapezicollis Bates. . 176
Plerostichus oblongopunctatus
F. 154
Rhembus distinguendus Laf. . 156
Sarothrocrepis bimaculatus

Jord. 150

Scapterus crenatus F. ee hlisiss
rf figuloides Gestro . 155

a guerint Dej. . . 155

AS riparius Gestro . 155

45 sulcatus Putz. . . 155
Scarites crenatus F. . . . 155
» elongatus Wied. . . 168
mancus Bon.. . . 175

* opacus Chaud, 167, 168
parvus Wied. . . 167
porcatus Ey oats! tat LOW

» punctum Wied. .. . 168
semicircularis Macl. . 175
Scolytus flexuosus F. . . . 153
- pictus Wied... . . 174

A suturalis Wied. . . 166

- vittatus Wied. . . 174
Selenidia stigma F. aeilail
Selenophorus orientalis Dej. . 147

Siagona apicalis Andr. . . 181
35 atrata Bates . 146, 180
34> <alrata Dej.... TS
wy cinctella Bates 146, 181
» cinctella Chaud. . . 182
» dejeani Ramb. . . 158
» depressa F, 157, 158, 159
Dp umerewroped Me). litter. oe
sim fapnciucAndr: «sa Lbs
a MPLESUS, Wen tee Od. So
PP germana Chaud, 158, 159
» obscuripes Chaud. . 146
» plagiata Chaud. . . 164
». plang Bon.) ie. 4: 164

ee

18D

ANAS: einai having, canis a

PO tn anhalt i A ge, os

and on sortie Types of Oriental Carabidae.

PAGE

Siagona plana FP. . . . . 163
3 polita, Andrs). >... 180

» pumilus Andr. . 164

>» punctatissima Chaud. 158
is subtilis Bates . . 146

Simous aeneus Laf. . . . 176
> lucidus Chaud. . . 176
» nigriceps Wied. ... 167
Somotrichus elevatus F, . 157
Stenolophus biplagiatus Boh. 180

J quinquepustulatus
Wied. 161, 171

3 smaragdulus F.

be 172
Strigia stigma KF. . elo
Styphlomerus bicolor Boh. . 149
$5 timoriensis Jord. 149

Systolocranius linea Wied. . 167
Tachys bioculatus Putz. . . 146

195
PAGE
Tachys ebeninus Nietn. . 146
» mirabilis Bates . 146
, ovatus Motch. . 146
» pictipennis Putz. uss
» politus Motch. . 146
Tetragonoderus arcuatus Dej. 150
oa cardonit Bates 150
a dilatatus Wied. 173
PY punctatus
Wied. 174
$s quadrinotatus
Ke 157
oP taematus
Wied. 174
Trechus discus F. oe La
Triplogenius buqueti Cast. 178
a chalcothorax
Chaud. 178
Zuplium olens Rossi, F.. . 155

( 196°)

IV. British Limnobiidae: Some Records and Corrections.
By F. W. Epwarps.

Prates I, If.
{Read March 16th, 1921.]

Since the late Mr. G. H. Verrall published his notes on
the British Tipulidae (crane-flies) in the Entomologists’
Monthly Magazine for 1885-7, very little work has been
done on these insects in this country. Quite recently,
however, Prof. de Meijere has undertaken a revision of the
Dutch species, studying in particular the male hypopygium.
His papers (published in the Tijdschrift von Entomologie,
Deel Ixii, 1919, pp. 52-97, pls. 2-10, Deel Ixii, 1920,
pp. 46-86, pls. 2-10, and Deel Ixii, 1921, pp. 54-118,
pls. 3-10) will be found indispensable to British students
of the group, since the British and Dutch faunas are
very nearly the same. With the following notes as a
supplement to de Meijere’s papers, the determination of
the British Limnobidae should now be comparatively
easy. In the preparation of these notes the whole of the
rather extensive collection in the British Museum has been
studied, also the more limited material in the Cambridge
and Edinburgh museums. The writer is further indebted
to his friends Mr. H. Britten, Prof. J. W. Carr, Mr. A. E. J.
Carter, Mr. C. A. Cheetham, Mr. J. E. Collin, and Mr. A. H.
Hamm for the loan or presentation of material.

The result is that no fewer than 53 species are added
to the British list, of which it has been found necessary to
describe 14 as new. Unfortunately there are also a large
number of changes in nomenclature to be made, all neces-
sitated by a rigid application of the rule of priority. Though
in the present writer’s opinion there is much to be said
against this principle, it seems at present the only way
by which finality can be reached, and it is reasonable to
hope that very few further changes will be needed in the
future,

The present paper is in some sense a revision of the
British Limnobiid fauna, but reference is omitted to those
species which were satisfactorily dealt with by Verrall,
and his papers must therefore be used in conjunction with
this one. Treatment of the Tipulidae (in the restricted
sense) is reserved for a future occasion.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, 11. (SEPT.)

nee rw “_
: 4

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 197

This manuscript was already completed when I received
Messrs. Goetghebuer and Tonnoir’s “Catalogue raisonné
des Tipulidae de Belgique” (Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. II, 1920,
pp. 104-112 and 131-147, pls. i, u, and EEL oa pp:
47-58). In this work a number of species which I had
figured as new are also described and figured; but since
my figures give different views of the same structure they
have been retained.

DIcRANOMYIA.

Since some of the species of this genus were inadequately
studied or inaccurately described by Verrall, and since
moreover there are a number of additions to be made,
a fresh table of the British species will not be out of place.
The table has purposely been made without reference to
the male hypopygium, but it should be noted that in some
cases the species which are most alike in other characters
are the most easily distinguished when reference is made
to this organ.

1. Se, extending considerably beyond the base of Rs. Kasei

2 Sc, ending nearly opposite base of Rs. : : tae
2, Largish species; wing hairy on apical half . pilipennis Egg.

Small species; wing bare; discal cell open é aquosa Verr.

3. Se, close to tip of Sc, (frons silvery; wings spotted)
dumetorum Mg.

Se, far before tip of Se, . ‘ : i ; : peer.
4. Wings conspicuously spotted : ; C : +k Be
Wings clear, or with stigma only (cross-veins and base and
apex of Rs more or less clouded in D. chorea) é vj, 3s
5. Cua about its own length before base of discal cell ornata Mg.w”
; Cu,a close to base of discal cell : A . : “6.
6. Veins R, and Cu yellow, the rest dark; Cu usually with small
“. dark spots along it. : ; , goritiensts Mik. ’
Veins all dark, at least Cu not noticeably yellow . ii

7. Mesonotum shining yellowish, with a black longitudinal stripe ;

2 wing-tip conspicuously darkened; no dark spot in middle
a of Se " 3 ; : fi F : lucida Meij. ¥
= Mesonotum dull brown, unstriped; wing-tip but little dark-
+ ened; a dark spot in middle of Se ; . _ didyma Mg.
ee 8. Mesonotum not all shining black; frons dull ’ # 9.
ihe Mesonotum, or at least the praescutum and scutum, entirely
SS shining black; frons silvery 18.

198 Mr. F. W. Bawa on British Limnobiidae.

9. Apical antennal joints elongate, with long bristles (thorax

yellowish with three dark stripes) , 2 aD:
Apical antennal joints rounded or shortly vals with short
bristles . : : : : j oe gh

10. Discal cell open; ovipositor black at the = tine
patens Lundst.

aS Discal cell closed ; ovipositor all yellowish beneath . 10a.
~ 10a, Antennae all black ; ; 4 ; ventralis Schum.
Basal joint of antennae yellow : : - modesta Mg.

11. Cross-veins clouded (more or less); a dark spot at apex of Rs
which extends obviously into the upper basal cell; legs very

\ slender, the femora usually with distinct dark tips; abdominal
segments pale posteriorly. ; ; : chorea Mg.
Cross-veins not clouded, or only very indistinctly; apex of Rs
without a dark spot, or with a very small one which does not

extend into the basal cell; legs usually stouter, the tips of the

femora less distinctly darkened; dorsum of abdomen nearly

uniform in colour : : . 12.

12. Thorax entirely yellow, w shank distinct grey Sanoane! basal
joint of antennae usually yellow . : ; lutea Mg.
Thorax dark, at least in the middle of the mesonotum, which
usually has a distinct grey pollinosity . < ¢ Rede IX

13. Black or dark grey species, with greyish pleurae ; . 14,
Yellowish species, at least with yellowish pleurae _. ae hO.

14. Stigma absent or very faint . ; ‘ ; , . l4a.
Stigma distinct . : ; : : 5 : a aD.

14a. Halteres extremely long (about as long as the greatest breadth
of the wing), the whole knob and most of the stem dark
halterella sp. n.
Halteres much shorter, tip of knob only dark . sericala Mg.
15. Wings perfectly clear, scarcely longer than the abdomen;
stigma squarish, black; central stripe of mesonotum scarcely
shining. . : . stigmatica Mg.
Wings slightly nanan aaa Sees longer than the
abdomen; stigma rather longer, brown to brownish-black ;
mesonotum with shining blackish central stripe
affinis Schum.
16. Dorsum of abdomen mainly or entirely dark; thorax without
N distinct stripes; cross-veins and base and apex of Rs often
slightly infuscated =. ° : mitis Mg.
Abdomen mainly yellow, at most w ith a ‘lachiat longitudinal
stripe; three dark stripes on mesonotum ; cross-veins and Rs
never infuscated : : : ; : F ieee bY

; ;
3
q

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 199

17. Antennae all black; stigma usually distinct; ovipositor all

yellow F : autumnalis Staeg.

First antennal joint allow: 4 {ease at the base; stigma prac-
tically absent; ovipositor black at the base beneath

sera Walk.
18. Scutellum and postnotum dull grey; abdomen almost entirely
yellow; stigma very faint . : : rufiventris Strobl.
Scutellum and postnotum shining black; abdomen mainly black,

at least dorsally; stigma distinct ; : ARO:
19. Ventral side of abdomen mainly black, with narrow yellowish
rings : : morio F.
Ventral side of abdomen jib volley: with narrow black
rings : : : : : . pseudomorio Alex.

D. ornata Mg. Apparently a rare species; there are
examples in the British Museum from Cusop, Hereford,
taken by Lt.-Col. Yerbury on the undersides of butter-
burr leaves, while Dr. W. Wallace informs me that he has
taken it in the same situations near Grimsby. The species
is easily distinguished by the position of the vein Cu,a
(great cross-vein) and by the four large dark spots on the
costa, the first and fourth being at the base and apex of
the wing. The vem Cu is entirely dark and dark-
bordered, not spotted; the species first recorded by
Verrall as D. ornata, which has this vein spotted, is really
D. goritiensis.

D. goritiensis Mik. Apparently common along the south
coast from the Isle of Wight to Cornwall. I took it abun-
dantly last June on wet cliffs and rocks on the shore at
Sidmouth. An interesting aberration from Lelant, Corn-
wall (Zt.-Col. Yerbury) is in the British Musuem. In this
specimen (a male) the only dark spot on the wing, apart
from the stigma, is a cloud in the upper basal cell beneath
the base of Rs. The yellow ves R, and Cu and the
structure of the hypopygium prove its identity.

D. lucida Meij. I first recognised this very distinct
species from a female taken by Mr. A. H. Hamm at Hogley,
Oxford, 10 viii. 1915, and presented by him to the British
Museum; last June I found it at Weston Valley, near
Sidmouth; I believe it was common there, though I only
took away one specimen. There are other examples in the
late Mr. F. C. Adams’ collection in British Museum, col-
lected by Dale, and named D. ornata, to which this species
bears a considerable resemblance, All these specimens

J

A

200 Mr. F. W. raed on British Limnobiidae.

are alike in their thoracic markings, and differ somewhat
from de Meijere’s description, but he had no hesitation
in regarding as D. lucida a specimen which I sent him,
There is a male in the Cambridge Museum from St. Merryn,
Cornwall (Lamb).

D. patens Lundstr. I only know this as British from a
female in the British Museum taken at Aviemore, Inverness,
10 vin. 1911 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury). This agrees in most details
with a female from Finland named by Lundstrém, and I
have very little doubt as to the determination. The open
discal cell may possibly not be constant.

D. ventralis Schum. South Uist, Hebrides, 13 vi. 1906
(B. Kinnear); Freshfield, Lanes., 29 ix. 1920 (H. Britten).
The hypopygium (Pl. I. fig. 2) differs shghtly from de
Meijere’s figure, but there can be little doubt of the
identification. ‘The reduced palpi are diagnostic.

D. chorea Mg. Verrall and de Meiyere both seem to me
to have confused two quite distinct species under this
name, both of them widespread and abundant. The one
which I consider to be the true D. chorea is very variable
in colour, but can be fairly easily recognised by the char-
acters given in the key. In addition to these it differs
shghtly but constantly from the allied species in the struc-
ture of the hypopygium: the fleshy lower claspers are
scarcely longer than broad, and the two spines on the
“rostrum” (7.e. the inward projection of the fleshy
claspers) are short, slightly shorter than the rostrum, just
as in de Meijere’s figure. A peculiarity of this species,
which I have not noticed in its allies, is that the newly-
emerged fly frequently has a green body.

D. mitis, Mg. This is the other common species which
has been confused with D. chorea. The identification with
Meigen’s mitzs is due to Goetghebuer and Tonnoir; it will
be convenient to follow them and so avoid proposing a
new name. Apart from the distinctions given in the key,
which are usually, but perhaps not invariably applicable,
this species differs from D. chorea in the male hypopygium :
the fleshy lower claspers are much larger, and at least half
as long again as broad, and the two spines on the “ rostrum ”
are about twice as long as the rostrum itself. The hypo-
pygium of D. affinis and D. lutea has an almost identical
structure, and it is quite possible that these species are
nothing more than the extreme dark and light forms of
D. mitis ; such at least is the opinion of de Meijere (in

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 201

letter). With this author's further opinion (also in letter)
that all these three are mere varieties of D. chorea, I can,
however, by no means agree.

D. affinis Schum. This, as mentioned above, may not
be specifically distinct from D. mitis and D. lutea, but the
colour differences are so extreme that I prefer to separate
the three forms. D. affinis seems to be very common in
hilly districts (Scotland and Welsh borders) and also in
the New Forest. It is the species recorded as D. stigmatica
by Verrall, and probably also the D. stigmatica of Bergroth.
Meijere considers that D. affinis is the same as his D. stig-
matica, but I consider that Schummel’s description applies
better to the species now under consideration; there
appears to be no other name applicable to it.

D. stigmatica Mg. This is really an addition to the British
list, which I have seen from Newtonmore, Inverness
(F. Jenkinson), Perthshire (A. FE. J. Carter), and Bonawe,
Argyll (J. Waterston); it is well distinguished from other
British species (in the male sex) by the greatly swollen and
complicated hypopygium. Some discrepancies in the
figures notwithstanding, de Meijere is probably right in
regarding the D. stigmatica of Osten-Sacken as the same as
the species figured by himself, and also D. mnigristigma
Nielsen. Meigen’s description is inconclusive, but it will
be as well to follow Osten-Sacken and de Meijere in their
identification of the species.

D. autumnalis Staeg. This is the D. mitis Mg., of the
British list; de Meijere, however, figures it as D. autumnalis
and remarks that though D. mitis Mg., is hardly recognisable
without an examination of the type, it is probably not the
species so determined by Verrall. Probably Verrall him-
self had doubts on the point, since some of the specimens
in his collection stood as D. autwmnalis.

D. halterella sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

A species somewhat resembling D. sericala, but smaller, more
slender, the mesonotum less distinctly striped, and the halteres of a
remarkable shape. Head dull dark brown; proboscis lighter ;
antennae and palpi entirely black; flagellar joints all about equal,
oval, with short verticils not longer than a single joint. Thorax
dark ochreous-brown, dull, pollinose; pleurae greyer; mesonotum
with a rather indistinct dark central stripe. Abdomen blackish-
brown above, pale beneath on the first three segments; hypopygium
pale, with a very complicated structure (see fig. 1). Legs slender,

202 Mr. F. W. Rdwatte on British Limnobiidae.

dark brown, coxae and bases of femora ochreous. Wings hyaline,
iridescent; the stigma very faint; veins dark; in shape rather long
and narrow, the narrow basal portion somewhat elongate, the
anal angle very little prominent. Venation without any noteworthy
peculiarity, practically as in D. sericala. Halleres very long and
slender; if extended backwards they would reach to the middle of
the third abdominal segment; knob elongate; colour blackish
except for base of stem. Length of body, 6 mm.; wing 7 mm.;
halteres 1-5 mm.

The British Museum collection contains only the type,
a male from Catacol, Arran, Sept. 1920 (J. Waterston).
A second male, from Kirkmichael, Perth, is in Mr. A. E.
J. Carter’s collection.

This interesting species shows much resemblance in the
structure of its hypopygium to D. ponojensis Lundst. ;
there are, however, a number of small differences, and
Lundstrém does not mention the long halteres. The
North American D. halterata O.S., would seem to be allied,
but can hardly be the same. In the shape of the wings
D. halterella shows some approach to the tropical genus
Thrypticomyia, but the halteres are even longer than in
that genus, and the antennae are quite different. The
North European, D. danica Kuntze, is similar in several
respects, but has halteres of the normal length.

D. sericata Mg. I find this species abundant on rather
dry cultivated land in May and June. Though well
distinguished in coloration, its hypopygium is very similar
to that of D. autumnalis, both species having long hairy
ventral processes from the side pieces.

D. sera Walk. This, according to Walker’s type, is the
species figured by de Meijere as D. forcipula. Other
synonyms are globata Walk., disjuncta Wall., and discors
Kuntze. It differs markedly from all its alles in the
structure of the hypopygium, the fleshy lower claspers
being long, narrow and bent in the middle; the only other
British species bearing even the slightest resemblance to
it being D. morio. Apart from Walker’s types, I have only
seen it from Aldeburgh, Suffolk (Verrall) and Wareham and
Studland, Dorset (Yerbury).

D. rufiventris Strobl. This was added to the British
list by Mr. A. E. J. Carter (Ent. Mo. Mag. 1913, p. 180).
My colleague, the Rey. J. Waterston, took two males at
Bonawe, Argyll, August 1919.

ais «

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 203

D. pseudomorio Alex. This has only very recently
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xlvi, p. 3, March 1920) been
described by Alexander from Saitama, Japan. The
hypopygium agrees closely with Alexander’s description,
and is very different from that of D. morio, so that I have
no doubt, in spite of the wide geographical gap, that the
species is correctly determined. The British Museum
possesses three males and one female from Loch Assynt,
Sutherland, vi. 1911 (Zt.-Col. Yerbury).

RHIPIDIA.

Two subgenera are represented among the British species.
R. maculata is a true Rhipidia (the type of the genus) with
the antennae bipectinate in the male and almost simple in
the female. R. ctenophora Lw., and R. uniseriata Schin.,
belong to Alexander’s subgenus Monorhipidia, with
unipectinate antennae in the male, subpectinate in the
female. The last named has not hitherto been recorded
as British, but there is a female in Stephens’ collection in
the British Museum, and three females in the Cambridge
Museum from Brockenhurst (Sharp). It differs slightly
from R. ctenophora in the structure of the antennae, and
in having no dark spot in the basal third of the wing. The
British Monorhipidia both have the subcostal vein elongate,
as in Limnobia.

LIMNOBIA.

L. dilutior sp. n.

Similar to L. nubeculosa and L. flavipes, and very closely resembling
L. hercegoviniae Strobl, from all of which it appears to be distinct.
Head dark grey, the frons lighter. Antennae blackish; _ first
flagellar joint with its basal half conspicuously yellow; second and
third also narrowly yellowish at the base. Proboscis and palpi
black. Thorax much darker than in L. flavipes ; the pleurae,
scutellum and postnotum with a heavy grey dusting. Praescutum
with an ill-defined, slightly shining dark brown median stripe ;
remainder of mesonotum dull. A blackish spot just in front of the
wing-base, much smaller than the similar spot in L. flavipes ; another
small spot in the middle of the pleurae, which appears blackish
when seen from above. Abdomen almost uniformly dark; the first
three or four sternites yellowish towards base ; hypopygium lighter,
in structure practically identical with that of L. flavipes. Legs
darker than in L. flavipes, especially the femora, which have two
darker rings (both rather indistinct, owing to the dark ground-

r]

204 Mr. F. W. fae on British Limnobiidae.

colour, but of equal intensity) separated by a narrow paler ring.
Wings resembling those of L. flavipes, but with the dark markings
much less distinct ; in particular the spots round the apex of Sc and
the base of Rs are smaller; on the other hand, there are in the upper
basal cell between the base of the wing and the base of Rs two faint
clouds instead of only one (these are scarcely perceptible in the
Nottinghamshire specimens), and there is another faint cloud over
the middle of Rs. The wing is narrower than in L. flavipes, and
differs somewhat in venation: Rs and R, , , are even more nearly
in a straight line than in L. flavipes, Rs being longer and straighter
than in L. nubeculosa ; Cuya is about one-third of its length before
the base of the discal-cell; and the discal cell is somewhat longer
than in L, flavipes, the two veins at its apex both straight and equal
in length.

I took a male at Sandy, Beds., 10 v. 1910, and Prof.
J. W. Carr has sent me a male and female taken at Wood-
borough, Notts., 11 ix, 1920, by sweeping broom bushes.
The museum also possesses two males from Victoria Park,
Manchester (H. Britten) and one from Aberlady, 24 v.
1904 (J. Waterston, pres. by A. E. J. Carter).

Most of the points of difference mentioned above between
this species and L. flavipes are given by Strobl for L.
hercegoviniae. I should have considered the species to be
the same as Strobl’s, had he not stated that (1) the wings
are more spotted than in L. flavipes, almost identical with
those of L. nubeculosa; and (2) the thorax has three
shining blackish-brown stripes with two reddish-yellow
triangles between them in front. This species is probably
identical with L. hercegoviniae as identified by de Meijere
(1921).

L. masoni sp. n.

Close to L. nigropunctata Schum., agreeing with it in antennae

(structure and coloration) and wings (venation and markings),
also in the structure of the hypopygium, but differing as follows :—
Thorax much darker; praescutum entirely shining black, except for
a small area on each side just in front of the suture; pleurae and
postnotum dark brown. Abdomen, including hypopygium, shining
black, with small yellowish areas at the base of the third and fourth
tergites. Front femora resembling the others in having only a
narrow black ring at the tip.

I took a female in Dovedale, Derbyshire, 25 vi. 1911;
there is a male in the British Museum from King’s Lynn,

t -

ELT Te ot Oye ae eae ee

> ie 6 S tunis) er Se Deha eet *

wove

4

‘

BOTH 4
5 le

© Mr Fe W, Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 205

vi. 1915 (Atmore), and Mr. Collin tells me he also possesses
the species. The name is a manuscript one bestowed by
Verrall; the type specimen is the male from King’s Lynn.

L. decemmaculata Lw. This appears to be widely
distributed, though nowhere common. I have seen
examples from Nethy Bridge (Lamb), Leigh Woods,
Bristol (Hudd); North Herts. (7. W. E.); South Herts.
(Austen) and Henley-on-Thames (Scott), Small specimens
have a rather strong resemblance to Dicranomyia dumetorum
especially on account of the silvery frons, but the venation
and other characters will distinguish them.

Heutus (Rhamphidia).

For conformity with the rules of zoological nomenclature,
the name Helius (St. Fargeau and Serville, 1828) must
replace Rhamphidia (Meigen, 1830). Since Riedel has
recently revived the alternative name Megarhina some
explanation is necessary as to why this name is rejected in
favour of Helius. According to Kertesz’s catalogue, both
these names were published in 1825 (Hncycl. Method.
Zool. x, pp. 585 and 831), but, as shown by Sherborn (Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi, p. 577), the date of the second half
of the volume in which they appear was really 1828. In
1827 Robineau-Desvoidy had proposed Megarhinus for a
genus of Culicidae, and for this (implied) reason St. Fargeau
and Serville altered their name Megarhina to Helius in the
index. Although the nomenclature rules allow the reten-
tion of two generic names differing only in termination,
and I have elsewhere argued in favour of this, it would
obviously be very inconvenient to have a Megarhinus in
Culicidae and a Megarhina in Limnobiidae. The name
Megarhina is therefore rejected ; this course can be justi-
fied by the fact that both Megarhina and Helis were
published on the same date by the same authors, whose
desire was clearly that the latter should be used. Helius
should not be considered preoccupied by Helia (Hiibner,
1816, Lepidoptera).

I cannot agree with Verrall and de Meijere that the three
described European species of this genus should be lumped
together. We certainly seem to have three distinct species
in this country, none of which can be satisfactorily identified
with the descriptions of either H. longirostris or K. inornatus,
nor yet with the Japanese species recently described by

or
206 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

Alexander. Two of these are therefore described below
as new, though it is certain that the first at least occurs on
the Continent (compare Riedel’s remarks, Entom. Runds-
chau, xxxvi). All three are alike in venation. The pupae
show slight specific differences.

H. pallirostris sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

Mesonotum with three distinct dull black stripes on a light brown
ground-colour. Head greyish-ochreous with a longitudinal black
mark; proboscis light brown beneath, darker above. Antennae
all black; basal flagellar joints about twice as long as broad; verticils
long, as in the other two species. Stigma roundish, nearly black
and very distinct. Legs rather dark brown, tips of femora nearly
black. Hypopygium ; ninth tergite with two little rounded hairy
projections in the middle. Ninth sternite swollen and somewhat
produced in the middle, bare at the sides. Side pieces with a large
dorsal, basal membranous projection, serrate on its posterior edge.
Upper (or inner) clasper bent before 4, its terminal 3 quite smooth.
Lower clasper very short, ending in a single curved spine.

I have taken this species at Letchworth, Herts., and
Slapton, 8. Devon; in the former case it was reared from
larvae found in rotting leaves of Typha. It can hardly be
H. longirostris, which is described as having a blackish-
brown proboscis; nor H. inornata, which is said to have
reddish legs with a dark ring before the tips of the femora.

H. dubius sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

Thorax, rather dark brown, pleurae more greyish, sometimes with
an ochreous tinge; mesonotum slightly shining, with three broad
but ill-defined darker brown stripes. Head dark grey, unmarked ;
proboscis black. Stigma rather elongate, light brown. Antennae
all black, distinctly shorter than in H. pallirostris, the basal joints
of the flagellum very little longer than broad. Legs dark brown,
femora lighter at the base. Hypopygiwm: very similar to that
figured by de Meijere for H. longirostris, but the claspers of a rather
different shape; the upper (inner) pair have a much more pronounced
hump at the bend, and the lower (outer) pair are bare and have
the pale basal part very much broader, especially just before the
middle. (In fig. 3 they are somewhat fore-shortened and do not
show the full breadth.)

The British Museum series comprises specimens from
Lymington and Tunbridge Wells (Verralll) and Radwell,
Herts., and Corriegills, Arran (fF. W. £.); Mr. Cheetham

cor Beh eval ae ae

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 207

has it from Gormire and Austwick, Yorks. Mr. K. G. Blair
has reared it from larvae found in rotting stems of Typha
at Hampstead. This cannot very well be H. longirostris,
which according to the description.of Meigen has a pale
yellow head and a distinctly striped thorax,

H. flavus Walk. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

Thorax almost uniformly yellow-ochreous, the mesonotum
sometimes with an indistinct dark median stripe in front. Head
blackish-grey, lighter round the eyes. Proboscis black. Antennae
with the second joint reddish; flagellar joints intermediate in length
between those of the two previous species. Legs rather lighter than
in H. dubius, the femora without dark rings at the tips. Stigma
absent. Hypopygium: much like that of H. longirostris (Meijere’s
figure), but the lower claspers with a scarcely perceptible pubescence ;
the upper claspers with four or five thick spine-like projections at
the bend.

Besides Walker’s type male, specimens are in the British
Museum from Lymington (Verrall); Rickmansworth (Dr.
W. Wallace) and the Hitchin district (F. W. #.); Finchley
(K. G. Blair), reared from larvae found among decaying
reeds.

ORIMARGA.

‘

O. virgo was recorded by Verrall from “a little grassy
slope against the river Torrigill at Inchnadamph in Suther-
land.” In June 1911 Col. Yerbury visited this exact
locality, hoping to find the species again, and did in fact
capture a single specimen of an Orimarga. However, on
examination this proved to be not O. virgo, but O. attenuata
Walk. (= alpina Zett.), and hence an addition to the
British list. It differs from O. virgo in the grey thorax,
darker legs, and the venation (r-m cross-vein beyond
instead of before the first fork of the media, etc.). Of
O. virgo it is worthy of note that there is a male in the
British Museum from Seaton Hole, Devon (Haton).

ANTOCHA.

Rondani’s name Taphrophila cannot apply to this genus,
since he says that the marginal cross-vein is absent;
hence there is no reason for upsetting Osten-Sacken’s
name. The European species is now known as A. wirt-
pennis Mg., since de Meijere has shown that it is distinct
from the American A. opalizans.

-
208 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

GONOMYIA.

1. Cu,a far before the fork of M; discal cell open; R,; curved
upwards at the tip (subgenus Ptilostena) ; ‘ 2.
Cu,a close to fork of M (either slightly before or panna it);

discal cell usually closed; R; almost straight (subgenus

Tonomyia) “ : a ae

2. Wings elaborately sootved sexguilala Dale.

Wings not spotted , 3.

3. Cross-veins clouded; an extra cross-vein in cell R, jucunda Lw.

Cross-veins clear; no extra cross-vein. . — connexa Lw.

4. Rs very short, its base well beyond the apex of Sc
abbreviata Lw.

Rs long, its base well before the apex of Se. . 5.
5. Ro +, nearly straight, shorter or at most very slightly lone
than R, SR

Ry +3 more or less sented at eae. atianckty phen than R, 7.
6. Body mostly shining black; discal cell open . lateralis Meq.
Body brown, scarcely shining; discal cell closed
alboscutellata v. Res.
7. Pleurae usually entirely sulphur-yellow; abdomen above with
broad yellow margins; scutellum and posterior part of
mesonotum somewhat shining 4 : 8.
Pleurae with darker markings; abdomen above with narrow
yellow margins; thorax entirely dull o:
8. Discal cell at least twice as long as its greatest breadth
recla Tonn.
Discal cell less than twice as long as its greatest breadth
lucidula Meij.
tenella Mg.
10.
dentata Meij.
simplex Tonn.

9. Pleural markings very indistinct
Pleural markings distinct, black

10. Proboscis orange-yellow
Proboscis dark above

G. sexguttata Dale. Mr. C. G. Lamb has taken this
species in numbers at St. Merryn, Cornwall, which is the
only recent record I know of.

G. jucunda Lw. I have seen no example of this species,
which is regarded as British solely on the strength of
Mr. R. C. Bradley's somewhat doubtful record (Ent. Mo.
Mag. xxix, p. 285).

G. connexa Lw. Lt.-Col. Yerbury took two females of
this species at Porthcawl, Glamorgan, 20 v, 1903 and
3 vill. 1906. These are now in the British Museum.

a a ee

~ ogres em

A

mote By

4

(
oes . . -
ee tO DE ashy a” oo baiee AU tires ign

:
7

hee

oi ses sak wh aetna ites Rea

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 209

G. abbreviata Lw. This easily recognised species is
represented in the British Museum by two males, one
taken many years ago by J. C. Dale; the other I took
at Cambridge, 2 vi. 1910. Mr. F. Jenkinson has also
taken a female at Cambridge.

G. lateralis Macq., is a common and well-marked species ;
G. alboscutellata v. Ros. (= G. seutellata Kgg.) on the other
hand seems to be rare; I only know it from Herefordshire
(Wood).

G. recta Tonn. Closely resembles D. lucidula Meij., but
larger, and usually (perhaps not always) with a longer
discal cell. Hypopygium as in PI. I. fig. 6; note especially
the peculiar structure of the aedoeagus. This is probably
a fairly common and widespread species. Verrall’s speci-
mens were from Freshwater, I. of Wight. I have taken it
at Hitchin, Herts., Snailbeach, Salop, and Sidmouth,
S. Devon; in June and July.

G. lucidula Meij. Probably common. Bonawe, Argyll
(Waterston); Ffrith, Flintshire; Snailbeach, Salop; Dart-
mouth (F. W. £.); Gormire and Austwick, Yorks (Cheetham).

G. tenella Mg. Probably common. British Museum
material is from Herts., Beds., Hunts. and Dorset.

G. dentata Meij. Some British records are: Princetown
and Lyndhurst (Verrall); Loch Assynt (Yerbury); Snail-
beach, Salop (F. W. £.); Corrour, Inverness (Grimshaw) ;
New Forest (Sharp).

G. simplex Tonn. A somewhat larger species than
G. dentata, and with a dark proboscis, but otherwise
extremely similar. Hypopygium similar to that of G.
dentata, but differing in details, notably in the curious
hook at the tip of the aedoeagus (see Pl. I. fig. 7). All the
material examined is from hilly or mountainous districts.
Various localities in Arran (fF. W. £.); Inchnadamph,
Sutherland (Yerbury); Ffrith, Flintshire (7. W. E£.);
Nethy Bridge, Inverness (Lamb).

RHABDOMASTIX.

As has recently been stated by Alexander, the European
species Gonomyia schistacea and G. laeta belong to the
subgenus Sacandaga of Rhabdomastix; they differ from
Gonomyia in having Cu,a in the middle of the small discal
cell, the branches of M strongly divergent at the base;
also in being devoid of yellow coloration.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, II. (OCT.) P

210 Mr. F. -W. Rdwawe on British Limnobiidae.

EMPEDA.

I prefer to regard Hmpeda, and the other groups allied
to Eriopltera, as distinct genera, as has been done by most
European writers, though not by Osten-Sacken and
Alexander, the two leading authorities on this group in
America. Rondani’s Ilisophila has been quoted as the

same as Hmpeda, and his diagnosis certainly suggests that
this may be so, but he gives “ Hrioptera lutea Me.” ” as the
type, therefore his name can hardly be adopted.

ILISIA.

Rondani’s name Jlisia must take the place of Osten-
Sacken’s Acyphona. We have two British species, the
common J. maculata with spotted wings, and the rarer
I. areolata Siebke, with plain wings and very small discal
cell. The latter occurs at Glasgow (Henderson, Brit. Ass.
Handb. Nat. Hist. Glasgow, 1901, p. 268); Rocester, Staffs.
(F. W. E.); Shotover, Oxford (Hamm); Farnley, Leeds
(Cheetham) ; Midlothian (A. #..J. Carter, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1913).

ERIOPTERA (s. str.).

1. Wing-veins inconspicuously hairy towards apex only; dark
species; thorax with a narrow black central line. oe P43
Wing-veins conspicuously hairy for almost their entirelength 3.

. Larger species; wings broader; discal cell usually closed ; wings
clear : ; : 5 : trivialis Mg.
Smaller species ; wings narrower ; “ieee cell usually open; cross-
veins often more or less clouded, sometimes also a cloud

bo

below tip of R, ; : . diuturna Walk.

3. A distinct iowa A dose aides dice half of costa; legs pale
yellow 4 : : ; ‘ c ; limbata Lw.
Wings unicolorous . : : : : : Sp ae

4. Pale yellow species : : : : ranos
Brownish ochreous to isch ee n species 6

5. Palpi black; eyes very large, almost touching in the ate
macrophthalma Lw.
Palpi brown; eyes much smaller, widely separated in both
Sexes ‘ ; : : flavescens Mg.; meijeret sp.n.
6. Blackish-brown speci.s . : : fuscipennis Mg.
Ochreous species, at least with apuoaue pleurae : Rieti
. Knob of haltere blackish, stem very pale; mesonotum darkened
in the middle. : Z taenionota Mg.; minor Meij.
Knob of halteres scarcely darker than the stem, which is less
pale; mesonotum not darkened in middle. ‘ se RSs

~I

il te

eae.

ee he a

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 211

8. Large species; uniformly ochreous-brown, including the wings;

legs stout . ; : : : squalida Lw.

Smaller species; wings lighter; legs more slender. SO)

9. Terminal flagellar joints elongate, especially in male, with long

verticils . 2 : : : : - nielseni Meij.

All flagellar joints alike, oval, verticils shorter . P SOY

10. Abdomen concolorous with thorax . ; - verralli sp. n.
Abdomen more or less darkened, except for the tip

griseipennis Mg.

E. trivialis Mg. In this species the radial cross-vein is
sometimes placed slightly before the fork of R, and R,;
such specimens might be mistaken for a Chedlotrichia, but the
species is a true Lrioptera with a long sinuous axillary vein.

E. diuturna Walk. The wings are narrower and the
hair on the veins at the apex of the wings is even less
noticeable than in LH. trivialis, and there are a number
of shght differences in the hypopygium : the upper (inner)
clasper is broader, and has several long hairs on its lower
apical margin which are absent in #. trivialis ; the lower
(outer) clasper is narrowed rather suddenly on its apical
third instead of slightly and gradually from the base, this
apical third only being black; there is no little projecting
lobe at the base of the ventral side of the side pieces,
and the aedoeagus is differently constructed. Walker’s
diuturnus included two species; I propose to fix his name
for this one as there seems to be no other name available.
The wing-markings of the darkest specimens are very
suggestive of Symplectomorpha stictica.

Localities: Yarmouth, I. of W. and Winfrith, Dorset
(Cockerell); Austwick, Yorks (Cheetham); Catacol, Arran
(Waterston).

E. limbata Lw. There is a pair of this very distinct
species in the British Museum, presented by J. C. Dale in
1864, and taken by him in Dorset. Another pair, also
from Dale, is in Mr. Collin’s collection, named by Verrall
#. lutea.

E. macrophthalma Lw. This is probably fairly common
and widely distributed. I have taken it at Hitchin (Herts.)
and Snailbeach (Salop).

E. meijerei sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 8).
Very similar to H. flavescens, differing only in the hypopygium
(see fig. 8), which is more like, though not identical with, that of

212, Mr. F. W. dwar on British Limnobudae.

E. macrophthalma. Side pieces simple, without the hairy apical
lobe of FE. macrophthalma. Upper clasper with a strong sharp
black point, apically directed, just beyond the middle. Lower
clasper long, strap like, black at the tip. Parameres very strong
and thick, black.

I know this species only from a single male from Wicken,
17 vu. 1885 (Verrall). Prof. de Meijere informs me he
has taken three males, all at the same locality in Holland.
I therefore have pleasure in dedicating the species to
him, in recognition of his invaluable work on Kuropean
Limnobiidae.

E. taenionota Mg. I cannot follow de Meijere in using
the name £. lutea Mg. for this species. HH. lutea was
described as having the abdomen entirely yellow, which
is certainly not true of HL. taenionota. No British species
agrees accurately with Meigen’s description of FH. lutea,
and this name should therefore be dropped from our list.

E. verralli sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 9).

Whole body, including abdomen, legs, wing-veins and halteres,
dull brownish-ochreous; palpi, vertex and flagellum of antennae
darker; pronotal lobes yellowish. Joints of antennal flagellum
all oval and approximately equal in size; verticils not very long,
Wing-membrane transparent; hair on veins moderately long. Stem
of cell R, rather shorter than that of cell M.. Cu,a straight, slightly
oblique, reaching M just before the fork. Hypopygiwm (see fig. 9):
side-pieces simple, nearly cylindrical, about three times as long as
broad. Upper (inner) clasper pale throughout, simple, somewhat
tapering a little beyond the enlarged base; tip rounded, with two
apically directed hairs. Lower clasper darkened apically, enlarged
and divided at tip (see figure). Parameres rather slender, each
ending in two long sharp points, which are somewhat darkened.

A male and female from Dovedale, 14 vi. 1888 (Verrall)
are in the British Museum.

E. griseipennis (Mg.) Meij. Probably a fairly common
species. The British Museum has specimens from Frant,
Sussex and Dullingham, Cambs. (Verrall) and Letchworth
and Radwell, Herts. (7.W.H.). I have also seen specimens
from Nottingham (Carr) and Cambridge (Jenkinson).

E. minor Meij. Major HE. E. Austen took a pair of this
species at Harrow, 4 vil. 1894. Its describer distinguishes
it from FH. taenionota by the colour of the thorax and the

it A ya

Mr. F. W. ‘Rawanda on British Limnobiidae. 213

venation, but our specimens do not differ from E. taenionota
in any noticeable manner, apart from the structure of the
hypopygium. Most of the species of this genus vary in
the smaller details of the venation, and it seems unsafe
to base any specific distinctions on these characters.

E. squalida Lw. This species is common at Norton
Pond, Letchworth—a locality which has yielded quite
a number of good things. It is of the size and build of
E. flavescens, but of a brownish-ochreous colour, even on
the wing-membrane. Mr. Cheetham has taken it at
Gormire, Yorks.

E. nielseni Meij. (1921) (Pl. I. fig. 10).

Head, thorax, hypopygium and legs ochreous brown; palpi
blackish; abdomen dingy greyish-ochreous; wings with the mem-
brane clear, hairs light brown, moderately long; halteres uniformly
dark brownish. Antennae of the male with the second scapal joint
much swollen; first two flagellar joints almost globular; next three
somewhat smaller and more elongate; remainder long and slender,
with verticils about twice as long as each joint; in the female the
second scapal joint is less swollen, and the terminal flagellar joints
less elongate. Stem of cell R, considerably shorter than that of
cell M,. Hypopygium (see fig. 10): side pieces simple, about three
times as long as broad. Upper (inner) clasper scarcely darkened
apically, with a hump some way before the rounded tip. Lower
(outer) clasper somewhat swollen a little before the pointed black
tip. Parameres short, simple, pointed, black-tipped.

Several males and one female from Austwick, nr. Ingle-
boro, 17 vii. and 27 viii. 1920 (C. A. Cheetham). The
antennae resemble those of the flavescens group, but the
body colour is not such a clear yellow.

MOo.LopHiuus.

The species of this genus are often very similar, but
can be readily recognised by the striking differences in
the male hypopygium; in many cases these characters
cannot be seen well in the dry specimen; the end of the
abdomen must be removed, cleared in potash and mounted.
The following key will show which species are distinguish-
able by other characters. Too much reliance should not
be placed on the colour-differences indicated.

214 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

1. Blackish species - ; : 4 ; 2
Yellow or light brown species (at least the thorax) . Ses
2. Thorax shining black. : ; ; ; , ay eee
Thorax dull blackish or dark brown ; ; : 3 ia
3. Wings short and functionless in both sexes : . alter Mg.
Wings normal : : bihamatus Meij.

4. Whole body densely elothed’ sib long hair, also the wing-
membrane, thorax dark brown, somewhat shining murinus Mg.
Body short-haired (normal); wing-membrane bare, thorax
dull blackish-brown . ; : . obscurus Mg.
5. Very small species; cross-vein 7 ie than twice its own length
from the base of R,; Ax ending before fork of Cu; wing-
fringe on basal half of lower margin longer than the breadth
of the cubital and two anal cells; legs pale . pusillus sp. n.
Larger; cross-vein r generally 3 times its own length from the
base of R,, often more; Ax ending beyond fork of Cu; wing-
fringe shorter; legs darkened except towards base of femora 6.

6. Thorax brown; head black or grey; wing-hair dark .
bifilatus Verr.;* curvatus Tonn.; “occultus Meij.; gladius

Meij.; bifidus Goet.

Thorax yellow (sometimes slightly brownish-tinged) . Ay we

7. Wing-hair yellow or pale, at least in large part; head and
abdomen yellow , \, :

appendiculatus Staeg. ; ane Meij. ; Re Meij. Wing

hair alldark ; . : : . ; sve:

8. Head pale. : , : : ; “ pleuralis Meij.

Head dark grey on vertex ; ; . 9.

9. Abdomen orange-yellow \ ochraceus Mg.’ fla vus Goet.
Abdomen more or less darkened propinguus Egg.; cinereifrons
Meij.

M. pusillus sp. n.

A very small species, allied to MW. murinus Mg., in venation, but
much less hairy, and of a brownish-yellow coloration; halteres pale.

Head, including palpi and antennae, blackish. Joints of flagellum
sub-cylindrical, narrowed a little at each end, twice as long as broad,
apical joints gradually becoming smaller; verticils nearly three
times as long as each joint. Thorax uniformly dingy ochreous or
brownish-yellow, slightly shining; praescutum with two rows of
long brown hairs; a few similar hairs on the scutum, Abdomen
(except for the last segment and the ovipositor) somewhat darker
than the thorax, with shorter but denser hair. Legs rather pale
ochreous, only the tarsi somewhat darker; hairs of femora about
twice as long as the diameter of the legs. Wings with long dense

cale2 Zl ae tae aa its pac
nol TE

/

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 215

rather dark-brown hair on the veins; the fringe very long, in the
middle of the hind margin nearly half as long as the breadth of the
wing, or slightly longer than the distance from vein Cu to the wing
margin. Radial cross-vein thick, scarcely twice its own length
distant from the base of R,. Basal section of R, +, vertical,
practically in one straight line with 7-m, and about the same length.
Cu,a reaching M before the fork (two specimens) or just beyond it
(one specimen). Ax rather short and nearly straight, ending slightly
but distinctly before the fork of Cu. Halteres ochreous. Length
of body 2-5 mm.; wing 3-5 mm.

This species, in venation, seems to connect the rather

isolated M. murinus with the yellow group of species,
but shows no trace of hairs on the wing-membrane. The

peculiarities of venation, taken together, are probably
sufficient to distinguish it from these latter species, though
the venation is evidently subject to some variation. I
took three females at Dreghorn, Ayrshire, 22 v. 1919.

M. bihamatus Meij. I have seen only one British example
of this species, a female in the British Museum from the
New Forest (f. C. Adams).

M. curvatus Tonn. I had intended to adopt Curtis’
name crassipes for this species, but since Tonnoir has pro-
posed a new name for it, it will be better to use the one
that is certain. I have taken it in Arran and at Llangollen ;
it is also represented in the British Museum from the New
Forest (Adams). Hypopygium, PI. I. fig. 13.

M. occultus Meij. Brockenhurst (Verrall); Gidleigh,
S.\Devon (F.W.E.); Rannoch (Grimshaw).

M. gladius Meij. A single male from Oxton Bogs,
Notts., 11 v. 1918 (Carr), presented by the collector to
the British Museum; two more from Austwick, Yorks,
7 vi. 20 (Cheetham).

M. bifidus Goet. Superficially identical with the above
three species, but with a very different hypopygium.
The ventral (morphologically dorsal) plate of the aedoeagus
is long, curved, and black, ending in a sharp point, and having
at its base a pair of little black teeth (Pl. I. fig. 116). The
lower clasper also has a slightly bifid tip. Probably
common: Hitchin, Radwell and King’s Walden, Herts. ;
Snailbeach, Salop (F.W.H.); Humberton Marshes, Grimsby
(Dr. W. Wallace); Austwick, Yorks (Cheetham).

M. appendiculatus Staej., M. armatus Meij., and M. medius
Meij., are all common and are often found together.

as
216 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

M. pleuralis Meij., is evidently the species Verrall recorded
as M. ochraceus, though he also had it under a manuscript
name. Localities are Slapton and Dawlish (8. Devon),
Wicken, and Arran.

M. ochraceus Mg., in the sense of de Meijere, seems to be
a rare species with us. I have only seen one male (Bonawe,
W aterston).

M. flavus Goet. (Pl. I. fig. 12).

Similar to M. ochraceus. Thorax and abdomen entirely orange.
Legs blacker than in most other species of the group; femora orange
at the base, somewhat swollen on the apical third. Hypopygium
as in fig. 12; the upper clasper has a waved appearance when seen
in side view.

Localities : Corriegills, Arran (F.W.E.); Catacol, Arran
(Waterston) ; Snailbeach, Salop (F.W.H.); Pateley, nr.
Leeds (Cheetham). }

M. propinquus Hee., and M. cinereifrons Meij., are both
common species, indistinguishable apart from the hypo-
pygium, and frequently, though not invariably, found
together.

RHYPHOLOPHUS.

The two groups of which this genus is composed in
Europe and North America seem to me to be of at least
subgeneric if not generic value. The genus has sometimes
been divided on the presence or absence of a discal cell,
and the mode of forking of the media; but a much better
division is the one proposed by Verrall, based on the length
of the axillary vein. If we regard the length and curvature
of the axillary vein as a character of generic importance
in Erioptera, 1t seems inevitable to take the same view of
the parallel and equally constant condition in Rhypholophus.
This name will then be restricted to those species with a
long and sinuous axillary vein, of which we have only two
in Britain, R. haemorrhoidalis and R. varius. Rondani’s
name, Ormosia, is available for the other group, in which
the axillary vein is short and divergent from the anal.

ORMOSIA.

In this genus O. fascipennis Zett. (pentagonalis Lw.)
is distinguished from the other British species by the
possession of a closed discal cell; O. pseudosinuilis Lundst.,
and O. similis Staeg., by their yellow colour; O. lineata

-
Py ar

a a ae

a a * ey mi ¥
oy Re etd 4 ~

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobidae. 217

(Mg.) by the dark line down the middle of the thorax; and.
O. uncinata (Meij.) by the whitish pubescence on the hind
metatarsus, contrasting with the dark tibia, which is very
noticeable in life. The remaining three species are only
distinguishable with certainty by the male hypopygium,
but the differences in this organ are very striking.

O. uncinata (Meij.). This is a common and widespread
species, probably the one which Verrall regarded as O.
nodulosa. The character of the hind metatarsus seems to
be diagnostic (but compare the two new species); it was
not mentioned by Macquart, and therefore de Meijere may
be justified in restricting Macquart’s name to the next
species, though O. wncinata is the species which has the
male antennae most distinctly nodose.

O. nodulosa (Mcq.) Meij. This is the other common
species noted by Verrall and Carter as occurring in this
country.

O. hederae (Curt.) Meij. Curtis’ description and figures
would apply about equally well to O. nodulosa, but de
Meijere’s selection will fix this name definitely. All the
specimens I have seen are from Scotland : Nairn and Loch
Assynt (Yerbury); Kinlochewe, Ross (Grant); Arran
(F.W.E.).

O. albitibia sp. n. (Pl. IT. fig. 15).

With the characters of O. nodulosa (Mcq.), but the male antennae
a little longer, the joints slightly more swollen in the middle, the
verticils somewhat longer; mesonotum ochreous-tinged at the sides
in front; hind tibiae and tarsi (in the one perfect specimen) with
the pubescence almost entirely pale, but that on the metatarsus
not strikingly paler than that on the tip of the tibia. Hypopygium
very similar to that of O. nodulosa (as figured by de Meijere), but
the long yellow hair on the ninth tergite (sternite of de Meijere)
is in a larger and broader patch; the bifid tenth tergite (or terminal
portion of the ninth) is shorter, and the upper claspers (fig. 15) are
very long, curved backwards (caudally) and end in long sharp points.

Two males are before me, one (damaged) from Braemar,
27 vii. 76 (Verrall), and one (the type) from Church Stretton,
Salop, 24 vi. 1920 (F.W.E.).

O. aciculata sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 14).

Closely resembles O. uncinata Meij.; perhaps distinguishable by
the colour of the pubescence on the hind leg, that on the hind tarsi
being almost entirely whitish, not whitish on the metatarsus only ;

-
218 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

the hind tibia has dark pubescence except at the extreme base.
Hind femora slender (somewhat clubbed apically in O. wneinata).
Hypopygium (fig. 14) very distinct: the tenth tergite (or apical
portion of the ninth) is elongate (as in O. nodulosa) and in the speci-
mens examined bent at right angles to the ninth; both pairs of
claspers'are horny, curved and sharp pointed, and there are also
three horny sharp-pointed black processes on the aedoeagus.

Stonesdale, Yorks, 22 y. 1920 (C. A. Cheetham); 2 3,
type presented by the collector to the British Museum.

0. similis Staeg. Mr. F. Jenkinson has taken several
examples of this species at Logie, Elgin, viii. 1903 and
ix. 1913. It seems to be somewhat larger than O. pseudo-
similis, but apart from this and the difference in hypopygia
there is little to distinguish the two. Lundstrém’s figure is
not quite accurate; the terminal portion of the ninth
tergite (morphologically the tenth) is really deeply divided
in the middle as it is in O. nodulosa.

O. pseudosimilis Lundst. A male in the British Museum
named by Verrall R. similis, and taken by him at Inveran,
is really O. pseudosimilis. A second male from the Clifton
collection in the British Museum was probably taken near
London; another from Crag Wood, Yorks, is m Mr.
Cheetham’s collection.

HELOBIA.

This old name is now generally and correctly used in
place of Symplecta. H. hybrida Mg. (the earlier and there-
fore correct name for Symplecla punclipennis) seems to
be a rare insect in Britain. The British Museum possesses
a male from the Scilly Is. (collector unknown) and
one female from Felden, Herts. (Piffard). There is a
specimen from Cambridge (Jenkinson) in the Cambridge
Museum; and I have recently found it in numbers at

Shelford, Cambs.
SYMPLECTOMORPHA.

I consider that Kuntze and de Meijere are justified in
reviving this name for Symplecta stictica and S. similis,
and I further agree with de Meijere that these two are
not specifically distinct.

TRIMICRA.

Kuntze in his paper on Palaearctic Eriopterinae attempts
to distinguish three species of this genus: pilipes F.,

y = oa, ar
ee. .

a

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 219

hirsutipes Macq., and andalusiaca Strobl. JI do not con-
sider, however, that these are really distinct. I have seen
British specimens which correspond fairly well to the three
forms defined by Kuntze, and they all have identical male
hypopygia, while the differences between them in other
characters do not seem to be sharply marked, but are
bridged by continuous variation. In general the small
specimens seem to have less distinctly clubbed femora,
somewhat shorter hair on the male tibiae, and less con-
spicuous dark borders to the cross-veins.

T. pilipes probably has a wider distribution than any
other crane-fly. An examination of the hypopygia of a
number of specimens in the British Museum shows that it
occurs in Uruguay, Ecuador, Argentina, the Falkland
Islands, South and East Africa, Victoria, Queensland, the
Sandwich Islands, Madeira and Palestine ; it is also known
to occur in North Africa, the Canaries and North America,
as well as throughout Europe. It may be doubted whether
the genus really contains more than one cosmopolitan
species; from an examination of types or other specimens
I can say definitely that haligena Woll., hirtipes Walk.,
inconspicua Lw., lateralis Grim., and reciproca Walk., are
all synonymous with pilipes F. It is not easy to account
for the widespread occurrence. The larvae are said simply
to live in “moist earth,” hence there seems no special
reason why the species should be spread by commerce.

GNOPHOMYIA.

A specimen of @. tripudians has been taken at Cambridge
by Mr. F. Jenkinson. Other species of this genus may
be expected to occur in Britain.

CRYPTEBIA.

The most important distinguishing character of this
genus is the fusion of the three or four basal segments of
the antennal flagellum into a single large conical segment.
A similar fusion takes place in the genera Cladura, Ptero-
chionea and Chionea, all extra-British genera which differ
from Crypteria in having only a single clasper, instead of
two, on the side-piece of the male hypopygium.

C. limnophiloides Bergr. Since this was recorded
(Proc, Ent. Soc. London, 1919, p. xlix), a male has turned
up among the accessions in the British Museum from Middle
Park, Pool, Glamorgan, 15 x. 1895 (Dr. J. H. Wood).

all

220 =~Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.
C. carteri, Tonn.* (Pl. IT. fig. 16).

Closely allied to C. bergrothi, Kuntze, differing almost solely in
the hypopygium (see fig. 16): the side pieces are more slender than
in Kuntze’s figure, the outer clasper hooked at the tip (straight in
bergrothi), the inner clasper moderately stout and straight (slender
and recurved in bergrothi). The venation is somewhat variable,
particularly in regard to the position of Se, (at or well before tip
of &c,) and Cu,a (near base or almost in middle of discal cell). In
some specimens the middle and hind tibiae show a single minute
spur at the tip, which is apparently absent in others. Some speci-
mens show 10, others 11 joints in the antennal flagellum beyond
the fusion-joint. C. bergrothi and C. carteri both differ from
C. limnophiloides as follows :—Marginal cross-vein present though
usually very faint; R, not much longer than R, , ,. or even slightly
shorter; Ax shorter and straighter; side pieces of hypopygium with
a peculiar long stout spine (evidently a modified bristle) at the base.

Polton, Midlothian, 25 v. 1915 (A. EF. J. Carter), one
male and one female presented by the collector to the
British Museum; Ffrith, Flintshire, 7 at i 1919 (F. W. Hee
2 2; Snailbeach, Salop, 22-28 vii. O(F. WE.) 1 9;
Victoria Park, Manchester, 22 viii. ah (H. Britten), 1 3.

IDIOPTERA.

I do not consider the differences between [dioptera and
Ephelia to be of generic value, and propose to combine the
groups; if the latter is regarded as distinct, it must take
Rondani’s name Elaeophila, which is older than Ephelia.
Idioptera as a whole differs from the other genera of the
Limnophila group in possessing an extra cross-vein in the
lower basal cell, but the distinction is not by any means
a fundamental one. The cross-vein is occasionally absent
on one or both wings in J. pulchella and I. marmorata.
The following table will separate the British species
(omitting I. decora Hal., which is doubtfully synonymous
with 2. marmorata Mg., and I. submarmorata Verr., which
I cannot distinguish from J. marmorata) :—

1. Wings with complete or nearly complete transverse bands;
costal cell uniformly brown, darker than most of the wing;
male abdomen mostly orange —. : : sista

Wings without complete transverse bands; costal cell either

* This appears to be identical with the North American Limno-
phila ultima O.-S., which Alexander has recently made the type of
Neolimnophila, a new subgenus of Limnophila.

OS ee

Pie ORT ek,
mye TS ae 5 =

x

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 221

entirely pale, or pale with blackish markings; male abdomen

entirely blackish : : : etree 2

2. Femora and tibiae yellow with black tips senies of female
normal , 3 2 . fasciata L.
Legs black, except aes a ferideia wings of female rudi-
mentary . F ; . pulchella Mg.

3. Wings without dark ros, exeset over the cross-veins and
at the base of Rs; male antennae longer than the thorax.
trimaculata Zett.
Wings with at least a few additional dark spots, including one
near tip of Ax; male antennae shorter than the thorax . 4.
4. Femora gradually darkened from base to tip; the dark spot
at the tip of the costal cell almost equidistant from the one
over the base of Rs and the one at the tip of R,; dark spot
over humeral cross-vein minute. : : dalet sp. n.
Femora yellow with blackish tips; the dark spot at the tip of the
costal cell much nearer the one at the tip of R, than to the one
over the base of Rs; humeral spot generally quite large . 5.
. Wing-veins entirely without small dark dots, except at their
tips 2 : ai Ge
Wing-veins with at feash a fom dark dots gore ee in addition
to the larger dark markings ’ onoat
6. Wing-tip mostly dark, but basal half of Ree 5 rosie pale.
apicata Lw.

Wing-tip mostly pale, but R,,- uniformly dark-margined.
mundata Lw.

or

7. Wing-veins with only a very few dark dots.
marmorata var. verralli Bergr.
Wing-veins with numerous dark dots. . marmorata Mg.

I. fasciata L. There is a single specimen of this species,
correctly named, in Stephens’ collection in the British
Museum. Mr. C. A. Cheetham has taken it at Austwick,
near Ingleboro, which is the only recent record I know of.

I. trimaculata Zett. This species forms the connecting
link between J. fasciata and I. marmorata, since although
the male antennae are somewhat elongate and constructed
as in I. fasciata, the outer clasper of the male hypopygium
is flattened, black, and finely serrate on the outer edge as
in the marmorata group. I. trimaculata is probably not
uncommon in mountain districts; it was abundant at
Taw Head, Dartmoor, in June 1920.

I. dalei sp. n. (vide de Meijere, 1921) (Pl. II. fig. 17).
Head dark grey, with a small black spot between the eyes. An-
tennae entirely dark, alike in the two sexes, shorter than the thorax,

929 Mr. F. W. Rawal on British Limnobidae.

basal joints of flagellum almost globular. Thorax almost uniformly
dark greyish, the praescutum with two rather indistinct dark brown
lines. Abdomen uniformly dark. Male hypopygium similar to
that of J. apicata, but different in detail. Ninth tergite somewhat
emarginate in the middle; side pieces without a trace of small
teeth at the base; claspers (fig. 17a) much as in I. apicata (fig. 18a)
but the black outer pair have a longer and sharper median tooth on
the outer margin, and the outer half of the outer margin is more
distinctly serrate; inner claspers short, almost oval; penis (fig. 17b)
more than half as long as the side pieces (as in J. apicata, fig. 18b)
but the basal plate is more elongate and pointed in the middle.
Legs darker than in the allied species; femora pale at the base,
gradually darkening towards the tips, which are almost black.
Wings with a slightly smoky ground-colour, the base not conspicu-
ously yellow. A small dark dot over the humeral cross-vein, and
‘another over the cross-vein connecting Cu with An at the base.
Five rather small dark spots along the costa, none of them extending
much beyond R,, and all of them approximately equidistant: the
first halfway between the humeral cross-vein and the base of Rs;
the second over the base of Rs; the third over the apex of Sc; the
fourth and-largest over 7-m and the apex of R,; the fifth over the
apex of R,. Small dark clouds at the tips of.all the veins except R,_, ;
a small dark spot before the tip of Ax; two or three along Rs;
veins otherwise without dots, but all the cross-veins and R, , ;
dark margined. The wings are rather narrow, alike in the two
sexes; additional cross-vein below one-third of Rs; Cu,a at one-
third of discal cell; Se ending slightly before the radial fork.
Halteres pale yellow, with blackish knob.
Length of body 5-7 mm.; wing 7 x 2 — 8 x 2:3 mm.

Two specimens (3 Q) in the British Museum collected
by J. C. Dale, without stated locality, but probably from
Dorset; the female bearing the date 29 v. 1861.

I. mundata Lw. ‘This is the species which has been
recorded by Verrall as miliaria Egger. ‘The agreement with
Loew’s description is perfect, but I agree with Loew that
without the examination of Egger’s type the significance of
his name is too doubtful to allow of its use in place of the
well-distinguished mundata. The available evidence suggests
that the two are not the same. Claspers, Pl. II. fig. 19.

I, marmorata Me. ‘This species is extremely variable
in wing-markings, but it can always be recognised by the
unusual breadth of the male wing, the hind margin coming
almost to a point just before the tip of vein Ax; this vein

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 223

also has nearly always (in the male only) a very distinct
spur a little before the tip on the lower side, which is at
most faintly indicated in the other species. A collection
made at Brodick, Arran, shows almost the complete range
of wing-markings, some being of the typical marmorata
type, others like submarmorata and verralli ; one has the
markings identical with those of mundata except for the
absence of a dark border to vein Ry , ;; one exceptionally
pale specimen has no markings except for the stigma, the
clouded cross-veins, and a small spot near tip of Ax.
All these have identical hypopygia; the claspers are
shown-in Pl. IT. fig. 20.

LIMNOPHILA.

This genus has recently undergone some further sub-
division. Alexander has revived the genus Pilaria, to
which belong L. discicollis Mg., L. fuscipennis Mg., and
L. subtincta Zett.; and has proposed the name Pseudo-
limnophila for the group which includes L. lucorum Me.,
and L. sepium Verr. Both these imnovations seem to be
quite justified, and it is not unlikely that some further
division may be made in the future; L. ochracea Mg., can
hardly be left permanently in Limnophila. Of the two
genera above mentioned, Pilaria is distinguished by
peculiarities of venation and genital tube, and by the
habits and morphology of the early stages ; Psewdolimnophila
chiefly by the shape of the head, the back part of which
is narrowed and produced into a sort of neck, a character
which it shares with Poecilostola ; possibly Poecilostola and
Pseudolimnophila may eventually be merged, but so far as
the British species are concerned there are striking differ-
ences in the hypopygium and wings.*

L. abdominalis Staeg. Males of this species have occurred
at Aberfoyle, Perth, 28 viii. 1906 (Carter), and Austwick,
near Ingleborough, 5 vi. 1920 (Cheetham). The black thorax
and black bands on the orange abdomen will distinguish
it at once from L. bicolor and L. punctum.

L. robusta Wahlgren. There is a female of this species
in the British Museum from Studland, Dorset, 1 ix. 1906
(Yerbury), and I have seen another from Blairgowrie,
Perth, vi. 1913 (Carter). It is remarkable for its unusually

* Tn this connection it is worth mentioning that specimens of
P. punctata are sometimes to be found without any trace of wing-
markings,

224 Mr. F. W. naw on British Limnobiudae.

short and stout legs, and broad abdomen. Although there
is no, trace of orange colour on the abdomen, I strongly
suspect that it is nothing but the female of L. abdominalis ;
the differences, however, are so considerable that this
assumption cannot be made without proof. It is perhaps
significant that L. abdominalis is known only from the male,
L. robusta only from the female.

L. leucophaea (Mg.) Meij. A small species somewhat
resembling L. nemoralis, but with Sc, at the extreme tip of
Se,. Oxton Bogs and Beauvale Woods, Notts. (Carr); Crag
Wood, Yorks (Cheetham).

L. nemoralis Mg. As already mentioned by Verrall, this
species is exceedingly variable; the variations are so well
marked that I should have no hesitation in regarding them
as distinct species, if the hypopygium were not identical
in all. The following five forms may be distinguished :—

(a) Typical form. Thorax bluish-grey; abdomen somewhat
ochreous; antennae generally yellow at the base; stigma rather
faint and ill defined, two-thirds of it situate beyond the radial cross-
vein; cross-veins quite clear; discal cell nearly twice as long as
broad; basal section of M, (7. e. the upper of the two veins closing
the discal cell) curved; cell M, not quite half as long as its petiole ;
Cu,a at about two-fifths of discal cell. Body length 6-7-5 mm.

This seems to be the commonest form in the South of

England.

(b) var. nov. minuscula. Thorax rather light grey, bluish tinge
less distinct; antennae more or less pale at the base; stigma indis-
tinguishable ; cross-veins quite clear; discal cell nearly or quite twice
as long as broad; basal section of M., quite straight, and of the same
length as the cross-vein m; cell M, not a third as long as its petiole ;
Cu,a at about one-third of discal cell. Body length 4-5 mm.

I have taken this at Bushy Heath and Knebworth, Herts.

(c) Var. nov. collina. Thorax dark brownish-grey; abdomen
blackish; antennae generally all black; stigma rather faint, equally
bisected by the radial cross-vein; cross-veins quite clear; venation
and size as in the typical form. ;

Apparently the commonest form in Scotland; I have
also taken it in North Wales.

(d) Var. nov. quadrata. Like var. collina, but the discal cell is
very little longer than broad, and Cu,a is situated exactly at its
base.

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae. 225

Also a Scotch form. Arran (Ff. W. H.); Bonawe, Argyll
(J. Waterston); Cromarty Point (W. R. O. Grant): in each
case in company with the var. collina.

(ec) Var. noy. noscibilis. Thorax dark brownish-grey; abdomen
blackish; antennae generally pale at the base; stigma conspicuous
and well defined, equally bisected by the radial cross-vein; cross-
veins and base of Rs distinctly darkened; discal cell quite twice
as long as broad; basal section of M, curved; cell M, as long as its
petiole; Cu,a at from one-fourth to one-half of discal cell. Body
length 7-9 mm.

Widely distributed; the British Museum has specimens
from Norfolk, Hants., Devon, N. Wales and Arran.

Hexatoma (Anisomera).

I can only recognise two species of this genus in Britain :
H. fuscipennis (Curt.) (= Peronecera fuscipennis Curt.,
— Anisomera burmeisteri of the British list, and perhaps of
Loew) with the antennae short in both sexes, and H.
lucidipennis (Curt.), with long antennae in the male. I
think the latter will probably prove specifically identical
with nigra Latr., bicolor Mg., and aequalis Lw.; if so,
Latreille’s name will have to replace Curtis’, The Kuropean
species of this genus, however, require further study before
their limits can be properly understood.

DicrRANOTA and RHAPHIDOLABIS.
The British species may be distinguished thus :—

1. Radial cross-vein absent; only R, connecting R, and R, (genus
Rhaphidolabis) (otherwise resembling D. subtilis)

eaclusa Walk. (= coelebs Zett.).

Radial cross-vein present, hence two veins connecting R, and

R, (genus Dicranota) . ; j : . a kane

2. Stigma faint or absent; antennae alike in the two sexes . 3.

Stigma conspicuous; male antennae more or less elongate . 4.

3. M, simple; first flagellar joint rather long A pavida Hal.

M, forked; first flagellar joint nearly globular . subtilis Lw.

4. A distinct dark spot over rm; M, usually simple; male

abdomen largely reddish : guerint Zett.

No dark spot over 7m, though the vein itself is darkened; M,

always forked; male abdomen dark . bimaculata Schum.

D. subtilis Lw., is in the British Museum from Inchna-
damph and Bettws-y-Coed (Verrall), and I have also seen
it from Yorkshire (Cheetham).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, Il. (OCT.) Q

226 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

D. guerini Zett. As recently shown by Lundstrém,
this species is quite distinct from the common D. bimaculata,
differing in the hypopygium as well as in other characters.
Its inclusion now in the British list is due to Mr. C. A.
Cheetham, who has taken several at Austwick, near
Ingleboro.

TRICYPHONA (Amalopis).

1. Rs more or less clouded at the base, and often angulated or

spurred. ; - : f ; ; : yoy as
Wings quite clear; Rs never angulated or spurred. om

2. Thorax dark grey, with four blackish stripes; a distinct brown
band over the cross-veins . ; ; : occulta Mg.
Thorax uniformly yellow or orange i vA pte

3. Larger, browner species; femora and tibiae sitlicial distinct
black tips ; ; . littoralis Mg.

Smaller, yellow species ; nelaeen nee tibiae with black tips
straminea Mg.

4. Medium-sized species; pleurae and coxae ochreous .
Small species; pleurae and coxae black . 5 d Mies)

5. Pubescence on veins in apical part of wing fairly distinct; R, + .
fully twice as long as R,* . 7 : lucidipennis sp.n.
Pubescence on wing-veins barely perceptible; R, ,., less than
twice aslongasR, . ; 5 : claripennis Verr.

6 * R, +, much shorter than 7—-m; thorax with four distinct narrow
shining black stripes . : ; ‘ schummeli sp. n.

R, + ; longer than rm; thorax otherwise ; : au kets

7. Femora not conspicuously yellow at the base; discal cell
often present; middle thoracic stripe divided by a pale
line . : unicolor Schum.

Femora Rae ase) ellow at the base; discal cell never
present; middle thoracic stripe entire, or obscurely divided
by a dark line . : ; : : immaculata Mg.

T. lueidipennis, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 24).

Closely allied to 7’. claripennis Verr., and almost identical with
it in size and coloration, but differing as follows: Wings somewhat
broader (10 x 2-8 mm. instead of 9 x 2-1 mm.), the veins towards
the apex with much more evident hair; R, +, a little more than
twice as long as R,; cell M, as long as its petiole, instead of only
half as long; cell M, longer, its sides more parallel. Hypopygiuwm

* Adopting Alexander’s view that there are five branches to
the radius present, the short vein connecting R, and R, being
R, not 7.

Ore iy

nt

*

deans ined cae

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Iimnobiidae. 227

(fig. 24) showing several small differences, particularly in the form
of the ninth tergite and the basal lobes of the side pieces. The
hypopygium of 7’. claripennis is shown for comparison in Pl. Il.
fig. 23.

A single male in the British Museum from Grantown,
Elgin, 17 viii. 1911 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury).

T. schummeli sp. n. This is the form which Verrall
recorded as Z'. unicolor, but Schummel had two species
under this name which he distinguished by the difference
in venation. I propose the above name for Schummel’s
unicolor var. b, the hypopygium of which is shown in
Pl. II. fig. 21. The type is a male from Brodick, Arran;
other specimens in the British Museum are from Sussex,
Bucks, Carnarvon and Sutherland.

T. unicolor Schum. ‘This species, as now restricted,
seems to be rarer in Britain than 7’. schummeli ; I have seen
only three specimens, all taken by Mr. C. A. Cheetham in
Yorkshire. One of these is remarkable in having a cross-
vein in the lower basal cell, as in the Scandinavian 7.
variinervis Zett. Hypopygium, PI. II. fig. 22.

TRICHOCERA.

~The work of Keilin and de Meijere on the early stages has

shown that this genus has no relation with the Limnobidae,
but is, on the other hand, fairly closely related to Anisopus
(Rhyphus) and it is now included in the Anisopodidae
(Rhyphidae) as a separate sub-family. The adults differ
from the Limnobiidae in the possession of ocelli; the shape
of the scutum, which does not show the two rounded por-
tions; the position of Cu,a, always close to the outer
margin of the discal cell; and also—perhaps a more impor-
tant point than appears at first sight—in the fact that the
legs do not at all readily break off. No doubt when the
comparative morphology of the head and hypopygium has
been studied in greater detail, important distinctions will
be found in these organs. While accepting the position
now assigned to Trichocera by Alexander, it will be con-
venient to deal with it in this paper. The British species
at present known can be distinguished as follows :—

1. Wing-veins conspicuously hairy; Ax ending a little beyond the
anal angle of the wing; eyes bare; last joint of palpi very
long, whiplike; ovipositor very short and fleshy

Diazosma hirtipenne Siebke.

Le ee ye a eee eee
; FS AR Bagh) a Nw S

; a
-
928 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British LIimnoliidae.

Wing-veins not conspicuously hairy; Ax ending a little before
the anal angle of the wing; eyes pubescent; last joint of
palpi only moderately elongate; ovipositor rather long and

horny (genus T'richocera) . : : eae,

2. Abdomen conspicuously banded ath Sony annulata Mg.
Abdomen uniformly dark (except sometimes the genital seg-
ments) : 3

3. Cross-vein 7-m with a distinct dark Fit poe it. wer:
Cross-vein r-m not clouded. ; : : oe

4, A distinct cloud on and below base of Re maculipennis Mg.
No dark cloud on or near base of Rs : regelationis L.

5. R, 4. noticeably shorter than basal section of R,; knob of
halteres scarcely darkened . ; ‘ major sp. 1.

R, +; a8 long as or longer than basal Pron of R,; knob of
halteres blackish 7 ; : 5 anes

6. Thorax almost entirely reddish; scape aa aaeasee yellow —
rufescens sp. Nn.
Thorax more or less darkened; scape of antennae dark . 7.
7. Wings slightly and uniformly infuscated; clasper of male
hypopygium without basal tubercle. ‘ fuscata Mg.
Wings almost perfectly clear; clasper of male hypopygium with

small basal tubercle

8. Smallish species; wings fadiatinoily pate at bake basal pro-
jections of side-pieces of male hypopygium forming a complete
bridge : ; , . hiemalis Deg.
Very small species; wings abit ish ‘ the base; basal projections
of side-pieces of male hypopygium not meeting in the middle
parva Meq.

As is evident from the above table, some of these
species are distinguished by apparently trifling characters,
but as I have never found a mixed swarm (adjacent
swarms may be of distinct species), and the numerous
pairs taken in cop. have always been similar, I think
it probable that we are really dealing with distinct
species.

D. hirtipenne (Siebke). I took a female of this species
at Letchworth, vi. 1918. It flew in at an open window and
settled on my arm while I was engaged in pinning some
captures. The genus Diazosma appears to me to be amply
distinct from T'richocera.

T. maculipennis Mg., has not, so far as I am aware,
occurred in Britain outside the lowlands of Scotland.

oY oe ae NE eT TS oth » Vm et
‘ eA Lye ty
fee cae ,

“hy
Nee
“ -

Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Iimnobiidae. 229
T. major sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 25).

A large, stoutly-built species, with entirely unspotted wings,
but very distinct from the other members of the plain-winged group.
Head blackish-grey ; ocelligerous tubercle unusually large. Antennae
in both sexes distinctly more elongate than usual, only the basal
segment of the flagellum somewhat swollen, especially in the female.
Thorax dark blackish-brown, scutellum and sometimes sides of
praescutum reddish-tinged. Abdomen uniformly dark; genital
segments lighter. Hypopygiwm as in fig. 25: the clasper without
basal tubercle; basal projections of side pieces forming a complete
bridge, which comes to a point in the middle; the paired appendages
of the aedoeagus (parameres?) very short. Ovipositor longer and
more slender than in the other British species, six times as long as
its greatest breadth. Legs rather stout, femora rather light brown
except towards the tips; tibiae darker; tarsi blackish. Wings
with a slight smoky tinge, in the female more yellowish. Sc, well
beyond the base of Rs, in some specimens as far as the length of
the discal cell; R, , , scarcely two-thirds as long as the basal section
of R,; cell M, much longer than its petiole; discal cell about twice
as long as broad. JHalteres rather longer than usual, entirely
ochreous in the female, knob somewhat darkened in the male.

Length of body, 3 6-7, 2 8-5 mm.; wing, f 7:5 X 2°8, 99 x 3:2
mm.

Type and two other males from Shefford, Beds., 17 xi. 1917
(Ff. W. E.); one other male from Shotover, Oxford,
14 ix. 1914 (A. H. Hamm); one female from Letchworth
Herts., 12 i. 1921 (F. W. #.).

T. rufescens sp. n.

Allied to 7’. fuscata and 7’. hiemalis, and perhaps only a variety
of one of them, but differs from both in the much redder thorax
and in the structure of the hypopygium. The claspers, as in 7’.
Suscaia, have no basal tubercle; the basal projections of the side-
pieces just touch in the mid-ventral line, but do not form a complete
bridge as in 7. hiemalis, and are rather differently shaped from
those of 7’. fuscata ; the curved parameres are very much shorter,
less curved and less sharply pointed than those of 7’. fuscata, being
shorter even than those of 7’. hiemalis. Length of body, 4 mm.;
wing, 5 mm.

There are two males in the British Museum from Lelant,
Cornwall, 28 viii. 1912 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury), and another in
the Cambridge Museum from Logie, Elgin (F. Jenkinson).

230 Mr. F. W. Edwards on British Limnobiidae.

The structure of the hypopygium will distinguish it from
the somewhat reddish variety of 7. fuscata which is not
uncommon.

T. parva Mcq. What I take to be this species has occurred
at Letchworth, Herts., and Shefford, Beds., and is probably
common elsewhere. It may be only a variety of 7. hiemalis,
but seems distinct by the characters given in the key.

Fic.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. Aanp II.

1. Dicranomyia halterella sp.n. Hypopygium : a, from below ;
b, from above.
2. Ke ventralis Schum. Claspers, from above.
3. Helius dubius sp. n. “1 Fi
4. » flavus (Walk.) ws ne
ay » pallirostris sp. n. oy “
6. Gonomyia recta Tonn. Hypopygium from above.
Tf < simplex Tonn. 18 A
8. Erioplera meijeret sp. n. Claspers.
9. 7s verralli sp. n. a
10. 3 nielseni Meij. R
11. Molophilus bifidus Goet. a, hypopygium from - side
(aedoeagus removed); 6b, aedoeagus.
12. e jlavus Goet. Hypopygium: a, from side,
b, from beneath.
13. 5 curvatus Tonn. Hypopygium, half from
beneath.
14. Ormosia aciculata sp.n. Hypopygium, half from beneath.
15. » albitibia sp. n. Claspers.
16. Crypleria carteri Tonn. (? = Neolimnophila ultima O.-8.)
Hypopygium from above.
17. Idioptera dalei sp. n. a, claspers; b, aedoeagus.
18. x apicata (Lw.). es 39 >
Lt) een mundata (Lw.). Claspers.
20. Hs marmorata (Mg.). 5;
21. Tricyphona schummeli sp.n. Hypopygium from above.
22. Ma unicolor Schum. - = >
23. a claripennis (Verr.). 3 “6 x
24. bd lucidipennis sp. n. 5 99 »
25. T'richocera major sp. n. " 99 ”

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate I.

BRITISH LIMNOBIIDAE: HYPOPYGIAL DETAILS.

Cd

Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond., 1921, Plate Ll,

BRITISH LIMNOBIIDAE: HYPOPYGIAL DETAILS.

a lt a ITA tty ha A el

Fed

.
e

6231).

V. The male genitalia of Merope tuber Newm. (Mecoptera).
By F. Murr.

[Read March 16th, 1921.]
Puate III.

Merope tuber is of interest to morphologists on account
of its synthetic characters. If Grylloblatta be considered
as an order, then Merope should also be given that status.
But I object to it in either case, for it places stress upon
certain minor differences and ignores important similarities.
For the same reason I object to the Heteroptera and
Homoptera being considered as two orders, as the funda-
mental characters upon which the order Hemiptera is
founded are the shape of the mouth-parts and their func-
tions, and these are absolutely similar and homogeneous
throughout both groups. If we do separate them, then it
follows logically that the Homoptera be divided into two
or three orders.

In Merope tuber the ninth tergite is produced into two
flat processes divided off from the base of the tergite by
a suture. The ninth sternite is produced in the middle
into a narrow process which curves upward. There is little
or no division between the tergite and sternite, and together
they form a complete ring. Below the bifurcate tergite
is the tenth segment in the form of a semi-membranous
tube with the anus at the apex. At the base of the anal
segment are the cerci. From between the projecting ninth
tergite and sternite, and ventrad or anterior to the anal
segment, arises the genitalia in the shape of a large pair
of forceps with a small copulatory organ between. The
forceps consist of a large basal piece (on each side, amal-
gamated at their bases), and an apical joint. If we con-
sider the base as the coxites of the ninth sternite, then
the apical portion would be the styles. On the dorsal
aspect the bases are joined together by a thick rim of
chitin, while on the ventral aspect they have a wide con-
nection, with a strengthening Y-shaped thickening of
chitin (fig. 4e), the forks of which surround the opening
where the copulatory organ is situated.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaARTS I, 11. (OCT.)

232 Mr. F. Muir on the Male genitalia of Merope tuber.

This organ (fig. 6) consists of two pairs of small processes,
an anterior or ventral pair (h) which are small and pointed
and have their bases continued as two membranous flaps (7).
There is a round sclerite (4) at the base of each of these
processes, to which is attached a long strut; the posterior
or dorsal pair are larger and rounded at apex (g). A strong
chitinous apodeme (/) connects these processes with a
strong, chitinous U-shaped body (f), which is attached to
the framework round the orifice in the fork of the coxites.
This internal structure gives attachment to the muscles
which actuate the organ. The opening of the ejaculatory
duct lies near the base of the anterior processes.

The penis of many insects is complex and our knowledge
so slight that to attempt to homologise the various parts
composing it is, at present, only a confession of faith and
not a statement of fact. In certain Homoptera (7. e.
Issidae, Ricanidae, Flatidae, Lophopidae), besides the
paired genital styles (and probably a second pair amal-
gamated with the pygofer in the Fulgorids but found free
in Tettigonidae, Membracidae and some Cercopidae), we
find a penis composed of three tubes one within the other.
The outer or the middle tube often bears complex appen-
dages. In Coleoptera and some Diptera (7. e. Tabanidae)
we find complex organs situated on the internal sac at the
opening of the ejaculatory duct. When discussing the
homologies of the penis it is therefore necessary to consider
all these structures.

Although the coxites and styles are greatly developed
in this species of Merope, the rest of the genitalia are not
so specialised as in many of the Mecoptera.

The coxites in this species would appear to be homo-
logous with the dorsal valvulae of the female ovipositor,
and the structure between them would then represent the
inner valvulae. It is this latter structure which apparently
undergoes such strange developments and forms the penis,
or entirely disappears and leaves a membrane on which
the ejaculatory duct opens.

I have to thank Dr. R. J. Tillyard for the pleasure of
dissecting this interesting insect. It is not every entomolo-
gist who would allow such a rare specimen to be cut up.

-
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate II.

é.
MALE GENITALIA OF MEROPE TUBER.

Bett) H a i Rat aa p= 195

Mr. F. Muir on the Male genitalia of Merope tuber. 233

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of last three abdominal segments with the
aedeagus dissected away.

. Dorsal view of same with aedeagus present.

. Ventral view of same.

. Ventral view of base of coxites.

. Dorsal view of same.

. Genitalia dissected from fork of coxites.

SO me Ww bO

a. Anus.
b. Torn membrane connecting aedeagus with body.
c. Cerci.
cx. Bilobe process of 9th tergite.
e. Y-shaped structure strengthening fork of coxites.
f. U-shaped structure.
g. dorsal or posterior processes.
h. Ventral or anterior processes.
i. Membranous flaps.
k. Round sclerite with strut.
I. Chitinous structure actuating organs.
m. Torn membrane connecting with Y of coxites.
8, 9, 10. Tergites.
viii, ix, x. Sternites.

Pass

VI. Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection, By
N. D. Rivey.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British
Museum.)
[Read March 16th, 1921.]

Puates [V—VII.

Ir was hoped when the collections formed by the late
Hereward Dollman in N.W. Rhodesia were presented to
the Museum that a catalogue of them would be published.
This project having seemingly fallen through, I have
thought it advisable to publish the following notes now,
hoping at a later date to be able to publish the much fuller
and more interesting notes contained in Dollman’s numerous
diaries, and to figure the larvae of which he made so many
extraordinarily good drawings.

Any remarks which I have taken direct from Dollman’s
MS. notes and diaries are placed in inverted commas in the
ensuing descriptions, etc. With regard to the species of
the genus Catochrysops, the new species contained in the
collection will shortly be described by Mr. G. T. Bethune-
Baker in a paper on that genus. They are therefore not
included here.

PAPILIONIDAE.

1. Papilio mackinnoni theodori, subsp. nov.
(Plate IV, fig. 1, 3; 2, 2.)

3, 9. Coloration and pattern as in P. m. mackinonni E. M. Sharpe,
but all the yellow spots forming the transverse band on forewing
larger; the three subapical ones only slightly larger, the remainder
at least half as long again, broader and more rectangular in shape,
Two yellow patches are present just beyond apex of cell, of about
the same size as the three subapical ones, and a smaller yellow spot
within cell against base of vein 5. The hind-wing macular band
in both sexes is almost exactly as in typical mackinonni, none of
the twin-spots being united in the g, the corresponding spots in
Q differing by being proximally more truncate and at the same
time rather larger. Below, the same differences hold good, the
macular band of hind-wing being in the 3g perhaps slighety
narrower than in typical ¢3 of mackinonni.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, I. (OCT.)

aie

Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 235

B.M. Type No. Bh. 050, 3, Solwezi, N.W.R. 14 i. 1918.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 051, 9, Solwezi, N.W.R. 1 iv. 1918.

In addition there are 14 gg and 1499 in B.M. taken by
Dollman in various localities in N.W. Rhodesia.

The series shows a fairly large amount of variation. In
one male the upper subapical and postcellular spots are
united, as also are the lower ones, whilst the middle sub-
apical spot is very large, but not quite united with either
of the others; in several the twin-spots of hind-wing band
are more or less united. In the females one specimen has
two large yellow spots in the cell distally, but this would
appear to be unusual, though many show a tendency to-
wards additional yellow markings in this area, and just
beyond end of cell, and also a tendency towards the union
of the subapical and postcellular spots as in the male
specimen referred to above.

Dollman states that he has “carefully examined the
type of P. mackinnoni benguellae, Roths.,” and that “it is
quite different from this race.”

PIERIDAE.
2. Mylothris riippellii Koch.

Pieris riippellia Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 88, 1865.
This species, judging by the series in the Dollman Coll.
and in the B.M., would appear to fall readily into several
geographical races.
(a) M. riippellit riippellii Koch.

Described by Koch as having the basal suffusion of hind-
wing of same colour as that of fore-wing. He only mentions
the male, and gives “ Abyssinia” as locality. No Abys-
sinian specimens in the B.M. agree with his definition. See
below.

(b) M. riippellit kikuyuensis Bart.

Mylothris riippellit, 2-form kikuyuensis Bartel, Nov. Zool.
xii, p. 150, 1905.

This name is best applied to the form occurring through-
out the greater part of Br. E. Africa, Uganda and the
Kilimanjaro District, although first described by Bartel

_from the female only. It is characterised in both sexes by

the redness of the basal suffusion of fore-wing, which thus

S oe ee ee OO ee ee ee.

a ate ng PE tats « E
.
:

contrasts strongly, more particularly in the male, with the
yellow of the hind-wing. ‘Typical females have the hind-
wing yellow basal suffusion largely replaced by the same
red, but seldom completely so, The margial markings
are rarely very heavy.

45 3g, 24 99 in B.M. from Kikuyu (typical Jf and 29),
Nyeri, Sotik, 8.E. slopes of Mt. Kenia, 8. Kavirondo, Nandi
Plateau, 8. slope. of Mt. Elgon, Yala R., Njoro, Eastern
Mbale, Mt. Kokanjero, Taveta, Old Moschi, ete.

On Mt. Kenia the normal male seems to be almost entirely
replaced by

236 Mr. N. P ritey’s Notes on

M. r. kikuyuensis, 3-form kenia, f£. nov.

in which the ground-colour of both wings above is a delicate
lemon-yellow instead of being white, and a trace of red is
present in the yellow hind-wing basal patch. In all other
respects it resembles typical males of kikuyuensis.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 052,’ 3, S.E. slopes of Mt. Kenia,
6000-7000 ft., 4 11. 1911 (S. A. Neave). In the B.M. there
are in addition eight other $¢ taken with the type, and one
¢§ from Godeb River, Abyssinia, 25 iv. 1902 (Wegen).

M. r. kikuyuensis, Q-form kaffana, f. nov. (Plate V,
fig. 3).

In this form of the female the wings are semi-transparent,
the basal suffusions of both wings are very faint on the
upper surface, though present; almost absent on hind-wing,
present and practically normal on fore-wing, below.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 053, 9, Inderatcha Forest, at Bonga,
Kafla, Abyssinia, 6050 ft., 4 vi. 1905 (Ph. Zaphiro) ; another
2, Kafia, Abyssinia, 1909 (C. W. Gwynn).

This form of the female is very close to some female
examples of M. erlangert Pagenstecher, from Abyssinia.
So close in fact as to lead one to think that erlangeri itself
may be only an extreme yellow race of riippellit.

(c) M. riippellit rhodesiana, subsp. nov.
(Plate V, fig. 1 g, 2 2.)

6. With fore-wing basal suffusion much paler orange—no sug-
gestion of red. Marginal markings heavier than in preceding
subspecies.

9. Basal suffusion of all wings the same colour, dull, pale orange,
much duller than in 3, extending beyond cell in both wings, tingeing .
the whole of interspaces la, 1b, 2 and parts of the others, also form-

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 237

ing a faint border in which are set the marginal spots on fore-wing :
in hind-wing suffusing the whole, more faintly towards the margins,
the distal parts of veins remaining whitest. Marginal markings
heavy, apical black interrupted by two longitudinal yellowish
streaks. Below, the orange suffusion of fore-wing extends to little
more than basal half of wing, remainder white, seven marginal spots
small. Hind-wing below with basal orange streaks in area 8 and
faint suffusion of pale orange in and below cell, remainder white,
marginal spots as above.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 054, g, N.W. Rhodesia, Kashitu,
un. 1915 (H. C. Dollman).

B.M. Type No. Rh. 055, 9, Solwezi, mi. 1917 (H. C.
Dollman.)

Kashitu and Solwezi (H. C. Dollman); Kambove, Katanga,
Congo, 3 gg (S. A. Neave); Nyasaland, between Katunga
and Mandala, 3 3, Blantyre, 2 J, 1 9, Zomba, 1 9; Angola,
Chibokive country, 1 ¢.

This very distinct form is characteristic of Northern
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, extending to the Katanga District
of Belgian Congo and to Angola. - It is on the whole
decidedly a larger insect than the Uganda and E. African
race, more heavily marked and much paler. One ¢ from
the Itumba District of German E. Africa, in B.M.,is m my
opinion referable to this race.

(d) MW. riippellit haemus Trimen.
Pieris haemus Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 342.

This, the better known 8. African race, is characterised
in the males by having the basal suffusion of fore-wings of a
rather brick-red shade, more nearly resembling that in
typical riippelliz, the same colour to a large extent suffusing
the yellow hind-wing basal area as well; in the females by
the far greater (sometimes complete) and basally rather
redder suffusion of all wings above and by the fore-wing
apical black patch not being broken up in any way.

Mashonaland 5 $¢,3 99; ‘“‘ Zambesi” 14; ‘* Kaffraria ”
es

3. Mylothris dollmani, sp. nov.

(Plate V, figs. 4-6.)

3. Upperside. Both wings pure white. Fore-wing basal third
(mainly owing to underside coloration showing through) very faintly

al

238 Mr. N. D. Riley’s Notes on

yellowish-pink, sprinkled proximally with grey scales. Interspace
12 black, thickly sprinkled with grey scales, the black continuing
narrowly along costa, widening at vein 10 to form a black apical
patch the inner edge of which joins the top of black marginal spot
at end of vein 5. This spot about 2-2 mm. in diameter. Similar
spots present at ends of veins 4, 3, 2 and 1, decreasing in size, the
one at end of vein 1 very small. Hind-wing with similar slight
basal suffusion, tinged with yellow at base of interspace 7. Black
marginal spots present at ends of veins 1b—6, those at ends of
2,3 and 4 twice the size of the others, about equal in size to the
one at end of vein 4 of fore-wing.

Underside. Both wings pure white. Fore-wing base orange,
filling the proximal halves of interspaces 10 and 11 (but not 12),
the cell as far as discocellulars, a small triangular area at base of
interspace 2 and base of 16 level with this. Costa white. A black
spot at the end of every vein including 10, 11, 12 and 1. Apical
black of upperside shows through slightly. Hind-wing similarly
orange at base, the orange filling area 8 of same colour as fore-
wing, remainder filling 7, the cell as far as discocellulars, base of 2,
basal half of lc and faintly colouring bases of la, 1b and 6, paler.
Marginal spots as above.

Body with a well-defined lateral sulphur-yellow stripe.

Length of fore-wing 3-1 cm.

2. Upperside. Fore-wing white, the cell, and areas la, 1b and 2
filled with pale ochreous; 3, 4 and 5 with a wide central streak of
same colour, but paler, leaving the areas immediately alongside the
veins white; 9, 10 and 11 also faintly ochreous. Black markings
as in g, but spots at ends of vein rather larger. Basal grey scaling
heavier. Hind-wing rich ochreous, paler in areas la, b and c.
Marginal spots as in 3, but rather larger, fringes white between the
marginal spots.

Underside. Fore-wing white, suffused with rich ochreous, exactly
corresponding with pale ochreous areas of upperside. Veins
distally white. Black markings as in g. Hind-wing as above, but
of richer ochreous, and having veins white or whitish.

Body laterally with less well-defined sulphur yellow stripe than
in 3.

Length of fore-wing 3-1 cm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 056, g, N.W. Rhodesia, Solwezi, iti.
1917 (H. C. Dellman).
B.M. Type No. Rh. 057, 2, N.W. Rhodesia, Solwezi,

i XO tia C. Dollman).

-,
4

a

a
> —
Piatt:
Oe ee eee

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 239

M. dollmani, ° form flavida, f. nov.
(Plate V, fig. 6.)

A form of the female in which the ochreous coloration
has entirely displaced the white of fore-wing above and
confined it below to an area approximately corresponding
with that of the black apical patch of upperside.

B.M. Type No. 058, 9, N.W. Rhodesia, Solwezi, 14 i.
1918 (H. C. Dollman).

In addition there are 12 gg, 10 99 in B.M. (Dollman
Coll.) from the same locality, all taken during Jan.—April
1917 or 1918, also 1 2 from Lualaba Valley, Kansanshi,
N.W. Rhodesia, in Coll. Adams in B.M.

This very distinct species bears a strong superficial
resemblance to M. agathina Cram., but the white apical
area of underside of fore-wing separates it at once. Doll-
man, though separating the species in his collection, does
not refer to it in his MS. notes. Judging by the perfection
of the specimens in his series the majority would seem to
have been bred.

SATYRIDAE.
4, Myealesis cooksoni latior, f. nov.
(Plate IV, fig. 3 3, 4,9.)

Druce’s description and figure (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1905, p. 251) are taken from a male of the dry-season form.
In the wet-season form the insect is of a rather richer and
deeper coloration and slightly smaller. The subapical
yellowish band of fore-wing above is much paler and wider,
in the male extending as far as,in the female often beyond,
the small ocellus in area 5, and terminating squarely
at vein 3. On the underside the differences are what one
would expect, 7. e. an almost entire absence of striation,
the ocelli all well developed, the pale yellow markings more
developed, the basal halves of the wings evenly dark grey-
brown, cell markings almost absent. It seems best to
name this ocellate form (= f. latior), but it is obviously to
be considered only the wet-season form of cooksoni.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 138: g, 139 9, Solwezi, i. 1917
(H. C. Dollman).

, +. s a © ow he, Le
a “J od ae re) aes
DRS ey

-
240 Mr. N. D. Riley’s Notes on

5. Mycalesis saussurei suffusa, subsp. nov.

3 2. Differ from typical saussurei Dewitz, by being
entirely deficient of the transverse white band of the upper
side of both wings. The position of this is indicated in the
fore-wing by a slightly paler area; in the hind-wing hardly
at all, the ground-colour having entirely displaced it. In
addition the ocelli on fore-wing above are more in evidence
than in the typical form, and the edge of the basal brown
area of both wings below is straighter and encroaches more
on the transverse white band, this latter and the remainder
of markings of underside being otherwise typical.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 058, g, N.W. Rhodesia, Solwezi, 11
iv. 1918 (H. C. Dollman).

B.M. Type No. Rh. 059, 9, N.W. Rhodesia, Solwezi,
11 iv. 1918 (7. C. Dollman).

In addition 11 $3 from same locality. The specimens
referred to by Neave (P. Z.8. 1910, p. 10)—of which there
are 2 $3, 2 99 in B.M. from “150 miles W. of Kambove ”—
belong to this form. They do, however, show rather more
definite indications of the transverse white band of upper-
side than do Dollman’s specimens.
as Only found in forest country adjacent to the Solwezi

iver.”

6. Henotesia perspicua Trimen.

Mycalesis perspicua Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1873, p. 104.

This species is represented by three forms :—

(a) H. perspicua f. birsha Hew (= victorina, Westw.).

Represented by six males taken between 31st January
and 9th February 1917, at Mwengwa during the rains.
They are of a very pronounced wet-season type. “* Absent
from Solwezi District.”

(b) H. perspicua f. perspicua Trim.
Represented by eight males and four females all of one
form, a more or less intermediate seasonal form, and taken
near the Solwezi River between 24th Feb. and 13th April
1917, except for one specimen taken on Ist October 1917.
These periods correspond, as far as I can ascertain, with the
end and the beginning of the rains respectively.

er

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 241

(c) H. perspicua f. simonsi Butler.

Of this there are six males and nine females taken ‘at
Mwengwa in August 1913 and in the Lukange Valley,
Kashitu, in September 1915. Not seen at Mwengwa.”
Dollman goes on to say in his MS. notes that he “ agrees
with Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 562) and Neave
(P. Z.S. London, 1910, p. 10) that simonsi is the dry-season
form of perspicua. The two localities” in which it was
found “were very dry river valleys—of the Kafue and
the Lukanga. Seeing that perspicua was not taken at
Mwengwa, but that the closely allied form birsha was, the
Mwengwa simons: are probably seasonal forms of the
latter.”

An examination of the dates of capture of these three
forms, and the form ¢eratia, Karsch (a form intermediate
between perspicua and simonsi), all occurring in N.W.
Rhodesia and Katanga, shows that (1) in the middle of
the rainy season (Jan—Ieb.) only birsha occurs, (2) at
the beginning of the rains (Oct—Nov.) and again at the
end (Feb.—March) only perspicua occurs, (3) from March—
July teratia is the predominant form, and (4) during July,
August and Sept., the hottest and driest months, only
sumonst occurs. There is very little overlapping in the
series in the British Museum. _ These facts and the impos-
sibility of fixing on any character—other than obvious
seasonal characteristics—by means of which to separate
these so-called species, point fairly conclusively to their
being all forms of one and the same species, of which the
oldest name is perspicua Trimen.

NYMPHALIDAE.
NYMPHALINAE.
7. Charaxes etheocles Cram.

P. etheocles Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, p. 34, pl.119, figs. D.£., 1777.
(Plate VI, figs. 1-3.)

With regard to this and the next species I think it best
to quote the whole of Dollman’s very interesting MS. notes.
The series of the two species were exhibited at the Entomo-
logical Society of London on 4th December, 1918, and a
short account of them occurs in the Proceedings of the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, II. (OCT.) RB

242 Mr. N. D. Riley’s Notes on

Society, p. clxxvi, 1918. They are again referred to in
the same publication, p. Ixxv, 1919.

In Dollman’s MS. notes there occurs the following with
regard to etheocles. “ This is a common and widely dis-
tributed species in N.W. Rhodesia. The males were taken
at Mwengwa (rare); Mumbwa; Kashitu (abundant) and
throughout the Solwezi sub-district. The first female
was taken at damp mud by the Lukanga R., Kashitu—a
typical specimen of the f. manica Trimen. Several females
caught at Solwezi, mostly at bad bananas, a few drinking
(rather unusual in females of Rhopalocera) and some at
sap. The males seen in numbers at decomposing animal
matter—one of the most readily attracted of all Charazes
by this lure.

“Larvae found in January—July and in October, mostly
on musasi, a kind of acacia, but one on musubo and one on
kafundula, the latter both ‘Leguminous trees. Not found
in such numbers as the next species, though by far the
commoner in the perfect state, probably on account of the
profusion of the musasi trees, which are tall and slender
and mostly very inaccessible. One larva which pupated
3 vil. 1917, emerged 31 vii. 1917—28 days.”

The series contains 20 $3, all of the g-form cytila Roths-
child, 19 99 of the 9-form manica Trimen, 1 Q of 9-form
phaeus Hew., and the dates of capture or emergence cover
the months Feb. April, July, August and December, but
Dollman speaks of having ‘both bred and caught speci-
mens taken throughout the year,” and states that they
show “‘ little seasonal variation.”’ Those of the wet season,
however, are more heavily and richly marked on the under-
side than are the dry-season specimens.

8. Charaxes fulgurata Aurivillius.
Ch. fulgurata Auriv., Rhop. Aethiopica, p. 236, 1898.
(Plate VI, figs. 4 and 5.)

“A much more restricted species than the preceding ;
only found at Solwezi, about 100 miles from the Katanga
boundary: Very few imagines caught—mostly at fruit,
both sexes. It would seem to be very little attracted by
animal matter, differing markedly in this from C. etheocles.

“The larva was always found on kabulwebulwe, a species
of acacia, usually several on a shrub. Although when fully
grown this makes a magnificent and beautiful tree, it is

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 243

rarely met with except as a small and easily searched shrub.
Many hundreds of larvae were obtained in this way—such
of the larger trees as were searched gave no results what-
ever.”

In the larval state the two species may be readily differ-
entiated by their heads. In fulgurata the cephalic horns
are long, rather pointed and broadly red-brown at apex;
in etheocles they are “ short and blunt’; and further, in
etheocles “all the larvae had the median pair of small
points [between the larger cephalic horns] light yellow,”
whilst in fulgurata they “ are always black or very dark.”

“ The larvae were found during every month of the year
except August, during which month the kabulwebulwe is
leafless. The eggs are laid on the upper surface of the
leaves. The pupal stage lasts from three weeks to a month.”

This species has hitherto usually been considered a form
of etheocles. But the two species occur together, and are
readily separable without fear of confusion. The chief
points in which the male of fulgurata differs from that of
etheocles are : the rather lighter, bluer shade of the blue-green
ground-colour, the size of the two subapical spots—much
larger and more crescentic in fulgurata than im any race
of etheocles—the fusion of the submarginal dark green spots
with the marginal strip of the same colour, and the length
and conspicuousness of the internervular marginal pale
lines. Dewitz gives an excellent figure of the male in Nov.
Act. Ac. N. Cur., Vol. 50, t. 17, f. 10 (1887), under the name
of C. ephyra var. The size and shape of the two subapical
spots and the submarginal and marginal markings of the
female correspond very closely to those of the male and
serve to distinguish it readily from females of C. etheocles.
All the females obtained by Dollman correspond to the
phaeus form of C@. etheocles, and may be known as 9 f. mima,
form nov. (B.M. Type No. Rh. 060 9). I see no reason
to suppose that the female figured by Dewitz (l.c.), and
having a white band to the fore-wing, is not also a female of
this species. The marginal markings are identical with those
of 2 f. mima, and by no means those of C. etheocles, 2 f.
mamca Trim. This form has been named f. lunigera
Roths., Nov. Zool. vii, p. 488, 1900.

Further evidence of the distinctness of C. etheocles and
C. fulgurata lies in the particulars as to differences in the
larvae, food-plants and imaginal habits given by Dollman.
And, in addition, a series of preparations of the genitalia

244 Mr. we ® Ritey’s Noles on

shows a constant difference in the form of the penis. In
C. fulgurata the large toothed ridge just distal from the
bend is replaced by a slight toothed swelling. This differ-
ence was at first thought to be individual, but it is actually
constant in all the specimens examined.

16 33, 15 99, i. iv—vill. x. Solwezi.

9. Precis actia Dist., forms, actia Dist., and fureata,
R. and J., and

10. Precis pelarga Fab. f. leodice Cram.

It is interesting to note that Dollman was convinced of
the specific distinction of these two species, which had
always been considered one until separated by Rothschild
and Jordan (Noy. Zool. x, p. 516, 1903). He regarded the
commoner species however (P. actia Dist.) to be P. pelarga
and thought this latter a new species. His females of
P. pelarga f. leodice are of the more unusual form which
resembles the male in coloration and is quite devoid of any
trace of bluish or white suffusion of the yellow band on
both wings. A character which may be of some use to help
to separate these two species is the shape of the outer edge
of the basal black area of the fore-wing. In P. actia it is,
as a rule, mach more crenulate, especially posteriorly, than
in P. pelarg ga; it nearly always runs in an even curve in
areas 2 and 3 in P. pelarga, but is interrupted on vein 3 im
P. actia. The only certain guide, however, is the shape of
the clasper in the male, as indicated by Rothschild and
Jordan (l.c.).

ACRAEINAE.
11. Acraea welwitsehi Rogenh.
Acraea welwitschi Rogenh., Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien. 42, p. 573.
(a) A. welwitschi lutea, subsp. noy.
(Plate V, fig. 7.)

A series of 11 3g from Mutema’s in the Lukanga Valley,
Kashitu, taken during August 1917, exhibits little variation.
They are nearest to the subsp. lobemba Hltr., but differ
constantly in having the fore-wing apical and hind marginal
black restricted to about half the width, in having a
generally paler ground-colour, with distinct ochreous tinge
in the fore-wing discal area, and very slightly more pro-
nounced white in discal area of hind-wing.

Pe sie eM oe ae yeasts
. i , we ts

.

- the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 245

B.M. Type No. Bh. 063, 3, Mutema, Lukanga Valley,
Kashitu, N.W. Rhodesia, 10 vii. 1918 (H. C. Dollman).

Length of fore-wing 3:1 cm.—some specimens a good deal
smaller.

(b) A. welwitscht nivea, subsp. nov.
(Plate V, fig. 8.)

1 3 (B.M. Type No. Rh. 064) from Solwezi, August 1917
H. C. Dollman, differs considerably from the preceding.
The black basal area of fore-wing does not nearly reach
vein 2; the spot on discocellulars is minute; the black
costal mark beyond is narrow, and only reaches vein 5,
being followed by a small separate spot in area 4; ground-
colour and margins as in A. w. lutea. The hind marginal
border of hind-wing is very broad, reaching nearly to edge
of cell in areas 3 and 4 particularly, where it gives place
to white, which extends in an almost rectangular patch from
inner margin to vein 6, and in the cell nearly reaches the
base of vein 7; basal black of hind-wing of normal extent ;
remainder of areas 5, 6, 7 and 8 of normal salmon-pink
coloration.

T should have hesitated to add another name to the burden
of this species on an examination of a single specimen,
were it not that Dollman says that “it is common in wood-
land parts of the Solwezi District and that all the speci-
mens were similar to the one (the type) in his collection;
of those caught there was little, if any, variation.”

12. Acraea guillemei Oberth.

A. guillemei Oberth., Etudes d’Ent. xvii, p. 19, 1893.
A. diogenes Suffert, D. E. Z. Iris, xvu, p. 114, 1904, 9.
A. acutipennis Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 3, 1906, ¢.
A. lactea Neave, P.Z.8., p. 20, 1910, 9.

“2 $3 taken 30 xii. 1917 at Solwezi, one actually in copula
with a 2 diogenes, Suff., and the other in close attendance
on the pair, seem to furnish conclusive evidence as to the
specific identity of these two named forms. The analysis
of the spots, particularly of the hind-wings, confirms this.
In addition 3. 29; xu. 1917,* and 1-9, 1.1918, also: at
Solwezi. Probably a woodland jspecies and not met with
elsewhere.”’

246 Mr. se Riley’s Notes on

LYCAENIDAE.
THECLINAE.
13. * Hypolycaena japhusa, sp. nov.
(Plate VIT, figs. 9 and 10.)

9. Upperside, fore-wing : Ground colour pale grey, apical third
beyond a line from origin of vein 7 to anal angle considerably darker
grey; a broad crescent-shaped white band from apex of cell to inner
margin, broadest at vein 2 and including distal part of cell, the edges
shading gradually into ground colour, about 4 mm. broad at inner
margin; the discocellulars grey. Hind-wing : the bases of areas la,
1b, lc, 2 and 4 and the whole of areas 5, 6, 7 and 8 of same grey as
ground colour of fore-wings, remainder white, the markings of under-
side repeated faintly, except the black marginal spot in area 2,
which is heavier above than below.

Underside, both wings: pure white. Fore-wing: discocellulars
very faintly marked with grey, discal band dull brown, rather
interrupted, submarginal and marginal bands very fine and faint.
Hind-wing : discal yellow band very narrow and considerably
broken, finely black-edged interiorly, sharply angled in le thence
to inner margin at extremity of vein la; submarginal band very
faint and cloudy, the marginal] line very fine and well defined;
anal black spot small, surmounted by yellowish scales inwardly,
metallic blue outwardly ; marginal black spot in area 2 surrounded
on the inner side by pale ochreous; no spot in area 7.

Length of fore-wing, 15-5 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 065, 9, 27 viii. 1915, Yiafusa R. (a
tributary of the Lukanga River), near Kashitu, N.W.
Rhodesia (H. C. Dollman).

This may prove to bea form of H. hatita Hew., with which
it agrees completely as to the arrangement of its underside

* Since writing the above Mr. Talbot has found what we consider
to be the male of this species in the Witley Museum, and has kindly
furnished me with the following short description :—

3 Upperside resembling hatita Hew., and ugandae Sharpe.
Hindwing with white submarginal spot in 3 strongly developed,
the two in 4 and 5 indistinct. Underside as in Uganda form, with
thinner and straighter post-discal lines.

Length of fore-wing, 15 mm.

Hab.—Kikura River, Lufira Valley, S.E. Congo, 14 v. 1919, 1g
allotype. In addition 1 9, 5 iv. 1919, same locality; and 1 2 from
Buluo River, Lufira Valley, May 1919; all collected by T. A. Barns.

dom. Deny Nagat)
;

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 247

markings, though differing in the size of them. This,

and the large white central area of fore-wing and the white

posterior half of hind-wing readily separate it from normal
H. hatita, specimens of which are in the B.M. from Kam-
bove, Katanga, in the Belgian Congo, just north of N.W.
Rhodesia.. A very similar form occurs in Uganda (H.
ugandae K. M. Sharpe, Entom. 1904, p. 203).

14. *Spindasis cynica, sp. nov.
(Plate VII, figs. 11 and 12.)

Q. Upperside, fore-wing: the disc of wing ochreous, costa and
hind margin very broadly black, the ochreous colour extending
partly into distal half of cell and filling approximately the upper
half of area 2. Four heavy black marks are conspicuous in the discal
ochreous area, viz. across cell end, in area 5 midway between cell
end and hind margin, in area 4 distally, and across proximal part
of area 3 and central part of area 2, this last spot produced in fact
towards anal angle, where it joins the marginal border and forms
a large dark area. A light blue suffusion covers most of the proximal
half of the wing, but does not extend much into cell anteriorly.
Fringes white, spotted with black at the ends of the veins. Hind-
wing : dark grey-brown, costal area and an oblong spot extending
from vein 3 to vein 5, rather nearer margin than cell, and a broad
ill-defined sub-marginal band, all darker. Marginal border narrow
and black. Abdominal area light grey. A light blue suffusion as in
fore-wing extends from base to tornus, but does not extend to costal,

* As in the case of the preceding species, I am here again indebted
to Mr. Talbot for a description of the male of this species, which we
have both examined.

3. Upperside blackish-brown. Fore-wing with a pale ochreous
patch outside the cell in cellules 4 and 5, an indistinct spot of similar
colour in the cell, a small spot at base of 3, and a larger one below
it in 2; proximal three-fourths of cellule 1b pale blue, extending
into the base of 2 and lower basal part of cell, also slight blue scaling
below the submedian. Hind-wing with slightly paler areas indicating
obscure dark marginal band and a post-discal spot. Inner margin

rey.
‘ Undelsit markings as in the female.

Length of fore-wing, 15 mm.

Expanse, 32 mm.

Hab. Kikura River, Lufira Valley, S.E. Congo, 5 v. 1919 (7. A.
Barns), 1 3, allotype, in Coll. Joicey.

248 Mr. v& Riley’s Notes on

terminal or abdominal areas, and is partly obscured by a profusion
of long pale grey hair-seales. Tails black, their extremities white,
each with a small ochreous spot at origin. Fringes as in fore-wing.

Underside, both wings: creamy white with numerous black-
edged silvery markings; fringes as above. Fore-wing: a small
basal spot black, and a black sub-basal spot anteriorly filled with
silver, within cell, both irregular in outline. A black costal streak
runs from base and ends abruptly, level with the sub-basal
cell-spot. An anteriorly broader black-edged irregular silvery bar
across centre of cell from costa to vein 2. The base of wing below
the cell and as far as this bar black. Beyond cell are three costal
spots, also silvery, the first joined to the similar bar across cell end,
the second free, and the third inwardly and posteriorly joined to a
similar spot most of which lies in area 5. ‘There is a similar some-
what crescentic apical spot, and another dumb-bell-shaped one mostly
in area 4 below, external to and touching that mentioned as being
mostly in area 5. Marginally in area 4 is a large subquadrate black
spot barely touched with silver. A broad black band, only silvery
anteriorly, runs from just above vein 4 to tornus and is twice angled
in its course. The narrow black marginal line is preceded by a
double row of fine wide V-shaped black marks. Hind-wing : similar,
heavy, silvery, black-edged spots to those of fore-wing are present
basally and costally, namely, a large circular one in area 7, touching
the dark basal mark, and two distally, oblong, also in area 7, partly
joined together and joining a similar one between them in area 6.
The cell contains a round black basal spot and an irregular silvery
central one, and has a silver bar across discocellulars edged with
brown, not black. The bases of areas la, b and ¢ are occupied by
mottled brown and black with some silver distally. Between these
and the marginal markings, which latter are as in fore-wing, the
bulk of the surface is occupied by irregular silver bands and spots
which are narrowly edged with black or brown, and are apparently
produced by the coalescence of discal and subdiscal bands. The
anal angle bears a clear black spot, and the tails are as above.

Antennae black, proximally ringed with white. Head above grey,
below creamy yellow; palpi above black, below creamy yellow.
Thorax and body above dark grey with bluish tinge, below pale grey,
the latter striped Jaterally with white at each segment.

Length of fore-wing, 18°5 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 142, 9, Solwezi, v. 1917,

This distinct species, of which unfortunately only the
one specimen was obtained, is nearest to Spindasis iza Hew.,
S. menelas H. H. Druce, and S. crustaria Holl., but is
readily separable from all of them.

OREY NAPE RP on a Pe ae

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 249

15. Aphnaeus affinis, sp. nov.
(Plate VII, figs. 7 and 8.)

3g. Upperside, both wings; rich reddish-brown with faint coppery
reflections, the veins, especially towards costa, black: hind margins
with a fairly even very dark brown band, about 1 mm. wide. Fore-
wing: areas 8, 9 and 10 entirely black, a small dark grey area at
base of area la: an oval central spot in cell, a larger irregular one
at cell end, a smaller rather indistinct one in area 1b below origin
of vein 2, and a discal row of five smaller ones, the upper two at least
black-edged, in areas 3-7, the lower ones very indistinct, the central
one of the series only slightly displaced outwardly, all brownish-
yellow: fringes brown. Hind-wing : no other markings, anal lobe
purplish-brown, tail brown, fringes slightly whitish posteriorly.

Underside, both wings: ground-colour purplish grey-brown with
numerous large yellow spots. Fore-wing: area 12 almost entirely
ochre-yellow, a subquadrate basal cell spot, a large oblong spot
across the centre and large irregular spot across end of cell from just
beneath costa and extending into area 3, the last two joined or almost
joined by a small triangular spot in base of area 2, all of same
colour; a discal band of yellow spots as above, but larger and
with all spots well defined and, like those already mentioned, out-
lined with ferrugineous brown; area 1b contains a small basal
spot and two very large irregular spots beyond, paler posteriorly,
all three more or less confluent and partly outlined with blackish ;
a subterminal row of darker reddish-brown subtriangular spots;
inner margin pale yellowish. Hind-wing: basal spots in areas
la and 8, followed by a series of four large oval spots in la, 1c, the
cell and 7, that in le much displaced outwardly; a large irregular
spot at cell end; a discal series of nine spots in a semicircle from
area 8 to 10, the spot in le being split to form 2; of the series count-
ing from costa, the 2nd (the largest) and the 4th and 5th (the smallest,
except the 6th) are beyond and the 8th slightly before the others,
the 2nd and 3rd more or less confluent, and also the 6th to 9th; this
series is followed by a subterminal series of basally contiguous sub-
triangular rather darker yellow spots; a small crimson spot and some
bluish scaling at anal lobe.

Antennae purplish, yellow-tipped; head and collar purplish to
bronze—no yellow or grey; eyes, except above, broadly encircled
with white; palpi below white, distally brown, the terminal joint
purple; from above purple, the terminal joint black. Thorax and
abdomen above covered with long fine bronze-green hairs; below,
white. Legs, Ist pair interiorly purple, outwardly white, others

4 the reverse, with less white.

Length of fore-wing, 17 mm.

250 Mr. N.& Ritey’s Notes on

B.M. Type No. Rh. 066, 3, Chanteli R., Solwezi, viii.
1917 (H. C. Dollman).

Three further $3 from same locality, 1 g Chipupushi R.,
Solwezi, 22 vin. 1917. They show considerable variation
in the amount of confluence of the underside yellow ochre
markings. They are, however, constantly separable from
A. erikssoni by many small details such as the absence
of spots in hind-wing above, the position of central spot
of discal band of fore-wing below and of the 2nd spot in
the discal series of hind-wing below. The collar, too,
between head and thorax in A. erikssoni is dark grey or
black, the head yellowish and underside of thorax and body
yellowish—all different from A. affinis.

1 3 from Lukanga R., 7 ix. 1915, which undoubtedly
belongs to this species, is rather paler above and, below,
has all the yellow markings much reduced, the smaller spots
being entirely absent, and the others only half the normal
size on the average, giving the insect a very different general
appearance,

16. Aloeides molomo mumbuensis, subsp. nov.
(Plate VIT, figs. 3-6.)

3. Upperside, both wings: orange-yellow with large dark grey-
brown areas. Fore-wing: hind margin broadly black from costa
to inner margin, 3 mm. broad anteriorly, 4 mm. broad on inner
margin, a large subquadrate darker area at cell end from costa
almost to vein 4, joining the hind marginal band on costa and
divided from it along remainder of its outer edge by a strip about
1 mm. wide of the orange ground-colour. Hind-wing: a similar
spot in the same position, but reaching hind margin throughout, not
extending beyond vein 4, a certain amount of black scaling between
it and base of wing, and also in areas la and 1b, principally distally ;
margin narrowly black, having a crenate appearance. Fringes of
both wings dark grey chequered with lighter.

Underside, fore-wing: pale greyish ochreous, a narrow orange
stripe in cell and broader ones in areas 1b, 2 and 3; two black, silver-
centred spots in cell, and double one on discocellulars, a discal row
of six black spots inwardly silver edged, commencing with 2 in area
1b, the fifth very much beyond the series; a seventh obsolete spot
above the series and 2 in 16 on inner side of those in series; a similar
regular series of subterminal spots all but the lower three obsolescent ;
a marginal series of minute dark points; fringes as above. Hind-
wing : ground-colour the same; basal area cloudily purplish-brown

~

oy

® Py) SQ
budis eimegcieinen

Me UR se ae eS a a Gee a : ; ;
we RS aja a os ame :
e gh he, ; F

z

i

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 251

followed by paler area; discal area similar, marginal area much paler ;
numerous rather brassy metallic spots, namely one basal one in cell,
a sub-basal series of 4, a series consisting of 2 large spot on disco-
cellulars and one each in 16 and 1c, and two discal series, each of
eight sometimes almost obsolete spots, the outer series regular,
the inner series with the 2nd, 4th and 6th spots (counting from costa)
well beyond the others; a marginal series of grey spots.

. The same but with ground-colour slightly paler.

Length of fore-wing, ¢ 14 mm., 2 15 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 067, 3, 068, 9. Both from Mumbwa,
1 ix. 1913 (A. C. Dollman).

Readily separable from typical A. molomo by the division
of the black costal area from the reduced hind marginal
border by the ground-colour in fore-wing and by the restric-
tion of black markings of hind-wing to the area above vein
4. Below, the hind-wing is more evenly mottled in appear-
ance. The narrow black border to the hind-wing above is
very much as in A. damarensis, which is probably a local
race of the same species.

In addition 4 gg, 3 22 same date and locality. “ Very
local, being only found on one part of the plains in front
of the Boma; often settling on the red-brown soil, some-
times on flowers.”

17. Aloeides griseus, sp. nov.
(Plate VII, figs. 1 and 2.)

3. Upperside, both wings : darkish grey-brown, with faint brassy
reflections, fringes obscurely chequered with slightly paler greyish.
Fore-wing : avery faint lighter mark on the discocellulars and indica -
tions of a submarginal series of oblong paler markings. Hind-wing :
indications of a similar but even fainter series of submarginal spots,
particularly posteriorly; margin rather dentate.

Underside, both wings : same colour as above, densely sprinkled
with lighter, yellowish scales; the arrangement of spots the same
as in preceding species. Fore-wing: the white, hardly metallic
parts of spots very conspicuous, the submarginal series more even,
marginal series barely traceable. Hind-wing: many of the spots
hardly traceable, remainder brassy-yellow and very indistinct, not
metallic.

Q. Similar in all respects, but the markings heavier. Upperside,
fore-wing : the marginal series represented by a diffuse paler band.
Hind-wing : the same represented by a wavy ill-defined band. The
fringes more distinctly chequered.

\ ~

252 Mr. v® Riley’s Notes on

Underside, both wings: the ground-colour clearer, yellow, not
having such a grey appearance. Fore-wing: all spots heavier,
larger and brighter. Hind-wing : the spots all better defined, by
means of their darker edges, larger, but not brighter.

Length of fore-wing, 3 18 mm., 2 19 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 069, 3, 070, 2, 22 vii. 1917. Sol-
wezi, N.W. Rhodesia (H. C. Dollman).

“This species would seem to be on the wing only after
the veldt fires; then, owing to its obscure smoky colour,
and constant habit of settling on the bare soil or burned
grass roots, it is very inconspicuous.”

Some specimens show a very slight yet distinct reddish-
brown tinge in the hind-wings below. The species is
nearest to A. orthrus Trim., but readily separable from that
by its larger size and the grey, not orange, colour of the
underside of the fore-wings; the females, too, are devoid
of orange markings on the upperside.

1 3, 3 ix. 1913, 1 9, 13 ix. 19138, Mumbwa; 2 39, 3 99,
22 viii. 1917, Solwezi (including type $9).

HESPERIDZ.
18. Sarangesa neavei, sp. nov.
(Plate VII, fig. 13.)

g. Upperside, both wings: dark blackish-grey, finely irrorated
with greyish; numerous minute pale brownish-grey spots ;~ fringes
uniformly grey, the distal half rather lighter, not chequered. ore-
wing: the arrangement of spots the same as in Sarangesa astrigera
Butler, one distally in cell, one in area 11 above it, two each in areas
6, 7 and 8 all close together, one each in 4 and 5 beyond the others,
one each in 2 and 3 very minute and towards the bases of the areas,
in 1b two below these two and a further pair towards base; a mar-

ginal series of eight pale points. Hind-wing: an indistinct pair |

of spots at cell end and a series of five more distinct spots in a semi-
circle around them between them and costa, the series continued
very indefinitely towards the inner margin on disc of wing; a series
of marginal dots as in fore-wing, but incomplete.

Underside, both wings: uniformly smooth dark greyish-brown ;
the spots as above but much more distinet and whiter. ore-wing :
spots in area 7 absent; marginal dots confined to area 1b, the basal
spots in this area much larger than above. Hind-wing: the spots
resolve themselves into one in cell anteriorly just before origin of

a foe

Pe

wae.

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 253

vein 7, one basally in Ie below origin of vein 2, two discal and one
marginal series; the inner discal series of six spots, a largish one in 7
above origin of vein 7, one each in 5, 4 and 3 very close to cell, a
pair in lc; the outer series of eight, one each in 7—2 and a pair in lc,
parallel to margins; marginal series of six in areas 16, Ic (two) to 4;
the base of wing and areas la and 10 with slight greyish scaling.
Palpi, head and thorax above, and body above and below of same
colour as wings; palpi below yellowish-white, thorax the same,
ereyer posteriorly; Ist and 2nd pairs of legs inwardly paler, the ex-
tremities of all tarsal joints of paler or white. Antennae black, white
ringed, the club broader, white-banded just beyond commencement.
Length of fore-wing, 11°5 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 071, 3, Yiafusa R., Lukanga Valley,
N.W. Rhodesia, vin. 1915 (H. C. Dollman).

There is only this single specimen in the Dollman Coll.,
there are, however, four other male specimens in the B.M.
from N.E. Rhodesia, collected by 8. A. Neave. The species
is of variable size, some being as large as S. astrigera Butler,
to which it is closely related. It resembles the Indian
species, S. satt de Nicé., very much in appearance.

19. S. laelioides, sp. nov.

(Plate VII, fig. 14.)

g. Upperside, both wings: dark roughish grey-brown with darker
shadowy markings. Fore-wing: the whole surface, but more
particularly the base and hind margin, with faint brassy reflections,
a minute white spot in anterior part of cell just below origin of vein
11, a similar spot towards base of area 3 and an oblique one below
it in area 2, three small subapical spots, subquadrate, the lower one
very slightly beyond the others, all hyaline; a darker transverse
band, whose inner edge shades into the ground-colour, from costa
to inner margin, and whose outer edge runs from costa just before
end of vein 12, just within hyaline cell spot to posterior edge of cell,
where it is sharply angled, thence to the hyaline spot in area 2, and
thence to inner margin, but fading away on vein 1, outwardly bor-
dered by a narrow parallel area sprinkled with grey scales; beyond
this a large squarish darker costal area, reaching to subapical spots
and posteriorly but indefinitely extending into cell so as to appear
to fuse with the transverse band towards base of vein 3, but not
actually doing so, and also fusing in the other direction with the
cloudy submarginal band, about areas 3 and 4; beyond subapical
spots, and touching them, a small triangular greyish patch; margin
greyish with a fine dark grey line before fringes, which are white

254 Mr. N. D. Riley’s Notes on

at the apex, brown elsewhere. Hind-wing: without any metallic
reflections; a sub-basal and two discal series of very indefinite
shadowy darker spots, a marginal dark line, fringes dark brown.

Underside, fore-wing : as above, but of a smoother browner appear-
ance, the markings, except hyaline spots, barely indicated, marginal
_ area rather heavily sprinkled with long narrow grey and yellow
scales. Hind-wing: as above, the markings even less clearly
indicated, the whole surface, but especially the hind margin and
inner margin, sprinkled with scales like the fore-wing.

Head, thorax, body, legs and palpi above matching the wings
in colour; palpi below lighter. Antennae black, rather broadly
white ringed, the club black, proximally whitish, the tip grey.

9. Like the 3, but with ground-colour slightly paler, so that the
markings show up better; below the same as the 3.

Length of fore-wing, ¢ 18 mm., 9 19 mm.

B.M. Type No. Rh. 072, 3, Jan., and 073, 9, Feb., 1917,
Solwezi.

Also 5 3g, 1 9, Solwezi, im. & ix. 1917. The species
shows considerable variation in the number of the hyaline
spots. All have the three subapical spots, but of the others
any or all may be absent; no two specimens in the series
are alike in this respect. The one dry-season specimen—a
male taken in September—only differs from the others in
being of a rather lighter shade of grey, so that the mark-
ings are rather more distinct, though still very obscure.
It was thought at first that this might only be the wet-
season form of S. laelius Mab., but preparations of the
genitalia show it to be absolutely distinct. Although the
arrangement of the markings is very similar to that
species, the shape of the outer edge of the transverse
band—when it is possible clearly to see this—readily
separates this species from S. laelius.

20. Sarangesa maxima Neave.

Sarangesa maxima Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 70,
1910.

1 g, 2 vi. 1917, 1 3, 5 x. 1917, on the open plain by
the Chifubwa River, Solwezi, Boma. Dry-season form.

“Tn life the orange underside is very striking.” Neave
records this as a forest insect.

The wet-season form of this species, of which there are
two go (Jan. 1917 and 27 x. 1917, Solwezi) in Dollman’s
collection, are so very different in appearance as to need
a separate description.

bist rere

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. — 255

(a) S: maxima f. flava, f. nov.
(Plate VI, fig. 6.)

3. Upperside, both wings: dark brownish-black, chequered with
large orange subquadrate spots; fringes blackish, chequered with
_pale yellowish. Fore-wing : basal third and area 1a lighter, greenish-
brown; hyaline spots as in dry form, viz.: one in cell, a small
one in area 3, and a larger below in 2, circular, and three subapical
spots, the lower triangular, the middle one the smallest; a spot
in cell before and below the hyaline cell spot, a similar one above
this spot,.on costa, one below in 1b, large, a large oblong spot at
cell end halved by the black discocellulars into two almost square
spots, all orange; beyond these, two series of similar orange spots, the
inner of 8, the outer of 7 spots from costa to inner margin, the series
converging in areas 4 and 5, so that the spots of the two series are
almost fused in those areas. Hind-wing : a small spot in cell before
origin of vein 7 and a large one at cell end; indications of similar
but small spots in area 7 above origin of vein 7, in areas 2 and 3 right
at their bases, and a larger, distinct one in le centrally; a discal
and a marginal series of six and five spots respectively, the spots in
area 4 touching, all squarish and orange.

Underside, fore-wing : completely orange yellow except for areas
la, basal halves of 1b, 4 and 5, the areas immediately surrounding
the hyaline spots, the veins, some costal shading chiefly before the
subapical spots, and a submarginal obscure band of shading, all
of which are black. Hind-wing: the same, with variously shaped,
mostly squarish black spots arranged : two in cell, the distal one the
larger and orange-centred; three in 1c, evenly spaced, the basal one

s very diffuse; a series of seven commencing with two in area 7 and
. extending in a semicircle to the distal spot in le (exclusive), the distal
one in 7 the largest, the one in 3 minute; a cloudy marginal spot in 7.
Length of fore-wing, 16 mm.
B.M. type No. Rh. 189, 3, 27 xi. 1917, Solwezi.

That this insect is the wet-season form of S. maxima—
as suggested by Dollman—there seems no reason to doubt.
The undersides are very similar and the arrangement of the
markings coincides throughout. There is no difference
visible in the genitalia.

21. Eretis herewardi, sp. nov.
(Plate VI, fig. 7.)
3. Upperside, both wings: shiny dark grey-brown with obscure
darker markings; fringes chequered with lighter grey rather diffusely.

Fore-wing : seven hyaline spots, viz.: two in cell, one above the
other, between origins of veins 3 and 11, very small, a very small one

}

256 Mr. N. Pritey’s Notes on

at base of area 3 and a large oval one below it in area 2, three sub-
apical spots in usual position, the lowest beyond the others; two
round dots in 16 basally, a broad transverse band, broken up on
costa, darkest against the hyaline spots in cell, broader but lighter
thence to inner margin, a large squarish patch not reaching costa,
bounded by the three subapical hyaline spots and reaching similar
spot in area 3, two rather indefinite spots below hyaline spot in area 2,
a straight cloudy band from apex to inner margin near outer angle,
broadest below vein 4, and the whole of areas la and 12 all darker
than the ground-colour; the marginal area lighter and shinier as
to ground-colour. Hind-wing: some obscure darker markings
basally hardly separated from a sub-basal transverse obscure band
of darker spots; this latter followed by a similar broad discal band
close to which, on its outer edge, there appears to run a series of
black dots; a similar submarginal band of equal width except
anteriorly, where it extends to the margin, equally ill-defined;
marginal area rather lighter.

Underside, fore-wing : as above, but lighter; of the dark markings
the most conspicuous are the distal pair of spots in 1b and that part
of the submarginal band which is represented in areas 4 and 5 by
two triangular spots, the other dark markings very obscure; imme-
diately beyond and touching the hyaline cell spots is a lighter area
with a faint reddish tinge. Hind-wing : much lighter than above,
especially posteriorly; darker markings are: three indistinct square
spots in area 7, a transverse line near cell end, one at cell end and one
centrally in area 6, from which a wavy interrupted dark line, broadest
in 4 and 5, extends to vein 1b; an oblong lighter, almost reddish patch
from just within cell to the dark markings in area 4 and 5.

Palpi, head, thorax and abdomen above of same colour as wings.
Palpi below grey, thorax, body and 2nd and 3rd pairs of legs
matching the wing coloration; first pair of legs externally white.
Antennae grey, white ringed, the club above black, below grey
centrally, otherwise white.

9. Exactly like the male.

Length of fore-wing, 3 and 9 15°5 mm.

B.M. Types No. Rh. 074, 3, and 075, 9, Solwezi, bred
30 xu. 1917 and 11 1. 1918 respectively. In addition 10
3d, 7 22 Dec.—Jan., Solwezi, all bred.

Of this species Dollman says: “‘ Never caught on the
wing. The larvae, which were found in numbers on a
small herbaceous plant near the Solwezi River, are brown,
with the head nearly black. They live in the usual Hes-
perid fashion in a spun-up leaf or leaves.”

The species was also obtained on the Lualaba River and

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate IV.

BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate V.

BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate VI.

BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA.

Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate VII.

BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA.

Oe ey ce
‘ oe a oH
yee

is

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. = 257

in Katanga by Neave. It is readily separable from the
other species by its larger size and more conspicuous
markings. It has a bronzy appearance which separates
it readily from LE. djaelaelae. It might perhaps be taken
at first for a large form of #. lugens. Its genitalia, however,
are totally unlike those of any of the other species in the
genus, the chitinous structures which form the so-called
‘* penis-funnel,” through which the penis moves, in addition
to furnishing upper and lower paired lateral projections,
are produced ventrally to form a single long tapering
chitinous process, which extends almost beyond the claspers
and throughout is densely covered with short stiff spines.

22. Parnara nyassae Hew.
(Plate VII, figs. 15 and 16.)

13 3g, 5 29, iv., Kashitu and Solwezi, showing consider-
able variation in the coloration of the underside. Hewit-
son’s type of this species, a female, has the hind-wing and the
apex of fore-wing below of a violet-grey, and thus agrees
exactly with roncilgonis Plétz, as shown by copies of his
unpublished plate No. 1380 in B.M. The majority of
Dollman’s specimens have this violet-grey replaced by
yellow-ochre, and the costa and cell of hind-wing also
marked with streaks of bright red; with this is usually
correlated an increase in the yellow markings of the upper-
side, particularly between the veins in costal and apical
region of fore-wing. So distinct is this form that Dollman
regarded it as a distinct species. The two forms certainly
occur together in spite of the apparently seasonal character
of their differences, though their genitalia do not seem
to warrant their separation except as forms of the
same species. In this case the light form may be called
ennuari f. nov. (B.M. Types No. 076, 3, 077, 9, Solwezi,
iv. 1918). Intermediates occur, but are scarce, one having
been described, as far as can be ascertained without refer-
ence to the type, by Karsch (B. E. Z., 38, p. 250, 1893) under
the name of cojo Karsch.

B. netopha Hew., which is frequently confused with this
species, is really easily to be separated, as it has all the spots
on the underside of the hind-wing crowded together towards
the centre—nyassae has them in a wide circle. It only
occurs from W. Coast to Uganda, as shown by the series in
B.M. Hewitson’s type is a female from “ W. Africa.”

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS 1, I. (OCT.) S

ia
258 Mr. N. D. Riley’s Noles on

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

N.B.—The upper- and undersides have in all cases been taken
from the same specimen, but, owing to an error, the undersides are
all slightly enlarged, the uppersides being natural size.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Papilio mackinnoni theodori, nov., 3, wpper- and under-
side, p. 234.

2. Papilio mackinnoni theodori, nov., 2, upper- and under-
side, p. 234.

3. Mycalesis cooksoni f. latior, noy., 3, upper- and under-
side, p. 239.

4. Mycalesis cooksoni f. latior, nov., 2, wpper- and under-
side, p. 239.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fie. 1. Mylothris riippellii rhodesiana, nov., 3, upper- and under-
side, p. 236.
. Mylothris riippellit rhodesiana, noy., 2, upper- and under-
side, p. 236.
3. Mylothris riippellii kikuyuensis, 9 f. kaffana, nov., upper-
and underside, p. 236.
4. Mylothris dollmani, nov., 3, wpper- and underside, p. 237.

bo

5 a - oy ees 5 zs p. 237.

6. aA a © f. flavida, nov., upper- and underside,
p. 239.

7. Acraea welwitschi lutea, nov., G, upper- and underside,
p- 244.

8. Acraea welwitschi nivea, nov., 3, upper- and underside,
p. 245.

Frq. 1.

nS

on

the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection. 259

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Charaxes etheocles 3 f. cytila Roths., upper- and under-
side, p. 242.

. Charaxes etheocles 2 f. phaews Hew., upper- and under-

side, p. 242.

. Charaxes etheocles 2 f£. manica Trim., upper- and under-

side, p. 242.

. Charaxes fulgurata Auriv., 3, upper- and underside, p. 242.

Cs Me 2 f. mima, nov., upper- and underside,
p. 243.

. Sarangesa maxima f. flava, nov., upper- and underside,

p. 255.

. Eretis herewardi, nov., 3, upper- and underside, p. 255.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

. Aloeides griseus, nov., 3, upper- and underside, p. 251.

” ” ” 2 ” 99 ” p. Zod.

. Aloeides molomo mumbuensis, nov., 3, upper- and under-

side, p. 250.

. Aloeides molomo mumbuensis, nov., 2, upper- and under-

side, p. 250.

. Aphnaeus affinis, nov., J, upper- and underside, p. 249.
. Hypolycaena japhusa, nov., 9, upper- and underside, p. 246.
. Spindasis cynica, nov., 2, upper- and underside, p. 247.
. Sarangesa neavei, nov., 5, upper- and underside, p. 252.

3 laelioides, nove 3, upper- and underside, p. 253.

. Parnara nyassae f. ennuari, nov., 2, upper- and underside,

p. 257.

. Parnara nyassae f. ennuari, nov., 6, upper- and underside,

p. 257.

VII. On some Australian Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) im

the British Museum. By Artuur M. Lea, F.ES,
[Read April 6th, 1921.]

Mr. Gitpert J. Arrow having sent for examination a few
species of Australian Chrysomelidae belonging to the
British Museum, a few notes on these, with descriptions of
some of the new ones, are here given.

Ditropidus albohirsutus Baly (formerly Llaphodes).

A male of this species, from the Baly collection in the
British Museum, and agreeing with the original description,
is quite evidently a hairy Ditropidus, as the antennae are
typical of that genus, instead of that of Elaphodes, to which
it was referred by Baly. In appearance it is like a large
specimen of D. flavipes Lea, from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its larger size, less polished elytra with more
distinct punctures, wider scutellum and dark hind femora.

Ditropidus chapuisi Baly (formerly Bucharis).

A male of this species sent for examination by the British
Museum is very close to D. pubicollis Chp., but has the eyes
much closer together. Baly proposed the genus Bucharis
for species having the tip of the scutellar lobe entire,
instead of notched as in most species of Ditropidus, but the
notch varies considerably in that genus, and is sometimes
so feeble that it can only be seen when the prothorax is
more or less detached, so that the lower surface of the lobe
is visible; it is not a workable distinction, and I have no
hesitation in referring the present species to Ditropidus.

Ditropidus hirticollis Baly.

A male from the British Museum, sent as this species,
and agreeing well with the description, is close to D. cwpri-
collis Lea, and the elytral punctures and striae are almost
identical, but the eyes are much closer together, less than
half the width of the clypeus separating them, and the
elytra are more narrowed posteriorly. The species occurs
in South as well as Western Australia, as Mr. A. H. Elston
has taken many specimens, including a pair 7m cop., on
the Murray River. The female differs from the male in
being more robust, eyes more widely separated, legs shorter
and abdomen foveate.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTSI, 0. (OCT.)

fee) Sse er aA Get a a ot ee ae De oo +e roy |
ieee ne Pe SS cea , { xe we
cen Stabe a ey g .
a poe oe 7

Mr. Arthur Lea on Australian Chrysomelidae. 261

Ditropidus tarsatus Baly.

A female, sent as belonging to this species, from the
British Museum, has the mtercoxal process of the pro-
sternum longer than wide, with its posterior end semi-
circularly emarginate and the tips acute; the hind angles
of the prothorax also embrace the shoulders. It should,
possibly, have been referred to Prasonotus. The species is a
variable and widely distributed one, as there are two
examples from Roebuck Bay (North-Western Australia) in
the British Museum, one from Cue (Western Australia)
and another from Parachilna (South Australia) in the South
Australian Museum. These range in size from 3 to 4 mm.,
and have the postmedian spots on the elytra varying con-
siderably in size and intensity (on the Parachilna specimen
they are irregularly conjoined) ; parts of the under-surface
are more or less deeply infuscated. The prothorax has
very minute pubescence that could be easily overlooked
and was not mentioned by Baly. In the male the front
tibiae are much longer and thinner than the others, and
the abdomen has a small and shallow subapical impression
instead of a large fovea.

Ditropidus sculpturatus, sp. n.

$. Black, in parts with a more or less conspicuous coppery or
bronzy gloss, apical half of elytra (except suture) flavous, tibiae,
tarsi and six basal joints of antennae more or less obscurely reddish
or testaceous. Head between eyes and in front, prosternum,
mesosternum, sides of metasternum and of abdomen, and the
pygidium, with more or less dense silvery pubescence.

Head with small more or less concealed punctures, eyes large and
almost touching. Prothorax strongly convex, the sides and base
with dense and coarse punctures, elsewhere with sparse and very
small ones. Scutellwum small and transverse. Llytra short, sides
conspicuously narrowed posteriorly, with conspicuous striae con-
taining fairly large punctures throughout. Front legs slightly
longer than hind ones. Length (3, 2), 2-2:25 mm.

°. Differs in being slightly larger, head with more distinct punc-
tures (due to sparser pubescence), abdomen with a large, round, deep
apical fovea, and front legs no longer than hind ones.

Hab. Nortu-Western Avstratia: Baudin Island and
Baudin Point. Types in British Museum.

A small, compact, strongly sculptured species not very
close to any other known to me. The eyes of the male

262 Mr. Anh Lea on some

are almost touching, the pubescence between them looking
like a thin line of silver; the labrum is blackish and shining,
with its sides obscurely reddish; the pale parts of the
elytra appear like two large almost conjoined spots; the
coarse punctures on the prothorax belong to sharply
defined areas, they are sparser about the scutellar lobe
than elsewhere, the lobe itself appears to be acute and
entire, but when lifted above the scutellum is seen to be
shghtly notched. The species would probably have been
referred to Bucharis by Baly.

Ditropidus punctatostriatus, sp. n.

9. Coppery, under-surface black with a bluish or coppery gloss
in places, labrum, antennae, palpi, legs (claws black), apex of
abdomen and of pygidium flavous. Head, under-surface and
pygidium with moderately dense white pubescence.

Head shagreened, becoming rather coarsely but rugosely punctured
in front, with a wide and shallow median line; eyes large and rather
widely separated. Prothorax strongly convex, densely and finely
strigose, except on a comparatively small medio-basal space. Elytra
about as long as the basal width, somewhat narrowed posteriorly,
with conspicuous striae containing large punctures throughout.
Abdomen with a large, round, deep apical fovea. Length, 2-5 mm.

Hab. Norrau-WeEsteRN _AusTRALIA: Baudin Point.
Type in British Museum.

The shagreened head, densely striated prothorax and
strongly sculptured elytra render this species a very
distinct one, although the colours are much as on many
others; it would probably have been referred to Bucharis
by Baly, as the scutellar lobe appears from above to be
acute and entire; from behind, however, its lower edge
is seen to be notched. The antennae are rather longer
than is usual in Ditropidus, but shorter than in Elaphodes ;
of the three specimens under examination one has them
entirely pale, another has the tip only infuscated, and the
other has the five joints of the club lightly infuscated on
the upper surface. The strigosities of the prothorax,
although fine, are quite distinct, the space from which they
are absent is sharply defined and occupies about one-third
of the surface in width and one-half in length; there are
some small punctures on its front portion and rather strong
ones along the base.

Australian Chrysomelidae in the British Museum. 263

Ditropidus inconspicuus, sp. n.

3. Black, upper-surface with a slight bronzy gloss; basal half
of antennae testaceous. :

Head shagreened and with small punctures, becoming distinct in
front; eyes widely separated. Prothoraxz about thrice as wide as
the median length, side strongly rounded in front; scutellar lobe
distinctly notched, punctures rather dense, but small and not very
sharply defined. Scutellum small, more than twice as long as wide.
Elytra with outlines gently rounded and continuous with those of
prothorax, with inconspicuous rows of small punctures, but the
sides with distinct striae, interstices with minute punctures and
faintly rugulose. Basal joint of front tarsi rather large. Length
(3, 2), 1:75-2 mm.

2. Differs in being rather more robust, antennae and legs some-
what shorter, basal joint of front tarsi smaller and abdomen with
a large, round, deep apical fovea.

Hab. New South Wares: Sydney (C. Darwin).
Types in British Museum.

A small briefly-elliptic species with a thin scutellum
much as in D. scutellaris Lea, but differs from that species
in being smaller, prothorax with much smaller and less
sharply defined punctures, lateral striae of elytra less
deep, head with denser punctures, its median line less
conspicuous, labrum darker, etc. The head and under-
surface are pubescent, but very sparsely and inconspicu-
ously so.

OcNIDA.

The original diagnosis of Ocnus of Clark (subsequently
altered to Ocnida by Lefevre) is very unsatisfactory;
Chapuis and Blackburn could not place it, but the latter
evidently thought it might be a valid genus, as Baly had
referred a second species to it. By the courtesy of Mr.
Arrow I have seen authenticated specimens of both species
(viridis and. pallida), the former from Baly’s collection and
compared with the type, the latter marked “ Type,” but
evidently a cotype; but I cannot regard the two species
as congeneric, or even as belonging to closely allied genera.

Clark described the head of viridis as “ haud verticale,
penitus porrectum,” and said the legs were as in Edusa, in
comparing with which he also spoke of ‘‘ its more porrect
head.’ The differences he mentioned as separating it from
Edusa axe all worthless, the head (except for a slight

264 Mr. i cf Lea on some

convexity) is normally vertical,* some species of Hdusa
are quite as parallel, as thin and elongate, and many have
the labrum quite as deeply emarginate. The legs also
are certainly not as in any species of Edusa in the South
Australian Museum, more nearly resembling those of
several species of Colaspoides and of Geloptera. The speci-
men before me is a male, its femora are stout and edentate,
hind tibiae dilated to apex, notched at the lower apex,
and with a long apical bristle, basal jomt of four front
tarsi strongly inflated and of the hind ones elongate, and
claws with a wide basal appendix. The fourth | segment
of the abdomen is as long as the second and third com-
bined, the fifth is transversely impressed across the middle,
with its apex incurved and elevated. The upper surface
is clothed with short and rather sparse but quite distinct
pubescence, longer at sides and base of prothorax than on
head and elytra, on parts of the under-surface the pubes-
cence is fairly dense and on the abdomen there are some
rather long straggling hairs. The head and prothorax
are shagreened. I consider the genus (on account of the
sexual features of the abdomen and legs) as distinctly
closer to Colaspoides than to Edusa; and although not a
sharply defined one, quite as distinct as many others of
the sub-family. O. pallida is a Megasceloides.

MEGASCELOIDES.

The original diagnosis of this genus + was placed between
descriptions of species of Macrolema and Mi icrogonus, and
the genus was compared with Megascelis. There is no
doubt therefore but that Jacoby considered it as not
belonging to the Humolpides ; nevertheless in treating of
the Criocerides (23—1904) and Megascelides (32—1905) in
Wytsman’s “Genera Insectorum,’ he included it in
neither. Blackburn, in referring a second species to the
genus, said he had doubtfully regarded it as belonging to
the Megascelides. M. pallidus of Jacoby was identified
by Blackburn as a species from Western Australia that
appears to me to agree well with the original description ;
but this species is identical with one sent for examination

* Accidental causes and the manipulation used to “set” parts
of the head must often result in its being somewhat out of its proper
position.

t+ Ann. Soc, Ent. Belge, xlii, p. 351.

Fat

Bere Re Paster thc one
a”) ‘ - Da! ¥ J ES P-

re - =

Australian Chrysomelidae in the British Museum. 265

by Mr. Arrow as Ocnus pallidus of Baly. I believe its
position to be fairly close to Edusa ; its pygidium (normally
almost or quite concealed) has the deep median furrow that
appears to be invariably present in the Humolpides.
Terillus squamosus Baly, also belongs to the genus, and
probably ZT. perplexus Baly, and duboulayz Baly. Those
known to me may be thus tabulated—

Elytra densely clothed.
Elytra with long erect hairs in addition to depressed clothing.
squamosus Baly.
Elytra without long erect hairs . ‘ : . arrowt Lea
Elytra glabrous (the margins sometimes excepted).
Elytra with sides and suture deeply infuscated.
circumcinctus Blackb.
Elytra nowhere deeply infuscated .. ' . pallidus Baly.

Megasceloides pallidus Baly (formerly Ocnus),
M. pallidus, Jac.

Both Baly’s and Jacoby’s types were from Nichol Bay
in North-Western Australia.

Megasceloides squamosus Baly (formerly Terillus).

A cotype of this species, sent for examination, is probably
a male, the basal joint of each of its four front tarsi is
larger than those of the hind ones, but not very conspicu-
ously inflated; the fourth segment of its abdomen is the
length of the third, but much shorter than the fifth, it is
gently depressed in the middle, with the apex feebly in-
curved, the fifth has three shallow depressions towards the
apex, the middle one of which is open posteriorly so that
the apex is distinctly notched. The antennae are not
inflated in the middle, but this character appears to be a
sexual and specific, rather than a generic one. The pro-
thorax was described as being “impressed, but not very
closely, with deep round punctures,” these were also
described as subremote; on the cotype they are decidedly
dense at the sides, but sparser in the middle, although even
for these the expression “subremote” would not be
correct; possibly the character is variable. The tibiae
are all somewhat produced at the outer apex, but the four
hind ones are not distinctly notched near the same.

266 Mr. Arthur Lea on some

Megasceloides cireumeinetus Blackb.

Recorded simply as from Western Australia; there are
two specimens from Cue in the South Australian Museum.

Tomyris dumbrelli Lea.

Four females from Sydney (C. Darwin) evidently belong
to this species; they are slightly stouter than the males;
the antennae are shorter and more of the joints are infus-
cated; the upper surface is entirely brassy or bronzy, but
not highly polished, and parts of the sterna have a vague
greenish gloss.

Edusa chlorion Lea.

A specimen of this species was taken at King George’s
Sound by Darwin.

Rhyparida cyrtops, sp. n.

Black, parts of muzzle, of elytra, of legs and of antennae more or
less reddish or castaneous.

Head strongly convex at base, with dense punctures in front and
at base; eyes prominent and widely separated. Prothorax about
once and one-half as wide as long, sides strongly rounded, front
angles armed; punctures dense and rather coarse on sides, becoming
sparser and smaller, but quite distinct in middle. Zlytra much
wider than prothorax, with rows of rather large punctures, becoming
much smaller posteriorly and almost vanishing about apex. Flanks
of prosternum closely striated throughout. Length, 3-5-3-75 mm.

Hab. WesteRN AuvstrALIA (Baly collection, from
F. du Boulay), Nichol Bay (Fry collection). Type in
British Museum.

The three specimens before me all differ somewhat in
colour: on the type the elytra are castaneous, except for
the suture, margins, and a subtriangular space on each
side at the basal third, its tibiae and basal third of antennae
are more or less obscurely reddish; the second specimen
has the elytra black except for a small flavous spot on each
shoulder and two large subapical spots; the third specimen
may be immature, its elytra are as on the type, except
that the markings are less sharply defined, its head and
prothorax are partly pale and legs entirely so. In general
appearance it is close to some forms of R. apicalis Jac. ;
structurally, especially as regards the eyes, it is close to

Australian Chrysomelidae in the British Museum. 267

R. flavipennis Lea, but the armed front angles of the
prothorax are distinctive. The clypeal suture is rather
ill-defined, but as there is a faint depression at its position,
and there are some distinct punctures close behind this
and some more about the base, it might, in my table of
the genus, be referred to Ak and associated with R. bima-
culicollis Lea, to which it is not at all close; but regarding
it as belonging to kk it would be associated with R. copei
Lea, which has considerably larger eyes, pale prothorax,
ete. The two may be thus distinguished.

Distance between eyes less than transverse diameter of an eye.
: R. copet Lea.
Distance more than transverse diameter of aneye . &.cyrtops Lea.

VIII. Types of Heteromera described by F. Walker now
in the British Museum. By K. G. Bratr.

[Read April 6th, 1921.]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British
Museum.)

Tur Heteromera described by Francis Walker are con-
tained in three papers, viz. :—

I. “Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon
Insects,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) iv, 1858-1859.

Il. “The Naturalist in British Columbia,” by J. K.
Lord, vol. ii, App. 1866, pp. 326-331.

Ill. “ List of Coleoptera collected by J. K. Lord in
Kgypt,” 1871.

The material which formed the basis of the last-named
paper was sent to the School of Medicine at Cairo, but so
long ago as 1884, the collection had been entirely destroyed
by Anthrenus. A list of the species, with more precise
localities taken from the labels that alone remained
attached to the pins, was published by Dr. W. Innes Bey
in the Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Egypt,
1911, 3rd fase., pp. 97-115.

[

The types of the Ceylon insects have long been in the
British Museum collection, most of them having been
presented by Dr. Templeton and bearing the register
no. 59.106; others which were in the collection of the
Entomological Society were later presented by that body
to the Museum, and bear the register no. 63.52.

The descriptions are merely brief Latin diagnoses,
rarely more than two or three lines long, and the species
are frequently assigned to genera and even families with
which they have no connection. Not unnaturally there-
fore they remain in many cases as mere catalogue names
quite unrecognised by modern workers.

The species are here taken in the generic order adopted
by the authors of the respective parts of Junk’s “ Coleop-
terorum Catalogus,’’ the names of the genera to which
they were assigned by Walker being given in brackets.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, Il. (OCT.)

« c
Ay
oe” eee

~

Mr. K. G. Blair on Types of Heteromera 269

Synonymy that appears in this Catalogue is not quoted
again here.

In cases where Walker’s name is superseded, the name
that stands is printed in small capitals.

Fam. TENEBRIONIDAE.

1. Pseudoblaps clavipes (Zophobas), op. cit. u, 283.

P. pispaR Herbst. (= atrata auctt., nec. F.).
Notocorax mgrita Muls.

The synonymy of this insect has already been the cause
of considerable confusion. It is the Helops mgrita ¥., of
the Syst. Eleuth. I, 1801, p. 160, the type of which is at
Copenhagen, and was accepted by Mulsant as the type of
Notocorax nigrita, but the Helops nigrita of Fabricius’
earlier works is, as already shown by me,* a true Zophobas
(Z. atratus F. = Z. morio Geb. Cat., nec F.).

2. Gonocephalum bilineatum (Opatrum), op. cit. ii, 284,
G. kamtschaticum Mots.
G. orarium Lewis.

A widely distributed Oriental species that has been
generally recognised in collections. It is probably also
identical with G. seriatum Boisd., from the Pacific islands,
in which case this latter name has priority.

3. G. econtrahens (Opatrum), loc. cit.
G. DEPRESSUM F.,

A common Indo-Malayan species.

4. G. planatum (Opatrum), loc. cit.

Closely allied to G. moluccanum Blanch., the 3 of both
species having a tooth on the underside of the anterior
tibiae. In G. planatum this tooth is but little beyond the
middle of the tibia, while in G. moluccanum it is placed at
a distance from the apex, about equal to the oblique
apical width of the tibia.

G. planatum is the Oriental species considered by
Miedel to be G. arenarium F., by which name it is

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xii, 1914, p. 487.

a
270 =Mr. K. G. Blair on Types of Heteromera

frequently known in collections. As I have shown else-
where,* G. arenarium F., is in reality a 8. African species.

5. Bradymerus serricollis (Opatrum), loc. cit.

Several specimens from different collections in the
British Museum, but none from outside Ceylon. It is
very similar to B. denticeps Geb., from Borneo, the Malay
Peninsula and Tonkin, but has the sides of the prothorax
more strongly arcuate, with a very much wider explanate
border.

6. Byrsax horridus (Asida), op. cit. 11, 284.

B. cornutus F.

Not identical with B. horridus Oliv. (= tuberculifer
Mots.), as given in the Catalogues. The two species, both
found in Ceylon, are very similar, but B. cornutus
(= horridus Walk.) is smaller, with the margins of thorax
and elytra much more acutely dentate, the former with
a deep round emargination on each side at the base.

7. Dysantes biluna (Toxicum), loc. cit.

Also from Ceylon in the Lewis and Bates collections.
Two further specimens in the latter are labelled “ Neilgiris.”’

8. Platydema velutinum (Diaperis), op. cit. u, 283.

P: tarsale Chevr.

Received also from the Andaman Islands (Roepstorff).

The species is closely allied to P. fumosum Lewis, from
Japan, but the g (type) has a transverse row of four small
indistinct elevations between the eyes, the outer ones
almost contiguous with the eyes. There is also a similar
elevation or tubercle in the middle of the front margin of
the clypeus. P. tarsale Chevr., appears ex descr. to be
identical:

9. Platydema detersum (Crypticus), op. cit. 1, 284.

P. malaccum Mars.
P. laticorne Fairm.
P. annamitum Fairm.

A widely distributed Oriental species. The synonymy
of the last three species has already been published by

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiii, 1914, p. 485.

¢
a eens

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum. 271

Gebien. Ceropria valga Pasc., from Queensland, is almost
identical, but has the thorax somewhat less convex, the
sides a little less arcuate, etc. P. wmbratum Mars., from
Japan, is larger, and the ¢ has the first joint of the anterior
tarsi strongly incrassate. All these species have the
intermediate tibiae in the 3 strongly, and the posterior
tibiae less strongly, bent inwards about the middle.

10. Platydema subfascia (Alphitophagus), loc: cit.

Another well-known and widely distributed Oriental
species, belonging to the group with asymmetrical cephalic
horns, that on the right being well developed and hairy,
while that on the left is abortive and naked.

11. Derispia interrumpens (Coccinella), op. cit. iv, 219.

Apparently confined to Ceylon.

Walker’s description of the elytral markings, “ elytris
vitis tribus bisinterruptis nigris,’ is not sufficient for
recognition. The suture is narrowly margined with black
almost to the apex, and there is also a narrow black streak
about the middle of the lateral margin; in some specimens
this is continued to form a narrow lateral border. The
three black vittae on the disc are about equidistant from
one another, and consist of series of black spots or dashes,
a roundish spot near the apex being common to all three
series, while a similar spot at the base is common to the
two dorsal series. The outer basal spot is more elongate,
and the two intermediate spots of each series, which fall
into two transverse rows of three, are still more elongate.
The spots vary a little in size, with a tendency in the
outer series to become confluent.

12. D. quinqueplaga (Coccinella), loc. cit.

Allied to the above but with a different elytral pattern.
This consists of a narrow black sutural border confluent at
the apex with an ovate black spot occupying the external
half of the apex. On the disc of each is a large irregular
black patch which varies considerably in size, and is some-
times completely wanting. In no specimen that I have
seen does it attain any margin of the elytra or become
confluent with the sutural or apical markings.

al

272. =Mr. K, G. Blair on Types of Heteromera

13. Leiochrodes glabrata (Lycoperdina), loc. cit.

Fulvous, with the last seven joints of the antennae fuscous.
Head not strongly transverse, the distance between the antennal
bases being little more than that from the line joining them to the
middle of the front of the clypeus. Antennae slender, 3rd joint
not so long as Ist, 5th to 10th slightly longer than wide, strongly
incrassate, more than twice as wide as 2nd to 4th. Thorax trans-
verse, its width across the posterior angles about twice as long as
its median length. Elytra with a sharply defined marginal sulcus
which is continuous with a narrow basal border,

Length 3$ mm.

In the shape of the head and comparatively slender
antennae this species agrees with L. (Leiochrota) varicolor
Westw. From L. uniformis Westw., it differs in the
antennae having joints 5-11 notably thicker than the
preceding joints, and the apical joint black instead of
tufo-fulvous.

14, Uloma seita, op. cit. il, 284.
2 U. gicicornis Fairm.

The head in the 3 has the clypeus and two oblique areas
between and rather in front of the eyes elevated, the
surface smooth, somewhat opaque and almost devoid of
punctures, while the depressed trifureate area between them
is nitid and distinctly though irregularly punctate. The
antennae are simple, the mentum cordate with a median
depression in front.

U. scita is probably identical with the Malayan species
that I take to be U. picicornis Fairm. The latter, however,
has a line of about four well-developed teeth along the
underside of the anterior tibiae of the g, which in U. scita
are scarcely indicated.

15, Uloma retenta (Tenebrio), op. cit. 1, 283.

U. pouita Wied.
Eutochia latipes Fairm.

The type is a 9, but the species is a common one in
Ceylon and throughout the Indo-Malay region. Specimens
from Mauritius that I identify with Butochia latipes Fairm.,
are apparently identical.

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum. 273

16. Alphitobius longipennis (Crypticus), op. cit. 1, 284.
17. Alphitobius rufipes (Phaleria), loc. cit.

A. DIAPERINUS Panz.

It is possible that there has at some time been an error
in labelling, otherwise it is difficult to understand how
Walker could describe next to one another two individuals,
so obviously of the same species, not only as different
species, but in different genera. Yet each type is labelled
in Walker’s handwriting. |

18. Eneyalesthus impressus (Upis), op. cit. 11, 283.

Is correctly placed by Gebien in Encyalesthus. It most
resembles HL. sinensis Hope (= foveolatus Mars.), but is
larger, has the thorax only feebly transverse and the
anterior and intermediate tibiae in the ¢ thickened within
just beyond the middle.

It appears to be confined to Ceylon.

19. Anthraeias oppugnans Walk. (Toxicum), op. cit. 11, 284.
A. CURVICORNIS Chevr.

The Catalogues indicate considerable confusion in the
synonymy of this and allied species. A. (Loxicwm) curvi-
corms Chevr., a Ceylon species, is placed as a synonym of
A, (Toxicum) taurus F., an African species. A. gazella F.,
from “India Orientali,” is also placed as a synonym of
the same.

I have not seen the type of A. gazella, but have no hesi-
tation in identifying it with the Indo-Malayan species
usually known as A. elongatus Schauf., with which A.
sumatrensis Fairm., must be closely allied, if not identical.

A. curvicorms Chevr. (oppugnans Walk.) is very similar
and probably only a form of the same species. The
cephalic horns of the ¢ are usually much longer and more
strongly curved, and the prothorax, even in _ poorly
developed 9, is more quadrate, the sides almost
parallel until close behind the anterior angles, whereas in
A. gazella F., they are feebly convergent almost from the
base.

A. curvicormis appears to be peculiar to Ceylon and
S. India.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1921.—PARTSI, I. (OCT.) T

204 ide Gk Bia, on Types of Heteromera

20. Camarimena variabilis (Strongylium), op. cit. 11, 285.

Apparently correctly recognised by Miklin. The type
is a large coppery individual. It was made the type of
Pascoe’s genus Simopium.

21. Camarimena laeviuscula (Strongylium), loc. cit.

Was also apparently correctly identified by Maklin.

N.B.—Strongylium parabolica Walk., is not a Camari-
mena, as thought by Miaklin, but a true Strong, poe (see
below).

C. parabolica Mikl. (nec Walk. = C. ovicaupa Mots.,
ex descr.) is very like C. variabilis, but differs in the
punctures of the thorax and the foveate punctures in the
basal half of the elytral striae being very much finer.

22. Osdara picipes, loc. cit.

There are three specimens in Walker’s series belonging
to two distinct species, but only one is labelled in Walker’s
handwriting. As this agrees much better with the descrip-
tion than does the second species, it must be taken as the
type, though the other is very much the commoner and is
usually the species so named in collections. Both species
have the elytral granules simple, nodular, and of very
diverse sizes, black on a reddish ground; but in the type
(2) the thorax is about 1} times as wide as long, the sides
strongly sinuate and emarginate about the middle, markedly
more prominent behind the emargination than in front of it.
The disc is subnitid, not pubescent, with small scattered
granules. In the ¢ the anterior and intermediate tibiae
are produced and dentiform inwardly at the extreme apex.

The second species, O. walkeri, sp. n., 18 very similar,
but has the thorax twice as wide as long, the sides feebly
sinuate in the middle and not more prominent behind than
before the middle, and the disc distinctly punctate and
pubescent throughout, with the surface irregularly im-
pressed, and a distinct median longitudinal impression
bounded laterally by an elevation before the base. In the
& the anterior and intermediate tibiae are produced inwards
at the apex, but much less sharply than in O. picipes.

23. Osdara solida Walk. (Zophobas ?), op. cit. 11, 283.

Does not appear to have been recognised by subsequent
writers; the type ($) remains unique in the British

oe eh oh es :
be, “ ay

f
,

.
e
>.
¢
Bs
$s

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum. 275

Museum. Rather more slender than the corresponding
sex of the last two species, the elytra scarcely wider than
the thorax. The latter is about 1} times as wide as long,
the sides feebly sinuate in the middle, the disc subnitid,
distinctly punctured throughout, but not so closely as in
O. walkeri, and less uneven, with short sparse hairs not
readily seen unless viewed obliquely. The seriate punc-
tures of the elytra are very irregular, so that the series are
difficult to follow, the granules simple and more or less
regular in size and much less sharply prominent. They
are arranged in indistinct longitudinal series with a ten-
dency to collect together into groups, and are not markedly
different in colour from the general dark background.
The anterior and intermediate tibiae have a prominent
tooth on the inner side before the apex.

A similar sexual character is found in O. laevicollis Pasc.,
but this species is much wider, and has the elytral intervals
much more regular, the granules small but combined into
little compact groups well separated from one another.

The following key may be useful for the identification
of these and two hitherto undescribed species, all from
Ceylon.*

1. (6) Elytral granules simple, not markedly grouped.
(5) Elytral granules nodular, of very diverse sizes.
. (4) Thorax i} times as wide as long, median area nearly smooth
and naked, without basal prominences . .picipes Walk.
4. (3) Thorax twice as wide as long, punctured and pubescent,
with a pair of basal prominences enclosing a depression.

go fo

walkeri sp. n.

(2) Elytral granules not very uneven in size, not nodular.

solida Walk.

6. (1) Elytral granules collected into compact groups, at least
on the alternate (2nd, 4th, etc.) intervals.

7. (10) Pubescence short and sparse, not concealing the derm;
thorax and elytra separately convex; sexual characters
as in O. solida.

8. (9) Thorax nitid, scarcely punctate or pubescent in middle,

sides not sinuate before anterior angles laevicollis Pase.

(8) Thorax distinctly punctate and shortly pubescent through-

out, sides strongly sinuate before anterior angles. Length
7-8 mm. . , , ‘ , : . lewisi sp. n.

or

ve)

* O. granosa All., from 8. India is unknown to me.

sd
276 =9©Mr. K. G. Blair on Types of Heteromera

10. (7) Body covered with subdecumbent fulvous pubescence ;
thorax ‘scarcely convex longitudinally, elytra strongly
gibbous, very uneven, with granule-bearing prominences,
those of 4th interval being the largest. Length 7 mm.

gibbosa sp, n.

24. Hoplobrachium ebeninum (Helops), op. cit. 11, 285,

H. DENTIPEs F.
H. asperipenne Fairm.

The type of H. dentipes F., is also in the British Museum,
and this species is identical with H. ebeninum Walk. The
Museum also possesses a specimen purporting to come from
Mauritius that is probably correctly identified as H.
asperipenne Fairm., from Madagascar, with the description
and figure of which it agrees well. H. dentipes appears to
be common in Ceylon and 8. India, but the record from
Madagascar is possibly erroneous or accidental. The locality
‘Mauritius’ on the British Museum specimen is quite
unreliable, other insects received with it undoubtedly
originating from 8. Africa and also from Ceylon.

25. Spinamarygmus chrysomeloides (Amarygmus), op. cit.
i, 285.

There is no specimen bearing this name in the British
Museum, but one without a name bearing the same register
number (59.106) agrees fairly well with the description
and is assumed to be the type of this species.

In the Hope collection at Oxford a specimen of Ceropria
induta Wied., is labelled A. chrysomeloides, but the descrip-
tion does not fit this.

The presumed type, a 9, has the anterior femora sharply
dentate beyond the middle. The elytra are finely senate-
punctate, the intervals flat.

The ¢ has the intermediate tibiae bent about the middle,
the anterior tibiae slightly so.

I have not been able to identify S. indicus Pic., the type
of the genus, but Amarygmus alienus Pasc., must certainly
come within the genus. From this species S. chrysome-
loides differs in its very much smaller size and in having
the anterior tibiae’in the g only slightly bent. In S.
alienus they are very strongly so.

+
ji
ig

Seo ee ee

~

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum. 277

26. Strongylium parabolicum, op. cit. i, 285.
S. bifoveolatum Mak.

Walker’s species was not recognised by Miklin, who,
misled doubtless by its being placed by Walker between
two species of Camarimena, assumed that it also should
be placed in the latter genus.

27. Strongylium elegans (Allecula), op. cit. i, 285.
Type unique in British Museum.

Eyes large, almost contiguous for some distance. Antenna?
(defective) very slender, joints 3-7 elongate, successively shorter,
each becoming gradually thicker from base to apex, 7th joint about
four times as long as its apical width. Thorax feebly transverse,
sides sinuate, widest just before the middle, lateral carinae obsolete ;
apex truncate, anterior angles obsolete, base feebly bisinuate ;
dise convex, rugose punctate without marked impressions. Elytra
4 wider than thorax, subcylindrical, striae coarsely and closely
punctate, punctures squarish, each with a smal] tubercle in the
middle of the sides; alternate (3rd, 5th and 7th) interstices wider
than the rest, the suture and the 4th and 6th intervals infuscate.
Legs slender, hind tarsi nearly as long as their tibiae, hind femora
searcely reaching penultimate abdominal segment.

The elytral sculpture is very similar to that .of S. cla-
thratum Makl., but the whole insect is more slender,
especially the antennae and legs; the lateral carina of the
thorax is wanting, eyes larger and closer together.

N.B.—Two insects placed by Walker in the family
Diaperidae (op. cit. i, p. 259) are determined by Mr. G.
J. Arrow as follows :—

Tritoma BIFACIES = Strongylus (Chilocorus) opponens
Walk. (fam. Nitidulidae).

T. praeposita = Amblyopus CINCTIPENNIS Lac. (fam.
Erotylidae).

Fam. CISTELIDAE.

28. Allecula fusiformis, op. cit. 11, 285.

This and the following species are closely allied, but the
accompanying additional details may help to identify
them.

al

278 Mr. K. G. Blair on Types of Heteromera

Antennae slender, filiform, fulvous, joints 3 and 4 subequal,
prothorax widest at base, thence feebly narrowed to anterior angles,
feebly convex across base, disc closely and finely punctate, some-
what less closely in anterior part. Elytral striae strongly and
closely punctate, intervals rather finely and sparsely punctate,
feebly and asymmetrically convex, the highest point being close to
the outer stria. Legs fulvous, the femora blackish towards the
apex.

A

g. aedeagus pointed to apex. (Type 9.)

29. Allecula flavifemur, op. cit. 11, 259.

Antennae slender, filiform, fuscous, reddish towards apex, joints
3 and 4 subequal, markedly stouter than the following. Thorax
widest about the middle, thence feebly contracted towards base,
more strongly so towards apex, moderately strongly convex across
base; disc densely and strongly punctate, scarcely less densely
towards apex. LElytral striae closely and strongly punctate, inter-
vals evenly convex, moderately densely and finely punctate.
Femora flavous, tibiae and tarsi blackish.

3g. aedeagus knobbed at apex. (Type 3 with apex of abdomen
wanting. )

Very near what I take to be A. punctatella Fairm., but
darker, with the thorax more densely and coarsely punctate,
more attenuate towards apex.

30. Cistelopsis falsifica (Cistela), op. cit. ii, 259.

Elongate oval, rufo-fulvous, head short and broad, eyes transverse
moderately approximate. Antennae about half as long as body,
3rd joint but little longer than 2nd, half as long as 4th, joints 4-11
much wider than 2nd and 8rd, subequal in length, about twice as
long as wide at apex. Thorax almost semicircular, finely margined
throughout, base bisinuate, disc moderately densely punctate, each
puncture giving rise to a slender hair. Elytra seriate-punctate,
intervals almost flat,each with three fairly regular lines of elongate
punctures almost as large as those of the striae, which are thus
rendered rather indistinct; all punctures setigerous. Penultimate
joint of all tarsi produced beneath the claw joint as a broad flat lobe,
and the preceding joint of two anterior pairs similarly but to a less
degree produced beneath. These two joints above are very short,
together shorter than the second joint.

I do not know either of the species on which Fairmaire
founded the genus Cistelopsis, but it appears to contain a
considerable number of closely allied Oriental species.

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum 279

31. Cistelomorpha congrua (Cistela), op. cit. 11, 286.

Entirely yellow (antennae beyond 4th joint wanting) with the
last ventral segment reddish. Elytral intervals subequal, convex,
“rather sparsely punctate, 4th and 5th striae shortest, not united at
apex, 3rd and 6th united beyond them, 7th stria a little short of
uniting with 2nd, 8th still shorter, 9th (marginal) stria almost
uniting with Ist.

Closely resembles C. calida All., from Madura, but the
thorax and elytral interstices are both less densely punc-
tate, and the antennae (so far as present), tibiae and tarsi
are not black, and the last ventral segment is reddish
instead of black. A form occurs with a black humeral
spot on the elytra and a black discal spot at about 2 of
their length, thus resembling C. calida var. nigromaculata
All. (= trabealis Fairm.), but it may be distinguished by
its pale legs and hypopygium as well as by the less dense
puncturation of the thorax and elytral intervals.

Fam. LAGRITDAE.
32. Sora marginata, op. cit. 11, 260 (Oedemeridae).

It is probable that many of the Oriental species of
Casnonidea and Nemostira will have to be included under
Sora. The more salient features of the genus are the
elongate slender form, striate elytra, of which the alternate
intervals have a few widely spaced setigerous punctures,
the large eyes, moderately approximate above, but more
widely separated beneath the head; the slender antennae,
of which the second joint is elongate, more than half as
long as the third, and the last jot in both sexes greatly
elongate, as long as the three preceding together.

The type of S. marginata remains unique in the British
Museum. It is flavous, apparently immature, with the
tips of the antennae and femora faintly infuscate, and a
broad fuscous streak running from the humerus nearly to
the apex of the elytra; but this coloration is probably very
inconstant.

N.B.—Thaccona dimaelana, op. cit. ii, 260 (Oede-
meridae), has already been stated by Mr. Champion to
be an Idgia (=I. cardoni Bourg.), Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9) ii, 1919, p. 360.

280 Mr. K. G. Blair on Types of Heteromera

Fam. RHIPIPHORIDAE.
33. Geoscopus languidus (Acosmius), op. cit. 11, 286.

The type, again still unique in the British Museum, agrees
well in generic characters with G. murimus Gerst.

The streaks on the thorax and two transverse fasciae on
the elytra, one about the middle and the other apical,
that Walker describes as “ non-tomentosis,” are in reality
as pubescent as the rest, but the pubescence is dark.

Fam. MORDELLIDAE.
34. Mordella composita, op. cit. 11, 286.

M. tonkinea Pic.
@M. ocrogutratTa Montr.

A widely distributed Oriental species, liable to some
variation in the white markings. In the type the basal
white border of the thorax is of almost even width, the
antemedian transverse fascia is interrupted in the middle
and produced backwards in a longitudinal streak each side
of the interruption. Also there is a short oblique white
streak on each elytron bordering the scutellum. These
last, as well as the longitudinal streaks on the thorax, are
sometimes wanting, and in some cases the transverse fascia
of the thorax is continuous. The other spots are as
follows: a round one in the middle of each elytron near
the base, and a transverse marginal streak a little behind ;
these with the scutellar streak are almost on an arc of which
the humeral angle is the centre. Behind these but before
the middle is a round spot touching the sutural stria, and
rather more than halfway between this and the apex is
another round spot about the middle of the disc. This
last is liable to elongation in a transverse direction, while
that towards the base is liable to longitudinal elongation.

The identity of this species with M. octoguttata Montr.,
from Woodlark Island is a little doubtful on account of the
widely different locality. Fairmaire records what is
probably the same species from Burma (Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belg. 40, 1896, p. 61) as M. octoguttata.

;
:
“.
4

7 of A eS i eames t. ek eS Ss ce i» BEI,
a staat aig tt nyo S §4 et oe

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum. 281

35. Mordellistena defectiva (Mordella), op. cit. 1, 260.

Dark, reddish-brown, not black, as described by Walker, with the
head, antennae and legs ferruginous. Antennae slender, 2nd joint
about equal to the Ist, 3rd and 4th short, together scarcely longer
than the 2nd, 5th to 11th elongate, subequal, about 3 times as
long as wide. Elytra short, not covering the prepygidium. Pos-
terior tibiae with 5 oblique comb-ridges, none of them reaching half-
way across the tibia; 1st tarsal joint with 4 short ridges, 2nd with 3,
and 3rd with 2. Anal style long and slender.

The type is a ¢ with the genital armature protruding
beyond the tip of the style.

‘A © from Kandy (G. E. Bryant) has the last seven joints
of the antennae stouter, only about twice as long as wide,
and the elytra longer, extending a little beyond the base of
the pygidium.

Fam. MELOIDAE.

36. Mylabris humeralis, op. cit. ii, 285.
M. eustrutata Thunb.

A common and well-known insect from Ceylon and

S. India.
37, Mylabris alterna, op. cit. 11, 285.
M. THUNBERGI Billb.

Of two specimens so named, one is labelled in Walker’s
handwriting, and agrees with the description, the other
lacks the sutural black spot behind the median fascia.
This is apparently M. kandyana Pic., and should be regarded
only as a variety of M. thunbergi.

38. Decapotoma recognita (Mylabris), op. cit. 11, 259.
D. Rouxi Cast.

The type has completely lost the yellow patch usually
enclosed in the broad black apical patch of the elytra. To
this extent the name may be retained as a colour variation
of D. rouxi, but a series will show all stages in the dis-
appearance of this patch.

N.B.—This species would almost be better placed in
Coryna than in Decapotoma. The large club-like last joint
of the antennae certainly shows a suture near its base, but

BED? OSM Pees. n® on Types of Heteromera

the degree to which this is visible varies greatly, and in
some specimens there appear to be only nine joints.

39. Sybaris nigrifinis (Epicausta), op. cit. 11, 284.
Lytta usta Fairm.

The upper branch of the claws in this species, as well as
in the closely allied L. testacea F., is pectinate, so that both
must be transferred to Sybaris.

Fam. ANTHICIDAE.

40. Anthicus stricticollis, op. cit. 11, 260.

Apparently related to A. fugax and A. fossicollis Laf. Elytra
squarish at the shoulders, feebly convex, nitid, rather feebly and
sparsely punctate and pubescent ; yellowish, with a broad transverse
median dark fascia and the apex also fuscous, the enclosed yellow
area transversely crescentic, convexity towards apex.

The type remains unique in the British Museum.

II

The Coleoptera collected by J. K. Lord in British
Columbia were presented by him to the Museum (Reg.
No. 64.18), the new species being described by Walker.
Most of the species have been recognised by later writers
and referred to earlier described species, in many cases they
bear a later label in Mr. C. O. Waterhouse’s handwriting,
“named by Leconte ” (in one case with the date, 2.11.69.).

The types of the Heteromera are as follows :—

1. Iphthimus servilis.
2. Iphthimus servator.
3. Iphthimus subligatus.

These are all forms of I. serratus Mann.

The first two are of the form common in British Columbia
in which the punctures of the elytral striae are elongate and
deeply impressed. J. servator is an abnormal individual
with the sides of the prothorax somewhat up-turned in
front. J. subligatus has the punctures of the striae small
and not deeply impressed, as in specimens from California
(det. Horn). It differs from these in the elytra being more
opaque and the thorax more rugosely punctured.

4. Eleodes subtuberculata.
EK. GRANULATA Lec. (fide Leconte).

nlp Me oe

described by Mr. F. Walker now in British Museum, 283

The type remains unique in the British Museum.

5. Eleodes convexicollis.
E. opscurA Say, 9.

6. Eleodes binotata.
E. HISPILABRIS Say, forma laevis Blaisd.

Two specimens, both Q. In Junk’s Catalogue #. binotata
Walk., is placed as a synonym of H. sponsa Lec., a species
apparently of more Southern distribution. The type agrees
exactly with the description of the forma laevis Blaisd.,
of E. hispilabris.

7. Eleodes conjuncta.
E. opscura Say, d-

Stated by Walker to be “like H. convexicollis in struce
ture” (vide swpra).

8. Eleodes latiuscula.
E. numMERALIS Lec. (fide Leconte).

9. Helops inelusus.
H. convexuuus Lee. (fide Horn).

The type bears an additional label “ Helops convexulus
Lec. (Horn),” and is apparently correctly determined.

10. Epicauta immerita (Lytta).
E. sERICANS Lec.

\

This identity was suggested with some doubt by Dr. Horn
in 1873. Unfortunately I have no named specimens of
E. sericans for comparison, but the description and com-
parison of the latter with the nearly allied HE. ferruginea
Say, certainly seem to confirm his opinion.

Both these names were published in 1866, but as Part I
of Leconte’s ‘‘ New Species” bears date ‘“‘ March—April ”
1866, it is probable that this has priority. |

11. Nemognatha bicolor.
N. aprcauts Lec. (fide Leconte 2.11.69).

OcroBer 8, 1921.

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

THE FELLOWSHIP AND FEES.

Fellows pay an Admission Fee of £3 3s. The Annual Contribution of £2 2s.
is due on the first day of January in each year, and is payable in advance.

All Fees should be paid to the Treasurer, Mr. W. G. Sheldon, at 41, Queen’s
Gate, S.W.7, and not to the Secretaries.

Fellows desiring to pay their Annual Contribution through their bankers can
obtain an official form of banker’s order by applying to the Treasurer.

Fellows whose Contributions for the current year have been paid are entitled
to receive the publications of the Society free of charge. Further copies may be
purchased at reduced prices by applying to the Librarian.

Forms of application for Fellowship, copies of the Bye-laws and the List of
Fellows may be obtained from the Secretaries.

MEETINGS AND EXHIBITIONS.

Intending exhibitors are required to send in their names and the nature of their
exhibits to the Secretaries before noon on the day of the meeting, in order that they
may be called upon from the chair. Descriptive notes of all exhibits should be
handed to the Secretaries at the same meeting for printing in the Proceedings. If
the lantern is required, a week’s notice must be given.

Fellows resident abroad, or who are otherwise unable to attend, are reminded that
any specimens, notes, or observations they may send to the Secretaries will be
considered by the Council, with a view to exhibition or reading at the meetings
of the Society.

PAPERS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Fellows desiring to communicate papers to the Society must send the full titles of
such papers to the Secretaries at the Society’s rooms, 41, Queen’s Gate, London,
S.W. 7, at least fourteen days prior to the date of the meeting at which it is
proposed that such papers shall be read.

Authors proposing to illustrate their papers should communicate with the
Secretaries before the drawings are executed. The Council recommend that the size
of the work on plates should be limited to 6} ins. by 4 ins., and in no case will it be
allowed to exceed 64 ins. by 4} ins.

Attention is called to the Instructions to Authors issued with Part I of each
volume, which may also be obtained of the Resident Librarian. Inattention to
these regulations may involve an author in considerable expense.

al
CONTENTS OF PARTS lI, IL.

PAGH
ANDREWES (H. EB.) III. Notes on Synonymy and on some ree of Oriental
Carabidae in various foreign collections 145
Brair (K.G.). VIII. Type: of Heteromera described by F. Walker now in the
British Museum 268
CarPENTER (G. D. Hale, D. M., B. Cx. Gye: ), F. . S., F. Z. S., Ughatn: Medical
Service). I. Experiments on the Relative Eedibility of Insects, with pose
reference to their Coloration os 1
Epwarps (F. W.). IV. British Limnobiidae. fait Records aa \Goteeetioulh. 196
Lea (Arthur M.,F.E.S.). VII. On some Australian hon ta (Coleoptera)
in the British Museum eh 260
Murr (F.). .V. The male genitalia of Mer ope ile ehh. (Siebontanay 231
Ritxry (N. D.). VI. Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection 234
Uvaroy (B. P., F.E.8.). II. Notes on the Oe in the British Museum.
1. The group of Euprepocnemini 106
MEETINGS
TO BE HELD IN THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS
41, Quren’s Gatz, 8S.W. 7
Session 1921-1922.
1921.
Wednesday, Octqber bee vate at "5
Le a5 ame As ee 555 5 19
55 November “Be see AS 2
s\ As ass ne see Ae eae 16
a December cee Bes ye ee Ay 7
1922.
‘9 January (ANNUAL te wt “4 seh 18
rw February 1

The Chair will be taken at Bight o'clock.

THE LIBRARY

is open to Fellows and their friends every day from 10 am. to
6 p.m., except Saturdays, when it closes at 1 pm. On the nights

of meeting it remains open until 10 p.m.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,
BUNGAY, SUFFOLK

PARTS III, IV: January 28, 1922...

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE {

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

1921.

WITH EIGHTEEN PLATES

LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AND
SOLD AT ITS ROOMS, 41, QUEEN’S GATE, 8.W,7

[Price £2 8s. Od.]

THE ENTOMOLOGIC Qf SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.
PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1921-1922.

Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp Roruscuitp, M.A., F.R.S., Erc., President.

G. T. Berpune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
J. Hartitey Durrant. Vice-Presidents.
Comm. JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS.

W. G. Suerpon, F.Z.S., 7'reasurer.

S. A. NeAve, M.A.,.D.Sc., F.Z.S.
H. Row.anp-Brown, M.A.

Henry J. Turner, Librarian.

} Secretaries.

Council.
RoBERT ADKIN. G. A. K. MARSHALL, O.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
H. E. ANDREWEs. Cart. N. D. Krey.
G. C. Cuampion, A.L.S., F.Z.S. Carr. THE Rey. J. WATERSTON, B.D.,
A. D. IMs, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. DSc

J. J. Jorcey, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. | Tur Rev. Gkorce WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. :

Publication Committee.
G. T. Bernunn-Baxker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Chairman),
J. HARTLEY DURRANT. Pror. E. B. Poutton, D.Sc., F.R.S., ete.
G. A. K. MarsHALL, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. | Comm. J. J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S.
Tue Rev. F. D. Mortcs, M.A., F.Z.S. THE REV. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A.,F.Z.S.

Finance and House Comittee.
G. A. K. Marswann, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. (Chairman).
Roserr ADKIN. G. BerHeny, F.R. Hist.S.
G. T. Bergune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.S. | H. Kirrinenam, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S.
E. C. BEDWELL. W. G. F. NELSON.

Library Committee.
J. Hanrriry Durrant (Chairman),

K. G. Buarr. 8. Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
G, Berni, F.R.H1st.8. THE Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.Z.S.
J. E. Cotuin, F.Z.S. L. B. Prout.

‘The Executive Officers are cx officio members of all Committees.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Some of the early volumes of the Society’s Transactions are out of print, but
those which are in stock can be obtained at reduced prices. Any single volume of
the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. The volumes for 1868-
1890, in sets of not less than five, as well as the five of the Third Series (1862-1867),
can be obtained by Fellows at greatly reduced prices on application to the Librarian,
The following is a price list of recently published parts of the TRANSACTIONS—

1917.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 13s. 9d; Parts II, III, IV, 17s. 0d., to

Fellows, 12s. 9d.; Part V,. 6s. Od., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.
1918.—Parts I, II, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Parts III, IV, 14s. 0d., to
Fellows, 10s. 6d.; Part V, 6s., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.

1919.—Parts I, II, £1 17s., to Fellows, £1 7s. 9d. ; Parts III, 1V, £1 11s. 0d.,

to Fellows, £1 3s. 3d.; Part V, 9s., to Fellows, 6s. 9d.

1920.—Parts I, II, £1 8s., to Fellows £1 1s. ; Parts III, IV, V, £1 10s. 0d., to

Fellows, £1 2s. 6d.
1921.—Parts I, II, £1 14s., to Fellows £1 5s, 6d.; Parts III, IV, £2 8s. Od., to
Fellows, £1 16s, Od.

The 1893 CATALOGUE oF THE LIBRARY, with Supplement to 1900, is published
at 10s.; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d.; to Fellows, 3s.

eee en ee ee ot. ae r* - 1
a SHAS ye i, 4 td rs ,
ey es ;
Pa. seo } . f \
6 cree E
&

IX. A Last of the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China, with
descriptions of new species. By Grupert J. ARRow,
FLEAS, ZS.

[Read June Ist, 1921.]

Amonast the large collections of insects, chiefly from the
banks of the Upper Mekong River, made in the course
of the last few years by Mr. R. Vitalis de Salvaza, the
Krotylidae are very numerous. The conspicuous colour-
ing and habit of exposing themselves characteristic of the
members of this family make them an especially easy
prey to the collector, who is not, like other enemies, repelled
by their unpalatable quality. Many species were taken in
large numbers by Mr. Vitalis and, as a result of his exertions,
the number of those recorded from Indo-China is now
considerably more than doubled. Of the total number of
49 species now known from the region, only four or five
of which were not found by him, no less than 23 are in my
opinion new to science. The total number of species
enumerated by Gorham in 1896 from the adjacent region of
Burma was 33.

The bright black and red or yellow patterns so general
in this group are liable to mislead if relied upon for the
discrimination of the species, for series of specimens
apparently identical in pattern, as well as in size and shape,
may prove upon a microscopic examination to belong to
many species and even genera. Standardisation in out-
ward appearance has evidently been acquired, by reason
of the advantage afforded by the readier recognition of
their unpalatability by potential enemies. Deceived in this
way, Mr. Gorham, in the paper just referred to, actually
associated, under the name LHpiscaphula elongata, six
different species, none of them really belonging to EH pi-
scaphula elongata. Two of the six are here described, as
Megalodacne major and affinis.

PHONODACNE, new genus.

Moderately elongate, smooth and shining. Head with a pair
of stridulatory files placed far back upon the vertex and normally
concealed entirely within the cavity of the pronotum. Eyes
moderately large. Antennae with the third joint markedly longer
than the fourth and the club elongate and closely articulated.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS II, Iv. (JAN. ’22) U

286 Mr. Gib J. Arrow’s List of

Clypeus rather long, narrow in front. Mentum large, broad, hol-
lowed beneath and obtusely angulate in front. Terminal joint
of the labial palpi broad and securiform. Maxilla unarmed, densely
hairy, with the inner lobe short, the outer lobe rather slender.
Maxillary palpus with the last joint triangular, not enlarged nor
transverse. Mandible sharply bidentate. Prosternum _ broadly
produced behind. Legs strong, with the tibiae rather clavate, the
three basal joints of the tarsi broadly lobed and the fourth minute.
3g. Front and hind tibiae strongly curved.

Type, P. angusta, sp. n.

This genus is nearly related to Megalodacne, from which
it differs principally by the possession of a pair of stridula-
tory files upon the vertex of the head. These are placed
so far back as to be visible only when the head is drawn a
little out of its cavity, the files not extending forward as
far as the hinder margin of the eye. The tarsi are very
broadly dilated and the maxillary palpi have a securiform
terminal joint, which is not enlarged nor distinctly
transverse.

Episcapha stridulans Gorham is a second species of the
genus, and another is Megalodacne curvipes Fairmaire
(Nyasaland). In the latter species, as in P. angusta, the
stridulatory files are placed far apart, but in P. stridulans
they are close together.

1. Phonodacne angusta, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, singulo elytro lunula humerali ad basin attingenti,
postice tridentata, fasciaque anteapicali intus abbreviata, pallide
flavis, ornato; elongata, convexa, capite fortiter punctato, clypeo
angustato, crebrius punctato, oculis mediocris, pronoto sat crebre
punctato, marginibus Jateralibus laevigatis, basi utrinque fortiter
et profunde punctato, lateribus subtiliter arcuatis, antice leviter
approximatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis; scutello lato;
elytris subtiliter seriato-punctatis, postice laevigatis; prosterni
dimidio antico crebre punctato, margine antico medio minute
tuberculato :

6, tibiis anticis et posticis arcuatis.

Long. 20 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Urrer Mexone: Pak Lay (Aug.), Ban Pan (May).

This is larger and more elongate than P. stridulans, with
similar but rather reduced markings upon the elytra. The
head and pronotum are rather closely punctured, the

Ore ae wee ee le ee
hi = ine - .

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 287

former becoming gradually less so from front to rear.
The stridulatory files are much farther apart than in the
latter species. The pronotum is not much broader than it
is long, gently narrowed to the front and smoother at
the sides, with the lateral margins well marked, especially
near the angles, which are sharp, the anterior ones pro-
duced. The elytra have rows of fine punctures, which
vanish posteriorly. The prosternum is strongly and densely
punctured in its anterior part and slightly carinate along
the middle line, the carina terminating in a slight tubercle.
The male has the front and hind tibiae curved and
serrated at the inner edge, the hind tibiae having the
serrations very well marked and not close together.

2. Megalodacne elongatula, Crotch.

Laos: Pak Lay (August).

This species is easily recognised by the two lines of close
irregular punctures which divide the pronotum longitudi-
nally. The male has a minute tuft of erect hairs near the
end of the last ventral segment.

I may mention here that the Malaccan “ T'riplatoma’
varia of Gorham belongs to the genus Megalodacne, Gorham
having been deceived by the similarity of its markings to
those of 7’. gestroi Bedel.

>

3. Megalodaene vitalisi, sp. n.

Nigra, modice nitida, singulo elytro fasciis duabus rufis ornato,
antica obliqua, lunata, intra humerum ad basin attingenti (angulo
humerali quidem nigro), postice medio dentata, fascia postica antea-
picali, transversa, antice tridentata, postice arcuata; angustissima,
convexa, antice et postice attenuata, capite fortiter punctato, clypeo
angusto, oculis prominentissimis, grosse granulatis; pronoto ubique
sat fortiter punctato, quam longitudinem parum latiori, lateribus
antice leviter arcuatis, angulis acute productis, postice fere rectis,
parallelis, angulis rectis, basi medio lobato, depresso; scutello
transverso; elytris distincte seriato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter
punctulatis; prosterno fortiter haud crebre punctato, metasterni
medio fere laevi, lateribus parce punctatis; antennis gracilibus,
prothoracis basin transientibus, clava laxe articulata.

Long. 6-5-9 mm.; lat. max. 2-5-3-5 mm.

Upper Mexona: Ban Nam Mo, Nam Mat, Pou Bia
(Jan._June), Luang Prabang.
Taken in great abundance.

288 Mr. cin J. Arrow’s List of

It is a narrowly elongate insect, with the prothorax only
a little broader than it is long, the elytra tapermg and the
upper surface rather strongly punctured, especially the
head and pronotum. The elytra are ornamented with
two red fasciae rather remote from one another, the anterior
one extending in an oblique curve from the outer margin
to near the suture and reaching the base just within the
humeral angle, which is black, the posterior one scarcely
interrupted at the suture, arched behind and produced
in front into three points upon each elytron. The antennae
are slender, extending backwards beyond the base of the
pronotum, with a very loosely articulated club. The
prosternum is rather strongly, but not closely, punctured
and the metasternum is almost smooth in the middle and
rather scantily punctured at the sides. This species is
very close to M. elongata Guér., Java (wrongly attributed
to Burma in Kuhnt’s catalogue), but of narrower form,
more convex and less shining. The width of the prothorax
is much less than half as much again as its length (that
attributed by Lacordaire to Guérin’s species). The
pattern and the puncturation are almost identical with
those of MW. elongata.

4, Megalodaene major, sp. n.

Nigra, opaca, singulo elytro fasciis duabus rufis ornato, antica
obliqua humerali, ad basin attingenti, postice tridentata, postica
transversa subapicali, antice tridentata, postice arcuata: anguste
ovalis, convexa, capite crebre parum fortiter punctato, oculis grosse
granulatis, pronoto subtiliter punctato, punctis nonnullis prope
basin majoribus, leviter transverso, lateribus regulariter arcuatis,
antice convergentibus, angulis anticis acute productis, posticis rectis,
basi fortiter lobato, scutello transverso, elytris subtiliter seriato-
punctatis, interstitiis minutissime et parce punctulatis; corpore
subtus magis nitido, grossius punctato.

Long. 8-5-11 mm.; lat. max. 3-5—4:5 mm.

Upper Mexone R.: Pou Bia, Nam Mat, Ban Nam Mo,
Ban Thiou (Jan.—April), Luang Prabang. Burma: Karen
Hills (LZ. Fea, May).

This closely resembles M. vitalisi and the red elytral
pattern is identical, except that the humeral lunule sends
two extensions instead of one to the base of the elytron,
leaving a small black. dot between. It is a little larger,
more oval in shape and rather more opaque above, ‘the

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 289

puncturation being rather finer, except a few large
punctures near the base of the pronotum. The punctura-
tion of the elytral intervals is extremely minute, and the
rows of punctures are generally less evident. The pronotum
is very convex, about half as wide again as its length, with
acutely produced front angles. The lower surface is much
less strongly punctured than in either M. vitalisi or affinis,
the sides of the prosternum alone being strongly punctured,
the metasternum almost smooth and the abdomen shining
but scantily punctured. The antennae are shorter than
in M. vitalisi, not extending beyond the base of the pro-
notum, but the club is loosely articulated. Joints nine
and ten are twice as broad as they are long.

5. Megalodacne affinis, sp. n.

Nigra, singulo elytro fasciis duabus rufis ornato, antica obliqua,
bis ad basin attingenti, postice dentata, postica transversa, sub-
apicali, antice et postice medio dentata; oblonga, modice elongata et
convexa, capite et pronoto fortiter sat crebre punctatis, oculis
prominentissimis, grosse granulatis, pronoto quam longitudinem
fere duplo latiori, lateribus leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis fere
rectis, posticis obtusis; scutello late transverso; elytris seriato-
punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis, prosterno fortiter
haud crebre punctato, metasterno ubique, lateribus fortius, ‘punc-
tato; abdomine subtus sat fortiter et dense punctato; antennis
modice elongatis.

Long. 6-5-8 mm.; lat. max. 2-5-3 mm.

Upper Mexone R.: Ban Nam Mo, Sala Pang Yok,
Pou Bia, Pak Lay (Jan.—June), Luang Prabang, Vientiane.
Burma: Bhamo (L. Fea, June).

The red markings are practically the same as in M. major,
except that the posterior band is not arched behind, but
slightly toothed. M. affinis has a deceptive resemblance to
M. vitalisi, and occurs in almost equal abundance in the
same localities. It is of the same size and similarly punc-
tured above, and the elytral pattern is the same, except
that the anterior red band touches the base of the elytron
at two points, with a small black dot between. It is less
slender in shape, the prothorax more transverse, its sides
more rounded, the front angles not acute and the hind
angles rounded. The elytra are less attenuated behind.
The antennae are less slender, not extending beyond the
base of the pronotum, and the joints of the club are broader.

290 Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow’s List of

The lower surface is more strongly and closely punctured,
the metasternum distinctly punctured in the middle.

6. Megalodacne eximia, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, singulo elytro maculis rufis duabus subrotundatis
ornato, prima posthumerali, leviter transversa, ad marginem exter-
nam attingenti, secunda anteapicali; elongata, parum conyexa, supra
fortiter, capite sat crebre, punctata, oculis prominentissimis, pronoto
paulo minus crebre et aequaliter punctato, quam latitudinem paulo
breviori, lateribus parallelis, fere rectis, antice laevissime incurya-
tis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis, basi transverse impresso,
medio lokato; scutello lato; elytiis mcdice fertiter seriatcpune-
tatis, interstitiis minute punctulatis; prcsterno fortiter punctato,
mctestaro thicve svbtiiter ct perce, akecmireque subtus fortius
ct crebrivs gurctate; antecrnis giacilitus, articulis 3-8 elcngatis,
9-1] laxe articulatis.

Icrg. 8m.; Jat. max. 3 mm.

UrrerR Mrxone: Pan Thicu (March), Luang Prakang.

Only two specimens were taken.

This also resembles M. vitalisi, but is much less nearly
related to it. The 1cd marks are of more regularly rounded
shape, the upper surface is more shining and less convex,
the punctures larger and the sides less curved. ‘The pro-
thorax is little shorter than it is wide, its sides nearly straight
and parallel, except in front, where they are hghtly curved,
with acute front angles. The prosternum is strongly
punctured, closely at the sides and rather scantily in the
middle, the metasternum finely and thinly punctured all
over, and the abdomen distinctly but not closely punctured
except upon the terminal segment. The tibiae are rather
shorter and flatter than in the three species just described,
and the antennae longer, but with a similar loosely-articu-
lated club.

Megalodacne hislopi Crotch.
Laos : Xieng Khouang (April).

A wide-ranging insect ‘found in many parts of India, the
Philippine Islands, ete,

8. Episcapha 4-maculata Wied.

Laos: Vientiane, Cuarao, ete.
This is found in profusion in Indo-China, as in all parts
of the Indo-Malayan Region.

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 291

9. E. taishoensis Lewis.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Xieng Khouang (March—May).
TONKIN (June).
A species only recorded hitherto from Japan.

10. E. indiea Crotch.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Xieng Khouang, Pou Bia
(Jan—June). Tonkin: Chapa (June). Burma. Assam.
SIKKIM,

The pale yellow markings are a little narrower than in
Indian specimens, and the humeral spot is a little larger
in consequence, but I have found no more important
difference. It is this form which has been described as
EB. chapwisi, Dohrn.

11. E. psiloides Bedel.

Tonkin: Than Moi (June, July).
Easily recognisable by its conspicuous hairy clothing and
pale markings.
12. E. eurvierus Bedel.
TONKIN.
I have not seen this species.

13. Episeapha ambigua, sp. n.

Nigra, haud nitida, singulo elytro fasciis duabus angustis pallide
flavis ornato, antica post humerum posita, ad marginem externam
fere attingenti, et ad marginem basalem connexa, postica ante-
apicali arcuata, antice quadri-, postice tri-dentata ; elongato-ovalis,
¢ supra nuda, pedibus antennisque gracilibus, capite et pronoto grosse
sat crebre punctatis, hujus lateribus bene arcuatis, marginibus sat
latis, ante medium minute incrassatis; elytris coriaceis, fere opacis,
convexis, lateribus bene arcuatis; corpore subtus crebre et minute
punctato, vix perspicue pubescenti; antennarum articulis 2-9
elongatis, tertio quam quarto haud longiori.

Long. 16 mm.; lat. max. 6-5 mm.

ts

Laos: Luang Prabang, Sala Pang Yok (March).

A single specimen only. .

Although the pattern is almost identical with that of
E. indica, this is a peculiar and isolated species which, by
the curvature of the sides of the prothorax and elytra,
shows an approach to Triplatoma, Trichulus, etc. The
eyes are larger than in that group of genera, and, with the
short third antennal joint, determine the true relationship

ee eS

i

y

292 Mr, Gilb@ J. Arrow’s List of
of the species. The upper surface is devoid of hair, but
not at all shining, the head and pronotum being strongly
punctured and the elytra of a leathery texture and almost
opaque. The legs and antennae are slender, all but the
first and the last two joints of the latter being markedly
elongate, but the third barely as long as the fourth. The
eyes are divided by an interval equal to twice their radius.
The pronotum has a rather broad elevated margin with a
small lateral pore close to each extremity and another
situated in a slight thickening a little before the middle.

14. Nesitis ulyssis Bedel.
TONKIN (June).

15. Nesitis nigricollis Bedel.

I do not know this species, recently described by M. Bedel
with the last-mentioned one.

16. Eneaustes gigantea Boh.

Laos: Xieng Khouang, Pou Bia (Nov., Jan.).
Also found in Assam.

17. E. malayana Guér.
Laos: Luang Prabang. Upprr Mrxone R.: Ban
Nam Mo, Muong Sai, Vien Poukha (March—May).
This is a smaller form than the last, with less straight
sides to the prothorax and the small black dots upon the
elytra united at the base.

18. E. flavofaseciata Kuhnt.
TONKIN.
Unknown to me.

19. E. eruenta Macl. var. montana Schenk.

Upper Mexone R.: Pou Bia, Nam Mat, Vien Poukha,
Tong King, ete. (Nov., Jan., April, May).

Herr Schenkling’ s note on #. cruenta Macl., the type of
which is in the British Museum, shows that he has mistaken
FE. marginalis Crotch for that species.

20. Eneaustes laticollis, sp. n.

Nigra, laevissima, pronoti annulis duabus medio conjunctis,
utrinque ramis tribus emittentibus, elytrorum humeris rufomaculatis,
callo extremo nigro lunulaque anteapicali ornata; elongata, capite
haud fortiter punctato, pronoto lato, vix perspicue punctato, prope

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 293

basin utrinque impresso, puncto minuto profundo signato, margine
antico leviter arcuato, utrinque paulo impresso, angulis anticis
rotundatis, lateribus fere rectis et parallelis, angulis posticis vix
obtusis; scutello latissimo; elytris longis, subtiliter striatopunc-
tatis, apicibus rotundatis, haud truncatis :

3, pedum anticorum femoribus arcuatis, tibiis intus lamina obtusa
prope medium instructa.

Long. 18-245 mm.; lat. max. 7-9 mm.

Uprer Mexone R.: Pou Bia, Pak Ho, Kok Ya (Oct.,
Jan.).

This is very nearly allied to H. burmanica Gorh. and
praenobilis Lewis (Japan). Its red and black markings
are almost those of the latter, but the red shoulder-mark
has a black spot upon the summit of the callus and the
apical mark has an arched hinder edge. In addition, the
upper surface is a little less glossy and the pronotum is
without the strong punctures at the sides and base. It is
still more closely related to #. birmanica (which, however,
has the elytra entirely black), but the forelegs of the male
are different from those of both the other species, being less
slender and bearing a long carina, instead of a tooth, at
the inner edge. Of EF. birmanica (male), Gorham says :
“ anterior femora armed with an acute tooth a little before
the middle and an obtuse one near the base,” and, com-
paring it with #. praenobilis, “in the male the tooth on
the inner side of the front femora is quite differently
situated.” This is an error, for, although the femora have
a prominence at the extremity, it 1s the tibia and not the
femur which he is describing.

21. Micrencaustes dehaani Cast.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Xieng Khouang (April, May).
A species ranging from Assam to Java.

22. M. atropos Kuhnt.
Unknown to me.

23. M. liturata Macl. (and var. nigripennis Kuhnt).
Laos: Luang Prabang, Xieng Khouang, Vien Vai, Ban
Sai (Sept., Nov., March—May).
This was found in great abundance. The red apical
mark is generally, although not always, absent in these
specimens.

.

294 Mr. ot. J. Arrow’s List of

24. Micrencaustes apicalis, sp. n.

Nigra, pronoto rufo, margine irregulari punctisque duobus
discoidalibus nigris exceptis, elytrorumque macula subapicali antice
bisinuata rufa; elongato-ovata, convexa, capite sat magno, haud
dense punctato, oculis magnis, remotis, pronoto convexo, parce
subtilissime punctulato, lateribus arcuatis, antice et postice con-
tractis, basi fortiter trisinuato, utrinque area triangulari profunde
punctata signato; scutello lato; elytris distincte lineato-punctatis ;
tibiis intermediis apice extus acute spinosis.

Long. 13-17 mm.; lat. max. 5-5-7 mm.

Upper Mexone R.: Ban Thiou, Sala Pang Yok (March),
Nam Mat (April), Luang Prabang.

One of the group of species with the apex of the middle
tibia acutely produced.

The pronotum is convex and very smooth, scarcely
broader behind than in front, its sides evenly rounded, the
base having on each side a strongly punctured area of
triangular shape extending to about one-third the length
of the pronotum. The prosternum is not very sharply
pointed in front, and the mesosternum is transversely
rectangular, with an impressed stria, nearly straight in
front and at the sides.

This species has the closest resemblance to M. litwrata,
but in addition to the presence of a red apical spot upon the
elytra (not a sublateral stripe, as in MW. litwrata) and the
fusion of the two red marks upon the pronotum, the head
is rather larger, the eyes larger and rather farther apart,
the prothorax more shining and convex, its sides more
strongly rounded, the microscopic puncturation sparser,
and the large punctures on each side of the base extend a
little farther forward. The lines of punctures upon the
elytra are rather less fine and close.

25, Mierencaustes elongata, sp. n.

Nigra, parum nitida, singulo elytro maculis duabus rufis ornato,
lunula humerali intus late haud longe producta ad basin atque
marginem lateralem attingenti lunulaque anteapicali fere ad margines
internam et externam attingenti; angusta, parum convexa, capite
crebre punctato, pronoto ubique subtiliter sed distincte punctato,
utrinque ad basin fortiter et copiose punctato, lateribus vix arcuatis,
antice convergentibus, angulis anticis acutis, posticis fere rectis;
scutello transverso; elytris discrete seriato-punctatis; tibiarum

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 295

intermediarum apice extus spinoso; abdominis apice subtus punctis
magnis profundis marginato.
Long. 14:5-18 mm.; lat, max. 6-7 mm.

Upper Mrexona: Ban Nam Mo (March, April), Ban
Thiou (March), Luang Prabang.

The Museum contains a specimen taken by Boden Kloss
at Korinchi, Sumatra, which appears identical with those
taken by Mr. Vitalis.

It is a long and rather narrow species, not very convex
nor very shining. The head and prothorax are rather small
relatively, and rather closely punctured, the former strongly,
the latter finely in the middle but fairly strongly at the
sides, with a cluster of large punctures on each side of the
base. The rows of punctures upon the elytra are well
marked. A peculiar and distinctive feature is a row of ten
or twelve large deep punctures occupying the hind margin
of the last ventral segment. The middle tibiae are acutely
spinose at the end. The clypeus is short, the eyes large
and separated by little more than the diameter of one of
them.

It has a deceptive resemblance to Megalodacne elongatula
Crotch.

26. Micreneaustes siamensis, sp. n.

Nigra, subopaca, singulo elytro maculis duabus fulvis ornato,
lunula humerali ad basin attingenti, postice bis dentata, fasciaque
anteapicali antice tri-, postice bi-dentata, fere ad marginem externam
attingenti; elongato-ovalis, modice convexa, capite distincte,
clypeo fortius punctato, pronoto subtiliter punctato, lateribus bene
marginatis, leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis fere
rectis; scutello transverso; elytris subtiliter lineato-punctatis ;
tibiis intermediis apice haud spinosis.

Long. 14-17-5 mm.; lat. max. 6-5-7-5 mm.

Stam; Laos: Xieng Khouang.

This species and M. convera are closely related to M.
lunulata Macl., which they resemble in their form and
markings, differing in the absence of markings upon the
thorax. In addition M. siamensis is larger and more
elongate, the upper surface is less shining than in MM.
lunulata, and the puncturation of the head and pronotum
is a little stronger. As in M. lunulata, the middle tibiae
are not acutely produced at the end.

296 Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow’s List of

27. Micrencaustes convexa, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, singulo elytro maculis duabus fulvis ornato, Junula
humerali ad basin producta et postice bis dentata fasciaque ante-
apicali antice tridentata fere ad marginem externam attingenti;
elongato-ovalis, convexa, capite bene punctato, clypeo rugose;
pronoto minute sed distincte punctato, lateribus bene marginatis,
leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis fere rectis; scutello
transverso; elytris sat discrete seriato-punctatis; tibiarum inter-
mediarum apice haud spinoso,

Long, 14 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

Uprer Mexona R.: Ban Pan, Nam Tiene (April, May).

Very closely related to WM. siamensis. As in that species
the middle tibiae are not spimose at the end. It is a little
shorter, more convex and more shining than M, siamensis,
with slightly more distinct punctures, those upon the elytra
especially being larger and farther apart. The orange
markings are almost ‘identical, but the humeral mark does
not extend quite so far from the basal margin.

28. Mierencaustes planicollis, sp. n.

Nigra, haud nitida, elytris flavo-bifasciatis, fascia antica basali cal-
lum humeralem punctosque duos minutos nigros amplectente, postice
oblique quadri-emarginata, fasciaque anteapicali transversa, angusta,
antice et postice bi-emarginata; elongata, angusta, oculis magnis,
clypeo parvo, fortiter et crebre punctato, fronte subtilius punctata ;
pronoto sat plano, ubique minute punctato, lateribus fere rectis,
antice paulo contractis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis ;
scutello subrotundato, minutissime punctulato; elytris minutissime
seriato-punctatis ; prosterno antice acute producto, mesosterno linea
trapeziformi circumdato; tibiarum intermediarum apice spinoso,

Long. 15 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

Laos: Xieng Khouang (April).

A rather narrowly elongate species with pale yellow
transverse bands upon the elytra, of which the first reaches
the base, partially surrounds the shoulder spot and includes
two smaller black spots placed transversely, and the posterior
one is narrow. transverse and tridentate both in front and
behind. The upper surface is rather opaque, the pronotum
especially. The sides of the latter are nearly straight and
parallel, except in front where they are gently ‘curved.
The shape of the scutellum of the unique specimen is
peculiar, the margin being almost uniformly rounded except
for the basal emargination,

ea,
3

,

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 297

29. Micrencaustes navicularis, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, singulo elytro fascia transversa anteapicali rufa
ornato, fascia haud arcuata, antice et postice acute dentata, ad
marginem internam et externam haud attingenti; modice elongata,
nitida, capite parvo, clypeo angusto, fortiter crebre punctato,
fronte minutius et parcius punctata; pronoto ubique minute sed
distincte punctato, lateribus leviter arcuatis, antice convergentibus,
angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis; scutello brevissimo sed postice
angulato; elytris distincte sat laxe seriato-punctatis, postice
attenuatis; prosterno valde acuminato, mesosterno linea semi-
circulari impresso, tibiis apice haud spinosis.

Long. 13-5-15 mm.; lat. max. 6-6-5 mm.

Laos: Pou Bia (Jan.).

This is another species of the group in which the middle
tibiae are not spinose at the end. It is the only species of
the genus known to me of which the pattern consists of a
red posterior band only. This band is exactly transverse,
interrupted at the suture, and has a triple emargination of
its front edge and a double emargination of its hind edge
upon each elytron. The insect is only of moderate length,
but tapers rather more markedly than usual both before
and behind. The elytral striae are distinctly but not
closely punctured. The mesosternum bears an impressed
semicircular stria.

30. Aulacochilus quadripustulatus F.
TonkIN : Hoabinh (Aug.). Laos: Luang Prabang (Nov.).

31. A. episeaphoides Gorh.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Pou Bia (Dec., Jan.).
A common species in Assam and Burma.

32. A. luniferus Guér.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Ban Nong, Muong Sai, Pou Bia
(Dec., Jan., Mar.).

33. Aulacochilus sternalis, sp. n.

Cyaneo-niger, haud nitidus, elytris fascia lata rufa basali,
utrinque puncta dua nigra (quorum majore humerali ad
marginem conjuncto) includente, fasciaque angustiori postmediana
valde sinuata ornatis, fasciis vix ad latera attingentibus, antica
ad suturam interrupta, postica fere integra; oblongo-ovatus, con-

298 Mr. Gib 5 . Arrow’s List of

vexus, capite pronotoque ubique fortiter punctatis, hoc parum
convexo, lateraliter paulo excavato, marginibus bene elevatis,
elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis; pro-
sterno antice producto, acuminato, striis lateralibus antice abbre-
viatis, mesosterno brevissimo, linea arcuata transversa inciso,
metasterno fortiter punctato, segmento ventrali basali utrinque
linea brevi inciso.
Long. 7-5—9 mm.; lat. max. 3-5—4-5 mm.

Laos: Luang Prabang (March, April).

This closely resembles A. luniferus Guér. It is a little
larger, with the juxta-scutellar spot detached, the humeral
one united to the lateral border but not elongate, and
an additional postmedian red fascia, which reaches the
sutural margin and almost attains the external margin.
The prosternum is sharply produced in front, the meso-
sternum is very short and transverse and has a complete
semicircular stria, the prosternum is coarsely punctured
at the sides, the metasternum strongly and evenly punc-
tured everywhere, the abdomen closely punctured, the
basal segment with short straight coxal Imes. The pro-
notum is flattened at the sides, strongly punctured, with
sharply raised lateral margins.

34, Aulacochilus laoticus, sp. n.

Niger, singulo elytro fascia posthumerali subcruciformi fere ad
marginem anticam attingenti et infra humerum paulo producto
fasciaque anteapicali minore transversa medio constricta rufis
ornato; oblongo-ovatus, convexus, haud nitidus, capite prono-
toque ubique fortiter punctatis, hoc convexo, marginibus lateralibus
bene elevatis, angulis obtusis, elytris striatopunctatis, interstitiis
subtiliter punctulatis; prosterno haud producto aut elevato, stria
integra antice et lateraliter inciso, mesosterno brevi, stria arcuata
impresso, metasterni medio modice punctato, abdominis segmento
basali linea longa angulata versus Jatera producta utrinque inciso.

Long. 8-5—9 mm.; lat. max. 4 mm.

Laos: Xieng Khouang (April), Luang Prabang, Ban
Nam Mo (April).

Closely related to A. sternalis. The ground-colour is
black without blue tinge, the juxta-scutellar black spot
is united with the sutural border, and the anteapical red
patch is placed farther back and is very short. The pro-
notum is more convex, the prosternum has no process in

—_———

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 299

front but is rounded and has a marginal stria, complete
except at the hind margin, the mesosternum is very short
and has a semicircular stria, the metasternum is finely
punctured, the abdomen closely punctured, and the coxal
lines of the basal segment are long and continued parallel
to the hind margin almost to the sides of the abdomen.

35. Aulacochilus fratereulus, sp. n.

Niger, singulo elytro fascia lata basali aliaque anteapicali parva
arcuata fulvis ornato, fascia basali maculas 4 minutas includenti,
quarum duabus internalibus, tertia humerali ad basin, quarta ad
marginem externam sitis; oblongo-ovatus, convexus, haud nitidus,
capite fortiter, pronoto subtilius punctato, hujus marginibus
lateralibus bene elevatis, leviter arcuatis; elytris minute striato-
punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis; prosterno haud
acuminato aut elevato, utrinque stria brevi inciso, mesosterno sat
brevi, utrinque brevissime striato, metasterno abdomineque subtil-
iter punctulatis, hujus segmento primo ventrali utrinque linea
arcuata fere ad marginem posticam attingenti inciso.

Long. 6-5—8 mm.; lat. max. 3-5—4:5 mm.

Upper Mexone R.: Ban Pan (May), Tong Lap (April),
Pou Bia (Jan.), Luang Prabang (April).

This closely resembles A. vitalisi Arrow and episca-
phoides Gorh., but is smaller and a little more elongate
than the former and a little less so than the latter. The
pattern is almost that of A. episcaphoides, but the ground-
colour is black without blue tinge, the outlines are less
sharply defined and the apical patch is produced back-
wards externally almost to the apices of the elytra. The
prosternum is scarcely elevated in front, and not at all
sharply pomted. It is longitudinally impressed and
bordered by long striae which converge without meeting.
The coxal lines of the first ventral segment are continued
almost to the hind margin of the segment, where they are
sinuous.

36. Aulacochilus vitalisi, sp. n.

Niger, parum nitidus, elytris fulvis, singulo marginibus suturali
et externali, maculis duabus basalibus, duabus antemedianis (quarum
interiori cum marginem suturalem plus minusve confusa), fascia
postmediana extus dilatata ad margines internam et externam
attingenti guttaque apicali cum margine conjuncta ornato; ovalis,
convexus, pronoto paulo deplanato, irregulariter sat fortiter punc-

300 ~~ Mr. cil, J. Arrows Lvst of

tato, marginibus Jateralibus bene elevatis, elytris distincte striato-
punctatis, lateribus reflexis; prosterno haud acuminato, utrinque
inter coxas stria inciso, mesosterno etiam utrinque stria arcuata
inciso, metasterni medio fortiter punctato, linea Jongitudinali
impresso, abdominis segmento ventrali basali utrinque stria sat
brevi obliqua inciso.

Long. 7-5—10-5 mm.; lat. max. 4:5—5-5 mm.

Uprer Mexonea R.: Pou Bia (Jan.).

This is extremely similar to A. gavanus Guér. and of the
same size and shape. The pattern is the same, but the
elytral spot adjoiing the scutellum is placed a little
farther away, so that it is quite separated from the sutural
line, and the postmedian black band is not completely
detached from the lateral black border as in A. javanus.
The lateral striae of the mesosternum are longer than in
the latter, but the coxal lines of the first ventral segment
are shorter, not bending round parallel to the hind margin
as in that species.

37. Aulacochilus janthinus Lacord.
Laos: Luang Prabang, Vien Poukha, Sala Pang Yok
(March, April, May). Inpia. Matayan Reciron.
I am unable to distinguish A. sericews Bedel from this
very common and widely-distributed species.

38. Amblyopus vittatus Oliv.
TonkINn : Hoabinh (Aug.). .
This is also very abundant and widespread in the
Oriental region.

Genus TRITOMA.

The species of this genus are extremely numerous and
of practically world-wide distribution. In the recent
catalogue of Kuhnt they are scattered under various
generic names. It appears to me impossible to separate
the genus Triplax, the difference being one of superficial
form only, a feature which is subject to almost infinite
variation. The genus 7riloma was created by Fabricius
in 1775 for T. bipustulata and other species. On the
ground that Fabricius’ genus was not that of Geoffroy,
Crotch in 1872 renamed it Cyrtotriplax, designating T.
bipustulata as the type. In 1873 he named an American
species (humeralis F.) as the type; but since Geoffroy’s
names (not being uniformly binomial) are not now accepted,

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 301

Cyrtotriplax becomes a synonym of Tritoma F. In his
subsequent ‘“ Revision’ (1876) Crotch reverted to
the European 7. bipustulata F., but Kuhnt’s Catalogue,
attributing the name Cyrtotriplax to Gorham, adopts the
latter’s extraordinary proposal to use Crotch’s name for
Oriental species only. Another genus, Pseudotritoma, was
made by Gorham in 1888 for Oriental species mistakenly
referred to Tritomidea Mots. (a synonym of Huxestus) by
Crotch, but without any attempt to differentiate it from
Tritoma. Two species (atripennis and xanthosticta Gorh.)
remain in the catalogue under T'ritomidea, to which they
are not related. Another series of species was separated
by Gorham as Triplacidea. His genus Phoxogenys, the
affinities of which he failed to elucidate, is scarcely dis-
tinguishable from Cyrtomorphus, as at present understood.

39. Tritoma bella Kuhnt.
Laos: Vien Poukha (May). Tonkin (Kuhnt).

Determination of this is quite uncertain, for Kuhnt’s
few words do not really amount to a description.

40. T. basimaculata Kuhnt.
Unknown to me.

41. T. nigripennis Mots.

This is very probably the Burmese species named
Cyrtotriplaz cebana by Gorham, and nothing is given
in the fragmentary description of TZ. atripennis Kuhnt
by which that can be distinguished from 7. cebana,
except rather smaller size, to which no particular impor-
tance need be attached, but Kuhnt’s name in any case
is invalid, having been previously used by Gorham.

ToNKIN (Kuhnt).

42. T. oppositipunctata Gorh.

Kuhnt has recorded this from Tonkin, but it is possible
his insect is a form of 7’. vitticollis, mentioned later.

43. Tritoma vitticollis, sp. n.

Nigra, pronoti lateribus late, prothorace et abdomine subtus,
antennarumque articulis 2, 3 et 4 flavibus, elytris plerumque leviter
aeneis; oblongo-ovata, nitida, capite sat fortiter punctato, clypeo
margine recto, oculis haud parvis, prominentissimis, pronoto medio
distincte, lateraliter subtilius, punctato, marginibus laterajibus
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 22) X

302 Mr. cin J. Arrow’s List of

leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis paulo productis, haud acutis, posticis
fere rectis, basi medio leviter lobato; scutello transverso, parce
punctulato; elytris punctato-striatis, stria suturali indistincta,
metasterno medio minute et parce, lateraliter fortius punctato,
antennarum articulo tertio quam quarto paulo longiori, clava laxe
articulata, angusta.

Long. 4—6 mm.; lat. max. 2-3—3-3 mm.

Upper Mexona R.: between Luang Prabang and
Vientiane.

Black, with the pronotum (except a broad median black
stripe), the prosternum and abdomen beneath and joints
two to four of the antennae pale yellow.

A very abundant insect, varying considerably in size.
In some specimens the interruption of the black longi-
tudinal thoracic stripe produces a pattern like that of
T. (“ Cyrtotriplax”’) oppositipunctata Gorh. and T. mot-
schulskyi Bedel, but the yellow colour of the present species
is much paler, and the legs and the mesosternum and
metasternum are quite black. It is also generally larger,
of less regularly oval shape than 7. motschulskyi, and more
strongly punctured both above and beneath than 7’.
oppositipunctata.

The elytra have usually a slight brassy lustre. The
antennae are moderately long, the third joint rather longer
than the fourth, and the club long, narrow and loosely
jointed. The punctures of the pronotum are finer at the
sides than in the middle, and the lateral margins are more
curved than in the other species here described.

44, Tritoma atriceps, sp. n.

Pallide flava, capite, elytris, meso- et metasterno antennarumque
articulis 9 et 10 nigris, pronoti marginibus antica et postica medio
plus minusve infuscatis; ovalis, nitida, convexa, capite aequaliter
sat fortiter et crebre, pronoto paulo subtilius, punctato, clypeo
antice leviter emarginato, pronoti lateribus subtilissime arcuatis,
angulis anticis vix acutis, posticis rectis; elytris striato-punctatis,
stria suturali antice valde oblique ad basin protracta, interstitiis
sat parce punctatis, metasterni medio subtiliter et parce, lateribus
fortius punctatis; antennis brevibus, articulo tertio ad duos se-
quentes conjunctim fere aequali, tribus ultimis transversis, parum
compactis.

Long. 3:5—4 mm.; lat. max, 2—2-5 mm,

ey

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 303

Upper Mrxonea R.: between Luang Prabang and
Vientiane.

T. atripennis Kuhnt, which, so far as the fragmentary
descriptions indicate, appears not to differ from 7’. nagripen-
nis Mots., has only the elytra and scutellum black, whereas
in this species the head, scutellum, elytra, mesosternum
and metasternum and the two penultimate joints of the
antenna are black and the rest of the body pale yellow
(not orange). There is also generally a very narrow and
inconspicuous dark marginal line at the middle of the
front and hind edges of the pronotum.

The first elytral stria is distinct, strongly oblique
anteriorly and running close to the suture behind. The
metasternum is very feebly punctured in the middle,
more strongly at the sides. The club of the antenna is
moderately broad but not closely-jointed.

45. Tritoma repetita, sp. n.

Fulva, oculis, pronoti punctis duobus medianis, uno ad marginem
anticam, altero ad marginem posticam, elytrisque nigris; late
ovalis, nitida, convexa, capite et pronoto aequaliter et fortiter
punctatis, clypeo bene emarginato, pronoti lateribus leviter arcuatis,
angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis, basi medio lobato; elytris
striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctatis, spatio suturali
antice lato fortius punctato; metasterni medio crebre, lateribus
parcius punctatis; antennis brevibus, articulo tertio ad duos
sequentes conjunctim fere aequali, tribus ultimis modice compactis.

Long. 4:5 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Tonkin : Hoabinh (Aug.).

It is possible that 7’. atripennis Kuhnt is a phase of
this species without the two marginal black spots upon
the pronotum. This is happily immaterial, since the
name atripennis falls, having been previously used for a
closely-related species by Gorham, but entirely misplaced
by him, Tritomidea, as I pointed out in 1917, being
synonymous with Euxestus. T'. repetita is entirely orange-
red in colour, with the exception of the eyes, a spot in the
middle of the front margin of the pronotum, a correspond-
ing spot at the hind margin and the elytra. This pattern
like others is recurrent in this genus, most of the species
of which seem to be rather localised, but the very similar
T. motschulskyi Bedel and T'. oppositipunctata Gorh. have

B04 Mr. Gitbae J. Arrow’s List of

the head and part of the lower surface black. It is of
broadly oval form and well punctured above and beneath.
There is a rather wide and closely-punctured space on
each side of the elytral suture, the first stria being practic-
ally obliterated. The metasternum is closely punctured
in the middle and much less closely at the sides. The
club of the antenna is rather long and compactly jointed.

46, Tritoma alternata, sp. n.

Nigra, capite (oculis exceptis), prothorace, elytrorum fascia lata
mediana communi, pedibus antennisque (clava fusca excepta)
pallide flavis; oblonga, modice angusta, convexa, nitida, capite
et pronoto fortiter punctatis, hoc medio paulo subtilius, oculis
parum parvis, clypeo antice leviter emarginato; prothoracis
marginibus lateralibus subtiliter arcuatis, angulis omnibus obtuse
rectis, basi haud valde lobato; scutello vix transverso; elytris
distincte lineato-punctatis, interstitiis irregulariter et parcius punc-
tatis; prosterno fortiter punctato, metasterno minus fortiter, medio
parce punctato; antennis gracilibus, clava laxe articulata.

Long. 4—5-5 mm.; lat. max. 2 mm.

Laos: between Luang Prabang and Vientiane.

This has the narrow form which serves as practically
the only distinguishing feature of the genus T'riplaz, but,
as the proportions vary with every species, it is not possible
to find any natural dividing line in this respect.. The
coloration is peculiar. The head, prothorax, a broad trans-
verse band crossing the middle of the elytra from side to
side, the antennae (except the club), the legs and the
prosternum and mesosternum are pale yellow, the re-
maining surface black. The antennae are rather long
and slender, with a narrow loosely-jointed club, and the
tibiae are not very broad. The puncturation of the head
and pronotum is strong and the elytra have well-marked
rows of punctures, between which are incomplete rows of
similar punctures.

47. Tritoma solitaria, sp. n.

Pallide flava, elytris nigris clavaque antennali fusca; oblonga,
modice elongata, convexa, nitida, capite et pronoto sat fortiter
punctatis, clypeo angusto, haud emarginato, prothoracis lateribus
subtiliter arcuatis, angulis omnibus obtuse rectis, baseos medio
late lobato; scutello transverso, laevi; elytris distincte lineato-
punctatis, interstitiis parce et subtilissime punctatis, prosterno

the Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China. 305

fortiter punctato, metasterno minus fortiter; tibiis haud latis,
antennis parum gracilibus, clava sat laxe articulata.
Long. 4mm.; lat. max. 2 mm.

Laos: between Luang Prabang and Vientiane.

A single specimen. .

Although a little smaller, this has the same rather
narrow form as 7. alternata, to which it is closely related,
but the lower surface, including the legs, is entirely pale
in colour, and the elytra are entirely black. The antennae
are rather shorter than in that species, and the club is a
little more compact and abrupt. The head and pronotum
are a trifle less strongly punctured than in 7. alternata,
and the interstitial punctures of the elytra are less evident.
The clypeus is narrow and not emarginate in front.

48. Tritoma ornata, sp. n.

Laete fulva, capitis vitta mediana, prothoracis macula antica
geminata vel bilobata, elytrisque nigris, his fascia antemediana
multidentata transversa maculaque utrinque apicali triangulari
fulvis ornatis, clava antennali (apice excepto) nigra; ovalis, con-
vexissima, nitida, corpore supra ubique sat crebre punctato, clypeo
parum brevi, fortiter emarginato, oculis modice prominentibus,
pronoti marginibus lateralibus vix arcuatis, angulis omnibus fere
rectis, basi anguste lobato; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis ;
corpore subtus subtiliter, lateribus fortius, punctatis; antennarum
articulo tertio quam quarto plus duplo longiori, clava ovali, modice
compacta, articulo 9 lato, 11 minuto,

Long. 4—5 mm.; lat. max. 2-5—3 mm.

Urrer Mexone R.: Ban Nong (Dec.), Pou Bia (Jan.).

This is intermediate between the rather depressed pre-
ceding insects and the short and convex species repre-
sented by 7. bipustulata F. It is more elongate than the
last, more closely punctured, with more strongly marked
elytral striae, and has longer antennae and tibiae, the
antennal club being of the same general form but less
compact. The last joint of the labial palpus is only a
little wider than it is long. The coloration 1s like that of
no other described species. The legs and lower surface
are yellow, the head is yellow with a longitudinal median
black line, the pronotum is yellow with two oval black
spots more or less united occupying the middle of the
front margin and extending backwards beyond the middle

o
306 = Arrow’s List of Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China.

of the thorax. The extreme hind margin of the pronotum
is also black, as are the scutellum and elytra, the latter
being decorated with a transverse orange band before the
middle, sometimes interrupted at the suture, and a tri-
angular patch in the posterior angle of each, not quite
reaching the margin.

49. Cyrtomorphus curtus Gorh.

Laos: Luang Prabang, Ban Nam Mo, Pou Hai Katoui.
This is also found in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
It varies from 6 to 8 mm. in length.

Note.—Five species of Erotylidae from Indo-China were
enumerated by Gorham under the name “ Encaustidae ”
(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1891, p. 399). Two of his
identifications are certainly quite wrong (viz., the West
African Tritoma senegalensis Crotch, and the Ceylonese
Euzxestus translucidus Mots.), and two others I am not
able to confirm. As I have not seen the specimens on
which the list is based (which are in the collection of
M. Ed. Fleutiaux) I have disregarded Gorham’s names
altogether in the preceding paper.

Pee et tree OM, ee gt a,

get sy

(<307 )

X. Mimicry of Ants by other Arthropods. By Horace
DonistHorPE, F.Z.S., ete.

[Read June Ist, 1921.]
Mimicry.

Numerous Arthropods are very ant-like in appearance,
and such resemblances are not surprising considering that
ants are on the whole very well protected. Their pro-
tection is brought about by many different causes, especially
the vast numbers in some colonies all ready to come to each
other’s assistance, and overwhelm an enemy by sheer weight
of numbers. They also possess various methods of offence
and defence — well-developed stings; poison and repug-
natorial glands, ejecting acid and offensive discharges ;
marked odours; hardness of integument; defensive spines,
etc., ete. I propose to divide the mimicry of ants into the
following sections :—

1. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which do not
live with them, neither feeding on, nor having any direct
association with them. Such mimics are in no way
Myrmecophiles, and may be called Simple Myrmecoids.
Perhaps the best-known example is the little Locustid
Myrmecophana fallax found in the Soudan [and perhaps in
Rhodesia also; see Poulton “ Essays on Evolution,” 257
n. 1 (1908)]; its resemblance to an ant is brought about by
the arrangement of pale colouring beneath and on the
sides, and not by the actual shape of the insect. Various
spiders, bugs (Heteroptera and Homoptera, including the
Membracids with ant-like shields, and the curious larval
Membracid resembling an ant carrying a leaf), wasps,
Longicorn Coleoptera, all belong to this division, which
includes a number of our own beetles belonging to the
genera Clivina, Dyschirius, Miscodera, Stilicus, Notoxus,
and Anthicus.

The beetle Clerus formicarius has also been considered
to be an ant-mimic, in which case it would therefore come
under this heading. I, however, consider it to be a
Mutilla-mimic.*

2. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which do not

* See Donisthorpe, ‘‘ Cases of Protective Resemblance, Mimicry,
etc., in the British Coleoptera,” Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1901,
376.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaARTS III, IV. (JAN.’22)

308 Mr. mee Donisthorpe’s

live with their models, but do feed on them. These may
be called Myrmecoid Myrmecophags. Some spiders, tiger-
beetles, etc., may be given as examples.

3. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods, which both live
with the ants, and also feed on them. These are the
Myrmecoid Synechthrans. One of the best examples is
the jet black Myrmedonia funesta, much resembling the ant
with which it occurs. Wasmann has expressed his opinion
that the object of this mimicry is to deceive the ants; but
I am unable to agree with him, considering rather that the
likeness protects the beetle from outside enemies; for
the beetle when attacked by its host can always defend
itself by powerful repugnatorial discharges. In common
with other Myrmedonias, it curls up when disturbed, and
looks like a fragment of earth, but this is its second line of
defence. The insect is frequently found in the “runs ”
of the ants, at the entrance and outside the nest, where
its resemblance to an ant would be of value against the
attacks of enemies other than its host.

Some of the mimetic spiders and also bugs (Heteroptera
of the genera Alydus, Myrmecoris, Systellonatus, Nabis,
etc.) may belong to this group, at any rate during the times
when they associate with ants as they commonly do. It
is also possible that the species referred to prey on their
ant models.

4. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which are
generally found in company with ants, or near their nests,
but attack other insects, etc. These are partly Myrmecoid
Synoeketes. Species of the genus Gonalopus are good
examples, as they are very ant-like and often found with
ants, but prey on small Homoptera. Some spiders, and
the bugs mentioned in the last section possibly belong here,
for it is not certainly known whether they feed on the ants.
They are all very ant-like, especially in the larval stages,
when their bodies are shaped like those of the ants. In
Nabis, however, the resemblance is brought about in a
different manner like that producing the likeness in Myrme-
cophana. The sides of the base of the abdomen are white
with a dark mark in the middle like the pedicel of an ant.
Viewed in profile there is also an elevation like the ant’s
scale. This species has been observed to suck the eggs of
Lepidoptera, and other species of bugs in the neighbour-
hood of ants [see Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., 57, 80 (1921);
and Donisthorpe, Ent. Mo. Mag., 57, 136 (1921)].

i

o

oe

Mimicry of Ants by other Arthropods. 309

5. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which always
live with their hosts: This section includes the Myrmecoid
Synoeketes, of which the best examples are the guests of
the Driver ants (Dorylii) of tropical Africa and Asia, and
the legionary ants (Ecitonti) of the warmer portions of
America. The species are principally Staphylinid beetles,
and among them are some of the most remarkable ant-
mimics in the world. As their hosts have no fixed abode
these Synoeketes live as camp-followers, moving from place
to place in company with the ants, and feeding on the
plentiful booty obtained by them. Perhaps the most
wonderful of all is the Staphylinid beetle Mimanomma
spectrum, a Doryline guest, whose whole body is modified
in the most extraordinary manner, to imitate that of its
hosts.

Mimeciton pulex is also a very curious insect which lives
with an Eeiton in Brazil. Wasmann, to whom we are
indebted for our knowledge of nearly all these Doryline
guests, considers that the form and hairiness of Mimeciton
are for the purpose of deceiving its hosts, whilst its ant-like _
colour protects it from outside enemies when running along
in company with Eciton. As the Doryline ants are blind,
but possess a keen sense of touch, it is highly probable
that in such cases as this Wasmann’s interpretation is
correct.

6. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which always
live with their hosts, and are fed and licked by them—these
are the true guests, or Myrmecoid Symphiles. The
Staphylinid beetle Lomechusa is always to be found in
parts of the nest where the ants are thickest. Here it is
to be found sitting amongst and crawling over the ants,
and when at rest practically indistinguishable from them.
The reason being that the light which is reflected from the
concave sides of the thorax appears to the eye like the
narrow back of an ant, and the rolled-up abdomen of the
beetle reflects the light in the same way as the rounded
gaster of a large ant. The species of another Staphylinid
genus Atemeles are not only ant-like, but also mimic the
ants’ movements. When an Alemeles desires to be fed
it not only solicits an ant by tapping with its antennae as

_ does Lomechusa, but it further mimics the actions of its

hosts by stroking the side of the head of the ant with its
front feet. These actions are also performed by the larva
of Xenodusa, the American representative of Lomechusa,

510 Mr. Orcs Donisthorpe’s

which having longer legs than the larva of the latter, can
walk about and solicit the ants for food by raising itself and
stroking their cheeks with the anterior pair of feet.

7. Mimicry of ants by other Arthropods which live with
the ants, and lay their eggs in them or their brood—
Myrmecoid Entoparasites. “Mann records the capture in
Brazil of several specimens of a remarkable wingless
Proctotrypid—Mimopria ecitonophila, which runs about
in company with the legionary ant Heiton hamatum. They
were good mimics of the small workers, and very ant-like
in their movements. Chitty found in a nest of Tetra-
morium caespitum in Kent a wingless Proctotrypid which
resembled very closely this ant. This section also includes
various other mimetic Proctotrypidae, and probably also
some ant-like Ichneumonidae of the genus Pezomachus,
which are found with ants.

8. Mimicry of ants by other ants of different genera—
Myrmecoid Formicidae. Forel has commented on the
close superficial resemblance between the minor workers of
Colobopsis truncata and workers of Dolichoderus 4-punctatus,
considering the likeness to be due to mimicry. These forms
of the two species resemble each other in size, gait, and
behaviour; both have spotted gasters, bemg the only
European ants with such markings, and both often occur
together on walnut-trees. Moreover, Camponotus lateralis
may also be found with the other two species which they
resemble in general colouring and behaviour. Finally, all
three sometimes inhabit the same tree as Cremastogaster
scutellaris and may be looked upon as mimics of the latter
ant. I found the Colobopsis and the Cremastogaster living
in the same pieces of “ virgin” cork at Kew Gardens
accompanied by a beetle Formicomus pedestris which
closely resembled the Colobopsis. It has been suggested
that these resemblances are only accidental, but this
conclusion is by no means certain. Ants of the genus
Dolichoderus possess well-developed repugnatorial glands,
and the numerous species of Cremastogaster are dreaded by
other ants. Mann has observed that the Cremastogasters
are always avoided by the fierce Brazilian Ecitons, even
when marching in column.

Santschi has shown that the female of Bothriomyrmex
decapitans possesses a similar odour (not present in her
own workers) to that possessed by the workers of Tapi-
noma nigerrimum, on which she is a temporary social

Mimicry of Ants by other Arthropods. 311

parasite. This is a case of olfactory mimicry. [Rev.
Zool. Africa, 7, 216 (1920).]

9. Mimicry of Myrmecophiles found together with them
in the same ants’ nests—Myrmecophile mimics of Myrme-
cophiles. The ‘‘ Lady-bird ” Coccinella distincta is a good
example of such mimicry, for it superficially resembles: the
beetle Clythra 4-punctata, and both are found in and about
the nests of Formica rufa. This is an instance of Miillerian
mimicry, as I have shown the Clythra to be distasteful to
‘““insectivorous animals,’ and the Coccinellidae are known
to be so.

Another example which may be similar to the above is
that of an Ichneumonid, Microcryptus nigrocinctus, several
females of which I found in company with a number of
Myrmedonia collaris in a nest of Myrmica laevinodis at
Wicken Fen. The head, elytra, and tip of the abdomen
of the beetle are black, and the rest of the surface bright
red, and as the Ichneumon is coloured in a similar manner,
they bear a strong superficial resemblance to each other.

10. Resemblance to inanimate objects by Myrmecophiles
—Protective Resemblance. Before leaving the subject of
Mimicry, it may be as well to refer briefly to a few cases
of protective resemblance among ants’ guests. Species
of the genus Monotoma when at rest look like bits of wood;
and it has already been pointed out that the Myrmedonias,
in their second line of defence, feign death and resemble
fragments of earth; while the larval cases of Clythra and
Cryptocephalus and the pupal case of Cetonia, etc., look
like lumps of earth in the nest—these last being examples
of “‘ adventitious” or allocryptic resemblance. Amphotis
marginata, a true guest, is very like a bit of bark, and it is
often found under, or on the bark of trees inhabited by its
hosts. To these, other instances might be added.

XI. On the Life-history of Boreus hyemalis L. By
C. L. WirnycomBe.

Puate. VIII:
[Read October 5th, 1921.]

Last December I exhibited before this Society some
specimens of Boreus hyemalis together with eggs of the
same. Having now more or less completed my observa-
tions on the life-history of this insect, I have much pleasure
in submitting an account thereof. .

“Kence

Fria. 2. Boreus hyemalis, 9.

In Epping Forest Boreus first appears as the perfect
insect in November and may possibly exist right through
the winter as such, but personally I cannot claim to have
taken it later than December.

As is also the case with other members of the Mecoptera,
Boreus possesses a long rostrum, at the end of which are
situated the mandibles, toothed internally and fitted for
biting. The head also bears two large compound eyes
but no ocelli.

In both sexes the wings are reduced, but especially so in

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921,—PARTS Ill, IV. (JAN. ’22)

Mr. Withycombe on Infe-history of Boreus hyemalis. 313

the female, which is completely apterous except for a pair
of small scale-hke lobes on the mesothorax. The male
has two pairs of curved bristle-like wings. Each anterior
wing is stiff and covered with spines. On its hind margin
it is grooved and acts as a covering to the hind-wing,
which is much less hairy and not so strongly chitinised.
The abdomen of the male is curved upwards at the apex
and bears the complex genitalia. The posterior dorsal
margin of the second abdominal segment in that sex is
produced upwards into a small erect lobe, which is obliquely
truncated, appearing as a small forwardly directed ridge
when viewed from the side. In the female there is a long
Ovipositor giving the insect somewhat the appearance of
a female Locustid. A point of interest about the adult is
the presence of a peculiar sieve of chitinous, doubly grooved
bristles in the proventriculus, as is also found in other
Mecoptera, in the flea, and in crickets.

On first escaping from the pupa the colour is greenish
yellow, but in a day or so this darkens, the back and sides
of the head, thorax and abdomen becoming bronzy brown
or bronzy green, the rest of the body including rostrum
being yellowish brown.

Length about 3 mm.; of female with ovipositor 5 mm.

In November the insects may be found running about
on the surface of moss, often in numbers. They are, how-
ever, very local, and may be found in plenty on a patch
of moss six feet across, while another patch a few yards
away is totally devoid of specimens.

Normally it runs slowly about, but on being disturbed

‘ jumps six inches or more, then usually lying still for a

minute or so before resuming its perambulations. It is
quite active in pouring rain, but I have never seen it
above the snow. I went twice to localities in which I
knew Boreus to occur, one day, and two days after a fall
of snow (four inches approx.), and each time found no
insects running on the snow. I am not aware that it is
distasteful to birds, but should it possess no obnoxious
properties one would expect it to be speedily devoured
under such circumstances. Both robins and tits were
much in evidence on these occasions. I have never ob-
served any offensive smell to be given off by the insect,
but once on irritating one (female) I noticed a somewhat
nutlike odour similar to that given off by some species of
Polydesmus.

314 Mr. of Withycombe on the

The food of Boreus appears to be largely fluid animal
matter, judging by the stomach contents, but I have never
seen it attack living insects. The only specimen which
remained alive for any length of time was a female, which
was kept going for thirty-seven days on the juices of
crushed flies. Insects, however small, were not touched
so long as they showed any signs of life, but a fly, crushed
so as to force out some of the body contents was accepted
—the soft parts alone being eaten. I am therefore obliged
to conclude that the imagines feed on damaged or dead
insects. Without food the males usually died in just over
a week, the females in two or three weeks.

Pairing takes place shortly after emergence, the male
carrying the female on its back as in the case of the flea.

The female lays eggs from time to time, but with me
these have always been laid singly or at most two at a
time. Little use is apparently made of the long ovipositor
for boring, as no eggs were found deeper than the bases of
the moss plants.

The moss preferred by the insect in Epping Forest
appears to be Mniwm hornum, but larvae have been found
in other mosses.

The egg is 5 mm. long x *3 mm. broad, white and trans-
lucent when first laid. The surface is smooth except for
very slight granulations.. Little change in colour is notice-
able as hatching approaches, which usually occurs on the
ninth or tenth day with an average temperature of 47° F.
About half the eggs laid were, however, sterile. ‘Ten was
the maximum number laid by a single female, but had she
lived longer more might have been obtained, as examina-
tion after death showed at least a dozen eggs in the
oviducts.

Hatching took place from the end of November to the
beginning of December, but being rather fully occupied
and seeing several eggs still unhatched I postponed ex-
amining the larvae for a week. After this period had
elapsed they were about 1-5 mm. long and quite similar
in structure to the full-fed larva. The remaining eggs
from which I had hoped to obtain larvae for examination
immediately on hatching, proved to be sterile. I am
therefore not in a position to confirm Brauer’s observation
that the newly hatched larva possesses abdominal prolegs.

On the 27th December (four weeks after hatching) the
larvae—fed on moss—were 3 mm. long. At this stage

Life-history of Boreus hyemalis. 315

four were isolated and fed separately to ascertain the
nature of their food. The stomach contents of wild larvae
was wholly moss fragments both green and decayed,
nevertheless I wished to know whether other food could
be taken.

A. was placed in damp sand and supplied from time to
time with crushed flies, insect larvae, etc.

B. was placed in fine leaf mould, sifted as far as possible
free from moss fragments.

C. was supplied with leaf mould and the decayed lower
portions of moss plants.

D. was kept with living moss only.

C. and D. continued growing quite normally and fed on
the materials provided.

B. grew slowly and evidently found some food, as it was
full fed by the end of April.

A. lived until the beginning of February (five weeks),
but evidently could not feed, as the alimentary canal was
always empty; it did not grow at all and died after the
above period. I think it is therefore certain that the
food of the larva is moss, living or decayed.

The first larvae noticed to be full grown were found on
the 19th December in the Wake Valley, Epping Forest,
but those in captivity did not reach that state before the
end of February or beginning of March. I could not
observe the number of larval instars, as for some reason or
other no cast skins could be found even when larvae were
kept in small tubes (12” x 4”). While not wishing to
believe that the skins are eaten by the larva after moulting,
it is nevertheless difficult to imagine that they could have
been overlooked in so small a space. Judging from the
growth in size of the head from time to time I should say
that there were at least four ecdyses.

Larvae are to be found in moss from December to
August, usually in the substance of the moss carpet, but
occasionally just under the same, making short passages
on the surface of the soil three to four inches long. Brauer
appears to have found them under liverworts (lebermoose).

When full fed the larva is about 6 or 7 mm. long, with a
yellowish-brown chitinous head and a white semi-trans-
parent body. It rests with the body curved in a semi-
circle and much resembles a weevil larva of the genus

316 Mr. C. Pvishycombe on the

Phyllobius or Polydrusus, with which it frequently occurs,
but from the latter it can at once be distinguished by the
possession of three pairs of legs which stand stiffly out on
each side of the thorax. On the head are a pair of simple
eyes situated laterally but rather near the jaws. In front
of the eyes are the antennae, each of which is two-jointed,
the basal joint being short and situated in a small pit.
The second joint is longer and bears a single bristle. The
mandibles are fitted for biting and are toothed internally.
From the centre of the labium between the two palpi
arises a small pointed organ which appears to serve as a
spinneret, similar to that found in lepidopterous larvae.
It is connected with glands in the thorax and fore part of
the abdomen.

Fia. 3. Boreus hyemalis, larva full fed.

The thorax is the broadest part of the larva and bears
the very curious and conspicuous legs. Each leg has a
broad basal segment. The second joint is longer, and
the third rod-shaped and cylindrical, not pointed. The
abdomen, which is somewhat narrower than the thorax, is
cylindrical, curved, and bears a few small bristles on each
segment.

Larvae may be found by breaking up moss at any time
during the spring and summer, mosses in which I have
found them being Mniwm hornum, Dicranella heteromalla
and Bryuwm atropurpureum, but principally the first. The
larvae are very sluggish and move little on being disclosed.

As pupation approaches the larva makes a vertical tube
leading almost to the surface, and it is presumably at this
period that the fine silk thread is spun which sometimes

9

Iife-history of Boreus hyemalis. 317

sparsely lines the walls. This silk hning is, in my opinion,
by no means always present, although being never very
noticeable I may have overlooked it. The larva now rests
motionless. The legs become considerably shorter, espe-

cially the second and third pairs. The change to pupal

state usually takes place in September, but last year |
found pupae in mid-August.

The pupa is far more active than the larva, wriggling
up and down the tube rapidly on disturbance. All the
characters of the adult are visible, but the rostrum, and
ovipositor in the case of the female, are somewhat shorter
than in the adult. The wings of the male lie at the sides

‘of the thorax, the legs and antennae also at the sides

but rather more ventrally. The colour is at first white,
then yellow, and just before emergence greenish brown.

The imago appears in November after a pupal period of
four to eight weeks.

On the 21st September of this year I took sixteen female
pupae and one larva about to pupate. Three young
larvae, however, were also found, the smallest being 2 mm.
long and the largest 2-5 mm. All were still feeding.
Judging by the time usually taken in growth these larvae
were probably not more than a week or two old, and if
such is the case they may be the result of a summer brood.
It is quite possible that a few pupate in summer and emerge,
while the great majority are single brooded. I know that
this happens with many normally single-brooded Neuro-
ptera. On the other hand, this phenomenon may be due
in some way to the long dry summer. My captive larvae
have shown no tendency to early pupation. It will be
interesting to see whether the specimens in question will
emerge this year. Those previously noticed as being full
fed on the 19th December continued until the following
autumn as larvae.

From one larva, taken when nearly full fed from the
Forest, a single larva of a parasitic Hymenopteron emerged
on the 3lst March. After making its way partly to the
surface of the moss it commenced to spin a pale yellow
cocoon between the moss plants vertically. On a former
occasion I had found two yellowish cocoons about } inch
long spun vertically between the moss plants, which
cocoons belonged undoubtedly to the same parasite.
Unfortunately they were not kept. The larva in question
did not complete its cocoon, and hardly had it pupated
TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV, (JAN.’22) Y¥

318 Mr. Wid canteen Life-History of Boreus hyemalis.

before it was attacked and killed by mould and mites.
The damaged pupa was at once preserved in spirit, but is
useless for identification purposes. It appears to be that
of a wingless insect. I have been unable to obtain any
more specimens of the parasite since. To attack Boreus
it must appear in the early part of the year, and one would
ask what host, if any, it selects from August to December,
also in what stage is Boreus attacked, as the egg or larva ‘

Since writing this note I have observed several imagines
bruising the bases of green moss leaves with their man-
dibles and quite plainly feeding thereon for a minute or
two at a time.

[ have also to add that females on being disturbed exude
a drop of colourless fluid, of pungent odour, from the tip
of the ovipositor. This liquid is however by no means so
malodorous as that of Panorpa.

C. L. W. Nov..21, 1921.

BooKS REFERRED TO.

Braver. Verhandlungen Zoologisch-Botanischen Vereins
in Wien, 1863. Pages 320-323.

MacLacuian. Monograph of British Neuroptera-Plani-
pennia. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1868.

EXPLANATION OF Puiate VIII.

Fia. 1. Boreus, 3 (actual length 3°5 mm.).
2. » (actual length 5 mm.).

3. » and 9 (slightly enlarged).

4, ». eggs in moss (actual length *5 mm.).
5. 52 (CLE domes’ is At eae)
6. ., full-fed larva (dorsal view) (x 2).

7. , full-fed larva (side view) (x 2).

8. ,» ~ pupa in moss, 3 (X 3).

Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 7921, Plate VIII.

C. L. W. photo. Vaus & Crampton, Lid.
LIFE HISTORY OF BOREUS HYEMALIS

” 2”

. ioe a} ae poeaitse ~s he sah AE 92

(319°)

XII. Five Years’ Observations (1914-1918) on the Bionomics
of Southern Nigerian Insects, chiefly directed to- the
Investigation of Lycaend Life-histories and to the
Relation of Lycaenidae, Diptera, and other Insects to
Ants. By the late CoaRLes OGILVIE FARQUHARSON,
M.A., B.Se., Aberdeen. Edited, with a brief life
of the author, by Epwarp B. Poutton, D.Sc.,
M.A., F.R.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the
University of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College,
Oxford. With a systematic and descriptive Ap-
pendix by R. 8. Bacnatt, G. T. Beraune-BAkEr,
Dr. T. A. CHapManN, F.R.S., J. E. Couiin, J. HARTLEY
Durrant, F. W. Epwarps, Dr. Harry Evrrine-
HAM, D.Sc., M.A., Prof. J. Bronr& GatTensy,
D.Phil., D.Sc., Prof. R.-Nrewsteap, F.R.S.,. Prof.
K. B. Povutron, F.R.S., Prof. F. Sm.vestri, Dr. J.
VILLENEUVE, and Dr. James WarTerstTon, B.D.,
D.Se.

[Read June 2nd, 1920.]

Prates, IX—X1TX. Text Figs: 1-6.

CONTENTS
PAGE
CHARLES OGILVIE FARQUHARSON, by Prof. E. B. Poulton ea
IntropuctoryY Note (E.B.P) . : : ‘ i ep

A. OBSERVATIONS ON LEPIDOPTERA, ESPECI-
ALLY THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF LYCAENIDAE
IN THEIR RELATIONS TO ANTS.

PAGE
I. LIPTENINAE: INTRODUCTORY NOTE (E.B.P.) . 337
A. 'TERATONEURA ISABELLAE ; ; : : - 339
1. The Life-history of Teratoneura . p ; . 340
2. The Larva of Teratoneura. : ‘ : . 341
3. Teratoneura Larvae and Ants 3 5 b . 342
4. The Larval Food of Teratoneura . 342
5. The Larval Food of Liptenine Allies of Teratoneura—
Epitola, Hewitsonia, Iridopsis, Citrinophila, Eresina 344
6. The Pupation of Teratoneura . 346
7. Teratoneura Pupae heavily parasitised by ‘Chalcids . 346
8. Other Enemies of Teratoneura 5 347
9. Teratoneura Imagines feeding on Secretions of Ant-
attended Coccide and driving off the Ants : . 347
10. Other Lipteninae— Epitolina, Mimacraea — with
> Habits similar to those of Teratoneura as described

in the last Section. . 390
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTs II, 1V. (JAN. ’22)

320 Mr. C. O. avceersteh Five Years’ Observations

PAGER
B. Noves ON THE LIFE-HISTORY AND LARVAL AND PUPAL
AFFINITIES OF Hewi1Tsonta, Eprrota, Erestna, Irt-

DOPSIS AND CITRINOPHILA . : P , -* BOO

C. Tuer LIre-HISTORY OF I[RIDOPSIS INCREDIBILIS . oor
D. Notes ON THE PUPATION AND LIFE-HISTORY OF

CITRINOPHILA TENERA . ‘ : 4 : . 359

IT. LYCAENINAE . : : ; : : : =. $60

A. NovTes ON THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF NINE SPECIES OF
Totaus (TANUETHEIRA, ARGIOLAUS AND EPAMERA)
WITH LARVAE FEEDING ON THE FLOWERS OF

LORANTHUS INCANUS . § ; , ; » 360
1. Tanuetheira timon
2. Argiolaus alcibiades
3. és paneperata.
4, * dulus
5. 5 maesa
6. Epamera laon
If Ss iasis
8. y Jarquharsoni Beth.-Baker, sp. n. (p. 462)
9, er mirabilis
10. An *“ Electric’? Sensation caused by handling the
Larvae of Argiolaus and allied Genera . : . 316

B. Norrs oN THE LIFE-HISTORY OF TWO SPECIES OF
DEUDORIX AND ONE OF CATOCHRYSOPS WHICH BORE
IN THE Pops OF CANAVALIA ENSIFORMIS (LEGU-
MINOSAE) . 2 ; : : : ‘ mar A

1. Deudorix antalus
Zi A odana
3. Catochrysops malathana

C, Norges ON THREE LYCAENINAER, THEIR PARASITES, AND
TWO MOTHS, FEEDING ON THE ANT-INFESTED FLOWERS
OF PTPROCARPUS ESCULENTA (LEGUMINOSAE) . . 381

I. Lepidoptera.
1. Deudorix (Pilodeudorix) diyllus
Ds y 4 camerona
3. Lycaenesthes musagetes
4. Maruca testulalis : Pyralidae, Pyraustinae
5. Olethreutes sp. nr. wahlbergiana: Tortricidae

II. Diptera.

6. Exorista poultoni Villen., sp. n. (p. 518): Tachinidae. 382
III. Hymenoptera.

7. Adelotropis farquharsoni Waterston, gen. et sp. n.
(p. 455) : Ichneumonidae, Joppinae ‘ . 382

D. Nores oN THE LARVA OF LYCAENESTHES LUNULATA,
FEEDING ON BERLINIA SP. (LEGUMINOSAE). . 386

EK. Tar Larva or LYCAENESTHES CRAWSHAYI, FEEDING
ON CAsstaA ALATA (LEGUMINOSAE) : : . 3886

Bap

Ne Ne An

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 321

PAGE
F. Tue Larva or TRICLEMA LAMIAS, FEEDING ON THE
Coccrp Lxecanrum (SAISSETIA), ON IMBRICARIA
MAXIMA (SAPOTACEAE) . : : ; ; . oot

4

1. Triclema lamias
2. Lecanium (Saissetia) farquharsoni Newst., sp. n.
(p. 530)

G. Tus LARVA OF LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS, FEEDING ON
SECRETION OF IMMATURE ANT-ATTENDED MEm-
BRACIDS AND ON LivinG MEMBRACIDS AND JASSIDS :
irs PUPA ATTENDED BY CAMPONOTUS . ; 388

H. THe MATURE LARVA AND PUPA OF CaTocHRYSOPS
PHASMA, FROM THE SUBTERRANEAN NEST OF THE
Ant CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS, V. MELANOCNEMIS :

ITS YOUNG LARVA FEEDING, WITH THAT OF ANOTHER
LYCAENID (PROBABLY EXHIBITING INDIVIDUAL
COLOUR-ADJUSTMENT), ON THE FLOWERS OF SOLENO-
STEMON OCYMOIDES (LABIATAE) . : , 392

Itt, MISCELLANEOUS Sse aaa ON RHOPALO-

CERA : 402
A. NorEes ON BREEDING CERTAIN NYMPHALINAE . 5402
1. Charaxes etheocles z 3 ; Z . PAO?
2. - varanes vologeses . F : ; ~1 402
3. Palla violinitens . F ; : ; ; =. 402
4. Euphaedra ravola : ; , 5 ; . 402
5. Harma (Cymothoe) theobene . ‘ ; : <7, 4038
6. Neptis nemetes . 3 : 5 . 403
7. Acraea lycoa and A. pentapolis : : ? . 403
B. Tue UnpER SURFACE OF THE NYMPHALINE BUTTERFLY
CRENIS AMULIA . 403
C. Tat MIGRATION OF LIBYTHEA LABDACA, AT "Moor
PLANTATION ‘ 404
D. A LycarEntrp FALSE- HBAD- LIKE APPHARANCE PRO-
DUCED BY TWO PIERINES IN COITO : . 405
FE. A REMARKABLE LARVA, PROBABLY PAPILIONINE . 406
F. Tur Hesperrp RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN, PROBABLY
ABSORBING SALT . : : - : : . 406

as

IV. MISCELLANEOUS iene eee a ON HETERO-

: CERA a 407
1. Elaeodes brevicornis : N' Ten Poe oe . 407
4 2. Eublemma scitula: Noctuidae, Erastriinae .. . 407
=) 3. Selepa leucogonia : Noctuidae, Sarrothripinae . . 408
: 4, Bareia incedens : Noctuidae, Noctuinae . : . 408
: 5. Two remarkable Larvae, Geometrid and Notodontid . 408
. 6. Ereunetia fulgida : Geometridae, Boarmiinae . . 409
7. Parasa viridissima : Limacodidae : 5 . 409
8. Margaronia prasinophila ; Pyralidae . 409

9. Mnemoses farquharsoni Durrant, gen. et : en n. (p #94)
Tineina, Hyponomeutidae . ; 410

i

322 Mr. C. O. fan ens Five Years’ Observations

B. MISCELLANEOUS OBSERVATIONS ON INSECTS.

I. APTERA: COLLEMBOLA .
II. NEUROPTERA . ;

A. Empriipar

Notes on Embia (Rhagadochir) apicata Silvestri, Sp. Nu
(p. 449), and a larval Embia on Cotton-seed Sacks

B. TERMITIDAE

1. Three Genera of Termites from a small part of a single
Carton Nest at Agege . : -
A Swarm of winged Termes bellicosus Smeathm.

C. PsoctpAE

Psocus nigeriensis Newst., sp. n. (p. 452) and two other
species on “ Ant-trees”’ at Agege

Ill. HYMENOPTERA

A. HETEROGYNA .

1. Notes on Paltothyreus tarsatus and Deer
foetens :
. Notes on Camponotus maculatus, var. mélanoenemis :

3. SAR Age Nests: Inquiline Mites .

B. Fossores ; : . ‘ ; :
Ammophila Iugudris is (beniniensis), its Prey and its
Enemies ; -

C, DIPLOPTERA
Odynerus lateralis building its Nest in a a Teapot

IV. COLEOPTERA .

Colour Associations of S. Nigerian M Mylabria Beetles .

. Erotylid Beetles aestivating in empty Clay Cells of an

Aculeate Hymenopteron .

. Notes on the Life-history of the Endom ychid Tr ycherus

flavipes

. Dermestes Larvae ‘and Mites | in Cremastogaster Ants’
débris at base of ** Ant-tree”’

The Life-history of a Drilid Beetle, probably & Selasia
unicolor, bred from Snails

. A Carabid Larva attacking a Snail

. Procryptic Beetles, probably Passalidae

- Beetles accidentally introduced in C. O. . Farha

son's Consignments : ;

Z Pe Ww Ne

m-15

V. DIPTERA .

A. THE HABITS OF TWO NEW MyrMECOPHILOUS CECIDO-
MYIDAE

1 Tuseueeonia sdunate Collin, gen. et sp. n. (p. 505) .
2. Chaetodiplosis gymnastica Collin, sp. n. (p. 507)

PAGE
412
413

413

413
416
416
417
418

418
420
420
420
423
425
426
426

427
427

428
428

433
434

~ ta

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects.

B. Tae Pursuit oF trvinc ANTS BY THE EPHYDRID,

RHYNCHOPSILOPA APICALIS COLLIN, SP. N. (p. 509)

_C. Notes on THE Lire-ntstoRY oF MimicHIA ARGYRA-
TOIDES, AND THE HABITS OF OTHER MILICHIDAE

1. Milichia argyratoides Collin, sp. n. (p. 510)
2. Milichia farquharsoni Collin, sp. n. (p. 514)
3. “ Mendicant” Milichidae and Ant-mimics

D. Tur Prey or THE AsttiIp Fy PHILODICUS TEMERARIUS
(ASILINAE) . oe
E. Tue Tacuinip Fiy BENGALIA ATTACKING TERMITES :

VI. HEMIPTERA

The Procri yptic . Appearance and “aici eof certain Hemi-
ptera on an “‘ Ant-tree” ; ;

APPENDIX.

A. NEUROPTERA .

I. Description of a new Species of Embiidae from Southern
Nigeria. By Prof. F. Silvestri. (Plates IX, X.)

II. Corrodentia: Psocidae. On a new Southern Nigerian
Psocid. By Prof, R. Newstead, F.R.S. ee XI.
Text fig. 1.) : :

B. HYMENOPTERA

Ill. On a new Joppine (Ichnewmonidae) Genus and Species

bred from a Lycaenid Larva in Southern Nigeria.

By Dr. James Waterston, B.D., D.Sc., Assistant in

the Department of Entomology, British Museum,
Natural History. (Text figs. 2, 3.)

IV. On Chalcid Parasites bred from Pupae of Teratoneura

a dee Dudg. (Lycaenidae). By James Waterston,

LD D:Se: ; ; ; ‘ ‘ ; i

C, LEPIDOPTERA .

V. Description of new Species of ee aes
Lycaenidae from Southern Nigeria, and one from
Damba Island, Victoria Nyanza. By G. T. Bethune-
Baker - . : . : : :

a. LIPTENINAE
b. LYCAENINAE ;
c. HETEROCERA : LITHOSIINAE :

VI. Notes on two Lipteninae collected by C. O. Be Suede
By Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. .

a. THE Mimetic PATTERN OF ieee

b. THE SyNoNYMyY OF CITRINOPHILA TENERA Krrpy.
THE PATTERNS OF THE SEXES DIFFER AS DO
THOSE OF THE MopEL, TErtias. J. ROBER’S RECENT
CRITICISMS $ ; ;

459
461

461

461
462
464

465
465

465

elite 6 Aen a Me i ee UN
. y Ta ~~ ary
. . Pi” a ode em

-

324 Mr. C. O. Pana er arson’s Five Fours? Observations

PAGE
VII. The polymorphic Females of Cymothoe theobene DOI.-
Hew. The Specimens captured and Families bred
Jrom known Female Parents by W. A. Lamborn. By
Prof. Poulton : 469
VIII. On Larvae and Pupaeof Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae,
collected by C. O. Farquharson and others. By
Dr. Harry Hltengham, M.A., D.Sc. (Plates XII,

XIII. Text figs. 4, 5.) : 2 : > Ais
a. LIPTENINAE : 3 - 2 ‘ 2 pees: by}
b. LYCAENINAE ‘ - 478

c. NOTE ON THE PRESENCE OF GuENEE’ Ss “GLAND . 484
d. ON THE “ ELEcTRIC’? SENSATION CAUSED BY

LYCAENID.LARVAE . : ; . 484
e. ON THE PROLEGS or LYCAENIDAR. (Text fig. 4.) . 485
J. Note on A REMARKABLE GEOMETRID LARVA.

(Text fig." 5.) ¥; 487
g. ON THE “Cocoon OF " CHTONAEMA FARQUHARSONI
Betu.-Bak. (LITHOSITNAE) : - ? . 488

IX. The mature Larva and Pupa of Catochrysops phasma
Butl. (Lycaeninae). By Dr. T. A. Chapman, M.D.,
F.R.S. : 490

X. Description of a new Genus and Species of Tineina (Lep. )

Jrom Southern Nigeria. By J. Hartley Durrant - 494

BDIPTHRAY. oo ee £2 PAE eh ee

XI. A Revision of the Genus Bate heee (Culicidae).
By F. W. Edwards. (Plate XVI, shia p. 517.
figs. 5-12. Text fig. 6.) : 496
XII. Description of a new Genus and two new Species of
Cecidomyidae, and six new Species .of Acalyptrate
Muscidae (Ephydridae and Milichidae). By J. E:
Collin. (Plates XIV, XV, XVI (figs. 1-4), XVII.) . 504
XII. Descriptions de six Tachinides nouveaux d Afrique.
Par le Dr. J. Villeneuve : : ; ‘ . 518
XIV. Description of a peculiar unidentified Dipterous
Larva possessing a number of enigmatic truncate
Abdominal Organs. By Prof. J. Bronté ee
D.Phil., D.Sc. (Plate XVIII.) P 524

EK. THYSANOPTERA . : : : 4 : meget

XV. Notes on Solenothrips rubrocinctus Giard, on a Forest
Tree at Agege, near Lagos. By R.S. Bagnall, F.R.S.E. 527

F. HOMOPTERA . : : ‘ . , - 528

XVI. A new Southern Nigerian Aleurodes (Alewrodidae).
By Prof. R. Newstead, F.R.S. (Plate XIX, facing
pyoed y-fie: (1) 6 . 528
XVII. A new Southern Nigerian Lecanium (C ‘occidae). By
Prof. R. Newstead, F.R.S. (Plate XIX, fig. 2.) . 530

s,

on the Biononics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 325

CHARLES OGILVIE FARQUHARSON, 1888-1918.
By Prof. E. B. Poulton.

THE fine and accurate observer whose letters and collected
material form the subject of the following memoir was
born on February 13, 1888, on a farm at Murtle, in the
valley of the River Dee, a few miles west of Aberdeen.
At the age of about eleven he went to Robert Gordon’s
Secondary School, where it is remembered that he worked
well and took a good place; also that country walks were
a greater attraction to him than games.

In October, 1905, he entered the University of Aberdeen,
at first as a student of English, Latin and Greek, but
changing to Natural Science in July, 1907. His letters
supply plenty of evidence that the two years at Classics
had left a strong and lasting impression. Out of many
passages I select the following because it also brings out
his love for the insects he was studying. The name
“ narsimon,” which filled him with horror, was given to
a West African Lycaenid butterfly by no less an authority
than Fabricius, the favourite pupil of Linnaeus.

“* Parsimon’ calls only for compulsory Greek for science
students : [see also p. 398]. There ought to be a sub-com-
mittee of the * Entomological’ for the protection of the
good name of nice insects, with special reference to such
fair masterpieces of Nature’s handiwork as the Lycaenids.
Yesterday I saw a beautiful ‘Copper,’ probably only a
few hours after emergence [see p. 380]. It was simply
too beautiful to capture. I hoped that one day I might
breed a few out, to keep some and let the others away,
just in case there might not be enough to keep the race
going [Dec. 9, 1917].”

After graduating as M.A. in 1908, Farquharson con-
tinued his scientific work for the B.Sc. which he took
“with special distinction in Botany,” in 1911. He entered
upon this science in April, 1908, and then first came under
the influence of the great and inspiring teacher, the late
Prof. James W. H. Trail, one who did not treat Botany
as an isolated subject but always brought the relation
between plants and animals before his pupils. Prof. Trail
remembered that Farquharson, when a student, possessed
“unusual power in distinguishing the essential from less

326 Mr. C. O. ras ercon"s Five Years’ Observations

important matters in each problem that presented itself
to him, as well as in working out solutions to these prob-
lems, so as to make each addition to his knowledge a real
gain” (C., p. 139).

Prof. Trail also told me that Farquharson was “ one
of the best among the many who have passed through
our University; and I felt,” he wrote, “no doubt as to
the quality of the work that was done by him, for he was
thorough and forgetful of self in whatever he undertook,
and the love of natural science was inborn in him, along
with exceptional ability.”

For all his hard work and keen interest in many studies
Farquharson entered with avidity into the literary and
social life of the University, taking an active part in the
Debating Society, the Sociological Society, of which he was
at one time President, and editing and writing for “ Alma
Mater.” His friends too “recall many long evenings
in his company in bygone days, when a few kindred spirits
were wont to meet to settle all the problems of the
universe ”’ (B.).

In 1911 Farquharson was eee Mycologist to the
Agricultural Department of Southern Nigeria—happy in
finding a career in the one subject which attracted him
most. Before starting, early in 1912, to West Africa, he
spent some months of specialised study in London, chiefly
at Kew. It was probably at this time that he came under
the second great influence which affected his whole out-
look. How much he owed to the late George Massee is
best expressed in the words of one of his last letters.

‘“T ought to add,” he wrote to Dr. A. W. Hill, F.R.S.,
on August 23, 1918, ‘‘ that George Massee’s economic-
mycological outlook has influenced most things I have
done, perhaps not as published, but in the intimate expres-
sion of his views that he used to give at Kew. Again and
again I have wished he were alive. Kew wasn’t the same
place to me last time I was home” (D., p. 354).

The Agricultural Department, which, except for his visits
to Agege and other places in Southern Nigeria and his
leaves in the Old Country, was to be Farquharson’s home
for the rest of his life, is situated at Moor Plantation (480—
580 ft.), about 4 miles west of Ibadan, and here the great
majority of the observations recorded in this memoir were
made. His first researches, upon the Mycetozoa, appeared
in an important paper written in collaboration with Miss

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 327

G. Lister, the distinguished authority on the group (Journ.
Bot., vol. liv, 1916, pp. 121-33, pl. 541).

Farquharson had been a year at Moor Plantation when
he came under a third great influence, and one which was
to determine the direction of his later researches; for, in
May 1913, W. A. Lamborn, an extraordinarily keen and
accurate observer of insect life, became his colleague as
Government Entomologist.

How his interest came to be aroused is told in a letter
written to me on February 10, 1914 :—

“T have to thank you for your most kind and encourag-
ing letter which I received by last mail and for the many
kind references to myself in your letters to Dr. Lamborn.
I greatly fear, however, that you are giving credit where
very little is due. Perhaps he has not explained how I
came to bring him in the specimens which he generously
contributed in my name to the Hope Collection. In my
spare time I was collecting some fungi for Kew and Myxo-
mycetes for Miss Lister, and of course in passing I met
with some insects that looked interesting which I took
to Dr. Lamborn. Under the stimulus of his enthusiasm
I became interested in the curious habits of many of the
insects and wrote one or two notes at his suggestion.

“Tt is largely due to the Myxos that the work was
done. One has to look rather closely for these, and the
relatively gross, if I may so use the word, phenomena of
insect life could hardly be overlooked. On Moor Planta-
tion, I am happy to say, I have since the beginning of
August found nearly thirty species of Myxos, nearly half
of which are new African records. The dry season has
stopped this work for the present and I have in consequence
taken to the insects.”

And later in the same letter, referring to the suggestion
that he should join the Entomological Society :—

“There is no withstanding Dr. Lamborn, and under
his inspiration I may manage to do something which
will enable me with less unworthiness to join the Entomo-
logical.”

Although Lamborn and Farquharson were only together
for twelve months, the inspiration of which he spoke
remained and grew with every fresh discovery and was
strongest in the last year of his life. His original observa-
tions in this short period were described in eighty closely
packed quarto pages, written between September 9, 1917,

3238. Mr..'C;, QO. ea, ie Five Years’ Observations

and August 31, 1918 (p. 401), just before he sailed in the
ill-fated ‘‘ Burutu.” It is a pathetic thought that these
pages in twenty separate letters, and all the packets of
specimens illustrating them, should have arrived safely in
England while the author was lost.

His consignments of rare and interesting specimens
were so numerous that it was suggested that the museum
would gladly bear the expense, but he at once replied: “ Ill
be only too pleased to send at my own charge. I simply
wouldn't dream of anything else... . I’m practically a
non-smoker and a most temperate person too, and I must
help the revenue somehow. . . . If what I manage to do
would help to clear up even a very small point of Lycaenid
relationship I’d consider any personal outlay most amply
and gloriously rewarded.”

Thinking of all that he owed to Aberdeen, Farquharson
was anxious to collect examples of butterfly mimics
and their models for the Zoological Department of the
University; for, as he wrote, they ‘‘ might inspire some
student to do a little as Lamborn did me.”

The friend of whom he so continually spoke with grati-
tude has recalled memories of their year together at Moor
Plantation :—

“T first met C. O. Farquharson in the spring of 1913
when I entered the Government service as Entomologist.
He had completed his first tour of a year, and had just
returned from leave.

“Our laboratories, under a common roof, adjoined;
and a community of interest in scientific work soon put
us on a very friendly footing. As a worker I found him
most indefatigable. It was “his practice, almost as soon
as day broke, to walk round the experimental farm, search-
ing for and examining fungi of economic importance.
During the later official working hours of the day he
devoted himself conscientiously ‘and exclusively to the
study of material gathered earlier, making microscope
preparations, preparing cultures, and reading up original
descriptions; for he had a sound knowledge of modern
languages. In the early evening, when he might reason-
ably have rested, or at all events ‘indulged i in some physical
relaxation, his untiring enthusiasm again led him forth,
this time to explore the far wider field of the almost virgin
bush near by.

. et Sua) ees Oe Re ee rl Tang’ ¢ wine Olen ee ~ =
DR Erigtre tern na Det wien o Wihiegs A ‘ >
a) - Tir

vs ~

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 329

“He was keenly interested in animated nature and
from time to time had asked concerning the habits of the
numerous insects he had seen. But his first active interest
in Entomology was, I believe, awakened by the discovery
of beetles in various instars in some of his beloved fungi,
the Polyporeae. An examination of some Lamellicorn
larvae in the fungi led to a discussion of the habits
of the group as a whole, and the natural agencies which
might limit the numbers of insects in general. He had
not heard of the various parasites, or of the ways of the
Fossorial wasps; and a long talk induced us to sit, as I
well remember, being very contrary to my fixed habits in
the Tropics, well into the small hours of the night.

‘Of a romantic nature, he revelled in the study of the
romance of insect life, and at about that time I was so
fortunate as to throw some light on the value in sexual
selection of the wonderful mandibular processes of the
Eumenid Synagris cornuta Linn [Report, Brit. Assoc.,
1913, p. 511]. Thereafter Farquharson vied with me in
the study of the Hymenoptera, working still harder
during leisure hours, and joining me in my laboratory
after the evening meal, so that we could compare and
discuss the results of excursions made together on Sundays,
and independently on week days.

“The habits of Lycaenidae, the most interesting of all
butterflies both as larvae and imagos, then claimed his
attention : for I was able to show him various ant-attended
and predaceous larvae, and therefrom originated the
splendid new discoveries concerning the group with which
his name must always be associated.

“Farquharson was a most versatile and widely read
man. He had a sound knowledge both of French and
German, and was familiar with the Classics, having a
pleasing little habit of capping remarks, often in letters,
with an appropriate quotation in Greek or Latin. He
had in addition that broad general foundation of scientific
knowledge which seems so especially to be built up by
the teaching of the Scottish Universities, enabling him to
turn with equal readiness to the study of the sciences
both of Mycology and Entomology.

‘ His premature loss must be a bitter blow to Mycology,
but, as a student of insects realises, especially to Entomo-
logy in the African Tropics, for far more investigation,
on the West Coast particularly, is now called for to

330 Mr. 0. O. ian aon’ Five Years’ Observations

complete the various researches already initiated by
him.

“The additional losses of C, Mason in Nyasaland, and
of H. Dollman of N. Rhodesia, workers of promise, both
through illness contracted while on duty, are a further
setback to the advance of the science, inasmuch as, in
spite of the vastness of the British African possessions,
the number of enthusiastic workers is so very limited,
the Governments not yet being alive, apparently, to
the paramount importance of Entomological research.—

Ws Au.”

In his admirable letter to Dr. A. W. Hill (D.), Farqu-
harson gives, as Prof. Trail wrote to me, ‘‘ an exceptionally
good statement of such work as fell to him and of how to
face it,” and the letter was reprinted in the “ Aberdeen
University Review” (E.) because Prof. Trail wished his
students to read it.

Farquharson’s main object in this letter was to emphasise
the essential importance of understanding all that pro-
motes the healthy life of the normal plant, and of looking,
in the first instance, to the conditions of growth rather
than to the deus ex machind of a parasitic fungus or insect
enemy.

He believed “that every mycologist ought to be de-
prived of his microscope (and perhaps even of his pocket
lens) for at least the first tour of his service, and perhaps
for two years, and compelled to raise normal crops with no
artificial aids of any sort”’ (D., p. 354).

“The essential remedy ” for palms supposed to be dying
from the attacks of Bacillus coli, he found to be * proper
cultivation, growing . . . in the proper place on a proper
soil in the proper way, with plenty of light and air”
(D., p. 359).

And he was always ready to make fun of an excessive
eagerness to rely upon “economic” methods. Thus,
when he found, for the first time in Africa, gnats of the
genus Harpagomyia being fed by Cremastogaster ants, he
wrote :—

“ Our sanitary authorities if they get wind of this, wall
have out an Ordinance decreeing the destruction of all
Cremastogaster nests, ranking them with the neglected
sardine tin as friends of the mosquito and foes of humanity.
I once heard an authority on these matters declare that

yeipnese y Pay Be

on the Biononuics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 331

on any station of which he had charge, he would never
allow anyone to grow a Pawpaw. Did we not know
that it was the favourite food of the ¢ mosquito? Starve
them then; make them die of inanition and the Qs not
being hermaphrodite and autogenous, would likewise sink
into a decline. Alas for the eupeptic pawpaw! Of
course, coming as I do from Scotland, I may have failed
to notice that he was jesting. But he was (I regret to
say) a Scot too, and if one Scot can’t tell when another
Scot is jesting, who can, I ask?”

Farquharson’s years at Moor Plantation during the war
were full of anxiety and discomfort. His brother was in
the trenches in the Ypres salient and was wounded in
October, 1917. One of his leaves home was saddened by
the death of his father in 1916. Then, in his last two
years there was much sickness in 8. Nigeria, although
Farquharson himself kept well, a result which he attri-
buted to his out-of-doors study of natural history. Thus
he wrote on August 14, 1918 :—

“There is not much room for what one might call the
higher hfe. A short evening for tennis and a long one for
cards and drinking about sums up the average official’s
life outside the drab round of the office. Without a decent
hobby I don’t think I could have stuck this long tour, and
it has been a very great pleasure to me to try to fill up
some of the few lacunae in Lamborn’s work, however im-
perfectly. I hope I may be able to do more, but I am
grateful indeed for the chances I’ve had to do even a
little.”

And earlier, in November, 1917: ‘““ When I am finding
things, really good ones, I must say I never think of the
possibility of going sick. The worst that can happen to
me here is to have time to worry.”

Farquharson considered, contrary to the usual belief,
that the “dry season in many respects is not superior to
the wet, up-country at least,” and that “it is in the dry
season that men get run down, although the effects only
come out in the wet.”

But, however refreshing the rains may be, there appears
to have been too much of a good thing in 1917, when he
wrote: “I spent the whole of a wet September here. In
my bush hut there was only one dry ‘island’ when it

-

332 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

rained, and that was my camp-bed over which I had slung
a ground-sheet. Nice little Hepaticas and graceful little
ferns are growing on the mud walls. I think it must have

been the fact that I couldn’t help laughing at it all, that
kept me well. It wasn’t official solicitude for my welfare,
There were no funds available to buy thatch which, strange
as it may sound, is hard to get here. And then I got that
wonderful Lycaenid find [p. 393] and one or two others.”

Another discomfort was an indirect result of the war—
the disorganisation of work in his Department, bringing
uninteresting columns of accounts and the management
of labour. “I haven’t got near my own office the whole
tour and am only mycologist in name,” he wrote in
September, 1917. And nearly a year later :—

“T have been having a most tiresome time doing up
arrears of work (not my own) before going on leave. |
wouldn't mind doing overtime or interesting work, but
what I am domg any native clerk could do, a dreary
totalling up of columns of labour expenses in the working
of this ‘plantation. I suppose [ll get to know how much
it takes to hoe or weed acres of crops (without the aid of
any labour-saving machinery and by methods impossible
to apply commercially); but how I detest the work!
However, the mail took my mind off the dreary business.”

And liere too, as he wrote on another occasion of the
same uninteresting work: “If it weren't for the ants
and the Lycaenids I'd be ill off indeed. Man cannot
indeed live by bread alone.”

The submarine campaign was at its worst on the West
Coast, and Farquharson was always full of anxiety about
his notes and precious parcels without which his observa-
tions would lose nearly all their value. He was continually
hearing of disasters, and losses among his friends, and
words written in- December, Ei were prophetic of his
own fate on the “ Burutu” :

“T hear that over eaenee Nigerian passengers were
drowned—off Holyhead, too, almost within sight of home !
Another Hohenzollern laurel ! ”

As in his letter to Dr. A. W. Hill (D.), so, continually
in his letters to me, Farquharson referred, with anxiety
and evident foreboding, to the submarine menace. Of
several passages from his letters already published (C.,
pp. 141, 142), I here reprint a single one because it is so
clearly written in the spirit of a last message. It is very

bg Ae)

dir Ey ates

ROE ee ae ot AP Ga TF ee VSS eed
= F 4 ae) < 4 -]

on the Biononucs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 333

touching that he should speak as he does of work which
gave me quite as much pleasure as it gave him.

“The submarine statistics naturally have most interest
for those about to go home. I do hope I may get safely
through and back, but if not it cannot be helped. Before
I close, however, and in case this might be the last of me,
I would like to thank you again for the great and kindly
interest you have taken in the little bits of things I have
been able to do, not to mention the patience with which
you have tried to guide me. [ve no doubt if I get no
other chance to do better, somebody else will. [Aug. 14,
LOLS."

But he felt, after his long stretch of twenty-three months
on the West Coast without a leave, that “‘ three months
at home is something worth taking a risk for,” and he was
longing “ for a sight of Scotland.”

The memories of survivors, recorded in letters and in
“ West Africa’ for October 12 and 19, 1918, bring before
us a vivid picture of a voyage in the Great War. The
“ Burutu”’ left Lagos on September 2, a day later than
Farquharson had supposed, and reached Freetown, Sierra
Leone, on the 7th. Here labour, reduced by influenza, re-
quired twelve days for taking in coal, water, etc., and the
mails were transferred to the Escort-ship of another convoy.
When they sailed on September 19 the “ Burutu”’ was
one of nine steamers, including three troopships. The
voyage was uneventful until about October 1 when it
became very cold and the sea rather heavy. At about
this date destroyers met the convoy and took six steamers
to southern ports, the remainder being escorted north by
one destroyer and two “ Mystery ”’ ships.

At about 11.0 p.m. on October 3, cold and wet with a
rough sea, the “ Burutu,” steaming without hghts, within
three hours of Holyhead, was run down in the darkness
by a larger vessel, the ‘ City of Calcutta.” Then came a
second collision with the same steamer, and this cut the
boat clean in two and she sank in eight or nine minutes
after the first blow—‘‘lost just as fully through the
Germans’ unspeakable sea practices as if they had torpedoed
her.”

Some boats and gear were carried away, others capsized
when lowered, and, although the “‘ City of Calcutta ” did
what she could, it was only possible, in the heavy sea and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 192].—PARTS III, Iv. (JAN. 22) Z

334 Mr. C. O. FarfWharson’s Five Years’ Observations

intense darkness, to. rescue a small proportion of the
passengers and crew.

Captain W. KE. Potter was on the bridge directing till
the last moment when he told the passengers to save
themselves, and went down with his ship. There was no
rushing about or disorder of any kind although for part of
the time after the first collision all lights were extinguished
and friends could only recognise each other by their
voices.

Mr. A. J. Goodwin, Executive Engineer of the Public
Works Department, Southern Nigeria, “Farquharson’ s cabin
companion, remembers his high spirits on the voyage and
his energy in the deck games, when, with a “ brither
Scot,” he tried to knock spots off the Sassenach. He was
the expert on the War, and, with his large maps, most
helpful when the daily wireless arrived. With the other
passengers he took his share of watches, an hour-and-a-
half each, in the danger-zone, and his friend thinks that
he was on duty that last evening up to 7.0 p.m. Mr.
Goodwin found him just after the first collision getting his
coat and life-belt on in the cabin. He was quite cool
and collected, and being ready first, was on deck before
his friend. Then came the second collision and they saw
each other no more. Mr. Goodwin thinks that he may
have been in an overturned boat from the keel of which
SIX survivors were rescued after about nine hours. His
body was found off the Welsh coast and buried at
Aberdeen.

The words of his first great teacher in science are a
fitting conclusion to this brief life of an exceptionally
gifted and exceptionally well-trained naturalist.

Among the sons of the University of Aberdeen who
“have toiled and died in many lands and seas in the ser-
vice and defence of the British Empire, of freedom, and of
the just cause .. . none was of higher promise or gave
more faithful service than Charles Ogilvie Farquharson.

. His personal friends will retain the memory of an
earnest, unselfish, and fearless seeker after truth, of great
ability, but most free from vanity, ready at all times to
help others by deed as well as by word, whose death has
brought to them a sense of grievous loss ” (C., pp. 138,
140).

=o

‘

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 335

A. “ Nature.” Vol. cii, 1918-1919, pp. 192 and 371
(referring to D).

B. “ Alma Mater: Aberdeen University Magazine.”
Vol. xxxvi, No. 1, December 4, 1918, p. 2. Written
by two College friends.

C. “The Aberdeen University Review.’ Vol. vi, 2,
No. 17, March, 1919, pp. 188-143. By Prof. J. W. H.
Trail and Prof. E. B. Poulton. Contains a complete
list on p. 143 of his Entomological publications in
Proe. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1913-1918.

D. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Bull. No. 10, 1918,
pp. 353-361. Contains a long letter dated August 23,
1918, from C. O. Farquharson to Dr. A. W. Hill,
F.R.S., Assistant Director.

EK. Reprint of above in Supplement to ‘ Aberdeen
University Review,” March, 1919, pp. 193-200.

F. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London,
1918, pp. elxvn and clxxx.

Intropuctory Note (E.B.P.).

It will be obvious to the reader that this memoir was
never written or intended to be published as a scientific
paper. The author wrote hurriedly and freely of the
observations which had interested him and the material
he was sending. He wrote in the intervals of a very
hard-worked life in the Tropics. Had he lived, several
formal papers would have appeared, each dealing with a
separate subject. But, as this was not to be, it seemed
best to analyse the whole correspondence and to group
the contents according to the subjects treated of, com-
bining with each an account of the illustrative specimens
and a record of the brief accompanying notes. These
accounts precede the groups of extracts from letters, and,
being editorial, are enclosed within square brackets, as also
are any substantial additions to the extracts themselves.
Slight verbal changes, to the making of which the writer
had freely consented in his lifetime, are not indicated, and it
has not been thought necessary to add name or initials
to the bracketed words. A single pair of brackets has
been considered sufficient to indicate the authorship of
two or a few consecutive paragraphs, but when several
are included, initials have been added.

In the systematic and descriptive appendix, where the

3060. Mre CO fas Mawes Five Years’ Observations

editorial additions are much shorter and fewer, it has
been thought better to add the initials E.B.P. as well
as the usual brackets.

The authorship of footnotes in both text and appendix
is indicated by initials, except in purely formal editorial
notes.

In the frequent references to the Proceedings and Trans-
actions of the Entomological Society of London the abbrevi-
ated forms Proc. and Trans. Ent. Soc. have been employed,
Lond. being usually omitted.

The great majority of the letters were written at Moor
Plantation (p. 326), and this place is to be understood in
the absence of any indication at the head of an extract.
The only other locality which appears at all commonly
is Agege (152 ft.), sixteen miles north of Lagos, where
there is a Government farm often visited by Farquharson.
The few remaining localities are described when first
referred ‘to in the extracts.

The material has been mounted and labelled with the
greatest care by Mr. A. H. Hamm and Mtr. J. Collins of
the Hope Department, and by Mr. H. Britten, formerly
of the Department, and I desire to express my thanks for
their valuable help in this intricate work.

The specimens may be studied in the Hope Depart-
ment; also, as regards some of the types, co-types or
para-types of certain species, in the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.) and in collections of the authors.

It is hoped that the detailed table of contents will be a
sufficient guide, and, as regards subjects, an index, to a
memoir which is, of necessity, varied and elaborate.

A glance at this table will show how very much has
been contributed by the distinguished authorities who
have worked out the author’s material, and have thus
done so much for his memory.

I also wish to express warm thanks to the following
eminent specialists who have given the kindest help :—

G. J. Arrow, Maj. E. E. Austen, D.S.0., H. A. Baylis,
D.Sc., Prof. M. Bezzi, K. G. Blair, Prof. G. H. Carpenter,
B.A., D.Se., wigs GP Crawley, B.A. F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D.,
, R. S., H. St. J. K. Donisthorpe, PZ.5; Hea. Elliott,

ZAC) Ji Gahan MA., D.Se deed. ‘Joicey, iH LSe
ne K. Jordan, Ph.D., Wee Lamb, M.A., W. A. Lamborn,
G. A. K. Marshall, C.M.G., D.Sc., The Rev. F. D. Morice,
M.A., 8. A. Neave, M.A., D.Sc., L. B. Prout, Capt. N. D.

so!

on the Biononucs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 337

Riley, The Rev. Canon K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A., Hugh
Scott, M.A., Se.D., Miss Lorrain Smith, T. A. Sprague,
O. Stapf, Ph.D., F.R.S., G. Talbot; W. H. T. Tams, and
Rowland E. Turner.

Although the present memoir cannot claim the precision
and condensation of a formal scientific paper, it is given,
by the author’s letters, a character and charm of its own.
We are often made to feel as though we were present with
the writer and sharing all his enthusiasm and delight.
For this reason a statement made in an earlier letter is
retained in a later one if its omission would weaken the
freedom and force of a description.

Furthermore, the author’s letters bring home to us more
intimately than would be possible in more formal writings
the stimulating and encouraging knowledge that one who,
at the start, was not an Entomologist, one whose days
were filled and overfilled with other work, should have
been able to do so much for Entomological science.

A. OBSERVATIONS ON LEPIDOPTERA,
ESPECIALLY THE LIFE-HISTORIES
OF LYCAENIDAE IN THEIR RELA-
TIONS TO ANTS.

I. LIPTENINAE: INTRODUCTORY NOTE (E.B.P.).

Almost nothing was known of the life-history and earlier
stages of the Lipteninae until the publication of W. A.
Lamborn’s paper in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 436. Auri-
villius, in ‘* Rhopalocera Aethiopica,”’ gives only two refer-
ences—(1) to Roland Trimen’s brief account and figures of
the larva and pupa of Durbania amakosa Trim. (** South
African Butterflies,” vol. 11, 1887, p. 216; vol. 1, 1887, pl. ui,
figs. 2, 2a); (2) to his own paper in Ent. Tidskr. (vol. xvi,
1895, p. 207, pl. ui, figs. 1, la, 1b), describing Sjéstedt’s
discovery of a larva and two pupae of Hewitsonia kirbyi
Dewitz on the whitish grey, rather mottled bark of a tree.

_ They closely resembled the bark and were very difficult to

find. The description of both stages and the figure of

338 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

the pupa show great similarity to several of the Liptenines
collected by Farquharson and described and figured by
Dr. Eltringham in the present paper. The larvae of D.
amakosa were gregarious and fed upon a common species
of grass, Anthistiria ciliata. Numerous pupae were grouped
close together, attached by a slight silken web to a rock.
Nothing was known of the food-plant of Hewitsonia, but
it is now certain that the larva had fed upon the filmy
lichen encrusting the bark.

Lamborn’s paper referred to on p. 337, with Dr. Eltring-
ham’s description and figures of Hulz phyra (ibid., p. 509,
pl. xxviii), brought a great advance; for we are here given
an account, on pp. 446— 457, of the larval and pupal habits of
three species —Aslauga vininga Hew., A. lamborni Beth.-
Bak., and Fuliphyra mirifica Holl., and the pupal habits of
three species of Hpitola, viz. ceraunia Hew., carcina Hew., and
oniensis Beth.-Bak. Furthermore all six species are shown
to be related to ants—for the first time in the Lipteninae.
The larvae of the two first-named species fed upon ant-
tended Coccidae, while Huliphyra was fed by the ant
Oecophylla. It is unlikely, however, that such food’ is
primitive in the Lipteninae any more than in the Lycae-
ninae; and we owe to Farquharson the important dis-
covery, briefly announced in Proc. Ent. Soc. 1917, p. 1x,
that bark-encrusting lichens on trees bearing the carton
nests of Cremastogaster ants form the food of many Lipte-
nine larvae—in fact, with the exception of the grass eaten
by Durbania, the only larval vegetable food-plant at
present known in the whole group. "When we reflect that
this, for a Lyecaenid, extraordinary larval food is common
to forms so different as T'eratoneura, Hewitsonia, Epitola,
Tridopsis, and Citrinophila, it becomes certain that it is
wide-spread among Liptenines, and possibly their primitive
food-plant.

In addition to this great increase in our knowledge,
Farquharson shows that some of the imagines feed upon
secretions of ant-tended Coccids and plant-glands, and even
drive away the ants.

Dr. Eltringham’s descriptions and. beautiful figures (pp.
473-89, Pls. XII, XIII, fig. 3) include not only the fine
material sent by Farquharson but much of Lamborn’s as
well; and, combined with his account of Huliphyra (l.c.),
they g sive us a wide survey over the earlier stages of this
most remarkable group of butterflies.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 339

A. TERATONEURA ISABELLAE DUDGEON.

[Farquharson’s first Teraloneura was a female taken at
Moor Plantation, Dec. 12, 1913, in the act of drinking the
secretion of ant-attended Coccids on a twig near the
Apocynaceous Cremastogaster ant-tree Alstonia congensis,
on which larvae and pupae of the Lycaenid were after-
wards found. The following letter was written to his
friend W. A. Lamborn, the others to me. |

Moor Plantation.

Dec. 24, 1913.—In response to your request I am now
sending you a few notes on the Lycaenid which I brought
in on the 12th of this month.

About six o’clock in the evening I happened to pass the
tree on which you had some time previously shown me
some ant-attended Coccids. I was rather surprised to see
a butterfly evidently in the act of sharing with the ants
in the fluid provided by the Coccids. At the time, the
Lycaenid was hanging from the underside of the twig with
the wings outspread. Being unprovided with a net, I had
to adopt the only other method possible, to catch it.
Fortunately, owing to its intentness in supplying the wants
of Nature, or to its natural ‘ protectedness ’—for even in
the falling light it was by no means inconspicuous, I
secured it easily with my fingers, and was pleased indeed
that you regarded it as quite a prize.

Feb. 18, 1914.—I received the letter with the great news
of Teratoneura, last mail, which pleased me very much
indeed, but I hasten to explain that its ever having
reached the Hope Department is due in the first instance
to Dr. Lamborn. From the note which I made at the
time of finding it, you will readily perceive that it interested
me primarily from its being found in the act of sucking
up a Coccid secretion. This was a new thing to me,
though, of course, not to my friend. He told me so, but
went on to congratulate me with considerable solemnity,
so that I felt rather awed and inwardly congratulated
myself that the creature had been so intent on its meal
that I, without a net, and absolutely innocent of its
possible identity, yet managed to catch it by the precarious
method of the finger and thumb.

I wonder if any of us will ever penetrate the secret of
the larval Teratoneura.

340 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

lL. The Life-history. of Teratoneura.

[The bred series of 7'eratoneura, illustrating the following
sections, includes 8 males and 9 females from larvae on the
bark of, or pupae on or near, the “ ant-tree’ Alstonia,
already mentioned. The first, a male, A, which emerged
about Dec. 9, 1916, at Agege, where Farquharson
happened to be at the time, and the second, a female, B,
emerging Feb. 15, 1917, are accompanied by their pupa-
cases of which one, the male, is represented on Pl. XII,
fig. 9; see also p. 477. The remaining 15, emerging
Feb. 24—March 8, 1917, are also indicated by letters for
their respective pupae, but these were never received,

although two parasitised pupae were sent (p. 459) together |

with two spirit specimens of the extraordinary larva
described and figured by Dr. H. Eltrmgham (p. 476,
Pl. XU, figss.7,:.8,. 14,19).

The pupal period of one female was 10 days—pupation
Feb. 14, emergence Febr. 24.

The following notes on 8 specimens indicate that emerg-
ence usually takes place about noon or within the 2 or 3
hours after it: Q before noon; 3 about noon; & a little
after noon; a about 1. 0 P. m.; 6 after 1 0 p.m., probably
about 2.0; 2 2.30 p.m. 3 after 2 0 pim.5 “Op me]

Feb. 22, 1917.—I aan you two butterflies with their
pupa-cases. One I got just before going to Agege in
December. I had to take it with me and it emerged
there. I have seen no more of them till lately, when I
have secured about a dozen pupae which I now have.
Very likely Lamborn has sent them before, but they are
new to me. I send one authentic larva which I put into
spirit yesterday. When alive it is very Lymantrid- like,
with bright colours and spots. The pupa is a ‘‘ decayed ”-
Lepeine thing, like a mouldy object of some kind, till it

closely examined, when it is wonderfully fine. When
i first butterfly emerged I thought a Skipper had got in
by mistake. The resting position is very Skipper-like. I
have now seen quite a number of larvae of which I will
write to you more fully later. This is simply a hurried
foreword. They have legs like Hewitsonia larvae and run
about among the ants in the same way—Cremastogaster as
before.

May 18, 1917.—I got the great news that it was Terato-
neura that Vd got hold of after all. I am sending you the
rest this mail and hope to send their pupa-cases and one

i.

ant

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 341

or two parasitic Chalcids next mail. I'll be so vexed if
submarines get this lot. Vm really nearly afraid to send
at all, but the wet season is setting in and things are apt
to spoil if kept. I will answer all the points you raise in
detail next mail, which will be in about a week, I think,
for I cannot get time just now. It was indeed very odd
that I should find the Teratoneura first and re-discover it
even to its larva. I may say that the larvae that I had
feeding were all definitely of the species, no question
whatever.

I am especially pleased about the Teraloneura, because
I really knew what I was after and managed to do it.
Of course it would never have happened but for Lamborn,
and it is so very kind of you to take so much trouble
over it all.

2. The Larva of Teratoneura.

[The Lymantrid appearance of the larva was very evident
in the spirit specimens and is shown in Dr. Eltringham’s
figure (Pl. XH, fig. 8; and the description, p. 477; see
also p. 342). It is also the fact that Teratoneura is the
only butterfly larva yet known which has the urticating
type of spicules, although their effect has not been
observed. Mr. W. A. Lamborn happened to be at home
when the larvae arrived; he recognised them directly, but
said that he had always mistaken them for moth larvae.

On Dec. 25, 1917, Farquharson bred the Lymantrid
moth Naroma signifera Walk. from a larva on the Apocy-
naceous tree Alstonia congensis, on which Hewitsonia,
Teratoneura, and other Liptenine larvae were found. The
specimen was referred to on Jan. 26, 1918, in the following
passage, in which ‘* Hewitsonia > was probably written for
“ Teratoneura,’ although the former also appears on the
notes accompanying the specimen: “ The moth with the
Hewitsonia-like larva is rather interesting. The larva is
very like a Hewitsonia larva and lives on ant-trees (I have
only, however, found two, and of these one was accidentally
destroyed). It has two glands, in the mid-dorsal line on
segments 9 and 10, protected by spines. Hardly any
cocoon is spun—simply a few threads—and the cast skin
is left hanging near the pupa.” Further specially directed
observations will be required in order to test the conclusion
that these larvae always feed on ant-trees and are the
models of Hewitsonia, Teratoneura, or other Liptenine
larvae. Naroma signifera is an extremely abundant and

342 me OY Farge arson’s Five Years’ Observations

wide-spreads pecies, bred in large numbers by Lamborn at
Oni and by Carpenter in Uganda, and ranging to Natal.
The two mid-dorsal glands are characteristic of Lyman-
tridae. |

March 1, 1917.—The larvae are very remarkable, being
very hairy, and, on the naked parts between the tufts
and bands of hairs, brightly pigmented with red, green,
yellow, and perhaps other colours—such colours as one
associates with Lymantrid caterpillars. The larva is more
moth-larva-like even than Hewitsonia, though of the same
general character, even to the little “sucker” that is
found on the outside upper edge of the pro-legs [pp. 352,
355, 383, 485], which is retracted when the foot is lifted and
exserted when it touches the bark of the tree or whatever
the larva is walking upon.

3. Teratoneura Larvae and Ants.

March 1, 1917.—The fact recorded in the last paragraph
[of the section on Pupation, p. 346] led me to look for
evidence of attacks by the larvae on Coccids, but with
entirely negative results. Except when about*to pupate
they are never found on leaves nor among the Coccids.
Up and down the stems of the two big trees a busy column
of ants in loose formation about 5 to 8 deep is constantly
running. They do not appear to stop night or day, for
I have gone down after dark to see if the larvae could
possibly be night-feeders. I have seen several larvae on
the way to pupate wandering down the column in a
leisurely way; ants coming in the opposite direction turn
aside, those coming behind keep a respectful distance.
There is no hostility shown, nor yet friendly attentions
such as mark their behaviour to possessors of Guenée
glands. It is really extremely difficult to get the larva
to leave the ant-column. I have pushed them away, but
they persistently return. A tiny twig intruded among the
ants is immediately attacked.

4. The Larval Food of Teratoneura.

March 1, 1917.—I haven’t seen any of them feeding so far,
as I have seen Hewitsonia larvae, at least apparently feeding.
I think they feed high up the tree, but I have examined the
frass microscopically and am to send you a specimen or
two by this mail [not received]. It is a mixture of vegetable
débris of a very odd kind, little bits of tissue, I think
cortical, largely sclerenchymatous in one or two smears I
have made—I got a fine bunch of store-cells in one, fungus

a aR Ae epee

eee
an

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 343

spores mainly referable to phaeosporous Hyphomycetes,
hardly two spores being alike, just such a collection as
one could scrape off a bit of “clean,” living bark (that
is not decayed); very little fungus mycelium—so far as
I have yet seen—except fragments of brown-coloured
hyphae; numerous Algal elements, not filaments but
sporing or resting stages. I am on the whole inclined to
believe that they are lichen-feeders, but I intend to go
into the question more fully, for Hewitsonia larvae are
now beginning to appear. I am also to compare frasses
of different larvae of known food-plants. If they were
bark-feeders there would be a larger proportion of un-
digested cortical matter. Algal filaments would probably
be more numerous instead of only sporing stages. I am
inclined to think that the fungus constituent—at least
hyaline mycelium—is digested. Resting brown mycelium
might escape. At the moment I am ashamed to confess
that I do not remember whether any group of lichens has
a brown mycelium.* Brown spores are common enough,
but I have an idea that the thallus is always hyaline.
I will look up De Bary to-morrow. I remember at the
time I found the #. honorius larvae [pp. 351-53] that some
of their frass left in a jar, the walls of which were moist,
formed centres for the growth, a vigorous growth, of
filamentous Algae. Perhaps you may be able to induce
some Algologist to try the experiment with the frass which
I send you. If I lived in a forest district ’m sure I could
quickly settle the point, but I feel rather confident of
clearing up a good bit of the problem here.

Yesterday I lberated two (immature) of the hairy
Lycaenid larvae |Teratoneura| after starving them for
24 hours. I put them in the ant-track on the bark of
the tree. They appeared to start feeding at once, and

* Miss A. Lorrain Smith has kindly written on this subject :—
** Some few lichens have brown mycelium, but that is rather rare.
What is almost universal is the brown under cortex and rhizinae
of larger forms and the dark brown hypothallus of crustaceous
species—the latter not so frequent.

“ Bark lichens are a very favourite nidus for parasitic fungi.
I often find very flourishing brown mycelium—stout hyphae—per-
vading the lichen fruits. There are crowds of minute fungi parasitic
on lichens.

“The brown mycelium might thus be very easily explained as
part of the larval food and may be either fungoid or lichenoid in
origin.’’—E. B.P.

344 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

the ants simply walked round them. I then cut off a
piece of the bark and enclosed the larvae in a perfectly
clean tin. This morning I found fresh frass. The food
material is about the most unpromising stuff ve ever
seen.

March 18, 1917.—1 have a nice series of the Lycaenid
with the Lymantrid-like larva. There is no question about
their not being carnivorous, nor leaf-eaters, nor flower-
eaters, but cortex-feeders. I have not yet cleared up
what part of the cortex it is of which they are specially
fond. I am inclined to the lichen theory still, for I now
know of two trees of distinct Orders on which the same
larvae occur, one a Ficus (Moraceae, Tribe Ficeae), the
other an Apocynaceous tree which I believe is Alstonia
congensis (author’s name [Engler] I do not know at present,
but I will find out). Now these two Orders are widely
separated, but have one thing in common—latex. But
the larvae live on old bark and it cannot be the common
factor, latex, that they are after, for they would have to
do what a Bostrichid beetle could hardly do, and, as a
matter of fact, it takes a good deep cut on old cortex to
draw latex. The marks of their mandibles even when one
sees them feeding are not visible to the eye, and what
they take off must be a very thin layer indeed. The
lichens on these trees are of the extremely thin crustaceous
variety—so thin that they simply look like different
coloured portions of normal cortex, and that makes
observation all the more difficult.

5. The Larval Food of Liptenine Allies of Teratoneura
—Epitola, Hewitsonia, Iridopsis, Citrinophila, Eresina.

Feb, 26, 1916.—I am practically satisfied that the whole
group with hairy larvae, 2. honorius, Hewitsonia, Lridopsis
[including almost certainly Citrinophila and Eresina], feed
on Algae or lichen on the bark of the trees on which they
occur. I’ve examined frass of Hewitsonia and honorius
too. However, I will I’m sure be able to confirm it next
tour. The honorius larvae, as you received them, were
shrivelled a bit, but in life they were exactly similar to
Hewitsonias, so much so that I thought their brown colour
as distinct from the mottled ereyish-green of the Hewitsonia
larva was a cryptic variation, as they were on a tree with
brown bark.

March 18, 1917.—I am certain that Hewitsonia is of the
same type as T'eratoneura. Curiously enough | have seen

~~ e re ee Seek we ele
ue ev AS 34 ges 7, Res i ‘

*
S

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 345

a Hewitsonia settling on the aerial rootlets of the Ficus
on several successive nights lately. The EHpitola honorius
larvae are also, I am sure, of the same kind, and indeed
their shape is exactly that of the Hewitsonia larvae, though
their colour is brown, a snuff-coloured brown with plenty of
hairs, giving them a moth-larva-look. The Hewitsonia and
E. pitola larvae are also alike in being rather broader ante-
riorly—with a square-shouldered sort of shape, as it were—
than posteriorly. This is not quite so marked as in the
Teratoneura larvae, but, now that I know a little about
them, I would have no hesitation in associating them with
Lycaenidae, and with each other among the Lycaenidae,
if I saw them on ant-infested bark, the ants being C7ve-
mastogasier. The little Lycaenid [E'pitola concepcion Suff. |
that I sent, with the hairy larva and Hewitsonia-like pupa,
is, I am certain, of the same order, as also is Lridopsis.
I found at least three other larvae among ants of the
same type last tour in travelling through a forest district,
but couldn’t do anything with them, as they were too
young. I do wish I could get a month’s holiday in a
forest district, and I’m nearly sure I could work out as
many of this type as Lamborn did of the others. It is
rank bad luck being here for such work. I am .very
curious to know the systematic position with regard to
each other of those I have just mentioned. Are they
really closely related or is it a case of convergence? [They
are certainly nearly related.|| I have an idea in my own
mind that this group of Lycaenids in a sense correspond
to certain xerophytes of the plant world. A desert plant
if put into competition with ordinary trophophytes and
left to make the best of it is choked out by its better
adapted rivals and perishes in the midst’ of plenty. In
the desert it thrives in apparently starvation conditions,
but the little there is is enough for the few that can stand
the conditions. We can hardly imagine even Germany
making war on the Eskimos, to use another analogy. It
may be so with this group. What with poor fare and
the ants, probably few insects would care to invade their
field. One could imagine Satyrines being left to starve
through an invasion of Army worm or Locusts.

Dec. 29, 1917.—The hairy, “ eremobiotic”’ types, that
live in a desert of ants, neither tolerated nor attacked but
simply ignored, giving nothing and taking nothing of any
consequence to the ants, though securing indirect pro-

346 Mr. C. O. iene Five Years’ Observations

tection, the Hewitsonias, Teratoneuras, ete., have of
course quite visible heads. I use the w ord “ eremobiotic *
to express this insect counterpart of the desert “ xero-
phytic” plant. Synoekete implies a more intimate rela-
tion, more applicable, is it not, to guests (welcome or not)
living inside the nests? Perhaps eremosymbiont, if that
is a “legitimate coimage, fairly nearly expresses the idea.
Wasmann, according to Wheeler, uses the term trophobiosis
to describe the more common relation of the Lycaenine
Lycaenids. In a “ trophic” classification of Lycaenidae
the two terms contrast fairly naturally. They cannot be
ranked with the scafferying * neutral synoeketes, and I’m
sure to most insects the “ playing field,” of a Cremastogaster
colony especially, is a veritable desert. In case such a
term were too particular, implying absolute proof rather
than the more or less hypothetical, atrophic and syntrophic
symbiosis is perhaps a better general description.
The Pupation of Teratoneura.

March 1, 1917.—The larva pupates either on a leaf or
on a slender dead twig or dead herbaceous stem on the
tree or round its base. The trees on which they are
found throw out numerous very slender aerial roots, which
hang, down from the stem and_ branches. These are
favourite pupation places. When these end in the air and
not, as they sometimes do, become re-attached to the
parent tree lower down, ants do not generally run down
them. Such a place would be relatively safe at the critical,
vulnerable period of transition. Argiolaus pupae are
generally to be found on shrubs or herbs at a little dis-
tance from the ant-tree, and when, as happens at times,
they pupate on a plant too near the tree, the pupae are
frequently devoured by the ants which respected them or
even protected them as larvae. But the Teratoneura
almost as frequently as not pupates on a leaf with the
base of its stalk within an inch of Coccids and ants.

. Teratoneura Pupae heavily parasitised by Chaleids.

Feb. 22, 1917.—I notice that the pupae are heavily
parasitised by Chalcids, and I cannot say I have ever
seen a parasitised Hewitsonia of a good many seen by
me now.

March 1, 1917.—I think I remarked on the frequency
with which this species is parasitised, a very tiny Chalcid

* “ Scaffery ’ is defined in Murray’s Oxford Dictionary as—
“ Extortion, extortionate taking of perquisites.”

2

Bate aes ep er SP ee eK
Pe ne = *. eae ,

Ped) fits

on the Biononics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 347

and a much larger one being the culprits. [For the species
and numbers see p. 459.] I have seen many Hewitsonia
pupae, old ones on trees besides those I’ve bred out and
let away, and do not remember having got one parasitised.
I have been in the way of breeding them out as I found
them and letting them away without keeping records, but
I intend to look into the question of their parasitism
more particularly now. Hewitsonia larvae are protected
by the ants (unconsciously, for they give no return) and
also by their cryptic coloration both as larvae and pupae.
The larva of this other species [T7'eratonewra] is brightly
coloured. It asks for trouble, but no doubt is partly
protected by the ants, as is Hewitsonia. As a pupa it
has succeeded very well in looking like nothing in par-
ticular—a valuable disguise I should think, but it is at
this stage that it is attacked. I saw a tiny Chalcid on
one, one day.

8. Other Enemies of Teratoneura.

Feb. 28, 1917.—Just underneath that passage in Shelford
[p. 350] the subject of birds eating butterflies is mentioned.
I may say that under these trees I have seen one or two
butterfly (the Lycaenid) wings that may have been the
remains of a bird meal.

March 1, 1917.—By the way, I saw a large green Mantis
with the remains of a larva one day, but it had left the
ants and gone on to a leaf to pupate. Of that I feel sure,
for, as it happens, the small stump with its suckers is
haunted by one or two Mantises, but they do not go on
to the stems among the ants. It may be, however, that
the imago wings I saw on the ground were the work of
a Mantis.

9. Teratoneura Imagines feeding on Secretions of Ant-
attended Coccidae and driving off the Ants.

Feb. 28, 1917.—I have had further opportunities of
studying the butterfly of which I sent you two specimens
last mail, the one with the hairy Lymantrid-like larva.
I find that the species appears to haunt the tree on which
the larvae are found. By the way, it is just beside the
place where I found the Teratonewra in Lamborn’s time
(see p. 339). I am wondering whether I can possibly have
hit on that form again, for this species appears to specialise
(in the adult stage) in Coccid secretions as food. On this
point I have one or two observations to send you which
may be of interest. One or two points are rather extra-

34.04 Mire OU en i, rer Five Years’ Observations

ordinary, but I have taken great care in the matter and
I do think my interpretation of what I saw is fairly reason-
able. Let me first explain the conditions. Two trees of
the same species (which probably belongs to the Apocy-
naceae) had grown up together, but, in partially clearing
the land, one was cut down to within a foot or two of its
base, and the other was left. From the stump of the one
cut down a large number of sucker shoots have sprung,
the tips of which are just about 6 feet from the ground.
The ends of the lateral branches are nearly all being
sucked by Coccids, all of which are ant-attended. Both
the big tree and the stump are wholly over-run by ants,
though their main habitat is in the big tree and in another
of the same species about 6 feet away. They do not
have a carton nest, but appear to live in holes in dead
branches, though this I have yet to verify. There is a
constant stream of ants up and down the trunks of both
the big tree and the stump too. About a week ago, on
Thursday evening, Feb. 22nd, to be exact, I was trying
to find out what the larvae might feed on, suspecting the
Coccids as their prey, for pupae are very commonly found
near them—often indeed on a leaf of the twig they are
sucking. Suddenly I noticed one of the butterflies alight
on a twig, as I thought, perhaps to oviposit. It remained
for a few seconds and then flew off, circling rapidly round
the stump, soon to alight again. It lit on a branch with
ants and Coccids on it, and I felt sure I was to see what
I’ve not so far been lucky enough to witness—a Lycaenid
ovipositing. I suppose my anxiety to see this prevented
me “tumbling” to what really was doing. The butterfly
lit just at the tip of the branch, the Coccids being about
an inch behind that. It proceeded to walk backwards
rather slowly and deliberately, the abdomen inclined
upwards at a fairly steep angle to the thorax, and the
Wings opening and closing fairly rapidly—though not by
any means nervously or excitedly—and gently beating the
twig. The ants retreated backwards, making hardly any
resistance at all, though some dodged to the underside of
the twig and ran forwards. The butterfly having gone
back about three inches then suddenly dropped the abdomen
so that it rested on the twig and ran rapidly forward, the
tip of the abdomen brushing the twig as it did so. The
backward manceuyre was repeated, this time on the under-
side of the twig, the wings then hanging downwards, the

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 349

abdomen flexed as: before. I was still waiting for the
egg-laying marvel. I thought I was to see it to some
purpose, when “she,” if that really was the sex, let the
abdomen rest on the twig. But Lamborn used to swear
that females that really wanted to oviposit and knew that
one wanted to know the food-plant, really did that to
annoy the onlooker: so I kept on hoping, till “she”
suddenly stopped over the Coccids, unrolled a very slender
proboscis and proceeded to absorb the secretion so much
prized by the ants. Occasionally an ant would venture
along, but retreated without attacking. In a short time
the butterfly flew away, circled round for a bit and came
back to another twig, where the same performance was
repeated. By this time I had formed the conclusion that
she was deliberately hustling the ants off what they doubt-
less regard as their own particular prey. What exactly is
the “force majeure” to which the ants yield I do not
know; the flapping of the wings isn’t a very formidable
thing, but it seemed to act and the ants did keep their
distance. [The movements described and the position of
the abdomen suggest strongly that the butterfly produces
and fans towards the ants some odour disliked by them. |
I tried the effect of interfering with their lawful preserve
by “ tickling ”’ the Coccids with a thin grass stalk. Soldiers
and workers immediately seized it and held it fast enough
to let it be suspended in their jaws when I let go. They
had all the appearance of being most justly indignant.
I saw the butterfly repeat the performance three times.
The performers were only about one foot from my eyes
and were not the least bit shy. I failed to catch the
leading performer. It was one with the light, predomi-
nantly red, underwmg. Now I know that nearly every
twig of the big trees has Coccids and ants on it, for I got
a ladder and looked at some of the lower branches. This
evening, about 6.15 p.m., from the ground I counted on
the nearest branch of one of the big trees eight butterflies,
all busy on the ends of twigs.* Yesterday evening I saw
several, and with the aid of the ladder satisfied myself
that they weren’t merely hung up for the night. I won-

* Dec. 24, 1917.—Teratoneura nearly always settles on branches
well above the ground, and these branches are always scale-infested.
I have never seen them alight on low herbaceous plants, or on the
ground—and I’m sure I could see a dozen any day I like—rather
luxurious entomology, is it not ?—C.O.F.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, Iv. (JAN.’22) AA

Re ee Ee Par eo, a ae ze

350 Mr. C, O. tare Minnson’é Five Years’ Observations

dered if they were night- or dusk-feeders, and have gone
down twice at noon to have a look. The Harmattan is
on here just now, and it is extremely hot and dry. In
such weather Monomorium becomes a dreadful nuisance
in its search for moisture, and at mid-day most open-
country insects are fairly quiet and seek the shade, but
this particular Lycaenid appears to be very active just
then. They are very rapid fliers and may be seen, some
chasing each other round the branches or in the open near
the trees, while others occupy tell-tale positions on the
twigs. I wonder if this habit of “tapping” Coccids is
confined to open-country forms in districts of rigorous dry
seasons and scarcity of water. But now I am on dangerous
ground. Peradventure I may be numbered in that “ vast
majority of collectors and field-naturalists [who] are poor
philosophers,”’ * or in that other equally melancholy crowd
of “ zoologists [who] are sorry failures when it comes to
observing the living animal in its natural surroundings.” +
But I do lay the flattering unction to my soul that I am
not a “ collector.”

10. Other Lipteninae—E pitolina, Mimacraea—with Habits
simular to those of Teratoneura as described in the last Section.
[A few weeks after the observations recorded on pp. 347—
350, Farquharson observed and sent the much smaller
Liptenine Epitolina dispar Kirby, “as a specimen of a
Lycaenid with the same (adult) habits as Teratoneura.”
The butterfly bore the following note: “ March 15, 1917.
Small Lycaenid observed driving away ants from plant-
gland, to suck secretion. Habit similar to hairy larva
Lycaenid | Teratoneura], only probing plant-gland ”’ instead
of Coccid secretion. ;

On Dec. 14, 1917, three Epitolina dispar were cap-
tured, together with one male Mimacraea fulvaria Auriv.
“ Drinking plant-gland secretion on Coccid-and-ant-infested
plant” is the note borne by one dispar, and a shortened
form of the same by the others. The Mimacraea has in
addition, “‘ Captured at Ibadan in act of drinking secre-
tion.” On hearing that this latter was a Lycaenid Farqu-
harson wrote, April 28, 1918: ‘I was astonished at the
Acraeine Lycaenid mimic. I would give something to
breed it out. I saw several of them at the same place,
and it never entered my head that they were Lycaenids
at all. I would never doubt mimicry after that.” |

* « A Naturalist in Borneo,” R. Shelford, London, 1916, p. 207,

{ Ibid., p. 208.

—:

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 351

B. Notes ON THE LIFE-HISTORY AND LARVAL AND PUPAL
AFFINITIES OF HerwitsonrA, Eriroia, ErReEsiNna,
TRIDOPSIS AND CITRINOPHILA.

[In the following section a number of interesting notes
from Farquharson’s letters are arranged in order of dates.
The material on which the conclusions were built may
be inferred from the following list of specimens now in
the Hope Department, remembering that Farquharson
observed far more than he collected, sometimes, as he tells
us, breeding out these butterflies and letting them go.
Iridopsis and Citrinophila, considered in the two succeed-
ing sections, also form part of the material on which the
following notes were built. It must be remembered that
in the earlier notes “ Hewitsonia,” as used by Farquharson,
includes three species of Hpitola—hewitsoni, nuranda and
honorius.

Hewitsonia similis Auriv.—Two males bred at Agege,
Oct. 9 and Oct 11, 1917. Both larvae and pupae were
found in this locality on the bark of Antiaris africana
Engler—at Moor Plantation on that of Alstonia. The
pupa-cases were not sent.

Epitola hewitsoni Mab. (Farquharson’s ‘“ Hewitsonia,
New Series A.’’)—One female, somewhat deformed, bred
at Agege, Oct. 19, 1917. The pupa was found, Oct. 16,
attached to a leaf, probably near the ant-tree Antiaris.
The pupa-case was not sent.

Epitola miranda Staud. (Farquharson’s “ Hewitsonia
B. type.’’)—Two females both bred Jan. 27, 1918. Both
larvae and pupae of this species were found on the bark
of Alstonia. The pupa-cases were not sent. Lamborn also
obtained four examples from the same locality in 1913,
and, curiously enough, all are females. The larva of one
was found Oct. 26, pupation took place Oct. 28 and emerg-
ence Nov. 6. The other three were captured July 10,
Oct. 31 (on stem, feeding on Coccid secretion), and Nov. 6
(10.0 a.m. on blade of dead grass). The only male of this
species in the Hope Department is from the $.W. of the
Victoria Nyanza (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, p. xcii). In the
British Museum there are 2 ¢ 3 @ (3 ex Coll. Staud.,
19° W. Vict. Nyanza, 1 2 W. foot Mt. Elgon); at Tring—
6g 1 @ (all Sierra Leone); at Witley—2 ¢ (1 Sierra
Leone, 1 without locality).

Epitola honorius F.—One female, deformed, bearing the
note : “ Hewitsonia sp. with brown larva, found at Shagamu.

352 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

Pupn. about 8.1x.15 while travelling; emerged 19.ix.15.”
The pupa-case, attached to a piece of bark, was sent
(Pl. XII, fig. 16, p. 475) together with 3 larvae in spirit
(Pl. XII, fig. 17, p. 475). The larvae were found on an ant-
tree and others believed to be the same on a similar ant-tree
at Agege,

E i pitola concepcion Suff.—One female with the following
note: “‘ Larva found resting prior to pupation, 10.1. 17.
Pupn. completed next day; emerged 19.11.17.” The larva
was found on the bark of Alstonia. The pupa-case was
sent, but one of Lamborn’s is shown on Pl. XII, fig. 13.

Eresina corynetes Gr.-Sm.—One female found on the
bark of Alstonia, Jan. 17, 1918. Referred to in a letter
of Jan. 26, 1918 :—‘* The small Lycaenid—captured—from
the Hewitsonia tree. I took it because it was slightly
malformed. I have an idea that it had not long emerged,
but couldn’t find a pupa-case.”—E.B.P. |

July 26, 1915.—The mail as I said came on Sunday,
and I had one from Lamborn too. I always go out into
the bush on Sunday if it doesn’t rain, and that day was no
exception. I always visit the Lycaenid trees here. Lam-
born told me to look out for a Hewitsonia larva, and I
have in spirit here what I believe to be one.

Sept. 28, 1915.—I now know the larvae of Hewitsoma,
but haven’t yet solved their food problem. But in my
three weeks’ trek I saw them on every ant-tree I met.
The larvae run about among the ants, which do not touch
them. I will send specimens next mail if I get a chance.

I also got larvae of identical form [Hpitola honorius|
but of dark brown colour on an (Cremastogaster) ant-tree,
but of seven only one pupated and the imago is deformed,
I found the larvae in forest at a town called Shagamu,
which is about two or three days’ trek (about 50 miles)
from Epe (N.W.): I’ve not seen them here,

The pupa of the one here at Ibadan [Hewitsonia similis],
if pupation takes place on a green plant, is coloured more
dominantly green than those that go up on bark. I'll
write them up more fully, however, later. At present I
haven’t the time. On the larval feet (pro-legs) are what
appear to be glands. I have seen them crawling over a
glass lid. They may be found on other larvae of Lepidoptera.
They do not appear to secrete. They are on the outer side
of the foot, rather like this. [Sketch in letter. See pp. 342,
355, 383, “485. ] I think the part is retractile. I think

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 353

they are lichen-feeders, but I intend to examine the frass.
They won’t feed in captivity.

The Hewitsonia larvae, by the way, are in no sense
ant-attended. They keep in the track of the ants and
rest in crevices in the bark quite near the nest. The ants
do not heed them. I think they are protected by their
hairs and bristles. The ants unwittingly protect them
from other foes.

Nov. 24, 1915.—I was so astonished at the Shagamu,
one being an Hpitola [honorius|. The larva in form is
exactly the same as that of the Hewitsonia; only the
brown colour is different. They look more like moth
larvae. I send you one or two which are unfortunately
not normal in size and aspect. I found seven at Shagamu
which looked as if they might be about ready for pupation,
so I put them in tins with fixed bits of bark for transport
as I had to keep travelling, but only one pupated. The
rest tried and failed, so that they are little more than
skins. I am to send next mail one or two good Hewitsonia
larvae [not received] and you will be better able to judge
their characters; so far as I can make out Lamborn never
saw the Hpitola [honorius| larvae.

The Hewitsonia larvae are never attacked on the tree,
but in a small tube where free movement was prevented,
one of several enclosed ants got in between the hairs and
proceeded to bite the larva to its great distress. I think
they are night-feeders, for in the daytime they are quite
passive.

I am so curious to hear what the relationships of the
Hewitsonias and Epitolas are. The Shagamu Fpitola,
with its brown larva, in its larval stage is as like to a
Hewitsoma larva in characters, down to the foot “ gland,”
as any two larvae with different colours can be. They are
not like any other larvae I know. As a further point I
may mention that several Hewitsonia larvae exactly the
same in colour as these here, occurred on the same tree
with the Epitola brown ones at Shagamu. I got some of
the ants, but they moulded extremely badly and got
destroyed, but the ant is almost certainly the same as
the one on the tree here—a small Cremastogaster. On a
tree at another place on the same trek I saw a Hewitsonia
larva on a tree associated with a Cremastogaster of about
the same size, but with a reddish-brown abdomen. [The
ant is probably Crem. buchneri Forel, x.’ clariventris Forel,

354 Mr. C. O. Pain terse Five Years’ Observations

found associated with the larvae of Lycaenesthes sp.
2 alberta Beth.-Baker by W. A. Lamborn. Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1913, p. 476.]

Feb, 26, 1916.—Hewitsonia larvae are not to be found
now. However, we’ve had the first tornado of the year
and the rains are about to resume,

Government Farm, Agege.

Dec. 15, 1916.—I am almost positive that, on a tree
nearby -that bears a large Cremastogaster carton nest, a
few larvae (young ones) crawling thereon are those of
the Hpitola I found in Shagamu last tour [honorius], which
mimics, I think, Planema epaea. Ill try to farm out the
rubber business till one or two mature. They are mixed
with Hewitsonia ones and possibly an Iridopsis. I will
send you some frass for microscopic examination as soon
as I can. But what a pity that I get so little time in
high forest districts, for it’s there that the carton nests
abound, and I’m positive that I could do a lot to clear
up a number of very interesting life-histories. I will do
what I can here, but the whole place has been cleared
to make cocoa farms, and nests are few and far between.

Moor Plantation.

Feb, 22, 1917.—I have been long in following up my last
letter for two reasons, first because I did not have any
luck at all with the Epitola honorius at Agege. . . . I got
one larva to pupate and lost it, the ant Monomorium being
responsible. I had watched daily several larvae that
were coming on nicely, but they always disappeared and
I failed absolutely to find the pupae. [I’m not sure that
they succeeded in pupating. I saw several new broods,
but either they went too high up the tree or they were
destroyed by some enemy.

I did find one enemy which I am sending by to-day’s
mail. I saw it actually attack a medium-sized larva
and killit. To do so—it is a Reduvud bug [Sphedanolestes
sp., with the note “ Agege, Dec. 17, 1916. Reduviid
preying on Lycaenid larva’’|—it had to dodge about
among the ants, but it managed that all right. I hope to
get back to Agege in the wet season and may remain
there a month, when I hope to do something.

I think the tree on which the larvae are found is the
same kind as the one (in the Gambari district, about

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 355

24 miles south of this) on which I got the curious little
Diptera last tour [p. 444]. You may recall my description
of their curious larvae, which wandered about freely
among the ants. I did not find them, however, at Agege.
I do not know the species of tree, but it is habitually
inhabited by ants, and always carries large carton
nests.

[The following note in the same letter refers to Epitola
concepcion Suft.] I have also sent you another little
Lycaenid with a very Hewitsonia-like pupa-case. I bred
it out from a larva (a hairy moth-like larva too) which
I found about to pupate on Lamborn’s old Hewitsoma
tree [ Alstonia].

March 18, 1917.—I must say the Epitola honorius
pupa-case more closely resembled the Hewitsonia than
either of them resembles the Teratoneura and yet the
poise of both is not unlike, though the two former have a
much broader attachment than the latter. In fact, I
think that except for the colour of the pupa (and in Hewit-
sonia at least it varies a little to harmonise with the back-
ground) which is rather darker in Epitola, I should find
it hard to tell one from the other.

All the larvae have the little protrusible process on the
outer side of the pro-legs (one spirit specimen of Terato-
neura shows these exserted), but so also have the Ptero-
carpus larvae [Lycaeninae, see pp. 383, 485, &c.].

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—I have also sent two Argiolaus and two
Hewitsonia from a tree here in Agege on which I got the
very tiny Lycaenid of which I told you last mail, which
duly emerged. I am waiting for a large mail steamer
to carry it home. The tree is a tall buttressed one of
the Apocynaceae family, I think [it is the Moraceous

‘Antiaris africana], but all round the base I found

fallen Loranthus corollas of a different species from the
one on which I got the Lycaenids at Ibadan. There is,
of course, a Cremastogaster nest rather beyond my reach.
I took in the Hewitsonia pupae for a special reason. E
was to put you a query about them and found you had put
it to me in slightly different form. Of that I will say
more. I, as a matter of fact, was to suggest that the
Hewitsonia larva was rather variable, and was to promise

‘to look into the question closely.

J ' . . - ¥ ye) Se . 2 ©. 1."
= : LUST SAA, Ue ag
7
7

356 Mr. C. O. Fa taeecauts Five Years’ Observations

Moor Plantation.

Dec. 24, 1917.—I went down again in the afternoon
(Sunday) of these great events [Dec. 23. See Proc. Ent.
Soc., 1918, p. xxxi—xxxv]. It is worth something in the
conditions in which I have to work at present, to know
that at almost any spare moment in daytime I can go down
feeling tolerably certain that if I choose I can see such
things as Teratoneura larvae, just for the trouble of going
to the particular tree, or Hewitsonia, or—a great many
other things. As I was looking out for opportunities for
catching the myrmecophilous Diptera on the stem of the
Funtumia, a Hewitsonia actually came along (it was then
about 3.30 p.m.) and laid two tiny ova in the track of the
ants. It was done with such rapidity that I had difficulty
in locating the tiny ova, and the ants didn’t seem to
suspect their presence either, or, if they did, took no notice.
The ova were pale yellow in colour. It is extremely
unusual to see Hewitsonia on the wing. I have often
wondered if they are night-fliers, though it may be that
they fiy around tree-tops.

Jan. 26, 1918.—By the way in the proof of the Lycaenid
notes you refer to “the genus to which Epitola honorius
belongs.” * From the larvae I would have sworn they
were Hewitsonias, adapted in colour to the brown bark
of the tree on which I found them. They were as alike
and more so than the Loranthus-eating larvae of Argiolaus.

Feb. 8, 1918.—Mail day. The box I have sent is not
so interesting nor so complete as I'd have liked. I have
mislaid the pupa-case of the Hewitsonia [E'pitola hewitsoni],
which is characteristic in not lying along the bark of the
tree with its long axis parallel to the tree surface, but
sticks out at about 70° in a very odd position. I will
be able to write more fully on the point later.

Feb. 14, 1918.—The big crumpled one that went by the
same mail is one of the ‘‘ Hewitsonia”’ series. When I
said there were three species [Hewitsonia similis, Epitola
hewitsont and EL. miranda] I was thinking more of the
similarity of larvae, which is quite as close as that between
the various Argiolaus larvae in shape. Only in the case
of EH. hewitsoni the pupa-case projects outwards at an
angle from the substratum on which the pupa rests. The
B series of “ Hewitsonia” [Epitola miranda] which is

* In the British Museum this species was assigned to a distinct,
undescribed genus,

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 357

on the way home also has a projecting pupa, but the
third one’s [Hewitsonia similis] pupa lies along the surface
of the substratum. But their larvae and that of EH. honorius
are extremely similar in form, only differing in colour. I
am trying to get a carefully differentiated series to clear
up the whole thing. I have only seen about 3 species of
Charaxes larvae. They are all of the same shape and not
like any others I know. Argiolaus larvae are nearly as

alike in some ways, but the Hewitsonia or Epitola larvae

are as unmistakably related by form and habit as Charazes
larvae. I thought for a time that the changes in colour
were cryptic changes of one form. Teratoneura is a little
different. Jridopsis is nearer, but the larva has the
distinctive habit of spinning a silk protection before
pupating. - You will notice too the likeness of the Citrino-
phila pupa-case to the Hewitsonia and Iridopsis types.
If only I had time and a forest district to work in I could
do them all up. When the Director comes back I think
I'll try to get a local holiday to a forest district. I know
exactly where to look for these things, and I’ve only to
get into a decent district to get lots more of other species.
I think I'll have earned a holiday, for Pve been nearly
17 months out now without anything but the statutory
days—Xmas, Bank, Empire, New Year, and it isn’t
much. At times I don’t feel any too willing to get up
early in the morning, and I lose more sleep than I like to.
Still one must make the best of things. This is an extra
mail, sprung on us on two days’ notice, so I won’t have
time to write more.

C. Tue Lare-History oF [RIDOPSIS INCREDIBILIS
STAUD.

[The following notes refer to a male and female J. incredi-
bilis, which emerged on Sept. 30 and Nov. 6,.1915, respec-
tively, the pupae having been found on the bark of Alstonra
a few days earlier. Both pupa-cases were received. |

Nov. 24, 1915.—I also got off two little Lycaenids
which I do hope will reach you all right, as I have a feeling
that even two (if they arrive in good order) will be, at least
in a small way, a Xmas contribution that will interest
you. I know the larva, but have not yet got one in spirit.
It also comes from the Hewitsonia, Argiolaus maesa, and
A, alcibiades tree [Alstonia congensis] that Dr. Lamborn

358 Mr. C. O. Raitardbnts Five Years’ Observations

loved here on Moor Plantation. I feel sure they also
are relations of Hewitsonia. Their larvae are of the same
general hairy character and like the others run about in
the vicinity of the ant-nest, over the bark of the tree.
I am not yet certain what they feed on. I think it must
be Algae or dead bark. They have no dorsal glands,
and are disregarded by the ants though they run about
in their tracks. I think it is an association of mutual
respect. The Lycaenid larvae are protected passively,
so to speak, by the ants. No other insects that would be
likely to harm them will venture near them for fear of the
ants. It is not a beneficial partnership (nor yet the
reverse), for, as I say, the ants simply ignore them, seeming
unable to attack them on tbe tree.

Feb. 26, 1916.—The Iridopsis larva which I once saw
was on the Hewitsonia-tree here [at Moor Plantation].
lve wondered uneasily several times whether I hadn’t
misplaced the imago among the Lycaenids, for-the brown
chitinous-looking pupa-case, distinct and separable from
the cast skin which completely envelopes it, is very moth-
like. Further the larva spins a fairly dense web of white
silk to form a little cage in which I found the pupa in each
case. It selects a fairly deep narrow crack or pit in the
bark of the tree for the purpose, in a manner recalling
the habit of some spiders. I feel sure I'll be able to get
more on my return next tour—if the Huns do not get us
going or coming by sea. The larva has a denser protection
of hairs than the Hewitsonias, but shorter, and they are
not quite so active. In shape they rather differ, and as
to the process on the pro-legs which I saw in Hewitsonia
and the honorius, 'm not sure in this case.

Agege.

Dec. 15, 1916.—On the way down here [Agege] I stayed
two days at Olokemeji, the Forestry headquarters. On
an Albizzia lebbek Benth., with quite a number of Jridopsis
empty pupa-cases on it, there was a Crematogaster nest
similar to the one seen at Agege (p. 354).

[The following paragraph refers to a male Iridopsis
incredibilis found about Dec. 7, 1916, on the bark of the
Leguminous tree mentioned above. |

Moor Plantation.

Feb. 22, 1917.—The name of the tree—‘‘ Lebbek ”—
is a corruption, I think, of an Egyptian name. It is not

\

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 359

native here, but is used as a shade tree. I got a butterfly
on it just emerged, which may be an Iridopsis.

[The butterfly referred to below is a female I. incredibilis,
with the pupa-case in its silk-covered depression in the
bark. They bear the date of emergence, Jan. 14, and the
notes “ Larva hairy and predominantly red” and “ pupa
in shallow depression in bark—silk-covered.” There is
little doubt that the tree was Alstonca. |

Jan. 12, 1918.—I have a Liptenine pupa just now which
I found as a pupating larva not long ago—the pupa not
unlike a Teratoneura, but the larva was different and
“went up” in a depression on the bark of the tree after
weaving a silk defence like an Jridopsis. The silk was
finished before I met the larva and I couldn’t disturb it,
but the predominant colour was red, and I do not think
Ihave seen it before. [Jan. 26—‘ Itisa fine big Iridopsis.”
—C.0.F.]

Feb. 8, 1918.—I send the Iridopsis and its pupa-case—
it is the one I told you of that had the larva with a lot
of red. Iridopsis has one curious character: it generally
pupates in a niche in the bark of the tree, but first spins
a web of silk so as to shut itself in as some spiders do.

Aug. 25, 1918.—[{ After referring to various Diptera and
to larvae of Endomychid beetles, etc., haunting the “ ant-
tree” (Alstonia) at Moor Plantation the letter continues. |
There were also one or two young Hewitsonia larvae, and

. I saw an Jridopsis come and oviposit. This must sound

rather a tall yarn, all these things on one day, but such
are the facts.

D. Notes oN THE PUPATION AND LIFE-HISTORY OF
CITRINOPHILA TENERA KIRBY.

[The single specimen sent by Farquharson is a male.
It is accompanied by its pupa-case still attached to the
bark of the Para Rubber tree, Hevea brasiliensis Miill.
Arg. (Euphorbiaceae). It bears the note “ Lycaenid found
newly emerged on Para tree, Agege. Pupa-case found
alsogr 18 Xie

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—This forenoon as I was examining tapped
surfaces of Para trees in connection with a really difficult
disease problem that I think I may manage to solve,
without the aid of a fungus (or, of course, an insect),

360 Mr. C. O. FeMehaeors Five Years’ Observations

I saw a newly emerged Lycaenid, a bright yellow one
with black-tipped wings. And just beside it was its
empty pupa-case! Nowhere round it was a plant of any
sort except rubber, the shade being too dense for weeds,
and I feel sure he is of the bark-feeders. I won’t send it
this mail, for surely such a load would be too much for
the old boat. Nor is this an end to the wonders that
Lamborn enabled me to see—how I wish he were here !
[Oct. 20.—‘* The pupa-case is remarkably spiny.” —C.O.F.]

Moor Plantation.

Feb. 6, 1918.—There is a shady little place by the river
where every day, if I care, I can see a half-dozen of the
little yellow and black forms. They are always fluttering
round a huge tree with a promising-looking bark, but few
ants except Pheidole. I feel certain every time I see
them that their life-history is about six feet away, but
I’ve had no luck so far. Lycaenids in my limited experi-
ence are never far from their breeding-place, but the
trouble is to find it. Some of them, of course, may oviposit
on the tops of high trees.

II. LYCAENINAE.

A. Nores oN THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF NINE SPECIES OF
Iotaus (TANUETHEIRA, ARGIOLAUS AND EPAMERA)
WITH LARVAE FEEDING ON THE FLOWERS OF
LORANTHUS INCANUS SCHUM. AND THONN.

[Farquharson’s interesting notes are illustrated by the
following fine series of bred specimens, with many of the
pupa-cases from which they emerged, and some of their
larvae sent in spirit. The larvae and many of the pupae,
reconstructed from their cases, have been described and
figured by Dr. Eltringham in the Appendix (pp. 473-89).
The pupa-cases sent by W. A. Lamborn were substituted
for Farquharson’s in two of the species, and in addition
to the West Coast pupae, that of an East African Argiolaus,
collected by Lamborn and the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers,
is described and figured (Pl. XIII, fig. 1; pp. 480-81).
Dr. Eltringham also comments on the Guenée gland,
the “electric”? sensation produced by these larvae, ete.
(pp. 484-85). For a brief preliminary statement of the

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 361

facts recorded in this section see Proc. Ent. Soc., 1917,
p. lxi; 1918, p. lxxix; for Farquharson’s observations on
ants attendant on larvae of Myrina, Proc., 1914, pp. xxi,
XXIv.

1. Tanuethewa timon F. (Farquharson’s A).—2 ¢ 2 9,
emerging between Dec. 14, 1917, and Feb. 10, 1918;
accompanied by 3 pupa-cases, one noted as that of the
first butterfly to emerge, a 3. The dull green larvae on
flowers of Loranthus incanus parasitic on sparsely Pheidole-
haunted Funtumia elastica Stapf (Apocynaceae). A larva
sent in spirit is figured by Dr. Eltringham together with
one of the pupae (PI. XIII, figs. 5, 7, 11; pp. 478-79).

2. Argiolaus alcibiades Kirby (Farquharson’s G and
“Gall affinis ”).—5 3 2 9, emerging from about August,
1915, to Jan. 24, 1918: 3 g 1 & are accompanied by their
precise pupa-cases. Larvae on flowers of L. incanus, on
Cremastogaster-haunted Alstonia congensis Engl. (Apocyn-
aceae), never on the same Loranthus on Funtumia. Most
of the specimens bred from pupae found on shrubs beneath
the Alstonia. One 2 was bred Oct. 4, 1917, at Moor
Plantation, from a larva found at Agege on the flowers
of an allied species of Loranthus, on the Cremastogaster-
haunted Antiaris africana Engl. (Moraceae). The pupa
of a female (Jan. 23, 1918) is figured by Dr. Eltringham
(Pl. XIII, fig. 2; p. 480). Lamborn also bred this species
from a pupa attached to the leaf of a climber on a tree
bearing a huge nest of Cremastogaster buchneri (Trans.
Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 474).

3. Argiolaus paneperata H. H. Druce (Farquharson’s B).—
7 S 12 Q, emerging between March 4, 1917, and Feb. 4,
1918: 2 g 4 Q accompanied by precise pupa-cases :
one 2 emerged about 8.0 a.m.: one 2 emerging Jan. 8,
1918, pupated Dec. 29, 1917. In addition to these 19 speci-
mens, a dwarfed 3, emerging Feb. 9, 1918, and sent as
D (Epamera iasis), probably belongs to this species. The
blue colour resembles that of the @ rather than the ¢
paneperata, a possible result of unfavourable conditions.
It is certainly not #. iasis. All the larvae on flowers of
LL. incanus on Funtumia elastica, at Moor Plantation, but
2 g emerged at Agege (Oct. 22 and 23, 1917). This, the
commonest larva, feeds when the flowers are immature,
and exactly resembles their “dull green—a sort of bud-
scale green shot with brownish hairs.” The larva is
figured (Pl. XIII, figs. 9, 18; pp. 479-80).

362 Mr. C. O. Baeetharson's Five Years’ Observations

4. Argiolaus iulus Hew. (Farquharson’s F).—2 4,
emerging Feb. 25, 1917, and Jan. 23, 1918. Each is
accompanied by its pupa-case (Farquharson’s “ decorated
pupa”). Both larvae were from L. incanus on Alstonia,
although Farquharson specially notes on the label of the
1918 3 that he had bred it before from the same Loranthus
on Funtunia. The 1917 pupa is figured (Pl. XIII, fig. 4;
p. 480). This species was also bred by Lamborn from
larvae on a parasitic climbing plant. He notes that they
had a dorsal gland and were attended by a race of Cremasto-
gaster buchnert (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, pp. 474-5).

5. Argiolaus maesa Hew. (Farquharson’s H and “‘ Gall”’).
—4 91 9, emerging Aug. 14-24, 1915: all with precise
pupa-cases. Larvae on flowers of L. incanus on Alstonia,
never on the same Loranthus on Funtumia. The larva is
also found on an allied Loranthus on Antiaris at Agege.
The figured pupa is an ichneumoned one which has kept
its shape better than an empty case. It was collected by
Lamborn at Moor Plantation (Pl. XIII, fig. 17; p. 481).

6. Hpamera laon Hew. (Farquharson’s E).—1 3: pupa-
tion Jan. 16, emergence Jan. 31, 1918. Mole-coloured
larva on flowers of L. incanus on Funtumia. A 3 pupa
collected by Lamborn at Oni, 70 miles E. of Lagos, is
figured (Pl. XIII, fig. 15; p. 481). The characteristic
position of this pupa, across the stem, was noted on the
specimen by Lamborn, Feb. 18, 1912.

7. Epamera ivasis Hew. (Farquharson’s D).—5 ¢ 7 9,
emerging Jan. 11—Feb. 11, 1918.. The 9 of Jan. 11 is
accompanied by its pupa-case, which, although somewhat
flattened by the packing, still shows its position across
the stem of Loranthus, near to a“ cushion ”’ (p. 368) which
it resembles. All the larvae were on flowers of L. incanus
on Funtumia. This larva replaces the commonest, A.
paneperata, and becomes itself the most abundant when
the flowers mature and open. They are pink or red
when young and may become yellow or yellow-orange
later on, thus matching the changing colour of the flower.

The last consignment of #. casis included a dwarfed 3
probably of A. paneperata (p. 361) and 2 3 of EF. mirabilis
(p. 363).

8. Epamera farquharsoni B.-B. (Farquharson’s C).—
239 7 9, emerging Jan. 9-14, 1918, the first 6 being 9.
The first. gj and seventh 9, of Jan. 13, emerged about
2 p.m. The pupa-cases are of much interest. The 9 of

-
y

7

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 363

Jan. 9 is accompanied by 2 cases to which the same number
(C 1) had been accidentally fixed. Each is attached to a
stem of Z. incanus and lies across it in the usual Hpamera
position. A female of Jan. 11 (the 2 type) and of Jan. 13
are accompanied by their respective cases fixed to the
bark of the Funtumia. They are extremely well concealed
and probably possess the power of individual colour adjust-
ment. The pupa-case of the ¢ (type), Jan. 14, is also fixed
to the bark, but close to a prominent ridge which probably
supplied the same stimulus as a thin stem; for the pupa
lies across it at an angle of 45°. Finally, a pupa-case,
found empty on a Loranthus stem, lies across it just above a
“cushion.” This is the specimen figured by Dr. Eltrmgham
(Pl. XIII, fig. 10; p..482). For the larvae see Pl. XIII,
figs. 6, 12; p. 482. As implied above the larvae were always
found on flowers of L. incanus on Funtumia. They are
the caterpillars with the extraordinary resemblance to
the flowering cushions which surprised and delighted
Farquharson.

Farquharson devised an excellent method for sending
these pupae in their natural surroundings. A thick piece
of bark with the pupa in the centre was cut out, probably
with a chisel, and pressed into a thick. bed of glue at the
bottom of a stout cardboard box. When it arrived, I
cut through the glue round the edges of the bark, with a
fine-toothed saw, leaving that beneath as a flat base on
which the specimen rests in the drawer. The bark and
glue were carefully drilled in two places for pins to prevent
shifting. Thus all moisture was avoided and the bark
with its Cryptogamic growths remains quite unchanged.

For Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker’s description of this species
see pp. 462-63.

9. EKpamera mirabilis H. H. Druce (labelled D by
Farquharson).—2 g, emerging Feb. 12, 1918, both from
the Funtumia mistletoe. The specimens were com-
pared with the unique type from Sierra Leone (now in
the possession of Mr. J. J. Joicey), and Mr. H. H. Druce
agreed that there was no doubt about their specific identity.
The 2 unfortunately still remains unknown; Mr. Druce’s
conclusion that mrabilis is allied to zasis is supported by
Farquharson’s employment of the same letter D for both
forms, showing that he did not distinguish them in the
earlier stages.

Mr. Druce has informed me that the figure of mirabilis

364 Mr. C. O. Pas Meaieoal Five Years’ Observations

in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, Pl. II, fig. 8, represents
only a single hind-wing tail—the central one—although
the type possesses all three. In the text (p. 81) and also
in the original description (Ann. Mag. N.H. (Ser. 7), vol.
xi, 1903, p. 71) there is an inadvertent error in the state-
ment that the insect lacks the row of hairs on the inner
margin of the hind-wing under surface. The fore-wing
is, of course, intended. The absence of the patch of
special scales on the shining area of the hind-wing upper
surface where it is overlapped by the fore-wing, and of
the hairs on the fore-wing under surface by which, in other
species of the genus, these scales are covered, is emphasised
by the name mirabilis, and leads the author to remark
that the species “‘seems to open up the question very
forcibly as to whether distinctive genera can be made
on the absence or presence of these ‘sexual marks.’ It
appears to agree in venation exactly with Hpamera.’—
E.B.P.]

[In the followimg extracts from Farquharson’s letters
the species referred to are indicated in square brackets. |

July 26, 1915.—I got to Lycaenid tree No. 1 [ Alstonia
congensis Engl.| from which the Hewitsonias are obtained,
and was looking intently at the bark from different angles.
I got nothing on the tree at that time and passed on to
the next one. Here Lamborn found that extraordinary
gall-like pupa [Argiolaus maesa Hew.]. I had the great
luck to get a larva which has since pupated. I also found
on a small shrub at the base of the tree a pupa of another
species [Argiolaus alcibiades Kirby]. I can hardly hope
that it is one Lamborn didn’t get. It was on a leaf. Its
shape, with the broad tail attachment, in general resembled
the other, but it is not really gall-like. Unfortunately at
the head end which appeared to rest on the leaf, there
appeared to have been a slight exudation of the living
matter. The pupa was a dull olive-green colour. I took
it in, however, in hopes that it might not be irretrievably
damaged. Yesterday a wretched Ichneumon emerged. But
just in case Lamborn didn’t get it, I went back yesterday
and on another little group of shrubs, hardly more than
seedlings, I actually got two healthy-looking pupae, of
an apple or Alga green—not shining but dull green like
the surface of a tomentose leaf. There had been a third
one which had got damaged and was being eaten by little

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 365
g

Cremastogasters off the ant-tree. But the two are safe,
and if an Ichneumon comes out I'll be very angry indeed.
I went back yesterday evening, and, as the place is rather
shady and it was getting dusk, I failed to notice that the
ground was simply alive with black drivers before I had
quite half a dozen biting like fury under my nether
garments and a lot more running up the outside. It was
lucky I got the pupae in the morning or they’d have been
eaten up that might. There’s nothing succeeds lke
success, and I went there this evening and got another
“gall” larva. I was actually expecting to find the larva
of the other, and I may do so before long.

July 29, 1915.—The pupa of A. alcibiades, though not
striking, is in a general way, in its “ pose,” rather like the
gall one [A. maesa].

Sept. 28, 1915.—The alcibiades larvae do not feed on
beans. They come down the ant-tree—Dr. Lamborn’s
“* Hewitsonia-tree,’ a species of Alstonia [congensis],
haunted by Cremastogaster ants—just as maesa does.
They have, I think, a Guenée gland. [ve got one in
spirit. They have no tubercles.

Feb. 22, 1917.—I think I have two new Argiolaus pupae
[A. wulus of which a g, emerging Feb. 25, 1917, was
received]. One has just emerged, but it is too soft to
kill as yet. I think the Argiolaus lives on a Loranthus
parasitic on the same tree as the Hewitsonias, but I think
its food may be a scale on the Loranthus. [This paragraph
may have been written a few days later than the beginning
of the letter. |

Feb. 27, 1917.— Before reaching it [the Pterocarpus, p. 382]
Thad to pass a tree where Hewitsonia pupae are at times to
be found, and soon found three. For a special reason I
examined one or two small shrubs of the undergrowth
for other Lycaenid pupae, the special reason being the
presence on the large Hewitsonia-tree (I do not know
the species [Alstonia congensis], but believe it to belong
to the family Apocynaceae), of two or three large Loranthus
parasites, which I now believe to be the special habitat
of the two species of Argiolaus [A. alcibiades and maesa|
which I sent last tour and of the other sent last mail
[A. clus]. The larvae (not invariably but frequently)
leave the ant-infested Loranthus to pupate, often travelling
a long distance—60 ft. at least in some cases—to pass the
critical, because vulnerable, stage between the larval and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN.’22.) BB

366 Mr. C,°O, Hh, sear Five Years’ Observations

the completed pupal condition. I found two empty
pupa-cases of the Avgiolaus type and passed on to my
Pterocarpus which was growing near by. Just under it
I noticed another empty Lycaenid pupa-case, again of
the Argiolaus type, which may indeed have come from the
Hewitsonia-tree.

May 18, 1917.—Did I mention that I believed that the
Argiolaus were probably somehow connected with a
parasitic Loranthus? I am now in a position to say that
they feed on the Loranthus flowers. I will tell you all
about it next mail.

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—Just before leaving Ibadan I noticed my
Loranthus coming into flower. I think it flowers twice a
year at least. I thought I'd look for some apparently fully
fed larvae, for there’s one form I failed to breed. Both
the pupae I got were unaccountably spoilt. I found inci-
dentally a large proportion of the flowers galled by a Psylld,
I think. Last time of flowering the flowers were normal.
I got two Lycaenid pupae and several larvae [of A. panepe-
yata|. That was on Friday the 12th inst. As bad luck
would have it, I had no excuse left by which to avoid dining
out and couldn’t get near them on Saturday evening. The
day was a busy one and any work on them then impossible.
On Sunday I was rather out of sorts (a suspicious circum-
stance, but really unconnected with the unfortunate dinner)
and in addition had to do some wretched packing up, as
also on Monday. All this sounds most neglectful and I
grieve to have to admit it, for last night I discovered what
I had missed. The larvae had all pupated except one,
which was manifestly dead. But in the bottom of the box
(a glass-lidded tin of the ordinary kind) were several curious
white threads, a ghastly, horrid Nematode I take them to
be. There were I think five, two nearly as many inches
long. If there is any class of animal on this earth that I
loathe, hate and detest it is the Nematode. Snakes are,
compared with them, a theme for poets. Perhaps after all
it is a case of ignotum pro horrifico. Anyhow, they’re in a
tube with spirit and you'll get them in due course. There
was absolutely nothing else in the box from which such huge
things could have come unless they lived in the Loranthus
flowers. Looking at their semi-opaque bodies with a lens,
they have almost an annulate appearance and I will not

ek % \

ey

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 367

guarantee their classification. They are unpigmented and
look like Nematodes. That is enough for me! If I’ve
libelled them it is their own fault. Men have told me that
our common large Mantis frequently harbours a very long
round worm, but I’ve never seen one. What I marvel at
is their rate of growth, if these worms really did come from
the Lycaenid larva. It must have been very rapid.

Port Harcourt.

Nov. 15, 1917.—My friend Dr. Connal, Director of the
Medical Research Institute at Yaba near ‘Lagos, examined
the Nematodes that I believe to have come from the
Lycaenid larva. He thinks they are Filariidae, but all the
specimens were females and he would not venture on a
nearer diagnosis.

[I submitted the Nematodes to Dr. H. A. Baylis of the
Natural History Museum, who could not say more than that
they were immature Mermithidae. Dr. Baylis’ remarks
may induce naturalists to help on the study of this parasitic

roup :—

“T have looked at the Nematodes from the Lycaenid
larva, and am sorry to say that, as I feared, their characters
are purely larval, though they are of such a large size. I
am afraid, therefore, it is quite impossible for me to attempt
to name them. The species to which the Mermithids found
in Lepidoptera are most commonly referred (at least in
Europe) is Mermis albicans v. Sieb., but I suspect that this
is a conglomeration of species, which in their larval state
it is impossible to separate at present. People should try
to keep these worms alive for a time after their emergence
aoe the insects, in order to give them time to mature. .

I should be very glad if you would let me have any such
living larvae of Mermis that you happen to come across.
Feb. 24, 1920.”]

Moor Plantation.

Dec. 24, 1917.—Now for this evening’s adventures. I
started (perforce) rather late and had very little daylight
left, too little for the flies and mosquitoes, but of course
I know that if I choose—and I probably shall—Pll get some
more to-morrow. But I had noticed a day or so before that

my Loranthus was exhibiting flower-buds, and I thought it

was about time I had seen to it. Now these flowers are,
when mature, long, tubular, yellow (a sort of Potentilla
tormentilla yellow, but with a “ matt” surface) things with

368 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

red tips, the red being exactly that of a good old-fashioned
Bryant and May match. The flower, in fact, has a by no
means fanciful resemblance to a “Swan” vesta with a
yellow stick. When mature the most abundant Lycaenid
on them is one with a pink larva just delicately tinged
with yellow and extremely difficult to see unless one
knows how to detect them. [It is evident from a later
letter, p. 372, that the larva is #. casis; but the commonest
species was ultimately found to be A. paneperata.| I
am to send you a new series of these when they come on,
for the Loranthus series threatens to be more complex
than the Plerocarpus one [p. 381]. That tree, too,
may soon be coming into flower. This evening’s adven-
ture has seriously complicated the Loranthus series. The
Loranthus flowers are verticillate. They arise apparently,
season after season, on the same “ cushions,”’ to use a term
applied to cocoa-flowering. These cushions are rough and
warty, brown in colour, tinged here and there with dull
green. Arising on them and sticking upwards are found
the flowers; at the present stage these are dull green—a
_ sort of bud-seale green shot with brownish hairs. There is
no trace of the red tip yet. I was not surprised to find the
larva of the form from which I bred the Nematodes
[A. paneperata]. It is exactly that colour. I expect to
get a few and to be able to send one in spirit. I had taken
my knife to cut off a “cushion” with its partially deve-
loped flowers when my eye caught sight of something that
ought to have been a part of the cushion but was—another
larva, a perfectly amazing cryptic form with curious knobs
and an astonishing and quite indescribable medley of
colours, a masterpiece of camouflage! [The larva of
E. farquharson.| I got him safely into my tin and pro-
ceeded to cut off the cushion of flowers for it to “ chop.”
Camouflage can have its disadvantages. Alas, I cut another
one in two and my joy at finding No. 1 was seriously
damped. But before it was too dark I got four in all.
I'll get more, ’m sure, and [’Jl have one to spare for spirit.
I'm positive, however, that I didn’t overlook these before,
when the flowers were in full bloom and the predominant
colours were yellow and red. And the pink larva form
[HZ. zasis| hasn’t arrived yet. The colours [of #. farqu-
harsoni| aren’t bright nor are they many, but the few there
are, green, brown and tiny hints of red, very very slight, are
wonderfully blended. The Argiolaus maesa has a very odd

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 369

larva and is slightly réminiscent of this one, but it is much
less ‘‘ knobby.” Altogether to-night I think I have three
different Loranthus forms and the pink one [£. zasis]| is not
included. All are wonderfully cryptic in their own way.
What an astonishing piece of good fortune that a Loranthus
should have grown on a Funtumia branch about ten feet
from the ground. I just mount a step-ladder and pick them
off in comfort. Curiously enough there are few ants on the
trees and one of the forms has glands and tubercles (not the
one, the camouflage expert). None were actually attended.

Dec. 27, 1917.—An odd thing struck me this evening. I
have got, I think, four different larvae on the Funtumia-
Loranthus. The tree with its parasite is not 30 yards
from the Cremastogaster-Hewitsona-Argiolaus maesa-tree,
and yet I have never found A. maesa on the Funtumia, nor
the other very large (the largest of all) Argiolaus alcibiades
that is also found on the ant-tree. Yet I am sure they
both feed on the same species of Loranthus that is also para-
sitic on the ant-tree. But it is not a Funtumia, though I
think it is also Apocynaceous. [It was the Apocynaceous
Alstonia congensis Engler.| It is much taller, three times
as tall, and it may be that the species that oviposit there
fly high. Yet it is odd that maesa and alcibiades are
not found on the Funtumia-Loranthus, and it suddenly
came into my mind this evening that the Loranthus-
“aura,” as it were, may vary according to its host, so that
the chemotropic stimulus that impels a butterfly to oviposit
in the one case is absent in the other. Of course it may be
due to the absence of the Cremastogasters. The Funtumia-
Loranthus is sparsely ant-tenanted, but a few Pherdole sp.
being present, it would appear that the Lycaenid species
do select particular ants. I have never found the Funtumia
series pupae anywhere near the other tree. The maesa
larva when it descends for pupation is always accompanied
by ants, which it has difficulty in getting rid of in order
to pupate in safety.

Dec. 29, 1917.—Two of the new Lycaenids [E. farquhar-
soni| have “ gone up.’ The pupa is as cryptically coloured
as the larva. The two pupae are somewhat oddly placed
on the twigs of Loranthus in lying across the twig instead of
what is more frequent, along the twig. I am sure this is
not accidental. You will see why when I send you material.
The pupa in this position resembles a flowering cushion.
Undoubtedly the imago, whatever it is, must be first cousin

370 Mr. C. O. Ran Mersonts Five Years’ Observations

to Lamborn’s delightful “ gall”? LA. maesa]. It is very simi-
lar in “ poise” and shape. The form with the most markedly
“electric” [pp. 376-77] larva (which is a beautiful “ Blue”
with long tails [Tanuwetheira timon]) has also pupated. I[
have put the other in spirit. I bred out an imago before
froma pupa. I have lots of pupae of a third and apparently
common form [A. paneperata]. I think I sent it before
along with one which I noted as having an exactly simi-
larly shaped pupa, but more “ decorated ” [A. iulus]. For
some reason I haven’t got any of the latter just now. The
pink forms [#. iasis| are beginning to appear now that the
flowers are beginning to show more colour though still
unopened,

I cannot help thinking that the Loranthus series really
are avoided by ants. I am not saying this simply because
I wish to find a meaning for the “ electric’ sensation
[see p. 376]. I noted it before I knew of that. There are
Pheidole on the tree, but they are in attendance on scales
and are partly, I think, attracted by the nectaries of the
Funtumia flowers. Further, I took a lot of the same
Pheidole from Cassia alata, where they are in attendance on
a Jassid, and put them into the Argiolaus box, but they took
no notice of the larvae. Two of the species have tubercles.
I cannot find them on the species a camouflage [2. farqu-
harsoni|. But I cannot find glands on any of them.

Jan. 8, 1918.—None of the new Argiolaus have emerged
as yet, but I’ve a nice group of them and next mail may
bring you some good things.

Jan. 12, 1918.—I am glad to say that I am in a position
to make one emendation, and that is that there are more
than two Argiolaus on the Loranthus. I know of Five on the
particular Loranthus on my most particular Puntumia, and
in addition it is practically certain that the famous “ gall ”
|maesa| and the other which I sent home as “* gall affinis ”
[|alcabiades|—I haven't the names handy at present, but
you sent me them before—almost certainly feed on the

same species, though, as I told you in my last letter, the
“gall”? and the other one elect to live up a very tall tree,
much beyond my reach—the Alstonia frequented by
Cremastogaster, Hewitsona and the others. The “ gall”
and one of my Funtumia-Loranthus. forms live on the
Hewitsonia-Endomychid-Cremastogaster-tree at Agege, which
bears a very closely related Loranthus with purple red-tipped
corollas instead of yellow and red-tipped, which by the

es
eae

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 371

way—the host-tree, I mean—is Antraris toxicaria, var.
africana.* I had just posted my letter on Tuesday when I
found on my Puntunua-Loranthus still another extraordinary
looking larva, very similar to the “‘ camouflage expert ”’ in
shape, but in colour nearly black, a sort of dark ‘‘ mole ”’
colour except for one or two tiny white and brown spots
posteriorly. I have searched for others without success
and sadly believe that I must have missed them, for the
one I had looked like a little bit of dead leaf that had
accidentally stuck on a flower. I rather think it is the
larva of the “decorated”? pupa Argiolaus [A. iulus] to
which I referred in my last letter. [It was the larva of
E. laon.| I have one of these pupae by me and will soon
be able to clear up the point.

Three of my “ camouflageurs”’ [larvae of E. farquhar-
soni] came by an untimely end in a very curious way.
A moth (? Pyralid) larva is present in considerable num-
bers on the flowers. JI must have overlooked the presence
of one or two of these in one of my tins in which the
Argiolaus larvae were feeding. They in due course “‘ went
up,’ and I didn’t trouble to put in more flowers. The
wretched moth larvae attacked three pupae and devoured
the contents, to my intense annoyance. If they had eaten
the common species I wouldn’t have cared so much.
Still, I’ve got four perfect imagines and there are some more
to come, for I got three that had pupated on the lichen-
covered bark of the Funtumia, so wonderfully cryptically
coloured, just like little burrs on the tree-stem. I tried to
photograph them, but my plates have got heat-fog and I
cannot get good definition.

I wonder if I mentioned that I have got another Loran-
thus (same species) on a Funtumia close by the Cremasto-
gaster-tree and infested with outposts from the main ant-
nest. It is in flower like the Argiolaus one, but not a single
specimen can I find on it. I must draw a plan of the
ground showing distances. I introduced Cremastogasters
in numbers into a tin containing about a dozen Argiolaus
larvae, but they made no attempt to attend them. The
Argiolaus-Loranthus off which I could have got dozens of
larvae is but sparsely ant-infested, Pheidole sp. being the
ant, and they are in attendance only on various Coccidae
on the Loranthus. I can, I think, definitely say that these

* Dr. Stapf informs me that the name foxicaria has never been
published, and the species is A. africana Engl.

ate Mr, 0: ier, Se Five Years’ Observations

larvae are nol ant-attended in that particular instance at
any rate. They have tubercles, seldom extruded, but I
really cannot make up my mind about the gland. I have
never seen any evidence of secretion, but I have thought
IT detected the “ lips” of a gland. It may be rudimentary.
[ll put up a few of the commonest species in spirit for
sectioning. In the common, onisciform, ant-attended
Lycaenids that I have met, there is no chance of missing
the gland. The drop of secretion is always to be seen. The
Argiolaus larvae also “ spit,” when handled, a drop of liquid
which is at first clear but quickly turns green. It is
probably acrid, but I haven’t summoned up courage to try.

Jan. 26, 1918.—I have posted for this mail two small
boxes, chiefly devoted to the Loranthus series of Lycaenids.
Six different species are sent, with a larva of four of the
species.

The A series [ 7’. mon] is not very common. I have only
three imagines, one of which only I have sent this mail (so
that I may have another try in case the submarines get
them). It is a beautiful form as you will see.

B[A. paneperata] is perhaps the commonest one, is, in fact,
till the Loranthus flowers are mature and open, when the
D [E£. zasis] series is predominant and common. The B
larvae are green—a sort of mistletoe-leaf green. The D
series have yellow or red larvae, and may be red when
young and later yellow to match the predominant colour
of the flower.

The C series [F. farquharsoni| is the type with the wonder-
fully cryptic larva. I cannot describe the colours, but
imagine a blend of greens with tiny points of brown or red,
such as you can find, say, on a tuft of Peltigera or Cladonia
lichen. I have sent only one pupa-case, not in a typical
situation. Ill send you these later, for I'll have to glue
them to a small box to be effective.

F [A. iulus| came from the Cremastogaster-tree (not the
Funtunia-Loranthus, though the parasite is the same in
both cases)—Alstonia, the same species as the Teratoneura-
tree, but a different specimen. But I once bred it before
from the Funtunia-Loranthus. The larva is very like the
B [paneperata] type.

The G series is my “ gall affinis”’ [A. alcobiades], and is
from the Alstonia-Loranthus. I haven’t sent a “ gall”
[A. maesa], though I had a fine one that got damaged. I
have a lot to send yet, but am to distribute them over a
few mails,

ky

on the Biononics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 373

K, the other wonderful Loranthus larva [of EF. laon|—the
dark mole-coloured one—pupated and will, I think, emerge
to-morrow. The pupa is extremely like that of C [Z.
farquharsona).

Feb. 8, 1918.—Lycaenid (Loranthus) EK [E. laon] is the
one with the mole-coloured larva. The pupa is extremely
like that of the C [#. farquharsoni| series—the ones with
the “‘ rugose” larva with the lichenoid colouring.

Feb. 14, 1918—I hope my last little collection gets
home, especially as one of the Argiolaus, type E [| F had been
written, evidently in error], is a unique one. I haven't a
duplicate, and I hope the pupa-cases sent of the C group
[E. farquharsoni| will reach you all right. They are on
natural substrata, as found in the open.

I think I must have accidentally mis- -described the
Nematode-infested larva, which is one of the B [A. pane-
perata| series of Loranthus Lycaenids [see p. 366].

March 2, 1918.—In the box I send you is a tube with the
Filariid worms from the B Loranthus Lycaenid larva. I
also send you duplicate larvae of the B and C series. There
are signs of more flowers soon, and I may get some more.
The first of the series are home anyhow. I hope the second
lot will get there, for it contains the unique E specimen.
You will see that I send you still another of the rarer A
type [7’. tumon] which is the most beautiful of all, I think.

March 23, 1918.—I think the whole of the Loranthus
series have got home, and I am waiting as patiently as
possible to hear what they are.

April 17, 1918.—I am looking forward to the identifica-
tion of the Loranthus series. It was luck to get them all
home, especially as one of them was a unique specimen.
Tl prepare herbarium specimens of the host-plant when it
flowers again. It is not a pubescent species, but has thick,
“cold,” almost succulent leaves, which are quite glabrous.
So also are the flowers.

April 28, 1918.—I duly received your long letter with all
the details about the Loranthus Lycaenids. The host-plant
is Just coming into flower, and I will make a point of getting
material for Kew. In spite of a certain dissimilarity of the
larvae, there is an unmistakable broad similarity, and I
suppose the genera are nearly related.

May 28, 1918.—I am busy getting ready to hand over
to the Director of Agriculture, who is now on his way out,
and have only time for a short note about a parcel I send
you by this mail. There is nothing of any consequence in

374 Mr. C. O. Parderson'e Five Years’ Observations

it. I have sent an extra lot of the B series [A. paneperala]
of the Loranthus Lycaenids, of which so many came out
that I got the numbers mixed so I have not the cases. My
stock of tins was too limited to give them all extra boxes.
However, I send them really to see how the sex propor-
tion will turn out. The B species is, I think, the com-
monest of all, then the D [Epamera iasis|. The “ gall,”
A. maesa, and alcibiades are not uncommon either. They
are, of course, if one doesn’t know where to find their
larvae, practically all wncommon.

The larvae are all quite distinct, and yet there is-a general
similarity of shape and in “ poise,” also of the pupae. The
pupae of C [#. farquharsoni| and of the unique specimen H
|Z. laon] are really very similar, as are their larvae, although
widely different in colour. Their shape is not so very
different from the “ gall” larva, but is very different from
either A—Tanuetheira timon (a nice name and appropriate),
or B—Argiolaus paneperata. A and B larvae are very
similar, but differ a little anteriorly in A larvae having an
extra pair of little prominences. Both are of the same dull
eae colour.

D [E. iasis| rather differs, though its shape (larval) is to
my mind strongly reminiscent of B. Its colour varies
from yellow-orange to red (the red of a Bryant and May
non-safety match). Its pupa, though differing in colour,
yet to me recalls B, especially, and B’s pupa again is just
like a small aleibiades. The larvae of alcibiades are like
very large B larvae. As I have said above, to my thinking
the larvae of C, E and maesa form a natural group. I can
assure you that I could not mistake the larva of any one
of them for that of any other. The pupae are also distinct.
The only two that I might confuse as pupae would be C
and E. ’ The “ decorated ” pupa F is extremely reminiscent
of B, and, by the way, its larva, which I didn’t get this time
but got once before, is to my recollection very like that of
B and at the moment I cannot recall how to distinguish
them. The affinities of the series to me then may be
represented thus :—

B [A. paneperata]
+ F [A. tulus]

G [A. alcibiades]

D [E£. zasis]

E [7. temon]

Group I - especially A, B and F.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 375

( C [E. farquharsoni]
Group II - E [£. laon]
A. maesa.

[The above-mentioned eight species are all included in
Tolaus by Aurivillius (Rhop. Aethiop., p. 546), whose order
is followed on pp. 361-63, although the genera of other
systematists are accepted. To become consistent with these,
Argiolaus maesa should change places with EHpamera iasis
in Farquharson’s groups, thus bringing together all the
species of each genus. Farquharson considered that the
pupa of zasis resembled that of paneperata, but the single
example sent is clearly the short pupa of an Epamera with -
the characteristic position. The pupa of A. maesa is
greatly modified, and its affinity obscured by its extra-
ordinary resemblance to a gall. The bud-like pupa of
T. timon is of a very different shape from that of Argiolaus.
Farquharson’s material and observations taken as a whole
appear to me to support the validity of the three genera
Tanuetheira, Argiolaus and Epamera. |

Aug. 11, 1918.—I think you will have got my letter in
which I attempted to relate the members of the Loranthus
complex according to larval characters. I think Epamera
was my expectation. Before I leave these, I think I said
before that these larvae are not ant-attended. The par-
ticular Loranthus is a parasite on a Funtunna elastica about
fifty yards from the Cremastogaster-Alstonia, from whose
numerous Loranthus parasites the “gall” comes very
commonly. But on the Funtumia-Loranthus there are
practically no ants at all, except a few Pheidole, which
absolutely ignore the larvae. I am certain that I never
found one larva attended by ants on that tree. Now,
oddly enough, not twenty feet from the Alstonia is another
Funtumia (same species) with a gorgeous specimen of the
same Loranthus on it. It is simply infested with Cremas-
togaster. It is from it that I took the specimens for Kew,
and though I have searched again and again at the same
time as I was getting larvae from the other Loranthus, I
never found a single larva on it. Yet alcibiades and muesa
regularly come down the Cremastogaster-infested trunk of
the Alstonia to get away from the tree for pupation, but
they are, I think, left alone, till pupation ‘at least. Not
infrequently I have seen cases where the larva had pupated
on a weed too near the tree, and the ants had discovered
the pupa and destroyed it.

S76® MEO 0; Fargfirson’s Five Years’ Observations

Aug. 12, 1918.—I have posted two parcels, one contain-
ing a flowering specimen—in spirit—of the Argiolaus-
Loranthus [Z. incanus Schum. and Thonn.]. I shall get
fruits later.

10. An “ Electric” Sensation caused by handling the
Larvae of Argiolaus and allied Genera.

Dec. 27, 1917—Xmas here was a very quiet time. I
spent all of it, except the evening, in the open and was on
the whole rewarded. I made a curious discovery in hand-
ling two (species, I think) of the Loranthus larvae. These
larvae are of very characteristic shape, which is difficult to
describe. They are rather Molluscoid or Limacoid than
onisciform, though they are smooth except at the margin,
which is minutely bristly, doubtless to protect the feet.
The “ carapace” besides comes right down so that the feet
are not visible. In section the larvae are more or less
triangular. The posterior part is bilobed, and in one of the
species there are little lobes anteriorly. They have tubercles,
exserted very rarely, but if they have a gland it is hard to
see. | recall my note above [pp. 369, 370] on the absence of
attendant ants in view of what I am about to tell you, which
I had not observed before. These larvae are relatively
large so that it is possible to lift them between the finger
and thumb towards the anterior end, and without the skin
of the fingers coming in contact with the marginal over-
fold. In handling one of these, [ suddenly was conscious
of a curious sensation in my finger and thumb which is
very difficult of description. As near as possible it
reminded me of a very faint electric shock, not accompanied
by a prickly sensation but rather as if one were being
tickled by a tiny brush of slightly strong bristles. Now the
skin of the finger and thumb, or the parts used in handling
a small object is fairly hard and not over-sensitive. I
doubt if mere surface mechanical irritation by minute
bristles, which I cannot detect even with a x10 Zeiss
pocket lens, could have produced the effect. The sensa-
tion was not that of tickling so much as that of a faint
shock, which was not continuous but rapidly intermittent.
The skin of the larva is covered with yellow dots, very
minute and scarcely visible to the unaided eye, like gland-
ular dots on a leaf. To make sure that the whole thing was
not illusion I got my boy to hold one and to say if he felt
anything. He replied in good “ pidgin’’—‘ he scratch
my hand,” by which I think he meant tickles. At any

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 377

rate, so far as I can make out, there is nothing on the larval
epidermis to scratch anybody’s hand. On putting the
larva down there was no atter-sensation which hardly
indicates stinging. I had another larva very similar in
appearance but a different species—if anything smoother.
I thought at first that it had not the same property. I
tried it on the boy and he felt it. I tried it again myself,
but though it was rather less pronounced than the other,
there was no question about it responding in the same way.
I will put up spirit material and perhaps Dr. Eltringham
will investigate the nature of the gland-cells, for I’m sure
the minute yellowish dots are the seat of the response,
whatever its nature. I myself believe it to be electrical.
I find it hard to say why, except that it reminds me of
nothing else so much as the queer “ internal tickling that
a faint discharge produces. * Internal” is the only adjec-
tive L can think of, meaning thereby that the sensation is
felt up the inside of the finger, as it were, rather than on
the surface, like tickling, in fact. I do not know the vocabu-
lary of experimental psychology, but perhaps you see what
I am trying to get at. The cryptically coloured, knobby
larva [of E. farquharsoni] does not possess the property.
I have got, I think, ten of these now, but none so far have
pupated.

Dec. 29, 1917.—The larva [of E. farquharsoni| 2s slightly
“ lectric’”? also, perceptibly so in well-grown larvae.
Tanuetheira timon is the form with the most markedly
“ electric’ larva.

March 23, 1918.—I thought of an electroscope, but I fear
that is beyond my reach, though I may manage to borrow
one at the High School in Lagos.

(Dr. Eltringham is inclined to think that the “ electric ¥
sensation may be caused by a shivering motion of the larva,
causing the rough cuticle to vibrate against the skin:
pp. 484-85.]

B. Nores on THE LirE-HISTORY OF TWO SPECIES OF
DEUDORIX AND ONE OF CATOCHRYSOPS WHICH BORE
iN THE Pops oF CANAVALIA mnstrormis D. C.
(LEGUMINOSAE).

[The following material illustrates the notes :—
1. Deudoriz antalus Hopfi.—2$ 5°, emerging Feb.
19-23, 1918, and 19 March 1. Each of the former 7 is

sip Mr. 0. ifaeWareon's Five Years’ Observations

accompanied by its precise pupa-case. Also from larvae
collected on Canavalia at Agege—3 fg 19, emerging
March 2-7.

2. Deudorix odana H. H. Druce.—1 J 29, emerging
Feb. 21-22, 1918; each with its precise pupa-case,
that of the 2 of Feb. 22 remaining in a tightly rolled
leaf or pod, bearing Farquharson’s note—*‘ butterfly
somehow managed to emerge.” In spite of the very small
opening it is a fine specimen. The larva must closely
resemble that of antalus, for this keen and most observant
naturalist thought he was dealing with a single species
of large larva and accordingly labelled both with a single
series of letters following the order of emergence. He would
of course have detected the difference between the butter-
flies, but there is no doubt that these were packed off at
once without examination. Farquharson’s is the first
record of the early stages of the species. Although the
male of odana appears to be common—Lamborn took a
fine series at Oni—the female has rarely been seen; indeed,
I only know of two other examples, both in the collection
of Mr. Bethune-Baker, who has now kindly drawn up a
short description of this sex and added a note on the
variation of the species (p. 463).

3. Catochrysops malathana Boisd.—1 3, emerging Feb.
19, 1918; accompanied by its pupa-case. Also bred by
W. A. Lamborn from a Leguminous pod and sent accom-
panied by attendant ants (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 488). ]

Feb, 4, 1918.—The Harmattan is very strong just now
and insect life is hardly at its maximum activity. In
fact things are hard to get. I drew a complete blank
yesterday—my Sunday—much to my disgust. However,
this evening things brightened a little. I got a Plerocarpus
larva [p. 385]. I think they are about to appear, and I
took it into my head to look for a Catochrysops on a bean
we grow here, Canavalia gladiata—or ensiformis I believe
it is—: TI look it up, in view of the possibility of a revision
of the genus. Lamborn, I remember, bred one out of the
pods of the Pigeon Pea, Cajanus indicus, here, which he
told me was C. malathana. Jyremember it went to the B.M.,
being an official matter, and if my memory serves me aright,
he learnt to his surprise that it was something else, something
or other boetica, I think, but the B.M. will be able to tell
you. I pass Canavalia plots every day and I have looked
casually at them too without result, but other things were

i FT ey nyt, AO Rt
sa : Wcities oo RS “as Ae lie af ee |
as Noi oe oft a

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 379

trumps just then, such as Argiolaus. But I was driven
to concentrate on it to-night. Virtue had its own reward !
I have got two species of Lycaenids, one I think a Cato-
chrysops, the other looks rather more like my Plerocarpus
friends, but I’m not really sure. I don’t know it anyhow,
and it’s a fairly useful-looking larva—not a tiny form.
[ve got six and I'll get more now I know where to find them.
Mr. Massee, who saw more in the field than ten average
men, used to quote to me a saying of M. C. Cooke’s which
was something like this: “If you can’t find a thing (that
you have reason to think ought to be there) sit down till
you do find it.” It isn’t bad advice, if one really has the
luck to have good eyesight and something of a field instinct.
Ive got the eyesight all right, but as for the field instinct—
well I must touch wood. The more [I find the more I
marvel how I missed the things so long. The little bush
we have left here and the Harmattan together have reduced
me to a “ field’ of 4 or 5 ant-trees.

Feb. 5, 1918.—Canavalia is of the family Leguminosae.
The species on which I find the Lycaenids is, I think, native,
but it is one widely cultivated in the Old and New World
tropics, and ours are actually grown from introduced seed.
Yet a wild form (if it isn’t a distinct species) is common
round here.

There are without doubt two Lycaenids concerned,
both boring into the pod—one a typically onisciform one
which I think will prove to be “ malathana ;” but the other
is very different—a plump, rather large larva that at first
sight suggests a slightly pigmented Coleopterous larva or
an Aegeriid. I was ata loss to recall what they did resemble
more than Coleopterous larvae. Then I recalled the
Aegeriids and had a spasm of doubt; but there zs a gland,
though it doesn’t seem to function often, but the larvae
are attended inside the borings by a tiny ant like a rather
dark-coloured Monomorium. But the larva bores right
inside the large bean: it is bigger or at least fatter than a
broad bean, and the presence of larvae is indicated either
by fresh frass round the opening or by a busy little crowd
of ants running in and out. The little ant is always on
the plants, larvae or no larvae, the inflorescence being very
glandular. In addition a Jassid is present in small numbers.
The larva is really quite Aegeriid-like, of a straw-colour
generally, but with the anterior segment bright red, and
rows of brownish purple spots along the sides. It 1s,

380 Mr. C. O. Far itarson's Five Years’ Observations

however, slightly bristly, recalling one at least of the
Pterocarpus forms, only much larger. It must be quite
a large species, or it is a horrid deception. We have the
bean planted all over the place as a cover crop, but I have
so far found the larvae only in the heavily shaded river-
side plots. But in these there are abundant traces of their
activities in the shape of holes, although I haven’t met with
a single pupa. The plots are clear of weeds, so that if they
leave the host-plant for pupation they must travel a good
way. Some of my larvae I am sure are replete and will
pupate in a day or two.

Feb. 6, 1918.—The new larvae didn’t pupate; I think
it was a moult-rest, for they were all active this morning.
I cannot see a trace of tubercles, but I am sure there is a
Guenée opening, though the gland doesn’t seem to function.
Somehow I shall be glad when one goes up, for the larvae
are rather odd in more respects than one. When feeding
they are short and fat, but on the move they are quite
long, longer than any Lycaenid larva I have yet met,
and extremely Aegeriid-like except for the concealed head,
which, however, is thrust out when they are full-stretched
and walking. But a short and rather stout pro-leg process
(p. 352) is present which is rather reassuring. The spots
are rather variable in colour—purple-brown, I think, only
in the younger larvae. More mature larvae have the spots
a very unusual indigo-blue colour. The rather striking
pigmentation, blue spots on a straw-coloured “ ground ”’
with a red head, is odd in a boring larva.

A few Sundays ago [Dec. 8, 1917: see p. 325] I saw a
very recently emerged (but flying) and perfectly gorgeous,
tailed “Copper” on the edge of a Canavalia plot where
I have got several larvae. I am wondering if it may not
be the one ’m on the track of, but I'll just have to possess
my soul in patience. But I did tell that “ Copper,” with
no little fervour, how much I’d like to see her oviposit on
something. She didn’t oblige, however.

_ Leguminosae seem to be favourite food-plants of the

[Lycaenid] “ herbivora”’ and “ anthophaga.” As a matter
of fact, 1 had looked at the flowers of Canavalia two or
three weeks ago, but drew a blank and only came to look
at the fruits in case of a Catochrysops having taken an
interest in the plant.

March 2, 1918.—By this mail I am sending you a small
box with the Canavalia ensiformis Lyeaenids. Only one

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 381

of the small forms has come out so far. I have a few to
come, reared from the same plant at Agege, just to find out
if there is any difference. They are fine large forms,
rather resembling the famous “ Camponotus maculatus ”
form [Catochrysops phasma, p. 392]. I have sent you the
pupa-cases also. They have a most distinct silk girdle
placed about the middle of the body. I was disappointed
to find that it was not the gorgeous “‘ Copper,” but I may
get these one day.

C. Notes ON THREE LYCAENINAE, THEIR PARASITES,
AND Two Morus, FEEDING ON THE ANT-INFESTED
FLOWERS OF PTEROCARPUS ESCULENTA SCHUM. AND
THONN. (LEGUMINOSAE).

| The following material illustrates Farquharson’s notes :—

I. Lepidoptera.

1. Deudoriz (Pilodeudorixz) diyllus Hew.—l0 9 9,
emerging March 11-20, 1917, each of the first 10 with its
precise pupa-case. Emergence takes place about 8.0 or
9.0 a.m., as may be inferred from the following data on
the labels: 8.0—9Q; about 8.0— 9; after 8.0 — 99;
after 8.30— 49; 9.0— 4. An example of the larva,
which is distinguished from that of camerona by its more
tuberculate appearance, is figured by Dr. Eltringham on
Pl. XII, fig. 14, p. 484; and a g pupa on Pl. XIII, fig. 8,
p. 484. The pupa resembles aa a small scale those of
Deudorizx antalus and odana. The female imagines of this
species and camerona are briefly described by Mr. Bethune-
Baker on p. 464.

2. Deudorix (Pilodeudorix) camerona Plétz.—2°9 2 9,
emerging March 15-18, 1917, a 2 of March 15,4“ afer
8.30 a.m. A Os March 16, bears the note “ ? Less tuber-
culate larva,” and a 9, March 18—* Smooth larva.”

3. Lycaenesthes musagetes Holl.—1 9, emerging March
18,1917. It bears the note “ From green onisciform larva.”
The early stages of this species, as of diyllus and camerona,
were unknown. |

For a preliminary announcement of the breeding of
these three Lycaenidae-see Proc. Ent. Soc., 1917, p. 1x1.

4. Maruca testulalis Hiibn.: Pyralidae, Pyraustinae.—
1, emerging March 13, 1917. A moth of world-wide
distribution.

5. Olethreutes sp. nr. wahlbergiana Z.: Tortricidae.—
1, emerging March 11, 1917.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1921.—-PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 22) CC

382 Mr. C. O. Fard@farson’s Five Years’ Observations

II. Diptera.

6. Exorista poultoni Villen., sp. n.: Tachinidae.—1 3,
bearing the note “ Ex Pterocarpus Lycaenid.” The date
was some time in March, 1917. This brilliant black species
has been kindly described by Dr. Villeneuve on p. 518. This
fly and the following Ichneumonid were parasitic on one
of the species of Deudorix, probably diyllus.

III. Hymenoptera.

7. Adelotropis farquharsoni Waterston, gen. et sp. n.:
Ichneumonidae, Joppinae.— Bearmg the note “ From
Pterocarpus Liycaenid. 22.11.1917.” Described by Dr. J.
Waterston on pp. 455-58.—E.B.P. }

_ Feb. 27, 1917.—I was in luck’s way on Sunday... .
Just lately the orange-yellow blossoms of a small tree that
grows along the river-bank, at times with its roots entirely
in the water, have been very conspicuous. The tree I was
told was a species of Plerocarpus. To verify this and to get
a nearer view I went down to one of the more accessible
specimens. [The presence of an empty pupa of Argiolaus
type just below the tree, as alluded to on p. 366,] led me to
look rather closely at the Plerocarpus, the first non-botanical
feature observed being the presence of Oecophylla nests,
and workers running about the leaves and inflorescences.
I pulled down a flower-bearmg branch very gently, it
was the only one within reach and had to be carefully
handled. Cecophylla is a jealous animal, éferotixoy Tt.
Then I saw what I took to be a Limacod larva, not so
brightly coloured as these usually are nor the characteristic
green or yellow, but spiny and tuberculate and of a russet
colour not unlike that of a withered Pterocarpus flower.
Two ants were running about the inflorescence, but up to
this point I didn’t associate them with the larva. I was
in two minds whether I could spare the time to breed
out a Limacod (the larva was, for one of these, rather
small and doubtless young), and for some obscure reason
decided to take it in. I shook the ants off the flower and
did so. Force of habit made me examine its wonderful
armament with a lens, and I thought. I detected a pro-
nounced non-Limacod character. I soon satisfied myself
that it had tubercles and a Guenée gland. Very soon I
had in the tin a more discerning Oecophylla, which made

RD eT, AM ek re) tat 5 af

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 383

straight for the gland and tickled it in a way that an
Oecophylla doesn’t usually tickle other animals. I couldn't
reach another inflorescence, so hastened home for a more
leisurely study. What I believe to have been a Psyllid
jumped off the flower, but I thought there would perhaps
be others concealed among the flowers, which are rather
crowded. In this, as it turned out, I was disappointed.
I got out Lamborn on the “ Relationships,’ [Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1913, p. 436], and decided that I'd got hold of
a larva not unlike that of Megalopalpus zymna, with a
new attendant ant perhaps. I noticed that the pro-legs
had the curious little protrusible “sucker”? that I have
seen in Hewitsonia larvae and in others of the “ hairy ”

- group, though this one is not of that type at all, being

sluggish in its movements and of onisciform habit
(but for the tubercles and spines, with the overlapping
“carapace ’’ concealing the legs), and while intently watch-
ing these details through the glass cover of the little box
in which I'd put it, noticed for the first time that it was not a
“ carnivore,’ but was contentedly devouring the corolla
of one of the flowers forming the inflorescence, just like any
ordinary, common, garden caterpillar. I had a further
search through the “ Relationships” to see if any spiny
form described by Lamborn had such comparatively
refined tastes, but found, unless I have overlooked some
detail, that his were very gross feeders and that some
had in fact been guilty of the “ basest ingratitude,” for
reasons well set forth therem. But I cannot persuade
myself that he didn’t find this one, if not at Oni, perhaps here.
I have since managed to get one or two more, but none
have so far pupated. But I am fairly hopeful unless
something goes wrong.

Feb. 28, 1917.—1 rather think one or two of my Prtero-
carpus Lycaenids are about to “go up.” If not they are
about to “ go West.”

I have had a further study of the larvae. Their colour
is not the simple russet that I supposed, for on closer
examination with a lens and by the microscope (reflected
light) I find that there are little areas of a sort of olive-
green colour and others of such light brown as almost to
be yellow. The very young larva is, however, pale straw-
coloured. The larva is very sluggish, and I got a good view
of the tubercles in action with the aid of the microscope.
The tubercle of this species, at any rate, is not an organ

384 Mr. C. O. FarfWharson’s Five Years’ Observations

thrust out through an orifice. It is rather a diverticulum
of the epidermis (though other layers may be involved)
which is invaginated and exserted alternately. It is crowned
by minute “‘ tentacles,” which so far as I can make out are
not distinct hairs but are produced by a lobing of the upper
part of the tubercle. I could not actually detect any
orifice, these tentacles being so numerous. Very likely
their structure has all been written up, but it may interest
you to get this impression of a study of the living larva.
[ am a poor artist, but I'll try to express my meaning
in a rough sketch. The invagination appeared to me to
be aptly comparable to the effect produced by one in
turning a stocking inside out (the initial stage) or a glove
finger.

I am afraid my sketches are hopeless, but when the
tubercle is completely retracted the position of the tubercle
shows a slight pit with a “ pursed” centre. Looking down
on the point by reflected light it had a curious resemblance
to a starch grain under high magnification, rather lke
this [sketch]. The extrusion of the tubercles was rather
spasmodic. I could not, of course, study it with an
Oecophylla in situ, for freedom was more attractive to the
ant than the Guenée gland. Sometimes the tubercles
would continue invaginating and being extruded rapidly
for a short space of time and then stop, to be resumed after
a bit. I hope to study the movements more in the next
few days.

March 1, 1917.—One of my Pterocarpus Lycaenid larvae
pupated to-day. Another was on the way, and I was
wondering why it didn’t, when I noticed an “injury”
just behind the head on the dorsal surface. I soon dis-
covered the cause, for a wretched Tachinid puparium
was lying in the tin and I very nearly overlooked it. It
has struck me that this particular Tachinid has made an
unlucky or at least risky selection of a host; for the tree
always overhangs the river completely, and if the emerging
larva is unable to freeze on to anything it would stand a
mighty chance of a watery grave. The Lycaenid itself
might have done better, for the inflorescences appear
to provide food for two or three moths, a beetle, Psylids
and possibly other things, and can’t possibly mature
many fruits. So hopelessly damaged are some of the
flower-heads that what is left is almost sure to drop off
into the water. I haven’t seen the Lycaenid pupae in

—-

on the Biononics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 385

the open yet, and the one I have is simply lying loose in
the box. It didn’t manage to stick on to anything. It
possibly hangs or sticks on to the withering inflorescence
of which the calyces at least are persistent, which may
explain the minutely spinose pupa-case, though this char-
acter may quite as well be protective, for the inflorescence
is not very tomentose, at least what remains of it when the
withered corolla falls off. . . . I am curious to see the next
pupa. The one I have now is mottled with small dark
green (?) spots, with a brownish ground, and would be very
inconspicuous among half-withered vegetation.

March 9, 1917.—1 will be able next mail to send the
Pterocarpus Lycaenid (or two perhaps, for I’m not sure,
but I’m dealing with two very similar-looking larvae)
along with the others. The first of these ought to come
out to-morrow or Sunday. Two are tachinised. Now
I must stop this unwieldy letter. I hope I have escaped
the Scylla of mal-observation and the horrid Charybdis
of bad philosophy. At any rate, Pll make certain that I
have a very good box of material for next mail. I think
Pll send it in two lots in case one lot gets torpedoed. The
Pterocarpus flowering is just getting finished, and I won’t
get more material there for a time.

The Pterocarpus pupa has a girdle fixing it to the surface
it pupates on. In the case of the first pupa I must have
accidentally broken this in clearing away the remains
of the food-plant and excreta.

March 11, 1917.—Two of my Pterocarpus Lycaenids
emerged to-day. For the size of the larva, which is rela-
tively large, the imago is very small, with small tails on
the hind-wings. The first one emerged about 9 a.m.,
just before I started on my usual hunt. It was not out
at 8.30 when I finished breakfast. In the terval I was
getting tins ready for the foray. I did not see the second
Lycaenid emerge, for I did not get back till a little after
noon, very thirsty, very hot, but fairly well satisfied.

March 18, 1917.—I have now got about 20 imagines of the
Pterocarpus Lycaenid or Lycaenids, for I think there are
at least two and possibly three, unless the larva is a variable
thing. I will write details with the specimens.

March 2, 1918.—For some obscure reason I have so far
drawn blank in Plerocarpus, finding only three larvae, all of
which I lost, one parasitised, the others by mould, I think.
[One larva, taken Feb. 4, 1918, is mentioned on p. 378. ]

386. Mr: C, 0; an ttaraons Five Years’ Observations

D. Nores on THE Larva or LyCAENESTHES LUNULATA
TRIM., FEEDING ON BERLINIA SP. (LEGUMINOSAE).

{The material consists of 6 g and 29 imagines, all of
which emerged Jan. 8, 1918. |

Dec, 29, 1917.—I got a solitary Plerocarpus larva to-day ;
the trees are just beginning to flower. I also made a gather-
ing from a plant that I cannot as yet identify. The young
leaves when first they open are a light reddish-purple
colour—a very common form of young foliage in this part
of the world. As they get older the leaves get tinged
with green and finally green. I have a series of larvae
coloured appropriately to the different stages, some being
pale reddish purple, some the same but tinged with green,
and some are bright green, I rather think they are all one
thing, for the shape i is rather characteristic, an unusually
large onisciform type and rather flat, with gland and tubercles
and attended by a Pheidole—vigorously attended.

Jan. 12, 1918.—There is no doubt these larvae adapt
their colour to the food-plant, some being green, some red.
So also does one of the Loranthus larvae | Hpamera iasis,
p. 372; also a Labiate-feeding Lycaenid larva—pp. 400-401].

Jan. 26, 1918.—The Berlinia series all emerged on the
same day. I couldn’t separate the cases as they ‘ went
up” before I could separate them in the tin, but Pll get
more.

Feb. 5, 1918.—In case I forget to mention it, Berlinia
belongs to the Leguminosae, the species on W hich I found
the Lycaenid being a large rain-forest tree typically, but
here growing by the river-side.

Aug. 11, 1918.—I have been looking for more larvae on
Berlina, but the trees have no young foliage at present.
The larvae do not eat the old hard leaves. There will be
no difficulty, however, about getting them later on.

| The trees were still the same on Aug. 25, when the state-
ment was repeated that “ the larvae certainly vary from
red to green.” |

EK. THe Larva or LYCAENESTHES CRAWSHAYI BUTL.,
FEEDING ON Cassia ALATA L. (LEGUMINOSAE).

[Material :—1 33 9 of L. crawshayi, emerging March 21-22.
1917: also a dwarfed 2, probably of this species, with its
pupa-case, from a larva found on the stem of Antiaris
africana, at Agege.|

on the Biononucs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 387

March 18, 1917.—I have also some other Lycaenid
larvae at present, off Cassia alata. I think Lamborn had
these too when he was here. They are, I think, vege-
tarians, though the plant is covered with Jassids.

Agege.

Sept. 27, 1917.—I forgot to mention that [ found a tiny
Lycaenid larva on a Cremastogaster-Hewitsonia-Argiolaus-
tree here, which pupated—the tiniest butterfly pupa Pve
ever seen. I hope it will emerge all right. I must tell you
of it later, as the boy must now run to catch a little local
train from Agege to Lagos.

Moor Plantation.

April 17, 1918.—I am a little surprised to hear that the
tiny Antiaris Lycaenid may be the same as the Berlina
one; the pupa-case and the larva were really rather different.
[Relying upon memory I had, by a slip, written Berlinia
instead of Cassia alata. |

F. Tue Larva or TRicLEMA LAMIAS Hew., FEEDING ON
THE Coccip LECANTUM (SAISSETIA), ON IMBRICARIA
MAXIMA Porr. (SAPOTACEAE).

[The material received is as follows :—

1. Triclema lamias Hew.—1 3, emerging Dec. 25, 1917;
pupation Dec. 15-17. The specimen is accompanied by
its pupa-casé, also by the case of an example (pupation
Dec. 15-17; emergence Dec. 24) not itself received.

2. Lecanium (Sarssetia) farquharsoni Newst., sp. n.
(p. 530).—@ adults, old and young, together with nymphs.
The attendant ants were not received. |

Dec. 13, 1917.—‘ V’ve just come back from my evening
stroll. I went down to our old haunt (Lamborn’s and
mine) to look into the welfare of two Lycaenid larvae that
have, for the last few days, been slowly devouring a happy
family of Coccidae (? Lecanium) on a young plant of Im-
bricaria maxima. Of them more anon.” [Quoted from

Dec. 24, 1917.—The two Coccid-eating larvae that |
found on Imbricaria maxima pupated in my absence in
Agege last week-end. The first emerged to-day. I have
an idea that it is very near Lamborn’s L. lachares.* The

* The under surface pattern is, as Farquharson wrote, very like
that of L. lachares. The genera T'riclema and Lycaenesthes are

closely allied. Aurivillius groups all the species under the latter
genus.—E.B.P.

388 Mr. C. O. Ha itarions Five Years’ Observations

upper surface of the wings is black, the under of a pattern
very like that of lachares.. I have spirit material of the
Coccids and have attendant ants. The other imago will
emerge to-morrow. The larva was green (dull), onisciform,
with just a hint of a white line along the edge of the mantle
and a slightly lighter mid-dorsal line. There was a gland,
but I could not see any sign of tubercles.

Aug. 11, 1918.—Before tr forget | must clear up the point
about the Imbricaria-Coccid-eater. The larvae were not
fully fed when I collected them. Fearmg that I might
lose them, I cut off a twig with the Coccids on it, end com-
pleted the life-history in my house. [This was in answer
to a letter in which I pointed out the extreme interest of
the observation and the importance of confirming it.
Lamborn had shown that the larvae of the allied 7. luere-
vilis Hew. is associated with Coccid-tending ants, but did
not think that they were carnivorous (Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1913, p. 486). Farquharson’s notes suggested further
observation of this latter species. “Lamborn had seen the
larvae eating the dark green cortex of a soft plant, but at
some later stage they may have attacked the ant-tended
Coccids he found in tunnels in the same stems. |

G. THe Larva or LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS F., FEEDING ON
SECRETION OF IMMATURE ANT-ATTENDED MEMBRACIDS
AND ON Living MEMSGRACIDS AND JASSIDS: 1TS PUPA
ATTENDED BY CAMPONOTUS.

[1. The material of the 1915 note :—

Lachnocnema bibulus F.—1 2 (var. with quadrate pale
spot outside end of F.W. cell), emerging June 4, 1915; with
pupa-case, and a % of Camponotus maculatus F., sub-sp.
melanocnenis Santschi, bearing note “ Actual ant found in
association with lLycaenid pupa.” Many additional
workers were sent: see p. 423. |

July 3, 1915.—No. 5 is a Lycaenid about which I am
very curious to hear. I found the pupa near an exit of
the large Camponotus var. [nest : see p. 423], with the ant
5b apparently stroking it with its antennae. This may
have been accidental. You will be able to judge when
you see the Lycaenid (if it reaches you safely), for it may
be one described, as regards its relationships, by Lamborn.
Till I hear from you on this point I will make no further
comment. 5a is its pupa-case.

[2. The material of the 1917 and 1918 notes :—

ee ee

on the Biononics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 389

Lachnocnema bibulus—2 g 3 9. One 3g and one @
pupated March 13, 1917, and emerged March 22; a second
female emerged on the same day, all 3 with precise pupa-
cases; a third female emerged at Ogo, March 25. The
first-mentioned female bears the note “ Larva on secretion
of ant-attended immature Membracids on small Leguminous
shrub,” the other specimens a shortened form of the same.
The second § emerged Jan, 4, 1918. It is accompanied
by its case and the note “Jassid-eater. New series,
formerly found eating Membracids (1917).”

The attacks of this larva upon ant-tended Jassidae are
deseribed by Lamborn (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, pp. 470-1),
and he thought, but was not sure, that the ants fed it.
Farquharson’s notes add greatly to our knowledge of the
larval habits and food. For a brief preliminary statement
see Proc. Ent. Soc., 1917, p. 1xi.]

March 11, 1917.—I have seen another Lycaenid, probably
one of those found by Lamborn, but perhaps my observa-
tions may complement or corroborate his. This one is
part of a Membracid association along with a small black
ant that habitually lives in the débris that collects in Oil
Palm heads but forages down below. I once had two fine
nests of them last year, many of the callows having mite
“balancer ’”’ parasites. I lost the lot owing to my having
to go travelling, most inopportunely, but I hope to do
more on them later. They are probably a Pheidole. The
Membracids (adults and nymphs) I found in a small
Leguminous shrub at the base of a Palm, I think a Tephrosia,
but it isn’t flowering and I’m not quite sure. At any rate,
it is the host of a very large number of Membracids, a
much larger number of ants, and a few Lycaenid larvae.
The larva, so far as I can make out, is without Guenée’s
gland and tubercles. It is rather bristly; the head pro-
tected by the usual “carapace.” Its colour is a curious
blend of the Membracid colour with additions. In appear-
ance it reminded me very much of a large Syrphid larva
that I found in Shagamu last tour eating Aphids, and that
larva resembled a bird-dropping more than anything else.
The young larva is rather more bristly than the older ones
and is less “ ornithoscatoid.” The little shrub is only
about three feet high, and I could sit down more or less
comfortably to see what they were doing. In the forenoon
I couldn’t make out what they really were doing. I
remembered enough of the “ Relationships” to expect to

390 * Mro C.-0. Far@farson’s Five Years’ Observations

see a few trustful Membracids. callously devoured, but
failed to see the murder done. Then I went the round of
other interesting trees and so home. In the evening |
went back, having read up Megalopalpus about six times
| Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 458]. After sitting for the
best part of an hour with about twenty or more ants in
most hostile association with each of my hands, one holding
the branch and the other the shrub, I came to one or two
conclusions.

In the first place, I failed entirely to find out what the
adult Membracid gives to the ants, and, as far as this
afternoon’s work goes, [ am inclined to believe that they
give nothing at all. The species, whatever it is, is rather
tame, and I had no difficulty in watching both them and
the ants.

Secondly, the particular larvae that I watched this after-
noon made no attempt to eat the Membracids. The adults
wouldn't wait, I imagine, to be eaten, but the relation of
the Lycaenid larva to the Membracid, was with the larval
stage of the latter, and that I saw as clearly as possible.

The Lycaenid larva is very sluggish in its movements
and hardly moved an inch from where it was when I came,
all the time [ remained. Whenever a Membracid larva
came near it got busy and so did the ants. They all got
busy in the same quarter, which was the upturned, retroussé
end of the abdomen from which at fairly rapid intervals a
short process was thrust out, on the top of which a clear
droplet was simultaneously visible and instantaneously
mopped up by the most enterprising of the suitors, which
was generally the Lycaenid, in virtue of its superior size.
Along with one or two ants it tickled with its anterior true
legs the business end of the Membracid, but by “ lolling ”
(in contrast with the extremely active habits of the ants),
in a gross and unmannerly way, right over the orifice, it
hardly gave the ants a chance. When an ant did get there
first it generally shared, by regurgitation, the good thing
with a fellow, and I am inclined to think on one or two
occasions with the less gracious Lycaenid. But they
showed no ill feeling if the latter got there first, and though
all the time they kept biting me with great vigour—though
the bite is little more than a fairly sharp prickling sensa-
tion—they showed no disposition to attack the Lycaenid.
That is as far as I have got with this particular larva. I
saw a mature 9 Membracid ovipositing exactly in the

oy eas i aa

on the Biononucs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 391

manner described by Lamborn [ibid., pp. 495-97]. I saw
two empty Lycaenid pupa-cases on the shrub, which
annoyed me because I had missed them. I do not think
it would be possible to feed such a larva in the house, as
the Membracid probably wouldn’t thrive on a cut twig.

One would think that it would be a long time before a
comparatively large larva would mature on such fare, and
yet 1t is probably a more concentrated food than many
caterpillars get. In connection with the food of the
“ Hewitsonia” type of bark-frequenters [pp. 342-46] I
have been examining the frass of various larvae micro-
scopically, and it is to me a great wonder what they take
out of the ingested matter. There is no question but what
they feed on the “ cortex,’ by which I mean just the
thinnest superficial layer (including epiphytic Algae, etc.),
for their bites are not visible to the naked eye, nor have I
picked them up with a lens. The Pterocarpus larvae
|p. 383] passed abundant frass which was practically un-
changed corolla tissue, unchanged as far as the eye could
judge. I took in some fairly large moth larvae [p. 407] the
other day which were feeding on a fern epiphytic on an
Oil Palm. They ate at a great rate and passed frass as
quickly. Unless their digestive fluids are very highly
concentrated and very rapid in their action, they could
hardly take anything out of the plant tissue. So perhaps
the Lycaenid with his Membracids is wiser in his generation
than these seeming children of light. I hope to get them
when about to pupate, to examine their frass too.

March 18, 1917.—I have now got several of the Lycaenids
of the Membracid association to pupate. I have paid
several visits since first finding the larvae. [Um sure now
that Lamborn knew of it, for I recall him asking me if I
saw any resemblance to a monkey’s face in the pupa.
[For Lamborn’s observations on Lachnocnema see Trans.
Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 470; but the supposed resemblance to
a monkey’s face is in the pupa of Spalgis, also proved to
be carnivorous by Lamborn and others: ibid., p. 475.]
There is that suggestion certainly, but I think, at a little
distance off, the effect is much more of the bird-dropping
order, in a different way from that of the larva, for the
colours are those of brown paper and putty, nicely blended.
I tried hard to make more of their relation to the Mem-
bracids, but without success. I saw one once again feeding
on the droplet but not on the Membracids, but my visits

392. Mr. C..0. Fardffarson'’s Five Years’ Observations

seemed to coincide with resting—probably from repletion
—periods. I succeeded, however, in getting several larvae
on the point of pupation and have examined the frass
microscopically. There could be no doubt about the
presence of insect remains in it. I will send some in due
course for your confirmation.

I found in one pellet a mass of asci with spores (a type
with a mucilaginous covering), but I couldn’t find any
perithecium, and I cannot suggest as yet what the fungus
may be or how it came to be there. It must, I think, have
spored before leaving the caterpillar’s body, for I put the
larvae when found ito perfectly dry new pill-boxes, and
the pellets are so small and would have dried so quickly
that I can hardly believe the fungus spored after extrusion
of the pellet. I don’t think there can be any doubt but
that the larvae do actually eat the Membracids, which is
rather low down. But at the same time they feed directly
on the secretions of the nymphs. I am still puzzled as to
what they or the ants get from the mature Membracids.

Jan. 26, 1918.—I got my Membracid-eater and secretion-
drinker eating Jassids, as Lamborn did, on Cassia alata,
and send one.

H. THE MATURE LaRvA AND Pupa oF CATOCHRYSOPS
PHASMA BUTL., FROM THE SUBTERRANEAN NEST OF
THE ANT CAMPONOTUS MACULATUS F., VAR. MELANO-
CNEMIS SANTSCHI: ITS YOUNG LARVA FEEDING, WITH
THAT OF ANOTHER LYCAENID (PROBABLY EXHIBITING
INDIVIDUAL COLOUR-ADJUSTMENT), ON THE FLOWERS
OF SOLENOSTEMON OCYMOIDES ScHuM. AND THONN.
(LABIATAE).

[Material :—21 3 and 18 2 C. phasma, emerging Sept.
12-25, 1917, from pupae found Sept. 10 in débris of the
ants’ nest at Agege, 33 with precise pupa-cases. Emer-
gence takes place at about 8.0 a.m. or earlier, as shown by
the following data :—about 7.0 a.m.—1 9; about 7.15—1 9;
before 8.0—3 $3 9; about 8.0—2 339. With these, many
pupae and two larvae in spirit taken at Agege with the
pupae from which the imagines emerged; also Termites
of three different genera (see p. 416) from the Termitarium
in disused parts of which the Camponotus had made its
nest. Also, from Moor Plantation, 3 2 imagines of C.
phasma, ovipositing on flowers of Solenostemon, Aug. 5,
1918, and (two on the same plant), Aug. 11.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 393

The discovery of the pupae in the Camponotus nest was
at once brought before the Entomological Society (Pro-
ceedings, 1917, p. Ixi, and 1918, p. Ixxix, where the first
determination of the Lycaenid as parsimon F. was corrected
to phasma Butl.

The male armature of the Catochrysops has been examined
by Dr. T. A. Chapman, F.R.S., and Mr. Bethune-Baker,
who agree that the species is certainly phasma Butl. For
a description of the larva and pupa by Dr. Chapman
see pp. 490-93. |

Government Farm, Agege.

Sept. 10, 1917.—I have had a glorious find to-day. I
set some men to clear the site of new labourers’ lines. I
went to see the progress of the work just as they were
levelling what I took to be an old ant-hill (Termitary).
The species of Termite is one that fastens on to large bush
[forest] stumps and gradually converts them into a carton
and mud heap, mainly carton, unlike 7’. bellicosus Smeathm.,
our commonest form, whose hill is entirely of clay. The
colony was a feeble one, the material, I suppose, being more
or less exhausted. But what I just arrived in time to see
was, that in the abandoned carton portion Camponotus
maculatus had established themselves. A fork thrust had
just fetched out a mass of the nest, and amongst the débris
I saw a number of pale-brown pupae, obviously Lepi-
dopterous. I must make it clear that this fork-thrust
went well below the ground-level, so that these pupae—
and I found many more 7 situ in the mass—were actually
subterranean, and they are Lycaenid pupae. I have seen
the butterfly, for two or three emerged on the spot, a large
blue form with spotted undersides and slight tails. The
pupae were moth-pupa-like in colour, though rather pale
or straw-coloured. I haven’t counted, but I think I must
have thirty of them, and not a few were accidentally de-
stroyed. They all look as if they would emerge together.
And I found two larvae about to pupate! They are of
almost wasp-grub appearance, their legs and pro-legs being
greatly reduced. I don’t think they have either gland or
tubercles. They had obviously stopped: feeding, and it
was useless to try them on the only likely-looking stuff
there was, and that was Termite “ bread.”” The nest had
to be destroyed—it was ruined really before I arrived—but
I think I'll be able to find others.

394 Mr. C. O. Pak Medeaile Five Years’ Observations

Do you remember that at Ibadan I once found a brown
moth-pupa-like form associated apparently with Campo-
notus maculatus [p. 388]? IL rather think you made it out
as a somewhat abnormal form of Lachnocnema bibulus.

The huge soldiers of C. maculatus eagerly seized both
pupae and larvae and carried them into concealment in
the carton intricacies. I hope I may solve their food, but
it may well be that they can tackle fungus growths on
abandoned Termite bread left in the galleries. What
strikes me as rather extraordinary is that this strange
habitat would appear to be a safe one, for I’m sure there
were in all fifty pupae, if I could have got them all, and the
larva is soft-bodied with but few bristles. Now I will have
to let this foreword do. I hope Ill get a good number
successfully bred out. I ought to be able to send you the
first lot next mail.

Agege.

Sept. 16, 1917.—My find might have been more complete,
for | doubt if my first surmise as to the food of the larva
is correct. On the whole I think it must be ruled out, but
I may manage to get another nest of the kind sooner or
later. It is something gained to know where to look.
The nest was ruined before I came on the scene, and the
wonder is I managed to get the material I did. It is all
due to the fact that the present labourers’ lines here are
in the last stage of dilapidation and I determimed to have
new ones made. I got a new site selected which wanted
some levelling. This I set the men to do. One has to be
possessed of considerable versatility in a country such as
this. I have done many strange jobs this tour, few at
my own work. One can’t leave the simplest bit of work to
chance and a native headman, so after a time I went
to see how the work was getting on and arrived in time to
see two men driving forks into an old Termitary, part of
which was already levelled. Little colonies of Termites
with their fungus garden lay in the débris, and running
about in great agitation were a large number of workers
and soldiers of Camponotus maculatus. But what startled
me more than these quite usual things was to see scattered
about a number of golden-brown or straw-coloured pupae,
which at first I concluded must be moth pupae. I con-
cluded mentally that they might be worth having were it
only for a seemingly gregarious pupation in rather an odd
place. Then, perhaps because just a few minutes earlier

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 395

I had noticed a fairly large Lycaenid flymg around, it
suddenly entered my mind for no considered reason, I
must confess, that they were Lycaenids. It was simply an
inspiration. Almost simultaneously I saw the agitated
Camponotus endeavouring to carry them to safety, and
further I saw a newly emerged Lycaenid appear from,
well nowhere, but I felt sure 1t was one of them. I saw
another and I think a third as I hastened off to get tins,
and warned off all labourers from the scene on pain of
execution. I didn’t get any of the butterflies and not a
few of the pupae were badly damaged, but, with the
exception of perhaps half a dozen or more that were hope-
lessly smashed, I took them all in and afterwards found I
had brought in forty-one in all! I’m certain there weren't
less than fifty pupae im that nest. I could do nothing to
restore it and could only search the ruins cautiously for
survivors of the wreck. I had great difficulty in separating
the ants from the pupae. ‘Two I discovered really by means
of the ants. I saw two worker Camponotus trying to
penetrate into the loose earth. There was no visible
opening, but I thought there might be one beneath, and
cautiously cleared away the particles of soil. About half
an inch below I came on the two pupae. The ants rushed
at them and proceeded to extricate them. I appropriated
the lot. But I must go back a bit. The Termitary was
of the carton type, part of it old and abandoned, and I am
pretty certain had become secondarily tenanted by the
Camponotus, though I couldn’t definitely find the centre of
the nest. There were neither larvae nor pupae of the
Camponotus, only workers and the huge soldiers. But I
abstracted a large mass of the carton nest and on it put a
few pupae. Ants already occupied the carton material.
The pupae were immediately seized and carried out of
sight into the mass. I searched most carefully for Lycaenid
larvae and found two, in loose soil. These also were
eagerly carried inside the carton mass. The larvae were
apparently replete and resting, prior to pupation. I could
detect no glands nor tubercles, though, now they are in
spirit, there is evident a slightly pigmented prominence
in the region of the Guenée gland. The larvae are, to say
the least of it, very grub-like, which is accentuated by their
meagre pigmentation. The only colour was a faint pink,
so faint as to be almost white. Where they may have been
located in the original nest I cannot say. I think it most

396 Mr. C. O. Oh. eee Five Years’ Observations

probable that it was in the carton mass. It 7s a pity that
the nest was smashed, but the only consolation is that
had it not been smashed I shouldn’t have found them.
Any future ant-hill smashing that I do will be done most
cautiously. Since then I have probed about half a dozen
similar ones, but only to find, besides the Termites, colonies
of Odontomachus haematodes. But, after all, one can hardly
expect such finds every day of the week, and I had to wait
a long time for Teratoneura !

When the ants carried off the pupae and larvae I carefully
broke off bits of the carton to see what they had done with
them all. I had “allowed” them about half a dozen
pupae. I found them all carefully massed together round
a dried-out bit of Termite “ bread.” This led me at first
to suggest that as the food of the larva, but on thinking it
over | rather doubt it. I am more inclined to think,
after looking at the extremely small heads of the larvae,
that they are fed by the ants, unless the entire absence of
ant larvae be accounted for by the Lycaenids having
devoured their ova. That also I doubt. The larvae with
glands, as far as I have seen, and I think Lamborn’s results
show the same, are generally phytophagous, anthophagous
or suck sugary secretions. Camponotus maculatus I do not
think is ever carnivorous, but haunts flowers in search of
nectaries, leaf-glands and such-like, and has a_ perfectly
distressing ‘“‘scent”’ for one’s sugar stores. It is quite
likely that they innocently feed the Lycaenids by the
ordinary process of regurgitation, and the Lycaenid perhaps
does redeem itself from the slur of parasitism by a little
return through the medium of the Guenée gland. An
examination of the contents of the alimentary canal might
throw some light on the subject (see p. 492).

Agege.

Sept. 17, 1917.—Seven emerged to-day or rather eight,
the eighth being malformed. I have been most unlucky
with malformations, having now about half a dozen.
Several more pupae have simply blackened and perished,
but till now I have fourteen practically perfect specimens,
and I may with luck finish up with two dozen. It is very
sad to lose so many, but I’m afraid it couldn’t be helped.
Anyhow, I don’t suppose, since Lamborn’s wonderful
Euliphyra case [Trans. Ent. Soc., 1913, p. 450], so many
butterflies have been bred out of a nest of ants. And of

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 397

course my find was a pure accident, and ought not to be
mentioned along with such a wonderful bit of deliberate
searching and finding as Lamborn’s was. And of course if
it hadn’t been for Lamborn, the happy issue of this particu-
lar accident would have been lost. So I gladly dedicate
them to my friend.

I mentioned that I allowed the ants to carry pupae into
the concealment of the carton labyrinth, from which I
afterwards abstracted most of them. A few I left in the
hope that I might see how the ants behaved subsequently.
I wondered if they assisted the imagos (or should I say
imagines?) to emerge. Unfortunately I have quite a lot
of other work to do, and in my absence two or three came
out. I got back in time to rescue one which was caught
by a leg by a worker ant. What I took to be the disin-
tegrated remains of two I discovered under the carton
mass, but they may have been devoured by the white ants
which still were present. Later on another got caught by
an ant and had to be rescued, and, as I really couldn’t get
the time to look after them continuously enough to make
useful observations, I was forced to separate them entirely
from the ants. Yet in nature these newly emerged butter-
flies would have to run the gauntlet of not a few easily
excited and suspicious ants, and I am greatly disappointed
at not being able to throw any light on the problem. I can
only hope that I may one day see a newly emerged Lycaenid
crawling out of the opening of a maculatus nest. There
will be no scope for “ profane” labourers with forks.
Escape may be facilitated by the fact that maculatus 1s,
as I think I told you [pp. 423-25], of nocturnal habits.

Agege.

Sept. 18, 1917.—Five perfect and one malformed emerged
to-day, which brings my total of good specimens up to
nineteen. With anything like good luck I ought to manage
two dozen and perhaps one or two more. I have to go to
Lagos to-morrow and will be there two days. However,
Ill take them with me. I am putting up at the Medical
Research Institute, where they will be looked after while
I carry out the purpose of my visit, which isn’t a very
exciting one and is on the whole a most irksome one.

Agege.
Sept. 27, 1917.—The mail is announced for to-day. The
train service is suspended owing to floods, but I am sending
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. '22) DD

= n a ar 4 7 iat we i
: x

398 Mr. C. O. Pai Warcon’s Five Years’ Observations

a boy to Lagos with this and a box with a few of the great
find. J am so pressed for time that I had to take a few at
random from the box. I will send the rest in small lots
so that they may not all be torpedoed at one Hun effort.
I have also sent one larva and one tube with Termites.

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—I will now give you a few notes of the
things I have posted for this mail. To begin with I have
sent a second batch of the maculatus-Lycaenid with pupa-
cases. The boat they will go by is an old and none too
speedy one, but one that has had the most wonderful
submarine adventures and got through. On one occasion
she fought the enemy for six hours, was missed by four
torpedoes and sank the enemy. That is no romance—
except in the best sense. So I am in hopes that you will
get my Lycaenids.

Agege.

Oct. 20, 1917.—I hear the R.MLS. “ Mandingo ” (originally
“ Appim”’) has got home, and on it were the first of the
maculatus-Lycaenids.
Moor Plantation.

Jan. 26, 1918.—[ After describing the final consignment of
C. phasma.| Then you got some pupae in spirit which
failed to emerge, so you may now total up the lot. And I
think you may safely allow ten more for unfortunates that
were squashed in digging out the ant-nest, besides the two
larvae, and you will know the wonderful total.

Jan. 12, 1918.—A mail arrived here yesterday which
brought me a proof copy of the foreword (Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1917, p. lxi), and also the news that the Catochrysops may
not after all be “‘ parsimon.” I hope its real name will be
worthy of such an enterprising animal.

April 17, 1918.—Catochrysops phasma rather pleases me —
much better than “ parsimon,” a dreadful combination of
indifferently classical Latin and neglect of observation [see
also p. 325].

Aug. 11, 1918.—What with adding up yards of wretched
money columns I was in doubt if I could catch the next
steamer home. So heartily sick of the work was I that
my whole outlook was one of unredeemed pessimism, but
the other day something happened which made me wish for
another month here at the risk of missing September in

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 399

Scotland. I have a milch goat, a somewhat perverse
animal. One afternoon it cried so very persistently that
I went outside to see what could be wrong. I could find
no evidence of anything but perversity, and was really
feeling most annoyed, when I suddenly saw a Catochrysops-
like Lycaenid deliberately oviposit (1 felt quite sure about
it) on a weed in my compound—a Labiate ! [Solenostemon
ocymoides Schum, and Thonn.| The plant is the one
from which Lamborn bred Precis octavia. It is an almost
scentless plant. I knew of Ocomum viride, the so-called
mosquito-plant, and had looked at it for Lycaenid ova,
but without success. O. viride is a W. African plant (it
yields thymol) the scent of which was supposed to be a
mosquitifuge. It is commonly found in native villages.
It doesn’t seem to have entered the minds of those who
boomed this plant as a terror to the mosquito, that the
absence of mosquitoes from villages where the plant grew
(if indeed they are ever absent) might equally well be due
to the normal so-called ‘“‘ bouquet d’Afrique,’ which at
times takes forms that might knock out the stoutest
mosquito.

I do not know if the Lycaenid I’ve got is phasma, for I
have kept no type. [It is phasma.] Anyhow it is just as
well, for it gives me no bias. The egg is most cunningly
placed inside the small flower on the lower lip of the corolla.
For a Lycaenid egg it is quite large and of a pale blue
colour. I have just looked at the first set of inflorescences
on which the specimen caught on the 5th (it was Bank
Holiday) oviposited. I only found two ova and those with
difficulty, for the swollen nectaries, which secrete at a
great rate even when the flower is cut, are rather like the
ova, and I think I must have overlooked some, for I now
find there are about half a dozen unmistakably Lycaenid
larvae, tiny little things and rather bristly, one of a yellowish
colour, the others red-purple like the flowers. I wonder
if I'll be able to do anything with them before I have to sail.
Of course they may not be phasma, but I think, if the
Lycaenid completed its whole existence on the plant, that
Lamborn would have found them, Plants are difficult
to dry at this time of the year, but I'll send a specimen in
spirit for you to send to Kew. I am also to send the
Loranthus. {Both sent on the following day, Aug. 12.]

[Dr. O. Stapf of Kew informs me that Solenostemon
ocymoides ranges from Senegal to the Congo. It is very

400 Mr. C. O. Farqu®arson’s Five Years’ Observations

closely allied to Coleus, the recognised food-plant of Precis,
so it is not surprising that Mr. W. A. Lamborn should have
found the larvae of P. octavia upon it (p. 399).

It is in a way rather unlucky that I should have to go
home, but it will be about a month before the next boat
goes, and | may have some luck in the interval. Anyhow,
if the wretched Boche doesn’t get me it will be a nice problem
to come back to, and if the aforesaid Boche does get me,
perhaps Lamborn will supply the missing link, | think
the fact of the oviposition being on the flowers is significant.
Camponotus maculatus is a notorious nuisance in sugar
cases. They are always crawling about flowers, and I
think it likely that the food of the phasma larvae in the
Camponotus nest must be regurgitated nectar. Of course
they might turn carnivorous at the next stage, but I’ve
littie doubt that, given a chance, I ought to be able to clear
it allup. It is only a matter of time.

Aug. 25, 1918.—I told you about finding the Lycaenid
(possibly Catochrysops) ovipositing on a Labiate plant.
I now have a lot of young larvae, but they will not be
mature before I sail. However, I am to ask Dr. Connal to
follow up their life-history, if it can be followed. In trying
to find fresh food for the larvae I have had difficulty in
finding plants without tiny larvae already feeding on them,
and the butterfly, whatever it is, is busy all over some of
our more weedy plots. I have of course but a somewhat
dim recollection of phasma, and more than probably I am
on another butterfly altogether, for two larvae have
pupated! So far I have only seen one type of butterfly
(those sent to you) ovipositing, but somehow the pupae
seem to be too small for that type. _I have been able to
provide abundant ‘“ chop” for the larvae, and the pupae
cannot be small on that account. But the larvae are very
variable in colour. If the inflorescence on which they feed
is rather young and predominantly green, the larvae are
green and red. If the inflorescence is predominantly
reddish- -purple, with mature, fully opened flowers, the
larvae are reddish-pink, and when very young, extremely
difficult to pick out among the tiny hairy flower-stalks
which they closely resemble. Those that pupated were
mostly green, with hints of red round the margin, but
they ““ went up” on a green leaf. The pupae are distinctly
bristly too, I wish I could have stayed another month,
but it is no use trying to get it. They'd think I was funking

Pe

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 401

the sea, which I do in a way, but not enough to reduce me
to make them think I felt lke that. However, it is quite
likely that the plant grows in East Africa and maybe
phasma is there too, or whatever form I’ve got, and Lamborn
will know the host-plant of Precis octavia. He will be
able to clear it up if I never get another chance.

Lagos.

Aug. 31, 1918.—I sail to-morrow morning. Two days
ago, or rather a day or two before that, I had decided that
I had two sets of larvae on the Labiate, one green or reddish
or both together, of which four pupated. Two of these
have emerged, and they are a small and very pretty form.
The other set are reddish only right through, but have grown
very slowly. They are by far the most common. In
fact, every plant one picks carries a few. None have
pupated, and I begin to think they won't. Some have died
of a fungus disease (in one only of my tins), but one of the
other type also died.

I sail to-morrow morning, but I am to see Dr. Connal this
afternoon and he will be able to tell you the sequel. It is
very bad luck that I should have to go just now, but it
can't be helped. I feel sure that they are phasma. 1
actually found a maculatus which had got caught by a
spider on one of the host-plants, but it was dead. The
worst of it is that the Camponotus is a “ night hawk,” and
one seldom sees them at all in the day.

Now I must close. I do hope I'll get the chance to com-
plete the life-history myself on my return.

Yours sincerely,
C. O. FARQUHARSON.

[These were the last words I received from my friend.
There can be no doubt that the larger larvae were C. phasma
and that they are carried by the ant to its nest to complete
their development. The imagos of the smaller Lycaenid,
which lives throughout larval life on the food-plant, were
probably taken on the “ Burutu”’ and lost. I have tried
but failed to receive any communication from Dr. Connal
concerning the material left with him by Mr. Farquharson.
It is probable that the smaller Lycaenid larvae possess the
power of individual adjustment to the changing colours
of their food-plant, in this respect resembling those of
Lycaenesthes lunulata (p. 386).]

402. Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

III. MISCELLANEOUS OBSERVATIONS ON
RHOPALOCERA.

A. NOTES ON BREEDING CERTAIN NYMPHALINAE.

1. Charaxes etheocles Cr.—[An account of the series of
specimens, with male-like females, bred by C. O. Farquhar-
son and W. A. Lamborn, has been published in Proc. Ent.
Soe., 1918, p. Ixxxii.]

Oct. 16, 1915.—The larvae were obtained from the same
plot of Adenanthera pavonina at Moor Plantation. I have
rarely seen more than one or two at a time.

July 26, 1915.—I have five Charaxes pupae just now,
but this will be the last for a time, for the young trees
on which they feed are being transplanted. These trees
also one day were raided by drivers. The place is simply
alive with them just now owing to the dull weather.

2. Charaxes varanes vologeses Mab.—|{'The bred specimens
referred to below are a male, emerging June 22, 1917, and
a female which pupated June 12. |

Oct. 18, 1917.—I had rather a bit of bad luck over them,
for I chased the mother all over a ten-acre field of ground-
beans between the burning hours of 11 and 12 noon, only
to lose her. I raised three from the eggs I saw her lay
before I got home for my net. However, I may have better
luck next time.

3. Palla violinitens Crowley._{The following note,
written from Kew, almost certainly refers to a female of
this species labelled with Farquharson’s initials, but no
other data. Its position in the Moor Plantation collection
proves that it was bred or collected in 1913 or 1914.]

Oct. 20, 1914.—I bred out a very nice Charazxes before
leaving, or rather it was a pupa when I left and a friend
sent it on. I do not know the name of the host-plant,
which had at the time neither flower nor fruit, but may
know it again. The larva had purple blotches on the skin.

4. Euphaedra ravola Hew.—{Of the bred specimens
referred to, 1 ¢ emerged Aug. 22, 1915; 1 9 5 9—7.0 a.m.
Aug. 23; 1 9—Aug. 24. All have precise pupa-cases.
Six families of this species were bred by W. A. Lamborn
at Oni and the resemblances between their larvae and those
of several other Nymphalines recorded in Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1912,:p. exix.]

Diaiiiibe

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 403

Sept. 28, 1915.—The Euphaedras were found as larvae
in a company on their host-plant. They were a curious
chocolate-brown colour with processes like those of
Hamanumida or Aterica of a vivid sulphur-yellow colour,
which gave them rather a fearsome look.

5. Harma (Cymothoe) theobene Dbl—Hew.—{The material,
bred in 1915, includes 3 ¢ emerging Aug. 1, 9, 11; 2
nigrolutescens Q forms (p. 469)—Aug. 4, 21; 2 theobene &.
forms—Aug. 10, 11. The g and 9 of Aug. 1 and 4 pupated
July 22 and 26, respectively. All except the 2 of Aug.
21 have precise pupa-cases. For an account of the 9°
polymorphism of this species and Lamborn’s families from
known female parents see pp. 469-72. ]

Sept. 28, 1915.—I am most interested in what I think
must be a Cymothoe. The caterpillars were all found on the
same host-plant in the bush, and were all identical. There
would appear to be three imaginal forms.

6. Neptis nemetes Hew.—{Two specimens with precise
pupa-cases were sent, bred from larvae found on the same
plant in the bush :—1 9, emerging 1.0 p.m., Aug. 11, 1915;
1 g—Aug. 12. The 2 pupated Aug. 1.]

7. Acraea lycoa Godt. and A. pentapolis Ward.—{ A bred
series of lycoa, 2 $ 4 9, emerging Aug. 22, 1915; 2 5—
Aug. 24 and 25, these two latter with precise pupa-cases.
One pentapolis, emerging Oct. 2, 1917, from a pupa found
at Agege. |

B. Tue UNDER SURFACE OF THE NYMPHALINE BUTTERFLY
CRENIS AMULIA CR.

[The following letter was written from Kew. Two
specimens are labelled “ Aro-Chuku 13.v.14,” the third,
undated, “E. Prov. of S. Nigeria. Bonny, Aba, Aro-
Chuku, Azumini. Butterfly showing H amanumida-like
variation.” The resemblance to a common form of the
variable under-surface of Hamanumida daedalus F. is
certainly strong, and it is probable that Farquharson was
suggesting mimicry of the abundant by the rarer species.
It must, however, be remembered that daedalus could only
act as a model during the daylight hours of complete rest.
In the intervals of the active state it invariably rests with
expanded wings, as Farquharson well knew (Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1914, p. xxxix).]

Oct. 26, 1914.—I am sending three butterflies—not in
good condition, I regret to say, and to be effective I ought

404 Mr. C. O. Pardiliteon's Five Years’ Observations

to have had more. They seemed to me as I watched them
in passing through the districts where I saw them, to show
under-surface variation recalling that of Hamanumida
daedalus very markedly. Perhaps this feature of this
particular species is well known to you, but I am not sure
whether I have heard Dr. Lamborn mention them.

C, Tue Migration or LinytHEA LABDACA WESTW.,
AT Moor PLANTATION.

[For further observations on the migration of this butter-
fly in W. Africa see Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916, p. iv;
for that of ZL. lavus Trim., in B.K. Africa, ibid., 1912, Pp
xevu; 1921, Swynnerton, Pp. Ixi; and of L. bachmanni
Kirtland, in Texas, Ent. News, Oct., 1917, and E.M.M., 1918,
p. 16. I wrote to Farquharson about the inconsistency in
the direction of flight in his letter of May 3, 1917, but
this was one of the subjects he had left to discuss during
his leave. Fortunately, however, his letter to Dr. Hill
leaves no doubt about the interpretation.

March 20, 1915.—It has been dry since I came out till
within a few days ago.

To-day the migration of the Libytheas has been in progress
for more than two hours now. A constant stream of them
has been flying across the station in a 8.8. Westerly direc-
tion. I have now seen this migration three times, and
each time it has been in the same direction. I am not
sure if the seasons have corresponded, but I rather think
that is so. The particular species is not very common
here ordinarily, if anything they are uncommon. I have
only seen them a common species in one place, at Aro-
Chuku in the Cross River district, near Itu, which is N.
from Calabar.

May 3, 1917.—The northward [southward] flight of the
Libytheines took place yesterday and the day before. In
some places the natives take the appearance of the migrants
as a sign that the planting season for such crops as maize
and other annuals has begun, which is equivalent to saying
that the rains have definitely set in. They go southwards
[northward] again at the end of the season. This year
the flight is late, for I recall that when I laid down the
ground-nut experiment which led to the discovery of the
Mylabrids, about mid-April, the flight was then in progress.

It is curious that these inconspicuous almost cryptic

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 405

forms have the queer habit of settling in great numbers on
white-washed culverts, white stones and such things, where
they are most prominent. [See Swynnerton in Proc. Ent.
Soc., 1921, p. Ixiti, for evidence that Libythea seeks some
chemical substance. |

(Mr. Lamborn agrees with me that there can be no
doubt that ‘‘ southward” and “ northward” were acci-
dentally transposed in the above letter. As the passage
stands it is inconsistent with the letter of March 20, 1915,
and also with the following, written by Farquharson
Aug. 23, 1918, to Dr. A. W. Hill, F.R.S., and published in
Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew, Bull. No. 10, 1918, pp. 355, 356. |

‘Harly in the rains for two or three days thousands of
migrating Libytheine butterflies pass here flying southwards.
The negro peasant knows that after that he may safely
sow his cereal crops—maize, at any rate. Towards the
end of the rains swarms of the same butterflies return north-
wards. One may conclude that the rains are over.
Between the flights to and from the forest belt we never
see them.”

D. A Lycarntp FALSE-HEAD-LIKE APPEARANCE
PRODUCED BY TWO PIERINES IN COITU.

[The attitude described was roughly illustrated in the
following letter, but it is somewhat difficult to under-
stand. In order that the antennae of the butterfly
enclosed between the wings of the other should alone be
visible it is necessary to assume that the abdomens are
sharply bent into an §.]

Aug. 11, 1918.—I read with special interest that theory
about the false “ head” of Lycaenid butterflies. I hope
you will not imagine that I was wise after the event, but
the theory brought to my mind a curious error into which
I fell a day or two earlier. On a plant in my garden I saw
what I thought was rather a large white Lycaenid that I'd
never seen before. With the exception of things like
Catochrysops, few Lycaenids come up to the clearings round
our quarters, most of them preferring the bush near the
river. I was quite surprised at such a fine large one with
rather long tails. Having no net I put out my hand to
grasp it, but “it” flew away. “It” was really two
moderate-sized Pierines in coit#, which had settled down
on the plant. I wish I could draw their position, but you

406 Mr. C. O. Farf@harson’s Five Years’ Observations

will perhaps realise how things were from my rough sketch,
[showing the] antennae of the second one [projecting
behind like tails], the wings being quite invisible, enclosed
by the wings of the first. When they took to flight the
illusion was, of course, obvious, but when they were at
rest, and I was not looking for anything in particular, I
was completely taken in. I was so surprised that I hardly
noticed which of the Pierines it was, but I shall more than
probably see the same thing again. The memory of the
incident, however, made me read the false-head theory with
great respect.

K. A REMARKABLE LARVA, PROBABLY PAPILIONINE.

Mar. 2, 1918.—One evening about a fortnight ago I was
looking at the small fruits of a tree growing by the river
side which I had been told were edible. The tree is, I
believe, a Sapotaceous one, of the genus Pachystela. I
noticed a very subtly cryptic larva, of a dry earth-brown
colour, resembling a dried-up catkin more than anything
else. Its attitude, with head and front thoracic region
lifted, so that the larva stood on its pro-legs, made it rather
moth-like, especially as it had rather a long gap between
the last pro-legs and the clasper hind “ feet,” and this
posterior region was also held up. I took it in and it fed
readily. Its frass was rather characteristic, consisting of
fairly large pellets, hollowed out so that when dry they
looked like small air-gun lead caps or pellets. At the next
moult the larva was more remarkably coloured. It had
clubbed spiny processes on it even when first I saw it,
and these became more pronounced, but the colour changed
to a wonderful mottling of green and brown with little
hints of red. You may be sure I was glad to see it pupate
to a swallow-tail type of pupa, but the next day the pale
green pupa turned black and shrunk and is, I think,
parasitised. What is worse, I cannot find any more, but
the tree is fairly common and I may, unless its season is
just over,

F. Tur Hespertp RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN CR.,
PROBABLY ABSORBING SALT.

[The following note, additional to those published in Proc,
Ent. Soc., Lond., 1916, p. Ixxx; 1917, p. Ixxvin, is quoted
from one of Farquharson’s letters. |

naa ini

i a Ae) 4 eRe gh

on the Biononucs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 407

Government Farm, Agege.

Dec. 15, 1916.—I have since seen Rhopalocampta doing
the same on the cement floor of the office verandah. I
didn’t notice any spots [of perspiration] at the time. The
chair, on the arm of which I saw the butterfly [Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1916, p. Ixxxi] was an old one. It is possible
that the surface, from one’s habit of involuntarily perspir-
ing in this country, might be rather saline, but Ill try to
get further observations. My first one was lucky, for the
action was so prolonged. I had no difficulty whatever in
seeing what was taking place.

IV. MISCELLANEOUS OBSERVATIONS ON
HETEROCERA.

1. Elaeodes brevicornis Walk.: Noctuidae, Acronyctinae
(Diphtherinae).—_{The material of the following note in-
cludes 2 2, emerging about 5.0 p.m. and after 6.0, Mar. 18,
1917; 339 2 (with cocoons)—Mar. 19; 29 1 9—Mar. 20.
The next species #. acatharta Hmpsn., in the British
Museum collection, is accompanied by pupa-cases and
preserved larvae. The larvae appear to be even more con-
spicuous than those of brevicornis, but the pupae less so.
The cocoons of both species are very slight so that the
pupae are visible. |

Mar. 18, 1917.—Two of the fern-feeding moths have
emerged to-day, one about 5 p.m., the other after six. I
can’t say the exact time as I was out when the second
came. It is rather a pretty moth. The larva was about
an inch and a half long, of somewhat “ loud” pattern, being
striped dark brown, almost black, and yellowish white, with
translucent brown, ventral surface. In spite of their rather
formidable appearance they were rather timid, and dropped
to the ground when disturbed. The body had very sparse
hairs. I took a dozen larvae—as many as I could reach—
all of which pupated in the next two days. They bound
one or two of the fern pinnae together with silk threads,
but not by any means elaborately. The pupa itself is
rather a bizarre, brown-and-yellow-coloured object. I
collected them because it struck me I had not seen many
larvae—Lepidopterous at any rate—feeding on vascular
Cryptogams, but it may be quite common.

2. Hublemma scitula Ramb.: Noctuidae, Erastriinae.—

408 Mr. C. O. ae Five Years’ Observations

{Two examples bred May 14, 1917, from larvae feeding on
Aleurodes africanus Newst. (p. 528) on the under surface
of leaves of Salacia sp. (Celastraceae), in Farquharson’s
compound. The plant, which Farquharson thought to be
Anona muricata L., was determined by Mr. T. A. Sprague
of Kew. ]

3. Selepa leucogonia Hmpsn.: Noctuidae, Sarrothripinae.
—Two examples, one bred Nov. 1, 1917, the other prob-
ably in the same month, from larvae feeding on Wine Palm
Scale.

4. Bareia incedens Walk. : Noctuinae.—One moth “ bred
from fairly large, pale green larva, found Feb. 21, 1917
(spun Feb. 22), on leaves of Lycaenid tree,” Alstonia
congensis.

5. Two remarkable Larvae, Geometrid (Hemitheinae) and
Notodontid (Stauropus).—{ Both were received in alcohol.
The extraordinary Geometrid larva is described and
figured by Dr. Eltringham (p. 487). The Notodont larva
is evidently allied to our Stawropus fagi L., and the mimetic
resemblance is of the same kind, although carried further
in that the posterior part of the larva, being coloured green,
represents the prey and the anterior part, the ant attacking
it. The remark of the “ boy” supplies interesting con-
firmation. In the later stages of fagi Portschinski suggests
that the caudal shield represents a Pentatomid bug, and the
rest of the eran its victim (‘‘ Coloration marquante et
Taches ocellées,” V.: St. Petersburg, 1897, pp. 44 et seqq.).
For the ant-like nines of the young fagi see Linn. Soc.
Journ. Zool., vol. xxvi, 1898, pp. 589, 590, pl. 40, fig. 1.
In Farquharson’s specimen the head, true legs and anterior
segments are black, like an ant, while the green colour
begins abruptly with the 3rd abdominal and is continued
backwards to the caudal shield, which, of a brownish tint,
doubtless represents the head of the victim. The two long
slender caudal filaments lie along the ventral surface of the
shield. The 1st and 2nd abdominal segments bear a pair
of long, sharp, backwardly curved processes, one on each
side of the mid-dorsal line. They are beset with short, sharp
spines. ]

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—Yesterday was a day of surprises. I
found a looper larva that looked exactly like a small centi-

pede, that is, it was dorso-ventrally flattened and had ex-
traordinary processes along its sides, or rather developments

real
tae

ER ere a gee ase I Tihs ee im ae ee = a a FP (2k, -
eve kg ee tee aed ae Eo a
- 4 oe

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 409

of the segments. It was not on its food-plant, and I think
I will have to kill it without knowing what it is. Finally,
my boy brought me a curiosity. It looked like an ant
(a black one about the size of a Camponotus (Orthonoto-
myrmex) sericeus F.) in the act of engulfing, in a thoroughly
un-ant-like way, a green caterpillar. “ What on earth is
this, Joe?” I asked. Said he, “I think some ant ketch
“um.” ThenI found it was all one animal. I remembered a
picture in Shelford [lowest fig. on pl. xvi, facing p. 230
of “A Naturalist in Borneo”’], and to-day I found in
Lefroy’s “Indian Insect Life,’ p. 472, a picture of a
Notodontid larva [Stawropus alternus| which, I think,
must be of the same genus. Looked at closely, of course,
it isn’t a bit like an ant, but more than likely it is the
first impression that is the saving impression. The enemy
in nature is not going round with a Zeiss pocket lens
magnifying so many diameters.

6. Hreunetia fulgida Warr. : Geometridae, Boarmunae.—
[Mr. L. B. Prout considers that Warren’s flava and curvifera
are synonyms and his own orientalis a geographical race
of fulgida. A single male was captured, attracted to a
lamp, July 12, 1918. Farquharson noted that, in the
resting position, the wings are held upright over the
back, as in many Geometers. Farquharson was_ here
doubtless referring to the brief rests between the flights
—not to the position assumed in prolonged rest. This
moth is an interesting addition to the great group mimetic
of Lycid beetles (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, pp. 515-18; Proc.,
1918, pp. exxxvuli-exli.) |

7. Parasa viridissima Holl. : Iimacodidae.—{'Two moths
bred Dec. 19 and 20, 1917, from larvae feeding on Coconut
Palm at Awka, 22 miles E. of Onitsha.]

8. Margaronia prasinophila Hmpsn. : Pyralidae, Pyraus-
tinae.—{ The following note by Farquharson, together with
the ¢ Pyrale (both numbered 477), was sent to me by
W. A. Lamborn. |

Feb. 4, 1914.—On entering my house the other day,
Jan. 29, 1914, I observed a pale green Pyralid moth on the
wall of my room. This was about mid-day, and the moth
was in a position of rest. On my approaching for a nearer
view the moth moved slightly, evidently in alarm, though
without attempting to take to flight. At the same time,
too, from its posterior end a tuft of dark hairs was exserted,
and the tip of the abdomen rotated rhythmically from side
to side, the hairs remaining extruded all the while.

410 Mr. C. O. Hoseeharsbn’s Five Years’ Observations

I captured the moth by putting a glass over it, and put
it on a side table where I could observe it more conveniently.

During this operation the moth was of course violently
agitated and fluttered about inside the glass, ultimately,
however, settling down. From a position which I judged
to be invisible to the moth I observed that the rotation of
the abdomen with its extruded tufts continued for some
time before the normal position of quiet rest was assumed.

By disturbing the moth inside the confined space of the
glass, I tried to discover whether any odour was emitted,
but unsuccessfully. I do not, however, lay stress on this,
as my olfactory sense may have been at fault.

9. Mnemoses farquharsoni Durrant, gen. et sp. n. (p. 494) :
Tineina, Hyponomeutidae.—{ Material :—Fifteen moths, with
precise pupa-cases, 2 bred Oct. 2, 1917; 12 (3 in British
Museum)—Sept. 23-Oct. 11, 1917; 1—Jan. 17, 1918, from
larvae in silk web as described below. Also 3 webs, and
examples of larvae in spirit. From the bark of Para
Rubber, Hevea brasiliensis Mill. Arg. (Huphorbiaceae), at
Agege. None of the parasites mentioned were received. |

Agege.

Sept. 27, 1917.—I have also sent two little moths labelled
Para Bark Moth of which I will write you later. I regret
to say I took the larvae for Coleopterous specimens, but
they spin a protecting web like Embiids except that they
dust it over with fine sawdust. They live on the outer
cortex and are quite harmless, only all Para trees crawl with
Ocecophylla—or bristle with them I think would be a better
term—which are constantly running up and down, over
the ‘“‘ webs,” so that, in a way, this little moth gets over

Ocecophylla.
Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—I also sent some more specimens of the
Pard Rubber bark-feeding moth. I hope some of them will
get home with sufficient scales on them for diagnosis. I
tried folding back the wings and failed utterly. The other
way could hardly be more ruinous, but I will have a further
try. I fear I suffered from nerves. With the specimens
I sent a piece of the extraordinary web they weave. Tor
such tiny moths, their achievements in this way are rather
remarkable. The Para tree from which that substantial
piece came was covered nearly all round for 3 or 4 feet

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 411

of its length, from about 5 feet from the ground upwards,
and the circumference of the stem would not be less than
25 or 30 inches. For the most part the web is of single
texture, but the larvae appear to pupate gregariously, and
over the place selected for pupation the web is several
layers thick and each pupa is immediately surrounded by a
very tough piece of the fabric. I have bred out quite a
number and found no parasites. I may say, too, that
Para trees here are almost without exception infested with
Oecophylla, and I am sure give rise to much “ bad” Yoruba
among the tappers. Oe¢ecophylla is a most unreasonable
animal, hardly ever waiting to be attacked. Unconsciously
I should think they do much to protect these little moths,
for they run freely over the protecting fabric and few other
things share their hunting-grounds. How the little moth
gets out is a question I cannot answer. The first larvae I
found were under rather an old dilapidated fabric, and I
thought they were some sort of Coleopterous type. I ought
perhaps to add that there are normally on Para trees brown
patches of bark, free from lichen, which are difficult to tell
at a distance from the web of these moths—teally difficult _
to tell.
Moor Plantation.

Jan. 8, 1918.—During the week-end I was at Agege. I
had to go down and pay the men, besides checking two
months’ rubber yield, so that, as I only got down on Satur-
day—6 hours in the train—and back here yesterday, I
had to work most of Sunday. I managed, however, to
secure some excellent specimens of the Para moth web,
which I will send next mail. I can’t get time—indeed,
haven’t quite enough material—to send this mail. I also
got cocoons of a Hymenopterous parasite, but so many are
hyperparasitised that I doubt if Pll get a specimen of the
original. I saw quite a dozen tiny Chalcids or Braconids
on the surface of one web. I also found a few Dipterous
puparia, but practically all parasitised. It is the larva that
is attacked.

May 28, 1918.—While at Agege I had a hunt for the little
Para moth parasites. They are a Dipteron of some kind
and an Ichneumon, but I couldn’t find one that hadn’t been
parasitised in turn by a tiny Chalcid or Braconid. The latter
I frequently found inside the “ web.” I am in hopes that
I may yet get the original parasites, for the moth is very
plentiful at present.

412 Mr. C. O. Pai Waidn's Five Years’ Observations

B. MISCELLANEOUS OBSERVATIONS
ON INSECTS.

I. APTERA: COLLEMBOLA.

May 3, 1917.—P.S. again. If Lamborn is at Oxford I
wonder if you'd ask him whether he ever did anything
with curious very tiny blue-black wingless insects that
appear at this season after the early rains. They are
gregarious and occur in vast numbers, so that they look
like a mass of bluish ‘“‘ soot’? on the ground, or like a
great splash of ink. They pass over the ground in a
wave, sometimes many yards long. I have never seen
what I consider would be the mature forms, but I must
send you some. When you disturb the mass they rise
and scatter, like a film of smoke—of course, only rising
for an inch or two above the ground.

[Specimens collected by Mr. Lamborn at Moor Planta-
tion (May 17, 1914) have been determined by Prof. G. H.
Carpenter as Jsotomina 12-oculata Carp., the species
from Nyasaland referred to below. Prof. Carpenter has
kindly written :—]

“ April 27, 1921.—I think that you should certainly
publish the note, as we have so little information about
the bionomics of tropical Collembola. This habit of
crowding together is, of course, well known with respect
to many British and European species—such as Podura
aquatica on the surface of ponds, Anurida maritima on
tidal rock pools, and Achorutes socialis on Alpine snows.
The species of Zsotomina from Nyasaland, described in
Sci. Proc. R. Dubl. Soc., vol. xv (N.S.), No. 39, p: 543,
must be a markedly social insect, as there were hundreds
of specimens in the collection, and the same may be said
of the antarctic Gomphiocephalus hodgsoni, which the
naturalists of the second Scott expedition found in swarms
on frozen pools and among snow in §, Victoria Land.
(My paper on this is now in the press among the ‘ Terra
Nova’ reports.)”

oe a

oy ae ee lh eae Le

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 413

II, NEUROPTERA.
A. EMmBIIDAE.

Notes on Embia (Rhagadochir) apicata Silvestri, sp. n.
(p. 449), and a larval Embia on Cotton-seed Sacks.

Material :—Two g,2 2 from webs on the Para Rubber
trees at Agege; the 3 ¢ bred at Moor Plantation and referred
to as sent off in a letter of March 23, 1918, the 2 9 sent
from Agege, Oct. 1917. Webs of the same species from
Agege, sent Feb. 8, 1918. Also 4 larval Embiids from
webs on cotton-seed sacks at Moor Plantation and web-
covered sacking from the same store, referred to in a
letter of Aug. 12, 1918. Farquharson considered that
these latter were distinct from the Agege species, but
Prof. Silvestri thinks that they are probably the same
(p. 450). ]

Government Farm, Agege.

Dec, 15, 1916.—There are one or two species of Embiids
about here. They are extraordinary. Their “ reversible ”
gear must be most efficient, for they can run backwards or
forwards equally easily and rapidly,

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—I thought at the same time [as the
observations on the moth larvae, p. 410] it might be worth
while to note any other insects that share the Para Rubber
trees with Oecophylla. One variety I have long noticed
and always intended to send. I hope to send some soon.
These are Embiids. There are several trees here that
are covered round and round their stems up to the forks
(about 10 to 12 feet) with a glistening felt of silk, which
gives them in a half light a curiously ghostly appearance.
On closer inspection the web is seen to cover an extra-
ordinary network of “tunnels” of much denser opaque
fabric, but the insects do not confine their journeyings to
these thicker-walled tunnels, but can easily be seen under
the general covering web. I once saw a winged one, but
lost it, and have never seen another; but I recollect still
that the wings were of a blue-black colour and somewhat
lustrous like those of some wasps. I am in hopes that
I may get winged forms again, for the species, whatever
it is, is quite common on the Rubber trees—Oecophylla

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN.’22.) EE

414 Mr. C. 0. Tai ihanson’s Five Years’ Observations

notwithstanding. They are really most extraordinary
creatures with a perfectly amazing faculty of running
backwards or forwards at will. They prefer the normal
way, however, and turn themselves with astonishing ease
in little space. When they run forward the hind legs
appear to be more or less passive. On such a tree as I
have described there must be enormous numbers. I am
not exaggerating. The silk has a peculiar, sort of moon-
stone lustre, or might be compared to a vast snail-smear
though composed of threads, and the “ vanishing tree”
effect is really quite striking,

Moor Plantation.

Dec. 12, 1917.—I have also sent one or two Embiids.

Jan. 26, 1918.—The Embiids feed on the dead cortex—
possibly for the lichen—of Para Rubber trees. I have a
few with wings developing.

Feb. 8, 1918.—I send a box with Embiid silk. It is
difficult to get a good specimen—it is so fine. You will
see the frass in the silk, but the frass seems to be con-
centrated at certain centres where the silk is several layers
thick, not unlike the thickened part of the little moth
“mat.” At these padded parts, too, the young seem to
congregate. I will write a full description of some of the
curious habits of the Embuds.

Feb. 14, 1918.—I hope to get some interesting things
about the Embiids. I believe they show the beginnings
of social life—more than the beginnings, in fact. The
Embiids feed on the dead cortex of the rubber tree. There
is no doubt about that either. And there must be hundreds
on a single tree, all under a common silk covering. I
don’t exaggerate when I say that I have seen 10 or 15 feet
of the bole of a rubber tree, not less than 30 to 35 inches
in girth, covered round and round with the silk. O3cophylla
can walk over it but cannot get into it. Under the general
web are thickened, practically opaque silk tunnels that
converge at large ‘“‘junctions”’ where even the general
web is several thicknesses. Under these thickened portions
the insects, especially the young ones, seem to collect.
The whole thing looks like a map of the tube railways,
the lines being of thick opaque silk and the whole over-
laid with a thin but impenetrable (to other insects) film
of semi-transparent silk. The “lines” are not, I think,
tubes but simply portions thickened for more effective

t
Dothan ne.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 415

concealment, perhaps in the daytime. There are lots
of points to clear up, but every time I go to Agege I'll
get a little more study put in.

March 2, 1918.—My Embiids haven't got their wings
fully developed yet, so they are not sent. I hope they
will get home all right.

March 23, 1918.—I have nothing to send this mail, for
I have been very busy, but I’ve got a winged Embid,
the wings blue-black and slightly lustrous as I remembered
seeing once a long time ago.

July 19, 1918—I have found a most populous and
prosperous species that lives in bags of cotton-seed, the
tunnels and greater part of the web bemg on the outside.
It will be as easy as possible to send you really great
specimens. <A British Cotton Growing Association’s store
near by, which is full of bags of cotton-seed, simply swarms
with the insects. I haven’t yet found out what they eat.
I am to try to bring you home a live family. If I can
get safely to a British port I will immediately post them
to you, and perhaps if they were put in an incubator at
about 80° they might live long enough for some one to
study them fully. It is a different species from the Para
one, but the silk tunnels are exactly the same. I haven't
seen any winged forms.

Aug. 12, 1918.—The other box contains a piece of
sacking with -typical Embud silk galleries. There is also
a small tube, with four of the Embiids. The species is
much smaller than the Para Rubber one. I hope to bring
home some of them alive. So far no winged forms have
appeared. I am not yet certain as to the nature of their
food. Their galleries permeate the cotton-seed. I hope
the specimen will not get rubbed more than can be helped.
The specimen will give you an idea of what a Para tree
looks like when its bole for ten or fifteen feet up (and even
well up the higher branches) is covered round and round
with such a web. The Para one’s web is scarcely so dense,
being as it were translucent, which gives the trees the
‘‘ shostly ”’ appearance which I have already described. I
do not think that I exaggerate when I say that there must
be hundreds in a colony. In the cotton store hundreds of
bags had splashes of white on them, and altogether there
must have been thousands of the insects. The store had
unfortunately to be emptied (the seed being distributed),
but I’ve little doubt but that they will appear again next

416 Mr. C. O. fasinates Five Years’ Observations

season, The (Agege) Para form I think certainly feeds
on the dead outermost layer of the cortex. The frass is
quite solid, in the form of round particles. The frass of
the cotton species is very similar. I think there can be
no doubt that the galleries are protective. As I told you,
Oecophylla constantly run over the silk of the Para form,
making no attempt to penetrate it. They readily attack
and kill individuals that one forces outside the web.

B. TERMITIDAE.

1. Three Genera of Termites from a small part of a single
Carton Nest at Agege.

(Material :—A tube containing Termite soldiers and
workers in spirit, from a “fresh bit of carton nest not
as large as a football’’—the nest (formed in a stump),
in the disused parts of which Camponotus maculatus had
established itself, and Catochrysops phasma pupae were
found at Agege, on Sept. 10, 1917 (p. 392). Mr. Hugh
Scott kindly examined the specimens and recognised the
existence of three species among the soldiers. He then
submitted the material to Prof. F. Silvestri who deter-
mined the species as Ancistrotermes crucifer Sjostedt ;
Hamitermes evuncifer Silvestri; Pericapritermes urgens
Silvestri, var. nigeriana Silvestri. Workers as well as
soldiers of each species were present. Prof. Silvestri
wrote March 22, 1920: “It is possible that all the
specimens were found under a decayed trunk or in an
earth nest of Termites, but I can assure you that each
species has its own galleries. We do not as yet know any
species of Termite living in the same gallery with another
species, but it is very common for two or more species
to be found in the same nest, as described in my paper on
West African Termites.” (“ Contribuzione alla conoscenza
dei Termitidi dell’ Africa occidentale,’ Boll. lab. zool.
Portici, ix (1914), pp. 20, 73, 135.)]

Sept. 18, 1917.—I am curious to know what the Termite
is that figures in my Camponotus maculatus Lycaenid find
(p. 392). They are of no direct connection, but you will
see when I send you a few that I put in spirit, that the

“ soldiers” [of Pericapritermes| are extraordinary looking
individuals with particularly extraordinary mandibles ex-
hibiting marked asymmetry. I have been puzzling over
the value of such an odd departure but have had to give

dod int sae tA
ee br no ie

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 417

it up. They had a curious habit too of jumping in a
manner recalling some Ponerinae. Their jump only carried
them half an inch to an inch away, but it was most char-
acteristic and was not a feature of the workers. These
latter too have normal symmetrical jaws. I could not
detect any intermediate forms and the soldiers were
curiously few in number and isolated. [Believing that
only one species was present Farquharson assumed that
the soldiers of the other two were workers.] Though I
can send you no sexual forms, perhaps the species is well
and easily recognised by its odd soldiers.

The species of Termite is one that fastens on to large
bush stumps and gradually converts them into a carton
and mud heap, mainly carton, unlike 7’. bellicosus our
commonest form whose hill is entirely of clay.

2. A Swarm of winged Termes bellicosus Smeathm.

Sept. 18, 1917.—Termites are the same [as Camponotus
maculatus, in the sexual forms being phototropic, the
others lucifugous : pp. 424-25]. The flying stage of 7’. belli-
cosus, which I believe is our commonest one (it is preyed
on by Megaponera), is a bigger nuisance than all others
and is all the worse from being more frequent. Not long
ago a swarm of these invaded my place. They soon drop
their wings, and in that de-alate condition are much relished
as an article of food (cooked) by the Yorubas. I find a
hurricane lamp placed in a basin of water a useful trap.
After dinner I went out to see the “ catch,” and found
the night watchman (this was at Ibadan) eagerly sweeping
up hundreds of them that had alighted round his lamp.
He plunged handfuls of them into a bucket of water to
keep them from wandering off, and appeared thoroughly
well pleased over this manifestation of the bounty of
Providence. A little native cat of mine was also very
busy eating those that escaped the watchman. I watched
“William,” the cat, with amusement at first and then
with closer interest as he started hopping round in evident
trouble, something obviously having bitten him. A
serious-looking and somewhat inflated frog (he also happily
gorged) was also moving out of the way. I went down
the verandah stairs to investigate, and found that the
Termite winged forms were coming from numerous innocent-
looking small holes in my quite level compound. There
was no hill, and their presence there was a great surprise
to me, But the source of “ William’s” trouble and of

~

418 Mr. C. O. Far Mharson’s Five Years’ Observations

the frog’s caution was soon evident. The watchman also
suddenly became acutely conscious of it. The surface of
the ground was swarming with soldier Termites, and a
bellicosus soldier gives a rather severe bite. After a time
the swarming ended and the soldiers disappeared under-
ground again.

C. PsocrDAE.

Psocus nigeriensis Newst., sp. n. (p. 452) and two other
species on “ Ant-trees”’ at Agege.

[Material :—Hight P. nigeriensis, labelled “ Common on
Para-tree bark (gregarious), Para Rubber plantation, Agege,

Sept. 22, 1917.’’]
Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—During September there were to be
seen on the Pard trees colonies of curious little creatures
that appear to me to be related to Psyllidae or some nearly
related group. At first they are wingless and sit and feed
crowded together in a circular mass about the size of a
crown piece or even larger, apparently in defiance of
Ocecophylla. They. retain the gregarious habit till they
become winged, after which I-think they must separate.
The imago after the last change is at first whitish in colour.
In the mass they are by no means conspicuous. Just
to-day I came across yet another curious colony, very
like young Psyllids but protected by a thin silky web.
I hope to get a few mature forms with good luck. Under
the web are enormous numbers of eggs, of oval shape. I
sent you one or two of the first group and will send more
later.

Moor Plantation.

Feb. 4, 1918.—I am sorry that they were in such bad
condition, for they are the most dreadful beasts to put up
that I’ve yet tried. That was why I put some in spirit—
immature forms—though I had another reason too, of
which I'll tell you. I wished to let you see that they
had abdomens, for they shrink terribly in drymg. When
alive they are miserably soft and delicate creatures, the
slightest pressure causing them to burst. They are like-
wise very difficult to catch, not because they take alarm
and fly: they don’t, but they refuse to leave the bark
of the tree. The net cannot be used, and when one puts

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 419

a tube over them they simply sit still or at least won't go
up the tube. I may say that I know of three species !
All so far I have found on “ ant-trees,’ but ve had two
horrible misfortunes in losing two sets of the others, but
it is only a matter of time before I get them again. My
chief reason for sending the spirit ones was because T saw
no evidence of the adults feeding, while the immature
forms appear to eat bark! I intended to look for a biting
apparatus, but had to send home the material before I
got time; but what I took to be their frass appeared to be
solid. Let me say definitely that the ants do not attend
them, they ignore them, though why they should tolerate
such soft-bodied, harmless things I don’t know. The Para
species is left alone by Oecophylla. The other two species
were on Cremastogaster trees, Antiaris and an Anonaceous
tree, the latter a beautiful form with almost black wings.

Jt seems almost incredible that such large insects could

have been overlooked. They feed in a colony and remain
together till the last, when they disappear. Males I think
are very rare, if the males are one or two relatively tiny’
forms that P’ve seen amongst the crowd of large ones.
am sure they are not sucking insects. I should say a
colony might number a hundred or two. They generally
congregate in a circular crowd. I think I know their eggs,
which are like little rafts of mosquito eggs, very similar
indeed, but I was waiting a chance to see them emerge
before making any announcement. I am looking forward
to hearing more of them. ll try sending the next I get
in wool like mosquitoes. I am in hopes that I may get
some more when I run down to Agege to pay my labourers
there. The black-winged species I found here, but they
aren’t “on” just now. But it’s only a matter of time—
and good health. There’s another quaint group of Psylhd-
looking creatures that spin a protective silky web. They
also are “ corticolous,” but are very much smaller. ri
get some of them too.

Feb. 12, 1918.—{Speaking of his first doubtful belief
that the insects were allied to Psyllidae.| You will gather
from my last letter that I had doubts, lots of them, but
somehow I never thought of looking in Sharp, Pt. I, for
them. What upset me was the “ frass,”” which led me to
believe them to be mandibulate insects, at least before
the imaginal stage (for I have never seen them feed then).
I vaguely wondered whether suctorial insects like Psyllids

420 “Mr. C.-0. tan Mermaeai Five Years’ Observations

might not have evolved through such forms, and of course
didn’t take the time I ought to have taken over them.
It is a dreadful lesson and I feel so intensely annoyed
about it. The only Psocids ve ever seen—and I grieve
to say I took little note of them—were under cover-glasses
in Canada balsam—amicroscopic things. I will try to get
more and work out the hfe-history.

Feb. 14, 1918.—It is remarkable that such wretched
soft-bodied animals can live on the same trees as Oecophylla
with no protection at all in the way of silk.

Ill. HYMENOPTERA.

[Between 1913 and 1915 Farquharson made many
valuable observations on the life-histories and habits of
Aculeate Hymenoptera at Moor Plantation; but this work,
with the exception of the following, was undertaken under
the direct influence of his friend Lamborn, and its publi-
cation is better deferred until their joint labours can be
communicated to the Society. It would not be right to
include one share without the other, and Lamborn’s is too
extensive for incorporation in the present memoir. |

A. HETEROGYNA.

1. Notes on Paltothyreus tarsatus F. and Megaponera
foetens F.

[See also Farquharson’s earlier notes on these ants in
Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1915, pp. v, Ivi-lix.]

May 28, 1915.—You will have begun to wonder whether
I am ever to send you any insects at all. It is not that
I have not tried to get something done, but up till now I
have had very little success, partly from mistakes in
technique, partly from ill-luck, but in the main from lack
of time. My chief bit of ill-luck was with Paltothyreus.
One morning after a tornado I noticed a large winged ant
apparently looking for a nesting-place. I put her into a
tin and got her up to the laboratory; I got ready a glass
jar with some sand and small stones and cautiously opened
the lid of the tin. She had dropped her wings, which I
have kept. I put her into the jar and in no time she
started to dig herself in. I put live earthworms into the
jar, but these also dug themselves in, and as far as I could
see, she made no attempt to attack them; in fact, for her

eee yee

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 421

large size and formidable appearance, she proved ex-
tremely timid. She retreated before live house-flies even.
I then killed food for her and put it at the mouth of her
burrow. Whether it was dead worms, flies, or Termite
soldiers, all disappeared. She distributed them at different
levels, and in a few days’ time I was able to see a few eggs.
These had developed into fair-sized larvae in one or two
cases, when something went wrong. Minute mites and
equally minute flies attacked the food-supply, and for
some time I have seen no other signs of life. Fresh food
no longer disappears, but I have not yet opened the nest.

[The following note refers to Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1915, pp. lvi-lxi.]

July 26, 1915.—I was greatly interested in the additional
notes from Dr. Arnold’s work on Megaponera and Palto-
thyreus [in Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xiv, 1915, p. 1], and
more than ever wished that Lamborn had been here.
We would have gone to every corner of the station where
Paltothyreus was to be found to check his (and my)
observations. Unfortunately I do not know of Megaponera
here [at Moor Plantation]. Arnold’s observations are
rather at variance with mine, and I am most curious
to know whether Neave and Stigand support either of
us, or whether on the East side still other variations
in their behaviour occur. I am writing Lamborn about
Paltothyreus, for he must have been very familiar with
their habits. I must say I have never actually heard the
stridulation of Paltothyreus. It cannot be so marked as
that of Megaponera, or if so it must very seldom occur
here that they stridulate at all. When I made my serious
observations on Megaponera (I had previously observed
them: casually, giving them a wide berth, and put them
down as Paltothyreus), acting on Lamborn’s hint, I was
most careful to describe only what I saw, for he had never
seen Paltothyreus on the march. I doubt if he remembers
the incident, for he probably thought I had made a mis-
take and hadn’t given the matter a second thought. I
felt, however, that it was up to me to substantiate my
story. Merely to stamp on the ground in their neighbour-
hood is enough to produce the disgusting smell which is
so characteristic of tarsatus. When I met the big ants on
trek this was the first thing I did. The result was the
loud hissing and no smell. To make absolutely certain I
trod lightly on one or two so as to injure but not kill them,

422 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

for I had no forceps with which to hold an undamaged.
one, and I thought from the look of them that a forceps
would be indispensable. I then got hold of the damaged
ones in my fingers and smelt them at close quarters but
could detect no smell, nor could my friend, the late Mr.
Owen, whom I asked to confirm it.

I cannot quite understand the “ great disparity in size
between the two forms composing the colony,” which has
a “very singular appearance.” The specimens which I
brought home were typical and so far as I remember do
not show a very singular disparity. I did not see the
males and females. I had a winged form, or thought I
had, of the species, but it got lost. It had emerged I think
prematurely. I may have the good fortune of course to
see them again, and even to see the actual raiding of a
Termitary. By the way, is the prey of the Matabele ant the
same species as that of the Nigerian Megaponera, because
if so the three or four victims that each “ usually ” carries
surely cannot be soldiers? In nearly every case my
specimens carried soldiers, and some of the individual
soldiers were larger than the ant.

I thought at the time that to carry one and maintain
its place in the ranks was no small feat on the part of
a single Megaponera. I should think they specialise in
Termites. Paltothyreus does not. I mentioned that earth-
worms are a common prey, though when a Termitary is
broken open they are soon in evidence. My female, P.
tarsatus, which by the way was ruined by mould or some
other agency (I have only the cast wings left), was, con-
sidering her size, very timid, and retreated before a soldier
Termite, so that I supplied them to her dead lest she herself
should be destroyed. These she always carried down the
burrow. A wretched big Sarcophagid fly accounted for her
larvae, I think. I cannot say J have ever seen them even
in a small file, but their nest or colony has numerous small
exits with earth borings round each mouth or opening,
and they keep constantly foraging round the immediate
neighbourhood, each independent of the other.

Arnold really had astonishing good luck to see their
migration to a new nest and their queen too. Still 1 may
manage to complete the account of the Nigerian ones.
I think it would be well to get a few notes from Lamborn
on Paltothyreus, especially in regard to the stridulation.
It is possible we are all right, but I am glad that Lamborn’s

on the Biononacs of Southern Nigerian Insects. 423

innocent challenge led me to take greater care than I might
have done.

Sept. 28, 1915.—In the Shagamu district down to Ikorodu
(W. of Epe and Oni) I saw lots of the Matabele ants [ Mega-
ponera|, always with the same prey. They are very
abundant round there and are called by the natives
(Yorubas) “Jamjogu” (syllables all of equal length),
which signifies “fighting”? or “ warlike.’ I had no
opportunity of getting at their nests. I got a few more
specimens.

2. Notes on Camponotus maculatus F., var. melanocnemis
Santschi.

[Material :—A long series of $9, varying, although not
ereatly, in size, taken May 25, 1915, from a nest in an old
Termitarium in the decayed base of a large tree. It is
probable, although not certain, that the tree was the one
referred to below as cut down on May 28. For the relation
of this form to Lycaenidae see the notes on Catochrysops
phasma (p. 392) and on Lachnocnema bibulus (p. 388). The
5 ant attending a pupa of this last Lycaenid came from the
same nest as the above-mentioned series. ]

May 28, 1915.—We have been having rather heavy rains
to date. My last piece of entomological news relates to
ants again. To-day a large tree was felled here, and in the
decayed base of it was a nest of what I take to be Campo-
notus maculatus, var. melanocnemis. I failed to find the
queen, but I got larvae in all stages as well as pupae, the
latter being in pale flesh-coloured cocoons of very thin
texture. I will send you, this mail, specimens of larvae
and cocoons as well as soldiers and workers. What puzzles
me is, that last year we had an extraordinary flight of winged
forms which Dr. Lamborn took to be of this variety. They
were very large insects. A few winged forms came from
prematurely ruptured cocoons to-day and they are quite
small. However, I have secured a large number of pupae,
larvae and adult forms, which I have put into a box with
wood from the same tree—in fact, the portion where the
nest was, which had been previously tunnelled by Termites—
and they appear quite at home. All the pupae and larvae
are stowed away out of sight, and the adults are now gorging
themselves with sugar at eleven-and-six per stone. pie
ought to do well.

March 1, 1917.—When I went down the other night well
after dark to look for evidence of night-feeding [by Tera-

424 Mr. C. O. arte ares Five Years’ Observations

foneura imagines, p. 349], I went to the Cremastogaster-
Argiolaus tree and was surprised to find the large Camponotus
maculatus, ¢ var. melanocnemis running all over the tree. I
remember cutting into a bit of the decayed heart last tour
and causing a hurried sortie on their part, but I had for-
gotten that they lived inside the decayed heart. They
appear to be night-hawkers. It is rather extraordinary
considering their great size and heavy armament in the way
of jaws. But, although Cremastogaster never seem to stop,
I visit that tree every day and never see one Camponotus ;
yet that night they were all over it. Yet the nuptial flight
finds the fliers in a markedly phototropic mood, and they
are a dreadful nuisance now and again in the house. The
flying stage is such a large insect. They always come about
dinner-time, 8 p.m., and I have to shut doors and windows
at the risk of suffocation. One can actually hear the patter
of them at the lighted window, reminding one of a shower
of hail at home.

Sept. 16, 1917.—Camponotus maculatus is a nocturnal
ant. One occasionally sees workers in the open on plants
in the daytime, but very seldom are soldiers to be seen.
I know of a nest at Ibadan in an old tree from which I can
make a few outraged soldiers emerge at will by thrusting
a little twig into the opening—a sort of friendly call to make
sure that my friends are still to the fore. But at night the
whole neighbourhood of that tree is alive with them,
soldiers and workers too. In spite of their great size
and heavy armament, these soldiers are singularly timid.
They cover the retreat rather than pursue aggressive tactics.
A Driver soldier will bite at one’s bootlace or puttee in
impotent fury, and even the relatively tiny soldiers of a
Cremastogaster colony make for the enemy at sight.
Odontomachus hasn't got such a name for nothing. He
lives up to it. As for Oecophylla, at the first alarm the
whole crowd come out on to the surface of the nest ready
for action, all facing the enemy. I have often amused
myself “ drilling” them by moving a little twig from side
to side just an inch or two (or even at considerably longer
distances) in front of them, moving it like a precentor his
baton. At each change of position their heads and bristling
antennae are turned simultaneously. One can do the same
with a Mantis, but he somehow is a comical spectacle as
he orients his head; Oecophylla inspires respect, and so
does Megaponera. There are two or three nests of them

=

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 425

here now, and I really do think it is a horrid libel to apply
the adjective “ foetens”’ to them, By-the-way, did I tell
you that Mr. N. H. Thompson, the Chief Conservator of
Forests, agrees with me that they do not “ stink away the
enemy’? I think I came on that phrase somewhere in
Sharp the other day. If man be the enemy, how true that is
of Paltothyreus! An alarmed colony of Camponotus
maculatus forthwith sets up a great tapping, which is most
distinctly audible on the hard stem of a tree.

Sept. 18, 1917.—About Camponotus one other note.
Lizards are extremely fond of them, the workers at least.
Daytime stragglers are eagerly snapped up. A tiny Agama,
running about near the door of my bush hut here, came and
carried away some of those from my carton material which
had escaped from the box.

Is it not odd that the asexual stages should be so markedly
lucifugous while the sexual individuals are as markedly
phototropic? Earlier this tour, I thmk about March,
I was at a place called Oyo (Awyaw) about 30 miles N.W.
of Ibadan. Just as it was getting dark one evening I saw
the beginning of a nuptial flight of Camponotus maculatus.
They also were issuing from a small hole in the ground.
(If I get back to Oyo at all I'll seek out that place again,
for other [Lycaenid] reasons!) As in the case of the Ter-
mites the soldiers also came out in force, covering the
ground for some distance round the various craters, for
the nest had multiple openings. The winged forms didn’t
start off immediately on emergence, but many went back
into the nest, though it was impossible to tell whether or
not they came out again.

3. Artificial Ants’ Nests: Inquiline Mites.

July 26, 1915.—I have tried my hand at an ants’ nest,
but we have very little plaster of Paris here, and what
there is has gone off a bit and my first nest hasn’t set.
I'll describe it later, but meantime it contains a fine little
family of what I take to be a Camponotine which I got
from a newly felled palm. They are small ants about the
size of our house Pheidoles, black, and run about with
extraordinary rapidity. I secured two apparent females
and one or two workers with a lot of cocoons, for the pupae
are in little white cocoons. I am greatly afraid of mould,
but am to try another form of nest. Meantime they are
doing well and like brown sugar. What is more, they are
parasitised in several cases by a sort of preserved-strawberry

4

426 Mr. C. 0. Fargifarson’s Five Years’ Observations

red mite. One or two have two or three or four mites,
and I think, so far as I have observed, the mites take up a
symmetrical position on the pedicel. There is a much
larger fat-looking mite moving about among the débris,
which I’d like to prove was the female parent. With a
little luck, however, I may make something of this lot. I
have also another family, with naked pupae, of an extremely
minute red ant, hardly over half as big as a Monomoriwm.

Aug. 11, 1918.—{ Probably referring to the above nests. |
Another thing I was keen on working up was the mite
inquilines on one of the Pheidoles here, not the house one.
I found them duly arranged as described in Wheeler, on the
callows of the species, but my nests were destroyed by
Monomorium and I never got the chance to set up new ones.

B. Fossores.

Ammophila lugubris Gerst. (beniniensis Beauv.), its Prey
and its Enemies.

[Material :—Ammophila lugubris (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918,
p- exxxvi)—l @ labelled “No. 2.—30.v.1915,” accom-
panied by the relatively large stone plug of its burrow
and one of the Tachinid flies bred from its prey. The
fly, which is labelled “ Tachinid fly, emerged 20.vi.15,”
is the type of a new species described by Dr. Villeneuve on

. 518 as Hilarella helva.|

May 31, 1915.—Yesterday I saw a most interesting
sight. A wasp, I think an Ammoplila, was dragging a
Noctuid larva along the ground, with a view to burying it,
and I stopped to watch her. Closely following her was a
Chrysid. The wasp selected a place for a burrow and
started digging, the Chrysid sittimg close at hand. This
wasp digs a very shallow nest and soon proceeded to stow
away the prey on which she oviposited, as I afterwards
found. Instead of filling the nest with the excavated
earth she came back with a small stone and was just about
to place it when a small fly, most probably a Tachinid,
for it happened so quickly that it was all over before I
had time to attempt to catch it, swooped down and
appeared to drop her egg or eggs on to the tail of the larva
which was just visible. The wasp simply placed the small
stone and went off to get another. As she was placing
this I captured her. The Chrysid I lost. I dug out the
larva and saw the wasp egg, but at the time saw no sign of
the Tachinid egg. I did not do a careful examination, for

. ~ fF =F *.
4 s

;

or

es rac 6e oer eee pres at

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 427

I didn’t wish to expose what I had got to the sun. I
thought the fly ova had been lost in the soil. The wasp
ege was placed about the middle of the host body and was
quite conspicuous. It could not have been seen without

‘digging out the larva. Yet shortly after, when I reached

my quarters, I observed signs of life beside the wasp egg.
Four or five minute maggots were “crowding” round it.
To-day the wasp egg has disappeared, as far as I can see,
and the maggots appear to be trying to enter the larva.
Now, unfortunately, there is a doubt as to the fate of the
wasp egg. I think the maggots accounted for it. But the
moth larva though unable to crawl is capable of a very
strong reflex, and, as the maggots try to penetrate it, it
jerks with vigour, and I have not been able to confine its
movements as they would be in a cell in the ground, and the ~
egg may have been damaged in this way. On the whole,
however, I think not, for the larva was unable to roll over
so that the egg would be underneath, and the egg could not
come into contact with anything above. It was interesting
to note that the larva, though it couldn’t crawl away, could
yet function in another way and excreted about fourteen
faecal pellets. This would, I take it, materially assist its
parasites by checking decomposition. I shall try to rear
the flies, and if I succeed will be sure to send them on. I'll
know by next mail, I think.

July 3, 1915.—{Referring to the material despatched. |
No. 2 is the wasp of which I told you. Her prey had 4
or 5 viviparous Tachinid larvae dropped on to it as she was
just about to close the nest. I failed to get the parent
Tachinid which worked with such extraordinary suddenness
and rapidity. None of the other flies have emerged, though
I can see the pupae more or less distinctly.

[Comparing this statement with that of May 31, it must
be regarded as uncertain whether the Tachinid larvae
were deposited as such or emerged from quickly hatching

eggs.
C. DIPLOPTERA.

Odynerus lateralis F., building its Nest in a Teapot.

April 24, 1918.—I’ve just noticed a most extraordinary
and very funny thing. I’ve a strong weakness for tea.
It is the finest restorer in the world (closely followed by a
bath) and, even in this rather hard-living part, most men
confess that they’d miss any ‘“‘ meal” of the day rather than
tea, so I keep a reserve of teapots. Hearimg a buzzing

428 Mr. C. O. Farqfiarson’s Five Years’ Observations

noise over by the sideboard I saw a Rhynchium [Odynerus |
laterale in the very act of going down the spout of one of
the “reserve” pots. I have just discovered that the inner
holes at the bottom of the spout, are “ built up” with
mud and the mouth of the spout in process of being also
built up. It is my “ going away”’ pot. I must remember
to warn the boy next time I travel to Agege. These wasps
are the most persistent animals. Vespem “ furca” (any
convenient missile or newspaper) expellas, tamen usque
recurret,

IV. COLEOPTERA.

1. Colour Associations of S. Nigerian Mylabrid Beetles.

[The first three paragraphs refer to the species of an
Ibadan colour-association, described in Proc. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1916, pp. xcix—cx, pl. B.]

May 3, 1917.—The suggestion that it was the sterile
flowers that were eaten is correct [Proc. Ent. Soc., Lond.
1916, p. ci]. I may say that just lately I have seen one
or two forms on the flowers of native Convolvulaceae,
which are abundant here and elsewhere in the Colony.

Lamborn suggests that the larvae may feed on the ova of
the Acridian Zonocerus variegata, but before I'd got his
letter these had disappeared for the season, but I will bear
it in mind.

Dec. 12, 1917.—Do you know, a few months ago I had
to go about the day after I had seen two Decatoma affinis Ol.
(type) ovipositing! I had perforce to go away and leave
them. I saw the 9s digging holes in the ground like Fossorial
wasps. One oviposited about 6 or 8 inches down, a mass
of yellow sticky eggs. [{A. Loveridge describes, in Proc.
Ent. Soc., 1921, p. xe, the large Mylabris oculata Thunb.,
var. tricolor Gers * ovipositing in a hole about 1 in. deep. |
I had hoped to follow up a tip from Lamborn to look for
them in contact with Acridian ova, but they were in
contact with nothing that I could find. The other 2 was
just startimg to excavate. That is only one of many
disappointments.

[The remainder of this section describes a somewhat
different Mylabrid association from another locality. The
material is tabulated in detail on p. 432. The species were
kindly determined by Mr. K. G. Blair with the able assist-
ance of Mr. H. Britten in the preparation and examination
of male genitalia. |

Re ee a rR a ear ore

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 429

Agege.

Oct. 17, 1917.—I am only here for a day or two waiting
for a boat from Lagos to Port Harcourt, from which I go
up the new line for a bit and then strike east to Okigwi.

Port Harcourt.

Nov. 15, 1917.—I believe I have found still another
facies of the Decatoma-Coryna-Mylabris complex. I won’t
be able to send them from here as they are not dry yet, but
I will I hope manage them for the next. [’m afraid they will
be all I'll be able to send for my Xmas gift, but I couldn't
get a chance to do better. For most of the time I was
travelling in country that is rather unsettled, besides being
entomologically and mycologically rather arid—grass
country. The treks were long and I had to keep in touch
with unwilling carriers who were, not without reason,
afraid to go twenty miles from their own village to the
next rest camp. At this time of the year in these parts
and over to the Cross River (that is in the Udi and Okigwi
districts, east of the Niger, north of here about 100 to 150
miles) there is a notable head-hunting ju-ju in vogue. I
believe the hands of the village belles are only given to
youths who have sufficient enterprise to secure the head of
some other tribesman. The limits to which “ auri sacra
fames”’ will push a mortal man are nothing to what Eros
can do in these parts. The victims do not get a clean,
straightforward death (nor even a quick stab in the back).
They are subjected, I believe, to not a little ceremonial
torture of a very dreadful kind. It is odd to think of this
happening within ten miles of a railway. But I am getting
away from my subject. I have got forms like some of
those at Ibadan (Decatoma, I think), but others with the
yellow bars on each elytron reduced to two yellow dots, -
the antennae black with a red tip, otherwise very closely
resembling the Ibadan forms. I have got one or two others of
other kinds, but unfortunately none 7m cozté and not a great
series, for I simply had to snatch at them as I went along
wherever their food-plant, a Convolvulus, occurred. As
far as possible, too, one gets as much of one’s trek in before
the sun gets too hot, and, in early morning, say up to 8
or 9 o’clock from 5 a.m., they are hard to find. They rather
like the sun and were not to be found in the heavily shaded
palm groves. But they may prove to be of interest, and
some day I may get a better chance to add to them.

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1921.—ParTS 11, Iv. (JAN. 22) FF

30 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

I must now catch the mail. Port Harcourt you may not
be able to find on the map, but it is located on a creek that
enters the sea at Bonny, and is, I suppose, about 40 miles
north of that place. It is one of the most important places
in Nigeria, being the terminus of the new Eastern Railway
which runs up to the Udi coalfield. An account of the
latter you will find, I think, in a fairly recent issue (not
more than 12 months old, I think) of the ‘‘ Bulletin of the
Imperial Institute.” Part of its way, the railway taps
districts enormously rich in oil-palms. Quite large cargo
steamers (up to 7000 tons, at any rate) can come up here.
Within a stone’s throw of where I am now two considerable
vessels are loading up coal and oil. Nigeria is undoubtedly
a great imperial asset, and yet one meets people at home
who have the vaguest notion of where it is on the map, or
who think it is a part of Sierra Leone, a place called the
White Man’s Grave. I have even seen a review of our
Department's annual report in an important paper, headed
“ Agriculture on the Gold Coast” !!_ I wonder if the Germans
were as hazy about the Cameroons. I hope I may be able
to make a little of it known to naturalists if only I could
get a little more leisure.

Moor Plantation.

Dec. 9, 1917.—One of the boxes (for I sent two) contains
the first batch of the new Decatoma facies of which I wrote
you at Port Harcourt. I had to pack the specimens
hastily on a false rumour of the mail going, but I hope
enough will reach you intact for diagnostic purposes. I
have kept some in reserve, but some of the larger forms I
cannot replace. There are two which differ from all the
others and from each other [Mylabris afzelii Bilb.]. They
are the only ones I could get. I will first tell you where to
find the places on the map. If you can find Onitsha on
the Niger, well up towards the boundary between N. and
S. Nigeria, the rest will be easy. Due east from Onitsha
(22 miles by road) is the town of Awka. Still going east-
ward and a very little north you will find Udi, which is
rather over 30 miles from Awka. Udi Government station
is about 1200 to 1500 feet above sea-level. You will see
that the road from Awka crosses a range of hills at Udi—
the range running due N. and 8. About 11 miles east of
Udi is the new Nigerian Eastern Railway, not shown even
on fairly recent maps. If you follow the ridge of hills
northwards, about 12 to 15 miles, perhaps, direct and a
little to the east, you will see a place called Enugu Ngwo.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 431

That is where the great coalfield now being worked by the
Government is located. The railway runs from Port Har-
court to Enugu, the present rail-head. Port Harcourt is
at the head of the Bonny River and is practically the same
as Okrika, which you will see on the old maps. I went to
Enugu by rail, then took the road to Awka, which meets
the Udi-Awka road at Oji River crossing. This involves a
26-mile trek in one day. The next day’s trek took me to
Awka, where I remained a day or two and was then hastily
recalled back here to take over from the Director of Agri-
culture, who is going home by this mail. I returned to
rail-head by a route which took me through Oji River and
Udi. For the most part the whole area is grass country,
except in valleys which carry heavier vegetation, or would
if they weren’t largely farmed. Palms (oil), however, are
abundant and indicate the more fertile valley conditions.
The “ Decatomas ” were not found in the more heavily
shaded places, nor yet in the drier almost pure grass lands,
but rather in the intermediate country. Owing to a faulty
bicycle and the necessity to keep up with my carriers I
could only—almost literally—grab at specimens as I passed
along; wherever I saw the Convolvulus, which is their
favourite food, I would stop for a minute or two and then
hurry on, not favourable conditions for intensive work,
but perhaps favourable for the discovery of the dominant
types. I had certainly no time to select. Unfortunately I
could not obtain a single pair; never saw any. On the day
when I found the two unique specimens [, afzelii] or rather
the forenoon of that day, I found very few of any kind. The
morning had been wet, and the species are distinctly sun-
loving. The few I found were hiding under leaves. It
may, of course, be that they knew the uselessness of looking
for open flowers in the rain. Dull weather markedly retards
the flowering of many plants (e.g. cotton). Such Con-
volvulus flowers as do open—they are campanulate in shape
—fill up with water, swamping the ovary and anthers, the
food of the beetles. The corolla is also eaten. In the
circumstances I would not venture to say what environment
conditions the dominance of any type. I would almost
hazard a guess that altitude has not a little to do with it, but
I had to give nearly all my time to the subject of coconut
disease, which was the reason for my being there at all.
Jan. 12, 1918.—This letter is simply an appendix to the
last one. I just heard to-day that a supplementary mail
was going, presumably by some intermediate cargo boat.

432 Mr. C. O. Bart Wtarsons Five Years’ Observations

Perhaps the next direct mail will get there before it. I
haven’t time to put up a box, but I wouldn’t have risked it
anyhow. I am glad to say that I had no mails on the
“ Apapa,” that I know of at least, and I believe my last
parcel bas got safely home. ‘Two or three of the Decatomas
were unique and I haven’t got duplicates to send.

I got the papers from the Entomological Society, and have
to thank you so much for getting me elected to its fellowship.

March 2, 1918.—The ‘“‘ Appam ” (now called the “* Man-
dingo ’’) took home the Decatomas. I hope these will get
as good luck. I only wish I had more to send.

April 28, 1918.—The Decatomas apparently complicate
the original complex. I wish I could have got pairs, but
it was impossible. The Ibadan ones are now beginning to
appear, and I hope to make a collection of pairs this season.

[The Mylabrid beetles, belonging to five species, are
tabulated below according to locality and also the order of
time. Precise dates are not available.

Captured in
Cor aig Rotem a | Coryna | ped Mvylabris Mylabris afzelii
in strong sun), — | rola jherman tibialis vestita Reiche, | Bilb. (nee
Noy. 1-15, 1917, in | poany, | Mae P| yarns, or close toit. | Mars.), var. V.
the order of time |
I. Road from | 19 |
Enugu Newo | |
to Oji River |
crossing on |
Udi-Awka
road. |
II. Road from | 3 3 3 |
Oji River | (2 melanie and
crossing to 3rd darker
Awka. | than any in
IV).
III. Road from) 43 1 1
Awka to Udi. | | (Anterior half
| of elytra
| orange, pos-
_ terior black).
IV. Road from | 1a 9 1
Udi to Enugu | (1 with trace (As above, but
Ngwo. only of an- | trace of pos-
terior black | terior orange
| bar). | bar, stronger
on L.).
TOTALS . 62 | 4 4 12 2

OM Aor Ee Fee RS. ey

ee ido
re 2
¥
z

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 433

The general appearance of the Awka-Udi association,
with the exception of the 9 M. vestita in IV., is much darker
than the Ibadan series illustrated on Plate B of the 1916
Proceedings. The latter, in fact, gives an impression of
orange insects with black bars, the former of black insects
with narrow yellow or orange bars, which in C. chevrolati
are broken up into spots. The two M. afzelii and two of
the M. vestita in II., however, have lost the appearance of
barred forms, the latter beimg melanic, with only faint
traces of orange, the former orange anteriorly and black
posteriorly, thus resembling, although much darker than,
the vars. of D. affinis, M. hermannioides and M. farqu-
harsoni in which the anterior black elytral band is want-
ing (Proceedings, 1916, pp. evii-cix). The much blacker
appearance of afzelii is due to the posterior orange bar being
obsolete or absent. One of the 9 vestita in IV. resembles
the Ibadan forms of the same variety.

Comparing the size of the beetles in the two localities,
M. afzelii is much larger than any of the Ibadan series,

' iM. vestita of about the same size, the other three species

considerably smaller, this being true of the four examples
of the only species common to the two—C. hermanniae,
which is smaller as well as darker than the Ibadan average.
It is probable that the Ibadan hermanniae has converged
towards D. affinis and the dominant MW. farquharsoni, the
Awka-Udi hermanniae towards M. tibialis and the domi-
nant C. chevrolati; but much larger numbers are required
to test this conclusion thoroughly. Larger numbers are
also required in order to determine the extent and the
meaning of the difference indicated by a comparison between
the three specimens of MW. vestita from locality II. and the
nine from IV.

The Mylabrid beetles here tabulated were accompanied
by seven examples of a fine Homopteron, the Cercopid
Locris maculata F. with the label “ widespread in the
Awka-Udi districts, also at Ibadan.” Six of these are yellow,
b!ack-marked insects with considerable general resemblance
to but less dark than the Mylabrid vars. which have lost
the anterior black bar; the seventh is nearly melanic, the
yellow being reduced to two narrow bands made up of small
spots. This form resembles the two melanic M. vestita.
A further collection with precise localities would be of much
interest.—H.B.P.]

2. Erotylid Beetles aestivating in the empty Clay Cells of an
Aculeate Hymenopteron.

,

434 Mr. C. O. Farquharson’s Five Years’ Observations

|The observation on E'piscaphula interrupta Lac, recorded
in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1913, p. exxii; 1914, p. xxiii, is
so curious that further details are added from Farquharson’s
letter. The first and last sentences refer to a suggestion
that, as Hrotylidae are fungus feeders, the supposed -cells
might have been fungi. ]

Feb. 10, 1914.—It sounds almost like libel to suggest that
I confused clay cells with a fungus, which some one seems
to think must have happened in connection with the dis-
covery of the Erotylids. It is fortunate that Dr. Lamborn
saw the actual cells. Perhaps the vagueness of my note
misled them. I may briefly recount the circumstances.
While examining a stump by the side of a small stream for
Mycetozoa I came across two small cells of the “ Potter”
class. Frequently the bottom of these cells is not of clay
but is simply the flat surface of the object (wall, log, etc.)
on which the cells are built. Or the cells may only be partly
“floored” with clay, as if the builder were simply adding
a little for levelling purposes, so that on prising off a closed
cell the larva or pupa may easily be seen. The first of the
two cells that I prised off was of this order, and, as soon
as it was detached, the beetles started to come out. I
hastily put the lot, cell and all, nto a closed box. A little
wood from the stump came away with the other cell, and
as the “lid” of the “ pot’ was stopped, loosely, I think,
with débris and not with clay, and nothing tried to get out,
I simply put it into my vasculum. In the evening, when
we came to compare notes as usual, I handed the cells to
Dr. Lamborn. On opening my vasculum I found that the
Erotylids were just beginning to come out of the sécond
cell. Of the composition of the cells there was no doubt.
They were of clay. At the time, I think, we concluded
that the beetles were aestivating. I think we dismissed the
idea of their having been stored by a wasp, as they were
extremely lively on issuing from the cells. I fear I can
throw no further light on the matter, but I think that if the
B. M. authorities make such dreadful suggestions I shall
seriously consider the question of sending any more Myxos !

3. Notes on the Life-history of the Endomychid Trycherus
flavipes Arrow.

[The species was described from Farquharson’s bred
specimens in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1920, pp. 10, 11.
Material :—2 9, emerging Oct. 9, 1917; 2 g 2 9, Oct. 17
(1 ¢ 1 2 with precise pupa-cases); 2 larvae in spirit. All

> ee see Se ee SO ee Oe OME
asc ie = Sey Soere. rida oxi ag!
Bes sg Se >

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 435

from Agege. A ¢ (the type) and 2 9 are in the British
Museum. |

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—On the same Agege Hewitsonia-Argiolaus
tree [Antiaris africana] I found some curious little spiny
Coleopterous larvae that the ants seemed to leave alone.
These run about freely, and not really very rapidly,
apparently being able to take their own time, regardless of
the ants. They pupate on the bark, in tiny pits or crevices.
In one case I got two just beside a Hewitsonca pupa. Till
yesterday I only had two pupae. These I got before going
to Ibadan at the beginning of this month and they bred out
there. I sent one as they were scarce, but now I shall have
half a dozen at least, I think. I have decided that they
are Endomychidae. One emerged yesterday evening about
8.30, and this morning there were two in addition. When
newly emerged (the first one) it was whitish in colour and
the wings were for some time kept unfolded and projecting
beyond the elytra.* It seemed to me to be an amazingly
large animal to have come out of such a tiny pupa-case.
The Endomychid larva (if I have correctly classified it)
appeared to feed just as the Hewitsonias.

Moor Plantation.

April 17, 1918.—I am so glad that the Endomychid was
workable after all. [Mr. Arrow considered that the colour
of the first specimen shown him had not quite matured. ]
They must take a good time to harden, for I left them, in -
one or two cases, at least 24 hours before killing. However,
[ll probably get better material this year again. .

Aug. 11, 1918.—By the way, I found the Endomychid
larvae on the Cecidomyia tree [p. 442] to-day and have got
one pupa. I am sure it is the same one as I get at Agege.
| Young larvae were again seen on the “ ant-tree”’ on Aug.
25.]

4. Dermestes Larvae and Mites in Cece aa Ants’
débris at base of ‘‘ Ant-tree.”

Aug. 25, 1918.—While I was stooping down & a tin I
noticed one other thing. At the bottom of the tree is the

* The following note was written Oct. 18, 1917, at Agege: “ Just
lately I have been breeding out a Coccinellid that feeds on Aspidi-
otus destructor, the pest lam going to Okigwi to investigate. They

do not appear to expose the wings after pupation [like the above
Endomychid] but sit as still as a Coccid and looking like one.”

436 Mr. C. O. Bac nents Five Years’ Observations

ants’ “‘ kitchen midden,” full of the usual débris, chitinous
rings of all sorts of dead insects and goodness knows what
else. I noticed the surface “ heaving” and proceeded to
investigate. I expected Dipterous larvae like those I got
on the refuse heaps of Paltothyreus at Agege [see pp. 519-20],
but instead I found brownish rather maggot-shaped larvae
with rings of brown bristles, but whose head end was the
broad end, the posterior end tapering to a point with long
golden bristles. I could see no head (as they shammed
dead, I at first thought they were Dipterous pupae), and
indeed so far I have not examined them closely. But they
have thoracic legs and run about quite actively after their
initial “sham.” Their shape is very Lepisma-like without
the “tails,” and I think they are Coleopterous. I am
hoping they are nearly full-grown. I am to leave them
with Dr. Connal on the off chance that they may breed out,
and will take a few larvae with me. I could easily have
obtained dozens of them. Incidentally the ‘“ refuse” was
simply crawling with mites, and when I opened the tin this
evening to see how things were doing, I was astonished
to see that these had all congregated to one spot on a round
piece of débris which looked like a round reddish-brown ball,
so numerous were the mites. The lamp-light made them
_ scatter and bury themselves at once.

5. The Infe-history of a Drilid Beetle, probably Selasia
unicolor Guér., bred from Snails.

[Material :—In spirit, a large apterous 2 probably of
S. unicolor and a bristly larva similar to the one from
which it developed. These larvae are well known in
African collections and have long been suspected to be
the immature stage of the Drilid, S. wnicolor. Farquharson’s
notes make this conclusion highly probable, but it is to
be hoped that male larvae will be found and bred.

Mr. K. G. Blair writes : “‘ The Selasia 3 is a VERY much
smaller insect than the 9 in question, and must come from
a very much smaller larva. This disparity of size is really
not contradictory to the specific identity of the two insects,
as in our Drilus flavescens the disparity is almost as great.
The larvae of the two sexes are also very different in size,
and, like the Selasia, feed on snails, hibernating and pupat-
ing in empty shells of their victims, but they do not appear
to bury them as does the Selasia.

“We have a note by Dr. F. Creighton Wellman attached
to one of these larvae from Angola :—

bie od 7

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 437

“<The natives state that if you step on it with bare feet
the bristles pierce the skin of the sole and work into the
flesh, causing inflammation and even gangrene. Native
name “ Q-cisia’’ (= noli me tangere). I have seen a whole
caravan of porters warning each other in this fashion when
an Q-cisia was in the path: “Step to the side! There is
an O-cisia!”’”

May 28, 1915.—Last year Dr. Lamborn bred from a
large snail which flourishes out here a number of beetles—
Drilidae, 1 think. I never saw them. It was before I
came back from leave. One day a week or two ago I saw
a curious-looking larva—I had seen them before without
understanding their significance—quite near to a snail
shell. I had been in hopes that I might one day see Lam-
born’s beetles in operation. I am not sure whether he
saw what I am going to describe, but if it is old news it
will at least be independent corroboration. The larva is a
rather flat active creature, which I will describe when I
send you a specimen. I sat down to watch its movements.
It ran round the snail once or twice and then crawled on to
the top of the shell. It then appeared as if it were about to
crawl off again, but its posterior end remained attached to
the shell while the head and legs were on the ground. ‘Tomy
surprise it proceeded to push the snail backwards by extend-
ing its own body, in a manner recalling the Scarabs, except
that the snail was shifted bodily and not rolled or trundled.
I concluded that the victim was being carried off for burial,
where the earth was soft, for all this took place on a hard
path. I put both together into a tin with some earth, and
reached the laboratory about an hour later. When I
opened the tin I found the snail nearly buried by a process
of undermining. I half-filled a larger box with sand, into
which I turned the two and watched the process in comfort.
When the undermining was in progress the unfortunate
snail ventured out, but the enemy doubtless feeling the
strain, for the sucker pseudopod never let go, turned round
and drove the victim well home. In about an hour’s time
the two disappeared underground. Nothing has happened.
since. I have, however, secured three or four more larvae,
which I supplied with snails. They, however, didn’t bury
them, but started their unpleasant work right away. I
am in great hopes that I may get a few mature insects to
send you.

July 26, 1915—Now another note about my snail

rAl *P gta? o

438 Mr. C. O. Fardfrarson’s Five Years’ Observations

parasite. This was the doubtful piece de résistance of last
mail. The bristly larvae after a time emerge from the
empty snail shell, minus bristles of any sort. They are like
a large rather soft-skinned larva [the apterous 92], very
bloated in appearance, with curious short antennae and a
more curious appendage at the posterior end. One of them
one day oviposited a mass of sticky yellow eggs and died.
The eggs are sulphur yellow when fresh. They are un-
doubtedly eggs and the larya [Q|—a large thing over an
inch in length and nearly half an inch broad—is absolutely
apterous. But Pve seen no males, and I think the oviposi-
tion may be parthenogenetic. I have them in a flower-pot
covered over with mosquito gauze. The worst of it is they
won't feed. Another has oviposited and died, and I have
failed to get the eggs to develop, owing to mould or want
of fertilisation. From the first box in which IT had them
it is possible that a smaller winged male might have escaped.
It was not protected by gauze, and the wooden box warped.
However, I am in hopes that ['ll manage to complete the
cycle. Material in the form of the bristly larva is plentiful.

I wonder if you could let me know what sort of a creature
the Drilid Selasia unicolor is which Lamborn bred (by
accident) from a large snail. It was before I met him last
tour. I think if it had been this extraordinary apterous
creature he would have told me of it. Only he told me
so much that I may have forgotten.

[Lamborn bred a female Drilid, evidently the same form
as Farquharson’s, from a larva to which a snail was given,
in mid-June, 1913. The larva-like female emerged July 31,
and was determined as probably S. wnicolor by Dr. Marshall,
and the snails on which it feeds as Limicolaria sp. ]

Nov. 24, 1915.—I got off a specimen of the snail-parasite,
larva and mature 9, with a fewova. The latter are sulphur-
yellow when fresh.

[In later letters he spoke of his hope to breed the male
beetle, and, on April 28, 1918, of noticing numbers of the
larvae. The last reference, shortly before he sailed from
Lagos, is as follows :—]

Aug. 11, 1918.—Looking back over the 22 months, it
is very little that I have been able to do. I had hoped to
clear up the Decatoma life-history, the snail-parasite, and I
don’t know how many other things, but at any rate I’ve
got clues to work on, and, if I do not get the chance, perhaps
somebody else will.

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 439

6. A Carabid Larva attacking a Snail.

[Dr. C. J. Gahan, who has examined this fine Carabid
larva, informs me that it is impossible to determine its
genus. |

May 28, 1918.—While at Agege last I noticed a fairly
large snail climbing up the wall of an out-house. I was
attracted by its apparently “ frothing” or blowing bubbles
as it climbed. It fell down, and looking at it I found that
it was attacked by a very large Coleopterous larva which I
have sent you—if it is a larva. It is a horrid-looking
creature. I tried to feed it up or give it a chance to oviposit,
but it died, so I “spirited” it away. I left the snail in
the tin in case ova had been laid, and now find that a large
Dipteron had been there. I do not think it can have
become infected while I had it. But the pupae are there,
and I may get them bred out.

7. Procryptic Beetles, probably Passalidae.

July 3, 1915.—In a dead palm which had just been felled
I got three very odd-looking beetles. They are very flat
and hard, which I imagine is a special adaptation to permit
of them getting between the closely pressed leaf-bases of
the palm, where they were found.

8. Beetles accidentally introduced in C. O. Farquharson’s
Consignments.

[The following beetles were found in the cotton-wool
or among the “ papers” in a package received in January
1918 :—Cucustwak : 12 Cathartus advena Walt. ; 2 C. cassive
Reiche; 3 Haemophloeus pusillus Sch.; 1 Silvanus suri-
namensis L. CurcuLiontrpAE: 1 Calandra oryzae L.
ScotytmipaE: | Taphrorychus bicolor Hbst.

Loose in a box received in July 1918 :—PrINIDAE:
1 Lasioderma serricorne F.

Loose in a box containing a pupa of Teratoneura, parasi-
tised by small Chalcids (p. 459), received in 1917 :—Cory-
LOPHIDAE : 2 Sericoderus lateralis Gyll.

The species were kindly determined by Mr. G. J. Arrow. ]

V. DIPTERA.

A. Tur Hapits oF TWO NEW MyRMECOPHILOUS
CECIDOMYIDAE.

1. Farquharsonia rostrata Collin, gen. et sp. n. (p. 505).
[The material includes 6 2, captured April 13-15, 1918,

440 Mr. C. O. faq Whe s Five Years’ Observations

at Agege (152 ft.), 16 miles N. of Lagos, together with
2 6 maj. and 21 9 min. of Cremastogaster buchneri, r.
alligatrix from the carton nest over which the Cecidomyids
were flying. Also, from Moor Plantation, stealing from
ants on carton nests—2 ¢ 3 Q taken Aug. 8, 1918; 7 3,
together with a sample & of the ants, near race alligatriz,
taken Aug. 10; and 10 ¢ 8 2 taken about August in the
same year. |

April 17, 1918.—Your letter of early March arrived
safely, having been a month on the road, but we are always
glad when the mail gets here at all. I have not been able
to send anything for some time, for I have been very busy
getting in the crops now that the rains have broken. How-
ever, I hope to get a small collection together soon. I
think I shall manage to get you some more interesting
Myrmecophilous Diptera. Last week-end I had to go to
Agege on my monthly visit, and went as usual round the
few Cremastogaster nests within reach. I got no Lycaenids,
but I was able to study the doings of a number of yellowish-
brown midge-like flies that kept constantly flying over the
nest and indeed within the labyrinth of the carton. Obser-
vation as to their exact doings was extremely difficult
from their colour and from the fact that they didn’t alight
at all but remained almost lke Syrphids, though not for
so long at a time. At other times they kept up a dancing
flight till their immediate object made them at any time
approach the nest. I was at last able to satisfy myself
that the objects of their interest were ants that were in
the act of feeding each other by the usual method of
regurgitation. Seeing these on the surface of the carton
or in a crevice of it, one of the tiny flies would immediately
approach near enough for its head or proboscis to be in
touch with the ants, and though, from the fact that they
were rather shy and didn’t actually come to rest, I could
not actually succeed in seeing them appropriate a share
of the food by sheer theft, yet I have not the slightest
doubt but that they did. Harpagomyia doesn’t alight on
the carton, which is always much too lively, but hunts on
the stem of the tree over the “run” of the ants. The
food exchange is quite leisurely and friendly. I brought
away a few of the flies with me and found them to
be Nemocerous Diptera—apparently, and if Nemocerous
Diptera, I regret to say that with much thought and mis-
giving I can find no family for them except Cecidomyidae,

a

Be Nene tee ey ram Oe et
A Sh e337, <b:

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 441

but, mindful of former misfortunes, I do not venture to
say more than that they are Diptera. The antennae
appear to have twelve or thirteen segments, with whorls
of bristles, and are divided up by beautiful areolate mark-
ings. The venation of the wings is extremely reduced.
The proboscis is quite a huge and rather remarkable affair,
but youll see them for yourself when they come. I
hope to send them next mail. I haven’t exhausted the
Myrmecophilous Diptera yet, and am keeping them back
so that I may send others with them.

[Farquharson had hardly posted the above record when
he heard that his friend Mrs. Connal considered that the
Diptera were Ceratopogon, with biting mouth-parts. He
wrote later, on the same day, in some depression at what
he thought must have been his mistake, but recovered to
some extent when he began to recall the observed facts. ]

April 17, 1918.—I can see what insects do, and [Il tell
you nothing but what I see. I am by no means sure that
the biting mouth-parts are actually used for biting. I
am almost certain that my interpretation of their move-
ments is the correct one. There would be no object in
specialising in pairs of ants in the act of inter-regurgitation.
I have written to ask Mrs. Connal if she will describe it
and if so to allow her diagnosis to be published with the
rest. I will send specimens next mail. The hind-legs,
by the way, are carried like those of Culicidae.

Aug. 11, 1918.—It cheered me very considerably to
write Dr. Connal that the Diptera may after all be
Cecidomyids. Poor man he wrote me at the time that
he had been made the “ object of unlimited scorn ”’ from
Mrs. Connal over the mis-diagnosis. I think I told you
that I have found them here also [Aug. 8; see p. 440], and,
after very carefully watching them, I feel certain that my
original view of their activities holds. They hover, with
midge-like flight, as close as possible to the ant-nest,
frequently going right into the outer cavities of the carton,
till they see a pair of ants in the act of inter-regurgitation.
They then dart forward a little, their wings all the time
being in rapid motion, till their heads appear to be in
contact with the point of contact of the ants’ heads.
What exactly happens I cannot say for certain, for they
are harder to observe than Harpagomyia. But I’m sure
they don’t even try to bite the ants, and I can hardly
doubt but that their object is to steal the “‘ droplet” that

Syn SSR Sas Foren ae oper

443 ~Mr.-C."'O; Fag rsinte Five Years’ Observations

one of the ants intends for the other. I am confident that
I shall see this happen. It is only a question of waiting
till I can see the flies side-on. At any rate I am certain
that only pairs of ants at regurgitation interest them, and
that they never tackle solitary ants like Harpagomyia.
Nor indeed do they ever come to rest on the surface of
the trees as the mosquitoes do. (The mosquitoes keep in
motion when actually soliciting food, but when not begging
they frequently settle down on the trunk of the ant-tree.)
Their hind-legs are backwardly directed when in flight, not
unlike mosquitoes’ legs, but their flight is rapid and dancing.
I have spent a good part of to-day at one of the ant-trees
(an Alstonia) which I do not visit as often as the others,
for it has not yielded Lycaenids like the others. It is in
a shadier part than the others and somewhat inaccessible,
but I have had a path cut to it. It is very rich in Harpa-
gomyia, but extraordinarily so in the Cecidomyids.

Aug. 25, 1918.—I spent a good part of to-day at one of
the ant-trees just making sure of the habits of the Ceci-
domyids. The web-hangers [Chaetodiplosis gymnastica, see
below] I feel sure are closely related, though not the same,
the chief difference being in the proboscis. I am not sure
that I haven’t found a second species, or a variety of the
first one [Farquharsonia], that appears to compete with
a Cremastogaster (on the Teratoneura tree) for the secretions
of Stictococcus. It does seem a most precarious mode of
existence. Without doubt, the first ones sent do take
advantage of the ants in the act of inter-regurgitation.
I feel confident that the anatomists will agree that the
extraordinary mouth-parts are for sucking only.

[Mr. J. E. Collin wrote Feb. 13, 1920: “I believe
Farquharson was undoubtedly right in considering that
the proboscis of Farquharsonia is for sucking and not for
biting. The tip of the tongue-like organ is microscopically
pubescent and consequently better adapted for sucking
up liquids than for piercing. Also I found no trace of
maxillae, which I believe are always present in biting or
predaceous insects.”

2. Chaetodiplosis gymmnastica Collin, sp. n. (p. 507).

[The material includes 8 ¢ 34 2 hanging from threads
in the hollow at the base of the ant-tree Alstonia, at Moor
Plantation, Aug. 11, 1918. Also taken with them 1 9 of
a distinct species. See pp. 508-509. ]

Aug. 11, 1918.—Near the base [of the ant-tree Alstonza,

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 443

p. 369] is a large decayed hollow up the inside of which
is a considerable portion of the carton nest of the ants.
I found that this hollow simply swarms with them. But
in addition to these it suddenly struck me that certain
curious little flies, which I had often seen before on ant-
trees, but neglected to study, might be the Cecidomyids
at rest. L had often meant to write you about these
curious little flies from their habit of resting habitually on
a silk web not unlike the webs of some spiders. I have
often seen hundreds of them hanging by their fore-legs,
rows of them, on such webs, and vaguely thought they
specialised in spider-webs as a resting-place. Now, how-
ever, I am in doubt as to the origin of the silk threads,
and I am seriously wondering whether the flies do not
make them themselves. I am not sure that they are the
Cecidomyids yet, but if not they are extremely similar,
and when disturbed their flight is much the same, except
that they quickly come to rest again on their silk threads.
The threads do not appear to be traps for other insects.
They are too widely separated. The insects at rest
remind one of birds on telephone wires except that they
hang down. Though I did find a large bug (dead) resting
on the threads, I felt sure that it had fallen on to them
after death and was too big to slip through between the
“lines.” I readily caught a lot of them by bringing
together a box and its lid held in either hand. A portion
of the ““ web ” was included and in a few seconds the little
flies had hung themselves up. None of them settled on
the side of the tin. Some of them were hanging with one
foot on a thread and another on a leg of the nearest neigh-
bour. To-morrow I hope to have a look at them under
the microscope to get a view of their proboscis.

B. Tur Pursvurr oF Living ANTS BY THE EPHYDRID,
RHYNCHOPSILOPA APICALIS COLLIN, SP. N. (p. 509).

(Material :—2 $3 9, taken Dee. 25, 1917—Jan. 26, 1918,
feeding from the anus of dead Cremastogaster ants as
described in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, pp. xxxv, xxxvi, xl.]

Aug. 25, 1918.—While I was studying these [Ceci-
domyids], I noticed some of the little “ proctophila ”
and froze on to one in particular for special observation.
I am now certain that they actually pursue living ants,
smaller workers, pursuing them from behind, with apparently
the same unpleasant object. They appear to select an

444 Mr. C. O. Fara Merson’s Five Years’ Observations

ant of reasonable size (not too big) and run after it, never
flying after the ‘“ victim.’ Contact between the fly’s
head and the ant’s posterior end is momentary (not the
deliberate and prolonged contact as in the case of the dead
ants). The fly then decamps (by a short flight) in search
of another. The ants appear to resent the attention most
seriously, for they usually stopped dead, bent back their
heads and abdomens till they all but met, remaining thus
for a few seconds before running off with the abdomen
in the air. Unless alarmed, Cremastogaster usually runs
along with the whole body parallel with the surface on
which it is travelling. While I repeatedly saw this happen,
I could never actually see the fly absorb anything, so
swift was the contact and withdrawal, but I think the flies
may be definitely classified as Myrmecophilous.

C. Novres oN THE LIFE-HISTORY OF MILICHIA ARGYRA-
TOIDES, AND THE HABITS OF OTHER MILICHIDAE.

1. Milichia argyratoides Collin, sp.n. (p. 510).

[The pill-box in which the g and @ specimens referred
to below were contained, bears the following: “ Ant-flies,
Mamu. 10.ix.15.”’ A further note stated: “* From Mamu,
a village on the edge of a large forest reserve about 20 miles
S. from Ibadan. The village called on the map Gambari
is practically the same.” The flies were bred out on the
road. |

Sept. 28, 1915.—I sent also two small Diptera in a pill-
box. I hope they arrived safely. They also are associated
in the Shagamu district with the Hewitsonias and the ants.
I’ve got a few fly larvae in spirit. They appeared to live
on a running wound on the ant-tree. They covered
themselves with excreta, and I saw one Cremastogaster
carrying away some of the stuff from the surface of a
larva. More pupated, but none have emerged. It is
extremely difficult to look after them on the road. I had
several Hewitsonias drowned in their box one day after
I'd carried them for several days. We met a very heavy
rain storm. Everything got wet, including my camp bed.
I do hope the two small flies will be enough for identification.

April 17, 1918.—I have long wondered what the curious
little Diptera of 1915 (Milichia) were, with their curious
larvae. I hope to get back to the same district some day
to get some more. I have no doubt but that they are
genuinely Myrmecophilous, though they do not live inside

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 445

the nests. The larvae wander about in the run of the ants,
soft, unprotected things, that cover themselves with
excreta much like Criocerid larvae. The ants seemed to
have a liking for this and fed on it, without at all molesting
the larvae. They pupate in queer little cocoon-like things
and more or less gregariously.

April 28, 1918—When he [Mr. H. N. Thompson,
Director of Forests] returns I am going for a week-end
to one of his forest reserves, where I found the Milichia
larvae, and can find many other good things too.

2. Milichia farquharsom. Collin, sp.n. (p. 514).

[The “ haunting flies,” referred to below as “ absolutely
guaranteed,’ consisted of 5 2, evidently captured on or
around Cremastogaster ants’ nests in May, 1918.]

Feb. 4, 1918—There’s a little black and extremely
active Dipteron that haunts one of my trees and on it
the huge Cremastogaster nest the inhabitants of which never
seem to rest day or night. These little flies, in quite
considerable numbers, alight on the carton of the nest,
dodge about among the ants, and are always at it. Yet
I’ve never been able to find out what they are after! A
Cremastogaster nest is no place to sit down at, till one
finds out—it is up a tree as it happens. But I’ve stood
on a ladder till my legs ached without success. They
aren't there simply for the fun of the thing I know, but
that’s all of their ways that ('d care to dogmatise about,
and it’s not very helpful.

May 28, 1918.—I told you I may possibly have sent
Myrmecophilous Diptera whose exact doings I have not
yet cleared up, but which haunt the nests of Cremastogaster
instead of the real mendicants. By this mail I send a
small number of absolutely guaranteed mendicants as
well as a few of the others, also absolutely guaranteed.
I know of still more Diptera closely related to these, and
I find that the Cecidomyid occurs here also. I will write
fuller notes later.

3. “ Mendicant”’ Milichidae and Mimetic Ant-flies.

[The habits of these flies were described by Farqu-
harson in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, pp. xxxili, xxxiv, xl.
The specimens sent in illustration and captured between
Dec. 23, 1917, and Jan. 26, 1918, included three dis-
tinct species (at first only two were recognised, «bid.,
pp. xxx, xl) described by Mr. Collin on pp. 512-14, viz.
Milichia proectes—1 3; M. prosaetes,—1 3, 1 9; WM.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—ParRTSs III, Iv. (JAN. 22) G@

446 Mr. C. O. wang erwents Fwe Years’ Observations

dectes,—1 9. The “absolutely guaranteed mendicants”’
referred to above were received July 18, 1918. In mount-
ing the specimens these “ mendicants’’ were kept dis-
tinct from the “haunting flies”—J. farquharsoni, but
the relationship to the notes was inadvertently lost, so
that at first it was impossible to determine which group
was “haunting” and which “ mendicant.” They were
all carefully labelled (1) and (2) and sent to Mr. Collin,
who found in (2) two of the “ mendicant”’ species sent
before, while (1) contained only the 5 9 of the hitherto
unseen species WM. farquharsont. It was therefore certain
that the latter are the “ haunting flies.” Group (2) of
“absolutely guaranteed mendicants” contained Milichia
prosaetes,—4 9; M. dectes,—2 3, 3 Q, all captured, evidently
in May, 1918, on Cremastogaster ant-trees.

The following extracts show that there are still other,
probably undescribed, species of Milichidae to be found
associated with Cvemastogaster in S. Nigeria, together
with an ‘“ ant-mimic”’ which cannot be placed with cer-
tainty. Mr. Collin wrote, April 17, 1921: “When one
remembers that Farquharson found a Cecidomyid and an
Ephydrid under circumstances and with habits so com-
pletely different from what one would expect in a member
of either family, one hesitates to offer an opinion on the
identity of the other small fly whose habits he describes.”’ |

April 28, 1918.—I am to look more carefully into the
mendicant flies, There are at least two others that share
Coccid secretions with the ants, one with the underside
of the abdomen a silvery white. They are all associated
with the same ants, and I may have sent them by accident
mixed with the mendicants. However, I'll get more and so
clear up the point. . I should say they all belong to closely
related genera. I saw the mendicants busy this forenoon.

Aug. 11, 1918.—At the same time [viz. when observing
the Cecidomyids] I found some of the little “* proctophila ”
besides another small fly that appears to be an ant-mimic
(in spite of its wings). It wanders about among the ants
keeping its wings in motion all the while in the manner of
Ortalid flies when they settle, and appears to feed on
undefined matter on the somewhat moist surface of the
hollow tree. They settle among the ants and dodge about
with extraordinary freedom.

Aug. 25, 1918.—When I was studying the Cecidomyids
to-day I collected some of the mimetic flies of which I
told you. They simply dodge amongst the ants and lick

Pee bg to i
Rage com CCN
hh oh '

on the Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects. 447

up their food, whatever it be, from the surface of the tree-
trunk. I can see their proboscis in the act. Viewed at
certain angles (when the wings cannot be seen), they are
really very like the ants themselves.

D. Toe Prey oF THE Asinip Fty Pximopicus
TEMERARIUS WALK. (ASILINAE).

[The following table of captures made within a few days,
by one species at one place, shows the existence of very
comprehensive tastes. The only prey hitherto recorded
for Philodicus includes but one Lycaenid and _ one
Tachinid (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1906, p. 344). The allied
Asilids exhibit a marked preference for Lepidoptera and
Orthoptera (2bid., pp. 372, 373). Of the 13 victims here
recorded, 5 are Diptera, 3 Orthoptera, 3 Hemiptera, and
2 Homoptera. In identifymg them I had the kind help
of Dr. Guy Marshall, and, with the Diptera, of Prof. M.
Bezzi and Mr. C. G. Lamb. ]

Agege ; 1917. pi Geant Prey.
Oct. 21 3 Tettigoniella cosmopolita Sign, (Jassidae :
Homoptera).
ae 3} 2 fly, probably of genus Paralimna
(Ephydridae).
Pe eee 3} The Capsid bug Proboscidocoris sp. A.
ares 2 3 fly, probably of genus Paralimna
(Ephydridae).
are 2 Q Anthomyid fly, Coenosia sp.
ee 9 Immature Acridian, Acrydium (Tettix) sp.
Oct. 22 2 The Capsid bug Proboscidocoris sp. A.
Sah an 9 Tettigoniella cosmopolita Sign. (Jassidae :
Homoptera).
op Ne Q Immature Acridian, Acrydium (Tettix) sp.
Oct. 24 3 The Capsid bug Probo-
ec 3 scidocoris sp. A. Prey of the 4
2999 fs) A Gryllid, Luscirtus sp., Philodicus.
probably new. Individual
arate . 3 fly, probably of genus captors not
| d Paralimna (Ephydridae). recorded.
Undated. sine ae 3 Anthomyid fly, Coenosia
fa sp.

448 Mr. C. O. Farquharson on Nigerian Insects.

E. Tue Tacutnip Fry BENGALIA ATTACKING
TERMITES.

[See Proc. Ent. Soc., 1919, p. lii-lviii and references
quoted, for evidence that Bengalia seeks Termites because
it is unable to penetrate any but very thin-skinned insects
or those which have been bitten by ants. See also Trans.
Ent. Soc., 1906, pp. 394-396 and references, for the habits
of the allied Oriental Ochromyia jejuna F.|

Agege.

Oct. 18, 1917.—One little incident of the great maculatus-
Lycaenid find [p. 392] I might just add while I remember it.
When the Termitary was broken up the white ants were
of course scattered over the ground, and, in no time, I
am sure there were not less than a dozen Bengalias hawking
around, to whom the feeble Termites fell an easy prey.
At Ibadan some time ago I got one of these enterprising
flies in the act of attacking, successfully, a de-alate Termes
bellicosus the morning after a nuptial flight, and I have
even seen them tackle a fair-sized Noctuid larva.

VI. HEMIPTERA.

The Procryptic Appearance and Altitude of certain Hemi-
ptera on an “* Ant-tree.”

| Unfortunately no specimens were sent and the species
cannot be identified. Dr. G. A. K. Marshall thinks it is
fairly certain that the species was a Pentatomid, for this
family includes several W. African species that frequent
tree-trunks and are more or less lichen-like. Alelocera is
perhaps the most likely genus. |

March 20, 1915.—I found some very curious bugs the
other day on a tree here. Perhaps Lamborn sent you
them before. The nymphs were resting on the lichen-
covered bark of a large tree and looked greatly like a large
scale insect; they rested on the surface absolutely motion-
less, and were so like the lichen that I failed to notice
them during a considerable interval during which I was
looking at some ants which nest in that particular tree.
The ants did not seem to mind them. So perfectly quiet
were they that I thought they were large scale insects.
Concealed in deep cracks on the bark I found some of the
mature bugs, not so well protected as the nymphs by
their colour. This protection, in virtue of their power of
flight, and their odour when disturbed, the adults would
not require, though they were by no means conspicuous.
They rested in groups of three or four together.

, i
Retip tiie, <5,

( 449 )

APPENDIX.

A. NEUROPTERA.

I. Description of a new Species of Embidae from Southern
Nigeria. By Prof. F. Sinvestrt.

Prapas 1X. X.
Embia (Rhagadochir) apicata, sp. nD.

¢g. Corpus (exsiccatum) castaneo-nigrescens thorace ochraceo-
ferrugineo, antennarum parte distali albicante, alis castaneis lineis
intervenalibus albis, pedibus castaneis, cercis castaneis parte distali
albicante.

Caput subaeque longius (labro excluso) atque latius (oculis
inclusis), lateribus pone oculos gradatim parum convergentibus,
angulis posticis rotundatis, superficie setis brevioribus et brevissimis
vestita. Oculi reniformes, aliquantum prominentes. Antennae
24-articulatae attenuatae, articulo primo subcylindraceo quam
ceteri aliquantum latiore, articulo tertio c. 1/3 longiore quam latiore
et quam secundus etiam c. 1/3 longiore, articulo quarto secundo
longitudine subaequali, articulo decimo parum minus quam dimi-
dium longiore quam latiore, articulis omnibus setis numerosis
subtilibus sat longis instructis. Mandibulae apice bidentato
instructae.

Pronotum postice parum latius quam longius, lateribus partem
anticam versus aliquantum convergentibus, setis numerosis brevibus
instructum; mesonotum margine antico setis longis antrorsum nec
non setis numerosis medianis subanticis instructum; metanotum
nudum scuti margine postico subrecto. Alae venis vide Pl. IX, 1-3.

Pedes setosi, primi paris tarsi articulo primo, subtus menso,
parum magis quam duplo longiore quam latiore, tertii paris coxa,
lateraliter mensa, duplo longiore quam latiore, secundi et tertii
paris tarso vide PI. IX, 5, 6. Abdomen setosum segmenti ultimi
forma et cerci vide Pl. LX, 7, 8.

Long. corp. cum alis mm. 12°5, sine alis 10°5, lat. capitis (cum
oculis) 1°60, pronoti partis posticae 1:30, mesonoti 1°56, long.
antenn. 6°5, alae anticae 10°3, lat. ejusdem 3, long. ped. paris
tertii 5.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS III, IV. (JAN. ’22)

450 Prof. F. Silvestri’s Description of

2. Corpus nigrescens prothorace testaceo-ochraceo, antennis parte
distali albicante, pedibus nigrescentibus, coxis, trochanteribus
testaceo-ochraceis, tibiarum basi et secundi et tertii paris tarsis
aliquantum rufescentibus.

Caput subellipticum, paullum longius quam latius, lateribus late
convexis, oculis vix prominentibus. Antennae in exemplo typico
haud integrae, articulo tertio quam secundus vix longiore, articulo
decimo vix longiore quam latiore. Mandibulae (Pl. X, 5) apice
unidentato, parte molari transverse profunde sulcata.

Thorax pronoto subtrapezoideo, mesonoti scuto quam idem
metanoti parum longiore et paullum angustiore.

Pedes primi paris tarsi articulo primo, subtus menso, parum
magis quam duplo longiore quam latiore, paris tertii femore, later-
aliter menso, parum magis quam 1/3 longiore quam latiore, secundi
et tertii paris tarsi vide Pl. X, 1-3.

Abdomen a segmento septimo parum, a segmento octavo ali-
quantum angustius, tergiti decimi margine postico rotundato, cercis
vide Pl. X, 4.

Long. corp. mm. 14, lat. capitis 2°2, pronoti partis posticae 1°60,
mesonoti 2, long. pedum paris tertii 5°6.

[Two g and 2 2 from webs on Para Rubber trees
at Agege, near Lagos: 1917-1918. For notes on the
webs and enclosed Embias see pp. 413—-16.—E.B.P.]

Larva, Corpus totum testaceum. Antennae 15~—19-articulatae,
articulo tertio quam secundus aliquantum longiore.
Long. corp. mm. 7; lat. capitis 0°92.

|These larvae were from the cotton-seed sacks at Moor
Plantation (pp. 415-16). Prof. Silvestri wrote concerning
them, Jan. 12, 1921: “It is very probable that these
larvae belong to the same species as the ¢ and Q, but
one cannot be absolutely certain if they were not collected
near the adults. The web and the environment of the

larva may be rather different from those of the adults.’’—
E.B.P.]

Observatio. Species haec ad Hmbia (Rhagadochir) vosseleri End.
proxima est, sed colore et maris partis laevae tergiti decimi forma
saltem distincta est.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate 1X.

Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.

EMBIA (RHAGADOCHIR) APICATA Silvestri (male)

Qi
b

RES

MS

poe
= Sy
Red

pees

<<

a ea a

ae iC

i Pai 4
fi ra

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate X.

Vaus & Crampton, Lid.

EMBIA (RHAGADOCHIR) APICATA Silvestri (female).

=f 3 oe eA the EM aa: ing gO
| antec ef Himlvidae fora Souther Rigove. 451 ¢

EXPLANATION oF Pirate IX.
_ Embia (Rhagadochir) apicata, mas: 1, ala antica; 2, ala postica ;

; 8, alae particula, multo ampliata; 4-6, pedum primi, secundi et
____ tertii paris tarsus et praetarsus; 7, corporis pars posterior a seg-
___- mento nono prona; 8, eadem supina; 9, mandibula dextera supina.
yy 4.- - ’ ‘ - : g

Bs | _EXpbanation oF Prate X.
Bs Embia (Rhagadochir) apicata, femina: 1-3, pedum primi, secundi

q et tertii paris tarsus et praetarsus; 4, corporis pars posterior a
5 segmento decimo; 5, mandibula dextera supina.
2 - #
\>
i ™~ '
f js * ee
’ , ’
> ‘a me

Il. Corrodentia: Psocidae. On a new Southern Nigerian
Psocid. By Prof. R. Newsteap, F.R.S.

Puate XI. Text Ficure 1.
Psocus nigeriensis, sp. n.

General colour of body dusky ochraceous, legs slightly paler
than thorax with the distal extremities of the tibiae dark brown
or black; spines on the legs dark brown or black; nasus some-
times with very faint traces of dark brown, interrupted, vertical
markings. Antennae with the first three segments slightly paler
than the thorax, the rest dark brown or blackish. Wings with
the venation normal, perostigma very faintly infuscated; there is
also a small faintly infuscated area immediately below the superior

¥ “See eesca --

Fia. 1. Psocus nigeriensis, Newstead.

apical furcation; the transverse vein and the proximal branches of
the forked vein (forming roughly the cursive numeral 4, upside
down on the left and also retrograde on the right), also the veins
enclosing the marginal cellules 2-4, and the major portion of the
superior apical furcation, intense dark brown to blackish; the
remaining portions of the veins faintly indicated and almost colour-
less. Eyes either partially or entirely black.

©. Number of antennal segments doubtful (ten were counted
in one individual, but this appeared to be imperfect); Ist and 2nd
segments very short and the former moniliform and much stouter
than the 2nd; 8rd and 4th equal in length, and about ten times
longer than the 2nd. Maxillary palpi (Pl. XI, a) with the 2nd seg-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 22)

a ae Oe Ce ee

Prof. R. Newstead on a new Southern Nigerian Psocid. 453

ment nearly equal in length to the 4th, all the segments with fine
stiff hairs. The long, “slender, curved, horny process” (West-
wood) or maxillary fork normal (Pl. XI, b). Mandibles (Pl. XI, c)
asymmetrical, tridentate distally, inner surface, at the base, with
a large and somewhat quadrate tooth-plate or rasp-like structure
composed of 16 rows of minute teeth (PI. XI, cl); immediately
above this on the inner margin of the right mandible is a small
blunt tooth. Lingua (Pl. XI, d) composed of two broad, blade-
like processes the edges of which are folded over and finely but
bluntly serrate, the two structures fused in the middle line so that
collectively they form a trough-like process. Pharynx or pharyn-
geal sclerite strongly chitinised and leading from this is a strongly
defined chitinous chord or “lingual duct”’ (Pl. XI, d1) which bifur-
cates just beyond the middle distance, one branch going to each of
the two blade-like structures (“lingual glands’) respectively, each
one terminating at the anterior margin where they are apparently
connected with a small opening or channel. Tibiae of all the legs
thickly clothed with long, stiff spines (Pl. XI, e) each of which is
partly surrounded, at the base, by a minute coronet of short stiff
spines; tarsi of two segments, those of legs ii and iii (PI. XI, el)
with a closely packed series of long stout curved spines, each sur-
rounded by a coronet of short spines (‘‘ ctenidiobothrien ’’), similar
to, but much larger than, those on the tibiae; on the proximal
segment of leg ii there are 13 and on the distal one 3; on leg iil
there are 24 and 6 respectively. Abdomen very sparsely clothed
with minute hairs; distal segments (Pl. XI, /) with the sclerite of
the 9th abdominal sternite of three processes, the median one more
or less pointed, the laterals (Pl. XI, f2) quadrate with the distal
margin furnished with small bluntly pointed spines; terminal
segment with two pairs of spine-like processes (Pl. XI, 1) the lower
pair much the larger.

Length of specimen restored in KOH, 3-5 mm.

Length of fore-wing, 6-3 mm.; total expanse of wings, 14 mm.
approximately.

g- Abdominal hairs longer and more numerous than in the 9.
Genital armature of the only example before me, has not restored
sufficiently in the KOH to enable me to determine the morpho-
logical characters with any degree of exactness. I can only add
that the lateral lobe-like extensions are rather thickly studded with
very long hairs (Pl. XI, g) each of which is surrounded by a rosette-
like pattern.

West Arrica: Agege, 8. Nigeria, gregarious on the
bark of Par&é Rubber (Hevea brasiliensis Miill. Arg.);

454 Prof. R. Newstead on a new Southern Nigerian Psocid.

22.ix.17. See pp. 418-20 for an account of the habits of
this and two other species.

This somewhat remarkable species is nearly allied to
Psocus kiboschoénsis Knderlein; * but the fore-wings are
much longer and the structural characters of the pygidium
of the female, together with the greater number of “ cteni-
diobothrien ” on the tarsi, readily distinguish it.

* Der Schwedischen Zool. Exp. Kilimanjaro-Meru; 3B, p. 31,
taf. 5, figs. 2, 8 (1910).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Psocus nigeriensis Newst. 2: a, maxillary palpus; 6, maxillary
process; c, mandible; cl, compound tooth-plate; d, lingua; dl,
chitinous chord; e, compound spines (ctenidiobothrien); el, tar-
sus with the ventral compound spines; /, pygidium in profile;
fl, spine-like processes ; f2, one of the quadrate sclerites ; /3, median
selerite; /4, the dotted ovate line indicates the position of one of
the faecal pellets. g, 5: rosette-like platelette and hair on the anal
lobes.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XJ.

Se

Vaus & Crampton, Lid.

PSOCUS NIGERIENSIS Newstead.

B. HYMENOPTERA.

Ill. On a new Joppine (Ichneumonidae) Genus and Species
bred from a Lycaenid Larva in Southern Nigeria.
By James Warerston, B.D., D.Sc., Assistant in
the Department of Entomology, British Museum,
Natural History.

Text Figures 2, 3.

Tue single Ichneumonid in Mr. Farquharson’s collection,
though represented by only one example with defective
antennae, has proved to be of great interest. A prolonged
study of this specimen convinced me that it must be
assigned to the Joppinae, and further that it was referable
to no. described genus. At my request Dr. A. Roman of
Stockholm examined the insect, and his opinion as to its
systematic position agrees with that just expressed. For
this kindness and further for drawing my attention to
the importance of the host attachment (vide infra) of this
new genus I desire to express my hearty thanks.

The genus Adelotropis (Gdnloc, todmic) is easily recog-
nised by antennal and neurational characters and the
genotype in all probability by colour and puncturation.,

Fam. ICHNEUMONIDAE.
Sub-fam. JOPPINAE.

Adelotropis, gen. nov.

Head as wide as thorax. Frons smooth, without carina between
the antennae. Face medianly raised, the swelling defined with
moderate sharpness just below the toruli and fading out towards
the clypeus. The latter not separated from the face medianly but
shallowly at the sides (towards the ends of the tentorial apodemes).
Inner orbits a little divergent towards the mouth edge. Occiput
and genae smooth. The latter slightly swollen posteriorly so that
in profile the genae are not margined. The occipital margin, fine
but distinct and thinning out ventrally, reaches the mouth edge as
a delicate line perceptible only from behind. The first normal
funicular joint (post annellus) shorter than the second which is
longer also than its successors. Thorax robust; notauli shallow
and indistinct; scutellum deeply separated from scutum and
bluntly, conically, elevated with a broad raised flange which is
apically defective. Propodeon dorsally short, deeply separated

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS Il, IV. (JAN. ’22)

456 Dr. James Waterston on

from postscutellum, its areae almost completely but in places indis-
tinctly indicated. Spiracles rather narrow. Wings. The outer-
most (3rd) abscissa of the radius is straight and the 2nd recurrent
broken just below $ and with a rudimentary external branch. In
the hind-wings the nervellus is very slightly antefurcal and broken
at its lower extremity. The discoidella emitted here and the
posterior beyond this point are spurious.

Abdomen, 2nd segment with pronounced punctate striate sculp-
ture; gastrocoeli large. Hind-legs, especially the femora, robust,
tarsal ungues strong, simple.

Fic. 2. Adelotropis jfarquharsoni, sp.n., (a4) Basal joints of
antenna, (b,c) Wings.

In its genal characters this genus closely resembles
Joppa F., but its affinities on the whole are with the
genera Anisobas Wesm., Listrodromus Wesm., and Neo-
lypus Forst., particularly with the latter. A further
indication of the relationship of these four groups is to
be found in their host attachment—all of them parasitising
Lycaenids.

Genotype the following.

Adelotropis farquharsoni, sp. n.

®. Head and antennae, up to the 8th normal funicular joint,
blackish brown except for one large pale spot at the base of the
mandible, a second along the inner orbit of the eye extending

- mana series

a new Ichneumonid Genus and Species. 457

upwards to the level of the anterior ocellus and inwardly to the
edge of the torulus and a third narrow and indistinct along the
posterior orbit on its upper 1, Thorax dark ferruginous, propodeon
more infuscated especially antero-dorsally. Legs and abdomen
blackish brown, the fore and hind tarsi slightly paler. Apex of

Fic. 3. Adelotropis farquharsom, sp.n. (a) Propodeon from
above, (b) Propodeon in profile, to show the areae. The punctura-
tion is not expressed. (c) Post petiole and succeeding tergite, to
show puncturation of the latter. (cx) Coxa.

hind coxae and hind tibial spurs pale. The abdominal tergites
from 4 onwards broadly yellowish white apically, as is also the
upper half of the sheath of the terebra.

Head, occiput to genae shining with only a few scattered punc-
tures behind the ocelli; vertex with a few punctures (minute)
anteriorly at the sides of the ocellar triangle. Frons smooth and
finely and sparsely punctate at the sides on the pale spots, Face
and clypeus dull, closely and finely punctate,

458 Dr. James Watestem on a new Ichneumonid.

Thorax. Mesonotum (including scutellum) with rather large
coarse sparse but even puncturation. Mesosternopleurae more
closely punctate; upper part of furrow smooth: posteriorly before
the epimeron, it is crenulate. Metapleurae deeply sunk. Propo-
deon. With care all the areae can be made out but the best-defined
keels are those bounding the dentiparal area which postero-laterally
bears a low inconspicuous tooth best seen from above (fig. 3a).
Fairly distinct too are the keels above and below the pleural area
(fig. 3b).

Basal area and areola confluent and nearly merged with the
external areae. The dorsal surface of the propodeon within these
areae shining and smooth but irregular, such punctures as are present
being near the sides of the areae. Juxta-coxal, pleural, spiracular
and posterior areae dull, with coarse close puncturation. Par-
ticularly at the sides and posteriorly (7. e. over the punctured surfaces)
the propodeon is clothed with a dense whitish pubescence.

Wings (see fig. 2bc). About 10 hooks on the costa of the hind-
wings.

Legs. Hind coxae externally coarsely and closely, the hind
femora more finely, punctured.

Abdomen. Petiole smooth shining expanding distally to the wide
post petiole. The latter intumescent between and round the small
broadly oval spiracles. On the petiole itself are a few elongate
punctures deeper anteriorly than posteriorly: apically the punc-
tures become more numerous and coarser especially beyond the
spiracles at the sides.

The 2nd (8rd) segment (fig. 3c) has a deep coarse Simatiratinn)
the punctures for the most part drawn out and deeper anteriorly
so that the surface has a sub-aciculate appearance. The 3rd (4th)
tergite is similar to the second and also basally crenulate. ‘The
remainder of the dorsal surface is smooth.

Length, about 8 mm.

Alar expanse, about 14 mm.

One 2 bred March 22, 1917, from the larva of a Lycaenid,
probably Deudorix diyllus Hew., feeding on the flowers of
Pterocarpus esculenta, at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan,
S. Nigeria (p. 382).

et bali sto a
( 459 )

IV. On Chalcid Parasites bred from Pupae of Teratoneura
isabellae. By JAMES WATERSTON, ED. Die:

[In a letter of Oct. 18, 1917, Farquharson spoke of sending
“two Teratoneura pupae from which Chalcids of two kinds
emerged. I have more in reserve.” (See also his notes on
pp. 346-47.) Of the pupae sent, one, A, had yielded, on
March 5, 1917, 245 minute Chalcids; from the other, B,
found Feb. 21, 1917, a single large female, identified by
Dr. J. Waterston as Chalcis % leighi, emerged March 2.
The material in reserve arrived later and consisted of 152
minute Chalcids, which emerged Feb. 20, 1917, from a
pupa, C, which was not received. These 152 examples
were larger than those from pupa A, but considered by
Dr. Waterston to belong to the same species Tetrastichus.
balteatus. That the 245 should be smaller than the 152
was to be expected, but that the proportion of males in
the larger number should be so much higher (2 to 5 as
against 2 to 17) suggests further inquiries which may lead
to conclusions of much interest. Dr. Waterston has
kindly written (Sept. 18, 1919, and Feb. 29, 1920) the
following account.—E.B.P.]

re Chalcids from TERATONEURA.
There are in this material two species :—

(a) Eulophidae—Genus Tetrastichus.

Tetrastichus balteatus Waterst. (Bull. Ent. Res. VI,
Pt. III, Dec. 1915, p. 241, figs. 4, 6).

Of this species there are [altogether from pupae A
and C] 86 ¢ and 311 Q (i.e. 21°66 % of the total—397)
which agree well with the type material bred from the
pupa of a Lymantriid moth, Port Herald, Nyasaland.
There are some slight differences in the proportion of the
funicular joints ($) which do not appear to be of specific
value.

I cannot discover that more than one species is repre-
sented. The difference in size which struck you is partly
sexual, the female being on the average considerably larger
than the male, partly also I believe a matter of nutrition.
Sorting the material roughly by size there are two lots of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. ’22)

460 Dr. James Waterston on Chalcid Parasites.

larger and smaller examples respectively. These lots
analyse as follows :—

Mounts. 3 9

Largerexamples .| 12“C” 16 | 136 | ae2gto 179
Smallerexamples .| 12 “A” | 70 175 | ¢.e23 4059
Tomans s 25> aia. | 86 | 311

I take it that ““C” and “A” refer to separate pupae
of Teratoneura. If so the difference im size is apparently
due to the fact that in the A lot not only was the parasitism
heavier but the ratio of males to females over three times
higher.

(b) Chaleididae—Genus Chalcis.

Chalcis 2? leighi Cam. (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. v, 1907,
p. 210). One 2 from pupa B.

Cameron’s species rests on the unique and imperfect type
in the B. M., and a complete comparison has not been
possible. In your example the puncturation of the hind
femora is hardly so heavy, nor is the base of the hind
tibia so pale above as in the Natal insect. But the two
are extremely close if not identical, as I incline to think
they will prove to be.

461}

C. LEPIDOPTERA.

V. Description of new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly
Lycaenidae from Southern Nigeria, and one from
Damba Island, Victoria Nyanza. By G. T.
BrETHUNE-BAKER.

a. LIPTENINAE.

Epitola lamborni, sp. n.

Q. Primaries, upperside, costa broadly dark ash-grey, termen
broader and darker grey, cell and basal three-quarters of fold
covered with very pale blue scales over a whitish ground which
shows through as a white spot beyond the end of the cell and as
three or four larger spots in the postmedian area ; there is a blackish
blotch beyond the lower angle of the cell and another at the upper
angle; these are more narrowly confluent between veins 4 and 5.
Secondaries pale ash-grey with the basal and median areas between
veins 1 and 6 covered with very pale blue scales. Fringes whitish
with the veins darkly intersecting.

Underside, both wings white with grey markings. Primaries
with three spots in the cell, a grey area all round the cell with a
good deal of white scaling over it, this grey area is projected right
outwards between veins 3 and 4 but recedes somewhat basewards,
above vein 4 it recedes and is sharply crenulate, a very irregular
white area follows and is succeeded by two rows of very pale grey
crenulate markings obsolescing towards the tornus. Secondaries
with a basal grey dash, two sub-basal grey spots across the cell,
beyond which is a series of about 5 confluent spots across the
middle of the cell which is closed by a narrowish dash with a whitish
centre, most of the spots have also more or less whitish centres ;
beyond the cell a very irregular crenulate area of grey and whitish,
an irregular broadish clear whitish area follows and is succeeded
by two submarginal crenulate grey lines with whitish filling between ;

termen finely grey.
Expanse 40 mm,

Hab. Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria.

Type in the Oxford Museum.

I name this after the wonderfully assiduous and able
naturalist who bred it on Oct. 29, 1913, from a pupa found
two days earlier.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS IU, IV. (JAN.’22.) HH

462 Ly hs ons HOrine Baker's Descriplion of

Epitola carpenteri, sp. n.

3. Upperside, both wings dark brown with the basal and
median areas quite covered with somewhat lustrous darkish blue
scales which extend almost to the termen in the secondaries.
Underside, primaries brown with the median area dark grey and
in the postmedian area there is a well-defined paler area crenulate
at its inner margin in the fold, whilst beyond the cell is a trace of
two small paler spots which are separated from those on the fold
by a dash of the dark ground-colour, Secondaries uniformly brown.

®. Upperside, primaries dark brown, below the cell whitish with
a slight superimposition of very pale blue scales, a largish white
spot between veins 2 and 3 in the postmedian area, and an oblique
series of small white spots in the same area just below the costa.
Secondaries pale grey with bluish scaling in the basal and median
areas. Underside with the bluish and white areas and spots
repeated in white, the postmedian spots being separated by a
broad dash of the blackish ground-colour about vein 4, otherwise
like the male.

Expanse ¢ 38, 9 34 mm.

Hab. Damba Island, N.W. Victoria Nyanza, about
20 miles S.E. of Entebbe: j—jungle, E. side of island,
between Sept. 1 and 15, 1911: Q—on shore, E. side,
July 14, 1911. Mar. 16-May 31 was much the wettest
part of Dr. Carpenter’s visit, from Mar. 16 to Dee. 22.

Types in the Oxford Museum.

I name“this species after its captor. At first I was
almost inclined to consider it was a form of HF. cephena
Hew., but further comparison makes me feel it cannot
be so.

b. LYCAENINAE.
Epamera farquharsoni, sp. n.

3. Upperside, both wings lustrous bright azure blue. Primaries
with the blue area rounded off so as to leave the upper end of the
cell black and not extending into the tornus, it thus leaves the tornus
and the apical half of the wing deep black. Secondaries entirely
blue except the costa which is grey from vein 6, a large shiny
leaden grey roundish sexual patch occupies the cell and somewhat
around it. The apex of the wing is narrowly black with a linear
black termen. The two tails are black tipped with white whilst
the lower longer one is fringed with white as well. Underside,
both wings pure white. Primaries with a trace of a straightish

Se at =

New Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 463

very fine grey postmedian line to vein 2, a very large patch of
black sex hairs from the inner marginal lobe. Secondaries with a
fine distinct dark grey postmedian line, consisting of curved inter-
nervular dashes more or less confluent below vein 2 angled and
receding to the inner margin, a yellowish submarginal line, a black
spot in orange between veins 2 and 3, and another spot on the anal
lobe surrounded with carmine and with broad red internal. edging
and also with a trace of mauve metallic scaling.

2. Upperside, primaries with the black area smaller in pro-
portion and the blue area much less brilliant and paler fading into
whitish at its outer margin. Secondaries with the blue as in the
primaries not lustrous and much paler, and with three small
marginal anal black spots with orange internal edging. Underside,
both wings as in the male but the markings more definite.

Expanse ¢ 38, 9 42 mm.

Hab. Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria.

Types in the Oxford Museum, 2 479. All were bred
from larvae feeding on flowers of Loranthus incanus
parasitic on Funtunua elastica (see pp. 362-63).

Deudorix odana H. H. Druce.

2. Upperside, both wings dull lavender grey with broad dusky
external margins. Underside, just like the male but whiter.

Expanse 44-46 mm.

Two examples, bred by Farquharson at Moor Plantation.

There appear to be two forms of this species in both
sexes. In the Farquharson specimens the undersides are
white, the females even whiter than the males. On the
upperside the Farquharson females are grey. In my own
collection the under surface of the male is dark grey,
whilst my two females are uniformly brown above and pale
stone-grey beneath, the pattern in both cases being typical.
My specimens are from Sierra Leone and the Cameroons.

[After hearing of the above-described variation in
colour, I sent two of the most divergent of Lamborn’s
males from Oni to Mr. Bethune-Baker, who compared
the armatures with those of his own forms and found all
precisely the same.—H.B.P.]

I have been unable to find any record of a description
of the females of this and the two following species, and
as there are specimens of all, bred with their males by
Farquharson at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria
(see pp. 378, 381), it is well to make the record.

464 Mr. G. T. Bethuf@Baker’s Description of Lepidoptera.

Deudorix (Pilodeudorix) diyllus Hew.

®. Upperside, both wings uniform dark brown with pale grey
fringes. Underside, stone grey with the markings narrow exactly
like the male.

Expanse 31-34 mm.

Deudorix (Pilodeudorix) camerona Pitz.

©. Upperside, both wings dark brown with the basal half having
a somewhat leaden tinge. Underside, pale brownish (not the cold
leaden grey of the male) with all the markings precisely as in the
male but slightly larger. Fringes darkish grey.

Expanse 35-38 mm,

c. HeETEROCERA: LITHOSIINAE.

Chionaema farquharsoni sp. n.

. Upperside, white. Primaries with a sub-basal curved scarlet
stripe, median scarlet stripe slightly curved, postmedian stripe very
slightly angled below the second black spot and from there inclined
outwards; termen scarlet broadish in the apical area, two black
spots, the first in the cell, beyond the middle, and the second at
the end of the cell.

Expanse 25 mm.

Type in the Oxford Museum, a female bred 1916-17
from a cocoon found on the Cremastogaster ant-tree,
Alstonia congensis, at Moor Plantation.

This appears to be near Chionaema pretoriae Distant.
The cocoon is ovate in shape, and is entirely covered,
hedgehog fashion, with a dense clothing of fine long hairs
which are pennate, consisting of a main quill from which
emanates on each side a series of fine hairs (see also p. 488).

ax

( 465 )

VI. Notes on two Lipteninae collected by C. O. Farquharson.
By Prof. HK. B. Poutron, F.R.S.

a. THe Mimetic PATTERN oF TERATONEURA.

At the time when the first specimen (p. 339) was received,
the only example that I knew of in any collection was the
male type of zsabellae Dudgeon, in the British Museum. The
arrival of the female made possible the full consideration of
the probable bionomic significance of the pattern. The
upper surface is clearly mimetic of the male Planema
epaea Cram., which is the primary model of several other
species. The female Teratoneura—having somewhat
smaller, less reddish, paler orange markings, with com-
paratively dyslegnic borders—is a better mimic than the
male. In addition to the mimicry of the male epaea,
this Lycaenid appears also to exhibit secondary resem-
blance to certain other species of Lipteninae—to the
female of Telipna acraea Westw., the male of Mimacraea
fulvaria Auriv., both male and female MW. dubitata H. H.
Druce, and more distantly to the male of M. apicalis
Sm. and Kirb., with a pale subapical bar to the fore-wing.

Farquharson wrote on Feb. 28, 1917, concerning the
mimicry of Teratoneura: “‘ Although the upper-surface
colours are rather Acraeine-like, I have not observed any
Acraeines near the tree nor any of those whose flight is
anything like as rapid as that of the Lycaenid. When
at rest the wings are folded and the lower wings take up
rather a curious position so that their tips project above
the line of the anterior pair. The poise is on the whole
rather Skipper-like.”

Although it is usual for models and mimies to frequent
the same type of country and to be found flying together,
examples of forest species mimicking those of more open
country are well known. The flight of a mimicking
species is commonly more rapid than that of its model.

b. THE SYNONYMY OF CITRINOPHILA TENERA KIRBY.
THE PATTERNS OF THE SEXES DIFFER AS DO THOSE OF
THE Mopet, TerrAs. J. ROBER’S RECENT CRITICISMS.

As there is a fine series of 31 males and 14 females
of this form at Oxford, nearly all captured at Oni by
Mr. W. A. Lamborn, it seemed advisable to take this
opportunity of clearing up the synonymy. By the kind-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, Iv. (JAN. 22)

Ct ofa eee

466 Prof. E. B. Poulton’s Notes on

ness of Mr. J. J. Joicey I have been permitted to study
the four Kirby types in the Grose-Smith collection—
limbata and marginalis, both males, from the Cameroons,
tenera and similis, both females, from Gaboon and
Ashanti, respectively. Aurivillius (“ Rhop. Aethiop.,” p.
269), considers limbata a synonym of lenera, and marginalis
of similis, which also ‘‘ =? tenera.” Dr. Eltringham and
I entirely agreed with this last suggestion which would
sink the other three names to fenera. We had not the
slightest doubt that all four are conspecific and only
differ in variable features of the pattern. In fact so far
as the male types are concerned there was no difference
at all worth mentioning, both types coming from the same
locality, marginalis being slightly the larger and paler of
the two, the latter distinction apparently due to its being
a little more worn. The two female types differ in a
variable feature—the black margin of the hind-wing
upper surface—that of tenera being narrow and _ inter-
rupted, forming a beaded Mylothris-like border, the beads
developed at the ends of the veins, the interruptions
internervular. The under surface of both wings is similarly
beaded, but this is a common feature in all forms of the
species. The name similis may be conveniently retained
for female forms of tenera with the black margin of the
hind-wing upper surface continuous and not beaded.
This form is evidently much commoner than the type,
and 13 out of the 14 Oni females belong to it, the 14th,
with its black margin reduced to scattered dots but not
beaded, being transitional to the tenera Q form. The
whole of the 31 males are fresh, bright specimens, precisely
like the type of limbata except for the absence in the latter
of a small central black spot on the hind-wing under
surface. In fact, the Oxford series entirely supports
Aurivillius’ conclusions. There is no doubt that the four
types of Kirby are a single species, and that all the Oni
males are limbata (a synonym of tenera), while all the
females but one are the similis 2 form of teiera, the excep-
tion approaching the fenera 2 form.

When a long series of males and females of Citrinophila
tenera are compared together certain extremely interesting
differences are revealed. In the females the orange eround-
colour is paler and yellower, the black margin of the fore-
wing upper surface does not “extend along the basal section
of the costa (noted by Eltringham in “ African Mimetic

ih tee 8a Se

two Inpteninae collected by C. O. Farquharson. 467

Butterflies,” Oxford, 1910, p. 89), and the black margin
of the hind-wing upper surface is narrower. In other
words the differences are those commonly characteristic
of the genus Terzas, viz. of the Pierine models.

J. Rober in an article on mimicry (Entom. Mitteilungen,
vol. x, nr. 1, Jan. 5, 1921, p. 23) disputes Doflein’s conclu- :
sion (Hesse and Doflein “ Tierbau und Tierleben,” vol. ii,
1914, pl. ix) that eras is the model of Cuitrinophila,
because the special protection of Zerias has not yet been
proved, and because of the difference in size. But such
a difference between model and mimic is common and
unimportant; for, as Mr. F. A. Heron has pointed out,
apparent size is determined by distance (Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1903, pp. Ixv, lxvi). Furthermore, the resemblance
deceives the insects themselves; for one of the Oni males
referred to on p. 465 was observed by Lamborn, on Aug.
5, 1910, to be eagerly pursuing a male of Terias senegalensis
Boisd., and both were taken in a single sweep of the net.
Although this Terias is not so good a model as brigitta
the two insects would closely resemble each other on the
wing. ‘The correspondence between the patterns of the
sexes referred to above supplies further evidence of mimetic
association.

I have now had the opportunity of studying Doflein’s
plate, and find that the figures of Citrinophila similis and
its model Terias brigitta Cram. are copied from Dr.
Eltringham’s work, published in 1910 (ibid., p. 89, pl. ix.
figs. 27 and 22, respectively).

Dr. Dixey has kindly written the following note on the
mimicry of Citrinophila tenera :—

“Of the three common species of Terias which occur
in the same locality as Mr. Lamborn’s specimens of
Citrinophila tenera, viz. T. brigitta Cram., T'. regularis
Butl., and 7. senegalensis Boisd., the resemblance is closest
to T. brigitta. The correspondence between the male
Lycaenid and the male Pierid is remarkably exact; that
between the respective females is also quite good, but in
this latter case there are some interesting differences.
The aspect of 7. brigitta 2 varies according to season, and
the aspect of C. tenera, 2 f. similis presents features
which belong to the wet phase of 7. brigitta 2 together
with some that are characteristic of the dry. The dark
border to the hind-wing in the similis 2 suggests the
“wet-season’’ phase of 7. brigitta 2, while the uniform

_

468 Prof. E. B. Poulton’s Notes on two Lipteninae.

yellow of the ground-colour, and absence of dusky irrora-
tion, are marks of the ‘ dry-season’ phase. The tenera 9
on the other hand, with a greatly reduced hind-wing
border, resembles the dry phase of the model in this as in
the other respects. It appears, however, to be far less
common than similis, at any rate in the Lagos district.

“Tt may perhaps be said that on a rapid glance an
average similis ¢ of C. tenera would pass muster as either

‘dry’ or a ‘wet’ T. brigitta 9. The yellow of the
irae Terias is usually paler than that of the male at
all seasons, and the yellow of the female Lycaenid tends
similarly to be paler than that of the male, but to a less
extent. The absence of the dark costal border to the
fore-wing, passing inward from the dark apex, is character-
istic of the female of both species. The yellow of Citrino-
phila, being slightly tinged with ochre, is hardly so
brilhant as that of Terias, but there can be little doubt
that it would be difficult to distinguish the two insects
when flying, or even when settled.

“The upper surface of the yellow examples of the
larger species of Citrinophila (C. erastus Hew., or probably
a closely allied species or subspecies), captured by Lam-
born at Oni, differs in size and shape and to some extent
in colour from C. tenera. In all these respects it approaches
the aspect of Terias regularis Butl., a near ally of 7’. brigitta.
The under surface of this Citrinophila resembles, strongly
in the female but less so in the male, a pattern common
in the Pierine genus Mylothris ; and the same is true of
the upper surface as well as the under of the creamy white
female of typical erastus, although the yellow upper
surface of its male is mimetic of Terias. The resemblance
of the white female to Mylothris was described by Eltring-
ham in 1910 (ibid., p. 90, pl. ix, fig. 30). See also Proc.
Roy. Soc., B., vol. 91, 1920, pp. xxiv, xxv.

“The general resemblance of Cutrinophila to Terias
extends also to 7’. senegalensis, but is much less obvious
in this case than in the other two.

“It is worthy of note that Liptena flavicans Sm. and
Kirb., specimens of which are also in Mr. Lamborn’s

collection from Oni, at once recalls the dry-season female °

of Terias brigitta, though the brownish-ochreous hue of
the former insect is dull in comparison with the clear
yellow of the latter.”

i

( 469 )

VIL. The polymorphic Females of Cymothoe theobene
Dbl.-Hew. The Specimens captured, and Families
bred from known Female Parents by W. A. Lamborn.
By Prof. Poutton.

Ir is exceedingly interesting that Farquharson should
have repeated at Moor Plantation in 1915 the breeding
experiments conducted by Lamborn at Oni, 70 miles
KE. of Lagos, in 1912. No account of these results or of
Lamborn’s captured specimens has hitherto appeared,
and, inasmuch as they add another and very striking
example to the list of butterflies with polymorphic females,
I take this opportunity of describing them. The new
female forms, which are very variable and are transitional
into one another, may be grouped as follows :—

A. Lutescens, 9 f. n.

The white median band of F. and H.W.s of the
theobene 2 is more or less invaded by orange, which
also often appears around the blackish spots of the
irregularly curved row distal to the band and around
the spots of the submarginal lunulate line. The black-
brown basal area of both wings also acquires a yellowish
tinge, and, in the darker examples, the sharpness of its |
distal edge is obscured. The orange may perhaps be
explained by transference from the male, but it is com-
monly accompanied by dark pigment, the two together
producing an appearance altogether different from the
theobene 2. The lutescens form is transitional on one side
into theobene and on the other, by increase in the dark
pigment, into the following :—

B. Nigro-lutescens, 9 f. n.

In this form the dark pigment tends completely to
overspread the white area of theobene, in both wings.
Combined with it the orange, becoming very faint in
the darkest examples, occupies the positions described
above. In spite of this increasing faintness accompanying
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, Iv. (JAN. ’22)

470 Prof. &, Poulton on the

increasing darkness, the nigrescens forms, without the
orange, are less dark than the majority of nigro-lutescens.
The most extreme example of the latter (No. 8, p. 471)
appears as an almost uniformly blackish butterfly with a
faint yellow tinge in the region of the median band and
one still fainter, indeed evanescent, in the more distal
areas.*

C. Nigrescens, 9 f. n.

In this form the dark pigment invades the white
median band to a variable extent, in pronounced exam-
ples nearly obliterating it, in others replacing it by grey.
In many specimens this invasion is strong in F.W., slight
in H.W. As already stated, the pigment is less dark in
this form than in nigro-lutescens, and the distal edge of
the basal area and the spots of the curved and lunulate
lines are more distinct than in any other form except
theobene and the palest lutescens.

The under surface of the three forms usually differs but
little from that of theobene. There is commonly an
emphasis of the dark pigment, pronounced in the extreme
forms, especially along the shadow-like outer border of
the midrib-like stripe.

Lamborn’s captured specimens, together with Farqu-
harson’s two bred varieties (p. 403), are arranged below,
each set of forms in the order of increasing darkness.

* Tt is interesting to note that parallel female forms are found in
the allied 8. African C. alcimeda Godt., as recognised by Trimen in
‘South African Butterflies,’ 1887, i, p. 314. In a series of 4 3,
9 2 captured by the Rev. K. St. A. Rogers at Eland’s Kop (about
5000 ft.), about 30 miles S.W. of Pieter Maritzburg, March 12=21,
1919, 6 2 have the median band of the creamy colour described by
Trimen on p. 313 (where the sign 9 is accidentally replaced by 3).
The tint is deeper in F.W., and in one example may be described
as pale yellow—as also in a Q from Llabisa, E. Centr. Zululand.
In the remaining three Eland’s Kop 9 the yellow tint is greatly
deepened in both wings, being pale ochreous in one, deep
ochreous in the second, and nearly obliterated by fuscous in the
third. There is a less strong fuscous invasion of the band in the
two former, and all three may be considered forms of nigro-
fulvescens, the third being very near nigrescens. The Eland’s Kop
examples are small, the females varying from 52 to 56 mm. in
expanse, the males from 46 to 52.—E. B. P.

Polymorphic Females of Cymothoe theobene Dbl.-Hew. 471

1. Lutescens 9f.: Oni. May 25, 1910. Orange tinge
faint.
Bi ‘s 55 Oct. 11, 1910. (Type.) Capt.
in Cop.
my es sue May 27, 1910:
3 “3 ioe ltl y, 18; L9E2,
Nigro-lutescens 9{. Bred by Farquharson (p. 403)
at Moor Plantation, Aug. 21,
1915. (Type.)
t. enn Ago 7 1910.
2 ,, Oni. Dec. 1, 1908—Dec. 3, 1909.
a , Bred by Farquharson (p. 403)
at Moor Plantation, Aug. 4,
1915. By far the darkest
form with much the strongest
“shadow” to midrib stripe
on underside.

Then follow the nigrescens 2 forms in the order of
increasing darkness, but it must be remembered, much
less dark than the majority of nigro-lutescens.

9. Nigrescens 29f.: Oni. Emerged Mar. 24,1911, from

pupa found Mar. 23. (Type.)
Median band grey in F.W.
nearly white in H.W.

ag zs April 2519105: On. black
sticky exudation fallen from
tree. Median band grey in
both F. and H.W. Strong
“shadow” to midrib stripe
on underside.

Se

OU 9

Seve GE

10.

All three forms fly with theobene, and there is no evi-
dence of any local or seasonal difference between them.
Thus half the individuals of the above list were taken in
the forest up to a mile to the E. of Oni in 1910, while 7
examples of the theobene 2 were captured in the same area
between April 16 and June 5 of the same year. On May
25 and again on May 27 a lutescens (Nos. 1 and 3 re-
spectively) was taken with a theobene. The wet season in
1910 had well set in by about April 25.

The table on p. 472 shows clearly the results obtained
by Lamborn in his three breeding experiments; and here
too in Fams. B and C, as well as in Farquharson’s (p. 403),
the theobene 2 appears with one or more of the new forms.

¥

\

Oe fl

472 Prof. E. B. Poulton on Cymothoe theobene.

Mendelian heredity is suggested by Fam. A, where all the
female offspring are of the same form and all different from
It is to be hoped that breeding experi-
ments may be repeated and carried far enough to test this

the female parent.

suggestion.

Considering the rarity of these new forms in

collections it is remarkable that so many should have
appeared in the four families recorded here and on p. 403.

| | G@Sl¢ala, dias
tad, : Date of | Date of | SS/2S (2681 88a
Oni, 70 m. E. of |" pupa- | emer- |Males' $2 | 32 |388| 28 8| Remarks.
Lagos: 1912. ft dae Lenape BS) 8S 1828] 28
st Linea AS eS las aS
2 =| a et st BS Eewt le
| |
Family A, from | Apr. 27 | May 4) 1
9 parent (No. : — —
767), @ worn eh kom ee
lutescens f. like - — ,;——__ |—_- an
(1) but orange | eae.) a Dla 3 ? 2 similar to type.
stronger in -
pe hs ane | ee aa Online 2 4 he eye
and ; capt. in - }
forest, 1 m. H. DyOwor 5G i
of Oni, Apr. ec!) set 3 1 w. darker H.W.,
ra Gee ie like (10).
pr. is — ——_}——_—
_ died Apr. 19. TOTALS 8 8
Family B, from | Apr.27 | May 5 1 |
@ parent (No. - =
768), a typical} ,, 28) ,, 5) 5 1 9 slehuly darker
theobene form ; ian type.
capt. in forest —-|—_—_|——_ ———_-
mania es SOL | 2, 2 OR Is AO anid 1
Oni, Apr. 13; - :
ova laid Apr. 35) ee a atts 1 1 | @ nigrescens, a
13-15; died | dark var.
Apr. 18. ——_-|——_ ——_ _——_-
Poy 0) eas ba (lta b
TOTALS 10 2 1 1
Family O, from | Apr.28|May6 1 |
9 parent (No. —- - ——— 2
771), injured eh Weayt!) FR hs 1 2 brave. towards
before capt., | } | lutescens.
but probably a |—— ———_ X—_—_ | —_ _ —_-, ——_
pale nigrescens a0 00) Rai aif
f.;* capt. in ~
forest 14 m.|May 1 oe POLIT RS
KE. of Oni, Apr. -—— -——- == -
13; ova laid ? similar to type
Apr. 13-14; moe, Fp 1 but brighter
died Apr. 15. orange.
No’ Fg jel 1 Q nigrescens, a
record, dark var.
TOTALS U 2 vt 1

* Very worn and the H.W.s nearly gone.

the F.W.s, darker in the H

Apparently a nigrescens f., very pale in

|
|

|
|

|

| :
|
|

wi Oe ee. vr

(49345

VIUI. On the Larvae and Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly
Lycaenidae, collected by C. O. Farquharson, W. A.
Lamborn, and the Rev. Canon K. St. A. Rogers.
By Harry Extrincuam, M.A., D.Sc.

Puates XII, XIII. Text Figures 4, 5.

THE accompanying figures of larvae and pupae have been
drawn from examples in the Hope Department at Oxford.
The acquisition of Farquharson’s specimens provided an
opportunity of reviewing the whole of the material at our
disposal, including the valuable contributions received
from Mr. Lamborn and the Rev. Canon K. St. A. Rogers.
It must be understood that as regards the pupae, in nearly
every case the cuticle only has been available, the imago
having emerged. The drawings are thus in the nature
of restorations, and slight errors of shape may have occurred
in those which were in a less perfect condition. The
original colours have not been preserved and it is only
possible to refer to the markings as light or dark, except

in a few cases where they are described in the collector’s
letters.

a. LIPTENINAE.

Aslauga lamborni Bethune-Baker. Plate XII, figs. 4, 5.

Pupa. (Fig.5.) Asmall much-contracted pupa attached
by posterior extremity to a leaf, with the ventral surface
in contact with the support. Chiefly remarkable for the
presence on the pupa of chitinous growths of very remark-
able formation. Such growths in one form or another
are found on many Lycaenid larvae and pupae. They are
of the same nature as the interlocking plates forming the
armour of the larva of Huliphyra mirifica described by me,
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 509. As they are so marked a
feature in Lycaenidae, and their structure is in many cases
so elaborate, I propose the name chitinanth, a word kindly
given me by Prof. Gilbert Murray to whom Prof. Poulton
referred the matter. The meaning is of course “ chitin
flower ’’ and is singularly appropriate. In the present
species comparatively few remain on the pupa, but from an
examination of the larval skin, it would appear that the
larva itself is entirely covered with them.

One of the structures highly magnified is shown at Fig. 4.
Length of pupa 8 mm. Lamborn, Oni. A 2 emerged 3.2.12.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS Ill, IV. (JAN. ’22)

474 Dr. Harry Eltrmgham on the Larvae_and

Euliphyra mirifiea Holl. Plate XIII, fig. 3.

In an appendix to Mr. Lamborn’s paper in our Transac-
tions of 1913, I described (p. 509) the larva of this species,
and the material then at my disposal suggested that the
pupa was always partly enclosed in the old larval skin.
(That of the Australian Liphyra brassolis Westw. is com-
pletely so enclosed, the larval skin forming a kind of
puparium.) Further material shows that in this case the
larval skin is not always, perhaps not generally, retained,
since several examples are entirely without it. The pupa
is attached by a sucker-like expansion of the terminal
segments, and a depression of the abdominal segments
forms a deep dorsal furrow. Its support is a leaf. On
the thoracic region is a central ridge from which smaller
ridges extend at right angles. The cuticle, especially
of the abdominal region, is much folded and _ shrivelled.
Length 19 mm. Lamborn, Oni. June—July 1912.

Epitola hewitsoni Mab. Plate XII, fig. 1.

Pupa. This remarkable pupa is attached by the terminal
segments to its support and stands nearly at right angles
thereto. Round the point of attachment are found remains
of the larval skin, which was evidently clothed with long
spines. The wing-cases have a beautifully marbled pattern,
whilst the remainder of the cuticle bears dark irregular
markings. The head has a blunt horn-like projection, the
thorax has two prominent dorsal ridges, and there are large
prominences on some of the abdominal segments. Scattered
over the head and thoracic region and on various points of
the abdomen are rounded tubercles from which arise thick
curved spines. In nature the pupa is evidently extremely
cryptic, its grotesque form doubtless serving to hide its
outline more or less completely. Length 20 mm. Lam-
born, Oni. 19.4.1910.

Epitola ceraunia Hew. Plate XII, fig. 3.

Pupa. A very pale pupa with a few black markings,
notably on the wing-cases and the dorsal and lateral
regions. The smooth prominent tubercles, which in the
dry specimens are orange brown, form the most characteris-
tic feature. From each of these projects a blunt spine. The
greater part of the dorsal thoracic and abdominal areas
sparsely set with very minute spines or setae. Pupa

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 475

attached posteriorly to a leaf. The larval hairs combined
with those of the posterior pupal segments are attached to
the leaf in radiate formation. Length 15 mm. Lamborn,
Oni. Emerged 22.2.12.

Epitola miranda Staud.

Pupa. I have not figured this pupa since it so closely
resembles that of H. ceraunia that a separate illustration
seems unnecessary. It is attached by the terminal seg-
ments, which are themselves clothed with long white hairs,
resting on a cushion formed from the old larval skin. The
long axis of the pupa is at right angles to the plane of its
support. The dark markings are less irregular than in
ceraunia. The 2nd abdominal segment bears a_ black,
bracket-shaped transverse streak. On lateral prominences
of the abdominal segments are a few very small chitinanths,
and from these prominences on the 2nd, 3rd and 4th seg-
ments, there arise long fine bristles, which instead of pro-
jecting, are curved round the wing-cases. This feature
is not shared by the pupa of ceraunia. Length 15 mm.
Lamborn, Moor Plantation. HEmerged 6.11.13.

Epitola concepeion Suff. Plate XII, fig. 13.

Pupa. Very pale with a few dark markings as shown
in the figure. Small lateral clusters of delicate hairs,
and on head, thorax, and abdomen, tufts of long chitinous
processes having flattened dentate extremities. A few
short setae scattered sparsely over the cuticle, and much
longer ones projecting from the terminal segments. Length
12 mm. The example figured produced a male which
emerged 2.11.13. Lamborn, Moor Plantation.

Epitola honorius Fab. Plate XII, figs. 16, 17.

Larva. (Fig. 17.) Medium dark ground-colour with
still darker markings forming a rather complicated pattern.
(Farquharson describes the general colour as_ brown.)
Each segment with four tubercles from which arise tufts
of fine sharp spines, and also longer delicate branched
hairs. The whole cuticle is sparsely covered with fine
short hairs. Length 16 mm. Farquharson, Shagamu.
8.9.15.

Pupa. (Fig. 16.) Of the shape and appearance shown
in the figure. A prominent and characteristic dark marking

476 Dr. Harry piMfecham on the Larvae and

on the thorax. Dorsal and lateral tubercles from which
arise irregularly curved spines. Abdominal segments
bear groups of chitimanths, each being surrounded by a
dark ring on the cuticle. Dense hairs on the terminal
segments combine with those of the larval skin to form a
cushion round the point of attachment, the pupa lying
nearly parallel to its support. Length 15 mm. Farqu-
harson, Shagamu. Emerged 19.9.15.

Epitola ?sp. Plate XII, fig. 12.

Pupa. A small pupa the imago from which has not yet
been identified. Dorsally the head bears two rather deep
depressions, and the thoracic region is rounded and
resembles a breastplate. Ground-colour very pale. A
few slender black markings as figured. Numerous lateral
tufts of chitimous projections gradually thickened towards
their outer extremities, and having a dentate surface.
Thoracic and abdominal surfaces sparsely clothed with very
minute setae. A few longer setae projecting from the
terminal segments. Length 12 mm. Lamborn, Moor

Plantation. 6.11.13.

Epitola carcina Hew. Plate XII, fig. 18.

Pupa. Characteristically marked on thorax as shown
in figure. The general surface sparsely clothed with fine
setae. On thorax and abdomen tufts of short sharp spines,
and on head, thorax, and abdomen lateral and dorsal groups
of delicate chitinous projections which are white with black
tips. Attached to leaf by terminal segments and lying
nearly parallel to its support. Length 10mm. The example
figured produced a male, which emerged 8.2.12. Pupa,

Lamborn, Oni. 7.2.12.

Teratoneura isabellae Dudgeon. Plate XII, figs. 7-9, 14, 15.

The general appearance of a dorsal view of the larva is
shown at fig. 8. On each segment there are lateral and
dorsal rows of tubercles from each of which arises a
tuft of long fine hairs having the structure shown at fig. 15.
The head and terminal segments are black, the former with
a central pale streak flanked by two large pale spots.
On segments 5 to 8 inclusive are dorso-laterally placed
dark patches which consist of masses of urticating spicules.
These are of the form shown at fig. 7. They are all slightly

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 477

curved, but whether this is natural or due to the immersion
in the preservative fluid cannot at present be decided.
The whole larva has a very ‘“* Lymantrid” appearance,
and the presence of urticating spicules on a Rhopalocerous
larva is a very remarkable feature. Farquharson describes
the larva as brightly pigmented with red, green, and yellow,
and perhaps other colours, such ‘as one associates with
Lymantrid caterpillars. Length of larva 18 mm. Farqu-
harson, Moor Plantation.

Pupa. The extraordinary pupa, shown at fig. 9, is attached
by the terminal segments to its support, and the remains
of the larval skin form a cushion of radiating hairs. On
the 5th and 6th abdominal segments there is a conspicuous
dorsal patch of yellowish brown, and a similar one just
behind the head. The whole thoracic and dorsal surfaces
are densely covered with elaborate chitinanths, which in
many places are white. The effect of this is very peculiar.
It gives the pupa the appearance of being mouldy, a fact
to which I called attention before I knew that Farquharson
had observed the same appearance in nature (p. 340.) Until
I examined the pupa microscopically I quite thought it was
mould, and that the specimens would have to be cleaned.
In addition to the general covering by these structures,
there arise from various points long branched filamentous
chitinanths as shown in the figure. These add to the
mouldy appearance. Length 15mm. J emerged 9.12.17,
at Agege, larva from Moor Plantation, Ibadan. C. O.
Farquharson.

Iridopsis ineredibilis Staud. Plate XII, figs. 6, 10.

Pupa. As will be seen from fig. 10, the shape of this
pupa is quite unusual, its form gradually widening from the
posterior to the anterior end. The cuticle is covered with
chitinanths both stellate and annular, and also with long
delicate filaments bearing plume-like expansions at their
extremities. A small portion of the cuticle is shown at
fig. 6 highly magnified. From the terminal extremities
project tufts of long hairs which blend with those of the
larval skin, forming a dense cushion at the point of attach-
ment. The pupa hes flat with the ventral surface in con-
tact with the bark. The larva was evidently clothed with
silky hairs. There is a considerable quantity of silk on
the bark, round the pupa, forming a kind of elementary
cocoon. Length 12 mm. The example figured produced
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS III, IV. (JAN. ’22) 11

-

478 Dr. Harry Eltringham on the Larvae and

a male which emerged 30.9.15. Farquharson, Moor
Plantation.

Citrinophila tenera Kirby. Plate XII, fig. 11.

Pupa. This little pupa was attached to bark of the
Para Rubber tree on which it lay with the ventral surface
in contact. The thoracic region, which is dark in colour,
bears a prominent dorsal ridge, and along the whole length
of the pupa are dorso-lateral prominences from which
arise long branched hairs. The still longer hairs of the
larval skin radiate in masses from the point of attachment.
The general appearance is extremely cryptic. Length 7mm.
Farquharson, Agege. 18.10.17.

Hewitsonia similis Auriv. Plate XII, fig. 2.

Pupa. Ground-colour very pale with some very small
black markings on wing-cases and black-and-white dots
on the remainder of the cuticle. A darker “ arrow head ”’
pattern on the dorsal thoracic region. The black-and-
white dots are really chitinanths of simple structure,
flat and of reniform outline. From various points of the
cuticle arise long needle-like spines, some of which are
black and some white. The lateral portions of the abdominal
segments are flattened and expanded, and the last four
segments are separated from the rest by a constriction.
The general appearance reminds one of some large species
of Coceid. It is attached terminally to a piece of bark
and lies flat upon it. Remains of the larval skin show it
to have been clothed with long fine branched hairs. Length
17 mm. Lamborn, Moor Plantation. Emerged 28.11.13.

b. LYCAENINAE.
Tanuetheira timon F. Plate XIII, figs. 5, 7, 11.

Larva. The drawing reproduced in fig. 7 must be
regarded as to some extent diagrammatic, since from
Farquharson’s notes it seems doubtful whether the
head and legs are in life so prominently displayed as
in the sketch. The colour is described as “ dull green,”
like the larva of A. paneperata. The larva may be
described as onisciform, the dorsal portion forming
a ridge segmentally divided into stiff plates, the
upper edges of which are projected backwards so as

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 479

slightly to overlap. Anteriorly these plates form pro-
jections round a deep cavity the general arrangement
of which can best be understood from the figure. The
head in the preserved example is pointed vertically down-
wards, though this is probably not a natural position.
The lateral parts of the segments form a kind of mantle
which, when in close contact with the support, completely
covers and protects the head, legs, and ventral surface.
The last segment is prolonged into a bifid process. The
larval cuticle is of comparatively enormous thickness
and consists of a dense fibrous tissue carrying dorsally
a number of small hooked spines. The surface of the
cuticle, fig. 11, shows, under a medium magnification, a
delicate tracery having a squamoid pattern, and fairly
evenly distributed upon it are great numbers of chitinanths,
resembling in shape single roses, in many cases bearing
a partially or completely expanded chitinous tuft. As
the tufts are easily broken it seems probable that normally
they are always formed, and that where only the rose
formation remains they have become detached. Length
16 mm. Farquharson, Moor Plantation. Dec. 1917-—
Feb. 1918.

Pupa. The pupa is shown, not quite complete at fig.
5. It is difficult in a mere black-and-white sketch to sug-
gest its extraordinary resemblance to a bud. The terminal
segments are progressively tapered towards the point
of attachment, and the long axis of the pupa forms a sinuous
curve giving it a most characteristic shape. Judging from
the appearance of the dry skin, the original colour is green,
somewhat darker towards the point of attachment. The
central portion of the dorsal surface is also darker, as are
the wing-cases, thus giving the lateral parts a close resem-
blance to the green part of the expanding bud. Length

about 15mm. Farquharson, Moor Plantation. Jan.—leb.
1918.

Argiolaus paneperata H. H. Druce. Plate XIII, figs. 9, 18.

Larva. Fig. 9 shows the larva with head and feet
retracted. It is really rather similar to that of the previous
species, but differs im the much simpler structure of the
anterior segments. Farquharson describes the colour
as “‘a sort of mistletoe-leaf green,” exactly resembling the
immature flowers which are “dull green—a sort of bud-
scale green shot with brownish hairs ” (pp. 368, 372). The

7 ae
480 Dr. Harry Eltringham on the Larvae and

cuticle, a surface view of which is shown at fig. 18, has the
same squamoid markings, but the chitinanths are of a
different type, being merely tufts without the elaborations
shown in t7mon.

Pupa. All the pupa skins are much shrivelled, but it
is evident that the abdominal segments differ from those
of timon in being less rounded, and so forming a marked
dorsal angle. The whole effect is less bud-like, and the
pupa seems generally to be attached to a leaf instead of
to a stem. The cuticle is smooth. Length 15 mm.
Farquharson, Moor Plantation. Jan.—Feb. 1918.

Argiolaus iulus Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 4.

Pupa. The general shape of this pupa recalls that of
T. timon, being somewhat bud-like, though it would appear
usually to be attached to a leaf. The terminal segments
are very narrow suggesting a stalk, and the last, though
but little expanded, has the sucker-like formation noted
in several other species. The dorsal area is covered with
punctulations, and a very conspicuous feature is the presence
on the fourth and fifth abdominal segments of two large
yellow patches outlined in black. The thoracic portion
of the skin is in all the specimens too distorted for accurate
representation. It is noticeable that the pupa of dulus
bears a greater resemblance to that of 7. timon than to
those of other species of its own genus. The example
shown produced a male which emerged 25.2.17. Length
of pupa 15 mm. Farquharson, Moor Plantation.

Argiolaus aleibiades Kirby. Plate XIII, fig. 2.

Pupa. This pupa does not present any very marked
features of interest. As the figure shows, the dorsal
aspect is somewhat coftin-shaped and the cuticle is finely
eranulated. Attached to support by a sucker-lke expan-
sion of the terminal segment. It is described as ‘“‘ apple
or Alga green—not shining but dull green like the surface
of a tomentose leaf.” Length 18mm. The example shown
produced a female which emerged 23.1.18. Farquharson,
Moor Plantation.

Argiolaus ? sp. (nr. silarus H. H. Druce). Plate XIII, fig. 1.

The pupa figured is somewhat like that of iulus, but the
dorsal markings are more extensive and elaborate. The
surface is comparatively smooth and in the dried specimen

Ae 8

; Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 481

the ground-colour is deep ochreous with the markings
in brown. In life they are described by the Rev. Canon
K, St. Aubyn Rogers as fairly bright green, the variable
dark markings having paler centres. A single pupa was
purplish brown. There are three examples, all attached to
Loranthus leaves. Two were taken by Canon Rogers and
bear the label “ Kongwa, Tanganyika Territory, 1917,”
and one by Lamborn labelled “ Tanga, 1917.” Length

15 mm. .

Argiolaus maesa Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 17.

This pupa bears a remarkable resemblance to a gall,
and is attached to a leaf by a sucker-like expansion of the
terminal segment. The remaining abdominal segments
are rounded and swollen and bear two very conspicuous
black depressions in the dorsal line, suggesting the openings
from which the gall insects have emerged. Judging from
the faded colour of the pupa case the posterior part is green,
matching the support. The cuticle is devoid of hairs,
but is finely punctulated and bears a few slight projections.
The gall-like appearance in life must be extraordinarily
close, for Lamborn described in a letter from Moor Plan-
tation, September 30, 1913, how he had shown, first a
Liptenine pupa and then one of A. measa on its leaf, to
Farquharson, who made out the first but examined the
second ‘‘in a casual way, remarking, ‘A beautiful gall!
Something has evidently come out of it.’”’ The two dor-
sal marks had also previously suggested to Lamborn that
some insect had emerged. The pupa of maesa was then
taken to another scientific friend who said, ‘‘‘ A gall, isn’t
it?’ his manner suggesting that he rather wondered at
being shown such an ordinary thing.” Length 13 mm.
From the example figured an ichneumon emerged 26.12.13.
Lamborn, Moor Plantation.

Epamera laon Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 15.

Pupa. The abdominal segments are much rounded,
resembling the previous species. The thoracic portion is
ridged and angulated and the whole cuticle is punctulated
and bears numerous ridges and prominences. It is especi-
ally to be noted that the pupa in its natural position is
placed with its long axis nearly at right angles to the stem
to which it is attached, as in the case of Hpamera farqu-
harsoni. Farquharson describes the larva of this species -

482 Dr, Harry lin ham on the Larvae and

as dark mole-colour with one or two tiny white and brown
spots posteriorly. It is very eryptic and, except in colour,
resembles that of Hpamera farquharsoni. The example
figured produced a male which emerged 2.3.12. Length
11 mm. Lamborn, Oni.

Epamera farquharsoni Beth.-Bak. Plate XIII, figs. 6,
10, 12.

Larva (fig. 6). This larva is described as ‘ wonder-
fully cryptic’ and is of a green colour with tiny points
of brown or red. | have drawn it from the dorsal aspect,
as that point of view seems best to illustrate the very
remarkable “ mantle edge”’ or fringe of processes, which
evidently enable the insect to blend so perfectly with the
surface on which it is resting as to make it practically
indistinguishable. These processes are extensions of the
thick fibrous cuticle and their irregular outline adds greatly
to their efficacy. The dorsal part of the larva is not
ridged, but rounded, its regularity broken by small raised
processes as shown in the figure. Farquharson records
how, having found one of these larvae, he immediately
afterwards cut another in two before realising its presence
(p. 368). The cuticle (fig. 12) differs considerably from that
of timon and paneperata. It does not show the squamoid
surface, and the chitinanths, though somewhat resembling
those of paneperata, are nevertheless quite distinct. Length
of larva 18 mm. Farquharson. Moor Plantation, Jan. 1918.

Pupa. Fig. 10 shows one of the pupa-cases in its natural
position just “above a flower cushion of the Loranthus. It
is placed with its long axis at right angles to that of the stem,
and in nature is probably far less conspicuous than it
appears in the drawing. The pupa is very short, the
abdominal segments well rounded, and projecting high
above those of the thorax. The whole surface is rough
and irregular with occasional smoothly rounded tubercles,
On the Ist abdominal segment is a slight concavity very
darkly coloured and having the appearance of a hole. The
mark is nearly round, but appears slightly elongated in the
drawing owing to the foreshortening. There is a smaller
more rudimentary mark on the next segment. These
marks produce an effect which is much more highly elabor-
ated in the “ gall” pupa already described. Length 12 mm.
Farquharson, Moor Plantation. Jan. 1918.

el a lt ,

le

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 483

Hypokopelates nigra Beth.-Bak. Plate XITI, fig. 19.

Pupa. The pupa is attached along its ventral surface
to the underside of a leaf and resembles somewhat that of
Pilodeudorix diyllus (fig. 8), and is darkly marbled on a
slightly paler ground-colour. The cuticle is smooth, but
bears numerous very minute hairs. A portion of the larval
skin remains attached to the leaf, and from this I have made
a preparation which shows the larval cuticle to be covered
with chitinanths of the forms shown at fig. 19. Length
of pupa 10 mm. From the example figured the male type
emerged 16.5.12. Lamborn, Oni.

Lachnoenema bibulus F. Plate XIII, fig. 21.

Pupa. The cuticle of the abdominal segments is thrown
into a multiplicity of folds, giving it a very rough appear-
ance, and the peculiar structure of the terminal segments
is shown in the figure. At the head are two processes,
and the thoracic portion is wavy and irregular. The
example shown produced a male, which emerged 1.12.13.
Length of pupa 10 mm. Lamborn, Moor Plantation.

Lycaenesthes liodes Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 20.

This small pupa calls for little remark. Its general
appearance is shown by the figure, and the cuticle is smooth
and bears a sparse but regular covering of very minute hairs.
The example shown produced a male which emerged
10.12.13. Length 10 mm. Lamborn, Moor Plantation.

Zeltus sp. ? lebona Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 16.

A small perfectly smooth pupa, pale in colour with
sightly darker markings. Length 6 mm. Emerged
27.1.12. Lamborn; Oni.

Megalopalpus zymna Hew. Plate XIII, fig. 13.

This curious pupa is remarkable for its elongated form
and absence of irregular projections. It is ornamented
all over with dark markings which give it a delicately
marbled appearance, and on the abdominal segments
are smooth rounded processes. It is attached by the ter-
minal segment, its long axis making a slight angle with
that of the twig. Length 75 mm. Emerged 25.2.12.
Lamborn, Oni.

484 Dr. Harry Biieham on the Larvae and

Pilodeudorix diyllus Hew. Plate XIII, figs. 8, 14.

Larva (fig. 14). The colour of the preserved example is
fairly uniform and rather dark. The 1st segment is rounded
and covers the head, the remainder, to the 9th, present
lateral blunt processes and a double row of dorsal pro-
jections. The last three segments are of somewhat peculiar
shape, as shown in the drawing. The whole surface is
covered with fine short spines. Length 14 mm.

Pupa (fig. 8). Attached so that the ventral surface is
in contact with the support. The cuticle is smooth and,
except for the wing-cases, has a sparse coating of very
minute hairs. The dried example is dark brown marbled
all over with black. The general shape is shown by the
figure. Length 11 mm. The example figured produced
a male 13.3.17. Farquharson, Moor Plantation.

c. NOTE ON THE PRESENCE OF GUENEE’S GLAND.

With regard to the presence or absence of a honey-gland
in the larvae of this series which I have examined, there
is in that of Argiolaus paneperata a slightly paler mark
on the 7th abdominal segment, and the distinct appearance
of a slit. Lamborn (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 475) records
the presence of a dorsal gland in the larva of Argiolaus ulus.
I have not found a similar structure in the larva of Tanue-
theira timon or in that of Hpamera farquharsoni, though
it might well be hidden by the chitimanths which abound
on the cuticle of these species. In the case of T'eratoneura
isabellae and Epitola honorius there are so many lines and
markings on the cuticle that the presence of the slit would
probably be effectively disguised. It would seem very
probable that the long and numerous hairs on these larvae
are hardly consistent with the presence of active honey-
glands. In Pélodeudorix diyllus I have not found any

outward sign of the presence of the gland. (See, however, —

pp. 382-83, almost certainly referring to these, by far the
commonest Plerocarpus Lycaenid larvae).

d. On THE “ ELectric’’ SENSATION CAUSED BY
LycaENID LARVAE.

One of the most interesting of the late Mr. Farquharson’s
observations is the suggestion that some of his “‘ Loranthus ”
larvae, and especially that of Tanuetheira timon, are capable

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 485

of giving a mild electric discharge (see p. 376). It is most
unfortunate that further and more precise experiments
were not made with these larvae, such as contact with an
electroscope or voltmeter. A shock such as could be felt
by the human hand would necessarily be of considerable
electrical pressure, and for so great a discharge from
creatures so small as the larvae in question, some elaborate
development of electroplaxes would be expected. I have
made numerous sections of the larvae, and at first, not
being familiar with the immensely thick fibrous cuticle
possessed by them, I was inclined to suppose that, in
spite of its lack of resemblance to known forms of electric
tissue, this unusual structure might be the source of the
phenomenon. Comparison with some of our native species
showed, however, that this special cuticle was not peculiar
to the supposed electric larva. Our own Lycaenid larvae
such as betulae and quercus are similarly endowed, though
they do not appear to afford any electric manifestations.
The cuticle of the larva of témon is extremely rough and
would therefore cause considerable friction between itself
and the human skin. In view of this it appeared to me
that if the larva were capable of producing, when handled,
extremely rapid muscular contractions or vibrations, an
effect such as that described might well be produced on
the delicate tactile nerve-endings of the human skin.
After theorising in this way, I had the opportunity last
spring of examining some larvae of 7. prum, which in
general appearance are not unlike those of tumon. I was
examining one of them under the stereoscopic microscope
when I was interested to note that it did in fact “ shiver ”
at short intervals. The movement was not sufficiently
rapid to produce an electrical sensation, but it at least
demonstrated that such muscular vibrations are possible.
I do not wish to convey the impression that the electrical
theory is necessarily erroneous, but in the absence of
tissue having any resemblance to known forms of electro-
plax, other possibilities should have due consideration.
The yellowish points which Farquharson regarded as the
centres of the discharge are almost certainly the chitinanths
already described.

e. ON THE PROLEGS OF LYCAENIDAE.

On the figure of the larva of Tanuetheira timon, Pl. XIII,
fig. 7, small processes may be observed on the prolegs.

486 Dr. Harry piMeham on the Larvae and

Similar structures are found * on the prolegs of Teratoneura
isabellae, and one of these is illustrated on a larger scale
on Pl. XII, fig. 14. They consist of small diverticula of
the cuticle, extensible by internal fluid pressure. We have
discussed these structures with Dr. 'T. A. Chapman, F.R.S.,
who has given us much valuable information on the subject.
In most Microlepidoptera there is on the prolegs a complete
circle of hooks, whilst in most Macrolepidoptera half the
circle has become atrophied. Dr. Chapman states that he
formerly expressed the opinion that it was the outer half
of the circle which had been preserved and the inner half
lost. He now considers that the reverse is the case and

that in those species in which but half the circle of hooks
remains, it is the inner half which persists.. Now within
this circle of hooks there is a kind of pad which can be
protruded or withdrawn. This action gives to the hooks
a rocking motion by which they engage and disengage
with the surface on which the larva is progressing. There
can be but little doubt that the papillae observed in many
Lycaenid larvae are really developments of the centre
of the extensible pad, and that they assist the larva by
adhesive or tactile functions, or perhaps both. On this
point see Farquharson’s account on pp. 352, ete. That this
is almost certainly the correct interpretation of the develop-
ment of the papilla is shown by text fig. 4, which is a section

* Some of the detail of the original drawings has been lost in

reproduction. Most of the figures will, however, bear examination
with a low-power hand lens.

a

~ Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 487

of the structure as found in Callophrys rubi. T is the
papilla, P the position of the surviving hooks of the proleg,
M is the muscular tissue, F the fat body, H the hypoderm,
and C the cuticle. It will be seen that the papilla is not a
separate organ, but is, as already indicated, a diverticulum
of the cuticle. Incidentally the section supports the view
that it is the inner half of the hooks which persists.

f. Nore on A REMARKABLE GEOMETRID LARVA.

Amongst the specimens sent home by Mr. Farquharson
is a Geometrid larva which he describes as having the
appearance of a small centipede. Unfortunately it was

TE ae

not on its food-plant and was the only example found by
him, so that there is no means of identifying the species.
The example I have figured is about 15 mm. in length.
It was evidently undergoing a moult as parts of the old
cuticle became detached on touching it. Text fig. 5, A
shows a dorsal view. ‘The first two segments are expanded
and flattened, fused together, and dorsally slightly concave.
They completely hide the head, at the same time forming
a false head, the effect being much enhanced by the first
pair of spiracles, which are black and so placed as to resemble
eyes. The 3rd segment is more or less normal, but the
4th to 8th inclusive have large lateral expansions. The

488 Dr. Harry Mfingham on the Larvae and

spiracles of the Ist abdominal segment are completely
displaced and appear on the underside. The 6th, 7th,
and 8th abdominal segments are reduced in width, and the
9th and 10th more or less fused together. The whole
cuticle is very rough and covered with minute wart-like
protuberances in masses of ochreous and dark brown which
produce a marbled effect. One of the many surprising
features of the larva is the presence at many points of
chitinanths, resembling those hitherto only found in
Lycaenid larvae. At text fig. 5, Bis a diagrammatic draw-
ing of the underside to show the position of the true head,
the first pair of spiracles, and the usual Geometrid prolegs.
Farquharson refers to the larva as a “looper,” so that
we may assume that when alive it adopted that familiar
method of progression. Mr. Prout has kindly examined
the drawings of the larva and thinks it is certainly a Geo-
metrid “ perhaps an Emerald.” I am indebted to Sir Geo.
Hampson for reference to another Geometrid larva with
which it may be compared. It is that of Uliocnemis cassi-
dara Guén. (= Comiboena biplagiata) and is illustrated
in Hampson, Il. Het. IX (p. 145), Pl. 176, fig. 18, from a
drawing by Mr. E. EK. Green. It is described as yellowish
drab, sides of the somites produced into fleshy processes
on which the larva fastens small pieces of withered leaves
and stick, as a disguise. It rests with the thoracic somites
doubled under the body. Ceylon.

In this case the processes are not flattened but are in
the form of tubercles. The appearance of the resting larva
in its curious attitude and with its decoration of particles
of dead leaf is very peculiar and evidently highly protective.
Farquharson’s larva was found at Agege, Oct. 18th, 1917.

g. ON THE Cocoon OF CHIONEMA FARQUHARSONI B,-B.

The single example of this new species of Lithosid moth
emerged from a pupa enclosed in a remarkable cocoon.
The latter consists of an extremely thin silken bag covered
all over with what are evidently the larval hairs. Each of
these consists of a central stalk covered with innumerable
fine branches, and each hair is attached to the cocoon by
one end, so that all radiate from the centre, the result being
a regularly constructed ball of mouse-coloured down.
(See also p. 464.) Farquharson, Moor Plantation. 1916—
LOL:

oo

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.1921, Pv. All.

trrr =
UES Pim
SH

~9.

~

cos
&
ie
1¢

H.Eltringham del. Huth, London.

LYCAENID LARVAE AND PUPAE.

Trans. Bnt: See, Lond 1o4bee oa,

i fe is
yy Tk
(Litt +

vi

Huth, London.

H.Eltringham del.

LYCAENID . LARVAE” AND) PUPAE.

Fre. 1.
. Hewitsonia similis, pupa.

. Epitola ceraunia, pupa.

. Aslauga lamborni, a chitinanth.

Fic.

QO ~1 > CB Oo bo

©

10.
11.
12.
13.
14,
15.
16.
Pe
18.

Pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae. 489

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
LIPTENINAE.
Epitola hewitsoni, pupa.

A pupa.

. Tridopsis incredibilis, part of pupal skin.
. Teratoneura isabellae, one of the urticating spicules.

larva.

39 99
% i pupa.
Tridopsis incredibilis, pupa.
Citrinophila tenera, pupa.
Epitola sp., pupa.
+ concepcion, pupa.
Teratoneura isabellae, proleg with papilla.
pe a part of one of the long hairs of larva.
Epitola honorius, pupa.
es zs larva.
» carcina, pupa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
LYCAENINAE (except Fig. 3).

. Argiolaus sp. near silarus, pupa.

ee alcibiades, pupa.

. Luliphyra mirifica, pupa.
. Argiolaus tulus, pupa.

Tanuetheira timon, pupa.

. Epamera farquharsont, larva.

Tanuetheira timon, larva.

. Pilodeudorix diyllus, pupa.

. Argiolaus paneperata, larva.

. Epamera farquharsont, pupa.

. Tanuetheira timon, part of larval skin with chitinanths.

. Epamera farquharsoni, part of larval skin with chitinanths,
. Megalopalpus zymna, pupa.

. Pilodeudorix diyllus, larva.

. Epamera laon, pupa.

. Zeltus? lebona, pupa.

. Argiolaus maesa, pupa.

paneperata, part of larval skin with chitinanths.

99

. Hypokopelates nigra, larval chitinanths.
. Lycaenesthes liodes, pupa.
. Lachnocnema bibulus, pupa.

all 490)

IX. The mature Larva and Pupa of Catochrysops phasma
Butl. (Lycaeninae). By Dr. T. A. CHapman,
M:D., F.R.S.

THE larva preserved in spirit of C. phasma has the colourless
aspect of a hidden feeder (like Lycaena arion L., which is
pale flesh-colour), Length—14 mm.; width mesothorax
—4:5; 4th abdominal segment—5-0; 7th abdominal—

4-5. Has the appearance of being distended, with seg- .

ments approximately circular in transverse — section.
Ventral surface straight from 2nd thoracic to posterior
end; prothorax a little projecting ventrally and head (on
a neck) projecting ventrally 1-3 mm. Dorsum is curved,
from front of prothorax, which is a little below the ventral
line (of median segments), rising quickly over prothorax,
then in a regular sweep, highest, of course, over 4th
abdominal segment, with quite a hump over honey-gland
and then sloping to end of 10th abdominal, which projects
0-6 mm. behind claspers which are placed nearly 1 mm.
from the margin of segment towards the mid-ventral line.

The hinder portion of left side is darkened by some
disease or post mortem change; the rest is of a very pale
flesh tint, which may, of course, be lighter or darker than
that during life. There are small brownish patches a
little way above prolegs (not quite a third of the way to
spiracles) : these brownish areas are roundish and wrinkled,
and a little depressed centrally and, though uncoloured,
exist on segments forward to mesothorax.

The spiracles have a somewhat dorsal position and are
brownish. There is a fringe of short hairs on anterior
margin of prothorax and at extremity of last segment.
The general surface looks glabrous, but there exist single
hairs below the spiracles and possibly elsewhere (on primary
tubercles ?), and the general surface shows the skin-points
as minute hairs. The prolegs have each two pads (almost
united), carrying black crochets, 8 on the anterior and
7 on the posterior, in two rows, alternating but all of same
size; there is also the usual separate central pad. The
true legs are small (about 0-5 mm. long) and black, but
brown “when mounted and seen by transmitted light.
They have at their bases a few short hairs, and just above

each is a patch of hairs of which two are about 0-6 mm.
long, four or five shorter and a few others graduating
down to the ordinary skin-point hairs.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. °22)

ra

iv

Dr. T. A. Chapman on Catochrysops phasma. 491

The head is black, very small for a larva of this size—
0-7 mm. wide. The antero-posterior head measurement
is about 0-4 mm. and of the neck 0:8 mm. It may or
may not be stretched to its full length, but looks as if it
were. Avion has a still smaller head—0-6 mm. across,
but that species has a very special history as to
moults, ete.

The hairs on the front margin of the prothorax are
numerous and a good many are as long as those above the
legs, viz. 0-6 mm. ‘The prothoracic plate is not defined or
tinted in any way; two flights of lenticles, one to either
side of the middle line, may indicate its lateral wings. A
few hairs about 0-25 mm. long are at the end of last seg-
ment, and the bases of the prolegs have some hairs rather
longer than the ordinary skin-point hairs. On each
abdominal segment from 3rd to 6th there is a longish
hair (about 0-3 mm.) at the middle of the segment, a third
of the distance from the proleg to the spiracle. This has
about it some hairs rather larger than the usual skin-
points. Dorsally, in fact above the spiracles, there
appear to be no hairs, except the fine skin-points. Each
of what appear to be the usual skin-points carries a very
fine hair, about 0-04 to 0-06 mm. long. Small lenticles
are numerous. These are only about 0-03 mm. in diameter ;
some have the usual dotted closing membrane, others have
a central portion in the membrane somewhat denser, as
though it represented an abortive hair. Most of the
lenticles look as if the sides were conical frustra, nearly
half their width in height. Below the spiracles they are
less numerous—about 6 on the forward segments, in-
creasing to 12 or 16 on the posterior.

Above the spiracles, the segments are divided into an
anterior and posterior subsegment by a narrow band
defined by the skin-point hairs being wanting for some way
above the spiracles, and, across the dorsum, by a want of
lenticles. On the anterior subsegment are about 80
lenticles irregularly disposed but most numerous above
the spiracles, sparse dorsally. The posterior subsegment
is divided into an anterior portion carrying a band of
lenticles and a posterior without them; these number
about 120; they are least numerous near the spiracles,
but abundant on each side of the dorsal line, along which,
however, they are absent. The spiracles, 0-12 mm. across,
are brown (in the preparation), and are raised, by their

ia hs
sina acne).

492 Dr. oe. Chapman on the

chitinous sides being conical, to a height nearly equal to
their width.

The existence of a honey-gland is highly probable, since
a local disease or injury that obscures the region and
prevents a definite statement being made, is a “frequent
result of captivity in larvae whose honey- ‘lands are de-
prived of the proper stimuli to exercising their normal
activities. In this larva the gland seems to have been
the centre of some disorder, causing the brown coloration
of the larva, and, just outside it, is what looks like a pre-
mortem wound. The brown chitinous-looking wrinkles
about it are probably merely pathological. Ordinary
lenticles are not in excess about it, but there are close to
it many very small, nearly colourless lenticles, about half
the width of the others. There is no fan on 8th abdominal
segment, but at its probable position is a chitinous are,
lost in the diseased condition on one side, but looking like
a normal structure on the other.

The interior structures present various larval organs,
especially tracheae and fat-masses, but no trace of any-
thing that could be supposed to be a part of an ant larva
or pupa. Indeed, the intestinal canal was barely recog-
nisable and empty. The mandibles have eight teeth ail
sharp and pointed, and the middle ones rather long ;
they suggest, though not perhaps very decisively, a car-
nivorous employment. Avion has similar sharp teeth,
but they are also found in purely vegetarian larvae, such
as warus. There were no traces of imaginal organs.

The pupa of C. phasma is of a nearly uniform dark
terra cotta colour and of the usual Lycaenid form, 13-0
mm. long by 5 mm. broad. It is for the most part remark-
ably free from hairs and lenticles of any sort, but round
each spiracle (abdominal) are a dozen or two minute hairs,
colourless and glassy, about 0-06 to 0-08 mm. long; each
has a solid shaft for about half its length, the remainder
divided into several, usually a good many, radiating
spicules sometimes arising together, sometimes a little
spread over the end of the shafts; some smaller similar
hairs are seen on the prothorax.

The 8th abdominal segment narrows ventrally almost
to disappearance, the 9th gives a small triangular mid-
ventral projection, and the 10th a rather larger rounded
projection, about 1-3 mm. across and 0-7 mm. long. Dor-

sally the 9th and 10th are not separately distinguishable ;

mature Larva and Pupa of Catochrysops phasma. 493

the rather large piece overhangs the venter and its point
is the most projecting portion of the ventral line; it is
about 1-6 mm. long by 2-0 broad. It terminates in a low
ridge and a few points darkly chitinised, almost black,
with half a dozen anchor-ended cremastral hairs.

The appendages of the male butterfly did not suggest
alliance with any groups I know, certainly not with Lycaena
(arion L.), and almost equally not with strabo (type of
Catochrysops). Iam not familiar with the group to which
it belongs, but various butterflies that have the same
type of markings seem to have appendages very different
from each other.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN ’22)K K

aad 494)

X. Description of a new Genus and Species of Tineina (Lep.)
Jrom Southern Nigeria. By J. HARTLEY DuRRANT.

HYPONOMEUTIDAE.

Mynemosrs, gen. n. (Drnt.).
(uvyjua = a memorial; o7j¢ = a moth).
Type: Mnemoses farquharsoni Drnt.

Antennae 2/3, uniserrate, the serrations ciliate; basal joint
elongate, somewhat enlarged, with pecten of long hair-scalcs.
Labial Palpi moderate, subascending, loosely scaled, terminal joint
shorter than median. Mazillary Palpi short. Haustellum moderate,
scaled. Ocelli obsolete. Head loosely hair-scaled. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate-ovate; neuration 12 veins; 1 furcate at base;
3 from angle, 3-5 approximate, 4 slightly nearer to 3 than to 5;
7-8 closely approximate at base, 7 to below apex; 9-10 stalked;
11 from areole, at slightly beyond half its length; a subcostal
stigma above 12. Hindwings almost 1, subovate, evenly rounded
from apex; neuration 8 veins; 3-4 connate, or from short stem;
4-7 nearly parallel, 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; discoidal obliquely
receding from 3 to 7; 12 not connected to radius; 1° furcate
at base. Abdomen rather long, somewhat flattened. Legs: hind
tibiae with long hair-scales.

Apparently most closely allied to Hremothyris Wlsm.
and Anticrates Meyr., but differing from both in FW. 11
arising from the areole, and in the clothed hind tibiae.

Mnemoses farquharsoni, sp. n. (Drnt.).

Antennae yellowish, basal joint white. Palpi, Head and Thorax
shining white. Forewings chalk-white, with pale leaden grey
markings: a large cordate grey patch occupies the apical third and
is connected narrowly along the termen to a tornal patch expanding
above the dorsum to almost half its length; above this, narrowly
separated from the apical patch, is an ovate patch of the same
colour, and along the costa, above and towards the base is a grey
irroration, below which, on the fold, in the basal third, is a subovate
grey patch; cilia shining white; underside pale leaden grey, the
margins and cilia white. Hap. al. g 18-21 mm. 9. Hindwings
pale leaden grey; cilia shining white. Abdomen shining white.
Legs shining whitish; hind tarsi leaden grey.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS Il, IV. (JAN. ’22)

a. Ae

‘en

Mr. J. H. Durrant’s Description of a new Tineid, 495

Type 3 (350484); Q (350485); slide 9 (350487) B.M.
[PTT. 7772-3, T775-9, 7781, 7783, 7785-7 (Drnt. Det.
1920). Hope Dept., Mus. Oxf. ].

Hab. Arrica, W.: tacos: Agege, @ ivory whitish,
head yellowish; under mantle of gnawed bark and frass
on trunks of Hevea brasiliensis Miill. Arg., ex. 23. IX—11.
X. 1917; Jan. 17, 1918. (C. O. Farquharson). Fifteen
specimens.

By request of Prof. Poulton this species is named after
the late Mr. C. O. Farquharson.

ris. )

D. DIPTERA.

XI. A Revision of the Genus Harpagomyia de Mei). (Diptera,
Culicidae). By F. W. Epwarps.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
PuaTeE XVI, figs. 5-12, facing p. 517. Text Figure 6.

THe genus Harpagomyia was founded by de Meijere in
1909 for a Culicid fly found in Java by Jacobson, with
very remarkable habits, and with a most pronounced
adaptation of its mouth-parts, the mandibles and maxillae
in both sexes being absent. In the previous year the same
fly had been described by Leicester under the name Malaya,
but this name has been considered by the present writer
(1912) to be preoccupied by the Coleopterous genus Malaia
Heller, and that being so, de Meijere’s name can be used
for the genus. This is fortunate, for de Meijere’s work
was much more detailed than Leicester’s, the latter author
merely describing the external characters of a single male
specimen caught in a bungalow. Shortly after de Meijere’s
paper appeared, the genus was again described by Theobald
(1909) under the name Grahamia, but this was corrected
to Harpagomyia in the last volume of his monograph (1910).
The genus may be characterised as follows :—

Eyes contiguous or narrowly separated. Head clothed only
with broad flat scales with rounded ends. <A pair of strong vertical
bristles present, separated by a wide space from the orbital bristles.
Clypeus rather long and narrow, somewhat tapering. Palpi alike
in the two sexes, scarcely longer than the clypeus and in close
contact with the base of the proboscis; jointing indistinct. An-
tennae alike in the two sexes; flagellar joints all about equal in
length and with moderately long basal hair-whorls. Proboscis
rather short, hairy, directed backwards beneath the body when at
rest; labella very large, thicker than the proboscis and nearly
one-third as long, carrying two pairs of very long curled hairs.
Mandibles and maxillae absent. Prothoracic lobes separated, com-
pletely clothed with flat metallic scales, with bristles on front
margin only. Mesonotal bristles developed on the sides only.
Pro-epimeral and spiracular bristles both present, but few in
number (1-3). No sternopleural or lower mesepimeral bristles.
Postnotum bare. Male hypopygium: side pieces from 2 to 3
times as long as broad, bearing scales on the dorsal surface, no
apical lobes, basal lobes scarcely differentiated, bearing a tuft of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaARTS III, IV. (JAN..’22)

oc a alleen eae in
"
; f

Mr. Edwards on a Revision of the Genus Harpagomyia. 497

spines, beyond which on the inner aspect of the side-piece are two
additional spines; clasper simple, curved, with a short, thick,
terminal spine. Tenth sternites simple, pointed, bare, with
basal enlargement: Parameres small and inconspicuous. Mesosome
well chitinised, divided or entire, according to the species.
Female abdomen blunt-ended, eighth tergite somewhat bristly.
Hind tibiae shorter than the others. Claws all simple, in the male
the front pair slightly unequal. No pulvilli. Wings with the fork-
cells longer than their stems, the upper somewhat narrowed towards
the apex. Tip of sixth vein nearly level with the base of the fork of
the fifth, and only slightly beyond the base of the second. Wing-
scales pointed. Microtrichia present on membrane of wings.

Larva: Antennae short, without hair-tuft. Head tufts normal
in number and position. Metathorax without strong spines. Comb
of 8th segment an irregular patch of scales. Air-tube with numerous
hair-tufts, on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, and with round-
ended, flat, fringed scales similar to those of the 8th segment,
arranged in two irregular rows on each side, apparently representing
the pecten. No ventral brush on last segment.

The adults are very small dark-coloured mosquitoes
with metallic markings; they live in association with ants
of the genus Cremastogaster, which they solicit for food,
obtaining it by inserting the proboscis between the ants’
jaws. The larvae live in old water-filled nests of the ants
(Jacobson), or in water collected at the bases of wild
pineapple leaves (James, Stanton). The remarkable habits
of the adults have been described in some detail by Jacob-

~son, Banks,* James and Farquharson.

In spite of the absence of bristles on the postnotum,
there can be no doubt that the genus should find a place
among the Sabethini, on account of the larval characters,
and the head bristles, round-ended scales and short hind
tibiae of the adults.

Up to the present the following specific names have
been proposed :—

Malaya genurostris Leicester (1908). Kuala, Lumpur.

Harpagomyia splendens de Meijere (1909). Java.

Grahamia trichorostris Theobald (1909). Ashanti.

Harpagomyia coeruleovittata Ludlow (1911). Philip-
pine Is. .

Harpagomyia taenarostris Theobald (1911). Uganda.

* See Theobald 1909 and Muir 1919. I have been unable to
trace Banks’ work.

-
498 Mr, F. W. Edwards on

As I have previously stated (1913), splendens and coeru-
leovittata appear to be synonyms of genurostris, almost the
only difference observable between specimens from Java and
Kuala Lumpur (as also from Ceylon) being in the colour of
the thoracic integument, which may perhaps depend on
the age of the individual. However, the Philippine species
(7. coeruleovittata) may be distinct from H. genurostris,
since Dr. Ludlow describes the clypeus as being “ heavily
covered with a rather long fine white fuzzy tomentum.”
This could hardly be said of any of the five species I have
examined, in which the clypeus is at most pollinose, distinct
“tomentum’’ not being visible under a magnification
of 100.

The two described African species, however, are certainly
distinct from one another, and from H. genurostris, though
the distinction I have given between them (1912) does not
hold good, being based on a mixed series. Besides these
two, a close study of Mr. Farquharson’s material, in com-
parison with that already existing in the British Museum,
has revealed the existence of two more. It is certainly
remarkable that there should be apparently only a single
species in the geographically discontinuous areas of Ceylon,
the Malay Peninsula, Java and the Philippines, while
there are four distinct species in Africa; but this is the
only conclusion possible from an examination of the
available material.

The five species are all very similar; the following diag-
noses include all the characters (so far as I could ascertain)
which are not common to all of them.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Clypeus yellow.

Eyes separated by a scaled line . . 1. genurostris Leic.

Eyes practically touching . . . . 2. taeniarostris Theo.
Clypeus black.

Head scales all blackish. . . . . 3. fraseri, sp. Nn.

Head scales silvery in front.
Mesonotum with median silvery line. 4. trichorostris Theo.
Mesonotum without such line . . 5. farquharsoni, sp. n.

1. H. genurostris Leicester. See Plate XVI, fig. 5 x 50.

Jlypeus yellow, with a silvery-grey pollinosity. Proboscis
(except labella) more or less yellow. Eyes narrowly separated by
a silver-scaled line. Head with a patch of bluish-silvery scales in

Cw PS re See er er Se el Re ae See
NP Pe ae eee ek

a Revision of the Genus Harpagomyia. 499

front. Mesonotum with a double median longitudinal row of
metallic silvery scales, integument varying in colour from light
brown to black. Pro-epimeral scales silvery. Abdomen with
lateral patches of silvery scales on segments 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7, those
on segments 2 and 4 the largest. Male hypopygium very small, often
almost entirely hidden, yellowish in colour. Basal lobe of side
piece with two distinct spines and several stiff hairs; side pieces
less than twice as long as broad. Lobes of ninth tergite slightly
prominent, with about 8 undifferentiated hairs. Mesosome divided.

The British Museum series includes Leicester’s type
male; 6 9 from Batavia, Java (fF. W. Terry); 1g 3 9
bred from larvae from wild pineapple, Kuala Lumpur
(Dr. A. T. Stanton); and 2 2 2 3 from Colombo, Ceylon
(Col. S. P. James).

2. H. taeniarostris Theobald. See Plate XVI, fig. 6 x 50.

Differs from H. genurostris as follows :—

Eyes practically touching, at any rate no scales on the line
separating them. Pro-epimeral scales pale golden. Male hypopy-
gium larger, blackish. Spines on basal lobe of side piece and on lobes
of ninth sternite more numerous. Aedoeagus rather differently
formed.

Besides Theobald’s male type from Kampala Swamp,
Uganda, the British Museum collection now contains a
female from Dar-es-Salaam, EK. Africa (A. W. J. Pomeroy).
The mesonotum in both specimens is very much rubbed,
but the female shows traces of the double median row of
metallic scales, and this must therefore be presumed to
be present in the male also.

3. H. fraseri, sp. n. See Plate XVI, fig. 8 x 50.

Clypeus blackish, with very slight grey dusting, rather shorter
than in the two preceding species. Proboscis entirely dark. Eyes
separated by a very narrow unscaled line. Head scales all blackish.
Pro-epimeral scales silvery. Mesonotum with no trace of a double
median row of metallic scales, the whole surface being covered with
narrow, straight blackish scales; integument black. Abdomen with
silvery lateral spots on segments 2, 4, 5,6 and7. Male hypopygium
rather larger than in the two preceding. Side pieces over twice as
long as broad; basal lobes with four or five spines besides a few
hairs. Lobes of ninth tergite elongated, with five bristles, of which
the apical two are stronger than the others. Mesosome not divided,
not very strongly chitinised.

500 Mr. aw. Edwards on

Described from two males in good condition in the
British Museum collection from Mpumu Forest, Uganda,
July 1910 (Capt. A. D. Fraser, R.A.M.C.). The specimens
had previously been identified as H. taeniarostris Theobald,
but are obviously distinct.

4. H. trichorostris Theobald. See Plate XVI, fig. 7 x 50.
Differs from H. fraseri as follows :—

Eyes distinctly separated by a scaled area on the upper part of
the front, touching below. A large patch of metallic silvery scales
on head in front. Mesonotum with double median row of metallic
scales. Male hypopygium large, prominent, yellowish. Side pieces
three times as long as broad, basal lobes with a tuft of about 10
spines. Lobes of ninth tergite elongate, with two strong spines
at the tip and one shorter bristle internal to these. Mesosome
undivided, strongly chitinised.

Known only from Theobald’s type male and female
from Obuasi, Ashanti (Dr. W. M. Graham).

5. H. farquharsoni, sp. n. See Plate XVI, figs. 9-11 x 50
and fig. 12 x 200,

Differs from H. fraseri as follows :—

Eyes distinctly separated by a scaled area on the upper part of
the front, touching below. A large patch of metallic silvery scales
on head in front. Male genitalia small, resembling those of H.
genurostris except in the structure of the mesosome. Lateral
silvery spots on segments 5 and 6 of female abdomen very small.

Six males and five females from Ibadan, 8. Nigeria

(C. O. Farquharson). None are in perfect condition, but
none show the metallic thoracic line: two or three metallic
scales are present on the front of the mesonotum in one
specimen, but these may have been displaced from the
prothoracic lobes.

|The material here described was sent by Mr. Farqu-
harson in two consignments, of which the first—l J,
5 O—was intended to illustrate the observations recorded
~ in Proc. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1918, pp. xxix—xxxix, and was
exhibited to the Society at the next meeting (pp. xXxxix,
xl). It was erroneously identified by Mr. “Farquharson
(p. xxxii) and Dr. Guy Marshall (p. xl) as H. trichorostris
Theo., and also wrongly sexed (p. xl). The examples were

De Pd Sake Deer cal aH re a a ea a
=! - .
i

a Revision of the Genus Harpagomyia. 5OL

captured at a “‘ Cremastogaster-tree ” at Moor Plantation,

near Ibadan, on Dec. 14, 1917, and the 3 was being
fed by an ant received in the same consignment—a worker
of Cremastogaster buchneri, near alligatrix, if not actually
this race. Of the 5 9, 2 are in the Coll. Brit. Mus.

The second consignment consisted of 5 3 (2 in Brit.
Mus.) from the same locality, Aug. 10, 1918, accompanied
by a sample of the ants which were feeding them. This
worker ant was also near the race alligatriz. Similar
workers were being robbed by the Cecidomyid Farqu-

axis of bod

proboscis in
veslig posilion.

proboscis al
moment o

exch ang e with
ant.

axis of body

— eee I
—>= i
—_——_—

harsonia rostrata, on the same date (pp. 440-42). The
ants were kindly compared by Mr. W. C. Crawley and
Mr. A. H. Hamm with speeimens named by Dr. Forel.
The 5 9 in the first consignment offer sufficient evidence
that this sex.as well as the other is fed by the ants. Mr.
Donisthorpe tells me that Dr. Jacobson does not mention
the sexes of those he observed being fed by ants in Java.
Dr. Eltringham has kindly traced and made available for
reproduction in text fig. 6, a hurried sketch in Farqu-
harson’s letter of Dec. 23, 1917, quoted in Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1918, pp. xxxiv-xxxv. The record of so accurate an
observer, who had just carefully studied the insects in
life, is well worth preserving.—H.B.P. |

502

1908.

1909.
1909.
1909.

1909.

1910.
TOLL.

1S 1 Ei be

de

1912.

1913.
1914.

1918-

1919.

Mr. rh . Edwards on

REFERENCES.
Leicester, G. F. Culicidae of Malaya, Studies

Inst. Med. Research, Kuala Lumpur, vol. iii
no. lil, p. 258-260.

Jacospson, E. Notes Leyden Mus., xxxi, p. 246.

Jacosson, E. Ein Moskito als Gast, Tijd. v. Ent.,
lu, pp. 158-164.

DE Mrwere, J. C. H. Drei myrmecophile Dipteren
aus Java, Tijd. v. Ent., li, p. 169.

THEOBALD, F. V. Descriptions of the new Mos-
quitoes collected by Dr. Graham in Ashanti,
Colonial Office Miscellaneous, no. 237, p. 23
{unpublished}.

THEOBALD, F. V. Monogr. Cul., vol. v, p. 547.

Jacosson, HE. Naihere Mitteilungen iiber die myr-
mecophilen Culicide Harpagomyia splendens de
Meij., Tid. v. Ent., liv, pp. 158-161, 3 pls.

DE Mewere, J. C. H. Zur Metamorphose der
myrmecophilen Culicide Harpagomyia splendens de
Mejj., Tijd. v. Ent., liv, pp. 162-167, pl. xiv.

Luptow, C. 8. The Philippine Mosquitoes, Can.
Ent., xviii, pp. 131-132.

Epwarps, F. W. Synopsis of the species of African
Culicidae other than Anopheles, Bull. Ent. Res.,
i, p. 45.

Epwarps, F. W. New Synonymy in Oriental
Culicidae, Bull. Ent. Res., iv, p. 240.

James, 8. P. Summary of a year’s Mosquito work
in Ceylon, Indian J. Med. Res., i, pp. 233-234.
19. Farquuarson, C. O. Harpagomyia and other
Diptera fed by Cremastogaster ants in 8. Nigeria,
Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1918, pp. xxix—xxxix.
Morr, F. [Harpagomyia recorded from Formosal,

Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1918, p. xxxviii.

?

* ee eS Aes
Ne oe

EXPLANATION oF Pirate XVI (Fics. 5-12)
(Facing p. 517.)

Fic, 5. Male hypopygium of Harpagomyia genurostris Leic., seen

from beneath » 50.

6. Male hypopygium of Harpagomyia taeniarostris Theo., seen

from beneath » 50.

7. Male hypopygium of Harpagomyia trichorostris Theo., seen

from beneath x 50.

8. Male hypopygium of Harpagomyia frasert, sp.n., seen

from beneath x 50.

9. Side piece of male hypopygium of H. farquharsont, sp. n.

*. 50:

10. Anal segment and aedoeagus of H. farquharsoni, sp. n.,

from above x 50.

11. Ninth tergite of H. farquharsoni, sp. n. * 50.
12. H. farquharsoni, sp. n., internal parts further enlarged and

flattened out. a, Tenth sternites; b, basal enlargement of
tenth sternites, connecting them with the ninth tergite ;_
c, aedoeagus (=unci of Dyar); d, small rods lying
within the genital tube; e, parameres folded back » 200.

F 01 )

XII. Description of a new Genus and two new Species of
Cecidomyidae, and six new Species of Acalyptrate
Muscidae (Ephydridae and Milichidae). By J. KE.
CoLLin.

Puares XIV, XV, XVI (figs. 1-4), XVII.

CECIDOMYIDAE.
Subfamily :—CHOIDOM YINAE.

Group :—CxrcipoMYy1ariAk (DIPLosARIAL).
FARQUHARSONIA, gen. D.

Eyes connected for a long distance on upper part of head.
Antennae 2 + 12 jointed, the flagellar joints in the male binodose,
the two nodes being connected by a narrow neck except on the first
flagellar joint, where the neck is indicated by a slight constriction ;
each node with an apical circlet of looped threads, the loops all about
equal in length and barely reaching to the base of the following
node, the apical node of each of at least the first ten flagellar joints
with, in addition, a basal circlet of inconspicuous pores similar
to those on the antennal joints of the female, and like them without
looped threads; apical joint with a short cylindrical terminal pro-
cess. Flagellar joints of female cylindrical and sessile; each with
two circlets of inconspicuous pores connected by two longitudinal
lines of similar pores. Palpi four-jointed, long and very slender.
Proboscis extraordinarily developed, half as long again as head is
deep, chiefly composed of the greatly developed paraglossae. Male
hypopygium with a conspicuous triangular projection at base
of the basal segment of the forceps; apical segment slender and bare
with a slightly hooked tip; upper anal lamella triangularly emar-
ginate; lower lamella longer, somewhat battledore-shaped, bearing
numerous hairs round the margin, and considerably shorter than
the style. Female ovipositor not extensile, terminating in two
oval upper, and two very similar lower, lobes. Legs clothed with
short adpressed scale-like hairs. All ungues bifid, the lower tooth
shorter and more slender than the upper; empodium rudimentary.
Wings rather short and broad, auxiliary vein present (more easily
distinguished where viewed from beneath), cubital vein slightly-
down-curved and ending very little below tip of wing.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTs I, Iv. (JAN. ’22)

Mr. J. E. Collin’s Description of Cecidomyidae. 505

This genus is easily distinguished by the structure of the
mouth-parts. Ifthe presence of an auxiliary vein has not
been overlooked in other genera of the Cecidomyiariae, it
belongs to a group containing only a few genera, of which
Tetradiplosis Kieft. from Argentina (known in the female
sex only) also has bifid ungues, rudimentary empodium
and non-extensile ovipositor.

F. rostrata, sp.n. Plates XIV, figs. 1-10; XVI, fig. 1.

6. Eyes large occupying greater part of head. Frons and face
short, brownish, the latter with a few short yellowish hairs on the
lower part. Occiput rather puffed out, brownish-black with a fringe
of very long curved black hairs, similar hairs being present on the
lower part of head beneath the neck. A small ocellar tubercle
bearing a pair of very long curved bristles. Antennae about half
as long again as head and thorax together. First flagellar joint only
constricted about the middle, second joint with a very short neck
separating the two nodes, subsequent joints with this neck and the
terminal pedicel gradually becoming slightly longer, but even on
the penultimate joint they are hardly as long as the node from which
they respectively arise; last node with a cylindrical pubescent
terminal process devoid of bristles or pores and only a little more
than one-third the length of the node; the basal node of each joint
appears to bear only a single whorl of bristles, but the apical node
in addition to a subapical whorl, bears numerous finer more strongly
curved bristly hairs. Mouth-parts remarkably developed, the
two valves of the paraglossae being produced into a huge yellow beak ;
each valve is thin, chitinous, semi-transparent and clothed on the
convex, outer (lateral) side with yellowish hairs which become longer
on the hinder edge towards the pointed tip. Inside the chamber
formed by these two valves are found the much shorter labrum
and hypopharynx, the latter with a long slender “ tongue ’’-like
organ reaching to the tip of the paraglossae. This “tongue” is
hair-like and microscopically pubescent at the tip. Palpi yellow,
four-jointed, very long and equally slender, second joint the shortest,
the almost equally long first and fourth joints being slightly longer
than the third. Head connected to thorax by a long slender
membranous neck.

Thorax yellowish, slightly brownish on disc, with two rows of
black bristly hairs (some of them very long) gradually converging
to form a large V, starting behind each humerus and ending in front
of scutellum; other bristly hairs are present above notopleural
depression, on postalar calli, and in the form of two rather ill-defined

506 Mr. J. E. Collin’s Description of

tufts at tip of scutellum. <A fringe of similar very long bristly
hairs extends from below root of wing to base of middle coxa,

Abdomen rather darker than thorax, clothed dorsally and ven-
trally and on basal segment of genital forceps with numerous long
dark bristly hairs, especially long on hind-margins of segments.
Legs yellow, but more or less obscured, especially on tibiae and tarsi,
by a clothing of short adpressed scale-like hairs. Coxae, trochanters,
and all the femora beneath, with rather long dark hairs. Tarsi
very long and slender; ungues very small, bidentate, the lower
tooth arising near the base, more slender and shorter than upper
tooth; empodium absent or very short.

Wings short and broad, the costal, subcostal, and cubital veins
dark, the postical and postical folds much less distinct. Auxiliary
vein present but inconspicuous, most easily seen when viewed from
underside of wing, this vein bears about three small pores just in
front of humeral cross-vein; subcostal vein with two similar pores
at its junction with costa; cubital vein with a single pore at cross-
vein and two others at about three-quarters of the distance to tip.
The curved scale-like hairs on both upper and lower surface of wing
point towards the base of wing. Halteres with dusky knobs clothed
with narrow adpressed scales. ‘

®. Resembling the male, but antennae shorter, with the joints
all simple, longer than broad, almost sessile, and without the looped
hairs of the male; the bristles on these joints do not appear to be
arranged in distinct whorls, though there appear to be some stronger
bristles at the base of each joint, at least on the upperside. Abdomen
terminating in a non-telescopic ovipositor, bearing two pairs of ovate,
short-haired papillae.

Length (not including antennae), very variable, from *5 mm.
(some males) to 2 mm. (some females).

[A description, on pp. 439-40, of the abundant material
is followed by Farquharson’s account of the habits. The
species was captured at Agege (152 ft.), 16 m. N. of Lagos,
as well as at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria.
The Cecidomyids fly over the carton nests of Cremastogaster
ants, and, approaching ants engaged in feeding others,
endeavour, while hovering in the air, to abstract a portion
of the regurgitated droplet. The ant was Crem. buchneri
r. alligatrix at Agege, and near r. alligatrix at Moor Plan-
tation.—K.B.P.]

SS ee ie
pee 1S oe

-a new Genus and eight new Species of Diptera. 507

CHAETODIPLOSIS Kieffer, Bull. Soc. Metz, xxvii, p. 103
(1913).

C. gymnastica, sp.n. Plates XV, figs. 1-8; XVI, figs. 2-4.

¢g. Eyes connected for a long distance on upper part of head.
Antennae 2 + 12 jointed, exceedingly elongate (quite twice as long
as the insect itself) and with all the flagellar joints binodose, the
nodes connected by a long narrow neck and the joints by a slightly
longer pedicel arising from the distal node. Basal node of each
joint globular, distal node more elongate, rather wider at tip than
at base and more or less constricted about the middle (more so
towards end of antennae); basal node with a circlet of looped threads
of almost equal length, distal node with two such circlets; basal node
with a circlet of long bristly hairs, distal node with an apical circlet
of similar hairs, and in addition (especially beneath) with numerous
finer more curved hairs. Apical antennal joint with a terminal
appendage of which the basal half is ovate, the apical half cylindrical.
Face short, yellowish, bearing a few yellowish hairs on the lower
part. Palpi four-jointed, yellow; basal joint short, second and
third equal, and each about twice as long as the first, fourth joint
the longest, slightly longer than the third. Proboscis somewhat
prominent (in a prepared specimen about half as long as head is
deep), paraglossae not at all pointed. Ocellar tubercle with two
long curved bristles, and other curved bristles on occiput and lower
part of head beneath neck as in Farquharsonia, but more yellowish.
Thorax and abdomen yellowish, or brownish-yellow, with bristly
hairs much as in Farquharsonia but not so dark in colour. Hypopyg-
ium with only a very slight basal projection on inner side of basal
segment of forceps, apical segment slender, bare, tip slightly hooked
and apparently bifid. Upper anal lamella deeply triangularly
emarginate, dividing it into two narrow pointed lobes; lower lamella
closely adpressed to style, being also the same width as that organ
but not quite so long and rounded at the tip. Legs long and slender,
yellowish, but obscured especially on tibiae and tarsi by a clothing
of adpressed, brownish, scale-like hairs. All femora with long
yellowish hairs beneath. Ungues simple. Empodium very short.
Wings longer than in Farquharsonia and all the veins yellowish ;
auxiliary vein present; cubital vein strongly down-curved toward
the tip and ending well below apex of wing. Halteres yellow, the
knob slightly obscured by a clothing of adpressed, brownish, scale-like
hairs.

Q. Resembling the male, but antennae not half so long; the
flagellar joints simple and cylindrical, connected by a short but

508 Mr. J. E. Fain’ Description of

distinct pedicel; each joint with two circlets of minute pores con-
nected by longitudinal lines of similar pores very much as in Farqu-
harsonia but the pores smaller and consequently less easily dis-
tinguished. The antennae are very distinctly hairy; at the base
of each of at least the first ten flagellar joints two or three straight
bristly hairs on the upperside are distinctly longer and stronger
than any others, the majority of the others being finer, paler, more
curved, and especially numerous on the underside of each joint;
appendix to apical joint with a few hairs on the ovate basal portion.
Abdomen with rather shorter yellow bristly hairs and in addition
with numerous very short adpressed, scale-like hairs. Ovipositor
membranous, normally telescoped within the abdomen, but capable
of very considerable extension, terminating above in two narrow,
elongate, club-shaped papillae bearing a few short fine hairs, and
beneath with two broadly sessile ovate lobes forming the lower
lip of the oviduct.

Length very variable—‘5 to 1°5 mm.

[Hight g and 34 9 hanging from threads in a hollow
in the trunk of Alstonia, containing part of the carton nest
of Cremastogaster, Moor Plantation, 8. Nigeria, Aug. 11,
1918. For Farquharson’s account of the “habits see pp.
442-43.—H.B.P.]

The genus Chaetodiplosis was described by Kieffer for
the reception of C. tropica, a new species from Tayveta in
British Kast Africa of which he appears to have seen only
a single female specimen with damaged palpi. Farqu-
harson’s species seems to agree sufficiently in venation,
structure of antennae and ovipositor, as well as in having
simple ungues and rudimentary empodium, to be congeneric.
Certainly Kieffer described the ovipositor as having “un
petit lobe ventral,’ whereas in gymnastica there are two
lobes of which the greater part of each is embedded in the
membrane of the lower lip of oviduct; also he laid stress
upon the antennal joints having “ deux verticilles de poils
dont linferieur a Wun cote des poils gros, raides et presque
deux fois aussi longs que ceux de l’autre cdte,” while not
mentioning the numerous fine curved hairs which exist
beneath each flagellar joint in gymnastica. These differences
however, do not appear to justify the separation of gym-
nastica generically from tropica, especially so long as the
male of the latter species remains undiscovered.

A single female specimen of a quite distinct species was
found among the numerous specimens of C. gymnastica

AERO, ATOR ne ee RN ir a “hs

a new Genus and eight new Species of Diptera. 509

collected by Farquharson as described on p. 442. It is
easily distinguished by its straighter cubital vein ending
at wing-tip, and the more ovate terminal lobes of ovipositor.
In default of further material no attempt has been made
to mount and describe this specimen.

EPHYDRIDAE.
Ruyncuopsitopa Hendel, Suppl. Ent., IH, 96 (1913).
R. apicalis, sp. n.

Frons, thorax and abdomen brightly shining, glassy,
with metallic blue and violet reflections. No acrostichat
bristles. Tip of wing darkened.

39. Face shining yellowish with the projecting (clypeus-like)
mouth-edge whitish. Palpi dusky yellow. Arista yellow at least
about the base but the hairs dark. Scutellum duller than dise
of thorax; upper half of pleurae dusted greyish, Thoracic bristles
long, but no acrostichals; one pair of dorso-centrals at middle of
thorax very long with 2-3 smaller somewhat incurved pairs in front
decreasing in length as they approach front of thorax, and one pair
(shorter than middle pair) behind, half-way towards scutellum ;
a humeral, two notopleural, an up-curved posthumeral, two intra-
alar (the hinder one very long), a small supra-alar, and two postalar
bristles. Abdomen with long bristly hairs especially on the 3rd—5th
segments. Front coxae, all tibiae, and tarsi except last 1-2 joints,
yellow; rest of legs varying from yellowish- brown to black. Wings
with the tip (including the end of the cubital and discal veins)
darkened, and with a darkened patch on all the veins across the base
of wing, opposite (and including) the humeral cross-vein. Halteres
white with a dusky base to stem.

Length about 2 mm.

[Farquharson’s material included 2 3 3 9 examples of this
species, captured between Dec. 25, 1917 and Jan. 26, 1918,
at Moor Plantation, nr. Ibadan, §. Nigeria. They were
feeding from the anus of dead Cremastogaster ants as
described in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, pp. xxxv, xxxvi, xl.
An observation made by Farquharson at a later date (see
pp. 443-44) clearly shows that R. apicalis pursues the living
ants with the same object.—E.B.P.]|

The genus Rhynchopsilopa was distinguished from Psilopa
Fallén by Hendel by reason of its long antennae, with the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 22) LL

%, a ab s.» ee PW ee, ee ow ee Te Fe (esc AL Ss
: . Y eo ns a A i othe eR ae SN Sy
b w% : ‘ - 4 7

- “ Pie we

510 Mr. J. KE. Collin’s Description of

first joint porrect, second and third drooping, third 3-4
times as long as wide, and pubescent. Only one fronto-
orbital bristle and that pointing forwards. Mouth-edge
projecting in front. Palpi projecting slightly beyond
mouth-edge and bristly at tip. Proboscis geniculate, the
middle part long, the small paraglossae bent backwards.

The type-species, R. magnicornis from Formosa, is stated
to have a distinct bristle at end of second antennal joint
directed forwards, palpi dull black, arista black, only one
pair of dorso-central bristles with a row of fine hairs in
front, acrostichals present ending in a pair of prescutellar
bristles.

Another species, R. rugosiscutata Meij. from Java, appears
to agree with magnicornis in having only one pair of dorso-
central bristles, but the frontal triangle is dull black, and
the scutellum and greater part of pleurae is “ runzelig
und dadurch ziemlich matt.” It agrees more with apicalis
in having only a very weak bristle at end of second antennal
joint pointing forwards.

Neither magnicornis nor rugosiscutata have a darkened tip
to wing.

MILICHIDAKE.
Minicuta Meigen, Syst. Beschr., vi, 131 (1830).

The following species all belong to the genus Milichia
as at present restricted, though ‘they differ considerably
from the type species (speciosa). The bare mesopleurae
appear to keep them out of the genus Rhynchomilichia,
which they approach in the structure of the proboscis.
The species described below as M. farquharsoni is the most
aberrant in chaetotactic as well as other characters. It
is considered. advisable to retain them all in the genus
Milichia until a better knowledge of the group has been
attamed.

1. M. argyratoides, sp. n. Plate XVII, fig. 1.

Dull, dark brown species. Abdomen of male almost
entirely silvery. Only two parts of dorso-central and
fronto-orbital bristles. Face exceedingly short. Third
antennal joint darkened.

6. Head and thorax dull dark brown. Frons wide, at vertex
quite five times as wide as third antennal joint is deep, and widening
out slightly towards antennae. Frontal lunule with a pair of

a new Genus and eight new Species of Diptera. 511

‘distinct bristles on the upper margin. Only two frontal bristles
on each side of upper third of frons, the hinder one pointing back-
wards, the front one forwards, on rest of frons only a single row of
very short incurved hairs each side and very short scattered hairs
on disc. Face exceedingly short, the mouth-opening curving
upwards almost to the tip of frontal lunule, leaving narrow cheeks
each side which join the very narrow jowls below the eyes. A
short black vibrissal bristle followed by 2-3 others, becoming shorter
and finer as they approach and merge into the black hairs on lower
part of back of head. Eyes microscopically pubescent. Antennae
short, third joint dark brown, slightly yellowish in some lights,
with a long, very distinctly pubescent, arista. Palpi very large,
dilated in the shape of an equilateral triangle with rounded corners
and slightly rounded sides ; they are dark yellowish-brown and clothed
with very short, fine, dark pubescence. Proboscis hidden between
‘the palpi. Thorax rather greyish on humeri and right in front ;
front part of meso- and sterno-pleurae olive brown with a tendency
to appear greyish in some lights. Disc covered with very short
black hairs which leave three exceedingly narrow lines down the
thorax, bare. Two pairs of dorso-central bristles, the front pair
much the weaker, placed close to the hind pair and a little nearer
the mid line of thorax; a strong central prescutellar pair of bristles,
a humeral, a posthumeral, two notopleural, and three supra-alar
bristles placed in a straight line parallel with a line joining the
two strong bristles on postalar callus; four scutellar bristles with
the middle pair cruciate; a tiny prothoracic bristle immediately
above the base of front coxa and the usual three sternopleural
bristles; mesopleura bare. Abdomen only a little broader than
thorax, the long 2nd segment and the 3rd—5th segments entirely
silvery-grey dorsally as in speciosa. Legs the colour of thorax
but posterior knees very narrowly yellowish. Wings hyaline
except at base as far as humeral and basal cross-veins; end of sub-
costal vein distinctly, and small (discal) cross-vein slightly, darkened ;
this latter cross-vein placed at 4, or very slightly more, from base of
discal cell; cross-vein closing discal cell sloping so that lower outer
angle of cell is acute. Last portion of discal vein slightly shorter
than penultimate portion and almost parallel with cubital vein.
Squamae and halteres dark.

Q. Resembling the male except that the abdomen is entirely
dull, dark brown and bears more numerous short black hairs. Frons
slightly wider at vertex and more parallel-sided.

Length 4mm. One pair.

[The specimens arrived in a pill-box bearing the date

/

512 Mr. J. E. Prins Description of

(? of emergence) Sept. 10, 1915, and the locality Mamu
(Gambari), in the Shagamu district about 20 miles 8. of
Ibadan. They were bred on the road from larvae in an
exuding wound in the bark of a Cremastogaster ant-tree.
Notes on the life-history and habits of the larvae will be
found on pp. 444—45.—E.B.P.]

M. argyratoides appears closely to resemble M. argyrata
Hendel from Formosa, which was described as belonging
to the speciosa-group and presumably differs in having the
face long, as in that species. Hendel’s species also has only
one pair of dorso-central bristles, while the male abdomen
is twice as wide as the thorax, and the third and fourth
(cubital and discal) veins slightly converge towards tip of
wing.

2. M. proectes, sp. n.

Resembling MW. argyratoides, but thorax rather lighter
olive-brown. Abdomen with silvery patches at sides only.
Antennae with yellowish third joint.

$. Head in profile very much like that of argyratoides but the
palpi are not so prominent and are wider at the base, while the row
of bristles from vibrissal angle along the mouth-edge are longer
and stronger. Face very short but distance from end point of
frontal lunule to mouth-edge a little less than third antennal joint
is deep. Frontal lunule with a pair of small bristles. Palpi a
paler yellowish brown. In the type the paraglossae of proboscis
project beyond the palpi as diverging pointed lobes bearing a few
black hairs. Thoracic chaetotaxy as in argyratoides. Abdomen
the same colour as thorax and rather narrower; viewed in some
lights the sides of the first four segments are silvery, spreading very
narrowly across the front margin of the third and fourth segments ;
front margin of fifth segment very narrowly silvery at sides. Viewed
directly from behind these silvery patches appear dull black.
Venter with at least the broad third and fourth tergites silvery in
some lights. Legs with the front as well as the posterior knees
very narrowly pale, the femora in some lights appearing silvery
beneath. Wings faintly tinged with brown, the small (discal)
cross-vein rather further from base of cell, last portion of discal
vein rather shorter than penultimate portion and almost parallel
with cubital; lower outer angle of discal cell rather acute.

Length 3°75 mm.

A single male.
[The specimen formed part of the material, captured at

ae

‘a new Genus and eight new Species of Diptera. 513

Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria, Dec. 23, 1917,
to Jan. 26, 1918, and sent to illustrate Farquharson’s
observations on Milichia published in Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1918, pp. XXxill, XXXIV, xl, where it is shown that these
flies solicit and receive regurgitated food from ants in
the track running up the trunk of “ Cremastogaster-ant-
trees.’ —E.B.P.] j

3. M. prosaetes, sp.n. Plate XVII, figs. 2 and 3.

Smaller and more shining than the previous two species.
Abdomen distinctly shining and without silvery patches.
Frons much narrower in male. Vibrissal angle more
projecting.

3. Frons only about twice as wide as third antennal joint is
deep, dull brown, but varying from almost black to dull greyish
brown according to the point of view. Frontal lunule with a pair
of distinct bristles. Face very short, no longer than third antennal
joint is deep. Both face and frontal Iunule appearing silvery from
some points of view. Vibrissal angle more projecting and the
cheeks between face and eyes wider. A single vibrissa followed by
a rather widely spaced row of short bristly hairs towards back of
head. Palpi dark brown or reddish brown and pubescent, dilated
leaf-like, but of a more even width throughout instead of being
triangular as in the previous species. The long, very pointed, slightly
hairy paraglossae of proboscis may project straight out between palpi,
or be bent back and point towards prothoracic sternum. Antennae
with third joint reddish brown, arista shorter than in the previous
species and only microscopically pubescent. Thorax rather shining,
dark brownish black; pleurae and hind part of disc in front of
scutellum dusted greyish. Chaetotaxy as in argyratoides except
that middle bristle of the three supra-alar bristles is not in a line
with other two but placed rather higher up on disc. Abdomen
very distinctly shining and blacker than thorax, the black hairs
short and not very numerous. ‘Tergites extremely narrow on first
three segments, widening out into a triangle on fourth, and still
wider on fifth, segment. Legs with the knee joints very narrowly,
and the joints of coxae and trochanters indistinctly yellowish,
hind femora at base with a long, fine, postero-ventral, bristly hair.
Wings short and rather broad, faintly tinged with brown and dis-
tinctly brownish along the costa from humeral cross-vein to end of
subcostal vein. Cross-vein closing discal cell not so sloping as in
proectes; last portion of discal vein about two-thirds length of

OO SE Lt ete ae eT ee
‘ ¥ a IM or ts ity eae

514 Me. J.B, Wellin’ Description of

penultimate portion and slightly diverging from cubital vein.

Squamae and halteres dark, the latter with a yellowish base to stem.
©. Resembling the male but frons nearly twice as wide and very

faintly shining. Abdominal tergites of more equal width throughout.
Length barely 3 mm.

One male and five females.

[Two specimens, a 3 and 2, formed part of the material
captured at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria,
Dec. 23, 1917, to Jan. 26, 1918, and sent to illustrate
Farquharson’s notes in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, pp. xxx,
xxxiv, xl. The remaining 4 2 9 were captured in the same
locality, in May, 1918, on the evidence of a letter of May 28
(see p. 445). They formed part of a set of “ absolutely
guaranteed mendicants ” (pp. 445-46), soliciting food from
Cremastogaster ants.—H.B.P.| .

4. M. deetes, sp. n.

Closely resembling M. prosaeles but wings without the
brown streak along costa at base of wing, and thorax and
abdomen more densely pubescent.

3. Frons nearly double as wide as in prosaetes g and with the
bristles (especially ocellar and vertical) longer. Thorax blacker,
without the slight brownish tinge of prosaeles and with more
numerous short hairs; notopleural depression and disc of scutellum
with a greyish tinge in some lights; supra-alar bristles almost in a
straight line. Abdomen with a distinct greyish tinge about the
base of the second segment except at the sides; the short black
hairs with which the abdomen is clothed very much more numerous.
Tergites of moderate width throughout. Wings without any
indication of the brownish costal streak of prosaetes.

®. Resembling the male, frons only slightly wider than in pro-
saetes 9. The greyish tinge about the base of second abdominal
segment not so conspicuous as in the male. Slightly smaller than
prosaectes.

Two males and four females.

[A single 2 formed part of the material of Dec. 23, 1917
to Jan. 26, 1918, and the remaining 2 ¢, 3 9 a part of the
series of “‘ absolutely guaranteed mendicants,” as described
under M. prosaetes.—K.B.P. |

5, M. farquharsoni, sp.n. Plate XVII, figs. 4-6.

Superficially somewhat resembling the two previous
species, but with the second antennal joint longer, a

Pe 6 ON
Vas
».*

4

x

a new Genus and eight new Species of Diptera. 515

proboscis of remarkable structure, and different thoracic
chaetotaxy and costal lobe.

®. Head rather wider than thorax. Eyes microscopically
pubescent. Frons almost a third the width of head, parallel-sided,
brownish, and dull on the broad central stripe and at vertex, more
greyish and slightly shining on the narrow orbits next to eye-
margin. Chaetotaxy as in other species. Frontal lunule small,
shining, the usual pair of bristles very short and fine. Face only
slightly narrower than frons, longer than in any of the other species,
flat and dull greyish. Cheeks rather distinct, of almost equal width
throughout and merging into the jowls which become very narrow
at lower margin of eyes. No distinct vibrissae—only a row of short
fine hairs. Antennae placed very close together at base, first
joint very short, indistinguishable on the outer side but visible:
as a ridge on the inner and lower sides; second joint long, dull
brownish black, almost as long as the third joint which is rounded
in outline and strongly compressed laterally; inner side of second
and third joints clothed with a curious soft fine curved pubescence ;
third joint yellowish brown at least about the base. Arista micro-
scopically pubescent, second joint long. Palpi greyish brown, of
almost equal width throughout and laterally compressed, closely
approximating at the upper mouth-margin and then widely diverg-
ing, .this diverging portion being somewhat concave on the inner
side; the margin of this concave part and the whole of the lower
side of the palpi clothed with similar soft fine curved pubescence
as on inner side of antennae. Proboscis geniculate, the basal part
much flattened, bare on the central part but clothed with short dark
hairs at the sides, terminal part (paraglossae) of a curious shape,
compressed laterally and bearing on the upperside towards tip some
remarkable long bristly hairs.

Thorax rather dull brown with an aeneous tinge; pleurae dusted
greyish. Chaetotaxy as in the other species except for the absence
of the posthumeral, supra-alar (as distinct from postalar) and central
prescutellar, bristles. Abdomen brilliantly shining black except
on the first segment and a large dull greyish patch occupying the
greater part of disc of second, and (to a rather less extent) of third
segment; the moderately short black hairs, scattered, not very
numerous, and more upright on fifth segment.

Legs black with the tip of anterior tibiae and all tarsi (except for
the last joint or two) yellowish, but the front tibiae are brownish
yellow on basal part, and the hind tarsi are rather brownish on the
basal joint. Hind tibiae with a rather sinuous antero-dorsal ridge,
behind which is a flattened and slightly concave space, brilliantly

a
516 Mr. J. E. Collin’s Description of Milichidae.

shining, with violet reflections, down which runs a single row of
short black bristles. Wings with a faint yellowish tinge and yellow
veins. End of subcostal vein sharply marked black, emphasised
by the fact that the costa just before the break at this point is
produced into a black lobe. Small (discal) cross-vein opposite end
of subcostal vein, ends of cubital and discal veins distinctly con-
verging, and last portion of latter vein distinctly longer than
penultimate portion. Squamae dusky with pale brown fringes.
Halteres black with brownish-yellow stems.
Length barely 3 mm.

Five females.

[All the specimens formed part of a set of ‘ absolutely
guaranteed haunting flies,” captured in May, 1918, on the
evidence of a letter of May 28 (see p. 445), at Moor Planta-
tion, 8. Nigeria. These flies were haunting the carton
nest of Cremastogaster ants as described on pp. 445-46.
They were not seen to receive food from the ants like the
other species here described.—EK.B.P. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

PLATE XIV.
Farquharsonia rostrata, sp. n.
Fie. 1. Outline of female x 33.

2. Mouth-parts of female from in front x 40.

3. Side view of labrum, hypopharynx, etc. x 40.

4. One of the middle joints of male antennal flagellum, much
enlarged. (Only one of the straight and one of the
curved bristles figured.)

5. One of the middle joints of female antennal flagellum, much

enlarged. (No bristles figured.)
. Outline of first three joints of male antenna, much enlarged.
. Outline of terminal antennal joint of male, much enlarged.
Bristles — on
| basal joint of

forceps not
figured.

OAD

. Hypopygium of male from above x 60
9. Hypopygium of male from right side x 60.
10. Hypopygium of male from beneath x 60. |

4)

Trans, Ent, Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XIV.

10 6 :
J.£. Collin del. Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.

FARQUHARSONIA ROSTRATA, A S. NIGERIAN
CECIDOMYID.

fi) ra Ent Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XV.

8 i
J. £. Collin del. Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.

CHAETODIPLOSIS GYMNASTICA, A S. NIGERIAN
CECIDOMYID.

es. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XVI,

J. E. Collin & F. W. Edwards del. Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.

FARQUHARSONIA (1), CHAETODIPLOSIS (2-4), AND
HARPAGOMYIA (5-12).

ie ae Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XVII.

<<<

<<

Sn te.

\
A}
\
Ni
‘
\
i
Ny
‘{
‘
\
\
‘

0)

J. E. Collin del. ‘Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.
S. NIGERIAN SPECIES OF MILICHIA (Diptera).

Explanation of Plates. 517

EXPLANATION OF PLaTES XV, XVI (Figs. 1-4), XVII.

PLATE XV.
Chaetodiplosis gymnastica, sp. Nn.

Fic. 1. Outline of female < 33.

2. Female ovipositor extended x 40.

3. Side vein of labrum, hypopharynx, etc. < 60.

4. Outline of terminal antennal joint of 3, much enlarged.

5. One of the middle joints of male antennal flagellum, much

enlarged. (No bristles figured.)

6. Hypopygium of male from above x 60. Bristles on
7. Hypopygium of male from right side x | We Ee

: forceps not
. Hypopygium of male from beneath x 60. figured,

co

PLATE XVI (Figs. 1-4).

Fig. 1. Farquharsonia rostrata. Wing venation x 33.

2. Chaetodiplosis gymnastica. Ungues extended, much en-
larged,
oF ¥y Se Ungues at rest, the base with-

drawn into the end of the
tarsal joint as indicated by
the dotted lines, much en-
larged.
4, a % Wing venation < 33.
(For explanation of figs. 5-12, illustrating Mr. F. W. Edwards’
paper, see p. 503.)

PLATE XVII.

. Milichia argyratoides 3. Profile of head x 23.

F prosaetes 3. Front view of head x 23,

se 2 Profile of head x 23.

» farquharsoni 2. Profile of head x 23.

¥ ©. Left hind tibia from above x 33.

oy ps 9. Costa at end of mediastinal vein
viewed from front edge of left
wing x 33.

Ric.

Pee

ak

XII. Descriptions de six Tachinides nouveaux @ Afrique.
Par le Dr. J. VILLENEUVE.

1. Exorista poultoni, n. sp.

6. Dunnoir brillant, oblong. Epaules et téte a enduit gris jaunis-
sant et mat; péristome ardoisé; thorax a légére pruinosité grise
en avant, sur laquelle apparait lorigine de trois fines lignes noires
médianes, distantes; scutellum largement rougedtre au bord libre;
abdomen rougeatre sur les flancs des segments II et III. Antennes
allongées, un peu plus courtes que le clypéus, noires ainsi que les
palpes qui sont assez épais au bout. Pattes noires, 4 griffes anté-
rieures longues. Ailes hyalines, jaunies a la base; cuillerons amples,
jaune d’ceuf; balanciers 4 massue obscure.

Vertex large comme 2/5 d’cil. Une seule soie verticale; soies
ocellaires aussi développées que les 2 paires de soies frontales ascen-
dantes; 4 soies descendant sur les génes jusqu’au niveau du chéte
antennaire, celui-ci ayant le 1° article distinct, le 2° nettement
allongé, le 3° épaissi dans sa premiére moitié. Occiput sombre,
avec quelques rares cils en arriére des cils rétrooculaires. Péristome
a peine large comme le vertex. Yeux a longue pilosité blanchatre.

Thorax: 4 soies dorsocentrales; 2 + 2 soies sternopleurales.

Scutellum : 4 soies longues, de chaque cdté; les apicales croisées.

Abdomen: 1° segment excavé & fond; segments I et II ayant
2 soies marginales médianes, courtes et plutot faibles, III et IV
avec une rangée compléte de soies longues et robustes. Pas de soies
discales sur les 3 premiers tergites.

Pattes: tibias postérieurs a cils fins et & peu prés réguliers, mélés
dune longue soie médiane.

Ailes: 3° nervure portant 2 cils 4 son origine; coude de la
nervure IV presque 4 angle droit; transverse apicale modérément
arquée; transverse postérieure oblique, & peine sinueuse. Pas
d’épine costale.

Taille: 8 millim.

|The unique type bears the label “‘ ex Pterocarpus Lycae-
nid.” It was bred at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, in’
March, 1917, probably from Deudorix diyllus, p. 382.—
H.B.P.]
2. Hilarella helva, n. sp.

Port et taille de H. stictica Meig., mais dun jaune chamois clair
sur ’abdomen qui ne présente ni taches noires latéro-dorsales ni
taches latérales, seulement une bande grisitre médio-dorsale sur

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1921.—PARTS II, IV. (JAN. ’22)

ae a re

ae fy Cie 21
per ‘ :

Dr. J. Villeneuve’s Descriptions de six Tachinides. 519

laquelle tranchent les pores largement auréolés de noir profond des
2 macrochétes médians; thorax et scutellum dun gris jaunissant
uniforme, de méme sur les génes, tandis que le front est un peu doré.
Palpes jaunes, Cuillerons ocracés. Pattes brunes, a tibias testacés.

[The unique type was bred on June 20, 1915, from a
Noctuid larva, the prey of Ammophila beniniensis, as
described on pp. 426-27. Locality : Moor Plantation, near
Ibadan.—E.B.P.j

3. Trieyclea evanida, n. sp.

©. De taille moyenne, entiérement d’un jaune pale a l’exception :
(1) @une large bande cendrée sur le thorax ot elle occupe espace
compris entre les soies dorsocentrales, en le débordant un peu;
(2) du mésophragme enti¢rement noir; (3) dune bande noire posté-
rieure sur les segments abdominaux II et III, bande assez large qui
donne un prolongement médian triangulaire n’atteignant pas le
segment précédent et qui s’amincit vers les flancs pour devenir
étroite sous le ventre. Le dernier segment est marqué a ses 2
angles postérieurs dune tache noire transversale.

Locciput, noiratre et plus ou moins poudré de gris, est assez
largement bordé de jaune derriére les cils retrooculaires. Ces cils
sarrétent, en bas, au niveau du bord inférieur des yeux et, de 1a,
sétendent sur la partie supérieure du péristome. Ailleurs, le péri-
stome est couvert de poils blancs, sauf a langle postérieur ot quel-
ques longs poils noirs font suite aux soies du bord inférieur.

Les palpes sont dilatés au bout en raquette.

Ailes hyalines, sans épine costale et sans aucune tache noire;
cuillerons et balanciers presque blanchatres.

4 soies dorsocentrales. 3° tergite abdominal avec une rangée
compléte de soies marginales parfois couchées; 4° tergite avec
quelques soies disco-latérales qui sont dressées ainsi que la rangée
des soies apicales: toutes ces soies sont développées.

Taille: 7-8 millim.

Plusieurs femelles de la Nigeria, de ’Ouganda et de la
Céte-d’ Or.

[A single evanida was found by Dr. Villeneuve among
5 Q Tricyeleas bred by Farquharson in October or early
November, 1917, from larvae referred to in the following
note :—

“* Dec. 12,-1917.,—Another tube contains some other
Dipterous larvae of which imagines are sent. These feed
on the débris that is piled up round the nest openings of

520 Dr. J. Villeneuve’s Descriptions de

the ant Paltothyreus. The little mounds were simply
heaving with these maggots. I was only able to breed out
a few before I went travelling.” [See p. 436.]

Of the remaining 4 2 bred from Farquharson’s larvae
Dr. Villeneuve wrote Apr. 9, 1920 :—

“Les 4 premiers exemplaires sont 7’. exarsa, bien pareils
au type de Brauer-Bergenstamm, qui est encore chez moi,
et au type de Guérin-Méneville de la collection Macquart,
étiqueté aussi ‘exarsa W.’ et qui est aussi chez moi.”

Concerning the g of 7. evanida and exarsa, Dr. Ville-
neuve wrote, also on Apr. 9, 1920 :—

“Le g ayant une bande brune le long de la moitié
distale de la nervure II de l’aile, n’appartient pas certaine-
ment & 7. evanida, mais est trés probablement un 3 de
T. exarsa B.-B. Immature. J’ai trouvé le vrai ¢ de T.
evanida ; son aile est pareille 4 celle de la 9, c’est a dire
sans aucune tache ni bande.”

Inasmuch as nothing is known (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1914,
p. v) of the life-history of Tricyclea, v.d. Wulp (= Zonochroa
B.-B.) it is very satisfactory to know that the larvae of
T. evanida and exarsa have been found in the débris of
Paltothyreus tarsatus, and that the three followmg new
species have been seen to oviposit mm and round the nest
openings of Driver ants (Dorylus).—E.B.P.]

4, Tricyclea semithoracica, n. sp.

32. De taille moyenne ou plus petite, d’un jaunatre terne, a
Yexception: (1) dun espace noiratre occupant la partie comprise
entre les soies intraalaires, depuis la suture jusqu’au scutellum ;
ce rectangle noir est parfois étroitement échancré au milieu de son
bord antérieur; (2) du mésophragme noiratre; (3) des dessins noirs
des tergites abdominaux, a savoir: une bande étroite de chaque coté
du tergite I, sur son tiers externe—une bande plus large, complete,
élargie en triangle 4 sa partie médiane jusqu’a rejoindre le tergite
précédent, distingue le tergite Il—les tergites III et IV sont presque
entiérement noirs, le premier n’ayant plus de jaune que les angles
antérieurs et le second qu'une tache médiane apicale.

L’occiput est noiratre entiérement; les cils noirs rétrooculaires
descendent jusqu’aux soies du péristome qui est lui-méme couvert
de poils noirs épars.

Palpes en massue.

Ailes 4 deux taches noires le long du bord antérieur, Pune occupant
la cellule médiastinale et la débordant jusqu’a joindre la nervure II,
Pautre tache allongée et entourant lextrémité de cette nervure.

six Tachinides nouveaux Wd Afrique. 521

L’espace clair qui les sépare est a peu pres de la longueur de la
tache médiastinale. Au-dela de la nervure II, le rebord costal
de Vaile est étroitement ombré, davantage a l’extrémité de la 1°
cellule postérieure. Cuillerons 4 peine ocracés; balanciers jaunatres.

4 soies dorsocentrales—les 2 derniers tergites abdominaux bordés
de soies raides, espacées et peu longues; les soies disco-latérales du
tergite IV débiles.

Le 3 a les yeux joints, 4 facettes ordinaires.

Taille: 6—7 millim.

Je connais cette espéce de la Nigeria et de la Cote-d’Or.

[W. A. Lamborn’s material, submitted to Dr. Villeneuve,
included 4 2 of this species, observed on Dec. 10, 1913,
to be dropping their ova into and between the openings of a
temporary nest being constructed by Driver ants (Dorylus)
at Moor Plantation, near Ibadan, 8. Nigeria, as described
in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1914, pp. v-vii. Farquharson had
directed Lamborn’s attention to the ants and thus prompted
the observation.—E.B.P.]

5. Trieyelea verticella, n. sp.

32. Jaune, ayant le thorax entiérement noir en dessus, a ’excep-
tion des épaules et @une étroite bande latérale qui restent jaunes
jusque prés de insertion des ailes; pleures maculés de noiratre.
Scutellum largement noir a sa base. Abdomen Jégérement brillant ;
les tergites ont chacun une bande marginale noire: étroite et
largement interrompue sur le segment I, large et compléte sur les
segments II et III ot elle s’amincit un peu latéralement, réduite a
2 taches apicales sur le segment IV.

Le mésophragme et lPocciput sont entiérement noirs; la méme
coloration s’étend sur le vertex et couvre fréquemment la moitié
postérieure du front.

La disposition des cils rétrooculaires et la vestiture du péristome
sont comme dans l’espéce précédente; les palpes sont également en
massue.

Les ailes, un peu sales, ont une tache noire occupant toute la
cellule médiastinale et reposant sur la nervure IJ, puis, séparée de
la premiére par un court espace clair, une autre tache brune, trés
allongée, enveloppant l’extrémité de Ja nervure II et continuée
par une zone ombrée plus claire le long de la cédte jusqu’a la termi-
naison de la ete cellule postérieure. Cuillerons sales; balanciers
testacés.

Les pattes ont lextrémité distale des fémurs postérieurs et les
tibias correspondants plus rembrunis que dans la plupart des espéces
du genre T'ricyclea.

522 Dr. J. Villefleuve’s Descriptions de

Normalement, 3 soies dorsocentrales développées; entre Ja ler?
et la 2°, une soie plus courte et plus faible est interposée. Les soies
marginales du tergite abdominal IIT sont courtes et couchées, mais
robustes et longues latéralement; celles du dernier tergite sont
développées, tandis que ses soies disco-latérales sont courtes ou
débiles. ;

Le 3 a les yeux joints, 4 facettes ordinaires.

Taille: 5-7 millim.

Nombreux individus de la Nigeria, un de l’Ouganda et
un du Congo belge.

[A single 2 of 7. verticella was found by Dr. Villeneuve
in Lamborn’s material illustrating the observations sum-
marised under 7’. semithoracica.—K.B.P. |

6. Tricyclea perpendicularis, n.sp.

9. Cette espéce est comme intermédiaire entre les deux précé-
dentes. De 1. verticella, elle a le scutellum & large tache basale
noire, labdomen de méme coloration et & soies identiques. Comme
chez 7’. semithoracica, les ailes hyalines ont 2 taches noires et
disposées de la méme maniére; les pleures sont péles avec la seule
tache noire habituelle, Phypopleurale; le thorax montre tout le
tergum dun gris bleuté en arriére de Ja suture, avee cette différence
qwil sen détache une bande médiane de méme couleur qui s’avance
dans lespace compris entre les soies acrosticales présuturales; la
téte, enfin, est la méme.

Palpes en massue—4 soies dorsocentrales,

Taille: 5-6 millim.

2 2 de la Nigeria méridionale.

[A single 2 of this species also was found by Dr. Ville-
neuve in the material which contained verticella and semi-
thoracica. All three species therefore are known to be
attracted to Driver ants and to drop their eggs into and
between the funnel-shaped openings of a temporary nest.
The ants did not appear to notice the eggs, “ but in the
natural course of their work gradually covered them with
earth.” (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1914, p. vi.) This material
had been submitted to Major Austen, who separated the
three species exactly as Dr. Villeneuve has done.

Two other Diptera also ovipositing, although in a different
manner, among the Driver ants on the same occasion (7bid.,
p- vu) were also submitted to Dr. Villeneuve who has
kindly written the following note, also confirming, and

Quant 4 BY hina. Solis rae vera, ¢ seh la ariste
‘ avec. une tache obscure & l’extrémité de Y aile. Ici, c’est
Ta variété “ testacea R. D., 1830’: Vaile et abdomen n’ont
aucune tache noire sur votre specimen.

+ L’Anthomyide parait étre du genre Limnophora : il
est en trop mauvais état pour étre déterminé.’’—E.B.P. |

dl 24)

XIV. Description of a peculiar unidentified Dipterous Larva
possessing a number of enigmatic truncate Abdomi-
nal Organs. By J. Bronté GATENBY, D.Phil.,D.Sc.,
Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin,
Senior Demy, Magdalen College, Oxon.

Prate XVIII.

AmonG the material sent to Prof. E. B. Poulton by
Mr. C. O. Farquharson was a small unidentified larva
believed to be a Syrphid. Cursory examination of this
larva showed that it possessed, on the ventral surface of
the last third part of its body, a number of peculiar tubes
arranged in two bunches set side by side. The ultimate
region of the abdomen was found to bear a tracheal funnel,
in somewhat the same manner as the larva of Hristalis
fenax. In the unidentified larva, however, the funnel
did not seem to be extrusible and extensile as in the rat-
tailed Syrphid larvae. In Plate XVIII, fig. I, the larva is
drawn to the centimetre scale given above. In front were
two processes, short and with few joints, which were the
antennae; the mouth-parts did not appear to be abnormal.
From la to 6a in this figure were six pairs of processes
surmounted by numbers of hooklets as in the Hristalis
larva. Behind the last pair of leg-processes were found
the truncate organs already mentioned (Plate XVIII, fig. I,
Tu). In fig. II the organs on one side are drawn at a higher
power. Each one was seen to have at its extremity a
minute pore. Just behind the region of the truncate
organs the body tapered sharply, but before passing on to
the tracheal funnel it gave rise to two lateral, backwardly
directed obtuse processes (PR in fig. I).

The entire surface of the larva was covered with raised
processes or rugosities, and the epidermis was markedly
thick and pigmented towards the hind regions, somewhat
like the Hristalis larva. Nothing of special interest was
found in connection with the nervous or alimentary system,
but the latter was of the complicated type found in many
Dipterous larvae. The anus opened in the region of the
truncate organs between the two bunches, so that the
trunk-like tubes are really peri-anal. The two lateral
tracheal tubes open behind at TT in fig. I. There are no

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaARTS I], IV. (JAN. ’22)

a

Prof, Bronté Gatenby’s Description of Dipterous Larva. 525

lateral stigmata, but there is apparently a pair in the
head region as in the Hristalis larva.

The hind regions of this larva were sectioned in order to
examine the truncate tubes. In Plate XVIII, fig. IV, there
is drawn a transverse section of the body in ‘the region of
the tubes; one of the latter is cut in longitudinal section,
while two others, at DP, are just in the section. In fig. IV
it will be noticed that the tube is hollow, from the pore
upwards, to the place marked by the legend Tip. At this
region the main tube is seen to be folded again to form an
inner tube; to the inner tube are fixed some muscle bands
at M; these are attached to the body-wall of the larva
in the region of the tubes. Inspection of fig. IV at once
shows that each tube is really arranged so as to be eversible
by pressure of the fluid of the body, and the muscle at M
functions in redrawing the tube when once everted. In
fig. V the tube is diagrammatically represented as half
everted, the tip (Tip in fig. IV) being now outside; in fig. VI
the eversion is complete. The attachment of muscle is
at MA.

It was found that the hypoderm cells of the truncate
tubes were very large and glandular.

Probable Function of Eversible Truncate Organs.—In
fig. II] is a diagrammatic drawing of a larva with its tracheal
funnel above water taking in air; the eversible organs are
shown protruded to their fullest extremity. There seems
little doubt that these organs, connected as they are with
the haemocoel, and everted by haemocoelic fluid pressure,
serve as additional respiratory organs, when the larva is
in water too deep to enable it to use its tracheal funnel.
A less likely suggestion might be that the organs are used
for climbing and adhering to water-weeds.

Systematic Position of Larva.—Until the fly is bred from
this larva, it will be impossible correctly to place it in its
position, but in arrangement of legs, in the appearance of
the integument, in the shape of the body, and in the
tracheal apparatus, this larva shows undoubted affinities
with the form Eristalis.

[The following extracts from Farquharson’s letters con-
firm Prof. Gatenby’s suggestion that the protrusible
processes are respiratory in function.—E.B.P. |

Dec. 12, 1917.—You will remember my telling you of
the (?) Syrphid larva with the curious protrusible process,
that I found in the decaying banana leaves in water. I

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 22) MM

526 Prof. Bronté Gatenby’s Description of Dipterous Larva.

have failed to breed out the imago so far, but hope to have
another try. The specimen sent shows the organ—a
fusion, I think, of a pair—extruded, but much contracted
in the spirit. In life it was quite transparent with branched
silvery lines running out tothe tips of the fingers or lobes.
These I believe to be tracheae. I will send more larvae
when I can get them.

Aug. 11, 1918.—I am sorry that I overlooked those
Syrphid larvae. I will place “baits” of pieces of cut
banana stem in putrid water for them, and, if I get any
started, I shall try to leave them with Dr. Connal to
complete the life-history if they do not pupate before I go.
I thought that the white “line,” running out into each
lobe of the curious organ, was a trachea or branch of one,
as I think I mentioned at the time. The organ shrinks in
spirit, but in life it was a very pretty structure, the lobes
being quite translucent with the silvery white line running
out to the end of each. The whole organ can be withdrawn
out of sight inside the body of the larva. I think I will
manage to fix that little problem up all right.

Note (October 1921).—Prof. EK. B. Poulton, whom I have
to thank both for the opportunity of examining this
material, and for encouraging interest during the work,
has drawn my attention to Mr. Farquharson’s reference to
“silvery lines” running down the tubes. These lines I
think must be the muscles marked M in fig. VI, and not
tracheae, as one might naturally expect.—J. B. G.

Pirate XVIII.

[For Explanation of Figs. V1 see accompanying teat. ]

]

mocoe
/

‘

.

Hae

a.

ar
&.

eo

Nort?

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate X VIII.

CTT

ee. ee wD, |
y se

J. B. Gatenby del.

Vaus & Crampton, Lid.

A S. NIGERIAN AQUATIC DIPTEROUS LARVA

(? Syrphidae).

EK. THYSANOPTERA.

XV. Notes on Selenothrips rubrocinctus Giard, taken by
C. O. Farquharson on a Forest Tree at Agege, near
Lagos. By R.8. Baenatt, F.R.S.E., F.L.S

Selenothrips rubrocinetus Giard.

Physopus rubrocincta Giard, 1901.
Heliothrips rubrocinctus Franklin, 1908.

This species is a great pest of Cacao in the West Indies
and is also known from Ceylon. It was described fully by
Franklin in 1908. Its specific name is due to the broad
band of bright red (almost crimson) hypodermal pigmenta-
tion running across the base of the abdomen in the larva.
At a later date Karny wrote upon his conception of the
divisions of the genus Heliothrips (Revision der Gattung
Heliothrips Haliday in Entom. Rundschau, Jahrb. 28,
No. 23, pp. 179-182) and diagnosed the subgenus Seleno-
thrips for the reception of rubrocinctus, and a new and
closely allied form, S. decolor Karny, found on Cacao in
New Guinea.

The presence of S. rubrocinctus on the W. Coast of Africa
is particularly interesting in view of the fact that I have
only recently received a ‘supply of the other species, S. de-
color, from the Gold Coast, where it is injurious to Cacao.
S. decolor is most readily separated from rubrocinctus by
the absence of the red hypodermal pigmentation at the base
of the larval abdomen. There are also minute structural
differences in the antennae.

[The specimens on which Mr. Bagnall’s note was written
were preserved in spirit. The following note accompanied
them: “ Rather large Thrips from bush tree at Agege.
Immature forms run about with drop of dark liquid at
posterior end.—Oct., 1917.”—E.B.P.]

iS

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN, ’2%

et )

F. HOMOPTERA.

XVI. A new Southern Nigerian Aleurodes (Aleurodidae).
By Prof. R. Newsreap, F.R.S.

Puate XIX, facing p. 531, Fig. 1.

Aleurodes africanus, sp. n.

Pupa Case (fig. 1a). Flat, broadly ovate, segmentation distinct ;
dorsum very finely rugose, the rugosities very narrowly separated
by extremely fine striae arranged somewhat radially; anal furrow
distinct. Fringe or other secretionary matter absent. Colour dark
brown or black with a broad, clearly defined, translucent margin ;
stigmatic clefts and anal furrow dusky white and clearly defined ;
vasiform orifice pale yellow. Margin (fig. 1b) very faintly crenulated
and with fine but well-marked sutures or striae. Dorsal pores
(fig. 1c) small, forming an irregular series just within the striated
border. Eye-spots (fig. 1d) small. Vasiform orifice (fig. le) some-
what subcordate; the operculum filling a little more than half the
orifice; lingula, when fully extended, projecting almost to the
distal margin of the orifice, densely setose and furnished with a pair
of short spinose hairs arising from a subapical collar of chitin.
Stigmatic clefts (fig. 1f) well defined, terminating with three short,
dactyliform processes. Anal cleft (fig. ly) with two pairs of pro-
cesses; the distal pair similar to the corresponding ones in the
stigmatic clefts; the proximal pair somewhat triangular.

Length, 1:2-1°3 mm.; width, 1-1—1:2 mm.

Larva, second instar. Narrowly ovate; margin similar to that
of the pupa case. Vasiform orifice with the operculum transversely
elliptic and not quite extending to the middle distance, central area
of the distal edge very finely spinose; lingula as in the pupa. Anal
furrow distinct, distal angles each with a slender spinose hair;
there is also a similar spinose hair at the margin considerably in
advance of them.

Length, 0°6-0°7 mm.

W. Arrica: 8. Nigeria, Moor Plantation, nr. Ibadan,
May, 1917. C. O. Farquharson.

[The Alewrodes, attached to the under surface of the
leaves of Salacia sp. (Celastraceae), in Farquharson’s com-
pound, formed the food of the carnivorous Noctuid (Hras-
triinae) larva of Bublemma scitula (pp. 407-408.—E.B.P. |

The pupa-case of this insect does not agree in all its
details with any of the new genera erected by Quintance

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921,—PARTS III, IV. (JAN. 722)

Aacaat area” y aintly eueated: from the “ Sonal
dis kK and also i in its form and colour.

Fas Classification of the Aleurodidae, U. 8. Dept. Ag Tec. Ser. No. e
21, Pt. ii hae

( 530)

XVII. A new Southern Nigerian Lecanium (Coccidae).
By Prof. R. Newsreap, F.R.S.

Puate XIX, Fig. 2.

Lecanium (Saissetia) farquharsoni, sp. n.

Female adult. Form hemispherical, or narrowly ovate and
highly convex; margin very thick, forming a distinct rounded mould-
ing or bead. Integument with a faintly matted surface when .
preserved in alcohol, due apparently to secretion or foreign matter,
on the removal of which, by slight friction, the derm presents a
polished appearance. Colour rich dark castaneous; immature
examples dusky buff. Antennae of eight segments; the 3rd equal
to or a little longer than the 2nd. Legs robust; anterior pair with
an unusually long bristle on the trochanter; tarsus inclusive of the
claw about equal in length to the tibia. Anal lobes (fig. 2a) forming
together a distinctly pyriform outline, the distal margin being about
half the length of the lateral and markedly rounded; distance from
distal margin of the lobe to the anal margin of body one-fourth the
entizve length of the body. Anal cleft fused. Stigmatic clefts
obsolete; spines three or four in number. Marginal spines (fig. 2b)
of varying lengths and irregularly disposed, some of them more
than twice the length of the longest stigmatic spines; some of
them are quite simple; others are slightly frayed distally. Derm
cells irregularly ovate closely packed together. Collectively they
produce a reticulated pattern at the margins.

Length, 44:25 mm.; width, 3°50 mm.

Young adult 2. Form more or less circular or broadly ovate with
the front slightly narrowed or produced; dorsum low convex or
more or less flat. Colour dusky buff or pale ochreous. Antennae
(fig. 2c) of eight segments, the 3rd slightly the longest. Stigmatic
clefts faintly indicated, spines (fig. 2e) similar to those in the old
adult. Derm cells at the margin as in the mature examples, but
much less pronounced in the central area. Anal cleft not com-
pletely fused, and placed in the same position relatively to the
margin of the body, as in the old adult.

In the nymphs or second stage 2 the anal cleft is not fused.

W. Arrica: §. Nigeria, Moor Plantation, Dec. 1917. :
C. O. Farquharson.

[The Coccidae were found on a plant of Imbricaria
maxima (Sapotaceae) and formed the food of a carnivor-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS II, Iv. (JAN. ’22)

‘4SMA9N
INOSUVHNOAVGA (VILASSIVS) NNINVOAI—z 314 ‘ysmeN VNVOINAV SHGOUNATV—'! ‘34

‘PIT ‘uojduvay @ snvy4

‘2 -DIy It “Dg

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XIX.

BS he lhe

Prof. Newstead on anew Southern Nigerian Lecanium. 531

ous Lycaenid larva, Triclema lamias (p. 387). See also
Proc. Ent. Soc., 1918, p. xxx.—E.B.P.]

In its general external facies this insect is inseparable
from Lecanium (Saissetia) somereni Newst.,* but the anal
lobes and marginal spines in L. farquharsoni are markedly
different. In its structural details it is much more closely
related to L. catory Green,t but the anal lobes are placed
much nearer the margin of the body than in the last-named
species; some of the marginal spines are distinctly though
finely divided, laterally, towards the tips, and the longest
stigmatic spines are shorter than the longest marginal ones.

* Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, V, pt. 2, p. 162, fig. 5 (1911). Bull.
Ent. Res., Vol. IV, p. 76.
+ Bull. Ent. Res., Vol. VI, p. 43, fig. 1 (1915).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fic. 1. Aleurodes africanus Newst.: a, pupa case; 6, margin;
c, dorsal pores; d, eye-spot; e, vasiform orifice; f, stig-
matic cleft; g, anal cleft.

2. Lecanium (Saissetia) farquharsoni Newst.: Q adult: a, anal
lobes; b, marginal spines. Q young adult: c, antennae;
d, anterior legs; ¢, stigmatic spines: (a, c and d to the
same magnification).

XIII. On the African Species of the Genus Neptis Fab. By
H. E.trrncuam, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S.

PruatEes XX—XXV.
[Read Oct. 5th, 1921. ]

Tur Genus Neplis was founded by Fabricius in 1807. It
includes many species of small or medium-sized butterflies
usually characterised by white or yellow markings on a
sepia black ground-colour. ‘Two species occur in Kurope.
The genus extends over the
whole of the African and Oriental

fy a regions and into Australia. The
SS hh . . . .
| , wing neuration is as shown in
6 Sene fo) % F
s the accompanying diagram. Its

(ais tage

Heats arrangement is fairly constant,

though there is -a certain insta-
bility in the point of origin of
the tenth nervule in the fore-
wing, which may arise at or
beyond the end of the discoidal
cell. The fore-feet are of the
usual Nymphalid character, and
serve aS an easy method of
distinguishing the sexes. The
hind-feet have two simple claws,
a well-developed pulvillus, and
very rudimentary paronychia.
The characteristic patterns and markings of Neptis are
such that the species are unlikely to be confused with those
of any other genus except Athyma. If the example be a
male, it may be distinguished as Neplis from the fact that
the hind-wing costal nervure (8) ends on the costa in Neptis,
whilst in both male and female Athyma this nervure ends
on the hind margin. If it be a female, Neplis may be
distinguished by the precostal nervure, which is straight
where it arises from the costal, whilst in Athyma it follows
a continuous curve from its origin; also in Neptis the sub-
costal nervures in the hind-wing arise much nearer to the
costal than in Athyma. Further, in Athyma there is near the
origin of the fore-wing median nervure a short spur on the
inner marginal side. Such a spur is absent in Neptis.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1921.—PARTS Ill, IV. (JAN. 722)

wo

Rays

Dr. Eltringham on African Species of Genus Neptis. 533

The larvae are but little known. That of dwmetorwn will
be described under that species.

The present paper is an attempt to deal with the forms
and species of the Ethiopian region, though it cannot
claim to be a complete revision, owing to lack of sufficiently
long series of many forms. It may be that collectors
generally, deceived by the great monotony of pattern and
colouring, have neglected the genus in the belief that com-
paratively small series of specimens were sufficiently ’
representative. It may be that some of the forms are really
comparatively rare. In either case the fact remains that
many species are but poorly represented in collections,
whilst the difficulty of identification has led to numerous
errors of nomenclature. So far no serious effort seems to
have been made to investigate the relationships of the
various described species, though at the same time, con-
sidering the fine distinctions and in some cases almost
indescribable differences between what are really separate
species, the literature of the genus is not wanting in certain
shrewd diagnoses of their affinities.

As a problem in taxonomy the genus presents a number
of difficulties, some of which in the absence of adequate
material still remain unsolved. There are genera of Lepi-
doptera in which the male armature furnishes good and
constant characters, enabling us to confirm or amend con-
clusions founded on outward and more easily observed
features. In other cases we know that these anatomical
structures are of so simple a nature that they are of little
value in specific diagnosis.

In the African forms of Neptis we have in some instances
instability of pattern combined with variability of anatomi-
cal structure, each condition tending to throw doubt on
conclusions based on the other. Some species can be
isolated with ease on well-differentiated characters of the
male armature. In other cases we have forms very
different in outward appearance, but not constantly dis-
tinguishable in the anatomical characters. If, for example,
we take two forms A and B, of different pattern, and dissect
and examine the genitalia, one mounted specimen of each
may show recognisable differences. If, however, we take
another example of A the armature may present differences
from the first specimen of A, such differences being as great
as those between B and the original A. Again, we may make
preparations from two examples C and D, whose external

534. Dr. H. Eltringham on the

differences are of the slightest and by no means so great as
the outward variations of undoubted forms of the same
species, only to find that the respective armatures are so
completely distinct that specific identity is out of the
question.

Furthermore, there are forms, the external facies of
which are so utterly different that we are bound to regard
them as well-separated species, but the male armatures
are not merely doubtfully distinguishable but of a highly
complex form.

The form of the male armature also raises another
question. Given several distinct types of structure in
these organs, each type being broadly distinguishable from
the others, how far are we Justified in assuming that the
members of the genus referable to one particular type of
armature are necessarily more nearly related to each other
_than to species whose armatures fall under another type—
that, in fact, they form an intra-generic group? If we do
this with Neptis it is true that the majority of forms in
groups so constituted seem fairly naturally associated, but
at the same time there are instances in which two or more
forms of totally different outward facies have armatures
which are not constantly distinguishable. Thus trigono-
phora and kikideli are apparently widely separated, and yet
it would be impossible to decide from a number of prepara-
tions which belonged to the former and which to the
latter. This is not a question of a very simple structure of
the armatures, since the claspers of these two species are of
a curious form considerably elaborated and totally unlike
those of any other African species.

A far more complicated case is that of the forms which
include ochracea, exaleuca, woodwardi, swynnerton, incon-
grua, and other species. At first sight the only difference
between exaleuca and ochracea is that of colour. Griinberg
on one occasion referred to an example of ochracea as
exaleuca var. ochracea, a terminology I should have been
inclined to support in the absence of anatomical prepara-
tions. Nevertheless, we find that whilst the claspers in
ochracea are of fairly constant form, and that a peculiarly
specialised one, those of ewaleuca are extremely variable,
though none of the variations resembles the clasper of
ochracea. Close as is the resemblance between these two
species in everything except colour, the clasper of ochracea,
whilst apparently constantly distinguishable from that of

/

Pe ae ae eat Chon NN Oe Ae PY Aa
oT Ne a ie F * 2 ane
re rad

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 535

exaleuca, is not easily distinguishable from that of incongrua,
woodwardi, neavei, and, most remarkable of all, nemetes.
All these species are totally different in outward appearance
from ochracea and from each other.

Again, the form described by Lord Rothschild as neavei
is outwardly almost indistinguishable from the previously
described swynnertoni, yet the armature of swynnertoni
approaches that of exaleuca, to which species it has no
outward resemblance whatever, whilst the claspers of
neaver resemble those of ochracea, with which again there
is no outward agreement. Where the structure of the
armature is of a particularly simple kind and not subject
to any characteristic elaborations no difficulty arises.
Where, however, that structure is found to be highly
modified, and also of a very distinct character as compared
with other forms in the same genus, we should at first
sight be tempted to suppose that those species possessing a
distinctive type of armature were therefore closely related.
But, as we now see, in the genus Neptis there are species
whose armatures are most closely similar and_ highly
specialised, which, to judge by their outward facies, are
very widely separated. At the same time there are forms
which appear nearly allied in their outward characters,
but have markedly different genitalia.

Apart from the foregoing examples we have the difficulty
of the forms of nysiades described more fully under the
heading of that species.

Dr. W. J. Holland (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., xliii,
6, p. 164, 1920) proposes a new genus, Neptidomima, in
which he places one species Neptis exaleuca. He bases
this separation on the structure of the palpi, which he
describes as “‘ more robust, porrect, and hirsute’ than in
any species known to him. It is true that the palpi in
this species are densely clothed with flat scales, most of
them black. The same, however, applies to the palpi
in woodwardi, ochracea, incongrua, and some other species.
If we are to take this character as generic, then the other
spécies named must also be included in the new genus.
Now, the genital armatures of these forms are of the same
character as that of nemetes, certainly a true Neptis. For
reasons stated above I cannot, in this genus at least, attach
too much importance to the armature as a test of near
affinity; nevertheless, the establishment of a separate
genus for ewaleuca and the other species with similar palpi

-
536 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

seems to me unnatural and based on very insufticient
characters. As Heron pointed out years ago (see Trans.
Ent. Soc., 1911, p. 7), the palpi of Acraea johnston butleri
differ from those of other species of Acraea, including all
the other forms of johnstoni itself. As butleri is merely a
local form of johnstoni, we have here an example in which
the difference in the palpi is not even a specific character.
It is perhaps not irrelevant to add that the name Nepti-
domima is in any case undesirable, since it suggests a genus
whose members mimic Neptis. Thus the generic names
Crenidomimas, Mimacraea, Pseudacraea, ete., all have a
significance W hich is well understood and supported by
considerable evidence, whereas Neplis exaleuca and its
allies, so far from being mimetic of other species of Neptis,
are of all the genus the most aberrant in their facies.

In the descriptions it will be noted that several species
have a pearly iridescent area on the underside of the h.-w.
in the male. Special scales can be observed in this area,
and my friend Dr. F. A. Dixey has kindly examined them
for me. It would not, however, appear that they are of
specific importance.

I have pleasure in acknowledging the kind assistance I
have received from Dr. F. A. Dixey, F.R.S., Mr. J. J.
Joicey, Dr. K. Jordan, M. Ch. Oberthiir, Prof. BH. +B:
Poulton, F.R.S., Mr. N. D. Riley, Lord Rothschild, F.R.S.,
and Mr. G. Talbot. I should like also to express my appre-
ciation of Mr. Alfred Robinson’s admirable photographs,
from which the plates of imagines have been printed.

KEY TO THE AFRICAN FORMS OF THE GENUS
NEPTIS.
(The sexes are alike in pattern.)

Some or all of the discal spots and bands of

upperside yellow. a.
All paler markings above, white (rarely
bluish). g-
(a) F.-w. cell on underside contains white
dots, usually also visible above. b.
Cell without white dots. d.
(b) F.-w. inner marginal spot absent or
only faintly developed . : - comorarum. (545)

ee African Species of the Genus Neplis. 537

F.-w. with a well-marked inner-marginal
spot, sometimes confluent with spots

in 2 and 3. Cc.
(c) Expanse about 50 mm., h.-w. discal
band only about 3 mm. wide, distally

edentate 4 - : : . dumetorum. (543)
Expanse about 35 mm., h.-w. discal band
about 5 mm. wide, distally regular . mayottensis. (545)

(d) Discal yellow band broad (4—5 mm.) quite
or nearly continuous from inner mar-
gin of h.-w. to f.-w. area 3, its proxi-
mal margin almost a straight line. é.
Yellow band narrower (2-3 mm.) and
having acurved proximal outline from
inner margin of h.-w. to f.-w. area 3. fs
(e) F.-w. band continuous from inner margin
to area 3 : : , . . ochracea. (554)
F.-w. band interrupted by ground- { ochracea ochreata.
colour in anterior half of lb. dh (554)
({) H.-w. band nearer to base than to hind-
margin, short and pale ochreous =. woodwardi. (553)
H.-w. band nearer to hind-margin than
to base, long and deep yellow. .. frobenia. (542)
(g) Base of h.-w. beneath practically uni-
colorous with rest of ground-colour
(generally red-brown) not striped or

spotted. h.
Base of h.-w. beneath striped or spotted. m,
(h) White spots within f.-w. cell. Us
No white spots in cell. Fe
(1) On h.-w. underside a small white spot
in area 6 : : , : . nearer. (556)
No white spot in area 6 : - . swynnertoni.* (556)
(j) Underside ground-colour red-brown or
orange- brown. k.
Underside ground-colour ochreous . pexaleuca exaleuca.
| (555)
(k) H.-w. underside without heavily marked { incongrua incongrua.
dark internervular rays . : AL (552)
H.-w. underside with heavily marked
dark internervular rays. A

* This is the principal difference between typical neavei and
swynnertont, and it is not a constant one. Nevertheless, the male
armatures differ. (See under descriptions.)

4

538 Dr. H. Eltrmgham on the

(1) F.-w. with three or four minute white
dots beyond cell, h.-w. white band ; incongrua occidentalis.

about 2 mm. wide . : ; J (553)
F.-w. without such minute dots, h.-w.
band about 5 mm. wide . ; . exaleuca suffusa. (556)

(m) Base of h.-w. beneath irregularly
marked and spotted not with regular

pale bands on a dark ground. n.
Base of h.-w. beneath with curved bands

of white or whitish on a dark ground fi
(n) F.-w. cell nearly all white. 0.
F.-w. cell dark or only with white dots . Pp»
(0) H.-w. discal band only about 3 mm.
wide . : 3 . metella. (548)

H.-w. discal band about 5mm. wide . metellaf. gratilla. (549)
(p) F.-w. subapical spots in 5 and 6 not /( nemetes f. carpenteri.

separated by ground-colour. eli (551)
F.-w. ditto separated by ground-colour,
at least proximally. q.

(q) H.-w. discal band about 5 mm. wide
and not markedly projecting out-

wards inarea5 ‘ : . saclara. (546)
H.-w. ditto about 3 mm. wide and with ( saclava f. marpessa.
prominent discal projection in area 5 | (547)

(r) F.-w. cell dark above like ground-

colour, or with only minute white

dots, not with sharply defined streaks

or spots (trigonophora sometimes has

a diffused white streak in f.-w. cell
above). 8.

F.-w. cell contains more or less white,

at least some part of which is sharply
defined. h’.

(s) I’.-w. discal band practically continuous

from nervure 2 to, or nearly to, costa

(nervule 4 may be rather blacker than

the rest, but see footnote on seel-
drayersi, p. 539). t.

F.-w. discal band discontinuous, gener-

ally owing to reduction of spot in

area 4. a’,

(t) F.-w. cell on upperside has white dots. U.
Ditto rarely with faint paler markings,

but not in the form of dots. w.

Pe ee Bk
at \a

a ee ee heer Se eT ae he eee
ae at a aie csisins Vt ee eer 27 i
at C ~ ;

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 539

(uw) F.-w. “delicate submarginal lines are
continuous, interrupted only by the

nervules. v.
These lines less distinct between ner- ( agatha. (558)
vules 3 and 4 ; ‘ 3 . jordani.* (560)
(v) H.-w. discal band extends beyond
nervule6.. . seeldrayersi.t
H.-w. ditto does oo patend bayou
nervule 6 : : .~ livingstonet. (561)
(w) Proximal edge of f.-w. aescRE band
straight. De
Ditto concave or indented. 2.
(x) F.-w. discal band sharply defined, the
nervures only very faintly marked. y.

Discal band formed of elongated white
spots rounded and deeply indented
distally between nervules : . nysiades (part). (584)

(y) F.-w. discal band almost pyriform and
pointed at costal end. Submarginal
lines on both wings markedly white . nina. (580)

Ditto narrower towards costa, but not
pyziform. Submarginal lines not so
markedly white. . puella. (579)

(z) F.-w. band somewhat ifesbated fistuily
by ground-colour, especially in 3|
and 4, band composed of spots 4
nearly equal length

Ditto with the spot in 2 very snail ier
only touching that in 3 at its inner zi

nysiades f. continuata.
(584)

nysiades f. metanira.

anterior angle (584)
nysiades f. conspicua.

Ditto with spots in 4, 5, and 6 consider- (584)
ably longer than those in2and3 .| nicomedes f. puel-

| loides.% (579)

* No absolutely constant character can be given to distinguish
these two species; jordani is smaller than the average size of agatha,
and the ground-colour is paler. In jordani the discal band is more
consistently narrowed towards the costa.

+ Occasional examples of seeldrayersi have the f.-w. band separated
into elongated spots by an increased blackening of the nervules.
Such examples are distinguished from nysiades by the white dots
in f.-w. cell above.

t Puelloides can generally be distinguished from conspicua by
its smaller size and the interruption of the f.-w. submarginal lines
in area 3 and often in 6,

27 ae Ae ae

540 Dr. if Eltrmgham on the

(a’) F.-w. band does not reach costa, only
just extending as a narrow longitu-
dinal streak beyond nervule 6

F.-w. band reaches costa or at least into
area 8.
(b’) F.-w. cell distinctly dotted with white.
F.-w. cell dark, though rarely with
vestiges of an ill-defined streak.

(c’) White band of both wings very broad
(6-10 mm.) and continuous from h.-w.
inner margin to nervule 4 of f.-w.

White band not so broad and distinctly
interrupted in area 1b.

(d’) The fine line just beyond the discal
band is almost straight between the
nervules

This line is well ar el (eect con-
cave) between the nervules, sein
in 2, 3, and 4

(e’) On h.-w. underside distal to white re a
row of large more or less rounded dark
spots on a lighter ground-colour.

Without such spots.

(f’) H.-w. beneath with conspicuous costal
white band extending from base to
about middle of costa

H.-w. beneath with such band if visible

i” all very short and not Ree ae
along costa
(g’) In f.-w. cell beneath is an elnovied
curved clavate spot followed by two
to four very small spots beyond cell .
F.-w. beneath with an irregular narrow
white mark along costal edge of cell
and a transverse streak across end of
cell ; : ; . 3 ;
(h’) On h.-w. upperside the innermost of
the three white submarginal lines is
widened so as to form a conspicuous
white band at least 2 mm. wide.

nysiades f, claret.

kikideli.

rogerst.

barnsi.*

poultoni.

nemetes nemeles,

trigonophora.

nysiades (part).

kt A

ve

eR BENS

>?

(584)

(569)

(584)

* Strand’s nysiades urungensis appears to come here, but there

is no figure of it and the description is not sufficiently ‘detailed to
decide on its exact position. It may even turn out to be one of

the above two species.

oS kly
=

-

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 541

This line at most only slightly wider

than the others, not more than
1mm. k’.

(’) A narrow but continuous longitudinal

white stripe in f.-w. cell, but no

transverse stripe. : : . rothschiidi. (574)
A transverse white stripe across end of
f.-w. cell. ie
(j’) F.-w. cell with a longitudinal white
stripe . ; : : . paula. (574)
Ditto with three iranegerce marks pro-
gressively smaller proximally . . biafra. (571)

(k’) Diseal band of f.-w. continuous from
area 2 to, or nearly to costa, or only

just interrupted by nervule 4. ; U.
F.-w. band markedly interrupted at
nervule 4. m’,

(l’) In f.-w., proximal edge of spots in )
and 3 forms a straight line at or| nicomedes quintilla.
nearly at right angles to the long (579)
axis of spot in 4
This proximal edge is S-shaped witht { nicomedes nicomedes.
a sharp angle : ‘ : alt (578)
(m’) White marks in f.-w. cell are transverse
and usually three in number. (When
very faintly developed=nysiades
typical) 3 : . nysiades (part). (584)
White stripe in cell nema te
(n’) In f.-w. cell a white wedge-shaped
mark followed distally by a con-
tiguous triangular patch of greyish

white scales . : . - jamesoni. (563)
Without such greyish hae (rarely
with a few grey scales). 0".

(o’) Discal spot in area 4 of f.-w. is a
mere narrow line touching nervule
5, such line toe as long as the spot

I Doe). : nicoteles. (576)
F.-w. discal spot in area 4 not of bits ‘
form. p
(p’) F.-w. spot in 4 well-developed and at
least as long as that in 5 , strigata. (582)
This spot, if present at all, very small
and isolated. q.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS I, IV. (JAN. 22) NN

542 DT. if Eltringham on the

(7’) The white streak in f.-w. cell is long
and narrow and just above the
origin of nervule 3 is sharply indented
anteriorly but not quite divided by
the ground-colour. Beneath, this in-
dentation usually contains a white
dot : : . : ‘ . nebrodes. (562)
I’.-w. cell streak otherwise formed. ie
(7’) F.-w. discal spots in 2 and 3 and in
5, 6, and 7 are not notably separated
and so form two conspicuous white
patches, very little white in cell . melicerta ft. goochi. (581)
F.-w. discal spots divided by more or
less complete invasions of the ground-
colour. 8.
(s’) F.-w. discal spots 5 and 6 very short,
almost rounded. Inner marginal
spot obsolescent . ; : . nicobule. (577)
F.-w. discal spots 5 and 6 elongated,
inner marginal spot or spots well
developed. a8
(t’) White mark in f.-w. cell beneath
followed distally by a curved white

line parallel with its distal outline . lermanni. (564)
Without such line. wu’.
(w’) A well-developed triangular spot just
distal to f.-w. cell stripe . 5 . melicerta. (580)
Without such triangular spot J raid 4 hyes. (576)
\ nicodice.* (577)

1. NEPTIS FROBENIA. Pl. XX, fig. 1; Pl. XXIV, fig. 1.

Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 425 (1798); God., Ene. _

Meth., 9, p. 430 (1823); Boisd., Faune Mad., p. 51 (1833);
Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 335 (1866); Mab., Hist.
Mad. Lep., 1, p. 170, pl. 20, f. 5, 6 (1885-7); Auriv., Rhop.
Aeth., p. 166 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 199, pl. 48¢
(1913).

* T can find nothing in the description of nicodice to distinguish
it from mixophyes except its size. The former is said to have an
expanse of 48 mm. and the latter 32 mm. Size is of little value in
the genus. I have before me examples of agatha varying 20 mm.
in expanse.

African Species of the Genus Neplis. 543

MAURITIUS.

Expanse about 38 mm, Ground-colour uniform umber brown.
. On f.-w. a narrow hind-marginal border very slightly paler followed
inwardly by a second and sometimes a third slightly paler line. On
inner margin near angle a small, not always well-defined spot of
deep yellow, traversed by nervule 1. In areas 2 and 3 deep yellow
spots forming a large ovate discal mark, its long axis nearly at right
angles to costa. Three subapical spots of deep yellow forming a
rather irregular mark in 5, 6, and 8, the middle spot the largest and
that in 8 the smallest. On h.-w. a discal band of deep yellow almost
pointed at anal angle, but widened gradually to nervule 4, thence
somewhat narrower, and barely reaching the costa, its proximal
edge nearly straight, its distal tending to concavities between the
nervules. Marginal and submarginal narrow borders somewhat
paler than ground-colour.

Underside. Paler and duller ground-colour. In f.-w. a trace of a
white line across end of cell. In h.-w. the discal band white or
faintly pinkish, sharply defined proximally, but distally shaded into
ground-colour and followed by two pale zigzag lines whose angles
lie on and between the nervules. In the male there is a silky
opalescent area on inner margin of f.-w. extending to nervule 2.

Neptis frobenia is not very common in collections. It
is easily identified and has a very different appearance from
that of any other species. The male clasper is very like
that of comorarum. Owing to lack of material | am
unable to say whether the small differences shown in the
drawing are constantly recognisable. Aurivillius gives
Madagascar as a locality for this species, but there appears
to be no record of its occurrence on that island.

2. NEPTIS DUMETORUM. PI. XX, fig..2; Pl. XXIV, fig. 2.

Boisd., Faune Mad., p. 50, pl. 7, f. 6 (1833); Mab.,
Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 169, pl. 20, f. 3, 4 (1885-7); Oberth.,
Ktud. d’Ent., 13, p. 14 (1890); Metamorph., Oberth., l. ¢.
12, p. 14, pl. 4, f. 2c, 2d (1888); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 166
(1898); Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. xxxii (1908) ;
Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 199 (1913).

BoursBon.

Expanse about 45 mm. Ground-colour dark umber. Paler
markings deep yellow. F.-w. with three minute white dots in cell

544 Di. i Eltringham on the

and three, sometimes four beyond it. A submarginal border con-
sisting of two lines faintly darker than ground-colour, between
which are developed minute white dots especially towards the apex.
A small hind-marginal spot of deep yellow followed by a large discal
spot in 2 and 3, more quadrate than in /robenia. A subapical spot
made up of patches of nearly equal length in 5, 6, and 8. H.-w.
with traces of a hind-marginal border of lighter and darker markings
and with a discal band of deep yellow of sharply defined but irregular
outline, not more than about 3 mm. wide at its broadest part, deeply
concave between the nervules from 1b to 4 and projecting suddenly
outwards in area 4,

Underside more or less reproducing the pattern of upperside, but
ground-colour much paler and f.-w. hind-marginal and subapical
spots nearly white, also a whitish transverse mark across end of
cell. Hind-wing base with faint indications of pale spots, a curved
row of small whitish spots in 4, 5, 6, and 7, followed by the discal
band which is white or pinkish, sharply defined on both edges, and
distally edged with dark brown followed by a greyish line. Slight
indications of a double submarginal row of pale spots. Male with
a pearly opalescent area in f.-w. extending from inner margin
beyond nervule 2.

The following description of the larva is from Oberthiir.

Originally fed on Trajia reticulata, but now feeds on Acalypha
marginata, plants introduced from Mauritius. Larva pale chestnut.
Flexed, about 22 mm. long. Six lateral membranous protuberances ;
the intermediate ones longer and projecting forward like horns.
Three sublateral festoons edged with white and above the angle
of the festoon white oblique marks. The last festoon rises posteriorly
towards the caudal extremity, which ends in four fine points. Under-
side rose brown. The last segment has a pale shining mark of
“ arabesque’ form. A paler median dorsal line arises from the
prothorax and ends well before the caudal extremity.

The chrysalis is angular, short, flattened laterally, and projecting
at the alar extremities. Gold pink tending to yellow or cream,
opalescent. All the dorsal projections end in green points with
a green iridescence. The prominent abdominal lines are touched
with gold. The abdominal segments have a gold reflection.

Alleged occurrences of this species elsewhere than in the
island of Bourbon seem unreliable. The male clasper
resembles that of comorarum, but presents small differences
which will be noted in the figure.

Reet ee oR eee ene

Me

(yj

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 54

3. NEPTIS MAYOTTENSIS. PI. XX, fig.3; Pl. XXIV, fig. 3.

Oberth., Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 14, pl. 2, f. 10a, 10b (1890) ;
Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 166 (1898); Poulton, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond., p. xxxv (1908); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep.,
p. 199, pl. 48¢ (1913).

Mayotte I,

Expanse about 835 mm. Ground-colour dark umber. F.-w. with
three white dots in cell and three beyond. A submarginal border
of two very slightly darker lines with paler marks between them
which are resolved into distinct white dots towards the apex. A deep
yellow inner-marginal patch in la and 16 continuous with the h.-w.
discal band. A large patch of deep yellow in 2 and 3, and three
subapical spots of same colour in 5, 6, and 8, the last very small.
H.-w. with a broad dark yellow discal band 4 mm. wide and of regular
outline. A submarginal border of two lines darker than ground-
colour, the inner line twice. the width of the outer.

Underside. Ground-colour paler. F.-w. large spots only slightly
yellow, and the white dots accentuated. There are also two yellow-
ish marks in cell and a transverse one at end of same. Traces of a
second submarginal series of white dots beyond those which are also
visible above. H.-w. irregularly marked in basal area with ill-
defined whitish and yellowish spots, the discal band pinkish white and
the space between it and hind margin occupied by a border consisting
of internervular patches of dark brown shaded to reddish, each
patch bounded proximally by a curved, and distally by a straight
whitish line. Between the latter and margin a third very fine white
line. The male has a pearly opalescent area in f.-w. reaching to
nervule 2.

The female is paler and all the white dots more accentuated on
both surfaces, so that on the upperside there is a complete sub-
marginal series of these. In the h.-w. the discal band is broader.
The male clasper except for its smaller size is very like that of
dumetorum.

4. Nepris comorARuM. PI. XX, fig. 4; Pl. XXIV, fig. 4.

Oberth., Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 14, pl. 2, f. 9a, 9b (1890);
Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 166 (1898); Poulton, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond., p. xxxv (1908); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep.,
p. 199, pl. 48a (1913).

546 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

GRAND Comoro.

comorarum leight.
Roth., Novit. Zool., p. 341 (1918).
Angovan I.

comorarum comorarum.

Expanse 35-45 mm. On the upperside this species resembles
mayotlensis with the exception that the f.-w. inner-marginal spot is —
nearly always absent, though out of some twenty-four examples
before me, three or four have a slight trace of it.

The underside is also very similar, but in the male the f.-w. opales-
cent area extends well into area 2, while the space between the discal
and subapical spots is reddish brown. There is also more reddish
brown on h.-w., especially near costa,

comorarum leighi.

Differs from the type form in being smaller, the orange spots
above paler, and the markings below less sharp and distinct.

The male clasper of the type form differs from that of
its immediate allies in the greater development of the upper
projection.

5, NEPTIS SACLAVA. Pl. XXIV, fig. 5.

Boisd., Faune Mad., p. 49 (1833); Lucas in Chenu, Enc.
H. N. Pap., p. 132, f. 248 (1853); Trimen, Rhop. Afr.
Austr., p. 148, 338 (1862-66); Mab., Hist. Mad. Lep.,
1, p. 173, pl. 20, f. 7, 8 (1885); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 166
(1898); Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. xxxv (1908) ;
Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 199, pl. 48¢ (1913).

MADAGASCAR,
saclava marpessa. Pl. XX, fig. 5.

Hopff., Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640 (1855); Peters,
Reise Moss. Ins., p. 383, pl. 24, f. 9, 10 (1862); Trimen, 8S.
Afr. Butt., 1, p. 272 (1887); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond.,
p- 65 (1888); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898); Butl.,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 921 (1900); Roth. & Jord.,
Novit. Zool., p. 536 (1903); Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
p. xxxv (1908); Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 505
(1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 33 (1910); Auriv., in

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 547

Seitz, l. c. (1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 160

(1920).

= nemeles var. pasteurt. Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent., xxv,
p. 221 (1882).

AFRICA south of Sahara.

saclava saclava.

Expanse about 45 mm. Ground-colour dark sepia. Three white
dots in cell and three or four beyond it. An inner marginal spot in
la and 16 which may or may not be contiguous with a large white
patch in 2 and 3. In area 4a a small distally placed white dot
followed anteriorly by three white spots in 5, 6, and 8. These are
separated from each other by the ground-colour, especially the first
two, and the third on the costa is very small. The hind-marginal
border consists of two fine whitish lines and sometimes a third close
to the larger white marks, much interrupted at the nervules and
broken into small spots. Between these and the large discal spots
is a row of darker internervular markings sometimes tipped with
white scales proximally. On h.-w. a broad white discal band about
4-5 mm. wide of fairly even outline but slightly, though not very
markedly, projecting in area 5. Following the discal band there is a
row of rather large more or less rounded dark internervular markings,
followed again by two lines of equally dark but much narrower
marks. }

Underside. The white markings are repeated but in f.-w. the
subapical patch is continued right to the costa by the addition of
linear marks in areas 9 and 10, and these marks are lemon yellow.
The ground-colour is variable and blotchy, reddish in cell and along
the nervures, darker above central patch to costa, and at apex and
between nervules 3 and 4. Externally adjacent to white markings
is a row of dark spots, interrupted in area 5. On h.-w. the base is
brownish with irregular pale marks. Distal to the discal band a row
of dark internervular spots, proximally edged with white, of which
those in 3 and 4 are largest. Beyond these, two rows of transverse
internervular dark markings, also edged with white.

Male beneath has a pearly inner marginal area in f.-w. extending
to nervule 2. The female also has a similar area, but of much smaller
extent and generally hidden in average setting.

saclava marpessa.

This is the mainland form and is generally supposed to
be distinguished by its narrower white markings, but I
have before me W. African examples with the h.-w. discal

548 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

band broader than in the majority of those from Mada-
gascar. The most constant difference between the mainland
and the island forms is the marked projection in the former
of the h.-w. discal band in area 5.

Saclava is unlikely to be confused with any other species
except nemeles, but in the latter the subapical spots are
coalescent, and the h.-w. discal band is continuous with the
f.-w. white markings right up to nervule 4 of f.-w., at least
on the proximal side. The male clasper of saclava is of
the same type as in the yellow marked Madagascar species,
though its upper projection is less highly developed. All
these species are undoubtedly closely related. An interest-
ing discussion by Prof. Poulton on the forms will be found
in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 2p. xxxv, L908:

6. NEPTIS METELLA. PI. XX, fig. 6; Pl. XXIV, fig. 6.

Doubl. & Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 272, pl. 35, f. 2 (1850) ;
Holl., Ent. News, 3, pl. 9, f. 3 (1892); Auriv. “Rhos! Aeth.,
p. 166 (1898); Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. ip: x1 (1908) :
Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 199, pl. 48¢ (1913): Holl.,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. , p. 160 (1920).

8. Leone to V. NYANza.
metella gratilla.

Mab., Ann. Ent. Belg., 23 Bull., p. 106 (1880); Hist.
Mad. Lep., 1, p. 172, pl. 18a, f. 7 (1885-7); Auriv., Rhop.
Aeth., p. 166 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200 (1913).

MADAGASCAR.
metella metella.

Expanse about 45 mm. Ground-colour dark sepia. Markings
white. In f.-w. cell a long prominent streak pointed at base, widest
at cell end, projecting beyond, and again reduced to a point. Ina
few examples this streak is obsolescent. In most specimens there
are two small marks just above outer point of cell streak. A small
inner-marginal spot of variable size in la and 1b. Two large discal
spots in 2 and 3 notably separated by nervule 3. In 4 two small
spots, larger ones in 5 and 6, and a very small one in 8. Just distal
to spots in 2 and 3, and 5 and 6, a white transverse line, variable and
sometimes obsolescent. A hind-marginal border of two white lines
variable and generally interrupted in 3.

H.-w. with a broad white discal band followed by dark interner-

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 549

vular markings, followed again by two pale lines variable and
sometimes white.

On underside the f.-w. is deep yellow at base and for some distance
along the costa, the-ground-colour pale sepia brown and the white
markings of the upperside are repeated but more distinctly. An
irregular row of blackish spots beyond the discal white markings.
The submarginal white lines, of which there are three, are thickened,
and separated only by dark internervular streaks, though more or
less completely interrupted in area 3.

H.-w. base yellowish with black spots. The discal band bordered
by small internervular black spots followed by a row of larger
rounded ones on a yellowish ground, followed again by two narrow
black lines on a pale ground.

The male has an inner-marginal pearly white area on f.-w. extending
to nervule 2.

metella gratilla.

The Madagascar form seems only to be distinguished by
larger white markings, but examples before me from near
Lagos are equally remarkable in this respect.

If the numbers received in general collections are of any
proportional value metella would seem to be comparatively
rare. The species cannot well be mistaken for any other
with its combination of white streaked cell and h.-w. base
beneath yellowish, spotted with black.

If we assume the structure of the male armature to be of

_ value in estimating affinities, all the foregoing species would
be regarded as closely allied members of an intergeneric
group. They are more easily recognised by their outward
characteristics than by the genitalia, which, though all
very distinct from those of the rest of the genus, present
but small constant differences iter se.

7. NEPTIS NEMETES. -Pl. XX, fig. 7.

Hew., Exot. Butt., Neptis, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1868); Holl.,
Ent. News, 3, pl. 9, f. 4 (1892); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit.,
38, p. 186 (1893); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898);
Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 33 (1910); Auriv., in
Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200, pl. 48¢ (1913); Holl., Bull. Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 160 (1920).

S. LEonE to UGANDA.

nemetes obtusa.
Roth. & Jord., Novit. Zool., p. 536 (1903).

550 Dr. if Eltringham on the

SCHEKO.
nemetes f. carpenteri, {. nov. Pl. XXIV, fig. 7.
Kaxrinpbu (W. of V. Nyanza). Semuiki VaLLey. Ucanpa.

nemetes nemetes.

Expanse 40-45 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with a white patch beginning at the inner margin and ending at
nervule 4. The four spots constituting this patch are somewhat
variable. In some forty examples before me they are always
contiguous at least on the proximal side, and their inner edge forms
a somewhat concave line continuous with the proximal edge of the
h.-w. discal band. The spots in 2 and 3 project distally beyond those
in laand 1b. In area 4 there is usually a small spot placed distally,
and this is followed by a subapical white patch formed of three
contiguous spots in 5, 6, and 9. In many examples there is an
irregular, somewhat broken white line about 1-5 mm. from the other
white markings and roughly following their outline. Beyond this
are two, sometimes three delicate pale lines interrupted at the
nervules and in area 3 and at apex. Fringes rather notably white
between nervules except in 3 and 6,

H.-w. with a white discal band varying from 3 to 5 mm. in width.
Beyond this band a row of rounded internervular spots rather darker
than the ground-colour, followed by three pale lines which are in
some specimens quite white and distinct. Fringes markedly white
between the nervules.

Beneath, ground-colour pale. Costa white at base. In cell a
white line running along subcostal nervure and curving over to form
a transverse boundary at end of cell. Just beyond this boundary
a second fine pale line, and beyond that a third. On median side
of cell a short broken line. White patches as on upperside. White
lines much more distinct, and irregular dark spots between discal
patches and submarginal border lines.

H.-w. base brown with three transverse white lines, the first basal
and continuous with subcostal line of f.-w. cell, the second broader
and almost continuous with the median line of f.-w. cell, and the
third narrow and hardly reaching the costa. Discal white band as
above followed by a pale yellowish-brown line on ground-colour and
a band of dark well-rounded internervular spots, which are shaded
away outwardly, to be followed by a rather broad white line and
two narrow ones, all divided by the nervules. Dark spots at nervule
ends.

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 551

nemetes obtusa.

Messrs. Rothschild and Jordan’s description of this form
is as follows :—

Costal margin of f.-w. shorter than in nemeles nemetes, the wing
appearing more obtuse. The white band in both wings much
narrower, the inner edge of the band of the h.-w. crossing vein M
just at point of origin of M1. Length of f.-w. 21 mm.

nemetes f. carpenteri.

There is no quite constant difference between the upper-
side of this form and that of nemetes nemetes, though in
the latter the f.-w. spots in 2 and 3 tend to be longer.
Beneath, the ground-colour and all the light markings,
except the large white bands and spots, are more yellowish,
thus bringing the dark rounded spots into greater promi-
nence. The principal difference, however, is in the base of
h.-w. cell beneath, which is not banded with white, but
is of a yellowish ground-colour with more or less well-
defined black spots.

There is no recognisable difference between the armatures
of the typical form and f. carpenteri.

Except for the variability of the width and extent of the
white markings nemetes is a fairly constant and easily
recognised species. The only species likely to be confused
with it is N. poultoni, which, however, can at once be
distinguished by the conspicuous curved white costal band
at base of h.-w. beneath. The form carpenteri seems to
be the only one at Kakindu. Wherever it occurs it appears
to be accompanied by metella, a fact which suggests a
mimetic approach to that species in the pattern of h.-w.
base beneath.

8. NEPTIS PouLToNI. Pl. XX, fig. 8; Pl. XXV, figs. 7, 8.
Hltr., Ent. Mo. Mag., Ser. 3, vol. vii, p. 26 (1921).
- Ucanpa (Chagwe, Mabira Forest).

** Expanse 38-42 mm. Ground-colour dark sepia, with white discal
markings. F.-w. with an inner marginal patch in la and 1b the
proximal edge of which forms a straight line continuous with that of
the h.-w. discal band. In 2 and 3 are large contiguous spots forming
a subovate patch of regular outline. In area 4 a minute white dot
placed distally. In 5, 6, and 10 contiguous spots forming a large
subapical patch. Distal to the white markings and roughly following
their contour a line somewhat paler than ground-colour, followed by

'

552 Dr. FP viicingham on the

a band of more or less rounded dark internervular spots, this followed
again by three paler lines forming the hind-marginal border. Fringes
dotted white between nervules.

H.-w. with a white discal band of regular outline 4 mm. wide on
inner margin, and rather broader in 5, thence narrowing to a small
spot in 7. Distal to the white band a border similar to that in f.-w.

Underside. Ground-colour paler than above. Costa white at base
and as far as cell end. In cell a white line on subcostal curving
downwards and outwards, its end pointing to origin of nervule 3.
On end of cell a white transverse line, and beyond this, indications
of asecond indistinct line. Discal white spots as above, but subapical
extends into 10. The border arrangement of pale lines much
accentuated owing to increased whiteness of lines and an additional
fine marginal line.

H.-w. brown at base, but with a conspicuous curved while costal bar
from base to end of 8, followed by two indistinct narrow whitish
streaks on dark ground. Beyond discal band border of same
pattern as in f.-w.”

Neptis poultoni closely resembles nemetes nemetes Hew.
and also, even more closely, trigonophora Butl. From nemetes
it is at once distinguished by the curved white costal band
in h.-w. underside, and from trigonophora by the underside
pattern of the hind margins of both wings. The male
armature is unlike that of any other species I have examined.
In the note to my original description (/. ¢.) the word
‘costal’ was unfortunately misprinted “ distal.”

9. Nepris rnconeRuA. Pl. XX, fig. 9; Pl. XXIV, fig. 8.

Butl:, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 112, pl. 6, £. 2 (1896); Le.
(1896), p. 826 (1897); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898) ;
Auriv., Sjostedt Exp. Kilimandjaro, p. 6 (1910); Auriv.,
in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 203, pl. 48f (1913).

Dasipa Hitus. Mompasa. Kikuyu. Taira. Nyassa-
LAND. TANGANYIKA TER. LINDI.
incongrua occidentalis.

Roth., Novit. Zool., p. 342 (1918).

90 km. W. of L. ALBERT EDWARD.

incongrua incongrua.

Expanse about 50 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with two small hind-marginal spots in la and 1b separated by the
nervure. Two spots in 2 and 3, the upper one the smaller. A
subapical row of three spots, the first in 5, rounded, the second in

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 553

6, subquadrate, the third in 8, very small. Three small dots beyond
cell. (One example in the Hope Dept. has an additional discal
spot in area 4.)

H.-w. with a discal band of white spots about 3 mm. wide at
broadest part extending from inner margin to area 6, the spots
progressively more separated, that in 6 being small and rounded.
Fringes of both wings white between nervules.

Underside chestnut brown. F.-w. without spots in cell, but with
three small dots beyond it. Spots as on upperside but less separated,
the two upper spots of subapical row fused together with an addi-
tional streak in 9. In male a pearly inner marginal area extending
to nervule 2.

H.-w. with discal band as above, but more continuous and edged
with sepia. Extreme margins and all nervures especially in h.-w.
black. No internervular rays.

incongrua occidentalis.

Ground-colour greyer than in the type form. All the spots of
f.-w. discal band wanting except those on each side of 1, 3, and 6,
and these are much smaller. H.-w. band narrower. Both above
and below there are dark internervular rays. Beneath the disc of
f.-w. and outer fifth of h.-w. much deeper rufous.

Neptis incongrua is quite unlike any other species except
swynnertoni, from which it differs in having smaller white
marks and no spots in f.-w. cell.

I have examined the type of «ncongrua occidentalis, and
though the great reduction of the white spots gives it a
characteristic appearance, the male armature seems to
resemble that of the type form within the limits of individual
variation.

10. Neptis woopwarp1. Pl. XX, fig. 10; Pl. XXIV, fig. 9.

Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., (7) III, p. 243 (1899); Poulton,
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 512, pl. xxix, ff. 1,.2,°3, 4 (1908);
Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 203 (1913).

UGANDA.

Expanse about 45 mm. Sepia brown with yellow and white mark-
ings. F.-w. with two spots in 2 and 3 which may be ochre yellow
or white, and small subapical spots in 5, 6, and 8, the last very small.
These are generally white.

H.-w. with a discal band of ochre yellow 3-4 mm. wide, rarely
white, beginning just below nervule 2 and ending in 6. Fringes of
both wings white between nervules.

554 Dr. if Pltringham on the

Underside ochreous, brownish over central area in f.-w. and near
apex of h.-w. Spots of f.-w. as above, but white and with an addi-
tional streak in 9. H.-w. discal band as above, sharply defined.
In both wings fine dark internervular rays which are also visible
above.

The colour of the lighter markings in this species is
extremely variable. In some examples they are all white,
but this appears to be due to fading. It is easily dis-
tinguished from all other species in so far as pattern is
concerned, though the male clasper is doubtfully distinguish-
able from that of ochracea. |

As Prof. Poulton has pointed out (/. ¢. swpra) examples
from E. of the Rift Valley show a greater mimetic approach
towards Amauris, than specimens from more westward
localities. The figures quoted should be referred to on
this interesting point.

11. NepTis ocHRACEA. PI. XX, fig. 11; Pl. XXIV, fig. 10.
Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 330, pl. 1, £. 5 (1904); Auriv.,
in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 203 (1913).
Toro. ENTEBBE. KAKINDU.

ochracea f. ochreata.

Gaede, Int. Ent. Zeit. Guben, 9, p. 38 (1915).

= eraleuca var. ochracea, Griinb., Ergeb. Deut. Cent.
Af. Exp. F. von Mecklenberg, 1907-8 (1912).
= ochracea parvimacula. Roth., Novit. Zool., p. 341 (1918).

Kwipew! (L. Kivu).

ochracea £. milbraedi.
Gaede, l. c., 9, p. 38, pl. 1, f. 3 (1915).
N. CAMEROON.

ochracea ochracea.

Expanse 40-50 mm. Ground-colour dark to medium sepia brown
with orange to pale ochreous areas. F.-w. with a broad patch of
ochreous from inner margin to area 3, and a subapical patch of
two subquadrate spots of the same colour in 5 and 6, sometimes
followed by a small spot near costa. H.-w. with a broad ochreous
discal band reaching to origin of 2, its proximal edge forming a
continuous but not very regular line with that of the f.-w. inner
marginal patch. Nervules and rays dark.

BOP eee ek ere ee
Bite. Pome SU tee ee peter. Zs cn . dais \
ps . y PS =

~

African Species of the Genus Neplis. 555

Underside pale dull ochreous, rather darker over basal half of
f.-w. Paler marks as above, but h.-w. discal band reaches prac-
tically to base and is ill defined distally except in very dark
specimens. Nervules and internervular rays well marked.

ochracea f. ochreata.

Differs from the type form in having the yellow bands narrower
and the f.-w. discal band is interrupted in 1b. I have examined an
example of the armature of Lord Rothschild’s parvimacula and it
is the same as that of ochracea. I cannot discover any difference
in outward characters between forms ochreata and parvimacula,
and both are described from the same locality.

f. milbraedi.

Differs from the type form in having the yellow bands rather
broader and the costal spot wanting in f.-w. This latter point is
no real distinction, as otherwise typical forms are without the spot.

The resemblance of ochracea to exaleuca in all but colour
is very remarkable, and it is tempting to regard them as
forms of the same species; nevertheless, although the
armature of exaleuca is variable, I have not found an example
approaching agreement with that of exaleuca.

12. Nepris EXALEUCA. PI. XX, fig. 12; Pl. XXIV, fig. 11.

Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 39, p. 9,.f. 5 (1894); Auriv.,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep.,
p. 202 (1913); Holl. (Neptidomima), Bull. Mus. Am. Nat.
Hist., p. 164 (1920).

CAMEROON. CoNnao.
exaleuca suffusa.

Roth., Novit. Zool., p. 341 (1918).

95 km. W. of L. AtBert Epwarp (3250 ft.).
exaleuca f. integra, {. nov.

Toro.
exaleuca exaleuca.

.Expanse 45-50 mm. Ground-colour dark sepia with white
markings. The description of the upperside of ochracea applies
to this species if we substitute white for ochreous patches, and add
that there is a break in the inner-marginal patch in area 1b. The

-
556 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

pale marks are somewhat smaller than in ochracea and distally more
sharply defined. Beneath, the ground-colour is pale sepia, but the
base of both wings is orange ochreous, and the h.-w. band is very
sharply defined, being bounded distally, especially as far as 3, by
a fine line darker than the ground-colour.

exaleuca suffusa.

Ground-colour is much darker and the f.-w. patches on each side
of 1 and 3 much smaller. The underside is strongly marked with
rufous orange.

The male clasper of exaleuca is of a very unstable pattern.
It differs from that of ochracea in the form of the projection
on the upperside of the clasper. In woodwardi, ochracea,
and incongrua this is extended into a prominent upward
and backwardly curved hook. In exaleuca, of which I have
made several preparations, the hook is very small in one
example. In another there is one very small hook on the
left clasper and two on the right. In none of my prepara-
tions is there any approach to the great development of
the hook found in the other species or in nemetes. The
armature of exaleuca suffusa is somewhat intermediate to
that of ochracea in having a slight development of the
upturned hook, but the claspers of exaleuca suffusa are
not more different from those of exaleuca exaleuca than
different examples of the latter are from each other.

exaleuca f. integra.

Differs from typical exaleuca in having no definite interval of
ground-colour between spot in f.-w. la and that in 2. The male
clasper is of the same type as those of the typical form.

13. NEPTIS SWYNNERTONI. PI. XXI, fig. 1;
Pl. XXIV, fig. 12.
Trim., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. xxviii (1912).
S. E. Ruopesta (Mt. Chirinda).

subsp. neaver.
Roth., Novit. Zool., p. 342 (1918).

NyAssALAND (Mt. Mlanje). 8

swynnertoni swynnertoni.

Expanse 40-50 mm. Ground-colour sepia black, with white

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 557

markings.. F.-w. with three small white spots in cell and four beyond
it. A very small inner marginal spot not always extending beyond
la. A large patch of two spots in 2 and 3, its proximal and distal
margins forming nearly parallel lines at right angles to the costa.
A rounded spot in 5, a subquadrate in 6, and a very small spot in 8.

H.-w. with a discal white band about 5 mm. wide beginning about
middle of inner margin and ending, considerably reduced in width,
in area 6. All fringes white between nervules.

Underside chestnut brown. White markings as above, but with
an extra subapical spot on costa. The h.-w. discal band outlined
with darker colour.

The principal distinction between this species and incon-
grua is the presence of white spots in the f.-w. cell, and the
large coalescent spots in f.-w. 2 and 3. Whilst the external
characters suggest a very close relationship to imcongrua,
the male clasper is so different from that of the other species
of the group as to suggest only a very slight affinity. That
the clasper of cncongrua should present a far closer resem-
blance to that of nemetes than to that of swynnertoni is a
good example of the difficulties presented by this genus.

Trimen (/. c.) regards this species together with incongrua,
exaleuca, and woodwardi as allied to the Palaearctic species
lucilla Fab.

swynnertoni neavei.

Whilst the type of this form in Lord Rothschild’s col-
lection differs in certain small points from the few examples
of swynnertont we have at Oxford, examination of a small
series of Mlanje specimens in the national collection shows
that such differences are not constant. Perhaps the least
inconstant feature is the absence of well-marked inter-
nervular rays on the h.-w. underside in neavet.

I strongly suspect that when Lord Rothschild described
neavet he had not seen an example of swynnertoni, otherwise
he would not have compared it with exaleuca, with which
it has little in common. Indeed, it is difficult to separate
neavei from swynnertoni on any outward character, but
the fact remains that the male armatures are different,
at least according to the few preparations I have been able
to make from these rare forms.

The clasper of swynnertoni is shown at Pl. XXIV, fig. 12.
Those of examples from Mlanje (= neaver) differ in having
an upturned hook at the extremity, somewhat like that of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTs III, IV. (JAN. ’22) 00

558 Dr. HABitringham on the

Fer one Se
; -*<

ochracea, though less developed. My friend Dr. 8. A. Neave |

tells me that the fauna of Chirinda and Mlanje present great
similarities, and the explanation of the present case seems
a simple one. The same species, swynnertoni has become
isolated in the two elevated regions. On Mlanje the clasper
has developed an upturned hook. Doubtless in course
of time other modifications will arise, and what are now
probably forms of the same thing will ultimately become two
definitely separate species.

14, Nepris acatHa. - Pl. XXT, fig.°2; Pl XXIV, fe vis.

Stoll, Cramer Pap. Exot., 4, p. 76, pl. 327, f. A, B (1780) ;
Hopfier, Peters Reise Moss. Ins., p. 383 (1862); Staud.,
Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 146, pl. 50 (1885-6); Trim., 8. Afr.
Butt., 1, p. 270 (1887); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p.
186 (1893); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898); Roth.
& Jord., Novit. Zool., p. 536 (1903); Rogers, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., p. 505 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 33
(text fig.) (1910); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200, pl.
48d (1913); Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 21 (1913);
l.c. p. 275 (1916); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., p. 160,
pl. vi, ff. 7, 8 (1920).

= melicerta. Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 508 (1775); Godt.,
Enc. Meth., 9, p. 432 (1823); Trim., Rhop. Afr. Aust.,
p. 146 (1862).

=agathe. Herbst, Naturs. Schmett., 9, p. 86, pl. 238,
Pests) (LOB).

Arrica 8. of Sahara.
agatha ab. lativittata.

(N. lativittata) Strand, Archiv. f. Naturg., 75, 1, p. 305
(1909).

With type form.
agatha agatha.

Expanse 35-50 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with three to four or five dots in cell. A hind-marginal patch of two
spots in la and 1b, a discal band of spots from 2 to costa, sometimes
quite continuous, sometimes interrupted slightly by nervules, the
outer edge forming a fairly regular convex curve, the inner straighter
but usually indented at nervule 4. Distal to this band a line rather
paler than ground-colour and sometimes bearing a few white scales,

oxi vai) SA aes

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 5D9

this followed by three lines of transverse internervular white streaks
interrupted by the nervules and more completely broken (very
rarely unbroken) in area 3. Fringes of both wings white between
nervules.

H.-w. with a white discal band of variable width, but usually
about 5 to 6 mm. extending from middle of inner margin to area 6,
Beyond this the ground-colour rather paler, then darker, and finally
a submarginal border of three fine white lines, broken only by the
nervules.

Underside. Sepia brown. F.-w. white at base of costa, a variable
series of spots in cell and two or three beyond it. Discal band as
above, but rather broader. The pale line beyond it broader than
above, but more diffuse. The white marginal lines much more
pronounced, the first expanded into triangular spots near apex.
Often a fourth line along hind margin. Interruption in area 3
sometimes complete, sometimes scarcely evident.

H.-w. with a white costal band, followed by two others, the first
of which travels well along costa where it is broken into spots. Pale
line beyond the discal band often with a slightly ochreous appearance.
First (proximal) submarginal line much widened, all more distinct
than above, and often a fourth line at margin. ,

agatha lativittata.

The white markings of more than average extent.

Neptis agatha is by far the commonest and most widely
distributed species in the African region. The species with
which it is lable to be confused are jordani, livingstoner,
barnsi, and seeldrayersi. No absolutely constant characters
can be given to distinguish jordani, but its characteristics
so far as they can be described will be found under that
species. The form livingstonei is unknown to me. The
published figure shows the h.-w. discal band extending
only to area 5, and this seems to be the principal distinction.
The two species barnsi and seeldrayersi are distinguishable
by small features thereunder described. It is unfortunate
that the interruption of the f.-w. submarginal lines in area
3 is not an absolutely constant character, some examples
referable to the lativittata form having practically con-
tinuous lines. This condition is; however, rare and the
interrupted lines will almost always serve to distinguish
agatha from the other species named, with the exception
of jordani, which also has this feature. Holland (J. c.)
points out that there is generally a difference between

560 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

examples taken in woodlands and those from more open
country, the latter being smaller and having a broader
white band.

For the sake of completeness I should mention here a
form provisionally named wurungensis by Strand (Mitt.
Zool. Berl. V, p. 287 (1911)), and placed by Aurivillius as
a form of nysiades (Macrolep., p. 201 (1913)). Strand men-
tions (/. ¢.) two examples resembling Neave’s conspicua, one
of which is distinguished from typical conspicua in having
well-defined white dots in cell on upperside. The remainder
of the description is quite useless as a means of identification,
and the author states that should it prove to be a definite
form he proposes the name wrungensis. In my opinion this

kind of half-description and provisional nomenclature —

should not be valid as founding a name of any kind. If
the example in question has distinct white dots in cell it
certainly cannot be a form of conspicua. I place it here
merely because it suggests, though only vaguely, something
allied to agatha.

15. Nepris gorpani. Pl. XXI, fig. 3; Pl. XXIV, fig. 14.

Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 33, pl. 2, f. 1 (and
text fig.) (1910); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200,
pl. 48d (agatha ab.) (1913); (%) Holl., (as agatha) Ent.
News, pl. 9, f. 2 (1892).

CutsHt I. (L. Banguelo). Karanca (Kambove).
Boussa (Kassai R.). ARuwimi1. Nyassa. VICTORIA
FAL.Ls.

A detailed description would follow so closely that of agatha that
it would seem of more use to state as fully as possible the directions
in which it differs from that species. I have before me a series of
thirty-six examples. In general appearance the ground-colour is
browner than agatha. The f.-w. discal band is very complete and
shows no blackening at the nervules. In practically every case the
white spot in area 4 is longer than that in area 5, whereas in agatha
4 is generally shorter than 5. In jordani the white in 6 is so markedly
shorter than that in 5 that the whole band has a narrowed appearance
towards the costa, an effect much less apparent in agatha. The
distal margin of the discal band from nervule 4 to the costa presents
on the whole a straight or even concave line, whereas in agatha such
margin is convex. In h.-w. the white of the discal band projects
outwardly between the nervules, especially in 4 and 5, and the ends
of such projections are well rounded. In agatha the ends of the

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 561

component white spots are generally cut off nearly straight, and they
are not liable to so prominent a projection in 4 and 5. This feature
is perhaps even more evident on the underside.

This species was noted in the field by Dr. Neave as being
apparently distinct from agatha. He states that it was
decidedly local, frequenting hot dry localities, and having
a more restless, active, and less floating flight.

16. NEPTIS LIVINGSTONEI.

Suffert, Ins, 17, p. 126, pl. 3, f. 10 (1904); Auriv., in
Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200 (1913).

K. Arrica (Lukuledi).

Suffert’s description is as follows :—

Length of body 16mm. Expanse 44mm. _ Body blackish above,
grey below. Upperside. Ground-colour grey black, markings
white. F.-w. discal band formed of six spots in 2-6 and 9, proxim-
ally fairly straight and sharply defined from the ground-colour.
Distally curved and not well defined. At nervule 4 on both sides
an indentation, the nervule very black and slightly dividing the band.
An inner marginal spot in la and 1b, 6 mm. wide at margin, rounded
anteriorly, rather nearer the margin than the base. Three round
dots in cell and two elongated spots at cell end. Four transverse
submarginal lines, the first—counting from base outwards—just
beyond discal band, very diffuse, formed of obsolescent whitish spots,
the second consisting of eight more distinct white streaks broadly
interrupted by the ground-colour, the third of eight narrow loosely
connected streaks, the last very slender and scarcely recognisable.
Fringes black, white between nervules.

H.-w. with a discal band of seven spots in la to 5; proximal edge
well defined, the distal in la to 2 also well defined, in 3 to 5 suffused. —
The two first lines very indistinct, rather showing through from
beneath, the third narrow, in le to 6 distally rounded, the outer-
most also narrow and closely approximated. Fringes black, white
between nervules.

Underside. F.-w. ground-colour and markings generally as above,
with the exception of the cell which shows seven spots, and four
dots in base of 4 to 6 and 10, between cell end and discal band. The
four submarginal lines heavier than above.

H.-w. discal band and lines as above, latter more distinct. Three
basal bands, the first extending along costa to middle of 8. The
second from inner margin to base of nervules 7 and 8 and extending
slightly into area 7, the outermost from la at inner margin through

562 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

cell a little above base of nervules 5 and 6, into area 5; at end of
_ this band a small spot in the same area,

I have found no example of this form amongst the hun-
dreds of specimens examined. The description and figure
suggest a rather aberrant example of jordani, though
without an examination of the male armature it is impossible
certainly to determine its specific identity.

17. NEpTIs NEBRODES. PI. XXI, fig. 4; Pl. XXIV, fig. 15.

Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 206 (1874); Holl., Ent.
News, 3, pl. 9, f. 1 (1892); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 169
(1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202 (1913).

S: Leone. Lacos. Ogowr. ANGOLA. CAMEROON.

Expanse 55-60 mm. Sepia brown with white markings. Upper-
side; f.-w. with an elongated white mark in cell, sharply pointed
at base, widest at cell end, and extending into area 4 to within about
1 mm. of the discal spot in 3, where it is narrowed again and comes
to a rather indefinite termination. Just above origin of nervule 3
this cell streak has a slight indentation on its costal side. In the
majority of examples a minute white spot close to costa near the
middle of its length. A small rather elongated inner-marginal patch
formed of two spots in la and 1d, followed by two large subquadrate
spots in 2 and 3 just separated by nervule 2, and outwardly rather
divergent. In 4 a small triangular spot or streak distally placed.
In 5, 6, and 9 elongated rather divergent spots, the last very small.
Distal to this series of markings a pale line roughly following their
contour and interrupted at the nervules. Following this a series
of three pale submarginal lines, the first often rather well marked,
and all interrupted by the nervules. Fringes of both wings white
between nervules.

H.-w. with a well-defined white discal band 5-6 mm. wide, from
middle of inner margin to area 6, where it is much narrowed. Close
to the distal edge of this band a pale ill-defined line about 1 mm.
wide, followed by three pale submarginal lines, the first suffused
and about 2 mm. wide, the second very narrow and better defined,
the last still narrower.

Underside. Ground-colour rather paler. F.-w. white at base
of costa. Cell almost entirely filled with white, and a very small
streak at origin of 5 and 6. The indentation in the costal side
of the cell mark noted above, here contains a small white dot. Some
white scales in base of area 3, several small streaks above cell end.
White discal marks as above. Remaining lines much more distinct
~ than on upperside.

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 563

H.-w. Base ground-colour with a white costal mark about
4 mm. long, followed by two curved white bands which coalesce
near -origin of 6. Discal band as above followed by broken
whitish line which curls inwards in area 6 and follows costa for some
distance. Three submarginal lines as above, but the innermost
widened out into a band of large subquadrate spots, the second about
1 mm. wide, and the third very fine, all quite white.

The most distinctive feature of this species is the indenta-
tion of the white cell mark, and especially the white dot
therein on the underside. Perhaps this character alone is
sufficient to distinguish it from other described species.

18. Nepris JAaMEsoni. PI. XXI, fig.5; Pl. XXIV, fig. 16.

Godm., Story of the Relief Expedt., p. 436 (1891);
Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 283 (1894); Rhop. Aeth.,
p. 169 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202, pl. 48f (1913).

Lagos... CAMEROON. ConGo REGION.

Expanse 55-65 mm. Sepia black with white and blue-grey mark-
ings. F.-w. with a large white mark in cell pointed at base and wide
at end of cell, beyond which is a terminal patch of pale blue grey
(sometimes separated). The extreme base of the white mark and
as far as origin of nervule 2, also blue grey. A large white inner-
marginal mark consisting of two spots in la and 1b, about 6 mm.
long and slightly separated distally. A subtriangular mark in 2
rather distally placed and separated, especially outwardly, from
a longer quadrate spot in 3. In 4 a small distal triangular spot,
and a subapical series of three elongated spots distally divergent
in 5, 6, and 9. Beyond this discal series a delicate line of whitish
or blue-grey scales, interrupted at nervules, followed by two similar
submarginal lines, the first the more distinct. Fringes of both
wings white between the nervules.

H.-w. with white discal band about 6 mm. wide narrowing
where it ends in area 6. Near it, distally, a pale line, and
beyond it two, sometimes three submarginal lines, the first often
distinctly white, the others very narrow and sometimes rather
indistinct. -

Underside. Ground-colour only little paler than above. F.-w.
white at base on costa. Cell with a large pyriform mark cut off
rather suddenly at cell end, and immediately followed by a white
transverse mark, and a second more or less crescentic spot at base
of area 4. Two or three small streaks near costa above end of cell.
Other white marks as above but more accentuated. No blue-grey
scales. First line beyond discal spots well marked but less pure
white than the rest. An additional fine line at margin.

564. Dr. H. Eltringham on the =

H.-w. with a narrow white costal band from base to rather |
middle of costa, followed by two white bands the second +
broken and irregular. Discal white band as above followed
narrow brownish-white line which curves inwards at 6 and tre)
proximally to join the costal band. The submarginal lines m
more distinct than above, the innermost some 2 mm. wide and alee
defined.

I have seen but few examples of this species. The Bliss. —e
grey marks in cell will usually suffice to distinguish it f,
from other forms. It can be distinguished from nebrodes
by the absence of the anterior notch in f.-w. cell mark,
and from lermanni by the more elongated divergent f.-w.
subapical spots.

19. NEPTIS LERMANNI. Pl. XXI, fig. 6; Pl, XXIV, fig. 17.

Auriv., Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., 53, p. 431 (1896) ;
Rhop. Aeth., p. 168, pl. 1, f. 8 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep.,
p. 202, pl. 48f (1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.
p. 164 (1920).

Conco REGION.

Expanse 50-60 mm. Ground-colour dark sepia with white
markings. F.-w. with a large white pyriform mark in cell. This
mark is generally rather ill defined, not always extending to base,
where, however, the ground-colour is generally dusted with blue-
grey scales, some of which are also found at the distal end of mark.
Beyond this at base of area 4 an ill-defined spot largely composed
of pale-grey scales. An inner-marginal patch of two spots in la
and 1b, two subovate spots in 2 and 3, separated by nervules, a
small triangular spot distally placed in 4, three spots in 5, 6, and 9
slightly separated by nervules and shorter than in jamesoni, Follow-
ing these discal marks a pale line interrupted by the nervules, and
three more or less white submarginal lines.

H.-w. with a discal white band about 6 mm. wide from inner
margin to area 6, where it is rounded off and narrower. Distal to
this a pale line, and three submarginal lines as in f.-w.

Underside little paler than above. F.-w. white at base of costa.
Cell mark more fully developed, though tending to an invasion
of the ground-colour along basal part of median. Just distal to
end of cell mark a curved transverse line followed by a small ill-
defined spot, and above this faint traces of small spots near costa.
White discal marks as above, that in 4 not more developed than on
upperside. Submarginal border lines well developed, and traces
of an extra line at margin. :

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 565

H.-w. with white at base extending as a fine line to middle of
costa, followed by a white band incompletely divided into two.
Discal band as above followed by a brownish white line which curves
round at 6 to meet costal line. Submarginal lines well developed,
especially the innermost, which forms a band some 2°5 to 3 mm.
wide broken only by the nervules.

Judged both by the pattern and the structure of the male
armature lermannz is very closely allied to jamesont. From
the few examples I have seen the ground-colour is rather
browner, and the fore-wing cell mark is without the well-
developed distal patch of blue-grey scales. The species
is extremely rare in collections.

The six foregoing species all have the male clasper of a
form characterised by a single pointed projection (in jordani
there is an additional inwardly directed point not visible
in the figure). The external patterns do not support the
view that these species are more closely allied than others
of the genus. Indeed, as we shall see, there are other species
whose patterns appear to be much more closely allied to
that of agatha, but of which the male armatures are of a
totally different form.

20, NEPTIS SEELDRAYERSI. Pl. XXI, fig. 7;
Pl. XXYV, figs. 5, 6.

Auriv., Ent. Nachr., 21, p. 379 (1895); Rhop. Aeth.,
p. 167, pl. 1, f. 7 (1898); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200,
pl. 48d (1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 161
(1920).

Kumasi to MomBasa.

Expanse 45-60 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w. ©
with three white spots in cell and from one to five beyond it. An
inner-marginal patch formed by two spots in la and 1d, usually
coalescent, or at most only divided by the nervule. A discal band
of white spots in 2 to 6 and 9. This band may be quite continuous,
with the nervules only just visible, or it may be distinctly separated
into spots, distally somewhat divergent. The tendency to separa-
tion is greatest on nervule 4, but the spot in 4, though it may be
narrow, is not appreciably reduced in length (differing in this respect
from rogersi and barnsi). Distal to the discal band and following
its contour a pale line well marked or faint, not thrown into distinct
arches between the nervules. Three submarginal lines, the first

566 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

more or less expanded into spots near apex (rarely traces of a fourth
near apex). These lines, however faint, are interrupted only by
the nervules and never markedly obsolescent in area 3.

H.-w. with a white discal band beginning at inner margin and
usually ending in area 6, but sometimes extending into area 7. Its
proximal margin forms an almost continuous straight line with the
f.-w. inner-marginal patch as far as the median nervure, whence it
turns downwards towards the anal angle. This discal band varies
in width from 4 to 10 mm. and may be quite continuous, even the
nervules being white, or it may consist of spots separated by black
nervules, and distally still more so by invasions of the ground-
colour. Beyond this band a pale line often only faintly indicated,
followed by three, sometimes four submarginal lines. Both wings
with white spotted fringes.

Underside. Ground-colour little paler than above. F.-w. white
at base ‘of costa. Pattern in cell variable but usually consisting
of a white mark on subcostal side with a small proximal and a
larger distal posterior projection, between which are two rather
faint spots. Following this an irregular line across end of cell.
Several small spots above cell end. White discal marks as above,
the first line yellowish white, the submarginal lines much accentuated,
the most proximal one being widened into subtriangular spots
towards apex.

H.-w. with a conspicuous white basal band extending along costa
nearly to middle of its length, followed by two rather well-defined
white bands. These are much more regular and less broken than
in agatha, Discal band as above. First pale line well developed
and yellowish white. Submarginal lines similar to those on f.-w.,
the most proximal being expanded into subquadrate spots.

There seems no absolutely constant character by which
seeldrayersi can certainly be distinguished from agatha.
The most useful is the continuity of the submarginal lines
on the upperside of the f.-w. All examples of seeldrayersi
seem to be constant in this respect, though rare specimens
of agatha seem also to have uninterrupted lines. When
this occurs in agatha it seems to be accompanied by a
much paler ground-colour, whereas seeldrayersi is nearly
always very dark sepia to black. The regularity of the
white bands on the base of h.-w. underside is also a useful
feature, these in agatha being almost always broken and
irregular.

NV. seeldrayerst is not very rare in collections but is
frequently overlooked owing to its resemblance to agatha,

Bee African Species of the Genus Neptis. 567

amongst long series.of which a few examples may often
be discovered.

21. Nepris BARNSI. Pl. XXI, fig.8; Pl. XXIV, fig. 18.
Eltr., Ent. Mo. Mag., Ser. 3, vol. vil, p. 27 (1921).
Congo Reragion to SEMLIKI VALLEY. KISUMU.

“ Expanse 55-60 mm. Ground-colour sepia black with white
markings. Five white dots in cell of fore-wing, and traces of two
minute dots beyond. An inner-marginal white patch of two
elongated spots in la and 16, their proximal edges straight, outer
ends slightly separated. In 2 and 3 two white marks, proximally
just separated by nervule 3, but distally more widely divergent.
In area 4 an obsolescent white streak (in some co-types well de-
veloped). In 5 and 6 elongated spots divided by nervule 6 and
distally divergent. A small spot in 9 near costa. Distal to white
markings and roughly following their contour a fine line of bluish-
grey scales which is thrown into a series of arches between the
nervules. Following this, three bluish-grey lines continuous except
at the nervules. Fringes spotted white between the nervules.

‘“ Hind-wing with a discal white band about 5 mm. wide, rather
narrower at inner margin, slightly projecting proximally at median,
and extending to area 6. Distal edge of band indented on nervules
by the ground-colour and slightly powdered with black between.
Three bluish-grey submarginal lines as on fore-wing, and midway
between the innermost of these and the discal band a narrow line
somewhat paler than the ground-colour.

‘“‘ Underside. Ground-colour paler than above. Fore-wing costa
white at base and nearly to cell end. In cell a series of rather com-
plicated white markings, consisting of a basal streak terminating
in a spot, a transverse streak, two small spots, and two at each
cell end. Beyond this, three or four very small spots. Large white
marks as on upperside, that in 4 more fully developed, the pale
lines all much more accentuated but white, not bluish-grey, and
there is a trace of an additional fine line at and below the apex.

“ Hind-wing with a large curved white costal band from base
nearly to end of 8, followed by two less definite white bands on the
brown ground-colour. Discal band as on upperside, and rest as
on fore-wing.”

This species closely resembles seeldrayersi Auriv., from
which it may generally be distinguished by the obsolescent
character of the streak in fore-wing area 4, and by the fact
that the pale line on fore-wing immediately distal to the

568 prt Eltringham on the

discal markings is deeply arched (distally convex) between
the nervules. The male armature is quite distinct from
that of any other described species.

22. Neptis RocERsI. Pl. XXI, fig. 9.
Eltr., Ent. Mo. Mag. Ser. 3, vol. vii, p. 29 (1921).

RABAI.

“Expanse about 50 mm. Sepia black with white markings.
Fore-wing cell with three or four white dots and three beyond it.
An inner-marginal white patch of two spots in la and 1b. Two
large subquadrate spots in 2 and 3 separated proximally by the
nervule, and distally by a slight invasion of the ground-colour. In
4 a small subtriangular spot, distally placed. Three subapical spots
in 5, 6, and 9, the first two subquadrate, distally divergent, and the
third a small streak. Just distal to the white discal marks a white
line roughly following their contour. This line is not arched between
the nervules. Following this, two fine submarginal lines with faint
indications of a third, the first breaking into three small but rather
conspicuous spots near the costa.

‘“* Hind-wing with a white discal band 7-8 mm. wide, straight, and
sharply defined proximally, regular but invaded by the black
nervules distally. The outer edge of the band is closely followed
by a pale line, and there are three more pale lines forming a marginal
border. Fringes white between nervules.

‘“‘ Underside. Not markedly paler than above. All the lighter
markings chalky white. Fore-wing with white at base of costa
and a complicated pattern of lines and spots in cell. In the type
form there is in the cell a line along the subcostal having two down-
ward projections, between which is a small spot. Just beyond end
of this line another spot, and on the median side three spots, one
longitudinal and two transverse. Four or five small spots beyond
cell. (In the co-type two of the spots coalesce to form a transverse
line across cell end.) The spot in 4 is very little larger beneath
than above, but more sharply defined and definitely triangular.
The discal and submarginal lines are broader and more distinct,
only separated by fine dark lines. .

‘“Hind-wing with a curved white costal band, but this much
narrower than in barnsi and seeldrayersi. This followed by two
very distinct curved white bands. White discal band very broad
and extending from inner margin to area 7. Other lines as on
fore-wing.”

I hesitate to describe a species from 2 2 only, but the

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 569

two examples from which the above account is compiled
do not correspond with any other forms in the collections
which I have examined. They are at once distinguished
from agatha and seeldrayersi by the small spot in fore-wing
area 4, whilst they differ from barnsi in the straight forma-
tion of the fore-wing discal line bordering on the large
white spots. Also in the much narrower hind-wing basal
costal band and in the pure white markings of the underside.

23. NEPTIS KIKIDELI. Pl. XXI, fig. 10; Pl. XXV, fig. 1.

Boisd., Faune Mad., p. 50 (1833); Mab., Hist. Mad.
Lep., 1, p. 171, pl. 20, ff. 9, 10 (1885-7); Trim., 8. Af.
Butt., 1, p. 271 (1887); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898) ;
in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 200, pl. 48d (1913).

MADAGASCAR.

Expanse 30-57 mm. Sepia black with white markings. In
f.-w. three dots in cell and sometimes one to four beyond it. A large
discal white patch extending from inner margin to nervule 4 and of
variable outline. In area 4 a small spot distally placed, sometimes
absent. A subapical patch of three or four spots in 5, 6, and 9 or
5, 6, 8, and 9. Discal and submarginal lines extremely variable
and generally obsolescent in areas 3 and 6. Fringes of both wings
white between nervules.

H.-w. with a broad white discal band 6-11 mm. wide, the proximal
margin of which is continuous with the f.-w. inner-marginal patch.
This band extends from inner margin to area 7 or even to costa.
Distally it may be of smooth outline or indented at nervules; in the
latter case the internervular white marks are well rounded. Discal
and marginal lines variable, sometimes scarcely evident.

Underside. Ground-colour rather paler. F.-w. white at base
of costa. Cell very irregularly spotted with white, and three or
four spots beyond it. White marks as above but larger. The
pale discal line little developed or absent. The first submarginal
widened into a band of spots conspicuously interrupted in 3 and 6.

H.-w. with a white streak at base of costa extending to end of
discal band. Discal band as above. The first marginal line
expanded into a row of spots and followed by one and sometimes
two narrow lines.

This species may be recognised by the fact that the white
markings are continuous from inner margin to nervule 4.
Also it is confined to Madagascar, where it is apparently
not uncommon.

570 pt Eltringham on the

It is a remarkable fact that the male armature is not
constantly distinguishable from that of trigonophora, a
species to which it bears no close resemblance.

24. NEPTIS TRIGONOPHORA. PI. XXII, fig. 1;
Pl. XXV, fig. 2.

Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist., (5), 2, p. 177 (1878); Auriv.,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond., p. 913 (1900) (? lermanni); Auriv., in Seitz,
Macrolep., p. 201, pl. 48e (1913).

K. and 8. Arrica (Rabai to Pondoland),.

Expanse 45-50 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
without white dots, but sometimes with vestiges of a longitudinal
streak. An inner-marginal patch in la and 1b, followed by two
spots in 2 and 3 slightly separated distally. In 4 a very small
spot distally placed, and in 5, 6, and 9 three white spots distally
separated, the third very smal] and streak-like. A pale discal line
following the contour of the discal spots. Three delicate but
usually well-defined submarginal lines.

H.-w. with a white discal band from inner margin to area 7,
straight proximally and very slightly indented distally at nervules.
This followed by a pale discal line and three, sometimes four sub-
marginal lines, the innermost of these brownish, the rest extremely
fine and scaled with white.

Underside. F.-w. very slightly white at base of costa, a curved
clavate white mark in cell, its distal end often bordered by a delicate
pale curved transverse line. Beyond this four rather ill-defined
spots. White discal marks as above, followed by a well-developed
pale line of a yellowish tinge and four white submarginal lines, the
first about 1 mm. wide.

H.-w. with a small narrow white streak at base of costa, followed
by two curved well-defined white lines. Discal band as above fol-
lowed by a yellowish line and four submarginal white lines. All
fringes white between nervules.

N. trigonophora is not likely to be mistaken for any other
species except strigata, which, however, has a fully developed
spot in area 4, almost invariably a white streak in cell on
upperside, and has a large broad white band on h.-w.
underside at base of costa. Some forms of the nysiades
group resemble it, but these have transverse white lines in
f.-w. cell beneath. Whilst individual examples of the
male armature may show differences from that of kzkidel,

<" ule SOO OD ees Ebene Mae une De i 7 ae Gee &
tea rages Patt Se Le See ‘ i
ee, os Sty ager ° \

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 571

an examination of several preparations convinces me that
it would be impossible to decide on the anatomy alone
between the two species, if indeed they are really speci-
fically distinct. The case is the more remarkable in that
whilst the armatures are so similar they are entirely different
from that of any other species examined.

25. Neptis BIaFRA. PI. XXII, fig. 2 (proz.).

Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 121 (1871); Afr: Lep.,
p. 12, pl. 9, ff. 1, 2 (1874); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 168
(1898); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913); Holl.,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., pl. 8, f. 3 (1920) (prox.); Non
Holl., Ent. News, pl. 9, f. 10 (1892).

CAMEROON.
Ward’s description of this species is as follows :—

Male. Upperside. Both wings brown black; f.-w. the cell
crossed by three diagonal white marks, the outer one the largest,
the inner one near the base the smallest; beyond the cell three
parallel horizontal white streaks, the upper one the smallest; below
midway two clear oval white spots; h.-w. crossed midway by a
broad band of white, this band is also continued slightly into the
f.-w.; fringe of both wings white; following the outer margin of
both wings four white bands, the first from the margin very narrow,
second rather broader, third broad especially on the h.-w., fourth
narrow and rather undulating on the h.-w.

Underside resembles upperside, with the white markings generally
broader. Expanse 2-3 in.

Ward’s figure, which is rather rough, agrees with the
above description. I have never seen an example exactly
like the figure, and certainly there is no specimen in the four
great British collections. The most characteristic features
are the three white marks in f.-w. cell, in which it differs
from paula, which has one diagonal and one longitudinal
mark, and the secondary white band in the h.-w. Un-
fortunately the type has been lost, M. Oberthiir informing
me that it was missing when he acquired Ward’s collection.
The species, if it be a species, has been much confused with
other forms, especially owing to the figure published by
Dr. Holland (Ent. News, supra). This figure represents a
form but little removed from typical nysiades. This error
was sufficiently confusing, but the same author has only

recently (1920, l.c.) reasserted that this figure represents ~
M. Oberthiir has kindly sent me a photo-

Ward’s biafra.

572 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

graph of Ward’s figure, and it agrees with the copy we

have at Oxford.

The differences between Ward’s figure and that of
Dr. Holland (Ent. News, 1892) are as follows :—

Warpb’s FIcure.

F.-w. cell with white trans-
verse spot near base followed
by a longer transverse mark
and a long transverse streak
across end of cell.

Of the three anterior discal
white streaks in f.-w. that
nearest costa is very small and
faint.

Following the discal band of
spots is a very distinct though
slender white line.

Following the above slender
line a well-developed white line
formed of spots gradually in-
creasing in size as they approach
costa, till that in 6 is quite a
large spot 7 x 15 mm.

H.-w. white discal band about
6 mm. wide.

Following the discal band is
a narrow white line arched in
la, 2, 3, and 4 proximally
convex.

Distal to above line a band
of white spots, their proximal
outline well arched (proximally
convex). This band is quite
2 mm. wide in 2 and 3.

HoLuaNnn’s FIGure.

Three white dots in cell, the
outermost rather elongated.

This streak though smaller
than the rest is well developed.

This line obsolescent.

Corresponding line very faint.

Ditto about 4 mm.

No such line present.

Only a faint line in this
position.

It will thus be seen that whether the insect figured by
Holland in 1892 be a form of biafra or not, it certainly
differs greatly from Ward’s own figure of the species.

Dr. Holland, in spite of his emphatic assertions to the

- African Species of the Genus Neptis. 573

contrary, seems to have had some doubt in the matter,
since in Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. pl. 8, 1920, he publishes
another figure of “ biafra’’ which agrees neither with his
own previous illustration nor with that of Ward. It
approaches more nearly to the latter in having the secondary
white band on the h.-w., though this is much narrower than
in Ward’s figure. This 1920 figure rather supports the
view that biafra is yet another form of the polymorphic
nysiades, since I have before me examples of the latter
which are very close to the figure in question.

Since the above was written, M. Ch. Oberthiir has most
kindly sent me three specimens which it was hoped might
elucidate the mystery. One of these agrees so closely
with Ward’s original figure that I have illustrated it at
fig. 2, Pl. XXII. Practically the only difference between
it and Ward’s specimen is that in the latter the secondary
submarginal white band in h.-w. is rather broader than in
M. Oberthiir’s example. The second of M. Oberthiir’s
examples differs in having a still narrower secondary
h.-w. band, indeed it is reduced to a mere line, whilst the
third example has the h.-w. white markings so reduced
that this secondary band is a mere pale suffusion.

Now it is most unfortunate that this third example,
least like Ward’s species, is the only male, the other two
being females: hence the structure of the armature in an
example almost exactly like Ward’s figure remains unknown.
I have made a preparation of the armature in this one male,
and it is of a very simple character, somewhat inter-
mediate between that of a form of nysiades and paula.

Now whilst the two specimens, one male and one
female, which are less like true biafra, certainly belong to
the same species, the female example which comes so close
to Ward’s figure is probably specifically different. If the
figure on Pl. XXII be carefully examined, it will be noted
that in f.-w. just beyond the discal white marks there is a
distinct but delicate white line (most easily seen in the
left wing). This line is deeply arched in 2, 3, and 4. The
corresponding line in the other two specimens is scarcely
arched.at all; indeed, in one of them it is perfectly straight
in area 2. Before we can be sure of the true affinities of
these forms much more material is necessary. In the
meantime it would appear that Ward’s brafra is probably
a good species, and that forms belonging to the nysiades
association resemble it very closely.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PaRTS III, IV. (JAN. 22) PP

574 Dr. H. Eltrigham on the - ;

26. Neptis pauLa. Pl. XXII, fig. 3; Pl. XXV, fig. 3.

Staud., Inis, 8, p. 368, pl. 8, f. 2 (1896); Auriv., Rhop.
Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201, pl. 48f
(1913).

S. Leone. Laaos.

Expanse 40-55 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with a subclavate mark in cell followed by a transverse mark,
beyond which are three longitudinal stripes in 4, 5, and 6, the first
long, the last short and very narrow, and all distally divergent.
An inner-marginal patch of two spots in la and 1), and two discal
spots, a larger and a smaller in 2 and 3. These discal marks im-
mediately followed by a delicate white line. Beyond this a line of
white spots, transverse and linear in 1b to 3, crescentic in 4 and 5,
and longitudinal and linear towards costa. Beyond this two fine
submarginal lines broken by the nervules.

H.-w. with white discal band from inner margin to 6, about
4 mm. wide followed by a faint pale line. Beyond this a secondary
discal band of white subquadrate spots followed by two very fine
submarginal lines.

Underside as above, but all white markings more extensive.
F.-w. with white at base of costa extending to a point below origin
of 2 in f.-w. Traces of an additional fine marginal line in both
wings.

N. paula is not rare in collections. The male armature
is of so simple a character as to offer little suggestion in
regard to affinity. The species has been bred from a
pupa found by Lamborn near Lagos. The pupal skin is
in the Hope Collection. The hind and inner margins
of the wing-cases project so as to form prominent lateral
ridges, and on the head there are two bifurcated horn-like
projections.

27. Nepris ROTHSCHILDI. Pl. XXII, fig. 4; Pl. XXYV, fig. 4.
Eltr., Ent. Mo. Mag., Ser. 3, vol. vii, p. 28 (1921).
Conco Reeion (Kassai, Kingour Forest).

“ Expanse 50-55 mm. Sepia black with white markings. Fore-
wing with a white cell streak, beginning at base und passing between
nervures 4 and 5 to a point considerably beyond the origin of 3.
Elongated inner-marginal spots in la and 1), distinctly separated.
Two similar discal spots in 2 and 3 still more separated.

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 575

A white dot distally placed in area 4, and a series of three well-
separated elongated spots or streaks in 5, 6, and 9. Distal to these
discal spots and following their contour a very fine line of greyish-
white scales. Beyond this a well-developed white line, broken into
spots by the nervules. Finally two delicate submarginal lines.

“ Hind-wing with a discal band about 3-4 mm. wide from inner
margin to nervule 6, the spots of which are distinctly separated by
the nervules. Distal to this a very faint line, rather paler than
the ground-colour, followed by a narrow white secondary band of
quadrate spots separated by the nervules. Two delicate sub-
marginal lines.

“Underside. Pattern of upperside repeated, but the white
marks more pronounced on a paler ground. Fore-wing white on
costa at base. Cell streak larger and more sharply outlined. Above
end of cell two or three additional white streaks. White sub-
marginal bands much more distinct, especially inner one, which is
widened to about 1:5 mm., and there is an extra distal line at apex.

‘“ Hind-wing with a white costal band from base to middle of
costa. The secondary discal band composed of spots much larger
than above.”

This species most nearly resembles paula Staud., but is
quite differently marked in fore-wing cell above and below.
Ward’s biafra is also similar, but has three transverse
white stripes in cell. All three differ from other described
species in having a secondary white discal band on the
hind-wing. The male clasper of the present species 1s
quite different from that of paula.

28. NEPTIS SEXTILLA.

Mab., Le Natural., 2, p. 99 (1882); Hist. Mad. Lep., 1,
p- 174 (1887); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898); in
Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

MADAGASCAR.

I am unable to give any information with regard to this
species beyond Mabille’s description. The latter refers to
a figure on a plate which appears never to have been pub-
lished. The author describes it as allied both to saclava
and kikideli. It would seem unnecessary to reprint here
the original description, which though lengthy unfor-
tunately gives little idea of the appearance of the insect.
Aurivillius in Seitz (/.c.) places it next after paula, though
merely on probability. The type is apparently unknown,
and so far no other example has been noted.

ee eee se AN Es Be
576 Dr. H. Eltrmgham on the

29. NEpTIS NICOTELES. Pl. XXII, fig. 5; Pl. XXV, fig. 9.

Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 206 (1874); Holl., Ent.
News, 3, pl. 9, f. 8 (1892); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 168
(1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202, pl. 48e (1913); Holl.,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 163 (1920).

8. Leone to ANGoLA. CAMEROON to MomBasa.

Expanse 37-42 mm. Ground-colour sepia black with white
markings. F.-w. with a white clavate mark nearly filling cell.
An inner-marginal patch in la and 16 followed by a more or less
rounded patch of two spots in 2 and 3. A subapical patch of white
in 4, 5, 6,and 9. In 4 this patch begins only just. below nervule 5,
so that the spot in that area is a mere streak. The discal marks
followed by a pale line, beyond which are three delicate whitish
submarginal lines. Fringes white between nervules.

H.-w. with a discal white band from inner margin to area 6 about
5 mm. wide, almost straight on both edges, nervules thereon not or
very little blackened. Discal and marginal lines as on f.-w.

Underside. F.-w. just noticeably white at base of costa. H.-w.
with a white streak at base of costa followed by two more on the
dark ground of basal area. Other marks as above, but white
submarginal lines much more accentuated.

This little species is apparently not very common. It
may be distinguished from others by the streak of white
below and adjacent to nervule 5 in f.-w.

30. Neptis mixopuyes. Pl. XXII, fig. 7.
Holl., Ent. News, 3, p. 249, pl. 9, f. 11 (1892); Auriv.,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202

(1913).

? = nicodice. Griinb., Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl.,
p. 470 (1910).

Brernpr. OGowe.

Expanse 32-42 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with white mark in cell, the edges of which are straight and the end
pointed. An inner-marginal patch of two spots in la and 1b,
followed by two subquadrate marks in 2 and 3, slightly separated.
In 4a small distally placed triangular spot, two separated elongated
spots in 5 and 6, and a small mark in 9. Beyond these discal marks
a fine white line broken at nervules and bent deeply inwards in 1d.
Two whitish submarginal lines interrupted only by the nervules,
and indications of a third on the margin. All fringes white between
nervules.

African Species of the Genus Neplis. 577

H.-w. with a white discal band about 5 mm. wide, straight
proximally, and outwardly rather indented at nervules. This
followed by a pale discal line, and two or three submarginal lines.

Underside. F.-w. as above but white marks more accentuated.
No white at base of costa. H.-w. with slender white line on costa
at base, followed by two more, the first broad, the second narrow
and faint. Beyond the discal band the pale line forms a distinct
row of whitish spots, and the first marginal line is widened into
conspicuous white spots, the others broader and more distinct than
above.

I can find nothmg in Griinberg’s description of his
nicodice to distinguish it from mixophyes, and there is but
little except the continuity of the f.-w. submarginal lines
to distinguish either from nicobule. However, as this is the
principal distinction between agatha and seeldrayersi, it
may be that nicobule is a separate species. Lack of
material, all three forms being rare, has prevented me
from making comparative preparations of the male
armature, the only example available and apparently
belonging to this species, isa female. The figure on Pl. XXII
is really a photograph of Holland’s figure. I included this
rather than the actual specimen in my possession, since
the latter does not agree absolutely with Holland’s figure,
having an additional spot in f.-w. on costa.

31. NEPTIS NICOBULE. Pl. XXII, fig. 6; Pl. XXYV, fig. 10.

Holl., Ent. News, 3, p. 249, pl. 9, £. 7 (1892); Auriv.,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202
(1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 164 (1920).

S. LEONE to ANGOLA.

A full description of this species would be almost a
repetition of that of mixophyes, and it will suffice to call
attention to the slight differences. In Holland’s original
figure the f.-w. cell mark is clavate and well rounded dis-
tally instead of straight sided and pomted. The discal
spots are small and rounded instead of elongated, and the
submarginal lines are notably interrupted in 3. From an
‘examination of the rather scanty material at my disposal
I am inclined to think that the f.-w. submarginal lines
furnish almost the only difference, and without much
longer series I am unable to say whether even this is
constant.

_

{AGS
578 Dr. H. Eltringham on the
32. Nepris NicomepEs. Pl. XXII, fig.8; Pl. XXV, fig. 11.

Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 205 (1874); Kirby, Handb.
Lep., 1, p. 147, pl. 20, f. 3 (1894); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth.,
p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

ASHANTI to ANGOLA. UGANDA.
f. quintilla. Pl. XXII, fig. 9.

Mab., Ann. Ent. Fr., (6), 10, p. 21, pl. 2, £. 7 (1890);
Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 284 (1894) (as nicomedes) ;
Rhop. Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201
(1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 162 (1920).

Lacos. Ivory Coast. Cameroon. ANGOLA. KASSAT.
ENTEBBE.

f. puelloides, f. nov. Pl. XXII, fig. 10.
Lacos. Gontp Coast. KAMPALA.
nicomedes nicomedes.

Expanse about 38 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with a white mark in cell sometimes clavate extending from near
base, widening and curving over downwards and outwards to end of
cell, sometimes divided into two, the basal part remaining only as
a dot. On inner margin a white mark in la and 1b, the marginal
part rather wide and the inner edge forming a continuous straight
line with that of h.-w. discal band. A large continuous white
discal band from 2 to 9, its outer and inner edges regularly curved,
proximally concave, distally convex. Beyond this a pale line,
faint or well developed, followed by a narrow white line which is
usually expanded into a spot near apex. Two delicate submarginal
lines, more or less interrupted in area 3, especially beneath.

H.-w. with a broad discal band about 5 mm. wide, both edges
rather straight, and nearly parallel, extending from inner margin
to 6, this followed by a pale line and three submarginal lines.

Underside. The clavate mark in f.-w. cell better developed than
above, and sometimes with a faint pale transverse line beyond it.
Base at costa faintly white. Other marks as above but marginal
pattern whiter, and interruption of lines more obvious in 3, and
often in 6,

H.-w. with a conspicuous curved white band at base of costa,
extending to middle of same, followed by two narrow lines, the
lower rather longer than the upper. Other markings as above but
marginal lines more developed. ;

CE RASLI ae Ie Oa ae RIE OS SP A PL ne
ms 3 ee ye es ; , 7 Ms
7 i cae ea Ve Sita ar ce Sa ia ous

~ -

African Species of the Genus Neplis. 579

nicomedes quintilla.

Resembles type form, but the spots in f.-w. 2 and 3 are short and
quadrate, so that the contour of the inner edge of the discal patch
is materially altered. All stages of intermediates occur.

nicomedes puelloides.

F.-w. cell without any trace of white mark, and on underside
the white in cell is reduced to a line on subcostal which curves
sharply downwards and outwards at cell end. Just beyond this a
transverse white line. The spots in f.-w. 2 and 3 vary in length,
so that the proximal edge of discal patch may be of the type form
or may approach that of quintilla. This form bears a close resem-
blance to puella, but may generally be distinguished therefrom by
the proximal edge of the f.-w. discal band, which in nicomedes is
concave or even indented, whilst in pwella it is straight or even
convex. Also in puella there is no interruption in the f.-w. sub-
marginal lines. The interruption of the f.-w. lines is the sole
distinction apart from the armature between nicomedes f. puelloides
and certain forms which appear to be conspecific with nysiades
f. continuata.

Type Hope Collection, Oxford. Taken by Lamborn at
Oni, Lagos, Dec. 1911.

33. NEPTIS PUELLA, PI. XXII, fig. 11; Pl. XXV, fig. 12.

Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 285, f. 11 (1894); Rhop.
Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

CAMEROON. Conco. UGANDA.

Expanse about 35mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
without marks in cell. An inner-marginal patch in la and 1), its
inner edge quite or nearly continuous with that of h.-w. discal
band. A large continuous discal patch from 2 to 9, the inner edge
of which is either straight or convex. This patch not or but little
reduced in width till just before reaching costa, where the spot
in 9 is very small. The usual discal pale line followed by three fine
whitish or bluish-grey submarginal lines, these interrupted only at
nervules. Fringes white between nervules.

H.-w. with large discal patch, continuous and with smooth out-
line followed by discal and submarginal lines as on f.-w.

Underside, F.-w. as above but white markings especially sub-
marginal lines much accentuated. Costa whitish at base. In cell
a longitudinal streak on subcostal, followed by a diagonal line
across end of cell.

580 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

H.-w. with large white curved band on costa from base to a
point just above end of proximal edge of discal band, followed
by two narrow whitish lines. Otherwise as above with pale lines
accentuated, the discal line brownish white.

This species may be distinguished by its small size and
by the large continuous discal patch in f.-w. The straight
or convex proximal edge of this patch and the uninterrupted
submarginal lines distinguish it from nicomedes puelloides.

34, Nepris nina. Pl. XXV, fig. 13.

Staud., Iris, 8, p. 369, pl. 8, f. 1 (1896); Auriv., Rhop.
Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

K. Arrica (Usagara).

Expanse about 30-35 mm. Resembles puella, but the f.-w. discal
patch is smaller and rapidly narrows from area 4 almost to a point
in 6. The discal pale line very faint, but the first submarginal line
well developed and expanded into spots towards apex. The sub-
marginal lines interrupted in 3 especially beneath. First sub-
marginal line on h.-w. also formed of distinct white streaks.

I have seen but two examples of this species. Aurivillius
regards it as a race of puella, but if the structure of the
armature is constant then it must be given specific rank.
It is easily recognised and not at all like any other form
except puella, from which it differs as above described.

35. NEPTIS MELICERTA. Pl. XXIII, fig. 1; Pl. XXV, fig. 14.

Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins., 2, p. 34, pl. 19, ff. 3, 4 (1773);
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett., 9, p. 84, pl. 238, ff. 5, 6 (1798);
Staud., Exot. Schmett., 1. p. 147 (1886); Holl., Ent. News,
3, pl. 9, f. 5 (1892); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 186
(1893); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898); Roth. & Jord.,
Novit. Zool., p. 537 (1903) ; Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
p. 505 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 33 (1910); Auriv.,
in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 202, pl. 48e (1913); Holl., Bull.
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 164 (1920).
= blandina. Cramer, Pap. Exot., 4, p. 76, pl. 327, ff. E, F

(1872).
= melinoe, God., Ene. Meth., 9, p. 432 (1823).

S. Leone to UGANDA.
subsp. goocht. Pl. XXIII, fig. 2.
Trimen. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 336 (1879); 8. Afr.

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 581

Butt., 1, p. 273, ple5, f. 6 (1887); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc.,
p. 65 (1888); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 169 (1898); Neave,
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 34 (1910); Auriy., in Seitz, Macrolep.,
p. 202, pl. 48f (not typical) (1913).

HK. Arrica to NATAL.

melicerta melicerta.

Expanse 30-55 mm. Sepia black with white markings. F.-w.
with a large white mark in cell, wedge shaped, sometimes suffused
on subcostal side, cut off rather sharply at distal end, and followed
closely by a white triangular mark; this sometimes faint, and rarely
joined to cell mark at posterior corner. On inner margin a white
streak-like mark in la with a second smaller one in 1b, these
generally confluent. In 2 and 3 two elongated white marks, usually
separated by broadly blackened nervule. In 4 a small spot distally
placed, and in 5, 6, and 9 three elongated spots, the first two generally
well separated. Following these discal marks a pale line of variable
distinctness beyond which are three delicate marginal lines, they
and the white marks on fringes being more or less interrupted in
area 3 and often in 6.

H.-w. with a white discal band, proximal edge of which is very
straight, and continuous with that of the f.-w. inner-marginal
spots. Distal edge moderately straight, but often indented at the
nervules. A pale discal line followed by internervular marks rather
darker than ground-colour, then another pale line (the first of the
marginal series), and finally two delicate but usually well-defined
marginal lines.

Underside. F.-w. just perceptibly white at base of costa, other
markings as above on a rather paler ground, but pale lines much
accentuated. An additional marginal line which with the others
is notably interrupted in 3.

H.-w. with a short white curved band at base, followed by two
straighter lines on the dark ground. Other markings as above but
pale lines more distinct, and an additional one on margin.

melicerta goochi.

This form differs from the type in having the f.-w. discal spots
more confluent, and in particular in the obsolescent character of the
cell mark. The typical goochi is really an intermediate between
two more definite forms, the one having all white marks fully
developed (= Auriv. fig. /.c. supra) and the discal spots confluent,
the other having the f.-w. cell mark reduced to a spot at the distal
end, and the discal spots only rather more confluent than in the
typical form. All kinds of intermediates occur, though the preva-
lence of the diminished cell-spot form in 8. and E. perhaps entitles
it to subspecific rank,

582 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

Neplis melicerta is very common’ and easily recognised.
The male armature is of a simple structure not particularly
constant and but little distinctive. The species has been
bred by both Lamborn and Farquharson. Only the pupal
skins are preserved. They show, though to a less extent
than in that of paula, the expansion of the wing-cases, and
appear to have only a single horn-like projection on the head.

36. Nepris strigata. Pl. XXIII, fig. 3; Pl. XXV, fig. 15.

Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 284, f. 10 (1894); Rhop.
Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201, pl. 48¢
(1913); Holl., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 163 (1920).

CAMEROON to UGANDA and 8. SUDAN.

Expanse 45-50 mm. Rich sepia black with white markings.
F.-w. with a white mark in cell, rather variable, but on the whole
clavate. When well developed, of curved pyriform outline. A
large inner-marginal patch of two spots in la and 1d, the inner
edge of which is not usually continuous with that of the h.-w. discal
band. Two rather short outwardly rounded spots in 2 and 3,
tending to be separated distally, and a subapical patch of four spots
in 4, 5, 6 and 9, confluent or but little separated. These followed
by a pale line and three submarginal lines, the first of which is
developed into a diagonal streak or streaks near the apex. Marginal
lines interrupted only by the nervules. Fringes white in inter-
nervular spaces.

H.-w. with a white discal band about 6 mm. wide from inner
margin to 6, where it is rounded off. Following this a line rather
paler than the ground-colour, and three delicate submarginal lines.

Underside. Ground-colour paler, white marks more developed.
F.-w. faintly white at base of costa. Clavate mark in cell followed
by a pale or white longitiudinal mark, sometimes with traces of
diagonal streaks above it near costa. The first submarginal line
on both wings developed into a band of spots. Traces of an
additional line at apex.

H.-w. with conspicuous basal white band from base of costa to
about the middle of its length, followed by two narrow white bands,
the second much larger than the first.

N. strigata is easily distinguished on outward character-
istics, but its specific distinction is very doubtful, the
male armature being quite indistinguishable from that of
a peculiar form of nysiades which I have dissected. This
nysiades form nearly resembles Holland’s continuata.

¥
s

African Species of the Genus Nepltis. 583

I have now described at length all the species or forms of
Neptis which can with moderate certainty be distinguished.
There remains a residuum of forms which seem to merge
one into another in such a way as to render it impossible
to separate them specifically even by the male armature.
If we examine a series of preparations of the genitalia
taken from these forms, and then arrange our preparations
in the order of their resemblance, we shall find a great
difference in structure between the first and the last of the
series, but no satisfactory distinction between any two or
three consecutive examples. Moreover, if we then arrange
the specimens themselves we shall find that their patterns
do not by any means follow the resemblance of the arma-
tures. Thus, as already stated, the armature of strigata
is indistinguishable from that of a form very near Holland’s
continuata. Some examples of Neave’s conspicua have
armatures which resemble those of typical nysiades suffi-
ciently to warrant us in agreeing with Aurivillius, who
regards them as conspecific. But one of Neave’s co-types
of conspicua has an armature of a slightly different pattern,
whilst the type of conspicua itself has the two claspers of
the same individual very different in structure. It is
impossible to deal on ordinary taxonomic lines with an
assemblage of this kind. It 1s useless to decide that a
given example is the same as Holland's continuata because
it resembles the published figure of that form. We do not

‘know the structure of the armature in the type. A

specimen outwardly indistinguishable from conspicua may,
as I have shown, possess claspers of a different structure,
or, since the armature of the type specimen is asymmetrical,
we might have two examples outwardly resembling con-
spicua one of which had claspers like the right one of the
type, the other with claspers like the left.

In our classifications we attempt to work in what
may be metaphorically termed watertight compartments.
Nature, though frequently conniving at our methods, refuses
always to be bound by them, and we must, I think, decide
more freely to admit the existence of indeterminate forms.
We have an outstanding example of this in the many
indefinite forms which are comprised under the specific
name Acraea acrita, as set forth in my monograph of the
genus Acraea (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912). I propose there-
fore to give a description of a typical example of Neptis
nysiades, to detail also the other named patterns which

-

584 Dr. H. Eltringham on the

appear to be associated with it, and finally to give the
characteristics of several specimens which, as above
explained, I consider must for the present at least be
regarded as indeterminate forms of the same species. Such
forms come within our definition of a species 1f we assume
that they constitute what Prof. Poulton has termed a
syngamic chain (Proc. Ent. Soe., p. exvi, 1903), im which
consecutive links are apparently capable of pairing,
although the terminal elements may be too far specialised
to admit of intercourse, and this not necessarily in relation
to any special geographical distribution. Indeed, in cases
of this kind syngamic “‘ complex ”’ would be more expressive
than ‘‘ chain.”

37. Neptis NysiADES. Pl. XXIII, fig. 4 (nearly typical) ;
Pl, XXV, ‘figs, 16, 17.

Hew., Exot. Butt., (Neplis) pl. 1, ff. 3, 4 (1868); Trimen,
S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 271 (1887); Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., 15
p- 285 (1894); Holl., Ent. News, 3, pl. 9, f. 10 (1892) (proz.)
(as biafra); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898); in Seitz,
Macrolep., p. 200, pl. 48e (prov.) (1913).

Lagos to UGanpa.
f. metanira. Pl. XXV, fig. 20.

Holl., Ent. News, 3, p. 249, pl. 9, f. 6 (1892); Auriv.,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 167 (1898); in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201
(1913).

Conco Recion to UGANDA.
f. continuata. Pl. XXIII, fig. 8

Holl., Ent. News, 3, p. 249, pl. 9, f. 9 (1892) (as biafra
continuata); Auriv., Rhop. Aeth., p. 168 (1898); in Seitz,
Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

Conco to UGANDA.
f. clarei. Pl. XXIII, fig. 6

Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 330. pl. 1, f. 15 (1904); Auriv.,
in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201 (1913).

NYANGORI.
f. conspicua. Pl. XXIII, fig. 7; Pl. XXV, figs. 18, 19.
Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. sh pl. 1, f£. 15 (1904); Proce.

-

African Species of the Genus Neptis. 585

Zool. Soc., p. 34 (1910); Auriv., in Seitz, Macrolep., p. 201
(1913). |

Toco to UGANDA.
nysiades nysiades.

Examples precisely agreeing with Hewitson’s type are rare. In
it there is a small streak and a dot in f.-w. cell, an inner-marginal
patch of which the proximal edge is continuous with that of the
h.-w. discal band. Two short separated subquadrate spots in 2 and
3, and a subapical series of four in 4, 5, 6, and 9, slightly separated
by the nervules, followed by the usual pale discal and submarginal
lines, the latter not interrupted in area 3.

Beneath the f:-w. has a basal streak followed by two diagonal
streaks, and the h.-w. has a white costal mark at base, followed
by two less distinct whitish lines. All pale discal and submarginal
lines more distinct than above. Expanse about 40-50 mm.

From this typical form we pass to a modification of much
more frequent occurrence (Pl. XXIII, fig. 5) very closely
resembling the figure in Seitz quoted above, pl. 48e. This
form may be recognised by the much larger discal spots
in f.-w., especially the subapical series which are very long
(about 8 mm. in area 4) and distally divergent. The pale
lines often well marked and white, the first of the sub-
marginal series developed into spots towards apex. The
f.-w. cell marks are characteristic, consisting of a spot
near base, followed by a short and then a longer diagonal
stripe. On the underside the first two marks are jomed
to form a subcostal line having a small projection about the
middle of its length and bent sharply downwards and out-
wards at its end. This followed by a well-marked diagonal
stripe at cell end. This form is very like strigata except
for the different arrangement of cell marks. (Though for
the present I have kept strigata separate it 1s probably only
another form of nysiades.)

The form claret differs in having the subapical series of
f.-w. spots ending in a faint streak just beyond nervule
6 on upperside, thus leaving a rather conspicuous area of
ground-colour between the subapical series and the costa.
The subapical spots are but little separated, and the ner
marginal patch is basally prolonged, so that its proximal
edge is not continuous with that of the h.-w. discal band.
There are no white marks in f.-w. cell above.

From this we pass through intermediate forms in which
the f.-w. spots become less and less separated to the type

Se Td ,. » FS I PA a eee Pe Oe ee We ee eee ee
7 / vam wen oo et ol”)

“4

586 Dr. Ht. Wringham on the

ot f£. conspicua, in which the discal spots are all joined and
form a continuous patch from area 2 to 9. In the type
the spots in 2 and 3 are proximally shorter than in 4,
so that the inner edge of the patch is sharply angulated on
nervule 4. (Very small examples of the conspicua form are
extremely like nicomedes puelloides, but can be distinguished
by the continuity of the f.-w. Imes in area 3.)

It is in conspicua that we begin to get great stability m
the form of the male armature. ‘That of the type is
asymmetrical, whilst in examples outwardly agreemg more
or less closely with the type we find various degrees of
shortening and broadening of the claspers with irregular
modification of the small projection at the end of that
organ. From forms of this pattern we pass to examples
in which there is a shortening of the spots in 4, 5, and 6
so that the discal band presents a more evenly curved
proximal outline. At the same time the spots become more
or less separated by increased blackening of the nervules,
the h.-w. discal band is also somewhat narrowed, and we
have the form continuata of Holland. A slight further reduc-
tion of the white markings, especially the spot in f.-w. 2,
produces Holland’s melaniva, which seems hardly worth a
separate name.

I have before me several examples from the neighbour-
hood of the Kassai River, the property of my friend Mr. J. J.
Joicey. These have an expanse of about 50 mm. Many
of them are indistinguishable from forms of seeldrayersv
except for the absence of white dots in f.-w. cell above,
and the streaked instead of spotted pattern in that area
beneath. I have figured one on Pl. XXIII, fig. 9.

Other examples from the same neighbourhood are
smaller (35-40 mm.), and have all the f.-w. discal spots in
2 and 3 fairly long, rounded at both ends, and about equally
separated from each other and from that in 4.

Lastly there is a form from Cameroon, Congo, Uganda,
ete., which resembles conspicua except that there is a notable
interval of the ground-colour between the spot in 3 and that
in 4, Pl. XXIII, fig. 10.

I refrain from naming these forms since they are not
peculiar to definite localities, whilst numerous inter-
mediates occur in long series. The male armatures are as
variable as the patterns, and the whole assembly must for
the present be regarded as an unstable species possibly
modified by intrageneric mimicry of the kind so elaborately

cee =f

SEU ates ee PRT tee eo RS Seed ee CPs
t \

aces < Perales) ie |

African Species of the Genus Neplis. 587

illustrated by the multiple forms of Heliconius melpomene.

For those who wish to arrange their collections as correctly
as possible, I can only suggest that any form which does
not present the distinctive characteristics of one of the
better-defined species and of which the male armature is
variable and not well characterised should be referred to
nysiades, until longer series from many localities may
perhaps enable us to revise these forms in a more systematic
manner.

38. NEPTIS LUGUBRIS.

Rebel, Ann. des K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien., p. 241,
pl. 18, f. 4 (1914).

Since the above paper went to press I have discovered
the description of this species. It is accompanied by
a very poor photograph, from which it is impossible
to derive much information as to affinity. It re-
sembles a small example of agatha with much reduced
white discal bands, and is described as having no white
dot in f.-w. cell above or beneath. The state of the f.-w.
submarginal lines is not described, but from the photograph
they would appear to be continuous. The locality is_
given as Lake Tanganyika. Only one example was
received,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. °

Fic. 1. Neptis frobenia Fab. 3, Mauritius, Coll. Hew. (London).

dumetorum Boisd. 2, Reunion (Oxford).

mayottensis Oberth. 3, Mayotte I. (Oxford).

comorarum Oberth. 9, Grand Comoro (Oxford).

saclava marpessa Hopfi. 9, Taveta (Oxford).

metella Doubl. 2, Lagos (Oxford).

nemetes nemetes Hew. 3, Lagos (Oxford).

» poultoni Eltr. 3 (Type), Chagwe, Uganda (London).

incongrua incongrua Butl. 9, Dabida Hills (Oxford).

woodwardi Sharpe 9, Kenia (Oxford).

., ochracea ochracea Neave 9, Chagwe, Uganda
(Oxford).

Ls . exaleuca exaleuca Karsch 3, SBitje, Cameroon

(London).

29

—
fee ee tn ee Ve BS

—_

ae. pa

588

Fic.

Fic.

Fie.

oP 9 bo

Kelp)

ad

10.

Pee

ot

10,

. Neptis trigonophora Butl. 3, Mombasa (Oxford).

Explanation of Plates.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Neplis swynnertoni Trim. 9, Melsetter (Oxford).

agatha Stoll 9, Machakos (Oxford).

jordani Neave 2, L. Bangueolo (Oxford).

nebrodes Hew. 2, Lagos (Oxford).

jamesoni Godm. 2, Lagos (Oxford).

lermanni Auriv. 9, Kassai River (Oxford).
seeldrayersi Auriv. 2, L. Tanganyika (Oxford).
» barnsi Eltr. 3 (Type), Belg. Congo (Coll. Joicey).
. rogersi Eltr. 2 (Type), Mombasa (Oxford).

kikideli Boisd. 9, Ambinanindrano (Oxford).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

biafra Ward 92, Cameroon (Coll. Oberthiir). This
example agrees very nearly with Ward’s original
figure.
» paula Staud. 2, Lagos (Oxford).
rothschildi Eltr. 3 (Type), Manyema (Tring).
., nicoteles Hew. 3, Semliki Valley (Oxford).
., nicobule Holl. 3, Lagos (Oxford).
mixophyes Holl. (copied from Holland’s figure).
nicomedes nicomedes Hew. 3, Entebbe (Oxford).
5 be quintilla Mab. 2°, Entebbe (Oxford).
a - puelloides Eltr. 3 (Type), Lagos (Ones
. puella Auriv. 2, Entebbe (Oxford),

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

. Neptis melicerta melicerta Dru. 3, Unyoro (Oxford).

Bs §. goocht Trim. 3, Durban (Oxford).
.. strigata Auriv. 3, Entebbe (Oxford).
nysiades Hew. 3, Bitje (Coll. Joicey). An example
very near Hewitson’s original figure.

e bs 2, Lagos (Oxford). A form much com-
moner than the type.
4 is f. claret Neave 3, Entebbe (Oxford).

f. conspicua Neave 3g, Addah, W. Africa
(Coll. Joicey).
* f. continuata Holl. g, Cameroon (Coll.

Joicey).
~ Me f. (see p. 586) g, Kassai R. (Tring).
is ‘ f. (see p. 586) 3. Chagwe (Oxford).

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XX,

A. Robinson, Photo. Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.
FORMS OF NEPTIS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XXJ.

A. Robinson, Photo. Vaus & Crampton, Lid.

FORMS OF NEPTIS.

toe oe —_— —————

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,‘ 1921, Plate XXII.

Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.

Photo.

Robinson,

A.

FORMS OF NEPTIS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate. XXIII.

A. Robinson, Photo. Vaus & Crampton, Lid.
FORMS OF NEPTIS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XXIV.

H. Eliringham, del. Vaus & Crampton, Lid.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF NEPTIS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate XXV.

H. Eltringham, del. Vaus & Crampton, Ltd.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF NEPTIS.

+
= me

See tee ey ee
eo in oa <I tar. ete -
fo a Ad i ie on ag

s

!

Explanation of Plates

EXPLANATION oF PLaTE XXIV.

Mae Craspers oF Forms or Neptis.
Fic. 1. frobenia.
2. dumetorum.

3. mayottensis.
4, comorarum.
5. saclava.
6. metella.
7. nemetes (f. carpenteri).
8. incongruda.

9, woodwardi.
10. ochracea.
ll. ewaleuca.
12. swynnertoni.
13. agatha.
14. jordant.
15. nebrodes.
16. jameson.
17. lermannt.
18. barnst.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.
Mate Crasrrers oF Forms or Neptis.

Fic. 1. kikideli.
2. trigonophora.
3. paula.
4. rothschildi.
5. seeldrayersi (external).
6. $e (internal).
7. poultoni (external),
8. $3 (internal).
9. nicoteles.
10. nicobule.
11. nicomedes.
12. puella.
13. nina.
14, melicerta.
15. strigata.
16. nysiades (nearly typical).

, 17 ,. (another example of the same).

18. 3 f. conspicua (left clasper of the type).
19: 6 35 (a co-type).
2058 at, f. near metanira.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS I, IV. (JAN. *

bo
bo

) QQ

( 590 )

XIV. On the number of joints in the antennae of Haliplidae
and Paussidae (Coleoptera). By Tuomas G. SLOANE.
Communicated by H. E. Andrewes, F.E.S.

[Read October 5th, 1921.]

HALIPLIDAE.

AUBE’S statement in 1838 (Spec. Gen. Col., Dejean, vi,
p. 3) that Haliplus has 11-jointed antennae is the earliest
record of the number of these joints that I have seen, but
all more recent authorities that I know give the number
as ten (cf. Lacordaire, Gen. Col., 1854, 1, pp. 410 and 411;
Leconte and Horn, Class. Col. N. Am., 1883, p. 60;
Ganglbauer, Kifer Mitt. Eur., 1892, 1, p. 412). The idea
of 10-jointed antennae for Haliplus must have originated
between 1838 and 1854, and subsequently to the latter of
these dates I have seen no question as to its being correct ;
but after carefully examining the antennae of H. variegatus
Sturm, and H. ruficollis de Geer, I cannot make the number
for these two species as other than eleven, a number
consonant with the usual number in the sub-order Cara-
boidea. The jomts of the antennae of Haliplus must
always have been examined in situ, and it would confer a
benefit on entomology if some skilled microscopist would
detach an antenna of Haliplus from the head, and give an
accurate drawing of it, showing the number of joints.

PAUSSIDAE.

In the genera of the tribes Cerapterini and Paussini of
the family Paussidae, according to the books, the number
of joints in the antennae is ten, seven, or two, but in all
the genera of these tribes which I have been able to
examine there is one more joint than the books say. This
is a small (or very small) second joint, which is usually
almost wholly received into the apex of the large basal
joint, and which forms a rotula for the clava of the antennae.
Though this little joint is overlooked, or ignored by modern
authors, it actually exists. It was recorded for Hylotorus
by Dalman in 1823 in his diagnosis of that genus (as quoted
by Westwood in the Arcana Entomologica, i, p. 40).
Westwood, too, recognised its presence in 1843 in his
diagnoses of the genera Pentaplatarthrus (lL. c. 38), Lebvoderus
(l. c. 39), and Platyrhopalus (/. c. 74), and in his synoptical
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS III, IV. (JAN ’22.)

n,n

Sh Lars ey iv a ee : ~~ eS —
eae aie eat x ia eer

Mr. T. G. Sloane on Haliplidae and Paussidae. 591

table of genera (lnc. 5), where he says the antennae are
quasi 10-, 6-, or 2-arliculatae; but later, he must have
lost his belief in its existence, to be followed by subsequent
authors. I have seen this little joint in the genera of the
tribes Cerapterini and Paussini which I have been able
to examine, viz. Cerapterus, Arthropterus, Ceratederus,
Platyrhopalus, and Paussus, and believe it would be found
in the other genera of these tribes. Recognition of this
little second joint requires that the formula of the tribe
Cerapterini be amended to—antennae 11- or 7 -jornted ;
and that of the tribe Paussini to—antennae 7- or 3-jounted.
It is to be noted that, unless one is prepared to deny the
existence of the little true second joint, it is necessary to
call the basal joint of the clava the third jomt; it 1s now
invariably called the second joint.

XV. Observations on the Structure of some Australian
Lepidoptera Homoneura, including the Diagnoses
of two new Families. By A. JErFERIS TURNER,
M.D., F.E.S.

[Read October 5th, 1921.]

Text Figures 1-8.

Tue order Lepidoptera is naturally divisible into two
sub-orders of very unequal size, but separable by im-
portant anatomical characters. In the Homoneura or
Jugata (1) the neuration of both wings is substantially
the same: (2) a jugum is developed at the base of the
dorsum of the fore-wings as the chief, or at least a most
important part of the wing-coupling apparatus: (3) the
spiral proboscis or tongue so characteristic of the Lepido-
plera is never developed. In the Heteroneura or Frenata
(1) the neuration of the hind-wings is reduced by the
radial sector beg unbranched (Comstock and Needham,
p. 81), so that three veins (R3, R4, R5) normally present
in the fore-wing are never developed: (2) there is no
jugum, but the frenulum of the hind-wings articulates
with a special apparatus consisting of a subdorsal reti-
naculum in both sexes, and in addition a subcostal reti-
naculum in the ¢ sex, except in groups in which these
structures have been lost. By “lost ’’ I mean that these
groups can be inferred with considerable certainty to have
descended from forms in which these structures were
present: (3) A spiral proboscis or tongue is_ present
except in groups in which it has been lost. The absence
of a proboscis in the Homoneura I imagine to be primitive
and correlated with the fact that the group came into
existence before the evolution of flowering plants.

I do not doubt that other important anatomical differ-
ences might be pointed out, but these appear to me to
be sufficient, and this primary division of the Lepidoptera
is, I think, generally accepted. The names Jugata and
Frenata we owe to Comstock (p. 325). (They are some-
times written Jugatae and Frenatae, but Lepidoptera
Jugatae is, of course, an impossible combination.) Jugata
is a sufficiently suitable term for the group that it represents,
but the term Frenata is definitely misleading, as a frenulum
is present in many Jugata, which are in fact, as Tillyard
(A., p. 298) has shown, jugo-frenate. I therefore prefer
to adopt the more accurate terms of Homoneura and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1921.—PARTS II, IV. (JAN. 22)

Dr. A. J. Turner’s Observations on Lepidoptera, 593

Heteroneura, which have been proposed by the latter author.
It is an error to suppose that the jugum is a more primitive
structure than the frenulum. Both occur in other orders
of insects. A jugal lobe similar to that of the jugate
Lepidoptera is present in some T'richoptera and Megalo-
ptera, while a frenulum occurs among the Mecoptera and
Planipennia, and the primitive wing-coupling apparatus,
from which all these modifications appear to have developed,
seems to have been jugo-frenate (Tillyard, A., p. 312).

Recently Comstock (/.c.) has proposed to remove the
Micropterygina from the Lepidoptera Jugata, and to unite
them with the Trichoptera. While acknowledging their many
points of relationship to that order, which suggest a
common and not very remote origin, I agree with Tillyard
(B., p. 132) that they are true Lepidoptera, differing from
the Trichoptera in (1) the absence of M4 as a separate vein
in the fore-wing: (2) the absence of the characteristic
trichopterous ‘‘ wing-spot”: (3) the wholly different
tracheation of the pupal wings: and (4) in the broad,
striated, lepidopterous scales; while in the points on
which Comstock relies they are at least as closely allied
to the Hemalidae as to the Trichoptera.

Chapman (p. 310) has proposed to separate the genus
Micropteryx as a new order, the Zeugloptera, leaving the
other European genera among the Lepidoptera, mainly on
account of structural differences in the female genital
tube. However important these may be, and I confess
that I am not fully competent to weigh their importance,
they appear to me quite insufficient to justify the forma-
tion of a new order, nor should they close our eyes to the
essential similarity between Micropteryx and the other
genera in so many respects.

Not so long ago only two families were recognised in
the Homoneura, the Micropterygidae and Hepialidae. I
think we may now recognise six or seven. These com-
prise the three subfamilies into which Meyrick has sub-
divided the former group, which are, I consider, fully
entitled to be regarded as separate families, and, more
closely allied to the Hepialidae, the Prototheoridae lately
described by him, and two new families to be described
in this paper. With these introductory remarks I will
proceed to my own observations.

Sabatinca calliplaca Meyr. is found in tropical rain-forest
on hills near the coast of Queensland over an extensive

594 Dr. A. Jefferis Turner’s Observations on the

area. I have taken it, sometimes abundantly, at Mont-
ville (1590 ft.) behind Nambour, on Mt. Tambourine
(1800 ft.), on the McIntyre Range in the National Park
(3000 ft.), and have received it from Kuranda (1000 ft.)
behind Cairns. By denuding * the wings of a number of
specimens I have been able to obtain the sketch of the
neuration shown in Fig. 1. In parts the veins are very
fine and indistinct, and in some examples not traceable,
these I have indicated by single lines, but in all these

Via. 1.—Sabatinca calliplaca Meyr. Fore- and Hind-wings.

instances the veins are visible in some examples under
a low microscope objective. The veins indicated by a
double contour are very distinct. The wing-coupling
apparatus consists of a sharply deflexed jugal lobe (v.)
at the base of the dorsum of the fore-wings, articulating
with a group of bristles on the base of the costa of the
hind-wings, which form a frenulum, as described by Tillyard.
The dotted area in front of the jugum marks the position

* [T have found chemically denuded preparations much more
satisfactory than those prepared by mechanically removing the
sales. The wings are dropped into spirit, transferred to Liq.
Sodae Chlorinatae and immersed. At the right stage, which must
be determined by careful watching with a lens, they are removed
with a wooden paint-brush handle, and jloated, not immersed, on
water acidulated with acetic acid, from this coaxed on to a glass
slide and dried.

2

Pee ae Pateh OP RENE es eR Be ROPES ek me

~

Structure of some Australian Lepidoplera Homoneura. 595

of a group of strong hairs assisting in this articulation;
I propose to call these the prejugal bristles (p.7.). In
the fore-wing the humeral crossbar from the subcostal
near its base to the costal margin, present in some species
of Sabatinca, is not developed; the subcostal branches
into Scl and Sc2, the first radial into Rla and R1b; the
radial sector divides dichotomously; R5 runs to the
apex of the wing; an inter-radial crossbar (7. 7.) is present,
completing the areole, which, as I have elsewhere insisted,
is a primitive structure in the Lepidoptera. That the
absence of a median cell is due to the absence of the inter-
median crossbar consecutive to a distal position of the
bifurcation of M1 and M2, is, I think, proved by Tillyard’s
figure (B., p. 106) of the pupal tracheation of the fore-
wing of Eriocrania. It is a specialised form of reduction
not, I think, found elsewhere among the Lepidoptera.
The Hepialidae (Fig. 8) and several families of the Hetero-
neura like the Cossidae have in this instance preserved a.
more primitive structure. The media has three developed
veins, together with a fourth (M4), which joins the cubitus
at its bifurcation into Cula (really a conjoint vein
Cula + M4) and Culb. Comstock (p. 314) regards this as
a medio-cubital crossbar homologous with that found in
the Trichoptera; but if the Micropterygidae are really
lepidopterous, as I believe, it must be homologous with
M4 as it occurs in the Hepialidae and Heteroneura. The
basal connection of the media and cubitus by the posterior
arculus, which Tillyard (B., p. 637) suggests may be a
fifth branch of the media (M5), is very clearly developed.
This is a primitive structure of which very little, if any,
vestige remains in other groups of Lepidoptera in the
neuration of the imago. . The second branch of the cubitus
is seen arising directly from its main stem. Unfortunately
by most authors, including Comstock (J. c.), this branch
together with the main cubital stem have been mistaken
for the first anal. The first and second anals are repre-
sented by a short loop at the base of a conjoint vein.
The third anal I have not been able to distinguish.

The neuration of the hind-wing is very similar to that
of the fore-wing with some not unimportant differences
due to reduction. The subcostal is branched, but Rl
appears to be so completely absent that no trace remains
to show what has become of it. The clue to its mode of
disappearance is shown in a denuded example of Sabatinca

596 Dr. A. Jefferis Turner’s Observations on the

aurella Philpott, of which species I have dissected several —

examples kindly sent to me by Mr. A. Philpott. In this
(Fig. 3) the termination of RI is seen in some instances
running into Se2, in other examples it is wholly absent
as in calliplaca. In S. chrysargyra Meyr. according to
a figure by Tillyard (A., p. 117), which I have copied
(Fig. 3), R1 is traceable throughout. It is therefore
evident that in this genus R1 of the hind-wings is un-
branched, that it runs into Se2, and that its basal portion

Fic. 2.—Sabatinea aurella Philpott.
Part of Hind-wing.

is often obsolescent or obsolete. The remaining radial
veins and the areole are exactly as in the fore-wings. The
only difference in the median veins is the absence of M4.
It is absent also in my examples of aurella. As M4 in
these species is very feebly represented in the fore-wings,
I do not think its absence in the hind-wings is an important
character. The basal portion of the media is very feebly
developed, and the posterior arculus cannot be traced.

Ser Se2tR/ Ro

Kia. 3.—Sabatinea chrysargyra Meyr.
Part of Hind-wing (after Tillyard).

‘u2 and a solitary anal vein are very feebly developed,
and their basal connections not discernible.

If we compare the neuration of S. calliplaca with those
of some of the larger New Zealand species as given by
Meyrick (A.) and Tillyard (/. ¢.) we find, apart from the
variations of R1 of the hind-wing already noted, that the
former lacks the humeral bar in the fore-wing, and that
there has been a reduction im the anal veins. Whether
these differences are of generic value could be decided
only by an exhaustive examination of the New Zealand
species. For the present, at any rate, we must retain
calliplaca in the genus.

I have found the study of the mouth-parts difficult.

Structure of some Australian Lepidoptera Homoneura. 597

The mandibles are easily seen in microscopical preparations,
but I have not obtained any preparations showing satis-
factorily the structure of the maxillae and labium. In
Fig. 4 I have sketched the mandibles, the five-jointed
maxillary palpi, and the very short three-jointed labial
palpi, which bear some terminal bristles on the third
segment. The antennae consist of short joints bearing

2

cane se
NS

Fra. 4.—Sabatinca calliplaca. Mandibles,
labial palpi, and one maxillary palpus in situ.
(Semi-diagrammatic. )

numerous bristles, and are closely similar to those of
Micropteryx aruncella. In S. aurella the joints are longer,
but otherwise their structure is the same. These antennae
are primitive, inasmuch as there is no differentiation
between dorsal and ventral surfaces, the bristles occurring
in complete whorls. There are no fine cilia, and there
appears to be no differentiation between the sexes. The
posterior tibiae have two pairs of spurs, but the middle
tibiae are without spurs; both are finely spinose, and in
both some of the spines are apical.

mr oe)

Fic. 5.—a, Sabatinca calliplaca. Antennal segments,
b, Sabatinca aurella. Antennal segments.

Sabatinca must be referred to the Micropterygidae
(sensu stricto). It is more primitive than Micropteryx in
the branching of R1 of the fore-wing, and of Sc of the
hind-wing, but is specialised in the fusion of RI of the
hind-wing with Sc2 and partial or complete loss of its
basal part.

I have a second species of Sabatinca from Queensland,
which appears to have exactly the same neuration as
calliplaca, It is—

598 Dr. A. Jefferis Turner’s Observations on the

Sabatinea sterops, n. sp. (otéooy, flashing, dazzling).

$ 2. 69 mm. Head ochreous. Antennae whitish-ochreous,
with a dark-fuscous ring at about }. Thorax shining pale-yellow.
Abdomen pale-grey, in g ochreous tinged. Fore-wings narrowly
elongate-oval; shining pale-yellow; three dark-fuscous dots on
costa, near base, at }, and on middle; a similar smaller dot in
middle of disc between first two costal-dots; a dark-fuscous streak
from mid-dorsum obliquely outwards towards third costal dot,
but not reaching beyond middle of disc, broad on dorsum; a round,
shining, brassy blotch before apex reaching from costa to dorsum ;
cilia shining pale-yellow. Hind-wings broadly lanceolate; cilia 1;
pale-grey; cilia pale-grey.

NortH QUEENSLAND: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June,
Innisfail in November; Mourilyan Harbour, near Innis-
fail, in July; six specimens.

While camped at an altitude of 3000 ft. in the Queens-
land National Park in the McIntyre Range, among luxuriant
rain-forest, consisting of se jungle with large numbers
of tree- ferns, between Dec. 2 27th, 1920, and Jan. 3rd, 1921,
I took a small moth, which promised to be of great interest.
It appears to be of lethargic habit, and I did not see it
on the wing. Four specimens in all were secured (one
of these has since been dissected) by sweeping the foliage
of certain ferns and climbers attached to tree-trunks, or
by beating the long sprays of moss hanging from twigs.
The neuration of this species, to which ia give the generic
name Palacoses, is shown in Fig. 6. The fore- -wing 18
provided with a small acute jugal lobe, which is “not
deflexed, but projects downwards nearly in the same
plane as the wing, and there is no frenulum on the hind-
wing. ‘The wing-coupling is therefore jugate, and of the
same structure as occurs in the Hepialidae. In the fore-
wing the subcostal gives off a short humeral cross-bar to
the costa near the base of the wing, and divides into Sel
and Se2, the former vein being very short. R1 is undivided,
and the radial sector divides dichotomously, but its lower
branches are deflected dorsad, so that R3, R4 and R5 run
to the termen, while R2 reaches the costa shortly before
the apex. In this it contrasts sharply with Sabatinca
and with most Lepidoptera except the Hepialidae, in which
the terminal ending of these veins is a usual character.
There is no inter-radial, so that the areole is undeveloped.
The media arises out of the cubitus, the bases of these

Structure of some Australian Lepidoptera Homoneura. 599

veins being fused for a considerable distance; and there
is no trace of the posterior arculus. There is no median
cell, but on the analogy of Anomoses, as will be shown
presently, I assume that its absence is due to the loss of
the upper primary branch of the media, not to the loss of
the intermedian as in Sabatinca. The three median veins
are well-developed, but there is no trace of M4, which
should unite the media with Cula. As a consequence the
lepidopterous cell is left open, but a spurious cell, very
much resembling it, is bounded beneath by the media and
its lower primary branch. The cubitus divides into Cula

Fra. 6.—Palacoses scholastica Turn, Fore- and Hind-wings.

and Culd very near its termination, the latter vein being
short and weak, but there is no trace of Cu2. There is a
solitary anal vein with no U-loop at its base. The neura-
tion of the hind-wing differs only in the absence of the
humeral cross-bar, the absence of branching of the sub-
costal, and the absence of any anal vein, although the
anal area of the wing is rather large. The structure of
the antennae is of primitive undifferentiated type as in
Sabatinca. Mandibles and maxillary palpi are absent,
but the labial palpi are fairly large and covered with
rather long hairs. ‘Tibial spurs are absent as in the
Hemalidae.

Before discussing the systemic position of this curious

¥
Bai"
*
f ms Nig Srl =, “
a

600 Dr. A. Jefferis Turner’s Observations on the

form, it will be well first to consider the structure of
Anomoses Turn. (p. 391). As this at present consists of
a unique type, it cannot be dissected, but by careful
denuding of the underside of the wings with a small brush
moistened with spirit I have been able to make a trust-
worthy sketch of its neuration. A small pointed jugal
lobe, not deflexed, is present as in Palaeoses. There are
a large number of fine bristles or hairs from the costa
of the hind-wing near its base which may represent a
frenulum, and the same thing may be noted of Palaeoses,
and is recorded by Meyrick (/.¢.) in Prototheora. In
neuration Anomoses has suffered less reduction, but shows

Tia. 7.—Anomoses hyloecetis Turn. Fore- and Hind-wings.

a structure from which that of the former genus may
have been evolved. In the fore-wing the subcostal and
radial veins show no difference, except that R3 ends just
on the costal side of apex. The media is unbranched,
and cannot be traced back far, but M4 is distinct and
completes the lepidopterous cell. There are two internal
veins, whose basal connections I have not been able to
make out, and I am uncertain whether they represent
Cu2 and Al, or Al and A2. In the hind-wing M4 can
again be distinctly seen. The media is most interesting,
for the primary median fork (m. f.) has been preserved and
is quite near the base of the wing; the upper branch of
the media is obsolete except at its extreme base; if this
had been completely lost the result would have been the
condition observed in the fore-wing, and in both wings of

t Whe
rey, ad

Structure of some Australian Lepidoptera Homoneura. 601

Palaeoses, and J believe it is in this way that they have
evolved. I can detect no internal veins in the hind-wing,
but as this part of the wing is very difficult to observe in
my solitary example, I cannot say whether any are present
or not.

In Anomoses the antennae, which are very short (4),
are primitive with whorls of fine bristles. The labial
palpi are rather long, and covered with long hairs. The
posterior tibiae have two pairs of long spurs; the middle
tibiae, which are densely scaled, have a pair of rather
short terminal spurs. I can discover no mandibles, but
it is impossible to say that they may not be concealed by
hairs. In my original description (Turner, p. 391) I

‘A Ci Gh, 1G

Fic. 8.—Fraiis crocea Luc. Fore- and Hind-Wings.

stated that the maxillary palpi were “long, folded.” 1
can detect what may be not long, but rather short maxillary.
palpi concealed by hairs, but am not sure of their existence.

We are now in a position to discuss the affinities of
Anomoses and Palaeoses. We will commence with the
former. In spite of the presence of tibial spurs and the
structure of the antennae, both Micropterygid characters,
the neuration shows that it has closer affinities with the
Hepialidae. This may be understood by a comparison
with the neuration of Fraiis crocea Luc. (Fig. 8). No stress
can be laid on the forking of the fore-wing subcostal, as
this, though rare in the Hepialidae, occurs in Sthenopis
(Comstock, p. 329); nor on the absence of any forking
of R1 in the fore-wing, as this vein is single in Micropteryz.
The Hepialid characters are (1) the absence of the inter-
radial and consequently of the areole: (2) the dorsad

602 Dr. A. Jefferis Turner’s Observations on the

deflection of the last two or three radial veins: (3) the -

basal forking of the media in the hind-wing : (4) the presence
of an inter-median : (5) the fusion of the bases of the media
and cubitus in the fore-wing (not indeed discernible in my
example of Anomoses, but evident in Palaeoses), with the
absence of the posterior arculus. That it cannot be included
in the Hzpialidae we may infer from (1) the absence of
the characteristic angular junction of M4 and Cu la:
(2) the obsolescence of the upper primary fork of the media :
(3) the absence of the cross-bar between the cubital and
anal veins (Cua) which appears to be constant in that
family: (4) the presence of tibial spurs. It comes nearer
to the Prototheoridae in which Cua is not developed, and
tibial spurs are present. From Meyrick’s description
(B., p. 17) and Tillyard’s figure (B., p. 648) of Prototheora
we may infer a real relationship between the two genera,
but Anomoses differs (1) in the vein M4 and the basal part
of Cula being almost in the same line, not angled, a
character I consider of much importance: (2) in the loss
of the upper primary branch of the media: (3) in the
absence of any U-loop at the base of the anal vein of the
fore-wing. Taken together these characters seem sufficient
for the separation of a new family, the Anomosetidae.
Should further material show the absence of mandibles,
possibly also of maxillary palpi in Anomoses, this con-
clusion will be strengthened. It is possible, however, that
intermediate forms may be discovered compelling the
merging of the two families. We may define the family
as follows.

Fam. ANOMOSETIDAE, nov.

Mandibles absent ?. Maxillary palpi present ?. Labial palpi well-
developed. Antennae very short, with whorls of bristles. Posterior
tibiae with two pairs of spurs; middle tibiae with terminal spurs.
Fore-wings with two internal veins, cell closed, internal vein of cell
single, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, separate, parallel, discocellulars not angled at
origin of 3, no areole, 7 and 8 stalked and running to termen,
9 and 10 long-stalked, 11 not branched, 12 giving off a branch to
costa, and with a humeral cross-bar near base. Hing-wings similar
(? internal veins), but internal vein of cell with a basal fork indicated,
12 not branched and without humeral cross-bar. Wing-coupling
by a non-deflexed jugum on base of dorsum of fore-wing.

Structure of some Australian Lepidoptera Homoneura. 605

With regard to Palaeoses the case is clearer. The much
reduced neuration and the absence of mandibles, maxillary
palpi, and tibial spurs entitle it to family rank. These
differences may indeed have been evolved from a form
resembling Anomoses by a simple process of reduction, and
I consequently regard the Palaeosetidae as derived from
the Anomosetidae. It only remains to describe the new
family, genus, and species.

Fam. PALAEOSETIDAE, nov.

Mandibles and maxillary palpi absent. Labial palpi well-
developed. Antennae with whorls of bristles. Tibiae without
spurs. Fore-wings with a single anal vein, 1 absent, 2 and 3 long-
stalked, cell open between 3 and 4, internal vein of cell single,
4, 5, 6 separate and parallel, 7 and 8 stalked and running to termen,
9 and 10 long-stalked, 11 unbranched, 12 giving off a branch, and
also with a humeral cross-bar near base. Hind-wings similar but
without anal vein, subcostal not branched, and without humeral
cross-bar. Wing-coupling effected by a non-deflexed jugum from
base of dorsum of fore-wing.

Gen. PALAEOSES, nov. (zadaidc, ancient, o7j¢, a moth).

Palpi moderate (about 1), porrect, expanded with long rough
hairs towards apex, terminal joint concealed. Antennae very short
(about 7), similar in both sexes. Fore-wings with vein 9 to termen.

Palaeoses scholastica, n. sp. (oyvodaotixdc, sluggish).

36 2. 14-18 mm. ‘Head, palpi and thorax fuscous with some
pale-ochreous irroration. Antennae fuscous, basal joints partly
pale-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous; tuft large. Legs fuscous,
irrorated, and tarsi annulated with pale ochreous. Fore-wings
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
termen long, bowed, oblique; fuscous, sparsely irrorated with pale-
ochreous scales, more densely on dorsal and terminal margins;
cilia fuscous, with indistinct pale-ochreous bars containing dark-
fuscous points. Hind-wings subovate, rather narrow towards base,
broadly expanded distally, apex round-pointed, termen rounded;
cilia $; fuscous; cilia fuscous.

QUEENSLAND : National Park (3000 ft.) in December and
January; three specimens.

REFERENCES. _

1. Comstock and NeErEpHAM,

1898.
2. Comsrock, “ The Wings of Insects,” 1918.
3. CHAPMAN, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1916. : <a
4, TrttyarD, (A.) Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1918; (Bae

ib. 1919. ; oa
5. Meyrick, (A.) Genera Insect., Micropterygidae; (B.)

Ann. 8. Afric. Mus., xvii, 1917. Re
TuRNER, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1916.

JANUARY 28, 1922.

--E ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

THE FELLOWSHIP AND FEES.

ellows pay an Admission Fee of £3 3s. The Annual Contribution of £2 2s,
te on the first day of January in each year, and is payable in advance.

\ll Fees should be paid to the Treasurer, Mr. W. G. Sheldon, at 41, Queen’s

(3, S.W.7, and not to the Secretarics.

Fellows desiring to pay their Annual Contribution through their bankers can

ain an official form of banker’s order by applying to the Treasurer.

Fellows whose Contributions for the current year have been paid are entitled
to receive the publications of the Society free of charge. Further copies may be
purchased at reduced prices by applying to the Librarian.

- Forms of application for Fellowship, copies of the Bye-laws and the List of
Fellows may be obtained from the Secretaries.

MEETINGS AND EXHIBITIONS.

Intending exhibitors are required to send in their names and the nature of their
exhibits to the Secretaries before noon on the day of the meeting, in order that they
may be called upon from the chair. Descriptive notes of all exhibits should be
handed to the Secretaries at the same meeting for printing in the Proceedings. If
the lantern is required, a week’s notice must be given.

Fellows resident abroad, or who are otherwise unable to attend, are reminded that
any specimens, notes, or observations they may send to the Secretaries will be
considered by the Council, with a view to exhibition or reading at the meetings

of the Society.

PAPERS AND ILLUSTRATIONS,

Fellows desiring to communicate papers to the Society must send the full titles of
such papers to the Secretaries at the Society’s rooms, 41, Queen’s Gate, London,
S.W. 7, at least fourteen days prior to the date of the meeting at which it is
proposed that such papers shall be read.

Authors proposing to illustrate their papers should communicate with the
Secretaries before the drawings are executed. The Council recommend that the size
of the work on plates should be limited to 64 ins. by 4 ins., and in no case will it be
allowed to exceed 6} ins. by 43 ins.

Attention is called to the Instructions to Authors issued with Part I of each
volume, which may also be obtained at the Office of the Society. Inattention to
these regulations may involve an author in considerable expense.

WANTED.

The Society desires to purchase volumes or parts of the Transactions for the
years 1907, 1908, and 1912.

al
CONTENTS OF PARTS IIL, IV.

Arrow (Gilbert J., F.Z.S.). IX. A List of the Brett Clan of Indo-
China, with descriptions of new species

DonisTHORPE (Horace, F.Z.S., etc.). X. Mimicry of rere be ottien Arihsopeds
Exrrineuam (H., M.A., D.Sc., F. ony XIII. On the African ak of the
Genus Neptis Pa Diy © iis

FarquHarson (The late Charles Ogilvie, M. ree B. Sc., Pe Eh XII. Five
Years’ Observations (1914- 1918) on the Bionomies of Southern Nigerian
Insects, chiefly directed to the Investigation of Lycaenid Life-histories and
to the Relation of Lycaenidae, Diptera, and other Insects to Ants

StoanE (Thomas G.). XIV. On the number of joints in the antennae of
Haliplidae and Paussidae (Coleoptera)... aad “ite Nes wae a

TurnER (A. Jefferis, M.D.). XV. Observations on the Structure of some
Australian pe ie gs Homoneura, including the Diagnoses of two new
Families .. oe

WitHyYcoMBE (C. L). XI. On the Life-history of Boreus hyemalis L.

MEETINGS
TO BE HELD IN THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS
» QurEN’s Gatr, 8.W. 7
Session 1921-1922.

1922.
Wednesday, February

The Chair will be taken at Shige o'clock.

a

THE LIBRARY

is open to Fellows and their friends every day from 10 a.m. to
6 p.m., except Saturdays, when it closes at 1 p.m. On the nights

of meeting it remains open until 10 p.m.

aay
_ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,

BUNGAY, SUFFOLK,

PART V. April 13, 1922.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

1921.

WITH ONE PLATE

LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AND
SOLD AT ITS ROOMS, 41, QUEEN’S GATE, S.W. 7

[Price 12s. 0d.]

THE ENTOMOLOGIC Ag SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.
PATRON—HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1921-1922.

Tur Rr. Hon. Lonp ROTHSCHILD, M.A., F.R.S., Erc., President.

G. T. Bernune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. |

J. Hartitey DURRANT.

Comm. JamEs J. WaLKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS. J
W. G. Sueipon, F.Z.8., Treasurer.

S. A. Nzaveg, M.A., D.8Sc., F.Z.S.
H. Rowtanp-Browny, M.A.

Vice-Presidents.

; Secretaries.

Henry J. Turner, Librarian.

Council.
Rosert ADKIN. G. A. K. MArsHALL, O.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
H. E. ANDREWES. Cart. N. D. KILEY.
G. GC. Cuampion, A.L.S., F.Z.S. Carr. THE Rev. J. Waterston, B.D.,
A. D. Ins, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. D.Sc.

J. J. Jorcey, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. | Tue Rev. Gzorck WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S.

Finance and House Comanittee.
G. A. K. Marsuaus, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. (Chairman).
RoserT ADKIN. G. BrerHe.t, F.R. Hist.S.
G. T. Bernune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.S. H. Kxurrincuam, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S.
E. C. BEDWELL. W. G. F. NELSON.

Publication Comivittee.
G. T. Beraune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Chairman).
J. HARTLEY DURRANT. Pror. E. B. Poutron, D.Sc., F.R.S., ete.
G.A.K. MARSHALL, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.Z.S. | Comm. J. J. WaLkeER, R.N., F.L.S.
THE Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.Z.5. Tp Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S.

Library Committee.
J. Harriey Durrant (Chairman),
G. Beruewy, F.R.Hist.8. §. Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
K. G, BLair. Tur Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.Z.S.
J. E. ‘Couun, F.Z.S. L. B. Provt.

the present series, 1868-1887, is sold at 10s. to Fellows. The volumes for 1868-
1890, in sets of not less than five, as well as the five of the Third Series (1862-1867),
can be obtained by Fellows at greatly reduced prices on application to the Librarian.
The following is a price list of recently published parts of the TRANSACTIONS—
1917.—Part I, 17s. 6d., to Fellows, 13s. 9d; Parts II, III, IV, 17s. 0d., to
Fellows, 12s. 9d.; Part V, 6s. 0d., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.
1918.—Parts I, II, £1 2s., to Fellows, 16s. 6d.; Parts III, IV, 14s. 0d., to
Fellows, 10s. 6d.; Part V, 6s., to Fellows, 4s. 6d.
1919.—Parts I, II, £1 17s., to Fellows, £1 7s. 9d. : Parts III, 1V, £1 11s. 0d.,
to Fellows, £1 3s. 3d.; Part V, 9s., to Fellows, 6s. 9d.
1920.—Parts I, II, £1 8s., to Fellows £1 1s. ; Parts III, IV, V, £1 10s. Od., to
Fellows, £1 2s. 6d.
1921.—Parts I, II, £1 14s., to Fellows £1 5s. 6d.; Parts ILI, IV, £2 8s. 0d., to
Fellows, £1 16s. Od.; Part V, 12s., to Fellows 9s.
The 1893 CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY, with Supplement to 1900, is published
at 10s. ; to Fellows, 7s. The Supplement only, 4s. 6d. ; to Fellows, 3s.

ay Se are
| gee -
or an > *

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

192:

LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AND SOLD AT ITS ROOMS,
41 QUEEN'S GATE, S.W.7

1921-1922.

The following poem on the entrance of The Entomological Society
of London into its new home was specially written for the
occasion by Professor Selwyn Image, M.A., and was read by
the President at the General Meeting held on March 16, 1921.

THE ENTRANCE OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON INTO ITS NEW HOME, Marcu 2, 1921

Lone time in home not ours we’ve patient dwelt,
Or vainly voiced those inmost yearnings felt

For some far worthier site, at last our own,

Where we might house thee, Mistress ; where atone
For a dull world’s neglect, that passed thee by
Alas! such ages with scant courtesy.

Years gone thy servants made demand by right

Of Powers that were to note thy straitened plight,
And grant thee a refuge seemly, as might be

A decorous shrine for service due to thee.

O most insensate World, of eyesight blurred

To Nature’s Truth and Beauty—jostling herd

Of purblind fawners on but name or place—

No more, thank Heaven, now need we pray your grace
For our fair Mistress rest to find at length,

And lead her votaries on from strength to strength.
Nay, of themselves they’ve found, and founded well,
A Home at last wherein she'll deign to dwell !

See, see, strait Winter yields to burgeoning Spring —
Young flowers are born, fond birds awake to sing !
Yea, all but heard the cuckoo’s voice draws near,
And far-fled swallows brood on hastening here :
While heaven’s pale sky of tremulous blue takes on
A tenderer glory from the lengthening sun,

And Psyche-Forms of gold beneath his ray

Roused from their sleep float up the greening way !
In such glad hour renascent lo! we come,

Aurelian Brothers, to our new-found Home :

What happier presage, say, could e’er there be
Than Springtide’s greeting to our company ?

Nor doubt but o’er us, though unseen, descend

The hailing Spirits of full many a Friend

Of years gone by. Great names their roll displays
From that first list of pre-Victorian days

Down to the last, whose loss we newly mourn,

Rapt hence, yet sure to no unmindful bourne.

iL c or
In yet more knowledge and yet more, asnow
With ampler means we ampler gains must show : ;
Nor idly bide, whilst Nature day by day
Out from her store exhaustless yields display
Of Beauty and Wisdom in close concert blent
To work for her Life’s endless Wonderment.

So runs our dream, our prayer, our heart’s desire :

Our wills, great Goddess, with but strength inspire !

Ss.
March 14, 1921,

THE

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1921.

Wednesday, February 2nd, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuitp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Nomination of Vice-Presidents.

The PRestpENT announced that he had nominated Mr.
@. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.LS., F.Z.S., Mr. J. Hartiry
Durrant, and Comm. James J. Watxer, M.A., R.N., F.LS.,

as Vice-Presidents for the ensuing session.

Appointment of Finance, Publications, and Labrary
Committees.

He also announced the formation of the three following
Committees in place of the Business Committees, and the
names of the Fellows appointed to serve thereon in addition
to the Executive Officers.

(1) Finance :—Messrs. R. Avkin, KE, C. BrDWELL, G.
Betuety, G. T. Beruune-Baker, Dr. H. EvrrrncHam, Dr.
Guy Marsuatt, Mr. W. G. F. NELson.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., V, 1921. A

-* ae,.9 oy ~, oc? Sh ea

-

(2) Publications :—Messrs. G. T. Beroune-Baker, J. C.
Cotirn, J. H. Durrant, the Rev. F. D. Morice, Prof. E. B.
Poutton, H. RowLanp-Brown, Comm. J. J. WALKER.

(3) Library :—Messrs. G. Betuett, K. G. Buarr, J. C.
Cotuin, J. H. Durrant, 8. Epwarps, Rev. F. D. Morice,
Mr. C. B. Provt.

Vote of Thanks to the Medical Society.

The PRESIDENT announced that the next meeting (March 2)
would be held at 41, Queen’s Gate, and proposed a vote of
thanks to the Medical Society for their past courtesy and con-
sideration; Mr. W. G. SHELDON seconded, and gave an outline
of the history of the Society at Chandos St. This was carried
unanimously.

Exhibitions.

BIoNOMICS OF CIMEX HIRUNDINIS.—Mr. A. Bacor exhibited
living specimens of Cimex hirundinis and stated that of a
small number of specimens of this bug taken from a deserted
house-martin’s nest in October a male and female were kept
in a gauze-covered box and given opportunities of feeding
upon human blood. They fed sparingly, but as they showed
no signs of breeding they were then placed in a cool room at
10° C. and subsequently transferred to a cold room at about
0° C. After a month they were brought to room temperature,
and then kept at 28° C. and afforded opportunities of feeding
on man. They fed more vigorously than hitherto, and were
observed to pair frequently. The female increased consider-
ably in bulk as though developing ova, but no eggs were laid.
The insects were then given the chance of feeding on a pigeon,
and were observed to take blood two or three times, while
they also continued to feed on human blood as well. A few
fertile eggs were laid, and the young bugs which hatched in
due course accepted human blood, but had not fed on the
pigeon. One of the young bugs had moulted.

STRIDULATING ORGANS IN HoLocera, ete.—Dr, K. JorDAN
exhibited some specimens of the Saturniid genera Holocera,
India and Orthogonioptilum, and said :—

If the sexes of a species of insect differ in secondary char-

a Pe Ss ety a, eh <
oF ee oe — . t?
es ;

iil

acters, it is usually the male which is the more advanced or
complex, apart from such special structures which serve the
welfare of the offspring, as for instance the anal wool of many
female moths and the long rostrum of some female weevils.
We are so accustomed to find that it is the male which has a
stridulating organ, or a scent-organ, or more strongly pecti-
nated antennae, etc., that exceptions come as a surprise.
In the literature on organic evolution, that which is usual is
frequently taken as expressing a general law. The exceptions,
however, prove that we have to deal with adaptations which
appear again and again only as long as circumstances require
or permit it. Like the human laws, the direction which
evolution takes depends on internal and external factors and
is not fixed as is often maintained ( Orthogenesis’’). In
this connection the exceptions from the usual are of great
interest. The African Saturniids exhibited may serve as an
illustration. The females of Holocera and Ludia have a kind
of stridulating organ which is absent from the males. The
underside of the fore-wing bears before the tornus a large
area of peculiarly modified scales, which are so twisted that
their surfaces are more or less vertical on the wing, the scales
presenting the anterior and apical edges to the observer.
On the hind-wing the corresponding portion of the costal
margin is incrassate and bears a variable number of spikes,
which stand upright and scrape on the fore-wing when the
wings are in motion. Although entomologists who have
handled live specimens do not seem ever to have heard the
moth produce a sound, the apparatus has the appearance of
a stridulating organ. The sound may be imperceptible to
the human ear.

Dr. K. Jordan further exhibited two species of Graphipterus
from Algeria and demonstrated the stridulating organ which
Pocock has described in Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), x, p. 154 (1902).
G. rotundatus Klug (1830) is common in the sandy desert
and frequents the hillocks of loose sand crowned by bushes
of Limoniastrum or Tamarix. On the Central Plateau of
Algeria, at Guelt-es-Stel, we found a small-spotted form,
G. peletieri Casteln. (1847), in association with Cicindela
truquii Guér. (1855). The resemblance between the Cicindela

iv

and the Graphipterus is very slight in the cabinet, yet they
could not be distinguished when they sped through the low
herbage under the glaring sun.

Dr. C. J. Ganan remarked upon the great interest of the
discovery of stridulatory organs in the female of Henucha,
and the fact that they were not present in the male. The
only other instance known to him in which these organs
appeared to be confined to the female sex was that of Phonapate
—a genus of beetles of the family Bostrichidae. In reference
to Graphipterus variegatus Klug, he said that although stridu-
lation in that species had been made known by Lefebvre in
1832, and referred to by Lacordaire in his ‘* Genera des Coleo-
ptéres,”’ their observations had escaped his notice until after
the publication of his paper on the Stridulating Organs of
Coleoptera, in the Society’s Transactions for 1900. He had
also overlooked an interesting paper by Dr. K. Escherich on
the Anatomy and Biology of Paussus turcicus Friv. (Zool.
Jahrb. 1898), in which stridulatory organs present in that
species are described and figured. Quite recently, when
investigating the characters of some types of Paussidae, he
had independently noticed the existence of stridulatory
organs in the genus Paussus, and found them present In every
species of that genus which he had examined, as well as in
the allied genus Hylotorus Dalm. In both of these genera,
there is on each side of the base of the abdomen.an areuate
series of short, sharp ridges, while near the apex of each hind
femur, on the dorsal side, is a small file-like area, which is
scraped by the ridges on the abdomen when the leg is rotated,
In the two known species of the Paussid genus, Platyrho-
palopsis Desneux, he found stridulatory organs also present,
but there the file consists of a series of fine, closely-placed,
and somewhat radiating striae on each side of the metasternum,
and the scraping of the file is effected by one or two small
teeth or tubercles set on a protuberance near the base of the
femur of the middle leg. A third species had been added to
the genus by Canon Fowler; but this species was without
stridulatory organs, and he was, therefore, not surprised to
learn from Father Wasmann that, on quite other grounds,
Fowler’s species had already been removed from the genus

%.. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921, Plate A.

*() auttsooyeyd ouo ‘(9-+) sprzyaut0a4y 90143 ‘(€-1) sp1jaq e214],
‘oz61 HOUVW :'S'N'A ‘MOONVIES ‘NLOM LINNa LY LHSITA AYOLVYDIN V

‘oqoyd ‘uosurqoy paafip

Fic. I.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE A.

Delias ninus Wall. : one of the 5 males.
pyramus Wall.: one of the 3 males taken with
1 female. The pattern is similar in the sexes,
but the female is larger.
aglaia L. f. parthenope Wall.: the single male
captured.

Dysphania (Buschema) glaucescens Walk. (Geometridae
Hemitheinae): one of the 4 males taken
with 2 females. The patterns are similar.

(Huschema) militaris L. f. selangora Swinh. :
the single male taken.
- (Euschema) excubitor Moore, probably a form of
subrepleta Walk.: the single male taken.

Psaphis camadeva Dbl. (Zygaenidae, Chalcosiinae) : the

single male taken.

7a. Under surface of 7, showing, in the yellow pattern of

hind-wing, incipient mimicry of Dysphania.

7b. A female of P. camadeva from Java, showing the mimicry

of Dysphania, especially D. excubitor, fig. 6.

Vv

Platyrhopalopsis. He believed the presence or absence of
stridulatory organs to be a character of considerable systematic
importance within the limits of a family, and what little he
had observed in the Paussidae tended to confirm him in that
belief.

Rare Locust rrom Costa Rica.—Mr. O. E. Janson
exhibited a fine and perfect specimen of Markia hystrix,
Westw., a rare and remarkable locust received from Costa
Rica, and directed attention to its evident protective char-
acters in its curious cryptic coloration and the strongly spinose
armature of the head, pronotum and legs.

PIERINE BUTTERFLIES AND MIMETIC MOTHS MIGRATING
FROM ONE VALLEY TO ANOTHER IN SELANGOR, F.M.S.—Prof.
Poutton exhibited the whole of the captured examples of
the morning and evening migrations at Bukit Kutu described
in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1920, p. Ixiii. The eight additional
specimens kindly sent by Mr. A. R. Sanperson.and Mr.
T. R. Harvey, included another species of Delias and also
of Dysphania. The complete series of nineteen was as
follows :—

Delias ninus Wall.—5 3g. Delias pyramus Wall.,--3 3,
19. Delias aglaia L., £. parthenope Wall.,—1 3. Dysphania
(Buschema) glaucescens Walk.,—4 3, 2 2. Dysphania (Eus-
chema) militaris L., f. selangora Swinh.,— 1 3. Dysphania
(Euschema) excubitor Moore, probably f. of subrepleta Walk. ,—
1 3. Psaphis (Canerkes) camadeva Dbl.,—1 3:

To this series a female of P. camadeva from Java had been
added in order to show the perfection of the mimetic resem-
blance to D. (£.) excubitor. One of the additional specimens
now received thus verified the prediction ventured upon in
the 1920 Proceedings (p. lxiv) :—

“ Although during flight, the female P. camadeva would
resemble D. glaucescens and, far more closely, D. militaris, it
was probable that the better model D. subrepleta and perhaps
other Dysphanias would be found to accompany the Delias
in their migratory flights in Selangor.”

And now excubitor (believed by Mr. L. B. Prout, who had
kindly made this determination and verified the other
species of Dysphania, to be a form of subrepleta) was shown

-

vi

to have been captured in the migrating stream, between
March 5 and 13, 1920.

It was to be observed that there were only three females
among the nineteen specimens captured—one of Delias
pyramus and two of Dysphania glaucescens. It was not
unlikely that the proportion would have increased at a later
date, or perhaps during wet weather. Certain hitherto
unpublished observations supported the conclusion that
female Lepidoptera, butterflies as well as moths, migrated in
large numbers in these latter conditions.

J. Rober, writing ““ On Mimicry and Allied Phenomena in
Butterflies > (Entom. Mitteilungen, Bd. x, No. 1, Jan. 5, 1921,
p. 23), reversed the usual interpretation and considered that
“the Dysphania species might rather be considered as
‘mimics,’ because the widely distributed Dysphania militaris
closely resembles an also widely distributed Anthrocerid
(Zygaenid) Canerkes euschemoides, a protected species.”

The relative rarity of Psaphis (Canerkes) compared with
Dysphania, as shown in this migrating series and in collections
generally, as well as the fact that the close resemblance in
camadeva is confined to the female, disproves Roéber’s suggestion
and confirms the commonly accepted hypothesis.

A letter recently received from Mr. A. R. Sanderson con-
tains the following additional information as to the conditions
in which the exhibited specimens were captured :—

“Some of the specimens were taken in the mornings as
well as the evenings, both by Mr. T. R. Harvey and myself,
but I cannot say now in what proportions, as no records were
kept at the time. When I say that the visibility was never
at a maximum, I mean that the insects appeared in greatest
numbers either before the sun was fairly up or when it was
rapidly sinking in the evening. Dull evenings with promise
of mist later on gave the best show I think and all the insects
appeared to be in a desperate hurry to cross the ridge. Once
the sun was well up only occasional stragglers were noticed.
Very occasional specimens of Delias appeared on the crest
during the day, but none were captured. These may have
been odd ones which failed to get over the previous evening.
This is, however, purely speculative.”

el ee “2

vil

A Hypsip MOTH INSPECTED AND NEGLECTED BY GECKOs.—
Prof. Pounron exhibited a female Hypsa (Asota) alciphron
Cram. (caricae F.), referred to in the following note written
Nov. 21, 1920, from Kuala Lumpur, F.M.S., by Mr. W. A.
Lamborn :—

““T was much interested to watch last night the attitude
of some Geckos on the ceiling of my dining-room to some
moths, the selection exercised being so very definite. The
moth No. 28 sat for a very long time at one place, where three
separate Geckos came up and inspected it, but passed by
on the other side, not molesting it. Neither did the moth
move at all. The Geckos made frantic rushes at other sitting
moths, occasionally securing one, but many were too alert
for them. Certain small moths, however, which made no
attempt to escape were passed by. I must make a long
handle to my net and secure a series.”

Musca AUTUMNALIS DE G. (corvinA F.), HIBERNATING AS
IN PREVIOUS YEARS IN A LOFT IN THE ISLE oF WicHtT.—Prof,
PovutTon said that he entered the loft at St. Helens on Dec. 16,
1920, and found many patches of flies. The numbers appeared
to be greater than in any winter except that of 1914-15 when
they were first observed. (Proc. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1915,
Pp. Xxi.)

Mr. H. Sr. J. DonistHorpPeE exhibited a number of workers
of Acanthomyops (Dendrolasius) fuliginosus, all of which had
workers of Acanthomyops (Chthonolasius) umbratus fastened
by their mandibles on to their legs, etc. These ants were
taken at Woking on August 27, 1915, when a fierce battle
was taking place between the two species; the former en-
deavouring to turn the latter out of their nest, which was
situated in the hollow base of a birch tree. All the wmbratus
were eventually killed, and the fuliginosus took possession of
the tree. It seemed a good opportunity to note how soon
the new nest became infested with Myrmecophiles, and
consequently he had visited this tree from time to time from
August 1915 to November 1920. During this five years
some thirty species of Myrmecophiles have established them-
selves in the nest. The following is a list of the species taken
(all of which Mr. Donisthorpe exhibited),-and they are listed

hall |
vill
in the order in which they were found, but only the dates of
visits are mentioned when an additional species to the list
was found.

Mr. Donisthorpe commented on some of the species, and
also on the colony-founding of the ant.

Woking, August 27, 1915.

Battle between A. (D.) fuliginosus and A. (C.) umbratus.
1. Myrmedonia lugen 4) Running about among the ants.
2. 2 cognata + These three species must have

Phyllomyza lasiae | followed the fuliginosus.

co

May 10, 1916.

4. Myrmedonia laticollis.
Tropidopria fuliginosa.

OU

August 17, 1917.

6. Scatopse transversalis var.
7. Amphotis marginata and No. 2 also present.

March 19, 1920.
8. Myrmedonia funesta,
9, Quedius brevis.
10. Microglossa gentilis.
11. Harpactes homberqi.
12. Apiochaeta aequalis.
13. Apiochaeta ciliata.

April 4, 1920.
14. Myrmedonia limbata and Nos. 2, 8 and 9 also present.

May 30, 1920.

15. Oxypoda vittata,

16. Ptenidium formicetorum.

17. Beckia albina.

18. Limosina curtiventris.

19. Loxotropa fiuliginosi Box, sp. n.

20. Laelaps (Laelapsis) cuneifer and Nos. 3, 8, 9, 10, and
larvae of 9 also present.

—

eee a
i

1X

June 20, 1920.
21. Ptenidium laevigatum and Nos. 3, 9, 10, 13, 14, and

pupae of 9 also present.
92. Chalcid bred from Quedius brevis pupa.

August 14, 1920.

23. Ceraphron fuliginost Box, sp. 0; and Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 9 and 16 also present.

September 27, 1920.
24. Othius myrmecophilus.
25. Spalangia erythromera.
26. Lagynodes niger var. aterior Box, var. n.
27. Aspilota nervosa.
98. Tetrilus diversus. Very young spiders and egg-sack
on centre of nest.
29. Quedius mesomelinus and Nos. 2, 3, 8, 9, 11 and 14
also present.
November 4, 1920.

30. Eggs and pupae of Dipteron on centre of nest. The
pupae are from larvae taken on November 4. Nos. 2, 3, 8,
9, 11, 14 and 27 also present.

Mr. Lacuian Gres showed several female forms of Chryso-
phanus dispar, bred and reared by Capt. Bagwell-Purefoy,
1920, in his butterfly “ house’’ at Maidstone, Kent. He finds
that after eight years’ breeding the upper sides of 2 have
become somewhat darker. The under sides have the bluish
sheen on them like British dispar in contradistinction to
French and Dutch examples, which are grey. But the broad
orange band on underside has diminished.

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

“Notes on the Orthoptera in the British Museum. I.
The Group of Euprepoenemini,” by Dr. B. P. Uvarov.

“Notes on Synonymy and on some types of Oriental
Carabidae in various foreign collections,” by H. E, ANDREWES.

al

Wednesday, March 2nd, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuinp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., ete.,
President, in the Chair.

This being the first meeting held at the Society's new
premises, 41, Queen’s Gate, S. Kensington, 8.W., the
PRESIDENT delivered an address of welcome to the very large
number of Fellows and Visitors present.

ad

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. G. F. C. Witiert, of Sipetong, British North Borneo,
was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions.

The PrestpENT exhibited a number of gynandromorphous
Lepidoptera, in most cases accompanied by the normal 33
and 99 of the species. Of special interest were a half and
half gynandromorph of the vapourer moth (Orgyia antiqua) ;
one of the Aegeriid moth, Sciapleron dispar Stdgr.; and one of
Papilio (Troides) haliphron. Of interest were also two British
caught 92 of Colias croceus (edusa), one having helice fore-
wings and normal hind-wings; the other the right side helice,
the left side normal.

List of Gynandromorphous Specimens Exhibited.

Papilio (Troides) haliphron Boisd. 4 and }. Right 3.
left 9. Patunuang, 8. Celebes.

Papilio androgeus Cram. Mixed sexes on each wing.
Sapucay, Paraguay.

Delias aruna Boisd. Mixed on each wing. Dutch New
Guinea.

Appias figulina Butl 4 and }. Right 9, left g. Mt.
Tahan, Malay Peninsula.

Daptonura peruviana Luc. 4 and 4. Right Q, left 3.
Pozuzo, Huanaco, Peru.

Euchlée cardamines Linn. } and }. Right 4g, left 9.
Epping Forest.

xl

Hebomoia glaucippe Linn. $ and $. Right 9, left 3.
China.

Terias puella Boisd. 4 and 3, a few streaks of 9 colour in
$ hind-wing. Right 3, left 9. Trobriand Islands.

Teracolus phlegyas Butl. Mixed, left hind-wing 3, remaining
wings mixed, Huasch River, Abyssinia.

Teracolus eucharis Fabr. dandi. Right J, left 9. Coun-
batore, India.

Gonepteryx cleopatra Linn. (1) Almost complete $ and 3,

. some @ colouring on right hind-wing and ¢ colouring in costal

area left fore-wing. Right 3, left 9; Dalmatia. (2) Hind-
wings 9, fore-wings mixed. Dalmatia.

Archonias pharnakia Fruhst. } and $, a little 2 colour on
light patch of right fore-wing. Right 3, left 9.

Colias lesbia Fabr. Sand}. Right 9, left g. La Soledad,
Argentina.

Colias croceus Fourcr. (= edusa Fabr.). 9. Fore-wings ab.
helice, hind-wings croceus. 9. Right half ab. helice, left half
croceus.

Pararge maera Linn. } and 3. Right 4, left 9. Hyéres,
S. France.

Ithonua gonussa Hew. Sand 4. Right 9, left g. Bogota.

Melitaea didyma Esp. 4 and 3. Right 3, left 9. St.
Martin de Vésubie, Alpes Maritimes.

Charazes castor Cram. and}. Right 3, left 9. Mikindani,
Tanganyika Territory.

Charaxes marmaz Westw.- 4 and 4. Right 4, left 9.
Sikkim.

Apatura vacuna Godt. % and }. Right 4g, left - 9.
Paraguay.

Timenitis populi Linn. dand 4}. Right 9, left g. Engers-
dorf, Austria.

Anaea morpheus Stdgr. (1) } and }. Right 9, left 3.
Paraguay. (2) Left 4 fore-wing mixed, hind-wing 9; right
4g. Paraguay.

Chrysophanus rutilus Wernb. 4 and 3. Right 3, left 9.
Bred from ova of 9 ex Austria.

Polyommatus icarus Rott. 4 and $. Right 9, left ¢.
Ventnor, I. of Wight.

Xi

Amorpha populi Linn. (1) $ and 3. Right dg, left 9.
Bexley, Kent. (2) 4 and }. Right 9, left g. Kéepenick,
Berlin.

Cosmotriche potatoria Linn. Almost $ and 4. Right 9,
left g with shght 9 coloration. Great Britain.

Dendrolimus pint Linn, Sand}. Right 2, left g. Lichter-
feld, Berlin.

Dendrolimus excellens Butl. } and 3. Right gy, left 9.
Bred Berlin, ex Japonia.

Lasiocampa quercus Linn. } and 4. Right 9, left ¢.
sreat Britain ex Webb coll.

Orgyia antiqua Linn. 4 and 3. Right 3, left 9. Larva
Silesia, bred Berlin.

Saturnia pavonia Linn. (1) $ and 3. Right Q, left ¢.
Wiesbaden. (2) } and}. Right 3, left 9. North Germany.

Telea polyphemus Cram. 4 and }. Right dg, left 92.
Baltimore.

Rothschildia orizaba Westw.
Bred Elberfield, ex Mexico.

Actias artemis Brem, 43 and 3.
Amurland.

Brahmaea ledereri Rog.

Dicranura vinula Linn.
Prussia.

Sciapleron dispar Stdgr. Sand 3. Right 3, left 2. Guelt-
es-Stel, C. Algeria.

Notes oN THE MiGraTion OF LEPIDOPTERA, WITH A SUG-
GESTION AS TO THE CAUSE OF THE BACKWARD AND FORWARD
FLIGHT OCCASIONALLY OBSERVED.—Prof. PouLron said that
ever since the receipt of Mr. A. R. Sanderson’s observations
on the morning and evening flight of Delias and the associated
moths at Bukit Kutu (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1920, p. Ixin;
1921, p. v) he had been thinking about the curious facts,
and had at last hit upon a probable explanation. It was
briefly this—(1) that the direction of the migratory flight of
certain species and in certain localities was determined and
kept up by a sensitive relationship to the wind-current; and
(2) that, if such a migrating stream reached a locality where the
morning and evening wind blew in opposite directions, this

oe

and 3. Right 4, left 9.

nie

Right 9, left g. Sidemi,

and 3. Right 3, left 9. Cilicia.
and $. Right 3, left 9. . Posen,

oe woe

eh

oa See ae Dei MERE Nee Se Sys AR att
ite siee RAT nae he ght

\y
7

Xl

delicate susceptibility would bring about a corresponding
reversal in the direction of flight. Thus if the direction were
against the wind in the morning it would still be against it
in the evening.

It seemed worth while to bring forward a few general
considerations upon the whole subject.

The Liberation of the Emigratory Instinct.—This subject
was treated in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 462-465, as a
further development of the views of Roland Trimen in“ South
African Butterflies,’ vol. i, 1887, pp. 31, 32. The quoted
sentences in the following statement were from the former
publication. 3

“ The instinct to emigrate * probably exists in a dormant
state in all species liable . . . to outrun the food-supply in
any part of their range.’ And the frequency with which the
instinct is called into play in Pierinae is probably connected
with their larval food-plants as well as with their power of
multiplication; but the arresting appearance of a swarm of
Pierines must also be taken into account as one cause of
the numerous records. The stimulus which evokes the
instinct must be the want of food-plant, or rather, the
presence of food-plant useless to the future larvae. And such
uselessness, although often caused by larval attack, may
be also caused by drought. In either case there is aroused
“the imperative instinct to move ’’—an instinct which often
“further compels the individuals to move together in vast
masses in the same direction, rather than to scatter and fly
in all directions.’ Thus it is “ that the limits of the normal
range of the species may be overpassed; that areas from which
the species has been driven may be regained :—not by single
individuals or by a very few pairs, but by immense numbers
of both sexes... .” And, although the crowds may often
only reach a foodless desert or the sea, the instinct, is still
advantageous in that it removes individuals which at the time
are a danger te the community. For the overcrowding, if

* These movements are, for the most part, better spoken of as
“emigration” rather than ‘‘ migration,’ because the central fact is the
flight of vast masses of individuals owt of an overcrowded area (ibid.,
p- 465).

iNwiehay
~ sei

-

X1V

not checked, may threaten the welfare or perhaps the existence
of the food-plant over a wide area.

The cause here spoken of may operate and the instinct to
emigrate may be liberated every year or only in exceptional
years. Thus Libythea labdaca Westw., appears to migrate
so regularly in 8. Nigeria that Mr. C. O. Farquharson wrote
to me (May 3, 1917): ‘*In some places the natives take the
appearance of the migrants as a sign that the planting season
for such crops as maize and other annuals has begun, which is
equivalent to saying that the rains have definitely set in.”
On the other hand, the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers records that,
near Mombasa, Libythea laius Trim., and other butterflies
(Catopsilia florella F., is, however, an annual migrant) appear
only in occasional years (1899 and again in 1911) after a
period of prolonged and severe drought. Mr. Rogers con-
cluded ‘* that butterflies which are usually non migrants may
be stimulated by abnormal conditions to become migrants ”’
(Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, pp. xevii—xcix).

The view here adopted—that the exhaustion of the larval
food-plant is the essential cause of migration—is, I believe,
the opinion usually held. It is certainly the one suggested
by Col. N. Manders in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, pp. 705, 706,
by Boisduval as quoted by Herbert Druce in * Biologia Centrali-
Americana,” Heterocera, ii, p. 3, by Spruce in Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zool., ix, pp. 3855-357, and by Roland Trimen in * South
African Butterflies,’ vol. i, 1887, p. 32, n. 1.

Evidence that the food-plant is actually exhausted at the
time of migration and over part of the area traversed is brought
forward by Spruce (l.c.), Manders (vbid., p. 704), and Mrs.
Barber as quoted by Trimen (I. c.). This latter evidence,
obtained in Griqualand West in 1881, is especially valuable,
as it is apparently an account of the condition. which precedes
and leads to the emigration of Catopsilia florella. The cater-
pillars had stripped the leaves from their food-plant Cassia
arachoides “and then devoured the young shoots, and even
the bark of the stems.” Dr. G. A. K. Marshall, D.Sc., tells me
that he has observed the same conditions in a Rhodesian valley,
he believes on the road from Salisbury to Hartley, and here
the emigration of C. jlorella had begun.

XV

The Determination and Persistence of Direction in Flight.—
It is clear that the steady flight in one direction which has
been so often recorded involves something more than the
liberation of the instinct. There must be some stimulus which
determines and keeps the direction of flight. And the most
usual stimulus is probably the wind-current.

Commander J. J. Walker has very kindly tabulated on
pp. Xx-xxv the data recorded by the late Mr. J. W. Tutt in
“ Ent. Record’ (1898-1902), omitting those referring to
Pyrameis cardui and Danaida plexippus and adding a few
more recent observations. Among the references which give
sufficient data it will be found that flight was against
the wind eighteen times, with it nine times and across
it four times. But these latter include Mr. C. B. Williams’
many records from British Guiana (p. xviii). These facts
support the conclusion that there may often be a definite
relationship to the wind-current. The reaction to the stimulus
probably differs in different species and in different parts
of the world, being determined by natural selection based on
local conditions.

Flight against the Wind.—This reaction may be doubly
advantageous. A gentle current is obviously far more effec-
tive as a stimulus when flight is against rather than with it;
furthermore, as Mr. A. W. Bacot suggested to me, steady
flight against a wind flowing towards a hot dry area is pretty
sure to carry an insect into a cooler, moister locality. This
is the reaction we should expect to find especially common in
countries where the food-plant is lable to be temporarily
exhausted by drought over a large area, or by drought
combined with larval attack.

Flight with the Wind.—It is probable that this reaction has
been developed in localities where flight with a prevalent
wind is more likely to carry the species to plenty than flight
against it, e.g. for a butterfly which would be carried into a
dried-up area by flying against a wind blowing across it.

Backwards and Forwards Flight.—It is obvious that a species
which reacts to the wind-current in either of the above ways,
but especially the former because of the greater sensitiveness
already explained, will reverse its direction with each reversal

all

XVi

of the wind such as occurs diurnally in land- and sea-breezes
near the coast. I am now able, by the kindness of. Major
Pendlebury, to bring forward a striking instance in which
the cause and effect were observed.

Daily Migrations against a Land- and Sea-breeze by Pyrameis
cardui, by W. le M. Pendlebury.

* Immediately after the second battle of Gaza, April 17-19,
1917, my observation-post was placed on the inner side of a
ledge of cliff on the edge of cultivated land that lay between
the British trenches round Gaza and the Turkish lines. I
had been in the observation-post for about ten days when
one morning at about 9.30 a.m. I noticed a cloud of P. cardui
passing over me and going down towards the cultivation which
was then green barley, with many flowers in it. The flight
continued for about three-quarters of an hour. I was struck
by their persistent appearance, and on the second day made
a point of being there on the look-out. Almost at the same
time as on the previous day they appeared again, flying in the
same direction—N.W.—and in scattered bunches of 5-12
together. They also on this day continued to fly for about an
hour, but towards the end of the time came singly or in twes
and threes.

“Tn the late afternoon—5.30 p.m.—TI was surprised to see
the same species returning from the direction in which they
had gone in the morning. They were not, however, nearly
so numerous. My observations lasted for about ten days,
and towards the end of that time it would be difficult to call
the morning flight a migration, as the numbers were greatly
reduced. In the early part of the time along ten yards of
cliff the numbers averaged 40 a minute, which dwindled down
to 10a minute. After the first three or four days the numbers
were about 20 a minute during the rush time, and the latter
half of the ten days the average was 10 a minute. After that
there were a few flying over casually but always in the same
direction. The evening migrations towards the end of the
time became very reduced.

“The sea-breeze from the N.W. usually began to blow
about 9 a.m, and left off about 5 p.m., and then the land-

XVil

breeze from the 8.E: would begin and last most of the night
until about 7.30 a.m., when there was no breeze at all, so
that this period of the day was extremely hot.

“Tn each case P. cardwi was going against the wind-current.
The butterflies flew very close to the ground, and they had
a fairly high bluff (70 ft.) to get up before reaching the culti-
vated land which sloped gradually away from us to the
Turkish lines. The period during which the observations
were made lasted from about April 27 to about May 7.”

MEDITERRANEAN

Single arrow-head = direction of morning sea-breeze and of Pyrameis
cardui against it.
Double arrow-head = direction of evening land-breeze and of cardui

against it.

Zigzag line = bluff with Major Pendlebury’s observation-post, shown
by circle.

Thick line crossing bluff and observation-post = observed line of flight
of cardui.

Dash-and-cross line = British trenches.
Dash-and-dot line = Turkish trenches.

Mr. ©. B. Williams’ record of the migration of Calpodes
ethlius in Central America agrees with that of Major Pendle-
bury in the smaller numbers of the return flight in the evening
(Proc. Ent. Soc., 1919, p. xxiii). It is possible that in both
instances the streams were gradually dispersing over a favour-
able country, so that each day only a certain proportion of
the crowd continued the migration.

It is, I think, in every way probable that the diurnal back-

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921. B

XViil

ward and forward migration at Bukit Kutu as well as other
similar instances on record are to be interpreted by the causes
shown to have been in operation by Major Pendlebury.

Flight across the Wind wn British Guiana.—Mr. C. B. Williams,
in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1917, p. 154, records the direction of
migration of Callidryas eubule in fourteen localities in British
Guiana, the observations in some of these having been repeated
over a number of years. The butterflies always flew directly
or obliquely across the prevalent N.E. trade wind, sometimes
from N.W. to S.E., sometimes vice versa. That a definite
directive stimulus is at work seems to be clearly proved, not
only by these concordant observations, but by Mr. Williams’
account of a migration towards the $.E. which he observed
in the North-west District, between Aug. 1 and 10, 1916.
Throughout this period the direction of migration was resumed
each morning after the night’s rest, and after interruption
on Aug. 5, by a whole day of heavy rain, and on Aug. 9 by
heavy showers. Furthermore, during intervals of cloud, on
Aug. 8 the numbers became so few—3 seen in four minutes
that each must have kept its direction without guidance by
others. During the whole period the stream of migration
proceeded, whenever it was resumed after the many inter-
ruptions, ‘in a south-easterly direction at a speed of about
twelve miles per hour across the prevailing north-east trade
wind,”

Mr. Williams’ records taken together strongly suggest that
the direction of flight in C. eubule in British Guiana is due to
reaction to the stimulus of the prevalent wind—a reaction
such that the butterflies migrate backwards and forwards
roughly parallel with the coast, and are not carried out to
sea by flying against the wind or far into the interior by flying
with it. Movement out of any area probably permits rapid
recovery of the exhausted food-plant and the return of
migrants from another exhausted area. Four of the migra-
tions in the First Wet Season (May to mid-August)—Nos. 1,
7, 8, 12—crossed the wind-current from W. to E., one—
No. 5—from E. to W. Four of the migrations in the Second
Dry Season (end August to October)—Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6—crossed
from KE. to W., one—No. 13—from W. to E. These include

Te ae

XIX

all the records with sufficient data, omitting No. 14 in the
interior, where the seasons are different. Thus in the coastal
zone the great majority of the wet-season migratious were
down the coast, viz. towards the borders of Dutch Guiana,
while an equal majority of the dry season were up the coast
towards the Venezuelan border.

It would be of much interest to determine whether the
migrants which reach any area are the descendants of those
which formerly left it. The return migration, which took
place about two months after the flight described by Mr.
Williams (ibid., p. 159), certainly suggests although it does
not prove this conclusion.

While the observations on C. ewbule were remarkably con-
cordant and support the conclusion that this species has
locally developed a favourable reaction to the prevalent wind,
the single example of migration by Appias margarita, No. 16,
apparently exhibits a reaction of the opposite kind, the stream
of butterflies having been seen by Mr. A. Leechman for over
three days flying obliquely against the wind, viz. in a direction
which carried them out to sea (ibid., p. 163).

The evidence, so far as it goes, suggests that the Pierine
which migrates frequently exhibits a more favourable reaction
to the local wind-current than the Pierine which migrates
comparatively seldom.

This interpretation of the behaviour of C. ewbule is not
intended to imply that the direction of its migration is in-
capable of modification by other causes. Mr. Williams’ map
on p. 156 strongly suggests that the wide river Essequibo
and the line of the coast may influence the direction, and,
on p. 160, it is shown that the suddenly increased strength of
the N.E. wind deflected a northerly flight towards the west.

Migration of Catopsilia statira in Trinidad.—Mr. C. B.
Williams’ interesting and detailed observations of a large
migration of this species (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1919, p. 76) show
that the general movement was westward, parallel with the
N. coast of the island and the adjoining Venezuelan coast,
viz. such as to carry the streams across to the mainland.
And, in fact, Mr. Williams concludes with certainty ~ that
the greater number left the island.” The flight took place

a ee

¥ | *hjanbijgo
: “ZLST “MOOSUOTT “jsurob oq uLOTO*)
> 8G 90S. PIPL, “YPIOMSp[OH, WN “N °4°S ‘aoe STB ‘sag ‘oyisdowy | *g ‘0a “COST
ee ‘NOTA
ysummb F
e+ “6LT 'd “io “wog, ‘asmmN 4) "OD “MN "MN 09 “O'S “eipuy ‘esoaqy -ayjunihd nysdowyg | “LZ ‘any ‘TO6T
“YRM
*g-1¢] ‘dd Sars ‘uoespng “f¢ | °(745IT) “of *M 0% “OT “AOTTVA BIOURY “puyuasau srouajag | *L [ady ‘TO6T
‘Kqaroog “4sty °3¥eN 3 |_---ANR- J] |} | A i J
Avquiog ‘euros ysurwb F
‘uoospnag “f “oS “7-09 “AA “AoTVA wasuvy | *040 ‘ayn0010 pipsdoymy | “ZI “Sny ‘O0G6T
vs "L-98t ‘dd
A tt .,4oyovg ATyQuojy ,, ‘SBDIG | “puLA PROT] ysumbp | “a 4 SeIpuy Jo yseog ‘auowp spijaqy LIS8I
- “VIGNI
4 suber
‘TOT ‘dl ‘tra Suogugy “xnvap.ioy) “MS “M'S09 “ON ‘aalysupooury “Ny | ‘apd ps fanoisspig Siaig | “F 9uN,’ “FLST
‘CdNVTIONG '
“pura “F051
*“SYIVUINT PUB DOUIIOZY *19AIISqQO eS ee ie *£q1pe0O'T *satoadg ‘aye

JO worqosaty

‘ NU CWW ‘UOH “aawIVA “ff AaNvNNWOD Ag ‘SNOILVUDIN ATAUALLAG FO AUVWIAS V

4

as SA be

"ynn ,, Aye

. uoTAan : “UOOSUOT{[ -I9Ud+) ,, “ARTY
jo AIO4SIFT TeanyeNy ,, “‘quouuay, “WIIG “MS, “AN uopAay ‘dds mipsdowp judy ‘G68T
“yqun eS
hjanhvqo
5-e01 dd “06T "‘STOpUBT “OT “N "7 N "J 03 "N “oo VULOOUTLL], ‘dds nyisdoyng Ip °Z 09] ‘CEST
“909 “‘juy ‘suv. ‘fyanbygo
“UOOSUOTT qsuipb py
TASTOMCTIAL GE INE oN "N °F 'S SOG UEO TOD ‘dds nipsdow | “eZ 490 ‘G68T
“eee -d “UOOSUOT, “ysuinb yy ie
“C68T _.,{4SIS0T007 ,, “UU TL "M's “MM "S09: “AN “uopAay -auayyh wbnydojng Youle “GEST
“fijanbijgo
‘ege cd MOOSTIOT{T qsurpb F
‘C681 —«.FSIB0T00Z, ,, *PIOH UN ‘ON ‘N 09°98 "oq ur0[o“) ‘auajob nboydowy) “AON “F68T
«PUT FO yuh y
Osi) *poprooeruy) | 43009 UT ,, NI ‘oq urojord, (‘090 ‘ovUTIeIg) | “RT “AON ‘Beet
“Yrun
“fjanbuqo
0°] “TOLMSOP 9'T ‘aN ‘9 07 "N "eATTO BIVALN NT (ovulsarq) | “TZ “AON “L881
“YEE AM
eLY) “IDLINSOT OT “MS "7 N 09 °M'S "VAT[GL BAVA NT (‘soutsoydngy) | ‘ST “AON “L88T
_UopAay) UL “SULUL “UOOSUOTT (‘soul “‘qoyy “09,
sieax Addey omy,,, | -tunp-uops0%) sstpy “7N ysuimb ‘uopAay | -a0[dng pur soutrerg) “AON ‘GOST
“fiyanbijgo ‘oqo
“MOOSUOT[ sui ‘phnydojwy ‘ajn90.09 \
FET d TAX “WOJUTT “Ag pery “ad “MS "9 02 °(N “oquiopoy | 9 ‘M77"n2 vuyisdoyng ‘judy ‘cgst
‘fijanbijqo
“GL8T “WOOSTOTT qsupb
‘6g oune “PPh ,, POS TOE HN ‘N97 °$ 1OQUIDTOS) ‘oqo “pepisdojng “AON GO8T

vs \ OF esas

+5, ‘ “yyun
ee Sano ti. = Gam, “MN fponbiqo "Soe MA ‘83
pee WX “sv “OW “UG STEAL Pe 0} HN ‘S$ 09 (N ‘S'N ‘oupg “DUOMNA} SLOUajaT | —GZ AON “E06T :
+ 63
a ‘es-4e “dd ‘tr , ‘sary
ee : -19}gNg = UBIIOZOIA ,, ‘UOSIepUy | *pozeqs JON “M 0% ‘oD *purjsudan? "DLUo INA, SLlouazag ‘ayep ON
3G ‘VITVULSAV
‘hijanbyqo
x: “sub pr
<= ‘9-881 | (94511) “AANA ‘Gg pue
7; ‘dd ‘trayx *-wioyugy UOINOT “OD “pf “MANN OWS | ‘yeavaeg ‘Surgony "DIDULA DOLYIOLLD | OT “UBL *CIGT
a
" a, "$-€0¢ ‘dd
‘C061 ‘Yourrg “yg “WAL
An 5 "20g O14RISH "yY “UInoe *‘paojzpoy “Ay iT "MOV" | CyBMRIRY “Burgony “DIYULA DOLYIOLLYD | "Zl “UBL “EOGT
— A
ae
ZS s ‘OUNYOE
tf
A “oTq ele A.
RS “UOOSUOTL, *(aayeur “s1uorjuaydas
Se, ‘S-997 ‘ddA “0-7 “AOTIEM “W | CAAS JO puay "J 079 "(Ni -oouldy,) Uo[Aa) | simung ‘vjasn va0j;dn q ‘F290 ‘S06T
| . ‘(aoutaoad ‘57 ) ‘oqo ‘sajhjod oupdng WG
le —-O0T Ad <a #97 ‘Tarueqd “f | *peqyeys JON “oT 09 “A uofAd) ‘ajp00.09 nipisdoywy | —ST 290 ‘LOGIT
' ‘hjyanbijqo
‘SI-912 ‘dd ‘tn “UOOSUO] “ysurob Fy ;
« voturjAez eipodg ,, “ABASPOT AL, “7CN "N 03'S *(oqurojoy) uopAag ‘dds niypsdomg | “1% “AON ‘COGT
| =
“PUT AL” ‘JUST
“SYAvUleyy puv souarazoxy “19.AIasqO *SyyRoo'T ‘sotoodg haf
JO uOTQoaIIG
ce od We So ee oe

Be ' «a he te ob —_ ” . a

eee

XX11

"gd ‘Tt ,.“48tH “JeN

VS

‘OL8T

pe

“OLST

‘ony ‘OLST

"ST “AON “9g8T

‘9 AW “CIGT

“6681
Ur Os[e !ZT
Gorey UWodF
SYOOM € “TI6T

‘OL “494 “FO6T

*poapi0daru

“UOSSIOpPUY *f? “(—)

Pulm oY} YM >»

‘VOIdAV

"BOMPY AAS

wes.

‘6T “URE “TO6T

“L-9881

“Youre “698T

‘aqep ON

soqJON, wmOpuery ,, ‘yareiQ | “poieqs JON | 9 Wor ,, ‘qosuRaedIe Ny ‘aynqna sphapryog
‘$0g ‘d ‘tax ‘9 7 “uoqTIMIR EP | “pezeqs JON, ‘Jou'N | "W'a'7g ‘estar Many ‘ds sphapyng
‘09 “d
Tix “mOJUy “perues) sroqqry |. 948TT., |°M'S°'A'N| “W'S ‘BOJsopzeyD ‘ds sphupywg
PEL
‘d ‘tr “10g! “qe WSs vsn ;
‘peoy ‘jeg ‘oo1g ‘Iyog “Iq | ‘peyeIs JON | OF “MA‘'N'N | ‘Oostoueayy ues | “norusofyno nruohnagy
NOIDEY OLLAVAN
*fhjanbyqgo
“A ‘at ‘dd ‘9161 qsuimb fy
“900 “gua “O01; “yoorg “MM ‘WV “TN ‘CN OL, |euoey *g ‘uMojooa 7 “‘poppqn) vayshquyT
*xtox—ttaox ‘dd *SIOBOYY, *(4q517) ysurmbh F “eSeq ‘099 ‘snap) nayjhiqueT
BIGI “90g ‘yug “oorg | UAqny 49 “YM “Ao WNW “N'A OF, | “Woy “ru Teqeay | “n7ja10 pupesdojny)
“Ott x “HN
‘d ‘MAXxx “woquT | ‘AopTey-]T9G “AA “H | “Pe}e9S JON 03 °"M'S yeyeN ‘uepnse A “1JDANPSi0 siMa4
“MN “Bolt “S
"96 ‘d ‘AIxxx “mojug | “AapIey-TT9qd “MH | “Pe+e9S JON 03 “A'S ‘guesuesuy | (2) aaupaydnp sisarg
“xix ‘tax ‘dd *pouory
QDGT “009 “qUDT “oO ‘seuLoUy, “S “H .02001q YS jsumbyp ,, ‘kag pey | -uet you seroadg
"ese “d ‘OL8T “00g : Eas)
‘qua “SUeIy, “UOULL, “IBYMO ‘TOD | *pezeys JON “WT OF “MA ‘purpoynseg | pue 1772.107/ nrjisdojng
99g ‘d TIxxx “wmo0qUA ‘youmuey “FT *poqyeys JON ‘[eRAsURIy, ‘ds pipsdoyng
_sARMye

‘pyjasoy 3, nyrsdowwy

‘ayep ON

XX1V

}

jo NOT}OIIIT

—qdag ‘SL8T

‘ZI ouNne “LIST

“LOST

“Yore Ty “EO8T

*(pua)
“BUY “C68T

‘Tudy “F681

"ydag “0681

“ST

FT ARTY ‘S881

“Youre “6181

“AON,

"10 ‘FL

*fijanbijqo |
TE “ysuipb y
JOA *Z “ajSNI[][ [O07 “UOSUIRMG | ‘opeay “HTS "J 09 (NT ‘oonq WRudag *SISUDIPIZDAQ DLUDL I)
GL ‘d Ai ‘BUL
-BluealaA =“ ULOJUGT ‘(ere )
‘epoN dep ‘[pury TPEnyeA | “p9zeqs JON | “MAN ©3 “OP'S | opeayeg urg *SISUAIPIZDAQ DLUDL
‘oar “d
“CI8T =, eformoayy
“PEA Tesoy ,, “AoTPULT | *p2zezs JON | “HS OF “AN ZBI (owuttarq)
|
‘NOIDA TVYOICOULOUN
"Leg “d “UD IDG
TA ,‘oJT yoesuT ,, ‘qysruy | “pozeqys JON “T 09 “M "‘SBXOT, ‘SOOIRTT “S (nayiiqvy) snyodhiyy
srapphog Aq payoney ‘TIE MA | “poyegs ON "9 09 (N Ws “epmopy7 ‘IJSNUOUL SILIUT
‘9-ceg “dd
m1 (‘eyry yoasuy ,, "SIAR, | “poyeqs JON | “WS 09 “AA'N “W'S ‘eueqrly ‘anqna sphapyyog
AZ “puea
‘d ‘1 ,,‘oyry yoesuy ,, | -zjoH ‘1938q9\\ | "poze4s JON "J 09 *N “W'S: ‘sesueyry ‘syjao addisojyy
Vso
‘sop -d tx “JI9°TTEM. | “P99R98 JON | "MAN O93 “S| Selotooy, §=—- ‘ oo RTT ‘aynqna sphapiyjoy
Wo UAT peur) ws
“QV°TTEMA. | “P99R9S ION | “SOF MAN | fBIdIOay, = ‘MOOR TY ‘aynqna sphapryyog
‘Tél «MN
‘d “est ,,‘eqoAsg ,, *popioda1ug) | *pozeqys JON WO ,, “epnulleg "DSY] SDI, J,
“parla “USL
“SYIVWUOY PUB 99UI19j9yT "IOATOSGO *£qTB90'T “‘saroeds

*aquy

=

“YM

| "ss-9L ‘dd 6161 “(quey (Ter9u94)) "290
“909 ‘quay ‘SsuUeIy, “SUBITTIM “Gf “| ~eAord) “of “M °F OL “PEPrar TL, “pans spliupryjoy —4dog ‘8161
“SUINOAD
i eules oY}
| s10q UNU
s Iaypews
Ul 1o}e] SUr
-uanged “turd
mixx “d “6161 OF Vy ede | Bord BIs0p puw
“joc qu 700d, “‘SUIVTTILAA “Gf “O |"pere3s JON "a's OF, eureuRg fo slap10g ‘snyysa sapodjpy) “LIGL
of "S800 |
; : “TNT (‘jeaeue+)) “eure "eT
‘SURTTEM “AO | OF FUSIT |S OF MAN | USI “BOl}Vg ‘aynqna sphiupyyy) |-T1"ydeg ‘OT6T
‘FOS “Ad “LTS.
“900 “guy, ‘“SURIY, “SSO
“HS 9F
- “MN M “OL
is : “SUBTTEIM “Gi 0 UN wenek rl /2UeTn Ste ‘anqna sphapywy | —{ ‘Sny ‘916T
A ce eeeee es Hare Se
“GE
‘dt ,oFVT 0osuy ,, "SIAR(T | “p27e9S JON "Nl 04-9 USTED RUBE DEORE TS | Heuer EOE
“GLBT «4ST «, BUBUe JO
-]eInyeNT UROTIOULY ,, *papiooedu *payeqs JON snuUyysy ssoroy ,, “snpia) DIUDL AD ‘ZLET
jez -d , fensesr “SN JA) DIUDL/)
-ROIN UT 4SIPRANYRN ,, ‘479g “T| “PeveIS ION | “AS 07 “ALN “VN SVAIVOINT “UWOLLYD SAJOULLT, ‘oun ‘ZL8T
: ‘16
‘d ‘Fagg, ‘ueeI0 A co Spare a “UOLLYo SAzIUL
‘qua “pON Jop ‘[puey “yotorpetiy “GQ | "PeyeI8 JON “YON ,, | ‘OOIxXep[ ‘znIQ wIaA | -2f ‘snpiay =piunsg | “quady ‘i FERT
‘rauruins 4
‘Tel d , ‘suozeuy jo ofoy “80.10 F “UOZRULY
uo 4ST[RINyRN ,, ‘saqeg “A\ “HL | Ssulunp ‘a “9 09 (NI IOMO'T ‘sopAqa ‘dds sphiupyjog “GEST
San *SSOLO
eee "L-cge ‘dd ‘xt “T007 ‘a'S'S
a “oog “uuITy [eUIMop | | , ‘souedg | “pazeqs JON | 09 “MM*N‘'N UOZeUY “YT ‘dds g ‘sphupywg “AON “GFST

ae —

all

XXVI1

Sept. 19-Oct. 12, 1918, after an unusually dry spell, in the
middle of the wet season, and the speed was at the unusual
rate of 17 miles an hour. In this migration Mr. Williams
concludes that the wind, although contributory, cannot have
been the conclusive factor in determining the direction of
flight. His maps on Plates VI and X suggest that the mountain
ranges and the southern coast-line exerted an important
influence. The following interesting observation on Sept. 27
proves that migrating individuals are influenced by the flight
of others, and also proves that this influence does not help us

to understand how the line of migration is determined. Mr,

Williams, in attempting to catch examples, noticed that
‘any butterfly narrowly missed was put off its direction by
the excitement and flew off wildly in any direction. Other
butterflies close at hand meeting this butterfly flying out of
the general order would in turn become confused and some-
times follow it in its new direction. So that after several
misses in succession I was surrounded by a number of butter-
flies flying in all directions. If I stopped attempting to
catch specimens these would gradually pass away, and the
regular direction of flight would be resumed” (p. 85).

Migration of Catopsilia pyranthe, C. crocale, and other
Butterflies in Ceylon.—Col. N. Manders in Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1904, p. 701, gave an account of butterfly migration in that
island. The map on Pl. XXXV, together with his description,
seems to prove that the wind cannot determine the direction,
being with the stream on its southward course along the
E. and §8.E. coasts, but strongly against it on the W. when
the butterflies have turned northward. In Ceylon the
route clearly seems to be determined by a preference for the
coast-line and for roads cleared through dense forest (p. 705).
Migration, apparently in the same direction, occurs in February,
in the dry season, and in November and December, in the
wet. This peculiar sequence of migratory waves in the same
direction is probably to be explained by the fact that females
are laying their eggs all along the route. ‘‘ Every female
seemed possessed with the one insane idea of getting rid of
her eggs with the utmost expedition . . . and then madly
continuing her flight” (¢bid,, p, 704).

XXVil

The Proportions of the Sexes in Migration.—Many observa-
tions show that both sexes are present, but far more extensive
data are required in order to establish the proportions. In-
asmuch as the males commonly emerge earlier than the
females, extensive collections should be made on each day
of the whole period of migration. Col. Manders states that
of 60 C. pyranthe of the February flight, 75 per cent. were
males, while Mr. Wickwar agreed with him that the flight
‘in November and December were almost all females.”
Col. Manders thought that the predominance of males might
be explained by the female larvae being starved by the scanty
foliage of the drier months. His final conclusion was that
“the migratory instinct, originally due to a necessity for the
increase of the species, is now become a means of preventing
its undue propagation” (p. 706).

VARIATION IN ANDRENA ROSAE AND A, TRIMMERANA.—In the
absence of the author Prof. PouLTon read the following paper
by Dr. R. ©. L. Perxrys, F.R.S., and exhibited a long series
of specimens illustrating Uicsea

The Andrena rosae of Saunders’ latest work included three
species—two being seasonally dimorphic—for which the
following names are here used.

1. A. rosae Panz. (summer brood).
A. eximia Sm. (spring brood).
= teutonica Alfk.
— yar. spinigera, part. K. Saund.
9. A. trimmerana Kirb. nec Auct. caet. (summer brood).
— rosae, part. EK. Saund.
= anglica Alfk.
A. spinigera Kirb. (spring brood).
3. A. jacobi Perk. (H.M.M., lvii, 1921, pp. 39, 40).
— trimmerana Auct. nec. K.
var. scotica Perk.
var. johnsont Perk. (E.M.M., l.c.).

A. jacobi, the well-known, common and almost ubiquitous,
single-brooded species, universally known as trimmerana in the
literature of over 100 years, does not vary much in the South
of England, except when changed by the parasite, Stylops.

al

XXVIil

In Scotland locally and in Ireland there is a well-marked
variety (var. scotica) the female of which, though larger, bears
a considerable resemblance to A. lapponica, which sometimes
occurs with it. In Ireland there is a still more aberrant form,
which I have named var. johnson.

Very closely allied to this common species is the summer
brood of the true trtmmerana of Kirby, while its spring brood
has a male differing greatly from these in structure.

That the true rosae either in its spring or summer. form
should ever have been confused with the other two species is
remarkable, for, apart from important structures, its com-
paratively glatrous bedy gives it a most distinct superficial
appearance.

Saunders was in error in saying of his vosae that the dark
varieties, were much more hairy than the red, for the black-
bodied examples are just as bare as the reddest.

In the series of both broods of rosae and of trimmerana the
variation is well shown. The specimens are mostly from
Devonshire, where highly coloured varieties of rosae are
frequent. It will be noticed that in this part of England the
spring specimens are nearly all highly coloured—though one
male is the blackest I have ever seen—while in the summer
brood dark-bodied examples are frequent.

In trimmerana, on the contrary, the spring brood is on the
whole darker in colour than the summer generation.

The seasonal dimorphism in the two species is always well-
marked in the males, but in the females individuals of either
brood occur which are practically alike, although the majority
are easily distinguished.

AN EXAMPLE OF MARKED IRREGULARITY IN THE COLOUR-
ADJUSTMENT OF A PIERIS RAPAE L., PUPA TO ITS SURROUND-
inGs.—Prof. Pouttron exhibited, on behalf of Mr. A. H.
Hamm, three pupae of P. rapae and one of P. brassicae, L.,
found within a few feet of one another on a wood fence which
had been creosoted two or three times and was of a dark
sepia colour. All the pupae were attached horizontally to the
extreme top of the fence, immediately under a slightly
projecting coping and therefore somewhat in shadow. The
brassicae and one rapae were darkish pupae, the second rapae

XXIX

was very dark, while the third was.a bright green tint such as
is usually produced on green, yellow or orange surfaces. The
pupae were first observed at the beginning of November,
1920, and had been taken on December 5. The locality was
Southfield Road, Oxford.

AESCHNA GRANDIS L., CAPTURED AND EATEN BY SPARROWS.
—Prof. Poutron exhibited three wings of this large dragonfly
left by a sparrow which had eaten the body. The bird was
seen by Mr. H. Hounslow to fly into the back garden of Wyke-
ham House, Oxford, carrying the insect, which it proceeded
to eat upon the lawn. Earlier on the same day, July 22, 1920,
he saw a sparrow in the front garden catch and fly off with a
similar dragonfly. Prof. Poulton had not previously come
across any record of the capture by birds of these large and
powerful insects.

Mr. G. T. BerounE-BakeEr brought for exhibition specimens
of Lycaeninae from Provence (France) to show the large pro-
portion of specimens of a more or less leaden-coloured blue
taken in the summer of 1920. He said :—

“| have examined the scales under the microscope, and in
all cases I find them ill-developed. They are unusually thin
and fine in texture, and in all cases they are curled—in some
a single roll, but in others a curling up from each side to meet
in the centre; the curling is from the apex of the scales, not
from the base. |

“ Polyommatus icarus from St. Martin Vésubie. Probably
fifteen per cent. of the specimens I took were deficient in
colour.

** Polyommatus coridon.—I took no defective ones at St.
Martin, but at la Sainte Baume several were taken: three are
shown, but I took more.

* Polyommatus hylas——Out of a dozen specimens taken by
me at St. Martin only one has any approach to normal colour,
and that is by no means really normal.

“ Polyommatus escheri. Many deficient in colour were
taken at both places.

“ Polyommatus thetis (bellargus)—Several of this species
deficient in colour occurred at both Digne and at Mont
Ventoux (Vaucluse); both of these show signs of streakiness.

XXX

“ Plebeius argus.—Many of this species very deficient were
taken by me at St. Martin Vésubie.

‘“ Lycaenopsis argiolus.—I only took three specimens at la
Sainte Baume and one female at St. Martin, and all of these are
deficient.

“Now in what stage does this curious and_ interesting
phenomenon take place? Something, I imagine, must occur
at a critical time in the life of the larva. I am disposed to
think towards the end of that stage, for it does not affect the
size of the insects at all; it therefore cannot be malnutrition
in the ordinary sense, and it seems to me that it is likely to be
at some brief critical period after the last ecdysis and before
pupation.”

Mr. G. Tatzsor exhibited specimens of Huploea from the
Joicey Collection illustrating a black-and-white spotted
mimetic combination in the Tenimber Islands, Fiji, and
Australia, and a white-banded group in the Key and Aru
Islands.

Tenimber Is.—Euploea visenda Butl., compta Rober, elutho
sacerdos Butl., and Hypolimnas alimena forbesi Butl., 9.

Fiji Is.—Ewploea proserpina Butl., helcita eschscholtzi Butl.,
and the form intermedia Moore.

Australia.—Euploea elutho corinna McLeay, pelor Doubl,
& Hew., tulliolus darchia McLeay, eichorni Stgr., sylvester
Fbr., niveata Butl.

Cook Is——Forms of Euploea helcita, represented by indis-.
tincta Moore, and unicolor Druce.

Tahiti —EZ. helcita walkeri Druce.

Key Is.—Euploea climena eurypon Hew., hopfferi Feld.,
assimilata Feld., sacerdos Butl., Hypolimnas deois hewitsoni
Wall. 9, alimena heteromorpha Rob. &.

Aru Is.—Euploea climena vicina Feld., confusa grayi Feld.,
a new § form closely resembling vicina, Elymnias agondas
aruna Fruh.

Rossel Is.—E. eurianassa Hew.

New Hebrides.—2Z. tristis Butl., FE. helcita form.

Tonga.—H. helcita form.

N. Caledonia.—B. helcita helcita Bdv.

Christmas Is.—H. climena macleari Butl., shown as being

oi al winitae

Seria er cent

2 sag RO) rhein Fite et CRNA ERD ot Sean eR
Mp aeere, yh. :

XXX1

identical with malindeva Waterh. and Lyell, from N.W.
Australia.

In the discussion which followed Mr. P. A. Buxton raised
the question how far this was a question of mimicry at all.

Prof. Poutron said that he believed the superficial resem-
blances exhibited by Mr. Talbot to be mimetic because they
followed the rules of mimetic resemblance elsewhere. For
example in Africa members of specially protected groups
resembled each other and often resembled those of other
eroups, while both were-resembled by species of groups not
known to be specially protected; when the resemblance
differed in the two sexes the females bore the stronger likeness
and were often mimetic while the males were non-mimetic.
Conspicuous among the mimics of Danaines and Kuploeas
in the Old World tropics were females of the Nymphaline
genus Hypolimnas with non-mimetic males.

The island groups exhibited by Mr. Talbot followed the
above rules; they showed strong resemblance between mem-
bers of the specially protected group of Euploeas, and mimicry
of them by the females but not the males of the species
of Hypolimnas in the same island. Just as the patterns
of representative groups differed in different parts of Africa
so they differed in passing from one island to another—the
differences running through all the members of each local
group and being thus independent of affinity. Prof. Poulton
had furthermore shown that in Fiji the resemblance of the
female Deragena proserpina Butl., to Nipara eleutho Quoy.
was carried further than in its male and that these common
Euploeas were resembled by the less common Danaine Tiru-
mala neptunia Feld. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1919, p. Lxix).
Here too the resemblance was especially strong in the females.
Finally the prevalence of dyslegnic patterns was as char-
acteristic of these island mimics as of the better known
examples from continental areas.

MARGARODES UNIONALIS IN Brirain.—Mr. RoBert ADKIN
exhibited a specimen of Margarodes unionalis that was taken
at sugar at Arlington, a village about seven miles inland
from Eastbourne, on October 3, 1920. The species appears
to have been first recorded in this country by Stainton in

a

XXXil

1859 from a specimen taken by a Mr. George King at Torquay
earlier in that year. Further specimens have been taken
from time to time, usually at intervals of several years, as a
rule near the south coast and generally, as in the present case,
when two others were taken in South Devon, at more than
one place. The species is a native of Southern Europe, and
it is evident that the individuals that we occasionally meet
with in this country are migrants, and their distribution
appears to show that when migration takes place it is wide-
spread,

Mr. H. Sr. J. DonisrHorpe exhibited several strings of
“ground pearls,’ Margarodes, probably M. formicarum
Guilding, which a neighbour (Mrs. Dawson) had had sent
to her from Jamaica, and was informed they were “ ants’
eggs.” He remarked that the Rev. Guilding had described
the species from the West Indies in 1829, associated with
ants; and that Mr. Trimen had also taken a species of Mar-
garodes in ant’s and termite’s nest in Cape Colony.

He also exhibited two specimens of a species of Cionus
new to science which had been swept near Lake Windermere
by the Rev. Canon Theodore Wood a few years ago.

Major W. J. PenpLEBURY brought for exhibition :—

(1) A dark form of the Carabid beetle, Anchomenus dorsalis,
taken in Brecon. Mr. Buarr stated he could not recollect
having seen so dark a form. No varieties are named by Fowler
or Reitter.

(2) A variety of the mosquito, Theobaldia annulata, not
previously recorded in Britam. First found in Mesopotamia
by Capt. P. J. Barraud, and recorded by him in the ‘“ Bulletin
of Entomological Research ” in 1920 as a variety of 7’. annulata.
Since received in the South Kensington Museum from Palestine,
Macedonia and Denmark.

The almost uniform ochreous colour at first suggested a
desert variety, especially as it was the only form found in
Mesopotamia, but in Palestine, Macedonia and Denmark it
appears with the typical form. The colour difference is very
sharply defined, and no intermediates have yet been recorded.
There is no structural difference between the two forms either
in the adult or larval states.

a

XXXII1

The present specimen was taken at Earl’s Court on October
27, 1920, by the exhibitor. The variety has been given the
manuscript name of subochrea by Mr. F. W. Edwards, to
whom the exhibitor is indebted for the identification and
details.

Mr. Hy. J. Turner exhibited a specimen of Zygaena sent
to him by Mr. Greer of Tyrone as a natural hybrid between
Z. lonicerae and Z. filipendulae, taken on ground where the
two species appear at the same time, and have occasionally
been observed to copulate. A short series of the two species
from the same locality were shown for comparison. The
general coloration, shape of wing, margin of hind-wing, and
underside coloration and marking tended towards lonicerae,
while there were six spots, the sixth being decidedly feeble;
the antennae were more like those of filipendulae and the size
and shape of the spots were those of filipendulae. He also
showed a sample illustrative of the large and very abundant
colony of Z. filipendulae on the S8.E. of Box Hill, in which
the sixth spot was almost invariably very weak and the first
to disappear from wear, together with a specimen of Zygaena
anceps recently described by M. Oberthiir from Hyéres, and
a short series of the Hyeres race olbiana of Z. trifolii, which
has also been named by M. Oberthiir.

Mr. W. G. SHELDON exhibited a series of 243 bred specimens
(1920) of Peronea hastiana L.: from Sutherlandshire, 126;
Wicken Fen, 63; Isle of Wight, 26; and Lancashire Coast,
28. These specimens were the whole of those bred in 1920,
with the exception that of the Lancashire specimens about
fifty more than those exhibited were bred; these were entirely
a melanic form. The series includes most of the named forms
and a number of unnamed ones.

Dr. Jorpan exhibited Musurgina laeta, a new genus and
species of Agaristidae from Madagascar, remarkable for its
very strongly clavate antenna and the development of a
stridulating organ. The fore-wing of the species, of which
only the ¢ is known, is russet brown and bears a white stripe
which runs from the base to the lower cell-angle and thence
parallel with the termen to the costal margin, the hind-wing
being orange, with a black terminal band. The stridulating

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921. C

al

XXX1V

organ consists of a transversely ribbed naked area on the
underside of the fore-wing occupying the cell and extending
to the submedian fold. The median vein bears a row of
numerous transverse ridges, a corresponding “ file’ being
found on the upperside of the hind tarsus. Stridulating
organs of this or a similar type are known to occur in a number
of species of Agaristidae and Noctuidae. In Musurgina the
fore-wing has acquired an additional structure not observed
elsewhere. The submedian fold which bounds the stridulation
area posteriorly is replaced by a prominent, strongly chitinised,
ridge, which might easily be mistaken for a true tubular vein.
As the ridge does not extend distinct beyond the stridulation
area, it is evident that the ridge has arisen in connection
with and on account of the stridulating organ, as a support
of the wing membrane. This stiffening might have been
more economically effected by a tubular vein instead of a
practically solid ridge. Evolution, however, is evidently
unable to reconstruct the lost submedian tubular vein, although
the trachea on which this vein is built up in generalised
Lepidoptera (such as Zygaenidae, Cossidae, etc.) is still present
in the chrysalids of the specialised families which have lost
that vein.

Musurgina recalls Pemphigostola Strand (1909), which is
placed by the author with the Castniidae. On re-examination
Pemphigostola will probably turn out also to be an Agaristid.

Papers.
The following papers were read :
‘““ Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Dollman Collection,” by

N. D. Ritey.
‘““ The Male Genitalia of Merope tuber Newman (Mecoptera),”

by Freperick Murr.

A ee ee eee a a

KXXV

Wednesday, March 16th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Rotuscuitp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Resignation and Election of Hon. Secretary. Vote of Thanks.

The PRESIDENT announced that, owing to ill health, the
Rev. G. WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.8S., had been compelled to
resign the Secretaryship. A unanimous vote of condolence
and a vote of thanks to him for his services were passed,
on the motion of the PRESIDENT, seconded by the TREASURER.

The PRESIDENT announced that Mr. H. Rowianp-Brown,
M.A., had been elected Hon. Secretary in place of Rev. G.
WHEELER.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—Capt.
K. J. Haywarp, Aswan, Egypt; Mr. E. Botton Kure,
Balliol College, Oxford; Mr. L. M. Pears, West Virginia,
U.S.A.; Mr. E. D. Lewis, Swanley, Kent; Mr. W. J. Hatt,
Cairo, Egypt; Mr. D. Pountan, Federated Malay States;
Mr. H. Donatp Horr, Jermyn St., London, 8.W.; Prof.
S. Matsumura, Japan; and Prof. C. P. ALEXANDER, Illinois,
U.S.A.

Gifts to the Society’s Rooms.

The PrestpENT announced that gifts for the decoration and
embellishment of the Society’s New Rooms would be much
appreciated.

Informal Meetings.

The PRESIDENT announced that for the present Informal
Meetings, to which Fellows and their friends were invited,
would be held in the Society’s Rooms from 5-10 p.m. on the
third Wednesday in all the months when there was one
meeting only advertised for the month.

Debates and Discussions.

Fellows were requested to suggest subjects of entomological
interest for debate and discussion, and their attention called
to the Discussion Book, now replaced in the Library.

XXXVl1

Rehibitions.

THE MIMETIC RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN HELICONIUS NOTA-
BILIS MICROCLEA KAYE, AND H. XENOCLEA XENOCLEA Hew.
—Prof. Poutron said that the interesting fact that species
or subspecies of Heliconius belonging to Section I, the Opiso-
gymni, mimicked species of the same genus in the same
localities belonging to Section II, the Opisorhypari, had
been demonstrated to the Society by Mr. W. J. Kaye (Proc.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. xiv) and more recently worked out
in detail in Dr. H. Eltringham’s monograph (Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1916, p. 101); and it had furthermore been
shown that species of Opisogymni, which do not mimic the
Opisorhypari, closely resemble Ithomine models, To this
rule that the Opisogymni behave as mimics an exception was
believed to be found in zenoclea, the supposed model for
microclea (Opisorhypari). This view of the relationship was
accepted by Mr. Kaye and Dr. Eltringham * in the papers
quoted above, and it was based on the relative numbers of
the two species to be found in collections. But relative
numbers, although usually a trustworthy guide, did not always
settle this question. The relative abundance of a species
was determined by a variety of causes outside those which
are believed to promote the evolution of mimetic resemblance
—viz. the discriminating attacks of vertebrate enemies,
especially birds. A mimic may be less attacked and less
parasitised by invertebrate enemies than its model, may be
more fertile, may have a more dominant food-plant. From
causes such as these the predominance of certain mimics
might probably be explained—of Hypolimnas misippus, bolina,
and dubia, and of Papilio polytes—all very common species,
known at certain times and places to outnumber their models.
In all these examples, however, there is no difficulty in deciding
that they are mimics and not models because, even if they
are to some extent specially protected by taste or smell, the
species they resemble are known to be highly distasteful and

* On pages 112 and 117 Dr. Eltringham speaks of microclea as re-
sembling wenoclea, but in his Plate XII, microclea (fig. 3) is represented,
correctly in my opinion, as the model of xenoclea (fig. 4).

XXXVIi

to belong to groups which are widely mimicked. Further-
more, in all but H. dubia the non-mimetic males preserve the
ancestral patterns of the females.

In Heliconius microclea and H. xenoclea the difficulty is
much greater. Their sexes are alike in pattern while they
both belong to the distasteful, mimicked genus Heliconius.
Assuming that they are equally distasteful, and that, on the
Miillerian principle, it would be an advantage to them both
to possess a similar warning pattern, then, other things being
equal, the approach will be from the pattern of the less
numerous to that of the more numerous. But other things
may be unequal; one species may be constant and the other
variable, and this difference may cause a more abundant
Heliconius to mimic a less abundant one. Of the two species,
xenoclea is the more variable and its pattern possesses the
dyslegnic border which lends itself to variability and is com-
monly characteristic of mimics as compared with their models.
The description of both species as eulegnic in Proc. Linn. Soc.
Lond., 1915-16, p. 52, was based on insufficient material,
although here it was recognised that the inner marginal edge
of the central fore-wing patch in wenoclea was less eulegnic
than other parts of the border. Since the publication of this
paper an interesting collection made in W. Central Peru by
Mr. G. H. Bullock, of H.M. Consular Service at Lima, has
thrown further light on the subject. The following series of
the two Heliconines was taken by Mr. Bullock near the
junction of the Chanchamayo River with the Perené River,
at a height of about 3000 ft., the season being intermediate
between wet and dry.

Heliconius Heliconius
Captured in 1918, notabilis xenoclea
microclea. xenoclea
|May22 . 2 | 2
BASIN ale cae Re ere i og
|
Perma aches a - 2 1
Fae igi sea ST ed RN re
let pad ayes. l fed
qa oe 1 Die |
»» 26 1 1 |

-

XXXViil

There can be no doubt that the butterflies would be indis-
tinguishable upon the wing and that they were taken as a
single species; and the table shows that they fly together
daily in the same locality. Furthermore, when the seven
specimens of each species are ranged side by side the greater
variability and the soft dyslegnic border of the whole pattern
of xenoclea is in evident contrast with the constancy and the
hard eulegnic edges of microclea. Finally, whatever may have
been the experience of others, Mr. Bullock’s collection supplies
evidence that in this locality, in May 1918, the two species
were flying together in approximately equal numbers.

APPARENTLY DISCRIMINATIVE ATTACKS BY BEETLE LARVAE
UPON PAPERED BUTTERFLIES OF PROTECTED GROUPS.—Prof.
PouLtToN said that there was some evidence of discriminative
attack upon Mr. Bullock’s collection from W. Central Peru.
Of four small butterflies in a single “ paper ’—2 Satyrines,
1 Ithomiine, and 1 Nymphaline (Hresia or Phyciodes)—only
wing-fragments remained. Omitting these from consideration
the following two groups were especially attacked :—

Danainae.—5 3g, 3 2 of D. plexippus L., were attacked,
5 g, 1 2 uninjured.

Heliconinae.—H. telesiphe Dbl.—1 attacked; H. sara
thamar Hiibn.—1 out of 3; H. doris L. (blue form)—1 out
of 18; H. xenoclea Hew.—3 out of 7; H. microclea Kaye—
1 out 3 (P

~ In marked contrast were the groups in which attacks were
almost wanting: the Nymphalinae—2 (Ageronia and Anaea)
out of 105 individuals; and the Pierinae—1l (Terias) out of
27. The Papilioninae were only represented by 4 wid gee
Swallowtails and of these 1 was attacked.

The following groups were not attacked at all (except for
the specimens in the single paper mentioned above) :—
Ithomiinae (30 individuals) ; Satyrinae (31); Morphinae (14);
Acraeinae (1); Lycaenidae (1); Erycinidae (9) ; Hesperidae (4) ;
Moths (9).

These facts, so far as they go, agreed with Bates’ observa-
tion recorded in his classical paper (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
vol. xxii, 1862, p. 510): “I have noticed also that recently

‘
: :
pinhead NU Ae Mia CR at as

XXX1X

killed specimens of Danaoid Heliconidae [Ithomiinae], when
set out to dry, were always less subject than other insects
to be devoured by vermin.” But apart from the Ithomiinae,
Mr. Bullock’s collection made it probable that certain Coleo-
pterous larvae had a preference for two other distasteful
groups, the Danainae and Heliconinae. There is nothing to
excite surprise in the evidence that certain, probably excep-
tional, pests should specialise in the dried bodies of butterflies
generally protected by distasteful qualities, any more than
in the undoubted fact that. certain exceptional enemies prey
upon them when alive.

A new PALAEARCTIC SPECIES OF THE LYCAENINAE, AND
OTHER LEPIDOPTERA FROM Mesoporamra.—Lt.-Col. H. D.
Pris, I.M.S., exhibited—

(1) Polyommatus peilet B.-Bak. Habitat: Karind Gorge
(N.W. Persia), 6,000 ft. July (H. D. Peile). Type in the
British Museum, described from six 3d and one @. (The
Karind Gorge is just over the Persian frontier.)

Mr. Bethune-Baker remarks:

“Tt is, 1 think, the most extraordinary Palaearctic species
of the true Lycaeninae that I know; its colour separates it
from everything, but the underside pattern shows it to be a
near ally of that beautiful species that Staudinger called
dama, with which indeed it was flying when Lt.-Colonel Peile
captured it. The androconial scales also connect it closely
with the dolus group.”

L.dama karinda Riley, and L. damone damalis Riley, taken
in company with the new form, were exhibited for com-
parison.

(2) Zegris eupheme dyala, Peile (Entom. LIV, p. 151, 1921),
6 33, 3 22 exhibited. This form differs from subsp. menestho
Menetries, which occurs at Fathah on the right bank of the
Tigris in Mesopotamia (and in Asia Minor and W. Kurdistan),
sn the absence of the yellow suffusion in the eround-colour of
the hind-wing, and in the darker shade of the grey outer portion
of the apex of the fore-wing above ; and from subsp. tschudica,
Herrich Schaffer described as an aberration, which it most
approaches, many examples from Mesopotamia being “ drier ”
still than this, having more white in proportion to the green,

xl

also the green is more tinted with yellow or sienna, especially
in the later emerged examples. These green prolongations
vary much in width and in the amount of yellow or sienna
in them.

2 slightly the larger as a rule: the orange patch at apex
of fore-wing usually smaller, in a few examples yellowish,
and in a few others altogether absent. Otherwise this form
varies but little.

Locality : Left bank of the Dyala from 350 to 600 ft., in
March and early April. Females seen ovipositing on young
flower-buds of a mustard and a mauve flowered Crucifer.

Z. eupheme tigris Riley. 33 4, 99 2, from the right
bank of the Tigris, taken March—April 1920, also exhibited
for comparison.

(3) Melitaea trivia, subsp. persea Koll. A small series of
each of three seasonal forms :—

(a) Spring form, from Mesopotamia and N.W.F., India,
March and April; comparatively large and with black spots
well-marked above and on underside, two females being
especially large examples.

(6) Summer form, from Mesopotamia, June-July; averaging
smaller, and with much less black above and beneath.

(c) Autumn form, from N.W.F., India, Sept.—Oct.; very
similar to the Spring form.

THE SUBFAMILIES OF FORMICIDAE.

Mr. H. DontstHorrE read the following communication :—

In all the recent works and catalogues on ants up to 1920,
five subfamilies have been recognised—namely, Ponerinae,
Dorylinae, Myrmicinae, Dolichoderinae, and Camponotinae,
and this arrangement is the same as that used by Dalla Torre
in 1890.

In 1920 Wheeler, after studying a great number of ant
larvae of many genera and subgenera in all five subfamilies,
proposed to raise two more subfamilies—the Pseudomyrminae,
and the Cerapachyinae.

Let us see how far Wheeler is justified in this proceeding.

; f
— ——

Pseudomyrmanae.

In 1899 Emery had already proposed this additional sub-
family, which he separated on account of the large heads
and rudimentary antennae of the larvae, etc. [various other
ant larvae, Ponerine, etc., possess short rudimentary antennae ;
T even found them, though in a still more rudimentary con-

Fic. 1.—Lateral view of larva of
Pseudomyrma gracilis Fabr.

dition, in the genus Myrmica, as figured in “ British Ants
(page 31)], but he subsequently withdrew this subfamily, and
replaced the genera in the Myrmicinae. Wheeler has shown
that in all the four genera—T'etraponera (=Sima), Pseudo-
myrma, Pachysima, and Viticicola, which are embraced by
the Pseudomyrminae—the larval characters are most impor-
tant. They all possess long, straight, cylindrical, distinctly

-
xlii

segmented bodies, with blunt anterior and posterior ends, a
large head ventrally placed, and short, rudimentary antennae.
The thoracic and first abdominal segments are furnished with
peculiar exudatory papillae, which form a cluster around the
mouth. They have the form of extraordinary appendages,
which in the first larval stage, Wheeler has called the tro-
phidium; and the swollen ventral portion of the first
abdominal segment just behind the mouth forms a pocket,

Vig. 2.—Head, trophothylax and exudatoria of larva of
Pseudomyrma gracilis abr.

the trophothylax, in which the workers place the pellet from
their own infra-buccal chamber.

We have described this pellet and chamber in “ British
Ants” as follows: ‘* The infra-buccal chamber is a spherical
cavity situated below the pharynx, and forms a receptacle
for the solid and semi-solid parts of the food rasped off by
the ant’s tongue and also for foreign matter scraped off the
ant’s body by its tongue and strigils. Any juices that remain
in these substances are extracted and sucked into the pharynx,

ae Pe

Se ee

ae a

ae

ha PV ern a ca at 3) ll

xl
the residue being ejected in the form of a solid body, the
‘ Boulettes de nettoyage’ of Janet, which retains the shape
of the infra-buccal chamber.”

After the pellet has been ejected it must still contain a
considerable amount of nutritious matter, for, as I have
shown, it forms the chief, if not the only food of the larva
of the Dipterous genus Microdon, and also forms part of
that of the beetle larva of Clythra 4-punctata. But to return
to the Pseudomyrminae, all four genera feed their larvae in

]
coIclLin
Fees OD Cy

3%
HP
Rota
8"
OD

Was
AS
he bak - Jomyue
‘es

Fic. 3.—Head of Myrmica from “ British Ants,” p. 16.

this way; and no other ants have been observed to do so,
but eventually spit them out. The mouth of the larva pos-
sesses a singular structure, the trophorhinium, with which
they thoroughly grind up the pellet. This structure is also
present in other ant larvae, and may be used as a stridulating
organ.

In the adults the shape of the head in the 9 and 4%, especially
of the clypeus and frontal carinae, is unique; and the eyes

Chad esc mneesmalas sieness ch eeadanauaneand

SS aAMAcadAunenaa nine ee SALA OAR RR ee BUC
Mee TTS ERENT TEE ETI ETP T SPAT ATOPY ep
Danii AND Vili di ALM hd ae he eee aaaaamiiieneer i ee
eS enn eer eer
SAARAALTOMASEATE ane LA iaied sdeendeneecmamamamademaane]
Wa ana oe TTT TT TET TEE TTI TP ey
SITS ETE BERET TT rer
SL aALh Cab Mia ee Aan RaaAReAamAA Ee ee
grrr reo tr

SIT TT
ST EST
Sree ett te
sarvtree SO tr

Fic. 4.—Trophorhinium.
a, roof. b, floor of mouth,

£

xlv

are very large. The construction of the petiole, post-petiole,
and tibial spurs is peculiar. Wheeler has recently shown the
antennae are 12-jointed in the g, 2 and % of all four genera,
and he has also proved that the gizzard is much more specialised
than in other Myrmicine ants.

I do not know what my colleague Mr. Crawley’s views are
on the subject, nor have I yet seen any opinions expressed
by any other of the first myrmecologists, but personally I
consider that all the above points taken together justify
Wheeler in raising these four genera to the rank of an
independent subfamily.

Cerapachyiinae.

In 1895 Emery transferred the tribe Cerapachyini from the
Ponerinae to the Dorylinae, a proceeding with which both
Forel and Wheeler disagreed. He subsequently returned them
to the Ponerinae with the rank of a section which he called
Prodorylinae.

The larvae are extremely like those of the Dorylinae, and
the foraging habits of certain of the adults are similar. The
worker, on the other hand, has a Ponerine habitus, but the
female characters in the various genera are very diverse,
some being very Ponerine-like, others being so like a Doryline ?
that they might be taken for a dichthadigyne. The same is
the case in the males—a male of the genus Acanthostictus,
which has been recently discovered in the Argentine by
Gallardo, might easily be mistaken for a male Dorylus. Other
males are very Ponerine like, though they do not possess
penicilli,

It will thus be seen that these ants are intermediate between
the Ponerinae and the Dorylinae and might easily be united
to either. Wheeler therefore prefers to treat them as a sub-
family; and this certainly has its advantages. Emery’s name
Prodorylinae, which otherwise might become the name of the
subfamily, cannot be used, as there is no genus named
Prodorylus.

We reproduce the diagram in which Wheeler indicates the
phylogenetic relations of the seven subfamilies. It will be
seen that he uses the name Formicinae for the subfamily

_

xlvi

usually called Camponotinae. Forel (1878) divided Mayr’s
subfamily Formicidae (1855) into Dolichoderinae and Cam-
ponotinae, and he justified this because Formicidae was already

in use as a family name. According to our present rules,
and the use of “inae”’ as a suffix for subfamily names, he
should have retained Mayr’s name, and restricted it to the
group containing Formica. I am indebted to Miss Kirk for

Myrmicinae Formicinae
Pseudomyrminae
\ Ponerinae
\
>
\
\
XN
xe Dolichoderinae
Dorylinae

Cerapachyinae

Scoliidoid
Ancestors

the beautiful reproductions of the figures used to illustrate
this short paper.

Mr. E. B. Asusy, F.E.S., exhibited an example of Papilio
machaon, 9, ab. rufopunctata Wheeler, captured on Les
Voirons, a range of mountains near Annemasse, Haute Savoie,
July 6, 1920. Distinguishing characteristics of this aberration
of P. machaon are the orange-red spots in yellow lunules of
border upper side hind-wings near the costa.

‘pct i Ea

xlvii

Parasemia plantaginis L., 5 gg and 1 Q, all taken just
below the top of the Col de la Faucille, above Gex in the
French Jura, on July 1, 1920. At 3.30 p.m. this moth was
flying there in extraordinary abundance. The specimens
exhibited show great diversity of variation. The exhibitor
included a specimen of the same moth taken at the Col
Ferrett on the Italian side of Mont Blanc, not far from
Courmayeur, on July 22, 1911, also remarkable from the
hind-wings being almost entirely covered with the blackish
suffusion, much more so than in any of the specimens brought
by him from the French Jura. This specimen may be referred
to the variety matronalis Friv., figured in Kirby.

The PresipenT remarked that the example presented as
matronalis was hardly black enough to be referred with
certainty to that aberration.

Papers.
The following papers were read :—
“On Some Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) in the British
Museum,” by Arruur M. Lea.
“Types of Heteromera described by G. F. Walker now in
the British Museum,” by Kennetu G. Buarr.

Wednesday, April 6th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Rotuscuitp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair. .

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—

Miss J. Rippety, of the Y.M.C.A., 250, 8. Hill St., Los
Angeles, U.S.A.; Mr. C. Dover, The Indian Museum,
Calcutta, India; Mr. D. J. Arxryson, of Broadoak House,
Newnham, Gloucestershire; Mr. lL. B. Hopper, Manor
House, Penryn, Cornwall; Mr. F. H. Lancum, Fernside,
Shepherds Lane, Dartford; Mr. F. D. Coorr, 11, Pendle
Road, Streatham, S.W.; Mr. H. E. Box, 151, Stamford

xlviil
Hill, N. 16; Mr. H. M. Sos, B.Sc., The Farlands, Stour-
bridge; Mr. H. H. Wattis, M.A., 145, Wilmer Road,
Heaton Road, Bradford; Mr. F. Ruopes, 113, Park Row,

Heaton Road, Bradford; and the Rev. G. Warxrnson, M.A.,
Woodfield, Hipperholme, nr. Halifax.

Exhibitions.

Remarking on early emergences this season, Mr. EK. E. GREEN
said that—

‘An unusually early appearance, this year, was a freshly
emerged specimen of Xanthorrhoé fluctuata, which came in to
light on the 12th March.

“ With regard to the debated question of the hibernation
of Pyrameis atalanta, it may be of interest to note that a
very worn specimen was observed by me here (at Camberley),
feeding at sallow blossom, on the 17th March.”

Insects oF TropicaL AmeERIcA.—Mr. C. B. Witiiams
exhibited (1) a Lamellicorn beetle from Trinidad, B.W.L.,
and a photograph of a dining-table during the swarming of
this species in the wet season. Two or three hundred beetles
had been attracted by the light above the table.

(2) Specimens of the Cercopid, Tomaspis saccharina, very
injurious to sugar-cane in Trinidad, B.W.I. This insect is
dependent on soil condition to a remarkable degree, and its
regular prevalence in any area is an indication of a heavy
clay soil. The chief injury done by the insect is to the leaves
of the cane, and a discoloured streak is formed from each
puncture of the insect, which continues to increase in size
for several weeks after the puncture is made.

(3) A burrowing wasp, Monedula sp., which collects and
stores up bloodsucking flies (Tabanidae) in British Guiana.

Commenting on this exhibit Mr. Williams drew attention
to a habit of most of the burrowing wasps and mud-wasps
in Trinidad and British Guiana. This is a shrill buzzing
during the act of digging or of spreading mud. The only
plausible explanation of this habit, which draws attention
to the nests, seems to be that the jaws of the insect work
rapidly in a series of small pressures instead of a steady

—

xlix

push, thus resembling the method used in some modern
machines, as, for example, the hydraulic rivetter. The
noise then becomes a necessary result of the vibration, and
is unavoidable.

LEPIDOPTERA FROM N.W. Persra.—tLt.-Col. H. D. Prise,
I.M.S., exhibited, and read notes on the following butter-
flies :—

“(1) Two pairs of Papilio machaon, subsp. centralis Staud.,
from Mesopotamia; one pair captured, the other pair from
over forty reared from larvae found and fed upon flowers of
tue (Ruta tuberculata L.). Pupa-cases also shown.

(2) Colias glicia Fru., gynandromorph, left side white,
right yellow; taken on 10th April, 1914, at Bannu, N.W.F.,
India, at a flower of Oxalis cernua Thnb.

“ (3) Anthocharis transcaspica Stgr., one $ example taken
at Fathah, Mesopotamia. This specimen agrees with one
in the Brit. Mus. Coll. labelled ‘ Kast of the Caspian.’

“A series of Anthocharis lucilla Bdv., for comparison with
the last, taken in the Tochi valley, N.W.F., India.

“ (5) Zephyrus quercus longicauda Riley, a series from about
fifty taken in the Karind valley, N.W. Persia. This form is
larger than the quercus type, has well-developed, filamentous
tails, and is in the males of a bright magenta shade, the
females also being brightly coloured.

“ (6) Satyrus parisatis Koll., a pair from some taken at
Paitak, N.W. Persia, and a male aberration lacking the white
bands on the under-side. This is perhaps the most Western
record for this species.”

XYLOCOPA VIOLACEA IN Herts.—Dr. J. WATERSTON
exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Harotp A. GeLparp, Hillside,
Lauderdale Road, Hunton Bridge, King’s Langley, a female
example of the carpenter bee (Xylocopa violacea L.) together
with larva, pollen mass, cells and post in which the bee had
burrowed.

All this material was taken at Hunton Bridge in the summer
of last year (1920), when the bee was seen at work, and fre-
quented the post exhibited for four weeks, at least, before it
was finally captured.

The bee has been presented to the National Collection.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921. D

al

]

Hymenoprerous Parasite ON ? PacnyLiaA syces.—Dr.
J. WarTErRsTON also exhibited several large snow-white cocoon
masses of a Braconid from Jamaica, and made the following
remarks :—

‘These masses are the work of Apanteles americanus Lep.,
a species until lately not represented in the Brit. Mus. Coll.,
but within a week recently received first from the Imperial
Bureau of Entomology (sent for determination by Sir Francis
Watts, K.C.M.G.) and again from Mrs. H. Fife, 41, Linden
Gardens, W. 2, who left several masses at the Museum with
the note that they occurred frequently ‘ on Cassava.’

“With the Apanteles there were in both consignments
numerous examples of Horismenus nigroaeneus Ashm., which
is apparently a hyperparasite through the Braconid.

“The host of the Apanteles was not ascertained by either
collector, but it is almost certainly one of the Sphingidae,
most probably in Lord Rothschild’s opinion Pachylia syces,
subsp. insularis.

‘Similar large cocoon masses are made in Ceylon by Apan-
teles acherontiae Cam., which parasitises Acherontia lachesis
feeding on leaves of the ‘ dadap’ tree (Hrythrina lithosperma).
Cameron notes that A. acherontiae also suffers from the attacks
of hyperparasites (Hemiteles (Ichn.) and a Chalcid genus),
but gives no specific determination of these. (See Cameron,
P., Spolia Zeylanica, vol. 5, p. 17, and Green, E. E., abid.
p. 19, with plate, 1908.) ”

The PreEsipENT said that on going over the Sphingidae
in the Tring Museum he had found there were two very large
masses of the parasite, bred by the Rev. Myles Moss; and the
moth on which it is found is Pachylia syces insularis Rothsch.
Mr. Myles Moss bred the insect at Para from typical Pachylia
syces, but as Dr. Waterston’s examples came from the West
Indies, they were doubtless fed on the island race of syces.

Mr. Lye. said the silk much resembled that of the silk-
worm, and was quite as fine.

Letter from Mr. H. Powell, FES.

The TREASURER read a letter he had received describing
the entomological expedition on which Mr. Powell is at

sek

st
ne ee

<

oe ti ila aa, owe os daha iota
= AALS y; r ea

li

present engaged on the Atlas, Morocco, recording many
forms and species of Lepidoptera not met with by Mr. G.
Meade- Waldo.

Mr. J. Harttey Durrant exhibited a series of Blastobasis
lignea Wlsm., including the variety adustella Wlsm., taken
by Mr. Albert E. Wright at Grange-over-Sands, 1918-1920.
A few specimens were taken in August 1918, twelve more
Aug. 10, 1919, and two on July 23, 1920. They were beaten
out of the foliage of Cotoneaster microphylla Wallich—the
larva probably feeds on accumulations of rubbish on this
plant or on yew, which also occurred in the same place.

Blastobasis lignella was described by Lord Walsingham
(P.Z.8. Lond., 1894, 550-1) from specimens collected in
Madeira by Wollaston, fifty or sixty years ago, and Mr. Durrant
was not aware that the species had been met with again until
its capture in this country by Mr. Wright.

This is an exceptionally interesting addition, as it intro-
duces also the family Blastobasidae to the British List.

Wednesday, May 4th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuitp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Donations to the Labrary.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks
given to the donors.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. R. B.D. Torr, MRL. S.,..FRMS.,; F.Z8.,. 1, 8t.
Cross Rd., Winchester, Hants, was elected a Fellow of the
Society. .

Walsingham Medal.

Mr. J. H. Durrant presented to the Society an example
of the WALSINGHAM MEDAL, and a unanimous vote of thanks
to him was passed.

-

hi

Exemption from Rates.

The TREASURER read a letter from Mr. Chambers Leete,
Town Clerk, Kensington, giving the Society the benefit of the
Friendly Societies Act 1843, exempting it from the payment
of Rates.

Exhibitions, ete.

Mr. A. Dicxsrr exhibited an analysis of 50 specimens of
Papilio ascolius.

(1) Front Wing Variations —Subapical cell spot large, 8;
subapical cell spot small, 10; streak in cell yellow, large and
clear, 10; streak in cell small and clouded, 9; streak in
cell orange, 2; streak in cell extends below cell at one point
only, 1; streak in cell at three points, 2; all 3 spots beyond
cell present, 7; No. 2 spot missing, 43; Nos. 1 and 2 spots
missing, 5; discal spots large, 9; discal spots small, 6;
nebulous marks at hind angle, 5;

(2) Hind Wing Variations—Black margin meets cell, 13;
black margin does not meet cell, 37; nebulous sub-marginal
spots, 1; two front yellow spots dusted with black, 3; dis-
tinct black spot under costal streak, 2; least orange, 4.

» (8) Underside Hind Wing.—Spot behind costal black
streak, 28; costal streak very small, 2; orange brown all
over, 22; very light, 4.

THE SUPERLINGUAE OR PARAGLOSSAE OF INSECTS.—
Dr. GAHAN said that as he was unable to be present at the
meeting when it was read, he should like to offer some remarks
on Dr. G. C. Crampton’s paper which appeared in the last
issue of the Transactions of the Society. It had to do with
at least one very interesting and important question; for on
a correct interpretation of the structures known as the super-
linguae or paraglossae would depend to a great extent what
views should be taken in regard to the number of segments
in the insect’s head, and the position of the insects in relation
to other Arthropoda. Vaysierre, from his investigation of
them in a May-fly larva, was, he believed, the first to suggest
that the paraglossae represented a distinct pair of head-
appendages. That view, however, met with little acceptance
before the publication, in 1893, of the important paper by

‘ vaptininmpaaibeinbis lpia a FR

li

Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the Limbs and Mouth-
parts of Crustacea and Insects (Zool. Anz. 1893, and in Ann.
Mag. N.H. 1893). In that paper, Hansen, who had carried
out an investigation on the lines which Dr. Crampton recom-
mends and apparently has followed, definitely put forward
the view that the paraglossae, owing to their position and
structure in the Thysanura and other primitive insects,
represented a clearly distinct pair of appendages homologous
with the first maxillae of Crustacea, and he proposed for both
the name maxillulae. Prof. G. H. Carpenter, in more recent
years, has brought forward further evidence in support of
Hansen’s view, and has given a figure of the maxillula of
Machilis; showing a complex structure and three distinct
lobes interpreted as lacinia, galea and rudimentary palpus.
It is astonishing that Dr. Crampton without even once referring
to Hansen in his paper, makes Folsom “apparently re-
sponsible ” for the view maintained by Hansen seven years
before Folsom’s paper appeared. Dr. Crampton considers
it to be a mistaken view; he asserts emphatically that
the paraglossae (named superlinguae by Folsom in order to
avoid confusion with the paraglossae of the labium, which
are quite distinct structures) are not the homologues of the
first maxillae of Crustacea at all, but represent their par-
agnatha; and he suggests that the paragnatha are detached
lobes of the first maxillae. If the latter suggestion is to be
taken seriously it would logically follow from his argument
that the paraglossae of insects actually do represent the first
maxillae of Crustacea, a conclusion which apparently is not
exactly the one at which he wishes to arrive. Hansen, whose
knowledge of the Crustacea is not to be despised, regarded the
paragnatha as a typical median bilobed structure homologous
with the hypopharynx (or lingua) of insects, also a median
structure to the base of which the maxillulae are sometimes
attached on the inner side. With regard to the interpretation
of the parts of the maxilla of insects, which Dr. Crampton has
given in correction of the “ absolutely unfounded and incorrect
statement which one encounters with disheartening regularity
in the zoological and entomological textbooks,” he believed
that so far at least as this country was concerned, Dr.

-
liv :

Crampton was engaged in the effort of slaying a dead horse ;
and he would like to point out that Dr. Crampton’s inter-
pretation, arising from a comparison of the parts in Machilis
with those of Crustacea, agrees entirely with the interpreta-
tion given by Hansen in 1893. That fact in itself suggested
to him that Dr. Crampton had no first-hand knowledge of
Hansen’s paper, and was unaware of all the evidence in
support of the particular view which he characterises as “a
most glaring inaccuracy.’’ He had no wish to prejudge the
question at issue, and should await with the greatest interest
the further papers, illustrated by drawings, in which Dr.
Crampton has undertaken to give details, and prove the
truth of his statements; it was certainly a strong point in
favour of his view, that the presence of a neuromere, cor-
responding to a superlingual segment, in the embryo of
“Anurida, as shown in one of Folsom’s figures, is very much
questioned by other embryologists, and has not yet been
confirmed.

Mr. S. Epwarps brought for exhibition two larvae of
Ino globulariae.

Mr. G. Tausot, on behalf of Mr. J. J. Jorcky, showed some
examples of new and little known Lepidoptera collected on
the Island of Mefor by Messrs. C. F. and J. Platt; also some
specimens from near Berne in Switzerland and from the
Marianne Islands.

Mr. J. E. Metxor, M.A., Assistant Govt. Entomologist to
the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan—a visitor—exhibited and read a
note on certain Sudan Solitary Wasps.

“ Eumenes macxillosa seemed to be the commonest in
Khartoum during the period of my observations—April to
July 1920—whereas the black and yellow waisted Sphegid,
Sceliphron spirifex, was more frequently seen at Shambat, two
and a half miles north of Khartoum and opposite Omdurman.

** FE. maxillosa builds its nest on walls in or outside the house,
on various articles of furniture, and I once found a round nest
about the size of a tennis ball round a branch of a Poinciana,
from which emerged wasps seemingly identical with those
issuing from nests found on flat surfaces.

“This wasp and a Eumenid, possibly £. lepelletieri Sauss.,

8

| rahe Saath ees oe Cart Saat ic iL a ae esha RE
aed tt a r at a) 1h Bg 2 :

lv

build their elliptical pot-like cells in the same way. The ends
of the ellipse are begun first, then the top gradually comes into
being, and then the bottom is brought up to meet round a
small hole left for insertion of egg and prey. In the case of
E. maaillosa, a sessile funnel is made around this hole at the
last building visit, but the other Eumenid gives hers a distinct
neck at the last visit but one, and a graceful disc is added
at the last visit.

“JT have not observed #. mazillosa laying her egg, but
have sketched lepelletiert in the act. Having completed the
funnel, she turned and faced the wall on which her nest
was built, and inserted the posterior of her abdomen into the
funnel, curving it up towards the ceiling of the cell and moving
it up and down, but never taking it out. The first attempt,
which lasted about twenty seconds, seemed unsuccessful ;
but at the second, which lasted thirty seconds, she managed
to attach the egg, and it could be seen hanging down in front
of the centre of the hole. She then flew away slowly as if
the operation had tired her. Later she returned with a
caterpillar of Catopsilia florella, which lives upon the Sennas—
Cassia obovata and acutifolia. The cells of this wasp are
somewhat smaller than those of EL. mazillosa, but both stock
their cells with caterpillars of this white butterfly, and in
those which I have opened the number has been three. These
caterpillars are imperfectly paralysed and can wriggle a
little, cling to the surface on which they stand, void excrement
from food eaten before they were stung, and, in some cases,
pupate—though the larval skin often gets caught at either
end, and bends them into the shape of a bow. The longest
time that a paralysed caterpillar from the cell of HL. mazillosa
remained fresh was nine days, so that the egg and larval stages
of the wasp could not well have lasted much longer. £.
maxillosa took twenty-four to twenty-six days to emerge,
but only parasites did so from the cells of F. lepelletieri.

‘“* When the egg has been laid and the cell stocked the wasp
closes the hole, destroying the funnel completely. The
surface is smoothed over level with the rest of the cell, but
the difference in the age of the mud still reveals the spot to the
human eye. When all the cells are finished both wasps

-

lvi

cover the whole with an outer coating of mud: E. maxillosa
with a granular one, Z. lepelletieri with an almost smooth
one, whilst S. spirifex covers her cells with a patchwork,
each patch being quite smooth and representing one
pellet.

“Sceliphron spirifex builds cigar-shaped cells, into which
she puts fourteen to sixteen spiders, chiefly Epierids with a
few Attids, the egg being laid on the first spider put into the
cell. One of these wasps had her nest in a room, and when
the doors were both closed went through a small hole at the
side of the door. If one of the doors was open, she flew out
through the large space of light, but whether it was open or
shut, on entering she always negotiated the narrow and
difficult passage through the small hole at the side, showing
that she had not profited from experience of the outward
journey.

* Salius lynx. This Pompilid was seen hunting the lawns
and banks of irrigation channels like a working spaniel. I
have seen one try to tempt a wolf-spider from its lair by
feeling with its fore legs, cat-like, round the edge of her hole.
Next day I saw one pull an already paralysed wolf-spider
some fifteen yards up a bank, through a hedge, and down
a hole within a few inches of the Nile. She walked back-
wards, pulling the spider head first. After some ten minutes
a cricket came out of this hole. The wasp did not come out
and the river rose above the spot during the night.

* Rhyncus sp. Saw a pair copulating on a leaf some three
feet from the ground. The male flew off afterwards with a
wild vigorous flight and a loud buzz. Nest found in an old
Dervish fort, with funnels about two to three inches long,
turning downwards and at right angles to the hole in the wall.
Megachile mephistophelica in some cases seemed to have
usurped these funnels and lined them with her leaves. She
might sometimes be seen peeping out of the end of a tube
as if to see whether the coast was clear.”

Mr. Mellor’s remarks gave rise to a discussion on the
formation of nests by mud wasps, in which Messrs. Janson,
Greene, Morice, and Dr. Marshall took part.

Prof. T, D. A. CocKERELL made some observations on the

lvii

distribution of Coleoptera in Madeira, and read the following
notes on a Journey to the Madeira Islands.

“Ever since I visited Madeira in 1879, I had longed to
return and further investigate its natural history. The
chance came last December, and my wife and I were able to
spend nearly three months on the islands, including a couple
of weeks in Porto Santo. The winter season is not the most
favourable, but flowers bloom all the year round, and insects
may always be obtained. It is not yet possible to report at
all fully on the collections, but some interesting facts have
come to light.

“ Off the island of Porto Santo are several smaller islands,
almost every one having one or more forms of snails entirely
confined to it. These snails may be regarded as races of
species of the main island in the majority of cases, but
Gesmitra turricula of the Itheo de Cima is a very distinct and
remarkable species. This endemism, in islets quite near the
shores of Porto Santo, is most conspicuously exhibited by
the snails, but we were able to find some evidence of it among
the apterous Coleoptera living under rocks. These beetles
were determined with the kind assistance of Mr. K. G. Blair
at the British Museum, using the materials in the Wollaston
and general collections for comparison. The genera concerned
are Helops (Tenebrionidae) and Scarites (Carabidae).

‘“ Helops is represented in the Madeiras by a_ peculiar
group, which has been placed in the subgenus Nesotes
Allard. The exception is a single specimen of H. pallidus
Curtis in the Wollaston collection from Porto Santo; it
has not been found there since, and was doubtless introduced.
Nesotes has, outside of the Madeiras, several species in the
Canaries, one in the Azores, and one in the Balearic Islands.
The group thus appears to belong to the so-called Atlantic
fauna, and probably dates back to the beginning of the Tertiary.
Wollaston had already observed a high degree of local endemism
among the species of Helops. Three species are from Porto
Santo only. He did not, apparently, investigate the forms
of the smaller islets. The small Itheo de Nardeste, which has
two kinds of snails peculiar to it, also proves to have a Helops,
which may be defined thus :—

-
lvili

Helops lucifugus maritimus subsp. n. Resembling luei-
fugus Woll., of Porto Santo, but more elongate and with
subparallel sides, elytra more convex, surface more shining.
The sculpture of the prothorax, with weak punctures on a
shining surface, shows its relationship to lucifugus rather than
to H. infernus, which has crowded strong punctures. 9 11°5-12
mm. long, nearly 6 mm. wide. 3g 9 by about 44 mm. Type
in British Museum, collected January 1921. Cotype retained
for U.S. Nat. Museum.

“ A species of Hadrus was also found on the I. de Nardeste,
but it must be referred to H. allotus Woll., common on Porto
Santo. The specimens are narrower than usual, thus varying
in the same direction as the Helops. On the other islets the
H. illotus also show incipient differentiation; thus those on
I. de Cima are conspicuously larger than those on I. de Baixo,
here varying in a direction parallel with the Scarites just to
be mentioned.

Scarites abbreviatus Dejean, occurs on all the islands, that
is, on Madeira, Porto Santo and all three Desertas. In
Madeira I took it near the Pico de Serrado, at an altitude of
about 3000 ft., Jan. 31. Facing the two ends of Porto Santo,
and separated from it by narrow channels, are the islands
called Cima (upper) and Baixo (lower). The latter is consider-
ably the larger, but appears to be more barren, lacking the
shrubby Artemisia argentea L’Herit., which abounds on Cima.
Poor specimens of Nicotiana glauca Graham occur on Baixo;
the plant was introduced there several years ago by Juan de
Pico of Porto Santo. S. abbreviatus abounds under stones
on both these islets, but whereas those on Baixo are about
19-20 mm. long, somewhat smaller than the Madeira form,
those on Cima are gigantic. There are, in all, four distinct
races of S. abbreviatus, which may be separated thus :—

Large forms.

“8. abbreviatus cimensis subsp. n. The large form of the
I. de Cima, not known to Wollaston. It is about 29 mm. long,
and has the base of the elytra without the numerous granules
of the Madeira form, but. with a few irregular punctures.
The mesal expansion of the left mandible has a variable but

rad

ee eee ee ee |.

distinct large rounded apical lobe, not developed in the Madeira
form. Type in British Museum; the cotype will be placed in
U.S. Nat. Museum.

“ S. abbreviatus desertarum subsp. n. This is Wollaston’s
var. 5 from the Desertas. It is larger and looks like cimensis,
‘but the mandibles differ, and, as Mr. Blair pointed out, the
margin of the thorax is broadly interrupted posteriorly. In
cimensis the margin is suddenly deflected or bent at a point
behind the middle of the prothorax, apparently indicating
that the structure is produced by two separate factors in
inheritance, one of which has dropped out in desertarum.
Type in Wollaston collection, Brit. Museum.

Small Forms.

“ 8. abbreviatus partosanctanus subsp. n. This is Wollaston’s
var. 8, but I take as the type one of my specimens from Itheo
de Baixo, Jan. 22,1921. It is the smallest of the races, 19-20
mm. long, but resembles the Cima one, and not that of Madeira,
in the sculpture of the base of the elytra. As Wollaston
remarks, the elytra are also more broadened posteriorly. The
mesal lobe of the left mandible lacks the apical lobe or ex-
pansion, but differs from that of the Madeira form in being
more obtuse, with its upper face obliquely striate. Type in
British Museum; cotype kept for U.S. Nat. Museum.

“8. abbreviatus, typical form from Madeira. Wollaston
also distinguishes a variety from the Itheo de Fora, at the end
of Madeira, opposite the Desertas.

“JT exhibit a few other insects, interesting for various
reasons :—

“ Bombus ruderatus (Fabricius). Fabricius described his
Apis ruderata partly from material collected in Madeira by
Sir Joseph Banks, on Captain Cook’s first expedition. It was
interesting to find the same species in abundance in a meadow
at Funchal, March 2, 1921. It was visiting flowers of Echiwm.

“ Rhyparobia maderae (Fabricius), also described in the
early days from Madeira, but now cosmopolitan. It probably
did not originate in Madeira. The specimen is from Funchal.

“ Ohrysomela banksi Fabricius, collected by Mr. A. C. de
Noronha on the right bank of the Ribeira de Porto Novo,

a
Ix

Madeira, November 1918. It is new to Madeira, but has
doubtless been introduced from Portugal.

“ Chrysophanus phlaeas (L.) collected by my wife at Porto da
Cruz, Madeira. G. T. Bethune Baker states that Wollaston’s

specimens of this species from Madeira were very dark, but .

those we saw had a very ordinary appearance. Rebel refers
the Madeira form to the race phlaeoides Stgr.”

Wednesday, June Ist, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscutiip, M.A., F.R.S., etc., Presi-
dent, in the Chair.

The PrestpENT announced the death of Dr. Lonastarr, and
a vote of condolence was passed to his widow and relatives.

Election of Fellows.

Dr. Davip Suarp, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., etc., was elected a
Special Life Fellow. Mr. P. V. Casriine, of Peshawar, India,
and Dr. 8. C. Hartanp, D.Sc., of Shirley Institute, Didsbury,
were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exemption of the Society from Income Tax.

The TreasuRER made a_ statement, explaining that the
Society, as a Friendly Society, had been pronounced free
from all Income tax except on the interest on the Debentures.
He also made a statement as to the portraits of Distinguished
Entomologists that had been hung in the Society’s rooms,
and expressed the hope that other portraits and documents
of entomological interest would be presented to the Society.

Obituary.

The PresIpENT read the following statement as to the death

of a number of distinguished Russian entomologists during
1916-20 :—

anortnts 6fa wat

Ixi
Speciality, or position | ere
N.N. Adelung . . | Keeper of Orthoptera in the Petro-—
grad Zoological Museum. | 23.34.17.
S. N. Alferaki . . | Lepidopterist. 27.vii.18.
V.L. Bianki. . . | Zoologist of the Petrograd Mus. 10.1.20.
E. M. Vassiljev . . | Professor, economic entomologist. | vil.19.
N. A. Zarudny . . | Traveller in Central Asia and _
Persia. | 13.11.19.
B. A. Karavajev . . | Myrmecologist. 1919:
A. K. Krulikovsky . | Lepidopterist. x.20.
N. V. Kurdjumov — . | Economic entomologist. [SURO e
V. Oshanin-. . . | Hemipterist. 26.i.17.
T. Portchinsky . . | Chief of Bureau of Entomology | 8.v.16.
E.Pymov . ._ . | Orthopterist. | 1920.
V. Rodzjanko . . | Forest entomologist. 1919.
M. N. Romanoff . . | Grand Duke, Lepidopterist. | 29.1.19.
A. A. Silantiev . . | Economic entomologist : | 21.ii1.18.
D. A. Smirnov .__. | Coleopterist; economic entomolo- |
gist. | 17.viii.20
A. A. Sopotsko . . | Economic entomologist. | L.iv.19.
G.Suvorov . ._ . | Coleopterist. | 29.v.18.
J. Schreiner. =. .~ | Economic entomologist. vii. 18.
N. A. Cholodkovsky . | Professor of Entomology and
| Zoology. 2.iv.21.
Th. Stcherbakov. . | Economic entomologist. ix.20.
J.Shevyrev. . . | Chiefofthe Entomological Labora-
tory of the Department of

Forestry 7.vii.20.

Exhibits.

THE RECURRENCE AND WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF A PARTICULAR
TYPE OF VARIATION IN Pyramets carput L.—Prof. PouLton
exhibited two examples of the var. elymi Ramb., one captured
Jan. 18, 1921, in a valley on the east side of Porto Santo
(about 500 ft.) by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, and another, from
the New Forest, in the Dale Collection. Also a specimen
intermediate between elymi and cardui, taken (1901-1910) at
Guimar, on the east side of Tenerife (about’ 1200 ft.), by
Mr. W. Walmesley White. All these examples were in the
Hope Department. In the British Museum there was an
elymi (figured by Mr. R. South in his “ Butterflies of the
British Isles ”) taken at Dover, in the Eustace Bankes Collec-
tion, and an intermediate variety like that from Guimar,
purchased by Mr. J. H. Leech in Berlin. Lord Rothschild
possessed an example of elyn, also from Dover. Further-

al
Ixii
more, most of the rather garish figures of cardwi vars. in 8. L.
Mosley’s “ Varieties of British Lepidoptera ” (1878-1885) were
clearly forms of elymi.

Comparing the examples it became obvious that elymi was
itself extremely variable. The two Oxford specimens exhibited
to the meeting were very different, and that from Porto Santo
remarkable in the straight-cut outer margin of the hind-wing.
But, in spite of much individual difference, the pattern as a
whole was the same and the same markings became dyslegnic
which were eulegnic in cardut.

Whether by reversion, which seems to offer the more prob-
able hypothesis, or by. spontaneous variation following some
line of genetic least resistance, it was obvious that isolated
communities of cardui tended to produce from time to time
individuals transitional towards elymi, or elymi itself.

ASCLEPIAS CURASSAVICA L., SOUGHT BY THE IMAGO OF
Papitio HomMERUS F.—Prof. Poutron exhibited examples of
this Asclepiad, well known in the tropics of both hemispheres,
collected by Mr. Scoresby Routledge in April 1921, at about
800 ft., from open grassy meadow-land on the John Crow
Mountains, Jamaica. The interest of the exhibit lay in the
following note sent with the specimens :—

‘ Papilio homerus sucks the nectar from the blossom, sway-
ing down the plant by its size and weight. One was observed
going to twenty plants in immediate succession, 7. e. to all
the plants in bloom on the spot.”

LIBYTHEA PROBABLY L,. LAIUS TRIM., CONGREGATING, PER-
HAPS BEFORE OR DURING MIGRATION.—Prof. POULTON said
that he had received the following note from Mr. C. F. M.
Swynnerton. The observation was made on the Miombo-
Kilossa Road, Tanganyika Territory. The facts recorded
and referred to in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1921, pp. 404, 405, made it
probable that the habit described was associated with migra-
tion. The late Mr. Farquharson’s observation that the
migrating W. African Libythea labdaca Westw., settled in
culverts (ibid., p. 405) supported Mr. Swynnerton’s suggestion
that some inorganic substance was sought by butterflies of
this genus, as it is believed to be by many Hesperidae.

“ Dec. 24, 1920.—Libythea, apparently laius, is here some-

Ae

Pere oe ee eee en ees ee
his) Seal AE ag sca ae Sah

}

ss

Ixil

times in great numbers and on Dec. 5, 1920, the afternoon of
the day before the Cicada observation, we came on a bare tree,
apparently also Combretum, in the same woodland formation
[see p. Ixiv], the twigs of which were literally covered with
Inbythea, some resting, some flying off and back to the tree.
It rather reminded me of my Amawris observation at Dar-es-
Salaam, but the congregation was certainly not for shade,
for it was one of the least shady spots and the afternoon was
very dull with rain threatening. Had a brood lately emerged
at and about a food-tree there,—were they congregating to
facilitate mating or what? In Rhodesia I used to get it
chiefly in and on the outskirts of primary forest. Here [at
Kilossa] we get it in open Combretum and Brachystegia wood-
ing and in great numbers at damp ground beside my house,
in an open clearing. Why this difference? It seems obvious
that shade is not the factor that determines the butterfly’s
presence. It may be the presence of food-plant. Its remain-
ing in numbers for long together 50 yards from the nearest
trees or shrubs is also interesting in view of its protectively-
coloured under-side.

“ Jan. 2, 1921.—Still not posted! I caught a long series
of Libythea to-day, being Sunday, and seeing that I got them
50 at a time in my net! The variation of the under-sides is
most interesting, and, like that of the still more variable
Catocaline moth, Achaea lienardi Boisd., runs to definite
patterns and a limited number of them, and the breeding
I am sure is on ‘ Mendelian’ lines. Also I am sure this varia-
tion is of use to the insect, since it prevents birds getting
accustomed to looking out for a particular type of dead leaf
or protective pattern.* I had some experimental evidence
in favour of this view.

“The Libytheas settle in huge numbers where the boy
washes the clothes (soap is distributed around) and where
cement has been thrown out. Is it possible that alkali is
needed by them? ”

THE COURTSHIP OF THE CrcaDA, MONOMATAPA INSIGNIS
Dist. (TIBICINAE), OBSERVED IN TANGANYIKA TERRITORY.—
Prof. Poutton said that he had received the following notes

* See Poulton: ‘‘ Essays on Evolution,” Oxford, 1908, p. 310.

-
ixiv

from Mr. A. Loveridge and Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. He
also exhibited 2 ¢¢ and 4 99 sent by these naturalists,
and called attention to the beautiful structure of the sound-
producing organ.

“ Miombo-Kilossa Rd., 6.xii.19. At a point about two
miles from Kilossa at 7 a.m. the noise of these insects was
perfectly deafening. I have never heard such a chorus of
insect life; great numbers were flying about the tops of the
trees, and they were settled on all the small bushes in con-
siderable numbers. When a pair were together the courting
male took up a position on the underside of the twig or branch,
whilst the female was directly above. The male would then
move round to the upper surface and pairing would take
place. A pair of Wood Hoopoes (Irrisor erythrorhynchus)
disporting themselves in the trees, added to the din. A. L.”

Mr. Swynnerton’s observations, made on the same occasion,
were contained in a letter of Dec. 24, 1920 :—

“T will add to Mr. Loveridge’s note my own memories of
the observation. Personally I saw the Cicadas courting also
on vertical twigs, though the horizontal position was more
usual. The male always headed in the same direction as the
female. The stridulation was distinctly to charm the female
into acquiescence, for the male continued it steadily, his whole
body vibrating, until at last he came round and gently attempted
copulation. In one instance, in which he failed—owing
apparently to the female’s not having been brought to the
necessary pitch of sensuality—he went back and sang again,
the female still remaining. The courtship lasted a very long
time in each case watched, certainly ten or fifteen minutes
and probably often far longer. The insects were very easily
captured by hand when in coité, attempting to escape in
most cases merely by falling or gliding to the ground together,
but were wary and readily disturbed while still courting. It
was between seven and eight in the morning and more or less
sunny. The woodland formation was tree-savannah—the
pasture grasses, already eight to twelve inches high after
burning and thunder-showers, and the open tree and shrub
growth dominated by thorny Acacia, Dalbergia, and Com-
bretum, all coming on well in young leaf. I did not note any

72

sal tent.

Ixv

real preference for a particular species of tree, though the
majority of the couples watched happened to be in one or two
rather bare Combretum trees standing together. However, they
were found also in the other trees and shrubs immediately
round, at any distance from the ground, from four or five feet
to the full height of the trees—twenty-five or thirty feet.
The Combretum in question is non-thorny, a fact which may
be contrasted with some previous observations on Cicadidae.

“In one case definitely I noted two males courting one
female, the three of them shoulder to shoulder round a small,
vertical twig, and both males calling simultaneously—as was
evident from the strong vibration of both. On the female’s
flying off, as she did after I had already seen her sex, the
males continued to call and in doing so moved opposite to
each other, into the position usually taken up by a courting
pair. I did not see females coming to calling males, though
this has of course been recorded—at any rate for certain
species. In the case of two males to one female,—and I
think I saw one or two other apparent cases of it out of reach,
though I can’t trust my memory sufficiently to say so definitely
now—it seems obvious that at least one of the males must
have come to the female. It is unlikely that one just happened
to find two of them together, and with so many Cicadas
congregated in a small space it is very possible that the males
were finding the females—by other senses than sound. Un-
luckily the whole ceremony was in an advanced stage when
we got there, and we could not wait long.

“This collecting together in great numbers for courtship
is interesting. I have seen it on other occasions, and besides
probably giving the males opportunity to find the females
as well as to be found by them, it certainly lends colour to
the view that there is competition for the females in the
matter of song. It would be interesting to see instances in
which a male was finally refused yet another male accepted-
Unfortunately I was unable to see the courtship through in
which a male, apparently rejected, tried again. But, seeing
that the courtship takes so long, the male who has to charm
long to make the required impression will probably pair with
fewer females in his lifetime, even if he never gets finally

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921. E

-

Ixvi

rejected, than the brilliant charmer who gets accepted at his
first advance. One really requires to give several hours to
such an observation as the one I have described.—C. F. M. 8.”

CopRID BEETLES BELIEVED TO BE INTERNAL PARASITES OF
MAN. THE WILES OF “ MEDICINE-MEN.’’—Prof. POULTON, in
bringing forward the following communication from Mr.
©. N. Barker of the Durban Museum, said that he believed
an analogous form of deception was practised by the Australian
medicine-men, the foreign objects palmed off by them being
bones, pieces of wood, etc.

“ May 3, 1921.—A short time ago (3.11.21) we received
from Mr. Franks, of Tugela, Natal, a small bottle containing
a large number of dung-beetles, which I determined as Ontho-
phagus suggilatus Klug, O. lutulentus Har., O. parumnotatus
Fahr., and some small Sisyphus; suggilatus, which is the
smallest species, formed the bulk of the collection, but there
were also a considerable number of .lutulentus, a medium-
sized insect. These Mr. Franks states were passed alive
with the excreta of a native woman after the employment
of a native herb medicine used principally as an enema and a
small portion taken internally. The medicine of course was
administered by a native doctor, and the woman had been
sick with internal troubles for over three months.

“In the ‘ Annals of the Natal Museum,’ vol. ii, 1909, there
is a comprehensive paper on Zulu medicine and medicine-men
by the Rev. Alfred T. Bryant, and under the heading ‘ In-
testinal Parasites ’ he has the following :—

“<7 Khambi.—There is a complaint comparatively common
among the Kafirs of these parts which seems to be unknown
to medical science. It appears to be caused by an intestinal
parasite called by the Zulus ikKhambi (sometimes iGhotho or
iBhungane). This is an imago of a beetle measuring from
a + to 4 an inch in length, with greenish-black elytra. The
beetle is almost identical in appearance with the dung-beetle
found in fresh cow-dung. Specimens of the beetle were
obtained by me in June, 1903, at first hand from a sick native
girl in my charge in Zululand, who had been passing them
periodically in as many as a dozen or more at a single evacua-
tion throughout a period of ten years or more. The specimens

oe
C=

Ixvu

were submitted to Dr. Warren of the Natal Museum, Maritz-
burg, and they were sent on by him to Dr. L. Péringuey,
the well-known Coleopterist of Cape Town. All the informa-
tion that these gentlemen could impart was that the insects
appeared to be a species of an ordinary dung-beetle (Aphodius
marginicollis).’

“There is much more on the subject contained in the
article, which, if you can get hold of it, might interest you.
I am sending you all this to show you how gullible some
white men are, when confronted with the trickeries of some of
these wily native medicine-men. If you read the rest of what
Mr. Bryant says on the subject you will notice that these
doctors must use a considerable amount of dexterity in the
‘way they immediately transfer their live stock to the passed
excreta to keep up the deception.”

In view of the facts brought forward by Mr. Barker, the
statement made by R. A. Senior White, in “ The Indian
Journal of Medical Research,” Calcutta, Vol. 7, No. 3, p. 568,
required confirmation, and was, on the face of it, highly
improbable. The “ disease,’’ as it is there stated to occur in
Ceylon, was curiously similar to that described in Africa,
and there was a vernacular name (“* Kurumini Mandima ” —
“* Beetle-disease ’’) in the former as in the latter. Mr. G. J.
Arrow had informed Prof. Poulton that the beetle, said to
have been passed by a boy in Matale Hospital and figured on
Plate LV, was certainly Onthophagus bifasciatus F. (probably
a g and not, as represented, a 9), but that the other two figures
supposed to be of the same species were different from it and
from each other.

Mr. DonistHoRPE exhibited a specimen of Argynnis ewphro-
syne taken -in cop. at Darenth Wood on May 10, 1921,
pointing out that it still retained part of the pupal sheath on the
head, but was able to fly. Some discussion arose as to the
effect of damage to the antenne on the flight of butterflies.

EVERSIBLE GLANDS IN CHRYSOMELID LARVAE.—Dr. C. J.
GAHAN exhibited larvae of the Chrysomelid beetle, Phytodecta
viminalis L., and said his object in doing so was to call attention
to the existence in these larvae of a glandular structure, which
under certain conditions was everted between the 7th and

i
Ixvill

8th tergites of the abdomen. The gland when everted gave
off two branches which stood erect to a height of nearly a
mill metre, and, being of an orange colour, were quite easily
seen with the naked eye. Eversible glands of a somewhat
different kind, and very much smaller in size, were known
to occur in the larvae of Lina populi and some other species
of Chrysomelidae, where they formed a series along each
side of the back, each gland being slightly everted from a
minute opening at the top of a small conical tubercle; these
glands each exuded a milk-white drop of liquid, which had an
odour like that of bitter almonds, and was said to contain
salicylic acid. The larvae of Phytodecta which he was exhibit-
ing were given to him by Mr. Champion, who found them,

together with the beetles, on their food-plant, a species of*

Salix ; and he had not himself observed them under natural
conditions. While investigating one of the larvae to see if
it had glands like those of Lina, he touched it with a brush
dipped in benzene, and almost immediately its glands were
shot out, and thus brought to his notice. It was subsequently
found that when a larva was squeezed between the fingers,
or with a pair of forceps, its glands were also everted, but
were not brought into view when the larva was poked about,
or turned upside down, with a brush or even with the point
of a needle. Xylol, applied with a brush, had the same
effect as benzene; but ether, chloroform, alcohol, formalin,
or vinegar, applied in the same way, failed to make the larva
evert its glands; and yet in each case when benzene was
afterwards applied, the glands were quickly everted. By
placing a larva in a cell under a glass cover-slip and then
touching it with a drop of benzene, it was seen that where
the glands came in contact with the glass two small drops
of a clear, transparent liquid were left behind, which slowly
evaporated, a faint deposit remaining on the glass. The
larvae of Phytodecta viminalis had been more than once
described, but he had nowhere come across any reference to
their eversible glands. These glands, like so many others
of a similar character met with in insects, doubtless served
as a protection from predaceous or parasitic enemies; but
why benzene in particular should have such an effect in

lxix

bringing them into action he did not at present understand.
They gave off no appreciable odour, and their effect on the
enemy would seem to be through its sense of taste rather
than its sense of smell.

Mr. C. B. Wittiams in commenting on this exhibit said
that he had found P. viminalis to be viviparous.

British Hymenoprera—The Rev. F. D. Morice
exhibited :—

A 3 of the sawfly Tenthredopsis palmata Geofir., with a
second transverse nerve abnormally present in the radial cell
of its right fore-wing. This seemed to be a case of “ rever-
sion,” such a nerve being believed to have been present in the
original ancestors of this group, though it occurs normally only
in one small and very peculiar division of it, viz. the Xyelini.

The specimen was taken (or bred?) by the Rev. W. J.
Johnson recently at Poyntzpass, Co. Armagh, Ireland.

A 3 of Lasius (= Anthophora) pilipes, which he saw in his
garden, a few weeks ago, making repeated and violent attempts
to seize (and pair with?) a 2 of the Humble Bee Bombus pra-
torum. In most years $d and 99° of pilipes are exceedingly
common at Woking, as they are almost everywhere, in all
months of the spring. But this year Mr. Morice had seen
only a very few gd, and not a single 2 either in his garden
or elsewhere.

Mr. Morice exhibited also a 2 of pratorum, and the real
female of L. pilipes. It was seen that they differed very
considerably in colour as well as in structure !

Mr. Morice stated that Dr. R. C. L. Perkins had told him
that he had seen pilipes 3 behave in the same way, not only
towards Humble Bees, but, what seemed still more curious,
towards workers of the Hive Bee!

PIERINES FROM CENTRAL PEru.—Dr. F. A. Drxey exhibited
some Pierines from West Central Peru, and remarked on
them as follows :—

“The butterflies now exhibited, with several others, were
all captured on the same day, May 26, 1918, by Mr. G. H.
Bullock, near the Palea torrent, above its junction with the
Chanchamayo river, at an elevation of about 5000 ft. The
three specimens of Pereute, though bearing so strong a

resemblance to each other, belong to three different species—
P. leucodrosime Koll., which has antennae ringed with white,
and basal red spots beneath; P. callinice Feld., which has
black antennae and no red spots; and P. callinira Stder.,
also with no red spots, but with antennae like those of P.
leucodrosime. Besides the characters just mentioned, these
species are usually distinguishable by their scent-scales. The
lamina in each of the species is long and narrow, more or less
expanded towards the base, and furnished with basal cornua.
The fimbriae are short. In P. leucodrosime the cornua are
long and slender; in P. callinice they may be claw-shaped; in
P. callinira, though sometimes strongly resembling those of
P. leucodrosime, they are in most instances unsymmetrical,
one being claw-shaped as often in P. callinice, the other long
and tapering. The lamina itself is relatively narrower in P.
callinice than in the other two species, and in P. lewcodrosime
the expansion towards the base is more gradual. Individual
scales may not always be easy to place; but when a prepara-
tion contains many scales from the same specimen, it is not
difficult to assign it to its proper species. It is interesting
to note that in the matter of the presence or absence of red
spots beneath, P. callinice and P. callinira agree, while P.
leucodrosime stands apart. In the antennal character, P.
leucodrosime and P. callinira agree, and P. callinice differs.
As regards the scent-scales, P. callinice is somewhat inter-
mediate between the other two, but on the whole comes
nearer to P. leucodrosime.

“It may be worth noting that Seitz (p. 66) says: ° P.
callinirva Stdgr. aus Peru hat schwarze Fiihler.’ But Stau-
dinger, who described the species, says: ‘die Fiihler sind
gelblichweiss,’ which is undoubtedly the case.

“The other two Pierines are a male and female of Pveris
pharetia Fruhst., the Peruvian form of the well-known P.
buniae of Brazil. They differ from typical P. buniae chiefly
by their larger size and by the pale and almost obsolete marking
of the underside. The Natural History Museum has four
male specimens of this form from Bolivia, but no specimen
of the female.”

ExampLes oF HELICONIUS FROM VENEZUELA. Mr. GEORGE

lxx1

Tatpor exhibited on behalf of J..J. Jorcny, Esq., forms of
Heliconius showing the transition from erato molina Smith
to erato chestertonn Hew.

1. H. erato molina Smith. Venezuela.

9. An aberration of molina with the band of the fore-wing
partly obliterated. Venezuela.

3. An aberration of molina with only a subcostal red dot
on the fore-wing. Venezuela.

4. Aberr. nocturna Riff.—Fore-wing with a subcostal
yellow dot. Hind-wing with traces of a yellow discal band
between vein 2 and the inner margin, on the underside ex-
tending to the outer margin. Venezuela.

5. H. erato chestertonii Hew. Colombia.

Papers.
The following papers were read :—
“Mimicry of Ants by other Arthropods,” by H. Donis-

THORPE,
“ Erotylid Coleoptera,” by G. J. ARRow.

It was decided not to hold the informal meeting
provisionally arranged for the 15th June.

Wednesday, October 5th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuitp, M.A., BRS; cette;
President, in the Chair.

The PRESIDENT announced that owing to the illness of Mr.
H. Rowland-Brown, Dr. H. Eltringham, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8.;
had kindly consented to act as joint Secretary for the
remainder of the session.

Gifts to the Society.

The TREASURER called attention to two portraits that had
been bequeathed to the Society by the late Dr.. Longstaff.
A vote of thanks to Mr. J. J. Joicey, F.LS., HeZ8.. BORG.
for his generous gift of a lantern to the Society was passed

unanimously.

al

lxxil

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—

Messrs. CHARLES L. Fox, 1621, Vallejo St., San Francisco,
California; Wittram F. N. Grernwoop, Lautoka, Fiji;
Henry W. Dosson, 14-16, Finkle St., Kendal; Katrpos D.
Surorr, Nahani, Surat, India; ArNnoLp RorBuck, Edgmond,
Newport, Salop; the Rev. J. Westey Hunt, 116, Cross St.,
Kroonstadt, Orange Free State; and Miss Amy CasTLex,
Assistant Entomologist, Dominion Museum, Wellington,

New Zealand.

EBerhibits.

NOTE ON THE HABITS OF THE BEE, ANTHIDIUM MANICATUM.—
With reference to a recent note by Mr. Morice on the pugnacity
of a bee, a male of Anthophora pilipes, which attacked a
female of Bombus pratorum (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1921,
p. lxix), Mr. E. E. Green read the following extract from his
Journal, dated 30th June: “A patch of Nepeta cataria, in
my garden, is frequented by bees of the species Anthadiwm
manicatum. The males have a peculiar flight, frequently
poising themselves motionless in the air. They appear to be
of an extremely pugnacious disposition. When a ‘ bumble
bee’ (Bombus sp.) approaches the patch of flowers, the Anthi-
dium poises itself for a moment, takes aim, then launches
itself straight at the intruder, striking it with such force that
the Bombus often loses its balance and falls to the ground,
after which it picks itself up and makes a hurried departure.
The Anthidiuwm does not follow up its victory or exhibit any
further interest in its fallen foe, but resumes its previous
occupation of cruising about above the patch of flowers,
occasionally refreshing itself at a blossom.”

Mr. Morice has suggested, as explanation of the action
of his Anthophora, that this male mistook the Bombus for a
female of its own species, but Mr. Green did not think that this
explanation would fit the case just described. In the first
place, the female of A. manicatwim is much smaller than the
male, while the individuals of Bombus that were the objects
of attack were considerably larger and more brightly coloured

ath.

ie OD etek ae Ne ve eel aN Bie 2) ee a, 4 oe >. all
aN Sopa SE alle VRS ai ko ec aly Ser
a 4, > .
' : = x

ahs
5 Heetan ee
Reece ho pO
“ . =

Ixxili

than the Anthidium. Further, the fact that the Anthadium
took no further interest in the vanquished Bombus does not
suggest that its action was due to sexual instinct. The con-
clusion arrived at is that the Anthidiwm wished to preserve
this particular, patch of flowers for the benefit of itself and its
congeners, and resented the intrusion of outsiders.

Brivish SPECIES or ZyGAENA.—Mr. T. H. L. GrosvENoR
exhibited the following :—

(1) A small race of Zygaena trifolii from Sussex, compared
with a large race from Kent; it was found that these two races
were unable to pair although readily attracted to one another.

(2) A black form from Sussex; it was found that these
would only pair inter se with the greatest reluctance, and when
finally obtained the resulting ova were infertile; it was also
noted that a normal male preferred a black female and would
not pair with a normal individual if a black one was present.
Microscopic examination of the scaling showed this form to
be normal.

(3) With a white female it was found impossible to obtain
a pairing, as it did not seem to exhibit any sexual attraction,
and males that readily paired with normal individuals showed
not the slightest attraction. The scaling was found to be very
sparse, and such scales as were present were curled.

(4) A male with spot 4 missing from the left primary.

(5) Teratological examples, including a male with wings
small and almost circular, and a black male with wings fully
developed but those on the left smaller than on the right.

(6) Two males with a number of white scales mixed with
the red of the maculae; these were found to be different
to exhibit No. 3, as these white scales were quite normal.

(7) A male Z. tutti and a female of Z. trifoliv taken in coitt.
Six imagines, the result of this pairing, were shown, altogether
19 were bred with the following results :—

All the females resembled the female parent.

50 °% of the males resembled the female parent.

50 % of the males had a well-defined but small sixth spot.

A pairing between these was found to be infertile.

(8) Two males found in cop., one Z. tutti and one Z. trifolia ;
they remained together at least 12 hours; the genitalia,

Ixxiv

also exhibited, were found to differ in several important
characters.

(9) A-series of Z. trifolii and Z. filipendulae showing transi-
tional forms between the two species, in the gradual decrease
of breadth of border to secondaries and also in the appearance
of the sixth spot, starting from two or three red scales and
gradually increasing in size until it reaches the well-developed
spot characteristic of the Aberdeen race of Z. filipendulae.
It was found to be practically impossible to differentiate the
overlapping forms without recourse to the genitalia. It was
also suggested that Z. tutti if not identical with Z. filipendulae
was extremely close to it, and that Tutt’s theory that it is
an offshoot of Z. trifolii is impossible. It was found that
Z. tutti would readily pair with Z. filipendulae and that Z. tutti
would rarely pair with Z. trifolii, but that up to the present
it had been found to be impossible to obtain a pairing between
Z. filipendulae and Z. trifolii. It was pointed out that the
different dates of emergence may have something to do with
this, but it certainly seems likely that Z. tutti holds an inter-
mediate position in the line of fertility between the two distinct
species Z. trifoli and Z. filipendulae.

Dr. CockayNE also commented on the difficulty of deciding
the identity of Z. tutti.

DaNAIDA cHRySIPPUS L., CAPTURED AND THEN REJECTED
BY A YOUNG SHRIKE IN 8. Arrica.—Prof. PouLton said that
he had received the following record from the Rev. G. Cecil
Day. About the end of May, 1915, Mr. Day saw a young
Fiscal Shrike—Lanius collaris L., as Prof. Poulton was informed
by Mr. Charles Chubb of the Natural History Museum—eagerly
capture and then instantly reject with much apparent disgust
a specimen of D. chrysippus. The observation was made
in the grounds of the Modderpoort 8.8.M. Brotherhood,
Orange Free State.

THE INSECT FOOD OF THE 'FRouT.—Prof. PouLTON exhibited
the specimens referred to in the following abstract by Dr.
R. C. L. Perkins, F.R.S., of his paper in the Journal of the
Torquay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1921, p. 15 :—

“The trout from which the specimens were obtained were
caught by myself, in Aug. and Sept., 1920, mostly in the heat

ea hee ee ee gen Ee he rere ap pew pie:
ges SENT er ral Sh rg y

Ixxv

of the day—11 a.m. to 5 p.m. summer time-—in the reservoirs
which supply the town with water. They are on the edge of
Dartmoor near Lustleigh, probably 800 ft. or more above the
sea. In all nearly 150 trout were caught, the larger number
of which were examined. These particular trout were chosen
because of the local interest, but in previous years I had been
examining the food and food-supply of the fish in the Teign
and Avon, this being very different from that of the reservoirs.
While the food of the river trout consists largely of true water-
insects, the reservoir trout subsist largely on land-insects,
accidentally fallen into the water. In cold, bad weather
they must get very little food, but when the ants are swarming,
spiders ‘flying,’ and dung-beetles of the genus Aphodius
filling the air, the water is covered with insects. Minnows
are very abundant, but none of the fish examined contained

-any, though one had swallowed a newt. The bad ‘rising’

qualities of the trout are often put down by fishermen to the
abundance of minnows, but are really due to absence of water-
flies to bring up the fish to the surface, the water being very
deep. Whena‘ minnowing’ trout is observed, it will generally
rush at once at an artificial fly, such as a red palmer, and is
easily caught and generally large. The largest fish caught
was 3 lbs. 1 oz.; the weather was bad then and had been so
on the previous day and land-insects were not active. This
was the only fish that was risen on this day, and it contained
no food, although minnows were in shoals in its vicinity.
The ‘rising’ qualities of the trout could be greatly improved
by the introduction of suitable aquatic insects, but frequent
emptying of the reservoirs would interfere with such a plan.

“On one day, when land-insects were very active, six
trout averaging ? lb. each, were examined. All contained
practically similar food, and the whole digestive tract was
crammed with this. |

“The food-contents of one were examined in detail and the

constituent species arranged for exhibition. They were. as

follows :—CoLEoPTERA—46 species of beetles. LEPIDOPTERA
—wing of Noctuid moth and a whole Tineid. NeuropTERA—
small caddis-fly and cases of two species; also head of dragon-
fly nymph. Ruyncnora—large Pentatomid bug and 3 species

a .
Ixxvi

of Homoptera (Jassidae). Drerera—one small fly only, but
numerous pupae and larvae of Chironomus. HyMENOPTERA—
Vespa vulgaris, 6 species of ants (which were swarming),
and a small black sawfly at present undetermined. Orrno-
PTERA—a grasshopper.

“Many stones, possibly swallowed with caddis grubs,
several seeds, and two feathers, these no doubt mistaken
for flies in the ripples on the water, were also found.

“The beetles chiefly represented were the Carabidae with
10 species ; Staphylinidae—9 species ; Curculionidae—6 species.

“ In this particular trout by far the greater part of the whole
food contents was made up of the Curculionid beetle, Stones
hispidulus and the flying ants; of both these, each of the six
fish contained countless specimens. The largest insects—
wasps, Pentatomid bugs, grasshoppers and dragon-fly nymphs
—were generally more or less chewed up, the others mostly
swallowed whole.

“The general absence of two-winged flies or Diptera was
remarkable. If fish had been obtained at night or early in
the morning probably more moths and a good many caddis-
flies would have been found, but these are easily digested and
soon disappear from the alimentary canal.

‘On different days the food contents varied much in these
trout. When ants were swarming there were days when this
formed almost the whole food : on other days all the fish were
crammed with Aphodius contaminatus.

“The most minute insects are taken, e.g. the 4 species of
parasitic Hymenoptera, representing the Chalcididae (Ptero-
malus), Proctotrupidae (Diapria), Alysiidae and Cynipidae ;
also the very small gnats which sometimes cover the water
after drifting into some sheltered position.

“In past years when I have occasionally been able to fish
the reservoirs in the evening, the rise is sometimes entirely
confined to that time of day and to the most minute gnats.
Although the water may be everywhere ‘ boiling’ with trout,
it is then often impossible to get a rise at any artificial fly.

“In spite of the uncertainty of the food-supply on any
particular day all the trout caught were in fine condition, the
average weight being ? lb., and the largest fish (mentioned

Ixxvil

on p. xxv) was only 174 inches long, a most perfect specimen
of the Lochleven breed.

“It is evident that neither size, aie: colour, nor sting
of insects affect these reservoir trout, but they are indis-
criminate feeders. In spite of this it is well known that on
hot summer days such as those on which they were taken,
they are very difficult to catch. This is to be attributed to
the fact that at such times no gut can be found sufficiently
fine to be invisible to them and yet strong enough to hold the
fish.

“T have seen a loose, floating, artificial fly taken at once,
when the same fly with the finest gut attached was either
altogether refused or produced only a ‘short’ rise, the fly
not being taken in the mouth.”

Mr. Mosety expressed surprise that such a large amount
of surface food had been taken, and said that the exhibit
suggested that the pattern of fly used in fishing for trout would
seem to be of less importance than is generally supposed.

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

“On Boreus hyemalis,” by Mr. C. L. WrraycomsBe.

“Some apparently new 8S. African Genera and Species of
the family Pyralidae,” by Mr. A. T. J. JANSE.

“The African Species of the Genus Neptis Fab.,’” by Dr. H.
ELTRINGHAM, M.A., F.Z.S.

“The number of joints in the antennae of Haliplidae and
Paussidae (Coleoptera), by Mr. T. G. SLoane.

“Observations on the Structure of some Homoneura,
including the Diagnosis of two new families of Lepidoptera,”
by Dr. A. JEFFERIS TURNER.

Mr. A. T. J. JANSE gave an account, illustrated with lantern

slides, of methods of collecting insects when travelling in
South Africa.

-

Ixxvill

Wednesday, October 19th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuirp, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Gift to the Society.

The presentation by Mr. H. DonistHorpe of a drawing of
Mr. H. W. Bates to the Society was announced, and a special
vote of thanks was passed to the donor.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—
Messrs. H. I. Witson, O.B.E., M.A., F.Z.S., 139, Bishop’s
Mansions, $.W. 6; ALEXANDER JoHN NicHoLson, University of
Sydney, New South Wales; F. N. Cuasen, M.B.O.U., Assistant
Curator, Raffles Museum, Singapore; Baron J. Bouck,
Springhill, South Godstone, Surrey, and Perry A. GLicK,
903, West Illinois, Urbana, IIl.

Exhibits.

LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH New Gurnea.—Mr. G. Tatsor
exhibited on behalf of Mr. J. J. Jorcey the following new
and rare Lepidoptera collected by Messrs. Pratt in the Wey-
land Mountains, Dutch New Guinea :—Ten species of Delias
new to science; also new races of D. ligata, D. isocharis,
D. gabia, D. ladas, D. nais, D. aroae and D. albertesi ; examples
of D. discus, catisa, microsticha, enniana, kapaura, omissa,
dorothea, ennia angustina, mysis lara, geraldina emilia, phaeres,
and neagra ; a series of Delias aruna Bdv., showing transitions
in both sexes to the race inferna Butl.; Delias persephone
Stgr., with the mimetic Huphina abnormis Wall.; a new
species of Tellervo with yellowish. band on the hind-wing;
the Satyrid genus Pieridopsis represented by P. virgo R. & J.,
and two new species all taken in the same district; Hlymnias
paradoxa Smith, together with the similarly patterned Prothoe
australis and Papilio thule; a new species of Praetaxila,
the g with yellow-brown bands and the 2 with white bands,
together with the similarly coloured Agaristid, Immetalia

a Ixxix

longipalpis Kirby, an which the g resembles the 9 of the
Erycinid and the 9 the 3; also a similarly coloured Zygaenid
(a new species of Husphalera), and two Geometrids.

The female of the wonderful Lycaenid, Lehera grandis
R. & J.; aspecies of Cyaniris probably new; a gynandromorph
of Danaida schenki periphas Fruh.; a very dark aberration
of the female of Troides helena papuana Wall., with fore-
wing as in the male, and hind-wing with ocelli effaced, and
wider black margin; and a darker specimen than usual of
Troides poseidon 2 f. kirschi Ob.

The exhibitor stated that descriptions of the new forms
shown will be published in the Bulletin of the Hill Museum.

Mr. Talbot also read a letter from Mr. Pratt describing the
country from which the specimens came.

New Arrican Papriios.—Mr. F. Le Crrr, on behalf of
Mr. J. J. Jorcey, exhibited the following new forms of
African Papilio :-—

Papilio dardanus meriones Feld. ab. nov. 3.

Ailes inférieures avec une tres large bande noire continue,
échancrée entre les nervures 5 et 6, et légerement saupoudrée
d’écailles jaunes a la place de la bande claire submarginale.
Queues entiérement noires.

1 g, Madagascar.

Cette aberration individuelle parait étre un retour atavique
vers une forme ancestrale dont le plus proche représentant
actuel est P. dardanus-humbloti Obt., de la Grande Comore.

Papilio dardanus-dardanus Brown.

Parmi les femelles si variables de cette espece deux speci-
mens sont particulitrement intéressants en ce quils con-
stituent les premiers exemples connus d’individus de la race
type, ayant pris la livrée des femelles de la race cenea Stoll
(= tibullus Kirby) volant dans la meme région—Uganda
ou la derniére citée atteint, d’ailleurs sa limite septentrionale.
Chez Pune de ces deux femelles les ailes inférieures sont
semblables a celles de la forme niobe Auriv.; par contre les
ailes supérieures ont déja, avec des restes du dessin des 2 9
occidentales, les taches discales et subapicales caractéristiques
des 2 2 cenea Stoll, mais toutes ces taches sont rouge fauve.

~~. eS i Ok ee Par ee
: has RR We Ab. <i

-

Ixxx

La seconde forme, beaucoup plus remarquable, est une
copie presque exacte de la 2 cenea i taches blanches (= acene
Suff.). Comme la préeédente elle a été capturée dans
Uganda avec des males dardanus-dardanus typiques.

Papilio constantinus Ward nov. var.

Les specimens récoltés entre 6500-9000’ dans Escarpment
(B.E.A.), différent de tous ceux des régions plus basses et
répandus du Mozambique au N.E. du Lae Rodolphe par
une taille plus petite, les ailes plus larges, l’extension des
dessins jaunes, particuliérement de la bande médiane et des
points submarginaux des deux pairs d’ailes, le corps et la
base des ailes roussatres, le dessous plus clair.

C’est une variation de méme sens que celle affectant P. dar-
danus-polytrophus R. & J., localisé également dans cette
région élevée.

Papilio charopus Westw. n. var.

90°

Comme seulement de LlAfrique occidentale (Ashanti
Cameroun) ce Papilio étend son habitat beaucoup plus
PEst, jusqu’aux limites orientales du Congo belge.

2 $64 de la Vallée du Semliki appartiennent 4 une race
locale trés distincte, plus petite que la forme typique, avec
les bandes vertes du dessus plus larges, tous les dessins du
dessous jaunes au lieu de bleu lilas, et les taches discales
jaunes des ailes supérieures plus étroites et plus nettes.

Yd

Papilio nireus L. ab. nov.

Un specimen d’Aguapin (W. Africa) présente une remar-
quable convergence vers P. lyaeus Dbl., f. pseudonireus
Feld., d’Abyssinie, en ce que la bande verte médiane des
ailes supérieures est extrémement réduite, incomplete et
maculaire; mais tandis que chez lyaeus-pseudonireus la
réduction s’opére du bord postérieur vers la cote, dans la
nouvelle aberration du “ Hill Mus.” elle procéde au sens
inverse, c’est-a-dire de la cdte vers le bord interne.

Papilio grose-smithi Roths.

Lord Rothschild a récemment donné ce nom & un Papilio
de Madagascar intermédiaire entre Papilio morondavana

lxxxi

Gr.-Sm., et P. erthonioides Gr.-Sm., tous de Madagascar.
Il existe de grose-smithi une variété constituant sans doute
une race locale, caractérisée par la réduction des dessins
jaunes, l’absence de fauve 4 l’ceil costal des ailes inférieures
chez le male, la forme des points submarginaux des ailes
supérieures, etc.

2 3 5 au Hill Mus., 1 2 au Museum de Paris.

Comments on this exhibit were made by the PRESIDENT
and Prof. PouLron.

SERIES OF British Leprpoprera.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON
exhibited :—

(1) A series of Peronea cristana Fab., of over 1300 specimens,
including the specimens contained in the series of the late
Sydney Webb. This series contains examples of all the
72 named forms, and the type specimens of 38 of them.

(2) A series of Oxigrapha literana L., of about 250 specimens,
including examples of most of the named forms, and the
type specimens of six of them. This series contains the
material used by the exhibitor in his paper on this species
in the current volume of the Entomologist.

A FoRM OF HEODES PHLAEAS L., in 8.W. Ucanpa.—Prof.
Poutton exhibited the eleven specimens of H. phlaeas
referred to by Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter in a letter written
from Kabale, S8.W. Uganda (30° E., 1° 15’ S.: 6000 ft.)
on January 11, 1916 :—‘“‘ I’ve also seen a typical ‘ Copper,’
which I’ve never met before in Africa” (Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1916, p. exv). On January 29 Dr. Carpenter caught a speci-
men on the shore of Lake Bunyoni, W. Kabale, and ten
others, between January 23 and February 23, at Kigezi
(29° 45’ B., 1°15’S.: - 6000 ft.). Only two females were
taken, both on February 23, a male being captured on the
same day. The right hind-wing of the Kabale male was
shorn, probably by an enemy.

In a very uncritical spirit I assumed that the “ Coppers ”
were H. abbott Holl., and recorded this erroneous determina-
tion on the above-quoted page. When, however, Canon St.
Aubyn Rogers saw the specimens, during the past summer,
he at once pointed out that they were very different from
the abbott with which he was so familiar on Kilimanjaro,

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., v, 1921. F

-

Ixxxil

Londiani, and several localities near Nairobi. Comparison
with H. phlaeas L., at once showed that Dr. Carpenter’s
series was, as regards upper surface pattern, indistinguishable
from this species. Even the minute blue spots which are such
a well-known feature on the hind-wing of many examples of
phlaeas were present in varying degrees of development on all
the Uganda individuals except a single male. The red marginal
band of the hind-wing was broader than in phlaeas generally,
but a band as broad is present in many of the specimens
from the Canaries, Morocco, Algeria, and Palestine, and in a
single female in the British Museum, from Harrar, Abyssinia,
near the British Somaliland border. It bears the date
January 3, 1902.

The under surface of all the Uganda specimens differs.

from phlaeas of the Northern Belt, etc., in its warm reddish
tint, like that of abboti, but darker. The internervular dark
marks inside the red band of the hind-wing below are larger
and less defined than in phlaeas, and they are in some indi-
viduals prolonged inwards as wedge-shaped markings.

Examples of the Uganda phlaeas and of abboti were sent
to Dr. T. A. Chapman, F.R.S., who has kindly examined
them and reports as follows :—

“The appendages of Heodes phlaeas (Kigezi) and abboti
(copper hind-wing: Kilimanjaro) seem to be quite identical ;
they differ from normal Northern examples of phlaeas in
being of rather smaller size. This is most noticeable in the
aedoeagus, which is 2-0 to 2-1 mm. long in Northern phlaeas
and 1-63 to 1:75 in the African forms. There is a good deal
of variation in its length in Northern phlaeas, but it is never
appreciably below 2-0 mm. ‘The length of the clasps is also
less in the Africans, but the difference is not so great, inas-
much as some Northern ones are as short as some African.
The structure of both valves and aedoeagus seems to be identical
in the two. The valves vary in both, in the precise outline
and in the development of the spines on the ventral part of
the distal margin. In both, at the dorsal end of the terminal
(distal) margin, there is a division into two layers, one smooth,
the other toothed. This is not easily seen except when the
toothed layer (inner) happens, by some accident in mount-

*

Ixxx1l

ing the preparation, to be folded over. This difficulty must
be kept in mind, when I report not having seen this fold in
other ‘Coppers.’ It no doubt represents (as a remnant)
the distinction between the ‘ valve’ and ‘ harpe’ which are
here nearly completely combined to form the clasp.

“There is a structural difference in the penis sheath, a
development of which I take the triangular pair of plates,
interior to the clasps, to be. These are hardly identical in
any two specimens, and the form that is characteristic of
the African specimens and is very much the same in all
those examined, is also found in the Northern races, in which
it varies from the very rounded ends of the African form to
one in which these are almost sharply pointed. This difference
decidedly exists, but is sometimes exaggerated by some
difference in mounting the specimens.

“Tt is possible to regard the difference in size, and the
greater constancy to one outline in the penis sheath, as
specific differences. For my own part, I regard them as
items of geographical variation, still far short of implying
specific distinction (though of course tending in that direction),
especially since no other definite specific characters are
reported.

“T may say that I regard hypophlaeas (Lapland and N.
America) as specifically identical with phlaeas. The append-
ages don’t differ at all, and, as regards colour and markings,
specimens from India and Japan differ much more from
phlaeas than hypophlaeas does. On the other hand I have just
looked over the appendages of thirteen species of ‘ Coppers,’
and there are no two of them that could by any chance be
regarded as identical, as all the phlaeas I have looked at,
seem to be. #H. orus (S. Africa) is very different from phlaeas
and abbote.

“T should think Uganda and British phlaeas would pair
and probably prove fertile, but a little acclimatisation of one
or other would make it more likely. It is also possible to
suppose that, though they are essentially one species, by
prolonged geographical segregation the two forms have
become asyngamic, though, as I suggest above, this might
readily yield to a little acclimatisation or domestication.

hall

Ixxxiv

“The African forms—phlaeas-like and abboti—do differ
from all the others in the very warm ruddy colour of the
underside, markings not differing.

“ The Japanese examples differ probably equally importantly
in the very strong wide border of red to the hind-wings below.
Some Indian specimens approach this.

“ As there is some little difference in the ruddy underside
colour in the few specimens I have, it would be of interest
to look through your long series and see whether some have
a more palaearctic tint.*

“ H. abboti is very red beneath, but I think your least red
Uganda phlaeas is not so very much redder than my reddest
Britisher. I may note that the ruddy shade, when it appears
in British examples, is most marked on emergence and tends
to fade. It is of course a long way behind abboti.

“My own view is that they are all one species, but it is
quite a question of personal idiosyncracy, depending perhaps
on whether one has worked with species having vars. long
recognised as species, or with species so similar as to be easily
confounded. I don’t suppose it can be settled till the two
forms have been bred side by side and crossings attempted.”

Dr. Chapman’s report leads to the interesting conclusion
that there is a definite, though small, structural difference
between the Northern and the Uganda phlaeas, although
there is no constant colour difference except in the tint of
the under surface; while, on the other hand, there is no
structural difference between abboti and the Uganda phlaeas,
although there is a marked colour difference in the red hind-
wing of the former. But this contrast only supplies another
striking illustration of the fact that variations in colour and
in structure are independent of each other.

Although abbott appears, at first sight, to be so different from
phlaeas, the effect is due to a very slight change in the upper
surface of the hind-wing—the intensification into a bright
coppery red of the similar but much fainter iridescence which
can be commonly seen, brightest towards the base of the

* The Uganda series is reddish throughout and presents none of the
marked variation in tint that is so noticeable in phlaeas from other
localities. H. abboti is also constant in its somewhat less dark reddish
tint.—K. B. P.

Ixxxv

wing, on the black ground-colour of phlaeas, and is distinct
in the Uganda forms.* Two abboti collected November 20-21,
1910, by Dr. 8. A. Neave on the slopes of Mt. Rungwe
(5-6000 ft.), near New Langenburg, 8.W. Tanganyika
Territory, are transitional in their incomplete attainment of
the characteristic brilliant red.

Other differences between the hind-wings are only apparent.
The zigzag row of black discal spots and the prominent,
black, disco-cellular mark which seem to distinguish the
hind-wing upper surface of abbott from that of phlaeas are
also present in the latter form and can be easily made out,
by their intenser blackness, upon the dusky surface of the
wing. Even the pale blue spots commonly present just
inside the red marginal band of phlaeas can be detected,
white against the red background, in some specimens of
abbott. Furthermore, Dr. Eltringham, examining the spots
with the binocular microscope, found blue scales among
the white, and agreed with me that there was no doubt about
the markings being homologous.

In addition to Dr. Carpenter’s specimens, Mr. Talbot
informs me that the Hill Museum, Witley, possesses the
following examples collected in 1919 by Mr. T. A. Barns :—
Kissenji, Kivu, Sept. & Oct.—2 ¢ 1 9; Lake Tshohoa,
Ruanda Distr., Aug.—l ¢; Upper Akanjaru Valley, Urundi
Distr., July & Aug.—1 31 9.

The small structural differences described by Dr. Chapman,
together with the tint of the hind-wing below, make it clear
that the two African forms are geographical races of the
Northern phlaeas. In Africa itself, the difference in dis-
tribution and in the colour of the hind-wing above enables
us to distinguish the following subspecies :—

(1) Heodes phlaeas abboti Holl., common at an elevation
of about 6000 ft. and higher, in Kenya Colony and Tanganyika
Territory.

* A British example captured in the summer of 1921, and shown at
the meeting of the 8, Lond. Ent. Soc., Noy. 24, 1921, by Mr. L. W.
Newman, approaches abboti far more closely than any of Dr. Carpen-
ter’s Uganda specimens, The red iridescence on the hind-wing upper
surface was strong enough to render the black spots markedly
conspicuous.—KE. B. P.

-
Ixxxvi

(2) Heodes phlaeas ethiopica, subsp. n., from about 6000 ft.,
in the extreme 8.W. of Uganda and also further south on
the high country near Lake Kivu and between it and the
northern end of Tanganyika. It will probably be found to
extend to all similar elevations bordering the Western Rift
Valley.

It is possible that this latter subspecies may be identical
with pseudophlaeas Lucas (1866), an Abyssinian form to
which Aurivillius appends the note—‘ vix descripta. ? =
phlaeas, I, var. geogr.”” But the structural characters ought
to be investigated before concluding that this is the same as
the Uganda form. The single Abyssinian example in the
British Museum does not greatly help, because it is a female
with an under surface too worn for the determination of the
original tint. A series of specimens from Abyssinia is much
to be desired.

LARVAE OF RARE BritisH BEETLES, ETc.—Mr. DoNISTHORPE
exhibited (1) a specimen of Gymnetron squamicolle Reitter,
taken by himself at Glencar, Co. Kerry, on June 16, 1902, a
species not previously recorded from the British Isles, and
mentioned its geographical distribution, ete.

(2) Cassida nebulosa L., and its pupa, larval skin,. etc.,
taken on Chenopodium album near Waterbeach, August 24,
1921. He said that the larva pupated on August 28, and a
number of Chalcid parasites emerged in September from three
holes in the dorsal surface of the larva; also another pupa
of the same taken near Wokingham, September 6, 1920,
thirteen specimens of the same Chalcid having emerged a week
later from the dorsal surface.

(3) Larvae both dead and living of Trinodes hirtus F., taken
under bark of oak and elm in spiders’ webs in Richmond
Park, July 28, 1921; also a perfect insect taken in the same
locality on May 31, 1912. He also made some remarks on
the habits of these larvae and the difficulty of rearing them.

A Scotytip NEW TO Britain.—Mr. D: J. ATKINSON
exhibited examples of Ips erosus Woll., found breeding in
the Forest of Dean in August 1921. He had taken this
Scolytid in large numbers in felled Scots Pine in company
with Ips seadentatus Boérn., a beetle sufficiently uncommon

Ixxxvil

as to be considered rare, but which seems to be spreading.
I. erosus was found in all stages, and I. sexdentatus as pupae
and adults. The exhibitor said that J. erosus is very similar
in appearance to I. laricis, with which it is closely allied,
and with which it is likely to be confused, and gave some
details of the characters—especially the teeth on the apical
declivity of the elytra—by which they may be distinguished.
He also read the following notes on this beetle :—‘ Ips erosus
is a polygamous species and constructs very clearly defined
many-armed (usually 3 or 4) galleries, diverging in a longitudi-
nal direction from a small central nuptial chamber. The
larval galleries are given off at either side, more or less at
right angles. The galleries, both adult and larval, are chiefly
in the bark, but slightly score the sap wood.

“ Hichoff gives the distribution of I. erosus as 8S. Europe,
the Mediterranean Coast, N. Africa, and the Landes, France,
and its chief host-tree as Pinus maritima. The fact that it
is a Mediterranean species makes it doubly interesting that
it should have arrived in this country and succeeded in
establishing itself successfully. In this connection Dr. Munro
tells me of a record in the summer of 1920 of J. erosus being
taken in the timber of P. maritima on a ship from the
Mediterranean lying in Cardiff Harbour. It would seem
therefore that some of these specimens must have since
found their way up the Bristol Channel to the Forest of Dean,
where they have taken quite successfully to Pinus sylvestris
in place of the normal P. maritima. This beetle seems
worthy therefore of the attention of foresters throughout
the country as a possible additional pest of the already sorely
afflicted Scots Pine.”

Paper.

The following paper was read :—

Prof. C. ALEXANDER on “ New or little-known Exotic
Tipulidae (Diptera).”

Mr. A. T. J. JANSE gave a further account of methods of
collecting when travelling in South Africa, illustrated with
lantern slides.

Ixxxvill

Wednesday, November 2nd, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Roruscuiitp, M.A., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Gift to the Society.

The presentation by the PresipENT of a rare copy of
Scopoli’s “ Deliciae Florae et Faunicae ” was announced, and
a vote of thanks to him was carried with acclamation.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—

Messrs. Norman E. Mituer, Dar-es-Salaam, East Africa;
OLIVER RICHARDSON GoopMAN, 210, Goswell Road, E.C. 1;
k. P, U. U. Narr, M.A., Training College, Trivandrum;
FraNK Batrour-Brown, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., Oaklands,
Fenstanton, St. Ives, Hunts; E. Metvitte Du Porte, M.Sc.,
Ph.D., Macdonald College, Quebec, Canada; OtLiver C.
CassEL, D.F.C., N.D.A., West Hill, Ottery St. Mary, Devon;
O. C. OLLENBACH, Survey of India Dept., Dehra Dun, India;
J. B. Corporaat, Pieter Bothstraat, 39, The Hague, Holland;
Dovuetas Cator, 13, Westminster Mansions, Gt. Smith St.,
S.W.1; Marco Patuts, Tatoi, Aigburth Drive, Liverpool;
and SamueL WaLKeEr, 53, Micklegate Hill, York.

Exhibitions.

BUTTERFLIES FROM SUTHERLANDSHIRE.—Mr. W. G, SHELDON
exhibited :—

(1) A series of Epinephele ianira from Lochinver, Suther-
landshire, showing an approach to the South European
form of that species, var. Aispulla Hitb., one or two being
almost identical with it. South of England examples and var.
hispulla were also shown for comparison.

(2) Pieris napi, showing an approach to the Alpine and
Boreal form var. bryoniae Och., from Inchnadamph, Suther-
landshire, with South of England, Lapland, and Alpine
examples for comparison; also a specimen of P. napi from
Lochinver only 14 miles away and practically agreeing with
specimens from the South of England.

Remarks on the races of these butterflies were made by

Ixxxix

the Prusripent, Commander WaLKER, Mr. BETHUNE-BAKER
and Mr. DuRRANT.

Mr. G. T. Beroune-Baxker brought for exhibition a series
of Zygaena filipendulae chrysanthemi from the neighbourhood
of Birmingham.

A REMARKABLE NEW INSECT FROM Kasumrr.—Mr. F. W.
Epwarps said that the specimens exhibited were received
on the 29th of October, 1921, through Mr. Martin E. Mosely,
and were taken in Kashmir, at a height of 11,000 ft., by
Mr. J. F. Mitchell, Director of Trout Culture.

Though they are probably to be regarded as representing
a new family of Diptera, they show curious resemblances to
the May-flies in certain respects, notably the entire absence
of mouth-parts. The structure of the wing is altogether
unlike that in any known Dipterous fly, and suggests that
it_is capable of being folded up like a fan. The collector had
not supplied any information as to the insect’s habits, and
was doubtless unaware that he had taken specimens of more
than usual interest, since he sent them merely as specimens
of trout-food.

One specimen was shown in a glass cell, one of its wings
having been removed and mounted dry for the microscope.
The head and one wing of a second specimen were shown on
another slide, and photographs of these were also shown.

Gynanpromoren or A. BETULARIA.—Mr. L. W. NEwMAN
exhibited :—

(1) A gynandromorphous example of Amphidasis betularia
var. doubledayaria, the right side being 3 and the left 9.
The specimen has the left hind-wing slightly peppered with
white, the remaining three wings being typical of the form
doubledayaria, and was bred from Sidcup larvae in June, 1918.

(2) A large Ichneumonid bred from Sphina ligustri.

THE WARBLE-FLY OF THE REINDEER CAPTURED WITH
ITS MODEL BOMBUS LAPPONICUS MURMANICUS SKORIKOF.—
Prof. Poutron said that he ventured to show specimens
exhibited by the captor, Dr. E. A. CocKAaYNE, and described
in Proc. Ent. Soc., 1919, p. v, because they proved that the
stingless ¢ Bombus acts as a model as well as the 9 and %.
One female Oedemagena (Hypoderma) tarandi L., was taken

-
xe
close to a male bee, Aug. 1, 1917, Yukanski Harbour, while
two other female flies were taken close to 1 9, 1 %, and 2 3,
Aug. 12, in the same locality. On each date the captures were
effected by Dr. Cockayne within an hour. The reddish-brown
abdomen had faded to yellowish in the 9 and %, but in the
three flies, was richly coloured like the fresher $3 of Bombus.

THE MIMICRY OF MALE LEPIDOPTERA BY FEMALE AND OF
FEMALE BY MALE.—Prof. PouLron said that, on thinking
over Mr. Talbot’s exhibit at the last meeting of a male
Agaristid moth mimicked by a female butterfly, and its female
by the male of the same butterfly, it had occurred to him that
the males and females of this day-flying moth are probably
on the wing together and do not exhibit sex-differences in
fight and habits like so many butterflies. If this were so,
there would be no advantage in the sexes mimicking each
other and the result would probably entirely depend upgn
the colours and patterns of the sexes in the non-mimetic
ancestor of the mimic.

When the female of a sexually dimorphic butterfly mimicked
one sex of a sexually dimorphic model, it was not uncommon
for the male rather than the female to be resembled. Well-
known and striking examples were Papilio dardanus Brown,
2 f. planemoides Trim., and the female of Acraea alciope
Hew., both mimicking the male of Planema macarista E. M. Sh.
The explanation is probably to be found in the fact that the
male Planema is more commonly seen than the female and
therefore more effective as a model. But when both sexes
of such sexually dimorphic butterflies are mimics, he believed
that the sexes always kept true to those of the model, and
that this is to be explained, as suggested above, by the likeness
between the habits of males and females respectively, render-
ing the female a better model for the female and the male
for the male.

THE OVIPOSITION OF THE MYLABRID BEETLE M. ocuLaTA
THUNB., VAR. TRICOLOR GeERsT.—Prof. Pouttron read the
following note, recording Mr. Arthur Loveridge’s observa-
tions on this beetle, kindly determined by Mr. K. G. Blair
from the elytra of the specimen sent in the accompanying
letter from Kilossa :—

xXcl

“Sept. 27, 1921°—At Kilossa, Tanganyika Territory, on
Dec. 4, 1920, I saw a Mylabris excavating a hole in a path,
the ground being sandy but hard. The method was to bite
into the ground all round until a little pile of loose sand was
accumulated near the throat of the beetle. About every
fifty seconds (average) this was dragged out by means of
throat and first legs. Only these legs were in the hole and
were often bent, the beetle being on its ‘knees’ as it were.
The second legs straddled out very uncomfortably on either
side of the hole, while the third legs were busily engaged in
pushing freshly brought-up soil further back: they worked
very mechanically.

“ At 10.30 a.m. the sun was shining fiercely. The earth
was only heaped on one side of the hole, forming a mound
two inches long and perhaps three-quarters of an inch at
its widest; in height half an inch. The entrance to a nest
of small ants was only 15 inches away. The abdomen of
the Mylabris was much distended with eggs. It showed
two small red spots near the termination of the elytra and
these, when the beetle dug deeper into the hole, had the
effect of making the abdomen look face-like.

“At 10.36 the beetle was in the hole up to the anterior
edge of the elytral cream spots. By 11 a.m. the hole was
increased in depth so that the posterior edge of these spots was
level with the ground surface. [Mr. Blair estimated from these
data that the hole was about an inch deep.] The sand-heap
now formed a semicircle round the hole and much nearer to
its edge. The hole was not absolutely vertical. At 11.5
the Mylabris backed into the hole with its first legs resting
on the rim of the excavation, and bent inwards like the arms
of a man might be in a similar situation. At 11.10 the
beetle rose slightly in the hole and now rested its middle
legs also on the marginal rim.

“ At 11.20 the beetle came out of its hole and commenced
energetically to kick earth backwards into it as a mammal
might do, but with the advantage of an additional pair of
legs. The hind pair were engaged in ramming the earth well
in. After the hole was filled the beetle continued to shoot
earth towards it, so that a little heap soon accumulated on

_

xcil

the site. The beetle then walked about for a little time,
demolishing any small accumulation of sand, rather unneces-
sarily so it seemed. Whilst so occupied and without any
warning it very suddenly spread its wings and would have
flown off had it not been captured. An examination of the
nest showed it to contain 138 cream-coloured eggs 4* of an
inch in length.—A. L.”

Forms OF PAPILIO DARDANUS BRowN, FROM NAIROBI AND
THE HIGHER LAND TO THE West.—The Rey. K. St. A. Rogers
exhibited examples of the female forms of Papilio dardanus
Brown, captured recently at Nairobi, together with similar
forms from the higher ground between Nairobi and the Rift
Valley, kindly lent by Prof. E. B. Poulton for comparison.

The Nairobi forms belong to the subspecies tibullus Kirby,
and those from the higher ground to polytrophus Jord. The
males call for little remark. They are distinctly less heavily
marked than those from the East Coast and intergrade
towards the much less heavily marked males of polytrophus.
They undoubtedly suggest that the tbullus form has been
modified by interbreeding with the polytrophus form, but
on the whole they are quite as large as the Coast forms,
whereas the polytrophus forms are appreciably smaller.

The female forms shown consist of (1) triment Poulton,
one specimen particularly exhibiting a great reduction of
the black markings. In this specimen the markings of the
fore-wing are practically identical with those of the male
with the exception of the well-marked diagonal black bar
and the pale spots in the hind-marginal black band.

(2) A specimen intermediate towards the form hippocoon F.
The markings are identical with those of hippocoon, but the
pale colour is that of trimeni, but a little more ochreous.

(5) hippocoon F. The East Coast form with large white
patch in the hind-wing. This is the most abundant form at
the lower levels.

(4) lambornit Poulton. <A primitive trophonius with the
pale markings rather more extensive and yellow instead of
white. One specimen shows much more primitive characters
in the fore-wing, the black diagonal band being practically

* The typescript fraction is not distinct. It may be }.—E. B. P.

a2 Ast Fie leh eee ot acinar Sa ieee iva Oia te 2 Meta eage
ifren ne ¥ obs a Ted : = ; * . 7 aS a

xcill

obsolete, and in another specimen the basal part of the cell
is for the most part yellow.

(5) mixta Auriv. A richly coloured form linking together
planemoides Trim., leighi Poult., and trophonius Westwood.

(6) dorippoides Trim. This has been fully described by
Roland Trimen.

(7) cenea Stoll. Forms with the pale colour of trimenz.

(8) cenea. Forms both with white and palé ochreous spots
on the fore-wing.

Besides these forms planemoides is known to occur in
Nairobi, though it is not available for exhibition. All the
2 2 as well as the 3 ¢ are larger than those from the higher
ground.

The great features of the species at Nairobi are—(1) the
large number of different female forms; (2) the tendency of
all the forms to exhibit primitive features, culminating in the
form trimeni; (3) the frequency of the occurrence of inter-
mediate forms for the most part with some _ primitive
characteristics.

All these features are developed to a greater degree in the
subsp. polytrophus and are probably due to interbreeding
with it. The forms from the higher levels are slightly more
primitive, especially in the possession of rudimentary tails.

MIMACRAEA MARSHALLI TRIM., AND ITS FORM DOHERTYI
Rotus.—The Rey. K. St. Ausyn RoceErs also exhibited
Mimacraea marshalli doherty: taken at Nairobi in October
1920, together with typical M. marshalli from Rhodesia and
Katanga, and a smallish example from Kavirondo, kindly lent
by Prof. Poulton for comparison. He observed that dohertyi
had been comparatively common in Nairobi and at certain
places in the neighbourhood for two or three weeks of
1920.

With one exception, which was beautifully intermediate,
not one of these numerous captures exhibited any definite
approach to the type form; but a single specimen, also shown,
captured on the high ground to the north of Mpapua, in
Tanganyika Territory, is a decided intermediate, perhaps
rather nearer marshalli. Transitional characters are seen in
the orange-brown marking on the black apex of the fore- wing

_

XClv

and in the black border of the hind-wing being intermediate
in width between marshalli and doherty.

The Nairobi doherty: on the average are appreciably larger
than those from the higher levels from which it was originally
described; they are also somewhat richer in tint, though the
earlier specimens may have faded to some extent.

The species is found generally in open park-like country
with scattered trees. Its flight is not rapid, though hardly
so leisurely as that of Danaida chrysippus L., or Acraea encedon
L. It frequently settles on tree-trunks, from which it starts
into flight somewhat suddenly and often evades the net in
this way. Its appearance on the wing is decidedly brighter
than that of A. encedon, and it appears somewhat more rosy
on the wing.

Danaida chrysippus is quite common at Nairobi, but
A. encedon is not generally abundant there. In both species
the dohertyi-like form without the black and white tip to the
fore-wing is predominant.

PAPILIO REX OBERTH., FROM Narropi.—The Rev. K. St. A.
RoGERS also exhibited a case of Papilio rex males and female
from Nairobi, together with the model Melinda formosa
Godm. These specimens, coming from the Eastern limit of
its range, may be regarded as typical. The males show a
fair amount of variation, particularly as regards the basal
fulvous of the fore-wing. It may be noticed that specimens
of the model, two males and one female, were taken at the
same place and on the same day as the mimics in the case
of three of the males, and these are the actual specimens
exhibited.

The first male is quite typical and is an excellent mimic of
the Melinda. ,

In the second male, which was captured on the same spot
and within a few minutes of the Melinda, the basal fulvous
on the fore-wing is much paler. As the specimen is fairly
fresh it is improbable that this is due to fading. These were
captured on Sept. 13, 1919.

The third male departs more from the typical pattern.
The basal fulvous is almost obsolete, and there is a conspicuous
sickle-shaped mark below the cell. It will be observed that

XCV

there is a remnant of the distal end of this marking in the
female exhibited and a trace in the first male. It is probable
that this marking, which can also be traced in some examples
of P. rex mimeticus Roths., is a vestige of an ancestral non-
mimetic pattern, and its presence suggests a black yellow-
marked Papilio which only required to develop the brown
basal fore-wing patch in order to become a mimic.

The flight of Papilio rex is somewhat slow and leisurely,
though often lofty and sustained. The species is also
decidedly slow in starting from rest. The male is to be
found at damp spots near rivers, and both sexes frequent
flowers.

It is remarkable that when settled on flowers the wings
hang straight downwards, without any motion. All other
species of Papilio, even mimetic species, when feeding on
flowers, stand on tip-toe, so to speak, and constantly flutter
their wings. This habit is so general that it is often possible
to recognise a mimicking Papilio by it.

AN ORIENTAL DANAINE BUTTERFLY BRUSHING THE BRANDS
ON ITS HIND-wincs.—Mr. W. A. LamBorn communicated
the following observation and exhibited the insect concerned: —

“ Happening to look up from a microscope while at work
in the Laboratory in Kuala Lampur, F.M.S., January 15, 1921,
I saw a male Danaine butterfly, which Prof. Poulton has
kindly determined as Parantica agleoides Moore, settle with
wings expanded on a plant outside. I immediately went
out to watch it and saw that the hind-wings were apposed
for about the posterior third of their surface, and that the
anal brushes were protruded, the abdomen being curved so
as to bring them into line with the brands on the hind-
wings. Over these the unexpanded brushes were passed at
about the rate of twenty a minute. The operation went on
so long—about five minutes—that I was able to send, first
for a chair on which to stand so as to watch the insect more
closely, and then for a net to secure it.”’

MANTISPIDS BRED FROM THE EGG-COCOON OF A SPIDER.—
Mr. W. A. Lamporn exhibited four Mantispids which emerged,
between 6th and 8th March, 1921, from as many little cocoons
which he found at Kuala Lampur, early in that month, on~

-
XCV1
tearing open the egg-cocoon of a spider. These insects were
determined by Mr. B. P. Uvarov as Mantispa annulicornis
Gerst.

BUTTERFLIES FROM NEW GUINEA AND Peru.—Mr. G.
TatBor exhibited on behalf of Mr. J. J. Jorcey :—

(1) A red-banded Mimetic Combination consisting of
Papilio euterpinus G. & 8., 3, Papilio cacicus inca R. & J., 2,
Pereute cheops Stgr., 2, and Adelpha lara Hew.

The red-banded 2 form of inca is different to the similarly
coloured 2 f. zaddachi Dew., and is strikingly like ewterpinus.
This combination exists in Peru, Colombia, Venezuela, and
Kceuador.

(2) A new Papilio from Ecuador, allied to cutorina Ster.

(3) Troides lydius Feld. A male with a remarkable colora-
tion, of deep copper or morocco red. This specimen was
given to Mr. C. Pratt in Amboina, and was stated to have
come from the island of Morotai, north of Halmaheira.

(4) Troides from the Wangaar District, south of Geelvink
Bay.—T. paradisea Stgr., 2, which may not be different from
the typical form, 7’. meridionalis Roths., 9, known previously
only from British New Guinea, and 7. tithonus misresiana
J. & N., 2, apparently quite the same as the Arfak specimens.

A RARE British ApHip.—Mr. DonistHorPE exhibited a
specimen of the rare Aphid, Stomaphis quercus L., several
specimens of which he had taken on the trunk of an oak tree
attended by ants, Acanthomyops (Dendrolasius) fuliginosus
Latr., at Woking on September 22 and October 7, 1921.
This Aphid appears to be very scarce in Britain, the only
other published record being from Dulwich, where it was
taken by Walker many years ago.

Mr. A. T. J. Janse concluded his account of methods of
collecting while travelling in South Africa, illustrated with
lantern slides.

xcvil

Wednesday, November 16th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscnitp, M.A., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

The SECRETARY announced that the Council had nominated
the following Officers and Council for 1922 :—

Officers.
President. The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuitp, M.A.,
F.R.S., ete

Treasurer. W. G. SHELDON, F.ZS.

j 8. A. Neave, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8.
ee ELTRINGHAM, M.A. nee E.ZS.
Tabrarian. H. J. TURNER.

Secretaries.

Council.

Ropert ApKIN, H. E. ANDREWES, ERNEST C. BEDWELL,
James E. Coxuin, F.Z.8., J. Davipson, DSc., F.L.S.,
J.J. Jomcey, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., etc., FrepERIcK Larne,
WitiraM G. F. Netson, Prof. E. B. Poutton, M.A., D.Sc.,
F.R.S., etc., Norman Denzsicu Ritey, H. Rownanp-Brown,
M.A., J. WatersTon, B.D., D.Sc.

The question of holding an informal meeting was put to
the meeting, and it was decided to hold one on January 4th,
1922, from 5.30—7.30 p.m.

The SecRETARY read a letter from the Secretary of the
Board of Applied Pestology announcing the inaugural meeting
of the Board, and asking Fellows who wished to attend to
apply to him for tickets.

Ezhibits.

A new IrHomIINE FROM TrinipAD.—Mr. W. J. Kaye
exhibited a new race of the Ithomiine butterfly Dircenna
lenea from Trinidad, together with a series of the typical
form from the Potaro district of British Guiana. He pointed
out that the new race was markedly different, being altogether
more suffused with yellow. In addition, the band of the

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1921. G

nal

xeviil

hind-wing was nearly double the width and the discal black
band of the fore-wing broad and heavy, contrasting with
a narrow and sometimes a total absence of the band in the
typical form. For this Trinidad race he proposed the name
siparia from the locality where it was taken. In Trinidad
it was found that the area over which this species flew was
exceptionally circumscribed, viz. a narrow forest path some
30 or 40 yards in length. In company with it were Ceratimia
euclea and Mechanitis polymnia veritabilis, while 150 yards
away Melinaea tachypetis was found inside the forest, but
not flying along the path. In the case of the Mechanitis,
which was in closest association, the black discal band is
like the Dircenna in being heavy, while in the Mechanitis
from Guiana (true polymnia) the band is broken up and
reduced to small spots.

Tue Eacs or Bep-pucs.—Mr. A. W. Bacor brought for
exhibition some remarkable enlarged microphotographs of
the eggs of Cimex rotundatus and C. lectularius, clearly
showing the distinctions between the two species in this
stage. The exhibit gave rise to some discussion, in which
the PresmpENnt and Mr. Durrant took part.

LEPIDOPTERA FROM West SUTHERLANDSHIRE.—Mr. W. G.
SHELDON exhibited six examples of Hydriomena furcata,
sallow-fed specimens, the only ones bred, all different forms ;
a series of bred Bombycia viminalis; a varied series of
Xylophasia rurea, including the type form and also abs. ochrea,
flavo-rufa, alopecurus, and nigro-rubida; Coremia ferrugata,
ab. spadiciara; Hipparchia semele race scota, with southern
examples for comparison; Aglais urticae, bred examples,
with deep fulvous coloration and very pronounced blue
marginal spotting, and southern examples for comparison ;
Camptogramma bilineata, ab. hibernica; a varied series of
Polyommatus icarus, with very blue females, the blue of both
males and females being pronouncedly thetis-coloured ;
Eupithecia pulchellata, ab. hebudium, Cnephasia penziana ;
Sericoris cespitana, S. littoralis, and Coccyx distinctana.

PYRAMEIS ATALANTA WITH LARVAL HEAD.—Dr. A. KE.
CockaYNE exhibited an example of Pyrameis atalanta with the
larval head, bred from a larva found at Alton Barnes, Wilts,

Xc1x

in August 1920. Dr. E.rrincHAm. expressed the opinion
that such an individual would be unable to direct its flight.

FLUORESCENCE AS EVIDENCE FOR THE EVOLUTION OF THE
PIGMENTS OF MIMETIC FEMALES FROM THOSE OF THEIR NON-
MIMETIC MALES.—Prof. Poutron said that Dr. Cockayne
had kindly helped him to examine for fluorescence the two
drawers of the Nairobi forms of Papilio dardanus Brown,
shown by Canon St. A. Rogers at the last meeting. The pale
yellow of the males was brilliantly fluorescent, and that of
the triment and lamborni females, from the high Kikuyu
Escarpment and also from the lower elevation of Nairobi,
was shown by its fluorescence to be the same pigment. One
Nairobi lamborni was extremely brilliant, and, in all of them,
the submarginal yellow spots were especially bright. The
curious Nairobi specimen labelled ‘* hippocoon with colour of
triment, but darkened,” when examined, confirmed this descrip-
tion by exhibiting an obscured fluorescence. Nearly the same
form from New Moschi (F. C. Selous), in the British Museum,
differed in having a somewhat darker F.W. and paler H.W.
yellow pigment—the latter strongly fluorescent. Of the
three primitive, yellow-marked cenea from the high escarp-
ment, two were strongly fluorescent, but not one of the three
from Nairobi. With fluorescence as a guide, it was clear that
the yellow pigment of these latter is a little darker than the
others, and that the brilliant Jambornz has the palest yellow.

It was of much interest to find the primitive fluorescent
yellow retained on these escarpment cenea, but lost at Nairobi.
Although, to the eye, so small a change had taken place,
it was evident that the three examples from the lower level
were a definite step further towards the fully mimetic form.
It was also interesting that the primitive yellow—whether
replaced by white in hippocoon or a darker shade in cenea,
trophonius, ete.—was fundamentally changed and ceased to
be fluorescent.

Dr. Cockayne had also called his attention to Papilio
polytes L., in which the discal yellow band of the male H.W.
was, with the exception of the inner marginal spot (and
occasionally two spots), brilliantly fluorescent. In the male-
like females, on the other hand, two inner-marginal spots

-
ce
and occasionally three were non-fluorescent. From the band
of these females we pass to the shorter, broader, yellow band
or patch of the aristolochiae-like females—nearly always non-
fluorescent but shown by occasional fluorescent individuals
to have been derived from the only fluorescent male pig-
ment. For it should be added that the marginal yellow
F.W. spots of the male never fluoresced.

A DipreRon AND ITs ParasITE IN Ants’ Nests.—Mr.
DoniIsTHORPE exhibited specimens of the Chalcid Spalangia
erythromera Forster, together with its host Phyllomyza lasiae
Collin, ms. (Diptera), and the ant Acanthomyops (Dendrolasius)
fuliginosus Latr., in the nest of which these insects live. He
pointed out that he had discovered the Spalangia first in
Britain in a nest of the ant in question on May 6, 1906, at
Wellington College, and had subsequently bred it in numbers
in a bowl of refuse “ carton” larvae and ants from the same
nest that year. As the Spalangia is shining black like its host
ant, and as the ants did not treat the parasite in an unfriendly
manner, he concluded it was parasitic on the ant larvae.
He had subsequently taken the insect in fuliginosus nests
at Darenth Wood, Weybridge, Oxshott, and Woking. On
Dec. 10, 1920, he had bred a specimen from refuse from a
fuliginosus nest at Woking which did not contain any ants,
or ant larvae; consequently he isolated a number of Dipterous
pupae from this refuse in a small box, and from a pupa of
Phyllomyza lasiae a specimen of the Spalangia had emerged
on Feb. 21, 1921, thus fixing the host. Other specimens had
been bred on April 10 and Sept. 30, from Phyllomyza pupae.
The exhibitor remarked that the larvae of Phyllomyza were
not parasitic, but lived free in the nests of ants, and that he
had reared several species from the larva to the perfect insect
in his observation nests.

A Fatry TALE.

Dr. NEAVE read the following translation from the German
of a skit on modern systems of Zoological nomenclature
by Dr. A. Reuss, the original of which was published in
Societas Entomologica for November 1921, p. 42 :—

Once upon a time there was a land called Nomenclatoria.

cl

The inhabitants of this land were interested in many animals,
and to distinguish them from one another they gave every
animal not only one but even two names. If in those days
a collector caught a hawk moth, he could be almost certain
that it belonged to the genus Sphinx. But soon the imper-
fections of this system became apparent. To the scientists
of Nomenclatoria the genera appeared too large, so they were
divided, and the divided ones subdivided, and continually
changed, until after the lapse of several decades every second
species had its own genus.

Then the specific names had to be changed and new ones
erected, so as to describe all the newly discovered aberrations
and variations. One scientist had the ingenious idea of
transposing the syllables, 7. e. for variations of podalirius he
used the names lidaporius and daporilius. And all, who read
this, marvelled at his brain.

Soon this was also inadequate and every animal received
three names, and after another twenty years every species
had six names in which the specific name of the original form
was repeated five times. Ignorant people in Nomenclatoria
grinned vacantly at this and made stupid remarks about the
waste of time and space.

An old King of a neighbouring country, who had collected
butterflies in his youth and prided himself on his knowledge,
came on a visit. When viewing the State collections he
stopped in front of a lime hawk moth and said proudly to
his guide: ‘“‘ Aha, that is a Sphina tilae.” The guide was
startled to death, but quickly pulled himself together and
answered: “It is entirely possible, Your Majesty, that this
specimen was so called a hundred years ago. In the course
of time the generic name after undergoing a more and more
glorious perfection, and passing through Smerinthus, Dilina,
Mimas and about ten other alterations, has to-day developed
into Caudex. But this species that Your Majesty deigned to
point out, is not the original form Caudex tiliae, but, owing
to the band on the fore-wing, as Your Majesty notices, being
1/10 mm. narrower than that of the normal form as recognised
by the State, is Caudex tiliolus tilioides tiliabundus bundilatius
lidabuntius.”

-
cil

When the guide had spoken thus, the strange King demanded
forthwith two national liqueurs. He then returned to his
own country and forthwith issued a decree that no animal
should be allowed to have more than two names. In con-
sequence his kingdom was considered by the scientists of
Nomenclatoria to be deplorably behind the times. During
the last few years, however, there has been an astonishingly
large number of cases of Dementia praecox reported from
Nomenclatoria. Whether this has anything to do with the
development of the names has not been determined.

Wednesday, December 7th, 1921.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuitp, M.A., F.R.S., etc.,
President, in the Chair.

Nominations for 1922.

The SECRETARY again read the list of nominations of Officers
and Council for the ensuing year, and said that he had not
received any alternative names.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :—Messrs.
W. Bevan Wuirney, B.Sc., A.M.Inst.C.E., Glen Doone,
Gerrards Cross, Bucks; Epwarp Nevitt WILLMER, Trafford
Hall, Nr. Chester; and Jonn Guover Huco Frew, M.Sc.,
262, Church Rd., Yardley, Birmingham, and Rothamsted
Experimental Station, Harpenden.

The Secretary expressed the hope that the informal meeting
to be held on January 4th, 1922, between 5.30 and 7.30 p.m.,
would be well attended, and said that Dr. Cockayne had
kindly offered to show the effects of fluorescence on butterflies,
an exhibit that would be of great interest to Fellows,

cll

Exhibits.

A NEW METHOD OF PRESERVING INSECTS.—Prof. Lrrroy
exhibited specimens of insects mounted on the method pre-
viously described by Dr. A. Moore (Journ. Trop. Med. and
Hygiene, Nov. 15, 1919, pp. 205-206), and drew attention to
the value of this method for teaching, for travellers in the
tropics, and for general economic work. He explained that
the insect is mounted fresh between two slips of celluloid
with a ring of plasticine and thymol; the latter must be
well incorporated in the plasticine at the rate of 14 drachms
to the pound. The specimens are well preserved, do not
shrink, and retain their colour.

This method aroused considerable interest, and its advan-
tages were discussed by the Prestpent, Mr. Bacor, Mr.
Durrant, Mr. Batrour Browne and other Fellows.

THE EXISTENCE IN AFRICA OF A REMARKABLE PAPILIO OF
THE ANTIMACHUS GROUP.—Mr. G. TaLBor said that when
Mr. T. A. Barns was collecting Lepidoptera on the Lindi
River in April 1920, he saw a remarkable butterfly, and he
exhibited a coloured drawing of it which Mr. Barns had made.
The insect appears to partake of the characters of both Papilio
zalmoais and of P. antimachus, but is unlikely to be a hybrid
between them.

Since the publication of the note of this butterfly in the
* Bulletin of the Hill Museum,” some further information
has come to hand which seems to confirm the evidence of
Mr. Barns.

Monsieur F. Le Cerr, of the Paris Museum, has furnished
the following account of an insect seen in French Guinea :—

“A sergeant Monceaux, who took part in the Franco-
Liberian Mission for the delimitation of the Liberian-French
Guinea frontier, made a collection of over 4000 butterflies.
He described having seen in the district of the Upper Sas-
sandra River a large butterfly which, at midday, was drinking
from a pool of water on the road. The butterfly was opening
and closing its wings, and Sergeant Monceaux got quite close
to it before it flew away. The wings were very long and for
the greater part of a brilliant blue.

civ

“TI showed the sergeant various butterflies, including
P. zalmozxis, but these were not like the specimen seen. How-
ever, upon seeing P. antimachus he exclaimed: ‘It is like
that species but with much more brilliant blue, and larger.’ ”

Dr. W. A. LamBorn has written to say that he once saw a
specimen of this great Papilio in 8. Nigeria.

Mr. C. J. Grist records that a friend of his who was in
Nigeria told him that he saw a large butterfly, which he
could not catch, and his description tallied’ to a great extent
with that of Mr. Barns’, except that he said the fore-wings
were all bright Cambridge blue and the hind-wings red with
yellow markings.

We have recently come across the following note by Hewrr-
SON in the Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 122, 1873.—In the introduction
to his description of some West African Lycaenidae he says
that the collector, Mr. Rogers, “saw P. antimachus and
another large butterfly, which, from his description, must
be a magnificent species.”” No mention is made of what this
was like and no further locality is given. May it not have
been the species under discussion ?

It is certain that a Papilio similar to the specimen drawn
by Mr. Barns does exist in Africa, and the evidence points
to its being distributed from Guinea to the Lindi River. It
must be very rare, very wary, and very strong on the wing.

Prof. Poutron expressed the opinion that though this
butterfly is probably very rare, it is not necessarily difficult
to catch.

A GYNANDROMORPH OF ARGYNNIS HYPERBIUS CASTESTI.
—Mr. G. Tatzot on behalf of Mr. J. J. Jorcry also exhibited
a gynandromorphous example of Argynnis hyperbius castesti
Ob., from §. India, of which the right side is female, repre-
senting the hyperbius form with white subapical band. The
left side has the fore-wing mostly male with the androconia
present on vein 2. Traces of the female element occur in
the presence of a portion of the white subapical band, of some
of the white submarginal spots, and of some grey-blue scaling
in cellules 3-5. The left hind-wing is female but darker than
the right wing, and is a little smaller. On the underside the
left fore-wing shows less trace of the female element than

we

CV

on the upperside. The right fore-leg is female and the left
is male, but with less hair than normally.

Specimen taken in May at Ootacamund.

This race is said by Fruhstorfer in Seitz, “ Macrolep.”’ ix,
p- 515, to have the female like the male, but in the Hill
Museum there is a series of both forms of female.

A SERIES OF AGLAIS uRTICAE.—Mr. Ropert ADKIN ex-
hibited long series of Aglais urticae including many specimens
from Scotland. Referring to Mr. Sheldon’s exhibit at the last
meeting, he pointed out three specimens were obtained from
the same neighbourhood as his, and he agreed with him that
that locality appeared to produce a form of rich ground-
colour with brilliant blue marginal lunules. He thought,
however, that the Scotch forms generally tended towards
these characteristics, but that they were perhaps more marked
in specimens from that immediate neighbourhood than in
those from other parts of the country.

This exhibit gave rise to some discussion, in which Com-
mander Waker, Mr. Batrour Browne, Mr. SHELDON and
others took part, on the comparative rarity of A. urticae in
1921 and on the relative abundance and apparent spread in
the South of England of Vanessa c-album.

HeELiconius From Trintpap.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited
Heliconius melpomene euryades and H. erato hydara, both
from Trinidad, together with drawings of larvae and pupae
of each. Both larvae and pupae differed widely from each
other. H. melpomene was characterised by a small head and
tapering first three segments. On all segments as well as
the head there were subdorsal long spines with two or three
short branches. H. erato, on the contrary, had a large head
with fleshy protuberance and with non-tapering anterior
segments. On the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 10th, and 11th segments
were subdorsal fleshy protuberances densely clothed with
short spines. The pupa of H. melpomene was rather short
with strongly projecting wing-cases, and thoroughly Nym-
phaline in appearance, with 6 abdominal silver spots. The
pupa of H. erato was quite remarkably different, being very
elongated and with two long fleshy protuberances to the head,
and without any silver spotting.

al

evi

A remarkable Erycinid from Trinidad, Nymphidiwm mara-
valica, was also shown, together with one of the small race
of Adelpha iphicla from the same locality. It appeared from
the facies of these two that the Erycinid mimicked the Nym-
phaline. The latter was exceedingly common, while the
former was very rare. The whole scheme of colouring of
the two was so similar that it was impossible not to suggest
that the one was influenced by the other.

BLACK VARIETIES OF THE LONGICORN BEETLE, GRAM-
MOPTERA ANALIS Pz., FROM THE OxForRD pIstTRIcT.—Prof.
Poutton exhibited on behalf of the captor, Mr. Joserx
Coxuins, three (1918-20) entirely black forms of this species,
and one (June, 1919) with black legs but the reddish yellow
abdominal segments of the typical form. Both varieties
were very uncommon as compared with the type, of which
examples were also exhibited.

THE THIRD BROOD OF HEODES PHLAEAS L., FROM THE
NEWBURY DISTRICT IN 1921.—Prof. PoULTON gave an account
of the following observations by Mr. A. H. Hamm, and ex-
hibited the specimens referred to, as also those of Dr. Perkins
taken in 1911 and 1912 :—

“The three series of Heodes phlaeas exhibited were all
captured in the Newbury district, in early September of the
present year. They are all of the third brood and show (with
one or two exceptions) the brilliancy usually associated with
the first brood. In spite of the prolonged drought, they
equal, and, in some individuals, exceed in size those of the
second brood.

“The first locality was a small damp meadow adjoining
the tow-path of the canal, opposite Ham Mill, visited Sep-
tember 5, between 11.0 a.m. and 12.30 p.m. H. phlaeas was
very abundant and the whole series of 30 males and 13 females
captured on the flowers of fleabane (Inula dysenterica).
Although the flowers of the devil’s-bit scabious were in
profusion, the only butterfly seen to visit them was Vanessa
urticae, of which a very few examples of the second brood
were on the wing.

“ The second series, captured September 7, 2.30-4.0 p.m.,
was from Greenham Common—one of the highest and driest

Ree AYA RRC fee Ne nm Ae Fe é, > ~ 2

cvii

places near Newbury. These were all taken on the flowers.
of a small patch of heath (Hrica),—low and scanty after
the burning of 1919. The phlaeas do not exhibit any appre-
ciable difference in size or hue from those of the lower and
damper locality, but are remarkable in the disproportion
between the sexes—4 males to 34 females, perhaps to be
accounted for by some of the families being all-female.

“The smallest series, 9 males and 13 females, were from a
small patch of fleabane, on the tow-path of the canal, about
6 miles E. of Newbury, near Woolhampton, September 9,
2.45-3.30 p.m. These call for no special comment as they
do not differ materially from the others.

“Tt was observed that phlaeas, immediately after alighting
upon a flower, herbage, or the ground, invariably took up a
definite position with its head turned directly away from the
sun. Several individuals were seen to perform the ‘ eccentric ’
movements with their hind-wings, in the same way that I
have so often observed in Cyaniris argiolus. There are no
striking varieties, but much minor variation. Some have
the coppery hue very pronounced on the basal half of the
hind-wing and a few are of the coeruleo-punctata form,—a
variety supposed to occur more frequently in damp situations,
but here as common in the high and dry locality as in the
others.

“The three series were captured without selection, and
thus are truly representative of their respective localities.”

Prof. Poulton said that Mr. Hamm/’s series contrasted
remarkably with those of the second brood collected by
Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, F.R.S., at Cerne Abbas, Dorset, in the
hot August of 1911, the latter being very dark as compared
with a series taken in the same locality in the cold August of
1912 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, p. exxxvii). The “ eccen-
tric’? movements had also been seen during the ‘past season,
in a small proportion of individuals at Newton Abbot, by
Dr. Perkins, but not in the third brood (September).

Dr. Perkins had also informed Prof. Poulton that the 1921
April-May brood at Newton Abbot was normal, while the
end—June and July brood was dark, much like that of Cerne
Abbas in August, 1911. The slight rains at the end of July

we - y > oe Bo a or we DS ay a 5
ee

cevill
and beginning of August were sufficient to make the fields
green again and to change the third brood entirely, for not a
single one of the September examples was dark, although the
country had by this time become very dry.

Dr. T. A. Chapman wrote on October 4, that he was
unaware of the “ eccentric’? movements of phlaeas.

Living Mantrps.—Mr. R. Stenron exhibited some living
Mantids, bred at the Ministry of Agriculture Pathological
Laboratory, Harpenden. The egg-case had been taken
by Mr. J. C. F. Fryer from a dwarf Japanese maple imported
during the winter of 1920-1921. The eggs hatched in two
batches, the first about June 9th and the second on June 16th.
The young fed upon Aphids at first, then upon house flies,
and later upon blow flies. They were kept in a cold green-
house and attained the adult stage, a 9 on 10th Oct. and
a 3 on 18th Sept., after which they would feed no more,
except that the introduction of a 3 to a Q resulted in the
former being at once made a meal of. This was on Oct. 24th.

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

“ Descriptions of South American Micro-Lepidoptera,” by
Mr. E. Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

“Notes on Orthoptera in the British Museum. II. Group
Calliptamini,” by Mr. B. P. Uvarov, F.ES.

Mr. C. NicHoLson read some notes on Vespidae and on a
remarkable nest of Vespa vulgaris, illustrated with lantern
slides.

pan ald Bp sana a aN a a a
j Rote ) ) : - . . a MZ ‘ the bg , : r te!

cix

ANNUAL MEETING.

Wednesday, January 18th, 1922.

The Rt. Hon. Lord Roruscuinp, D.Sc., FRS., ave |
the Chair.
Dr. S. A. NeAve, one of the Secretaries, read the following

Report of the Council.

The first year of the Society’s occupation of its new home
will always be a historic one, and it is therefore highly satis-
factory that it is possible to ae marked progress in all
aspects of its activities.

The Society’s financial position will be dealt with in the
Treasurer's Report, which you will hear read shortly.

The losses in Fellows have been exceptionally heavy;
these have been due to the death of 17 Fellows, the resigna-
tion of 20, and the removal of 6 for non-payment of subscrip-
tions. In spite of this, our numbers have increased, 51 new
Fellows having been elected. The Society now consists of
12 Honorary, 2 Special Life Fellows, and 664 Ordinary
Fellows, making a total of 678, the largest number in its
history. This result is a very gratifying one, and would
appear fully to justify the policy of raising the subscription,
which it will be remembered took effect from the beginning
of the year under review.

The Transactions will consist of 604 pages, and will form
the largest volume since 1913. This is due in some measure
to a fall in the cost of printing, and it is much to be hoped
that in the coming year it will be possible to return to at
least the pre-war standard, not only of letterpress, but of
illustrations. The volume for the year contains 15 papers
by the following authors :—

H. E. Anprewes; G. J. Arrow, F.Z.S.; K. G. Bua;
G. D. Hate Carpenter, D.M., F.Z.S., etc.; H. DoNIsTHORPE,
F.Z.S.; F. W. Epwarps; H. Exrrinenam, M.A., D.Sc.;

-

cx

the late C. O. Farqunarson, M.A., B.Sc., and others; A. M.
Lea; F. Mur; N. D. Riey, F.Z.8.; T. G. Sroane; A. J.
Turner, M.D.; B. P. Uvarov; and C. L. WitnHycomse.
Of these 5 refer to Coleoptera, 3 to Lepidoptera, 2 to Neuro-
ptera, 1 each to Diptera, Hymenoptera and Orthoptera,
and 2 are of general interest.

The illustrations consist of 25 plates, of which 2 are collo-
type, 11 are half-tone, and 12 are line-block, as well as a
number of diagrams and text-figures. The originals have in
all cases been provided by the authors, and thanks to the
kindly offices of Prof. Poutron, a generous contribution of
£50 has been received from Jesus College, Oxford, towards
the cost of the volume, in addition to a similar sum given
last year.

The Proceedings will consist of about 100 pages, and are
illustrated by one half-tone plate (the cost of which is borne
by Prof. Poutron) and a few text-figures.

During the year the Society has become affiliated to the
Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies. Dr. Neave has been
nominated as the Society’s representative on the Board, and
it is hoped that this influential body will be of great assistance
in supporting the interests of all the Scientific Societies
affiliated to it.

The attendance at the meetings has been remarkably good,
and appears to be the highest on record. This is doubtless
due in large measure to the attractions of our new quarters.
The average number of Fellows and visitors present at meetings
during the year has been 68 as compared with 51 in the two
previous years or 57 in the last pre-war year.

The experiment of holding a few informal meetings in certain
months when there is no second ordinary meeting was made
during the year. Those held in April and May were not very
successful, but the meeting held on 4th January last was well
attended.

The conduct of the detailed work of the Society’s business
which was formerly carried on by the Business Committee
has been divided amongst a Finance and Housing Committee
under the chairmanship of Dr. G. A. K. MarsHatu, a Publi-
cation Committee under the chairmanship of Mr. G. T.

exi

BretuHuneE-BakeEr, and a Library Committee under the chair-
manship of Mr. J. H. Durrant, with extremely satisfactory
results. The standard of attendance at these Committees
has been remarkably high, and the Council is greatly indebted
to those Fellows who have so ably assisted by serving on
them.

The Council also wishes to express its thanks to Mr. WHEELER
for having compiled an index to the Standing Orders of Council
covering the period of 10 years to February 1921. This index
will be kept up to date for the future.

The LrprartiaNn reports that the year under review has been
one of transition for the Library, and that much still remains
to be carried out before a really satisfactory state of its affairs
can be said to have been reached.

Early in the year the books were transferred from Chandos
Street, and, while they have been placed approximately in
the same relative positions as in the old quarters, the oppor-
tunity has been taken to separate and classify under countries
the whole of the very large series of periodicals; this at once
renders them easy of access, which had not been the case for
many years past. The Hon. Librarian regrets that he has
not been as free as he expected, and has thus been unable to
devote as much time to the Library as he hopes to do during
the coming year. Still much work has been done in that
every volume can be seen without removing a whole row of
books, which was often inevitable in the old quarters. It
will have been observed that it is now possible to display all
the current magazines and additions on the Library table,
that all the ordinary catalogues and books of very general
reference are placed together in the new fitment for the general
Catalogue of the Library, and that most of the Separata, of
which the Society possesses a very large number, are now
much more accessible than formerly.

By donation and purchase 135 Volumes have been added
with some 273 Separata and Reports. A list of these, to-
gether with the accessions for 1920, which it was found
impossible to include in the Transactions for last year, has
been prepared and will appear in Part V of the Transactions

for 1921.

o exii

The number of volumes bound or rebound is 99, and this
work will be continued in the present year as far as funds
permit.

From the records in the office, 184 Books and Separata
have been borrowed during the year. In this connection, it
may be mentioned, that the list of works (valuable, rare,
bulky, and of frequent reference) not allowed out on loan
has been revised by the Council. This may be consulted by
Fellows in the Office.

The Library has not been used for consultation during the
year to the extent that was expected, but no doubt as its
convenience becomes more known, more use will be made of
it. At the present time a series of dictionaries is being
obtained, and these will be available in a few weeks.

The Report was adopted on the motion of Mr. T. H. L.
GROSVENOR, seconded by Mr. Stantey Epwarps.

The Treasurer’s Report.

The TREASURER then read the following Report :—

It is my great pleasure to be able to report at this the first
Annual Meeting held in our new freehold home, that thanks
to the generous assistance received from the Fellows, the
finances of the Society have been placed upon a sound basis,
and that there is every prospect of its being able to carry out
its proper and necessary objects free of anxiety so far as
finance is concerned.

The organisation of expenditure during the past year has
not been without difficulty; for the experience gained under
the old conditions could not be relied upon, the new conditions
being so different. For this reason it was necessary we
should base our expenditure upon an estimate of the probable
amount of income that would accrue during the year, and
that we should keep it down as much as possible to avoid
the unpleasant experience of the first year’s working showing
a deficit. Thanks to certain unexpectedly favourable financial
features, which will appear later, the result has been that
the income for 1921 has exceeded the expenditure by the
substantial sum of £124 4s. 9d., which I trust will be considered
a very satisfactory commencement of the new conditions,

pe es howe Ae oe br ee en, Soe 2 ee er eS
“es RRR a ais aia os
rt F. ‘ ve .< Ls .

exiil

Finance having had to play such an important part in the
Society’s operations during the past year, it is obvious a
special method of dealing with it in this Report is necessary ;
I must therefore go into details to a much greater extent
than has been customary hitherto.

I will first deal with the questions arising out of the Society's
acquisition of the Freehold of No. 41, Queen’s Gate, and
No. 15, Elvaston Mews.

It will be remembered that the estimated amount of the
cost of the Housing Scheme was £10,000. There is always
considerable uncertainty as to the eventual cost of such a
plan, because so much depends upon factors that only appear
as it develops, and upon the good or ill fortune that all human
affairs are subject to, and which cannot be foreseen. In
view, therefore, of the well-meant fears that were expressed
by certain of our friends that the estimated cost of the Scheme
would be greatly exceeded—I heard a sum of £15,000 men-
tioned—it will, I am sure, be learned with relief and pleasure,
that these gloomy prophecies have not been fulfilled. Not
only has the sum asked for not been exceeded, but there is a
large saving on it. The total expenditure being £8450 8s. 4d.,
or a saving of £1549 11s. 8d. on the amount of the original
estimate. The details of this expenditure are as follows :—

Shy de
Acquisition of the Freehold of No. 41, Queen's
Gate, and No. 15, Elvaston Mews, including
all legal expenses and surveyor’s charges = (6606) E627
Repairs, alterations, and decorations to 41,
Queen’s Gate : i P ‘ . res 1 V1 So TE
Removal of the Library and bookcases from
Chandos Street, providing new bookcases, and
altering and fixing the old ones. : Sy HBO lene
Furnishing. ; f ; : , Re ic ge
Sundries : : : : : : : 46 15 0
£8450 8 4

I might perhaps be permitted to mention here, that when
this Housing Scheme was first brought before the Council,
PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1921. H

-

CXiv

I was asked what I considered it would cost if adopted. My
reply was, that provided we were fortunate in securing
suitable premises for a reasonable price, the total expenditure
might not exceed £7000 or £8000, but that in any case it
should not be more than £10,000.

The Housing Fund has progressed well during 1921. The
amount of donations promised at the end of 1920, £3404 18s. 6d.,
having by the conclusion of last year reached the sum of
£4095 4s. 1ld., an increase of £690 6s. 5d. This amount
includes handsome donations of £105 from the President,
Lord Rothschild; £63 from Mr. W. G. F. Nelson, and £50
each from Messrs. W. M. Christy (a further donation, making
£100 in all), W. J. Kaye, and W. Schmassmann, and a very
important and valued gift from Mr. R. Adkin of the amount
of his Debentures drawn on October 31st last (£40).

The total amount of the Housing Fund to the end of last
year was £9451 9s. 3d.-

I will next deal with the financial result of the acquisition
of the new premises from the annual income and expenditure
point of view. :

Once it was decided that the Society could no longer be
content with its extremely inadequate accommodation at
Chandos Street, there seemed three possible alternatives for
it to adopt.

(1) To obtain from the Government, accommodation in a
similar manner and of a similar nature to that afforded to
the Learned Societies at Burlington House.

(2) To become a tenant of rooms of sufficient capacity to
satisfy its present requirements.

(3) To acquire its own Freehold premises, letting off such
portions as were not required at present for its own
occupation.

Now let us see where we should have stood had we adopted
either of the two former alternatives, and where we stand
under the third alternative, which we have adopted.

First let us take No. 2, and suppose that we had eventually
as tenants found accommodation suitable to our present
requirements; what would have been the probable financial
result ? I should observe here that the Housing Committee

CXV

did make a very lengthy search, without success; and judging
from the fact that there are several Societies who have been
unsuccessfully searching for accommodation similar to our
requirements for several years, it does not seem likely that
they would have attained the desired object in a reasonable
time.

Rents for the kind of accommodation we required have
increased enormously of late years, and bearing this in mind,
and that the accommodation rented to us at Chandos Street
for £70 7s. 6d. per annum was, before we vacated it, relet for
£185 per annum, the new tenants having in addition to pay
the increased rates involved by the larger rental obtained,
and therefore becoming responsible for an annual expendi-
ture of at least £200, makes it probable that we should have
had to pay about £300 per annum for our requirements, with
the certainty that in a few years, owing to the gradual increase
in the number of Fellows and the steady growth of the Library,
we should have been in as great a state of overcrowding as
we were at Chandos Street.

Alternative No. 1 was, of course, attempted, but the Govern-
ment was not able to grant us suitable accommodation. Had
it been available, on the most favourable terms conceivable
we should have obtained it free of rent; our establishment
charges would have been, for reasons which will be seen later,
considerably higher than they are at present.

The position under alternative No. 3 is as follows. The
sole liability of the Society in connection with its new home is
the Debentures. The total amount of these issued was £5290,
of this amount £650 was, however, repaid on November
Ist last, and notice has been given to pay off a further
£100 on February Ist next. The amount then outstanding
will be £4540. The interest on this sum is £227 per annum.
Against this the portions of the new premises not occupied
by the Society are leased to excellent tenants on repairing
leases for a term of years, or are otherwise available for
income. They produce the net income of £410 per annum.
It will thus be seen that not only is the Society rent free,
but it obtains in addition even at present, the substantial
net income of £183 per annum from its purchase. This income

-

CXVi

will, of course, gradually increase as the Debentures are
redeemed,

Even this does not represent the full advantage the Society
obtains by owning its own premises, for by becoming a Regis-
tered Friendly Society—which it is entitled to do by its
objects and Bye-laws—it is able to avail itself of a statute
freeing it from the payment of all rates. The tax assessors
have also excused it the payment of income tax and inhabited
house duty. These exemptions represent a saving of about
£300 per annum, and they were obtained for the very moderate
outlay of one guinea,

It will be seen under what extremely favourable terms the
Society enters into the ownership of its ““ Home,” and it is
safe for me to state that, subject to the continued generous
and hearty support of the Fellows, which I feel sure will be
afforded, the new era will commence with prospects quite
beyond its horizon a few years ago.

I have to report another splendid success, vitally affecting
the Society’s future. I allude to the increase in income
derived from annual subscriptions. The total number of
subscriptions for 1921 received to December 31st last was
564, of those no less than 528 were at the increased rate of
two guineas, and of the remainder, four were voluntary
annual subscriptions in lieu of additional Compounding Fees,
leaving the very small number of 32 Fellows who paid their
subscriptions at the old rate of one guinea. This result is
extremely satisfactory, and I feel that it has been produced
by the loyalty and good feeling of the Fellows to the Society.
I am quite sure that numbers of them who would have desired
to contribute to the Housing Fund, but who were unable to
do so, have embraced this method of assisting the Society,
and I should like to tender to them in its name my very
grateful thanks for their valuable and much-appreciated help.
Thanks to this result and to the additional number of Fellows,
the income from current year subscriptions has increased
from £567 to £1145 7s. 6d., an addition of no less than
£578 7s. 6d., or more than 100 per cent.

In consequence of the increased subscription we have
undoubtedly lost a few Fellows, as unfortunately was only to

Sent eg As ee > 7

exvii

be expected, but the losses from this cause can only have been
very few, for the total number of resignations in 1920, in which
year the increase was first mooted, and in 1921, is only 38,
but there were 13 resignations in the previous two years,
and therefore it would appear that only about 25 can be
attributed to the increase of subscription. Against these
losses in the last two years, no less than 124 new Fellows
have joined our ranks.

Prominent amongst the donations in aid of the publications
is the sum of £100 from Jesus College through Prof. Poulton
(half of this was given in 1920, but not acknowledged),
£29 5s. Od. from the late Dr. T. A. Chapman, and £22 15s. 4d.
from the President. The two latter donations are for the
cost of plates in the 1920 Publications.

The Society is indebted to Mr. J. J. Joicey for a handsome
and very useful lantern, and to the President for some necessary
fire-extinguishers; to Prof. Poulton for a very interesting
desk slope that was used by Alfred Russel Wallace for many
years, and to the late Dr. Longstaff for a handsome portrait
of his kinsman, W. B. Spence, and one of W. Kirby. Our warm
thanks are due to these generous donors for their much-
appreciated benefactions. I should like here to say that I
hope those who possess objects of general interest to Ento-
mology will be able to see their way to give or bequeath
them to the Society, so that they may be available for the
benefit of posterity.

The sale of the Society’s Publications has brought in con-
siderably more than last year, and the sum realised amounts
to £181 lls. 3d. This is the largest sum accruing from this
source in any one year. Now that the Society has undertaken
the sale of the whole of its Publications, and has the necessary
staff to attend to it, this source of income should be more
lucrative.

During the year the sum of £205 17s. 2d. has been added to
the Compounding Fund, a further £66 2s, 4d. is now available,
and will shortly be invested. The amount of interest received
on account of this fund in 1921 was £48 17s. 10d., and as the
Fellows who had compounded for their subscriptions were
reduced by the death of four of their number, the income

a
CXvili

arising out of the fund will next year equal about 17s. 6d.
per Compounding Fellow, instead of 16s. a year ago.

I am glad to be able at last to report an increase in the
value of the Society's stocks; Consols show an increase of
£71 2s. 9d.; whilst the purchase of 1918 War Loan made in
recent years, which is being added to annually, shows a profit
on the cost price of £13 19s. Od. As to the income received
from the rent of property and the contributions from tenants
towards the cost of House expenses, nothing is included in
the year’s accounts for the rent of No. 15, Elvaston Mews,
which commenced on September 29th last, and only nine
month’s rental and contribution to the cost of House expenses
from the Imperial Bureau of Entomology. I have adopted
this procedure because it is practically impossible to obtain
with certainty rents due on the 25th of December before the
end of the financial year on the 31st, so that they are available
for inclusion in the accounts. In future, of course, a full
year’s income will be available from these sources, and the
concluding quarter will be carried forward to the succeeding
year.

Tam glad to report that the Society has succeeded in making
terms with its Printers which will reduce the price of its
Publications by about 20 per cent.; but the cost is still very
high, being something like 110 per cent. more than that which
obtained in 1914.

In 1921 we paid the Medical Society of London rent to the
amount of £31 15s. 9d.; this expense, of course, will not recur.

The items of expenditure on repairs to premises and
Agent’s charges are responsible for £172 18s. 7d. This large
sum is almost entirely owing to the Society being com-
pelled to put No. 15, Elvaston Mews in tenantable repair,
and to install the electric light, previous to obtaining a tenant.
As this property is now let on a repairing lease to a responsible
tenant, it should not involve further expense to the Society,
at any rate for a number of years. The total cost of repairs
to the property will average very much less in future than it
was last year. Certain items of expenditure, which last year
were in the experimental stage, especially the consumption
of gas, are likely to be reduced in future.

}
CxIx

I think it will be realised from the foregoing facts that there
is every prospect of the Society having a prosperous financial
future, but this can only be realised by sound methods of
procedure. A Society, like most institutions and individuals,
can only be made prosperous gradually; its future requires
to be built up by continuous effort, by the soundness of its
business methods, and by its careful look-ahead finance,
which not only provides for the necessities of the day, but
anticipates the future, and, knowing its requirements, keeps
them steadily in view until eventually they are realised. It
is a fact that the individual who has realised what he wants,
is more likely to attain those requirements than if he did not
grasp their nature and plan for them, and so it is with a
Society like ours; I venture therefore to put the following
points and suggestions before the Fellows.

There are two difficulties vitally affecting the Society that
will arise in the future. One of these is the increased Library
space that will be necessary, and the other the necessity at
some future date of providing a larger meeting-room, which
should have better acoustic properties.

To deal with the question of the Library requirements
first. It has always been the case that every Society pos-
sessing a library, including our own, tends very rapidly to
outgrow its accommodation; this is inevitable, for each year
sees large increases made to its collection of books, especially
those in the department of Periodical Literature.

We have at present considerable spare room in the Library,
and there is a possibility of somewhat increasing the space
available without making structural alterations; but I
estimate that in, say, ten years, our available shelf room will
all be utilised. We must then provide additional space.

The meeting-room question will, I think, require to be
dealt with at the same time, because the additional space for
the Library will have to be either in the present meeting-
room, or in connection with the new meeting-room which can
be erected on the spaces now occupied by the kitchen of No. 41,
Queen’s Gate, and the garage at 15, Elvaston Mews.

Our first task, of course, must be to pay off the present
issue of Debentures. As I have previously stated, a start

-

CxxX

has already been made, and as there is now a considerable
sum available to the credit of the Housing Fund, and further
sums being promised, and the Council having assented to a
diversion of a minimum of £200 per annum from the Society's
income, to assist, I hope a further substantial amount of
these Debentures will be redeemed during the present year.
We must, of course, arrange that sufficient of our income is
available to provide adequately for the Publications, and for
the various other items of expenditure that are necessary
to uphold the objects and dignity of the Society; but after
these are satisfied, the remainder of its available funds should
go to provide for its future welfare.

There are various methods by which the Society's prospects
can be assisted and assured, amongst them are the following :-—

1. By continuing the present Sinking Fund of £200 per
annum, and by increasing it as much as possible, subject of
course to the other necessities of the Society as before indi-
cated, being adequately provided for. The decision on this
point, of course, rests with the Council.

2. By donations to the Housing Fund from Fellows who
have not yet contributed to it.

3. By any Debenture-holders who are able and willing to
do so, following the example of one of them, and cancelling
the whole or part of their Debentures when drawn.

4. By making bequests to the Society. I take it we would
all like the world to become a little better for our having
lived in it; and those of us who are possessed of more riches
than the necessities of our immediate dependents require,
search for some worthy charitable cause or institution to
which we make a bequest. May I put it to those Fellows
who are able to adopt this course, that our Society is a charit-
able institution capable of becoming of great benefit to
Entomology if it is adequately supported; and that it is well
worthy of their assistance. Entomology has done a great
deal for all of us; is it not incumbent on us to do what we
can for it ?

I feel sure these suggestions, and others that will occur to
the Fellows, will receive their generous and careful considera-
tion, for the loyalty and good will which has been shown to

Cxxi

the Society makes it evident that every one is anxious to do
his or her best to make it worthy of itself, and of the great
science of Entomology.

The TREASURER also read extracts from the Financial
Statement, and both Report and Accounts were adopted on
the motion of Mr. A. E. Tone, seconded by Dr. EH. A.
CocKAYNE.

The Presmpent declared the Fellows nominated by the
Council as Officers and Council for the ensuing year to be
duly elected in accordance with the Bye-laws.

The PresmpENt then read an Address. At its conclusion
a vote of thanks to him, moved by Mr. Beruune-Baker,
coupled with the request that it might be printed in the
Proceedings, was passed with acclamation.

The Presipent having replied, a vote of thanks to the
Officers was then carried on the motion of Mr. HE. E. Green,
seconded by Dr. C. J. Ganan.

Cxxll

¢ mA SSL'eF

0G &l9
Sie GAck
OL 8T 24S
yp & 99
G LI SPs

0 0 006

G LL 206

€ @ Or

Oerta00G. a=
Omak 0s
Cy ra Gb

eee TAGS: te
Te lie ales
9 TI FI
Teac. Sak
Oa GE GL
0 OT OL
G GI SG

Let 6s

0 ¢ G

Il F 90T -
GC L 9
9 LI 6L

een, OGG" =
Il 6 8@
I Ot OIL
6 L OOP

6° 0. 6 Se
0 G 9
6 SI 8S

€ 1 6c

62 S16.

of rt ae / ge Raat

ESF “pan JL ysonbag poomysa AA

: puny Areiquy
“* puny surpunodwop)
qyunoooy [ereues)
—pury Ur pus yurg ye ysep
puny Suisnoy OF szojsuvsy,
SZG6T ‘Spuocg AP AL
[TeuoneN % & ‘PL S6 Gleg JO SsByomng
gsvary JO UOIRUIUIAT, 10F
uoesuedmoy ysuivse IaAo pied juey

poegonped xvj, emoouy
“ sganqueqa(y WO 4seroqUT
“+ sgsuedxg Aapung
sasieyO syuesy
‘SsuorqwIe31V pue suredayy
a TOTS M\
“eouemnsu]
AqSvyT olsqoe|g] pus ‘sexy ‘Tangy
-—sesuadxg asnoy{
“ sostiadxgy snosuepaosl]l
227 FIPLV

ase eee eee eee nee eee eee

asrqsog
+ <rquoyeig par Suyuntg Aipung
eee cee eee eee eee GOLNGIIASIG
suolyeaysny fy
vo SUIQUIA
—suorqeortqnd Jo ysop

“7 cagummneny, pas ste day ‘5 Supa

Sige ee oubece “+ st syoog MON
Sosa S

wee ee ee wee oe ae aee SaTaR[eg “

oo wee . wee - eee wee ase que} [ kg

“‘SLNANWAV

“ce

a

a“

“ec
“ce

oe
af

“

“

&

“

G L Seer

pete sey

Te eine
€ IT TSI
0 &T 99T'
0 IT L&I
9 SI 86

0 0 SOT
8 LI 608
@ 91 S1¢
‘ps §

*** sidraoayy snosuryjeosiyy *
“* smouolqnug jo pre ut suoRaog
any smOTpUOTTGn JO seleg
(SPL S&F

oe aoe

‘OZBT UL peatadad [ZG] 105 suoyyduiosqng )

esnoH spiv oq sjueda,y, Aq WoIzNqiazao/)

l ———_=
ONS=6Ge =
0 SL 601'T
Ome e aes
eC <te
ORG Teter
jo
Teemieclae
oe Yale AE
OMG 96 =
oy ete 3
eeOlec
ee Oba Ghee
Ser eras
1 @ i
Ope o0 Gis
Toe pe O1Gt
‘ps §F

‘LNQOOOV SLINAWAVd GNV SLdIdORd
C261 ‘8t Acenuee ‘sayoayy [enuTY oy} ye peyuesarg)
‘IZ6I ‘Ig 19quIe0eq poepue IveX 4} 10} SENNOOOV S:AAUNASVAUL

‘NOGNOT JO ALMIDOS TYOIDOTOWNOLNY AHL

aourApy UT
a 1Z6L
SIBIIIW
—suorjdiosqng [ynuny

“e

“oe ““

Joa ut pred =“
aoe saa. MOIssLpy
sosued xi

“c

asva'y Jo uolyealutay,
uoedepisuod «our = uoryesued mos) *
a sjuvuey-qrg wory squay **
CS eS a AO pun suisnoy
tee see ese se QuIMOaDW [Bleuex)
—ysodaq U0 4sadagUq]
“7 <t* NgIDAOVAT XBT, QUODUT
spuog Tt A\ jeuoyRN
re s[osuoy
(Qsenbeq
yong % gE Wey Sulu
—S}UAUIFSOATIT WO ysadagn yt

“

“puny Areaquy

puny Sarpanodmop

qunoooy [e.taues)

—unoooy ysej tod sv yurg 4e ysep oT,
*‘SLd GOA

Ge Gi-e9s 2 —

‘000‘°S#F WQIOM aq 04 ToImsvary, eyy Aq poqvyg y
bf 260s
i OOS ees

€ F&I * puny ysenbagy poom4sa AA.

ST 1g eee eee eee wee puny Arerquy

GT OOLT sees = puny Surpunoduro0y

6L ece‘T wae wee wee wee puny SsuisnoyL

VI OTE ore ee tee aes QuNnOdDW [ereue+)
—SdT}IIqerT 1aA0 syassy jo ssaoxm “

Il 68 “* '* pendoaVW jsotojgUy ppy

0 OPpo'r

0 og9 “* geaXk Sutmmp predoy ssa7

0 06'S

0 OSPF “* aeaXk Sutmp penssy ppy

0 OF8h “ * 1G6T ‘Aaenwer 4sT 4B sy

7" M'S 9784) sueeNnd ‘Tr
jo osvyomg soy apraoad 09 ponssT
' —sainjgusqeg %«G “
“* aotBApY UL paatedar suorydriosqng

c cg aoe see aoe aoe syunos0y Aapung

9 PEG ee ee eh tee Ss see re
“AI ‘IIT S31¥q ‘suoioesueay, Sayuag

6
Or
= &
3 j}
4 6
oO
SL ———
8
0
0
0
0
0
0-8 6z
9 ZI 6IP -
6
6
ns 5 Dp

wa) —Ayoroog oy} wor ong syunowy Aq
“SALLITIAVI'T

)

a

(B (5) take,
0 SI T9TT
0 0 ogz‘9
ODA

6 8 ogg oT

8 GL ch ot oer te ee ee gamovay
quelny puny ysenbeg poomasea,,

OL SI 1G ** * gunoosoy quermyp pung Areaqry
FG 99 “JuNooOV 4uerIny puny Surpunodwoy

L 61 SF€

L 61 &6T “°° yumoosy yuering

0 0 Oct see aoe eee qisodaq uO
: puny SuIsnoy,

re 0 eee eee “+ Kreqar99g
9 0 FFE 0F ONp yunowR ssaz

0G & *" damMsvery Jo spuey uy

0 0 SOL °* StogloI[og Jo spuey uy

9 QI 9ST “" ° JunODDW guermy)

0 0 OOeF’** eee eos yisoday ing)

:4unoooy [B1aue+)

fo —puey wi pure yueg qe ysep “
0 0 06 “* “ ** poos perzapIsuos you ssaT
6_ 6 Re
0 OL LZI aoe tee eee aoe wee eee sasuodxg

esnoxy 0} suonqiugaoM pure szuery
6 ISL “tS ee snomeonang
Ov gt eo ee te soa norsarupy
0 % 60T tee tee aoe tee ae suolydiaosqng

--kya10g ayy 07 anp sgunowy “

I 0 Wai eee wee eee aoe wee eee nee (oGcy
480) ysonbog poomysaAg ‘yo01Gg %e
uorpeIod10H weysuuMITg “pp scl EeZF

Sh pee to Cpg tse Opes 4800)

‘puny sutpunodmoy ‘(satag pag) gZ6T
spuog IBAA [BUONeN %E “pT “spt oeesy
CSE $86'TF 9809) pung Su
~punodwio,) ‘soso % FB PS “SS FSS TF
—Jo onjea qussorg “
» Penyea JON’ °° SHU144I pue oanqgramya ‘freaqry “
Ht see see "Ge “see geeypoang JO 4800)
‘P'S F “M'S‘07eHs Usend‘ TF sasiuterg ployee, OJ,
“‘SLUSSY

Se

8 € Lb “* “sr se ses sss" ggep qu yueg yeeousjeg Ag |} 9 ¢ 2 “* 30039 %E wvysuIUING “pH scl GezF WO 4sea04U] OF,
Ds lp
pe ‘GNOA ISANOAL GCOOMISAA
0 § FEl'SF 0 € Fle
; in ORS pe
. bh 6LePe CO oo reg ge yseg «
5 > 0 0 0¢9 =o sece 2 ota oo so _saanquaqaq, jo quouseday 6c
} %] ipatane OF eee ove cee tee eee . Sp “sasdadx py Sapung “
f aS 4 Z LIP ee wee wee wee wae wae wee wee oe Suarystaan yy (73
8 6 L0G ** OUIes YQIM TOT4D9UTOD Ut sastedxa pue ‘sasvo
| “food [euoytppy Surpraosd ‘Aawaqvy jo jeaourayy “
: . Te SILT” ra ay” “ * suoieiey[y pur saredayy “
G 0 26 wee wee one oes aoe wee wee see S90, stofeaing “cc 0 0 OcP aoe wee oo ane aes wee panss]T spuog aainyueqaqd ee
z OT 9Z oe wee see wee wee Aauoyy eseqoing uo qsoaaquy ‘ e San 0Z6 ase eee wee wee one wee ane wee vee suoleno(y ee
; 0 IT 862 sdmejg pue saoueor'y surpnqout ‘aqexy sueant) 0 0 006 “ °* * “ 4uMosoy [eleuex) WOIy JeysTRATT, ‘
‘Tp Jo aseyoin Y4IM Worqoouuod ur sosuedxg [esay Aq L @ zo. °° °°) oO" «-Gunodoy jsey zed sve yurg 4e oouL[eg og,
TELS ae tieasT,
*SINANAVG “‘SLAIGOaY

| ‘GNOA ONISNOH

“GOL ‘LT Awonune
"SJUDJUNDIOP Pataqlwyy “OD BF NIGH A “AM (paubagy) “BD ‘UOpUoT “aang 2407024 UaIN?) ‘EZ

‘saoUL[eg YUL PUL SJUIMYSOAUT 1oYJO 9} POYMOA 9A AM ‘SLOP[OF 9INyUsqeq oy} oy sooysnuay, oy JO Jyeyoq uo Aj19dord
ay} JO sprep 949 ploy Aoyg 4eIY Su 0} paytztoo aavt ‘AA “4991]G WOJ[Og g Jo ‘sIOJLDI[OG *'0D W Young “sIssa{ “JOalt00 aq 04 MaTy Ayig190 pure ‘AyoTD0g 9}
JO SlayonoA PUB SYOOY IY} YIIM SolpI[IGuiyT puv sjassy JO JudMIE4eIg aq} pue squsmIAvg puR s}dlavay Jo sJUNODDW S.tatnsvad], oy} payipne savy OM

"LIANSVALT, ‘NO@IAHY *4) “AL

€ 6 cher & 6 Ish'6F
je 61 ere eee eee eee ese ese eee eyep ye yueg 4u yseo ‘cc
: SG OK = G6 “lene. =——--
+ G € oce‘z*”’ ove eee eee eee TZ6T “e ee Gc LT OLS‘T ale ‘sve ace eee rately TZ61 Cg a4 14
ae Seg Legge we Cer xe" -Ogey ‘syuewkedg Ag OL Tl OSS. . OSEL aL sydieveyy On,
o (Dae Sap G/ emia 3 areas PNG Gi
pay ‘dNNd DNISNOH
; >
| bd
b
(2) =
9 61 ILeF 9 6 LCF
F Zz 99 ana Aris atte mare Bac AF ayep 4r yurg qe aourleg (73
Z eT COZ wee eee eee eee wee aoe wee eee ee eee SZ61 9 GI cg eee eee IG6I ul peataoad soo. MOISsIuUIpy jo J[ey-9uo ee
spuog IBA\ [VMONVN %e "PL SG SIGF Ul Juowgsoauy Ag 0 £ 906°: °° "7" <<" [e6T ‘7 Avenuve ‘yueg 4u couse oO,
Si) Ae Ge Mee hap
"aNNa DNIGNAOdIWOO
L Lt OIF L LT OUlF
Cine Gee ere OS Bae aReUBT geenuEled: ene Oe aa TZ6I Ul poatsoad saaq WoIsstuupy Jo J[ey-9ug “
GEER TSO een Bibs: arse syoog MaN uo ainqipuedxg sq Tt. Ce ie SS ee Tee pt Arenuspe ye qa cous eg Oly,
p's F Tide eed

(SHOOD MAN) GNOA AUVUAIT

THE PRESIDENTS ADDRESS

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,

It is for the first time that we hold the Annual Meeting
in our house, and we may look back upon the session which
ends to-night as the first year of a new era in the annals of
our Society. When the matter of a new house owned by the
Society itself was first mooted, there were many who looked
upon the proposition as a hazardous experiment and who
would have preferred to continue in the old quarters and not
take any risks. There is certainly a risk attached to every-
thing new and untried, but if after due consideration this risk
is found small in comparison with the advantages of a new
move, the demand for progress must be obeyed. The year we
have behind us has fully borne out the prediction of those who
advocated the scheme and so successfully carried it out. You
have heard the Council’s Report, and I think you will agree
with me that we may congratulate ourselves on the status of
the Entomological Society of London, not only as regards its
finances and the increased number of its Fellows, but also in
respect to its position among scientific societies. However,
before a new home is in perfect order a great deal of important
work is required of those who are responsible for it, and our
most grateful thanks are due to the Hon. Secretaries, the
Treasurer and the Hon. Librarian for the untiring devotion
they gave to their tasks. The removing and rearrangement
of the Library in particular was a difficult undertaking, which,
however, has been very well accomplished, and the books
for the first time can be conveniently consulted by the Fellows
of the Society. The secretarial and editorial work, unfortun-
ately, has been much hampered by two deplorable events.
Karly in the year the Rev. George Wheeler was compelled by

MZ
can
CXXviii

continued ill-health to give up the onerous duties of Hon.
Secretary of this Society, and to its profound regret the Council
had to accept his resignation from an office which he held with
such distinction since 1911. Mr. Wheeler’s predecessor in
office, Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, kindly consented to undertake
again the duties of Hon. Sec., but a very serious illness which
attacked him in the summer and rendered him prostrate did
not permit him to continue in office. We are all most grateful
to both Mr. G. Wheeler and Mr. H. Rowland-Brown for their
great services to this Society, and we all wish and hope that
both will speedily recover and continue in full health their
entomological work in the field and again be among us in these
rooms at our meetings and social gatherings. We have to
tender our best thanks to Dr. H. Eltringham for coming to
the rescue and accepting the office left vacant by the resignation
of Mr. H. Rowland-Brown.

The bereavements of the Society by the death of Fellows
have been unusually numerous and severe during the past
session. Death has struck off our rolls no less than eighteen
Fellows. Several of them have been such familiar figures at
our meetings that we shall greatly miss them from our gather-
ings, though they will ever remain present in our minds as
devoted fellow-Entomologists.

Dr. G. B. Longstaff, whose generosity towards our Society
when he was already very ill and could no longer attend the
meetings is still fresh in our memory, was a man of wide
interests with a great love of nature, science and art. His
contributions to Entomology and the ever-ready support
his sympathetic nature accorded to science with sound counsel
and generous deed, and the collections made during his exten-
sive travels and presented to the Hope Department, are only
part of the many services he rendered his country. Public
affairs had his devoted attention no less than science, and his
work as a member of the London County Council was as
thorough and circumspect as everything his energetic and
persevering nature undertook or investigated. As an Entomo-
logist he was much more than a collector. His active mind
considered the amassing of specimens and field observations
not as the final object of Entomology, but as a means to the

PE ea ee MT Se TN Pe TT mY ae,
te OL a ieee ll a a ee

CXX1X

higher end of solving biological problems of importance.
Whenever he could, he directed his every energy during his
travels to the task of bringing together evidence bearing on
some biological problem.

Yorkshire has lost two of its distinguished Entomologists.
Dr. H. H. Corbett was one of the leading spirits in the scientific
and literary life of Doncaster and, ably supported by his wife
who was as keen an Entomologist as hiniself, did much valu-
able work in connection with the Coleoptera and Lepidoptera
of his district. To Mr. J. W. Carter, who died at Bradford
on December 15th of last year, many new records are due in
Hymenoptera, Neuroptera, Lepidoptera and other orders.

John Gardner, of Hartlepool, a Fellow of this Society since
1890, did much good work in the exploration of the Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera of Durham. He enriched the lists of that
county by many rare species, and will be specially remembered
as the discoverer of the larvae of several Microlepidoptera.
His great kindness to younger Entomologists and his readiness
to place his knowledge at the disposal of his fellow-workers
endeared him to all who came in contact with him. We had
the pleasure of meeting him at Tring in 1912, on the occasion
of the visit of the members of the International Entomological
Congress to my Museum.

Professor L. C. Miall joined the Society in 1894, and was
elected a special life member in 1916 for his distinguished
services to Entomology. He is best known to us by his book
on Aquatic Insects and the Monographs on the Cockroach,
the Harlequin Fly and the Tipulid Phalacrocera replicata.
As professor of Biology in the University of Leeds his interests
embraced the wide field of Biology as well as Education.

Mr. J. C. Hawkshaw, of Liphook, Hants, devoted much time
and care to Microlepidoptera, and the Rev. H. M. Bratzer,
Mr. F. M. Campbell, Mr. T. 8. Hillman, Mrs. C. A. Melville,
Mr. W. D. Robinson-Douglas and Mr. F. G. Whittle did much
good service in the investigation of the local fauna of their
counties.

Among our losses are three who lived in oversea countries.
Mr. A. Mullen, professor of Biology at Bombay, Professor
Fernald, of Amherst, Mass., and Professor T. Miyake, of Tokyo,

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., V, 1921. I

a, We fe
.

CXXX

Charles H. Fernald died at the ripe age of 83. He was
one of the great pioneer teachers of Entomology in the
U.S.A., whose works on New England Lepidoptera and North
American Micros have made his name familiar to European
Entomologists.

Professor Tsunetake Miyake was particularly occupied with
the study of Economic Entomology, of which he was a teacher
at the Imperial University of Tokyo. He has published a
treatise on general Entomology in two volumes, and many
papers on various entomological subjects. Having contracted
typhoid fever, he died on February 2nd, 1921, at the early
age of 40.

Among the foreign Entomologists who died during 1921
two stand out prominently. Monsieur Albert Fauvel, of Caen,
France, the well-known specialist in Staphylinidae and editor
of the Revue d’Entomologie, and Herr Edmund Reitter, of
Paskau in Moravia, the celebrated Coleopterist, who has des-
cribed more Palaearctic beetles than any other author. Reitter
is the author of nearly 10,000 genera, species and varieties, and
his publications number over a thousand. His collection was
bought in 1916 by the National Hungarian Museum at
Budapest.

Shortly before the close of the year the sad news reached
the Society that they had yet to mourn another bereavement.
Dr. T. A. Chapman died on December 17th, 1921. He had
been seriously ill the year before, and we knew that he was
far from well, yet we hoped that he would recover once more
and be able to enjoy the continuance of his pursuits. His
death leaves a vacant place in Entomology which it will be
difficult to fill. Dr. Chapman, an intimate entomological
friend to many Fellows of this Society, typifies a kind of
Entomologist of which there are far too few. If Edmund
Reitter was chiefly concerned with describing and classifying
genera and species and in his line surpassed all records, Dr.
Chapman had no predilection for that essentially nomencla-
torial side of science, but devoted his energies to the study of
morphology and bionomics, and the results of his patient and
painstaking researches in the life-histories of Kuropean
Lepidoptera stand so high, are so reliable, and are so much

+

Bs op al ha ON Ses we esp Ge eee le eons
39 a te 2 Sinz :

hoe

CXXXi

appreciated, that Dr. Chapman was looked upon at home and
abroad as being the foremost British Lepidopterist. He
joined the Society in 1891, serving no less than four times on
the Council, and was a most regular attendant of the meet-
ings, where he will be much missed by us all.

I will now proceed to read my address on

ALGERIA AND ITS Fauna.

Most of us, if not all, have started in Entomology as collec-
tors in the field, attracted by the charm of colour and form
displayed by insects, and stimulated in a pursuit of knowledge
by the infinite variety in body and habits observed in the
insect world. We can call ourselves fortunate in feeling a
delight in the observation of these small fellow-members of
creation, which are a continual source of pleasure, whether we
are engaged in serious research in the entomological laboratory
or are on a holiday either at home or abroad. This being so,
I trust you will permit me to take you to-night to a country
in the fauna of which I am particularly interested and which
in many respects is an enchanting district for a naturalist. I
must, however, ask your indulgence if I, in order to emphasise
my points, lead you occasionally aside from Entomology.

Since its successful pacification during the middle half of the
last century, Algeria has become safer for the tourist and
explorer than many European countries, and its fauna and
flora are at the present day better known than those of the
Balkan States. Like the Balkan Peninsula, Algeria and
Tunisia were part of the civilised world at the beginning of
the Christian era and sank back into barbarism during the
Middle Ages, being opened again to civilisation only a few
generations ago, during the time of our grandfathers. The
familiar names of Carthage, Hannibal, Juba, Jugurtha,
Masinissa, and of the Christian fathers Tertullian, St. Augus-
tine and St. Cyprian, recall to our mind that a large portion of
North Africa was highly advanced at a time when Northern
and Central Europe were still in barbaric darkness. At the
beginning of the Christian era, the Mauretania of the Romans
(Maurusia of the Greeks) was divided into two provinces: the
western province of Mauretania Tingitana corresponded to the

poe ge eee Cae eae - ye,

Cd
CXXXil

present-day Morocco and was subject to Rome more in name
than in fact, and the eastern province of Mauretania Caesar-
iensis comprised what are now called Tunisia and Algeria,
with Julia Caesarea, the present-day Cherchell, as capital.
Though the Romans actually occupied only the coast region
and a portion of the plateaux south of the northern range of
mountains, they came as far south as Biskra, everywhere
building roads and bridges and establishing military out-
posts. The nomadic tribes of the interior of Mauretania, the
Numidae (from the Greek Nomades), as they were called,
remained practically independent. When the Roman Empire
became decadent and inner dissensions weakened its power in
the conquered provinces held by their legions, a Roman
general in Mauretania applied for help to the Germanic warrior
tribe of Vandals, then resident in Spain, and this tribe, follow-
ing the call for help, helped itself to all there was in the country
and soon became masters not only of Mauretania, but of
Sicily, Sardinia and Corsica, defeated the Romans everywhere
and incidentally sacked Rome itself, though less successfully
than the Romans in the case of Carthage. Their sway over
the Mediterranean lasted only a century. The tribe was
gradually exhausted and became absorbed by the population
of the country, which then fell into the hands of the Byzan-
tine Empire. Traces of the infusion of Germanic blood into
the indigenous Berber population are said still to be found in
eastern Algeria, where fair-haired and blue-eyed Berbers are
occasionally met with, just as there is a type of man among
the shepherds in the mountains of northern Portugal which
recalls the long occupation of the Iberian Peninsula by the
Germanic Visigoths.

The Byzantinians, under Belisar, established themselves in
Mauretania, but did not extend their power to Oran and
Morocco, which became independent and fell back into bar-
barism. Under Byzantinian rule, strong fortresses and
numerous churches were built, only to be swept away a century
later by another invasion. In the second half of the seventh
century the irresistible hordes of Mohammedan Arabs pushed
west over North Africa and made here an end of Christianity.
The influx of the Arabs drove the inhabitants of Mauretania,

CXXXlil

the Berbers, into the mountain fastnesses, where they held their
own for a long time. Mauretania became an Arab country,
which, on account of the great distance from Egypt and Arabia,
soon began to develop on its own lines and formed an inde-
pendent empire. It is interesting for a naturalist to observe
how quickly ideas changed in the new home of these Arabs,
and how quickly a new civilisation took the place of the one
brought from Arabia and Egypt. The Moorish realm, which
grew up in North Africa, soon extended into Spain as far
north as the Ebro. Education and commerce flourished, art
and literature soared to great heights, and, as we could expect
under such circumstances, the religious creed became modified,
and gradually a great cultural antagonism resulted with the
Mohammedans of North-East Africa. About 1200, fanaticism
in Egypt got the upper hand and new armies rolled west, and
like a stream of lava destroyed everything destructible; only
a small proportion of the Mauretanian Arabs found a refuge
on the stony plateau of the desert, their descendants being the
Mozabites residing in the district south of Laghouat, at
Ghardaia. Civilisation and culture disappeared in Mauretania ;
the country became weak and fell an easy prey to the Spanish
and Portuguese, who occupied the harbours and coast districts
and who, in their turn, were driven out by the Turks.

Under Turkish rule, which was a rule more in name than
in reality, lawlessness reigned supreme, and the development
of a state of things took place which may be likened to the
period of the robber knights of Europe. Lawlessness attracted
the refuse of mankind and adventurers from all countries,
and we see a rapid development of the notorious scourge of
the Mediterranean familiarly known as the Barbary corsairs.
Under the corsairs the town of Alger became the most im-
portant of all ports, and the Dey of Alger, installed in his
power by the Sultan of Constantinople, was master of the
Mediterranean Sea and coasts, and considered everything on
sea and land that fell into the hands of his corsairs as his
legitimate property, inclusive of the sailors and passengers
found on board the ships captured. The European countries,
as usual busily occupied in cutting each other’s throats, were
quite helpless against the corsairs and paid a yearly tribute

CXXXI1V

to the Dey in money and goods, particularly armaments, as
also did the U.S. of America. It was in 1830 that the power
of the Dey of Alger was definitely broken and that the country
entered on a new era. I have briefly alluded to these historical
facts, as the traces of the various conquests and attendant
destruction are found all over Algeria and are one of the
outstanding features of the country, and because the historical
events which have passed over this region have had on the
fauna an effect on the whole as beneficent as it was disastrous
for the human races.

The African continent resembles in general outline South
America so closely that one might be inclined to look upon
North Africa, with regard to the fauna and flora, as_being
as much a part of Africa as the Guianas, Venezuela and
Colombia form part of South America. The larger Algerian
animals, those which appeal most to the imagination, the
lion, leopard, hyaena and ostrich, are indeed closely associated
in our mind with tropical Africa. When, however, we more
critically examine the fauna of Mauretania, a very small
percentage of the species of Algeria will be found to be really
of Ethiopian descent. There are two factors which place
North Africa faunistically in quite a different position from
the northern countries of South America: Mauretania has
about the same latitude as Texas and North-West Mexico, and
it is separated from tropical Africa by a wide desert belt,
which is as effective a barrier as a wide expanse of sea. Both
these factors act in the same direction, joining North Africa
in climate and geographical continuity or propinquity to the
Mediterranean countries of Asia and Europe rather than to
tropical Ethiopia. It therefore affords better conditions for
immigration from the east, west and north than from the
south, and for a corresponding extension of the Mauretanian
indigenous species. For the composition of the fauna of a
country is determined mainly by accessibility at least in
former periods and by the suitability of the conditions of life
now and in former epochs. Though the Mediterranean Sea
looks a formidable barrier on the map, it has not prevented
North Africa from being mainly inhabited by species of
Palaearctic origin, many of which have come into Mauretania

CXXXV

from Europe. This ‘being so, one wonders why so many
common European species which extend to South Spain,
South Portugal or Sicily are missing in North Africa, the
absence of certain Palaearctic types being a very striking
feature of the Mauretanian fauna. As our various visits to
Algeria were chiefly undertaken with the object of studying
and collecting birds and Lepidoptera, and to a lesser extent
mammals, though other classes were not entirely neglected,
I will restrict my remarks almost entirely to the groups of
animals which interested us most.

As you know, the most important contributions to our
knowledge of the Lepidopterous fauna of Mauretania is due to
an English Entomologist of great skill, H. Powell, whose
results in observation, breeding and collecting have been so
ably published by our Honorary Fellow, Mons. Charles Ober-
thiir. I myself have received a large amount of material in
fine order from Mons. V. Faroult, who has collected in many
places of Algeria, during later years exclusively for me. And
much has been done to explore the Lepidoptera by Mons. A.
Nelva at Batna, the late Capt. Holl and my friend Dr. H. C.
Nissen at Alger, besides numerous European Entomologists
who have visited the country. The higher portions of the
Atlas of Morocco may have some surprises for us, but I believe
that the Algerian mountains are fairly well explored, though
very much remains to be done in detail.

Those of you who have collected Lepidoptera in Algeria
will probably have been struck like myself by the absence of
many familiar species of European butterflies and moths.
There are no Limenitis, Neptis and Apatura in North Africa;
Leucophasia sinapis and Anthocharis cardamines, Thecla ilicis
and Laeosopis roboris, Vanessa io and V. urticae, Syntomis
phegea, Lasiocampa quercus, Gastropacha quercifolia, Den-
drolimus pint and Hippocrita jacobacae, to mention only some
of the larger and familiar species, do not occur in Mauretania,
though many of them are common in South Spain. The
food-plants are there, and the climate is so varied in the plains
and mountains of North Africa that these factors do not offer
a plausible explanation of the lacunae in the Mauretanian
fauna; nor would the straits of Gibraltar be a barrier

al

CXXXVI1

preventing these butterflies and moths from crossing over and
becoming established on the southern side of the Mediter-
ranean. As most of the absentees are species which extended
their range after the glacial epoch from east to west, it is
understandable that those forms which are rare in Spain have
not reached Africa, but why species like our tortoiseshell,
common in South Spain, should fight shy of Africa, while
V. polychloros is abundant, must have a subtle reason as yet
unknown to us. The Oleander Hawkmoth is even a more
instructive illustration of this phenomenon of distribution
which appears anomalous to us. This beautiful moth is very
plentiful in the Ethiopian Region, inclusive of the Malagassic
Province, as well as in Asia Minor, Western Central Asia and
Western India southward to Ceylon; it has extended its
range westward in the countries north of the Mediterranean
and is an occasional visitor in Central and West Europe and
Great Britain. In North Africa and Spain and Portugal
where the food-plant is as abundant along the brooks and
rivers as the willow is in northern Europe, the moth is as
rare a visitor as in Germany or England; besides a few larvae
found at El Kantara, Bone and Alger, I have no evidence
that the species occurs in Algeria, although every collector
searches for it on the oleander bushes. The country is
accessible to our species, there is an abundance of food not
eaten to any extent by other insects and left alone by mammals,
and the climate appears at least as suitable for this tropical
hawkmoth as the South of France, where the species is a
permanency; why does the species not likewise establish
itself in Algeria? The reason remains as yet obscure.
Another interesting absentee from the countries south of
the Mediterranean is the genus Parnassius, which is repre-
sented in Italy and Sicily by two species and in Spain by one
and might be expected to occur in Morocco and Eastern Algeria.
I do not believe that the genus has reached North Africa, for
the following reasons. The Parnassius apollo of the Sierra
Nevada is evidently excessively rare, and may even have
become extinct in recent years, which we may interpret as
evidence that this southern locality was not very favourable
for the insect. If that is so, an even more southern mountain

Pn Cae ee eR REN sty tnt ST RN fe Fog NN \
ad er ys ¥ = ‘

CXXXVil

range, the Atlas of Morocco, can hardly be considered more
suitable. As regards Hastern Algeria Parnassius mnemosyne
is excluded as a possible resident, because the food-plant,
Corydalis, is missing in that district. Moreover, Eastern
Algeria and Tunis have many affinities with Sardinia and
Corsica, and these two mountain islands have likewise no
species of Parnassius. We may, therefore, conclude that
Parnassius came from the East into Italy when Corsica and
Sardinia as well as Mauretania were already isolated from
Kurope.

Other groups of animals offer corroborative illustrations of
these phenomena of distribution. Amongst mammals the
most striking examples of common European species the
distribution of which stops short at the straits of Gibraltar
are the wolf, the mole and the Arvicolid mice, such as the
short-tailed field-mice, water-rat, bank-vole, ete., all of which
are entirely absent from North Africa. The long-tailed
field-mouse, the house-mouse and several European shrews
have crossed over into Mauretania, why not a single vole?
In the case of birds the Mediterranean can hardly be considered
an effective barrier to their distribution, yet many European
species which extend south to the northern shores of the
Mediterranean are absent from North Africa. We mention
the Blue Magpie, Snow Finch, Reed Bunting, Hedge Sparrow,
Long-tailed Tit, Penduline Tit, Bearded Tit and others. If
we knew the past history of the absentee species, we would
also have, I think, the explanation of this remarkable kind
of distribution, for the present-day bionomics of a species
are built up on its past history, and barriers formerly effective
are often still respected though they have dwindled down to
a mere shadow. Take as an illustration of what I mean an
example from near home. The crested lark is a bird common
on the Continent and nesting freely on the French and Belgian
coasts and yet does not come over to England except as an
occasional straggler. The Channel is no real barrier to a
lark; the biological conditions in the southern and eastern
counties of England would be quite suitable; we should give
the species protection and leave it unmolested, and neverthe-
less the birds stop short at the other side of the Channel,

- ah
CXXXVill

where they catch, shoot and eat them. There obviously is
inherent in this species a strong aversion to crossing the water,
the explanation probably being that in postglacial times this
southern bird found its biological boundary at the northern
shores and now shies at a barrier which resembles in appear-
ance, but not in fact, the original boundary of its range.
The behaviour of migratory birds is a case of a similar kind.
In Algeria we find large numbers of species which are winter
visitors or pass through the country. Many of them are
represented in Mauretania by resident local races, which are
often so shghtly different that only the experts can distinguish
them, and it is quite natural to conclude—and formerly this
was the general opinion—that many individuals born in
northern countries remain in North Africa, where all factors
are quite favourable for them. But the fact is they do not
stay, apart from occasional specimens unfit for one reason or
the other to undertake the flight across the Mediterranean.
Why do they all go back to the north? The life of these
migrants like that of the crested lark is governed by instinct,
or to use a more lucid term, by inherited memory, one of the
greatest forces in the life of animals inclusive of man. Bernard
Shaw is quite right in saying that the opinions and actions of
the average man are to a large extent based on the raw feelings
emanating from our subconscious selves unchecked by con-
sidered judgment, and that applies as well to the actions of
animals. The distribution of animals does not entirely depend
on outward causes, but there are also psychological factors
which must be taken into account.

When I use to-night the term Algeria, I do not wish to
imply that this political term designates faunistically a unit
separate from Tunisia and Morocco, or that the country is
homogeneous in itself. Algeria as a whole differs much less
from Tunisia and Morocco in fauna and flora than do the
physiographically different districts of Algeria from one
another. The tourist who visits Algeria in winter in search
of sunshine and travels by rail or motor from the coast across
the country to Biskra in the northern desert, traverses the
three zones into which the country is faunistically and botanic-
ally divided in conformity with its physiography. These

ID

BO MS tee a

C@XXX1X

natural zones stretch from east to west, their direction being
determined by the general folding of the crust of the earth
in the northern hemisphere of the Old World. They are
(1) the Coast District or Tell, (2) the High Plateaux, and
(3) the Desert or Sahara.

The Tell comprises the northern Atlas, the mountains of
the Kabyles and the lowlands between the ranges and the sea.
It is a region of wooded hills and mountains and green plains
and valleys, with a climate warmer than that of the Riviera,
mild in winter, pleasantly warm in spring and autumn and
often disagreeably hotinsummer. The vegetation is luxuriant,
but so many tropical and subtropical plants have been intro-
duced into the parks and gardens, where they thrive well,
that the uninitiated visitor gets quite a wrong idea of the flora
of Algeria. The town of Alger has a subtropical appearance
on account of all the flowering trees and shrubs which adorn
it, but the surroundings are purely Mediterranean. LEver-
green Oaks, Cork Oak and Aleppo Pine are the prevalent trees
in the woods, and the scrub or makis is likewise so similar to
that of Southern Europe that, if you were suddenly trans-
ferred from a makis near Hyeres to a makis in the Tell, you
would not notice from the plants that you were south of the
Mediterranean instead of north. In the open the olive tree
is much in evidence everywhere, and the inevitable Australian
Eucalypti are planted in many places to the disgust of the
Entomologist. The dwarf palm (Chamaerops humilis) is one
of the characteristic plants of the Tell zone. Urginea maritima,
Ornithogalum, Allium, Asphodelus, various Crocus and Iris,
Cistus, Genista, Eryngium and Lavatera may be mentioned
from among the common plants which would catch the eye
of a visitor from Northern Europe. As the country rises
from sea-level to above 7000 ft., the fauna and flora vary
much according to locality, and there are still many districts
in the mountains where little collecting has been done. Accom-
modation in the hills is often missing in places which look
most promising for the naturalist, and though one can go
anywhere by rail, motor or mule, one would require to fit out
a camp to explore the out-of-the-way localities, which is both
cumbersome and costly. The average collector is confined to

-

cx

places where there is some sort of hotel. The show places to
which winter guests resort have good hotels, some first-class,
some called first-class. After the war many have become
much inferior to what they were in 1914, generally due to a
compulsory change in management. Restricted as the col-
lector is in the choice of localities, he will nevertheless get a
true picture of the fauna of the Tell if he visits only a few of
the better places in the hills. Nearly all that is most charac-
teristic of the coast zone can be found on excursions from
Alger. After having satiated his eyes and mind on the most
interesting picture of life presented by the numerous races of
man in varied garb which have congregated at Alger, and
after having walked through the narrow streets of the native
town up to the Kasbah, the old palace and fortress of the Dey
of Alger, the Entomologist will be ready and long for a flowery
hillside or green valley where his eyes might encounter some-
thmg more delightful for him than even the picturesque
crowd on the Place du Gouvernement. He can do no better
than explore the valleys easily reached from Mustapha
Supérieur; the rough ground near the golf course, and the
woods, meadows and fields in the neighbourhood of Chateau
Hydra, and perhaps visit the-Forét de Bainen to the west of
Alger and the sands and swamps between Maison Carrée and
Cape Matifou. As early as January the Lepidopterist will
find something worth collecting. Probably the first species
that makes his heart beat—provided it is his first visit to
Algeria—will be Zygaena algira, which is then already on the
wing wherever Genista is plentiful. In spring and summer he
will see the usual Riviera butterflies, often somewhat modified,
Gonepteryx cleopatra, Luchloé belia, Ganoris brassicae, Pararge
egeria, Pararge megera, Epinephele jurtina, Thestor ballus and
mauretanicus, Papilio machaon and podalirius, and Thais ru-
mina. But whathe perhaps will be astonished not tofind are the
familiar Melitaea and Argynnis so prominent in the European
fauna. The smaller Argynnis, with the exception of lathonia,
do not occur in Algeria, and Melitaeae are very local. Apart
from species of restricted range the fauna in the Tell of Eastern
and Central Algeria is very uniform; what one finds in the
east near Souk-Ahras you may expect to meet again in the

nd Wate i ae kis Sd ee a de ae Ppa a VBL sree OE a | Ss

gh

exli

wilder surroundings of Alger; but if one goes farther west
into Oran, new elements are found in the fauna, forms which
either have come from Spain via Morocco and have not reached
the Central and Eastern parts of the Tell, or have extended
their range from the interior northward. To Entomologists
who wish to collect in the Tell, Hammam Meskoutine in the
East, Hammam Rirha in the Centre and Sidi-bel-Abbés in
the West can be recommended. Though the individual
aspect of these places is very different, they have much in
common: deep gullies with almost impenetrable brushwood,
the arable land tilled or turned into vineyards, the rocky
hillsides a paradise of plants and animals, and the mountains
covered with woods. Higher altitudes in the Tell are most
easily reached from Les Glaciéres de Blida, which consists of
a small hotel at about 4000 ft., quite first-rate for a collector
who can dispense with the paraphernalia of large establish-
ments. The hotel stands on a small plateau on the steep
hillside, surrounded by oak woods where millions of larvae
of Catocala may be seen in May and June and where many
good species of moths will come to the lamp, such as
Apantesis oberthuri, Pergesa porcellus colossus and Notolophus
splendidus. Above Les Glaciéres is a fine cedar forest with a
profusion of Viola munbyana, on which feeds the larva of the
beautiful Argynnis pandora, at times quite abundant here,
and above the forests there is a large expanse of grassland
to the top of the mountain, which reaches a height of nearly
5400 ft. It is a fine collecting ground if the weather is favour-
able. But being directly above the plain of the Metidja and
facing the sea, the place is very often in the clouds even when
there is brilliant sunshine below.

Though the tourist may not be aware of it—and if he is,
he need not trouble much about it—the fastnesses of the
northern Atlas are the haunts of some large mammals. The
leopard, striped hyaena, caracal lynx and jackal are still to
be found, but they have become very shy. The lion used to
be quite common in the Tell and in Eastern Algeria as far
south as the Aurés Mountains, and it seems quite strange that
one now can walk about with a butterfly net as the only
weapon in places which less than forty years ago were still

a
exlil

infested by lions. How numerous the huge carnivore must
have been in Mauretania is proved by the historian, who
informs us that Pompey sent 600 and Czesar 400 lions to Rome
from North Africa. In 1880 ten were killed, and I believe a
lioness was shot near Batna in 1893, which proved to be the
last of the black-maned North African race of Felis leo. That
the species could flourish in Algeria until quite recently was
due to the low state of civilisation in which the country has
been since the Arab conquest. The lion of Syria, Asia Minor
and Greece became extinct ages ago.

The tailless monkey of Mauretania, another interesting
species, is only found in a few places of the Tell; it is the
same species which lives on the rock of Gibraltar, where it was
probably introduced by the Moors. The term Moor, I may
explain incidentally, does not designate a nigger, but a native
of North Africa (Maurusia of the Greeks, and Mauretania of
the Romans); Othello was a Mauretanian, not an Ethiopian.
The Barbary monkey has its nearest relation in Japan and must
be Jooked upon as a relict, the species haying become extinct
in other Palaearctic countries. It can best be seen in the
Gorge du Chiffa near Blida, where it is protected, as elsewhere,

against the scourge of the fauna in all countries, more especially

those connected with South and Central Europe, viz. the man
with the gun who indiscriminately kills everything that comes
along, from a passerine bird upwards. These monkeys,
though by no means tame, have no fear of man and come down
from the woods to the little hotel in the gorge, where they are
sure to find some food placed for them. The monkeys at
the Gorge du Chiffa have split up into two troups or families
which keep separate in the woods and visit the hotel, one
troup in the morning, and the other in the afternoon. It is
most interesting to observe them at close quarters and watch
them show each other their babies and hear them express
their satisfaction about the health and particularly cleanliness
of the infants; the elderly mothers behaving very decorously,
while the young members of the herd jump about like boisterous
but good-natured children and the master of the family is
always ready to attack any one who should venture to molest
a member of the troup. In the Makis of the Tell the wild

Se PAS Pt ANB Ss

‘“ Poy ai i toe ap AP ae ee Oe ere 8 lias NE See he Ne
PE Re CO eo ee ee ee
My esi Lay og ON Vt ae ay EY ’ %
We , ee, } : x - .

exlili
boar is frequent in some places, and in broken country,
Herpestes, Hystrix and Genetia may occasionally be seen. The
small mammals are not numerous in the Tell as regards species.
The three shrews recorded are of European origin and are
typical for the Tell; only one is common, the white-toothed
garden shrew of Europe, which reaches in Eastern Algeria the
foot of the Aurés Mountains, while farther west it does not
appear to have penetrated on to the High Plateaux, the
explanation of its southward extension in eastern Algeria being
that the district of Khenchela, where we found this shrew, is
connected by a brook with a river of the Tell, the Oued Melleg.
The long-tailed field-mouse, slightly different from the English
and European forms, we obtained as far south as El Kantara,
while the house-mouse and its near relation Mus algirus
extend far into the desert, Mus algirus being excessively
common in the oases of the Oued Rhir from Biskra to Tougourt.
We find in the Tell also a mouse of an Ethiopian genus,
Arvicanthis barbarus, the Barbary or striped rat, which is
restricted to the Tell, where it is fairly common in grassland
and cornfields. Its nearest congeners are found in the Nile
countries, and we may therefore conclude that this Arvicanthis
reached Mauretania from the east along the coast. The
suggestion made by some authors that it came across the
Sahara at a period when the river-beds of the desert had a richer
vegetation than in our time must be dismissed as highly
improbable. In fact, all the Algerian mammals which have
Ethiopian affinities came from the east, not from the south, and
most of them, like the lion, leopard, hyaena and porcupine,
inhabited Western Asia, the striped hyaena being a West
Asiatic species which has extended into Hast Africa and
Mauretania. The birds of the Tell are of an essentially
Palaearctic character with an admixture of some indigenous
species and two forms of Ethiopian origin. But these Ethio-
pian birds, unlike the mammals, did not come from the Nile
countries or Mediterranean Asia, but along the Atlantic coast
and via Morocco. The Bulbul has its nearest relative in West
Africa, and the Telephonus of Algeria and Morocco is a tropical
African type. As a third example we will introduce here a
bird which is not found in the Tell, but the distribution of which

nal

exliv

is very instructive: the Palm-dove (Streptopelia senegalensis)
occurring in the oases of the Sahara as a subspecies, S. s.
phoenicola, is of West African origin. If this bird had reached
Biskra and El Kantara from Senegambia across the Sahara,
we should expect it to be found in all the oases of the desert.
Its distribution, however, is different. The bird occurs only
in the NORTHERN oases of the Sahara and does not go further
south than Ouargla, being absent from the oases of the Central
Sahara. This distribution shows clearly that the species
travelled north in the Atlantic district and then extended east
and south. ‘The Guinea-fowl of Morocco, Numida sabyi, came
the same way along the west coast. The commonest Reptiles
and Amphibians of the Tell occur also in Europe, such as the
Smooth Snake, the beautiful Lacerta ocellata, the Gecko,
Rana esculenta and Hyla arborea. The number of species of
insects which do not go south of the Tell except in Eastern
Algeria, where the Tell is less well defined than in the centre,
is considerable, and their affinities, particularly among the
butterflies, are for the most part with Spanish forms. But
affinities with Egypt in the east and Sicily, Sardinia and
Corsica in the north are not absent in insects. As regards
Coleoptera, we may mention that the genus Carabus does not
occur in Algeria except in the Tell and Northern High Plateaux.
The commonest species, which may be met with even in
Mustapha Supérieur, is Carabus morbillosus, also found in
Sicily and Italy. Nebria complanata, a West European
carabid, occurring in Great Britain, is common at Alger,
Purpuricenus desfontainesi, Steraspis squamosa and Cleonus
clathratus point to Egypt and Syria. Of the Lepidoptera *
confined in Algeria to the zone of the Tell I here give a selection
(I omit Geometridae, Pyrales and “ Micros,” which I have not
worked out as yet): Thais rumina mauretanica, Aporia crataegi
mauretanica, Pieris napi atlantica, Charaxes jason, Polygonia
c-album and egea, Melitaea desfontainei (West Algeria), Melitaea
cinvia (West Algeria), Epinephele janiroides, Coenonympha
fettigi, Sphinx ligustri nissent, Sph. pinastri, Haemorrhagia
fuciformis, Zygaena seriziati, Z. theryi, Phalera bucephala

* Cf. Nov. Zool., xxiv, p. 61 ff. (1917).

Ya = Va.

a

f exlv

bucephalina, Lemonia vallantini, Ocnogyna pudens, Apantesis
fasciata oberthuri.

Before leaving the subject of the Tell, we must mention
a faunistic mystery which has puzzled Zoologists a good deal,
and which will probably never be cleared up to everybody’s
satisfaction. You know from the history of the Punic wars
that the Carthaginians employed elephants in battle and that
Hannibal brought thirty-seven of them over to Europe and
took them with his army over the Alps into Italy. Where
did the Carthaginians obtain them? Some maintain that
they were Ethiopian elephants which had been brought across
the Sahara, an assumption we may reject without hesitation.
Others have come to the conclusion that the elephant was
indigenous in the forests of North Africa. If that was the case,
one cannot understand (1) why the Carthaginians could not
readily replace the losses, (2) why the native rulers who became
powerful after the destruction of Carthage did not employ
them in their wars, and (3) why so few remains are found !
To bring Indian elephants to Mauretania was certainly a
formidable task, but as Mithridates is said to have received
Indian elephants, the task was surely not above the power of
the sea-faring Carthaginians, and it appears, therefore, most
probable that the Carthaginians introduced the Indian species
and bred it, which would explain the comparatively small
supply on which they had to rely. Lately, however, remains
of a small race of indigenous elephants have been dug up in
Algeria.

We now come to the second zone of Algeria lying to the
south of the Tell and comprising the Southern Atlas and the
High Plateaux between it and the Northern Atlas. The
Southern Atlas is highest in the east, where it attains in the
Aurés Mountains a height of over 7800 ft., and rises in the west
again above 6000 and 7000 ft., being lowest in the centre.
The country bounded by the two ranges is more or less flat,
with hills here and there, and has an average altitude of about
3000 ft., falling towards north as well as south and being
intersected west of Batna by the Hodna Mountains, which
are a north-westerly continuation of the Aurés and join the
mountains of the Tell, separating the plateau between

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921. K

ad

exlvi

Constantine and the Aurés from the much larger one which ex-
tends from the Hodna Mountains westward into Morocco. With
the exception of the higher mountains there is no forest; the
vegetation is low, the rocks and hillsides are washed bare, and
when it rains the water rushes away and cuts in the ground
deep channels with vertical sides. The rivers thus formed have
no connection with the sea, but pour their waters into lakes
which occupy the depressions in the plateau. These Chotts,
which are a characteristic feature of the country, usually dry
up in summer and leave a deposit of salt; only near the
Tunisian frontier and in the centre of the western plateau the
rivers find an outlet to the sea. The plains of this zone of
Algeria comprise about 30 million acres, of which a large
percentage is arable and will no doubt be cultivated as colonisa-
tion goes ahead. The absence of forests and the consequent
scarcity of water during the hot summer months are a great
drawback to the agriculturist; but there is no reason why
afforestation should not be taken in hand in time to come. At-
present the western plateau is almost entirely steppe country,
while the eastern plateau has changed its aspect in recent
years. When travelling from Batna via Lambessa to Timgad
and further east to Khenchela, we traverse a district which
in olden times used to be called the granary of Rome and which
abounds in Roman remains. Under French rule this country
is slowly recovering, from the point of view of the economist.
Farms have sprung up, and broad acres of cultivated land are
seen. But the farmer has to contend with great difficulties.
The sudden changes from cold to warm in winter, frosts in
spring when the vegetation has started growing, long droughts
in summer, sometimes in several consecutive summers, hot
dry winds from the desert, and occasional visitations by swarms
of locusts do not tend to make the country exactly a paradise
for the farmer. In the western plateau of the provinces of
Alger and Oran, a large proportion is overgrown with Halfa
grass, and here and there a suitable depression is sown with
barley or millet by a nomad whose tents you will find in the
neighbourhood. Apart from the settlements in places where
there is a supply of good water, the country appears to a
European a huge waste-land. The Entomologist, however,

are

exlvii

if he strikes the right spot at the right time, will be of a different
opinion. For him it is a land of riches, where he sees more
treasures run and fly about than he can gather in. From
mid-April to late in June when the low vegetation is at its
best, the number of individual insects one sees in favourable
localities is astounding. Unfortunately one cannot depend on
finding these riches every year. When for a year or two an
insufficient rainfall or entire absence of rainfall occurs, as it
occasionally does, or when one arrives after the vegetation
has been decimated by locusts, insect life is poor. Before
going to the High Plateaux or the Desert for the purpose of
collecting Lepidoptera, it is advisable to inform oneself before-
hand about the meteorological conditions which have prevailed
the winter and autumn before. In 1920, for instance, there
was hardly any wild vegetation on the hills near Biskra and El
Kantara and Lepidoptera were scarce, and in 1919 collecting
was very poor around Batna. Our collecting tours on the
High Plateaux have generally been successful; only when
visiting Tebessa near the Tunisian frontier we struck cold and
misty weather and had to leave after waiting a few days in
vain for sunshine. Khenchela, likewise on the eastern plateau,
at the foot of the Aurés, is a very good spot accessible by rail.
The Hotel de France is quite good enough for a collector, and
the town has the great advantage of being on the collecting
ground, which is good and varied. On the one side there are
the wooded Aurés Mountains with the hot springs and rich
vegetation of the Fontaine Chaude about 5 km. to the west of
the town, while east, south and north the country is open and
has a rich steppe fauna. Timgad, the most imposing of the
Roman ruins of North Africa, cannot be recommended as a
collecting ground; the surroundings are too uniform, too open
and wind-swept. Lambessa and Batna, on the other hand,
offer a greater variety of localities with a prospect for the
collector of obtaining the special treasures of the Aures
Mountains in addition to the insects of the open plains, The
best spot in which we have collected was Guelt-es-Stel on the
line from Alger to Laghouat, about halfway between the
northern and southern Atlas. Guelt-es-Stel is not a village,
but a wayside bord] or caravanserai, where the kind and efficient

ce

hall

exlviii

French family which occupied it made us very comfortable.
It les in a defile of a range of hills, which offer excellent
collecting grounds. It was here that we made for the first
time the acquaintance of Anthocharis pechi in the field, a species
which used to be very rare in collections until quite lately.
Unfortunately the bordj has been given up since the railway
down to Djelfa has been completed, and there is now no
accommodation anywhere near the place. A small hotel for
naturalists ought to be attached to the railway station at
Guelt-es-Stel.

The most western place on the High Plateaux visited by me
is Ain Sefra in the Southern Atlas of Oran, not far from the
Moroccan frontier. It is an out-of-the-way place which is
quite outside the beat of the sight-seeing tourists and lies
between two high mountains, which attain over 6000 and
7000 ft. An immense sand dune comes up from the Sahara,
which explains the occurrence of a number of desert species
in this locality. When we were there in 1913, we were fairly
lucky with collecting, while Monsieur Faroult, who stayed at
Ain Sefra a whole summer collecting for me, or trying to, got
very little in consequence of the effects of drought and the
ravages of locusts, two plagues which destroyed insect life
for the time being. The province of Oran inclusive of the Tell
is altogether less favoured with rain than Central and Eastern
Algeria; even the districts near the coast with very fertile
soil, like the plain of the River Chélif, cannot be depended on
to give a fair harvest every year. In passing I will refer to a
curious fact which may be only a coincidence or may have
deeper significance. The Tell of Oran has less woods than
Central and Eastern Algeria, and the open country, which
could bear numerous trees, as it does further east, is practically
bare of them. The inhabitants of the Oranese Tell are chiefly
Spaniards, and the Spanish peasant has an aversion to trees.
The absence of shade has certainly a good deal to do with the
dryness of the soil and is possibly one of the reasons why Oran
suffers so often from drought. If that is so, giving way to a
subconscious aversion would here find its immediate punish-
ment by the destruction of the crops by drought. I leave this
point to the psycho-analyst to work out.

exlix

The fauna of the High Plateaux is essentially a steppe
fauna, its composition recalling Egypt, Palestine and Syria.
In the province of Constantine many species of the Tell have
penetrated south into the Aures Mountains, while in the west
forms of the High Plateaux have extended into the Tell of
Oran on account of its dry climate.

Apart from the Barbary sheep which the Aurés Mountains
have in common with the mountains of the Sahara, and the
lion which occurred from the coast into the Southern Atlas,
but not in the desert, the mammals characteristic of the
High Plateaux are mostly rodents, of the genera Meriones,
Jaculus and Gerbillus, all abundantly represented in Egypt
and the steppes of Western Asia and also occurring in the
Sahara in species generally different from those of the High
Plateaux. The Meriones, of the size of rats, are the com-
monest of all, and their burrows are met with whichever
locality one visits, a number of holes being together on a>
small area as in the case of the continental short-tailed field-
mouse. The burrows are favourite resorts for Blaps, toads
and snakes, which one must expect to find in the traps instead
of Meriones. A species of Ictonyx, black and white, belonging
to the marten tribe, is found on the High Plateaux; it is
closely related to an Egyptian species. The stink glands
under the tail are strongly developed, and in skinning a
specimen one has to be careful not to cut into the glands.
We obtained a couple of specimens of this pretty marten at
Guelt-es-Stel, where our collection of small mammals was
particularly large and varied, and we threw the Ictonyx
glands in the yard where some pigs walked about and used
to devour the carcases of the specimens we had skinned, and
everything else from the animal kingdom, be it a beetle or
a snake. The pigs inspected the Ictonyx glands, turned and
walked away; that was their verdict. We buried the glands
outside in the sand. Small mammals generally come out of
their burrows or hiding-places at dusk and one does not often
see them in bright sunshine. However, there is one species
on the High Plateaux which the Entomologist is sure to
encounter when collecting in rocky ground, that is the peculiar
Elephant shrew (Elephantulus), also an Entomologist, but of

. s" ty ¥ Seve - bai gle te EOE aT

-

c]

a different kind, an insectivore with a long nose and long
hind-legs, which roams about the rocks and does not seem
to have a definite abode except when it has a litter of young.
The two species or subspecies which occur in Algeria are only
found on the High Plateaux, and the adjacent district of the
desert, not extending into the Tell except at Oran. It is an
Ethiopian genus found in the Nile country and tropical
Africa, as well as Morocco. It is most interesting to observe
that the Siphonaptera collected on the High Plateaux, apart
from some Palaearctic genera extending far into the desert
with their hosts, are mostly identical with or closely allied
to Egyptian and Sudanese species, as is also the case with
the Siphonaptera collected in the desert. The genus prevalent
in these districts is Xenopsylla, to which belong the rat-fleas
transmitting bubonic plague; it is an essentially Ethiopian
genus which is not found in the Tell of Constantine and Alger
except on rats in port towns. The Elephant shrew does not
seem to have a flea. We have collected many specimens of
the mammal and never found a parasite on it. Among the
butterflies of the High Plateaux the Pierines and Satyrines
are the prevalent groups, which at times occur in many
species and large numbers of individuals. Satyrus abdelkader
is the most conspicuous of them, and restricted to the Plateaux
and some localities in Northern Oran. Several species of
Thestor are found besides the Mediterranean Th. ballus, and
Cigaritis is represented by three species. Even more interest-
ing than the butterflies are the moths, which show a strong
admixture of Syrian affinity. In the spring the caterpillars
of Lemonia, Lambessa and other Lasiocampids abound, and
the lamp attracts many species of Noctuids rare in collections :
Cleophana, Cucullia, Calophasia, Eublemma, ete., all genera
essentially Palaearctic. The Aurés Mountains with their
extensive woods are not so different in the Lepidoptera from
the rest of the central faunistic zone as one should expect.
Here and in the Kabylie occur two remarkable forms of
Argynnis, of which Argynnis auresiana is a type similar to
the Spanish A. cydippe chlorodippe, and which on that account
one should expect to occur in the Western Tell Mountains
rather than in the Kabylie and the Aurés. dA. quresiana

Benes ea ge a eet gee el aS es cen
sin owe i * —, =

cli

differs in structure more from chlorodippe than this does from
Central European cydippe L. (1761) = adippe L. (1767), and
is one of the innumerable instances of a geographical race
having become modified in structure as well as pattern. The
second species is Argynnis paphia, found in the same moun-
tains, but this species, unlike A. cydippe, does not occur in
Southern Spain. The Algerian A. paphia dives, therefore, did
not extend into Mauretania from the west. Its occurrence in
the Kabylie renders it almost certain that it reached Africa
via Sicily. The Aurés are the chief locality for a third
butterfly, this time a species of Ethiopian origin, Teracolus
daira nouna, which is also found in Oran and in many rocky
hills-of the desert wherever the food-plant grows (Capparis),
its range extending into East and West Africa.

The Avifauna of the High Plateaux contains many interest-
ing species, of which I will mention only a few. The largest
of the Palaearctic birds, the Bearded Vulture, still occurs in
the mountains, but has become rare of late. We have a few
specimens in the collection obtained at El Kantara and Djebel
Taia. The huge bird is occasionally seen in the air at El
Kantara. The red-billed Chough also nests in the rocks of
the High Plateaux, the same species as in Ireland and the
West of England; it is quite common at El Kantara, where
flocks of them come down into the valley to feed. The
Entomologist’s attention will be drawn off from his quest by
the note and lively behaviour of a black bird with white tail,
a Wheatear (Oenanthe leucura), which is common among the
rocks, and if he has an eye for curiosities in nature he may
give up insects for a little while and hunt for the nest of this
bird. There under a rock is a mound of pebbles which look
as if they had been washed by rain from underneath the rock,
the mound is so high as almost to close up the cavity under
the rock, and behind, well concealed from view, is the nest.
There are other birds in the steppe and desert which have a
similar habit, f.i., the lark Rhamphocorys places in front of
its nest a wall of stones which is about as high as the nest
and which does not conceal it (on the contrary, attracts the
attention, at any rate, of the human being). The pebbles
are gathered by the bird in the neighbourhood, and the object

v

a

cli

of the operation is apparently to create a screen against the
sand which the wind drives along. In the Algerian Sahara,
where the winds come much more frequently from the east
than from the west, the lark, according to Dr. Hartert, builds
the wall on the east side of the nest. It would be most
interesting to have observations on this point from the whole
range of the various species which have this instinct, as
probably in a district with west winds prevalent the wall
would be on the west side. O0enanthe leucura occurs also in
Spain, but there nothing is known of a building talent. If
it should be true that the species has dropped the habit in
that country, it would be a most instructive instance of the
adaptability of the mind. Something of that kind we find
in the Algerian Papilio machaon. As you know, the swallow-
tail is a Palaearctic offshoot from an American stock and its
larva feeds on Umbelliferae, as do the larvae of the nearest
relatives in the Nearctic Region. In Western North America,
however, there are two species (P. bairdi and P. indra) of
which the food-plant is Artemisia, a composite. Now, in
Algeria P. machaon usually feeds on Umbelliferae, but in very
dry places or when the season is exceptionally dry, it takes
to Retama, which can stand the drought. We found the
caterpillars on this plant to the east of Khenchela, and
Monsieur Le Cerf observed them on Retama near Alger in
the dune district of Maison Carrée. Retama belongs’ to the
Papilionaceae, a family rather remote from the Umbelliferae
and Compositae. This instance of a new adaptation on the
part of the swallow-tail seems to me worth recording.

I append here a list of the more interesting Lepidoptera
found on the High Plateaux grouped under four headings :—
1. Lepidoptera exclusively found on the High Plateaux.

Buchloé tagis pechi (Stdgr.), Satyrus briseis major Oberth.,
S. powelli Oberth., Melanargia syllius pelagia Oberth., Zygaena
loyselis Oberth., Z. marcouna Oberth., Ichthyura pigra powelli
(Oberth.), Nygmia phaeorrhoea xanthorrhoea (Oberth.), Lam-
bessa staudingeri B.-Baker, Lemonia philopalus Donz., Holco-
cerus powelli Oberth.

2. Lepidoptera found on the High Plateaux and in the
Tell, but not in the desert.

Aa Ey,

ORT SAIN Ne ee Me SN we i TA OMe, Ok CANE At oe ag ee ee r? a

clili

Papilio podalirius feisthameli Dup., Euchloé belia (L.),
Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rob., G. cleopatra (L.), Vanessa
polychloros erythromelas Aust., Argynnis maia seitzi Fruhst.,
A. auresiana Fruhst., A. paphia dives Oberth., Melitaea aetherie
algirica Rithl, M. phoebe punica Oberth., Satyrus prieuri Pierr.,
S. abdelkader Pierr., Melanargia ines (Hofim.), Coenonympha
arcanioides Pierr., Amorpha populi austauti (Stgr.), Smerinthus
ocellata atlantica Aust., Pergesa porcellus colossus (Bang-H.),
Celerio nicaea castissima (Aust.), Zygaena favonia Frr., Z. algira
Dup., Procris globulariae notata (Zell.), Dicranura vinula
delavoier Gosch., Liparis atlantica (Ramb.), Pachygastria trifolit
(L.), Agrotis nissent Roths., Huxoa mauretanica (Bang-H.),
Metopoceras omar (Oberth.), Catocala oberthwi Aust., Hypo-
mecia quadrivirgula Mab.

3. Lepidoptera found on the High Plateaux and in the
Sahara, but not in the Tell.

Euchloé charlonia (Douz.), 2. fallow: (All.), Teracolus evagore
nouna (Luc.), Phragmatobia breveti (Oberth.), Cossus aries
Piingl., Dyspessa suavis Stgr., EHuxoa imperator (Bang-H.),
Pseudohadena roseonitens (Oberth.), Amephana warionis
(Oberth.), Cleophana chabordis Oberth., Autophila maura Stgr.,
Grammodes boisdeffre: (Oberth.).

4. Lepidoptera found in all three faunistic districts of
Algeria.

Papilio machaon (L.), Ganoris rapae mauritanica (Verity),
Leucochloé daplidice albidice (Oberth.), Colias electo croceus
(Fourer.), Pyrameis cardwi (L.), Melitaea didyma Ochs. (several
subsp.), Acherontia atropos (L.), Herse convolvuli (L.), Celerio
euphorbiae (L.) (subsp.), Notolophus dubia Tausch, Lambessa
decolorata (Klug) (subsp.), Scotogramma trifolia cinnamomina
Roths., and others. :

Though the Southern Atlas range belongs faunistically to
the High Plateaux, its southern foothills have the aspect,
and form part, of the desert. In two places, at Ain Sefra
in the west and at Bou-Saada in the centre, the desert has
penetrated into and beyond the mountains and with the sand
also the fauna and flora. There are two main routes into
the Sahara from the Tell across the High Plateaux: the
eastern one leading via Batna and El Kantara to Biskra,

a -
cliv

and the more western one via Boghari and Djelfa to Laghouat.
The traveller from the green north of Europe, when passing
through the gate of the desert at El Kantara, enters into a
country almost contrasting as much with his own home as
land with water, a new and strange world. At El] Kantara
the first oasis of Date-palms greets him, and his eyes roam
over bare hills which appear to him as a symbol of death;
he is now in the Sahara, a broad desert belt stretching from
the Atlantic Ocean eastwards and continued across Asia to
near the shores of the Pacific. The damp north and north-
west winds deposit in the Atlas Mountains the water they
carry from the Ocean and Mediterranean, and the south-west
winds become dry in Senegambia and the southern hills of
the Sahara and sweep north without bringing relief to the
thirst of the desert lands. When desiccation has once set in
and the population does not or cannot counteract the dis-
astrous effect the drought has on the vegetation, the process
rapidly increases in intensity and sand replaces vegetation
and conquers the country, just as in damp climates forest
vegetation will cover the ground if unchecked. In Central
Asia, at Buchara, the gradual destruction of the country by
the sand has been going on in our time, settlements now
being buried which were flourishing a few generations ago.
There is little rain in the Sahara and what there is cannot be
depended on, and when a storm breaks over the desert the
water rushes away down the gullies of the hills or sinks deep
into the sand. There is a system of rivers in the Sahara, but
only the rivers which descend from the Atlas and are torrents
when the snow melts, have running surface water all the
year round, at least in their higher reaches. -The oases are
in the river beds or near them, and their irrigation together
with the dry air and the permeable soil are the cause of the
rapid disappearance of the water from the surface. The water
continues to run below the surface on an impermeable bed,
and in many cases is cut off from the surface by a layer of
gypsum, which must be broken through in order to reach
the water. Here and there a pool is met within a river bed,
and an exceptionally rich vegetation in a depression is always
a sign of water not far from the surface, None of the rivers

cly

reach the sea, they pour their waters into Chotts as on the
High Plateaux, but at most times the surface water has given
out long before the Chott is reached.

The Sahara of Tunisia and Algeria—we know very little of
the Sahara south of Morocco—may roughly be divided into
an eastern Sandy Desert south of Biskra, and a western
Stony Desert south of Laghouat.

When coming from the High Plateaux at over 3000 ft.
above the sea, and going via Biskra into the sandy desert
to nearly 100 ft. below the sea, and seeing the more or less
dried-up Chotts surrounded by an enormous waste of sand,
nothing is more natural than the conclusion that one is on
ground which once was the bottom of a sea. This was indeed
the opinion for long entertained about the nature and origin
of the Sahara, and this opinion led to the belief, after the
successful cutting of the canal of Suez, that the Sahara could
be flooded by cutting through the coast barriers in Tunisia
and Morocco. Speculation was rife as to the effect the sea
thus re-created would have on the climate of Europe, and
opinion was much divided for and against the undertaking.
The project was based on ignorance. The Chotts may have
been larger and more numerous in the Sahara in former
times than at present, but the Sahara has never been part
of the bed of the ocean and cannot possibly be flooded, the
proposal being only feasible as regards the low-lying Chott
district between Biskra and Tougourt. Channels cut through
the coast barrier of Tunisia from the gulf of Gabes and
through the ground which separates the Chotts and is above
sea-level, would result in the creation of a comparatively
small inland sea, the influence of which on the climate of the
Sahara as a whole would be negligible. The northern Algerian
and Tunisian desert no doubt would benefit by such an inland
sea, though, even this benefit would be rendered illusory,
because a large number of the low-lying oases would have
to be sacrificed. The project appears to be outside practical
economics.

The low-lying Sahara south of Biskra is essentially a sandy
desert or clay, but there is in places also firmer ground which
bears a richer vegetation at times than the sand-dunes,

-

elvi

on which hardly anything else is found but salsolaceous
plants and tamarisk and a species of Orobanche living on their
roots. The immense masses of moving sand which have
accumulated in the low-lying desert mainly through the action
of the wind which sweeps the sand away from the higher-lying
ground, is a great drawback, which, however, is not without
its compensation. In this region, though it looks excessively
desolate away from the oases, there is under the sand in the
depressions plenty of water which can be tapped. By means
of artesian wells, the French have increased the number of
date-palms enormously, and thus have added greatly to the
comfort and wealth of the natives, as well as the French
settlers. When I visited this part of the Sahara in 1909,
we travelled by caravan from Biskra to Tougourt and thence
east to El Oued, traversing east of Tougourt the country of
large dunes of moving sand, which looked most formidable.
For an Entomologist such a sandy waste far away from the
vegetation of an oasis at first sight appears to be a hopeless
locality; nevertheless on favourable nights the lamp attracts
a fair number of insects. When collecting in the Sahara one
must discard the idea of large numbers of species, to which
one has got accustomed in the mountains of Europe, the Tell
and even on the High Plateaux; on the other hand, the species
one does get on the sands are generally treasures, and that
makes up for this paucity in specimens. El Oued is a good
example of a type of oasis in deep sand. The surface sand
and the layer of gypsum below it have been removed in places,
and the palms been planted in the moist sand lying on the
bottom of the river bed. The oases thus created are hollows
20 to 30 ft. below the surrounding country, and from some
distance the tops only of the palms are visible. Instead of
the water being raised to the surface, the oasis is sunk to the
level of the water. It took us about twenty-eight days
to travel from Biskra and back; but our progress was much
slower than that of a travelling caravan, as we collected
wherever we camped. Now there is a railway from Biskra to
Tougourt, which traverses the distance of 110 miles in about
nine hours, instead of five days, if the engine does not break
down; there is no speed limit in the Sahara. And as the result
of the railway, Tougourt rapidly loses the charm of a native

elvii

settlement isolated from Europe by a wide stretch of desert.
The influx of tourists is so great that the trains are usually
crammed, and the hotels too small to accommodate the visitors.

Even in winter, though the temperature in the Sahara
is generally hot in daytime, the heat is not oppressive, the
air being so very dry that one stands a high temperature
much better than in the Tell. After a strenuous day one is
pretty dried up and thirsty, and I agree with the writer who
said that a great thirst is the most unpleasant sensation,
and the quenching of it the most delicious. The best time
for moths in the northern desert is May and June, but unfor-
tunately that is also the time when the malaria begins to
appear and renders a longer sojourn in any oasis rather danger-
ous. It is advisable for an Entomologist to select a locality
with firm ground such as Chegga, two stations below Biskra,
where tufts and bushes of hardy perennials cover the ground,
affording food for caterpillars even in very dry years.

To the west of the sandy desert the ground gradually rises
to form a kind of plateau of a considerable average height,
where the wind has swept the sand away from the rocky
ground into the depressions and where barren hills approach
3000 ft. in height. This plateau, which does not descend to
below 1200 ft., is traversed from north to south by the route
Laghouat-Ghardaia. The territory is very different in appear-
ance as well as flora and fauna from the eastern sandy desert
with its monotonous salt flora, and here it is that many
Palaearctic species have penetrated farthest south into the
Sahara. The railway, fortunately, has not yet reached the
desert in this western district, but, as it will be completed
as far south as Laghouat in the near future, the country of
the Mzab will be spoiled by the crowds of tourists as much as
Biskra is to-day and Tougourt will be in a few years. I
visited Ghardaia in 1911, collecting on the way in many places.

The fauna of the Sahara as a whole is composed of three
elements: genera and species derived from Tropical Africa,
genera and species of Palaearctic origin, and genera and species
of the desert belt. While the southern Sahara and its oases
have an Ethiopian fauna, the northern districts of the Sahara
are much more Palaearctic than Ethiopian. All classes of
animals tell the same tale, the farther you go into the Sahara

-
clviii

whether from the north or from the south, the poorer animal
life becomes. The effect of penetration from the north and
south is less and less evident as the conditions of life become
more and more unfavourable. The gazelles and antelopes of
the Northern Sahara are species distributed eastward into the
Nile country, or closely allied to such. The Bubalis seems to
have disappeared from the Algerian High Plateaux and desert,
the Dorcas gazelle, however, is still encountered at the foot
of the Atlas, Loder’s gazelle is confined to the sandy desert,
and so are the Addax and Mohr. In the bare southern range of
the Aurés the Barbary sheep is found, a species also occurring
in the rocky hills of the desert in many places, its most northern
habitat bemg the ridge of rocks running east and west from
Kl Kantara, to which mountains a third gazelle, Gazella cuvieri,
seems to be restricted. The jackal and hyaena the desert
shares with the rest of Algeria, while the fennec is only found
in the sandy desert, all three Carnivora extending east into
the Nile country and beyond. To all these large animals
there is an “If” attached; if they have not already been
exterminated in most localities where they formerly abounded,
they have become rare, and will not long survive in the neigh-
bourhood of the settlements, with the exception probably
of the jackal. This is an inevitable fate, I fear, in a country
hike Algeria. If a species has become rare and therefore
unfamiliar, the first impulse of the human being who sees a
specimen strange to him is to kill it. That is so even in Great
Britain, where the love of nature is more deeply imbued in
the population than anywhere else. The Arab does not kill
for the love of killing, while on the other hand he is the most
terrible pot-hunter, sparing neither young nor old in and out
of season. The history of the ostrich in Algeria is an example
in point. Though a bird, the ostrich lives the live of a ruminant
mammal, and formerly occurred all through the Hauts Plateaux
as far south as Ouargla. As late as the middle of the last
century it was still abundant in the high stony desert south of
Laghouat, where Tristram saw it in 1859. Though a prize
coveted by the Arab hunter, the ostrich had held its own during
all the centuries; but when the light of civilisation was brought
to the desert in the shape of a conquering army, the drawbacks
of civilisation also were imported and the first victims were the

clix

freedom of the natives and the ostrich. We must never forget
that where there is light there is shadow. General Marguerite
tells us that he assisted at the killing of many dozens of this
grand bird, of which nothing is left in Algeria but broken
pieces of egg-shells. Must I add that there are no authentic
skins of this wild bird of North Africa in collections ?

The distribution of the small mammals of the desert is
similar to that of the large ones, with this exception, that at
least three species occur also on the High Plateaux and in the
Tell. Of these the European house-mouse is no doubt of recent
introduction, and its near ally, Mus algirus, evidently is
restricted in the desert to the oases of the Oued Rhir, where it
is much commoner than even in the Tell, for instance at
Tougourt; this likewise may be an accidental immigrant
of recent times, as the Saharan specimens (and their flea)
are not different from those collected in Northern Algeria.
The third species is Dipodillus campestris, ranging from the
coast deep into the desert in several races. This species was
very common at Djama, north of Tougourt, living together
with Mus algirus in the walls built of palm fronds and mud
around the palm-gardens. The mammal most characteristic
for the sandy desert is Gerbillus hirtipes, a pretty species with
ochreous upper- and white under-side. Its foot-prints are
met with everywhere on the hillocks of sand formed around
the bushes of Limoniastrum, on which the animal feeds, and
the burrows in which it passes the day are in these hillocks,
the inside of which is cool.

The birds most in evidence near the settlements are
undoubtedly the larks, beautifully adapted to the colouring
of the ground on which they occur, as is the case with so many
mammals and birds of the desert. In the palm oases, the palm
dove and turtle dove are seen and heard, while the region of
the Chotts is the home of the fine Hubara bustard. On the
sand hillocks crowned with Tamarix or Limoniastrum may be
seen some small desert birds like Oenanthe and Crateropus, and
in the stony desert sand-grouse of different species occur.
Reptiles are fairly well represented in the desert, all species
of wide distribution, but often adapted in colouring to local
conditions. The horned viper, which buries itself in the sand,
only a portion of the head protruding, may become dangerous

-

elx

to the Coleopterist who grubs about in the sand near tufts of
plants, the snake springing forward when disturbed. It lies
in the sand waiting for a small bird or mammal to approach
within reach of its poison fangs.

The number of moths not yet found outside the Algerian
Sahara is not inconsiderable, but there are no butterflies which
as species are restricted to the desert, the butterflies all
being immigrants from the north as regards the northern
districts of the desert and from the south in the southern
districts. Danais chrysippus, the common Ethiopian species,
occurs as far north as the southern Oued Mya, but reaches
neither Tougourt nor Ghardaia. In the same southern district
occurs Pieris glauconome, a species of the Nile countries
extending to East Africa, Arabia, Persia and further east.
Among the butterflies of northern origin which have developed
into special desert forms the most conspicuous are Papilio
machaon, Euchloé fallowi and Melitaea didyma. The larva
of P. machaon from the desert resembles the larva of P.
hospiton; it would be most interesting to breed in Europe
two or three generations from chrysalides gathered at Bou-
Saada or further south and find out whether the caterpillar
would throw back to the ordinary European form. The
moths special to the Sahara are much more numerous; we
mention Liparis oberthurt Lucas, Casama uniformis Roths.,
Chilena hilgerti Roths., Ch. geyri Roths., Phryganopsis uni-
puncta Hamps., Nygmia charmetanti (Mab. & Vuill.), Athetis
oberthurt Roths., Buxoa hoggari Roths., Hadula pulverata
(Bang-H.), H. griseola (Roths.), Crypta rosacea Rebel, C.
leucoptera Hamps., Anydrophila sabourodi (Lucas), Anumeta
sabulosa Roths., A. major Roths., A. straminea (Bang-H.).

The beetles most commonly observed in the desert are the
Tenebrionidae and some Coprophagidae, besides species of
Cicindela, Graphipterus, Anthia and in the Chott district
Scarites and Megacephala. The Megacephala typifies a distri-
bution common to many species and genera of animals, this
large Cicindelid, of nocturnal habits, reaching into Spain and
going eastward as far as Mesopotamia. In the oases of the
desert a Longicorn beetle, Polyarthron pectinicornis, is found in
the root-stocks of the date-palm; it evidently does not occur
in the northern oases of E] Kantara and Biskra, but is known to

clxi

occur at Bou-Saada, Ain Sefra, Tougourt, Ghardaia, ete.,
nearly every group of oases having its own subspecies; the
species is distributed from Senegambia and Morocco to Tunisia,
a number of other species inhabiting Egypt, Persia and Central
Asia.

The aquatic fauna of the desert naturally is poor in species.
Pools and wells are few and far between, and the Chotts are
too salty and dry up to a large extent. However, the water
which there exists is not entirely devoid of animal life. When
the first artesian wells were struck in the region south of Biskra,
the engineers were not a little astonished to find fish, a crab and
snails brought up by the stream of water from the deep under-
ground, and they were much puzzled to observe that none of
the species were adapted to a life in the dark. We now know
that the underground rivers and lakes are connected with
open wells, ponds and little lakes, the breathing holes of the
subterranean water, which are found here and there in the
same region, and that the species thrown up in the artesian
wells live a normal life in these open waters. The brooks and
ponds in the oases are usually full of fish, which are left
unmolested by the Arab, who is not fond of fish as an addition
to his diet: Some of the desert fish have the peculiar habit of
protecting the young by letting them take refuge in the
parents’ mouth.

We will not leave the Sahara without saying a word about
the domesticated animals of the native population and their
influence on the wild flora and fauna. The most prominent
features of the landscape for the tourist new to the country
are the vastness and desolation outside the oases and the
strange appearance of the most useful domestic animal of the
desert, the camel, a species not of African, but of West Asiatic
origin. The Arab population of Southern Algeria is a com-
paratively modern influx into the country, younger than the
settlement of the Saxon in England, and the camel was already
a domestic animal of the Berber tribes of the Sahara before
the Arab arrived, whereas the horse and donkey were introduced
into Mauretania by the invading Arab armies. Though the
numbers of the camels in the Sahara are large and the animal
when feeding often pulls up the plants with their roots, its
destructiveness of plant life is nothing like that of the herds of

PROC. ENT, SOC. LONT., V, 1921. L

-

elxii

sheep and goats which browse on the scanty vegetation.
Where the ground is scoured by the flocks from time to time,
no luxuriant vegetation has any chance, and only plants
protected by long sharp spines, like Zizyphus, can withstand
the ruminants and form low sparse clumps of scrub. The
nomads trek with all their belongings from pasture to pasture
and when in the spring the weather gets hot and the feeding
grounds of the Sahara begin to dry up, large caravans pour from
the desert on to the High Plateaux through the passes of the
Southern Atlas, and during the summer the Plateaux have to
support all this cattle from the desert in addition to the herds
of the natives and Europeans who have permanently settled
on the Plateaux. The effect on the vegetation is not difficult
to imagine nor difficult to ascertain. Seeing the crowds of
sheep and goats on the waste lands of the High Plateaux one
wonders that these herds find food enough on the pebble- and
rock-strewn hills and that any plants can recover, though their
roots may run deep down in the crevices of the rocks. The fact
is that in years of exceptional drought the herds don’t find
pasture and the cattle perish by the thousands, as in 1919 and
1920, when in places the nomad took again to brigandage as
in olden times in order to save his life. Nature revenges itself
on a state of civilisation which is stagnant and remains in the
old channels when the larger population, larger flocks, re-
claiming of arable land by new settlers who introduce new
implements and altogether new conditions of life, demand
adaptation to these altered circumstances. That applies not
only to the nomad of the desert, but with him the matter
will soon become acute when agriculture and afforestation
is more extensively taken in hand on the High Plateaux; then
the summer pasture grounds of the Nomads of the Algerian
Sahara will be no longer available for him.

I will now conclude this address, which had to be of a some-
what cursory nature. It is, as it were, an excursion into a
country full of interest for the naturalist, and as on an
excursion one does not see everything or catch every species
there may be, I trust you will forgive me for omitting
many points of importance, I thank you very much for
listening to me patiently.

elxili

GENERAL INDEX.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the * Transactions’; the Roman
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

The President’s Address is not separately indexed,

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Acanthomyops (Dendrolasius) fuliginosus, ete., exhibited, vii.

Aeschna grandis captured and eaten by sparrows, exhibited, xxix.

Africa, Danaida chrysippus captured and then rejected by young shrike in
South, lxxiv; some apparently new genera and species of family Pyra-
lidae from South, Ixxvii; species of genus Weptzs from, Ixxvii, 532;
account of new Papilios from, exhibited, lxxix; methods of collecting
insects when travelling in South, Ixxvii, ]xxxvii, xevi; of remarkable
Papilio of antimachus group, existence in, ciii; description of six new
Tachinids from, 518.

Aglais urticae, series of, exhibited, ev.

Aleurodes (Aleurodidae), a new Southern Nigerian, 528.

America, migration of Calpodes ethlius in Central, xvii; insects of Tropical,
exhibited, xlviii ; descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from South, eviii.

Amphidasis betularia var, doubledayaria, gynandromorph of, exhibited,
Ixxxix.

Anchomenus dorsalis, dark form of Carabid beetle, exhibited, xxxii.

Andrena rosae and A. trimmerana, variation in, exhibited, xxvii.

Annual meeting, report of, cix.

Anthidium manicatum, notes on habits of the bee, Ixxii.

Ants, by other Arthropods, mimicry of, lxxi, 307; Dipteron and its parasite
in nests of, exhibited, c.

Aphid, rare British, exhibited, xevi.

Argynnis euphrosyne, exhibited, xvii; gynandromorph of A. hyperbius
castesti, exhibited, civ.

Arthropods, mimicry of ants by other, Ixxi, 307.

Atlas, Morocco, letter read describing entomological expedition on the, 1.

Attacks by beetle larvae upon .papered butterflies of protected groups,
apparently discriminative, xxxvili.

Australian Lepidoptera Homoneura, including the diagnoses of two new
families, observations on the structure of some, Ixxvii, 592.

Bed-bugs, eggs of, exhibited, xeviii.

Bee, Anthidium manicatum, notes on habits of, lxxii.

Beetle, Anchomenus dorsalis, dark form of Carabid, exhibited, xxxii; larvae
upon papered butterflies of protected groups, apparently discriminative
attacks by, xxxviii; believed to be internal parasites of man, Coprid,

+
clxiv

Ixvi; larvae of rare British, exhibited, Ixxxvi; Mylabris oculata var.
tricolor, oviposition of Mylabrid, xe; Grammoptera analis from Oxford
district, black varieties of Longicorn, exhibited, evi.

Bionomies of Cimex hirundinis, exhibited, ii.

Blastobasis lignea, series of, exhibited, li.

Bombus lapponicus murmanicus, warble-fly of reindeer captured with its
model, exhibited, lxxxix.

Boreus hyemalis, on the life-history of, Ixxvii, 312.

Brands on its hind-wings, oriental Danaine butterfly brushing the, exhibited,
xcv.

Britain, Wargarodes unionalis in, exhibited, xxxi; Theobaldia annulata, new
to, exhibited, xxxii; Xylocopa violacea in Herts, exhibited, xlix: Scolytid
new to, exhibited, Ixxxvi.

British, Hymenoptera, exhibited, lxix ; Zygaena, exhibited, Ixxiii; Lepidop-
tera, exhibited, Ixxxi; beetles, larvae of rare, exhibited, Ixxxvi; Aphid,
rare, exhibited, xevi; Limnobiidae, some records and corrections, 196.

British Museum, notes on the Orthoptera in the. Group Euprepocnemini, ix,
106; Group Calliptamini, eviii ; on some Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) in
the, xlvii, 260; types of Heteromera described by F. Walker now in the,
xlvii, 268.

Butterflies, and mimetic moths migrating from one valley to another in
Selangor, Pierine, exhibited, v; of protected groups, apparently dis-
criminative attacks by beetle larvae upon papered, xxxvili; from
Sutherlandshire, exhibited, Ixxxviii; from New Guinea and Pern,
exhibited, xevi.

Callidryas eubule in British Guiana, migration of, xviii.

Calliptamini. Notes on Orthoptera in the British Museum, Group, eviii.

Calpodes ethlius in Central America, migration of, xvii.

Carabidae in various foreign collections, notes on synonymy and on some
types of Oriental, ix, 145.

Cassida nebulosa, and pupa, exhibited, ]xxxvi.

Catochrysops phasma (Lycaeninae), the mature larva and pupa of, 490.

Catopsilia statira in Trinidad, migration of, xix; migration of C. pyranthe,
C. crocale and other butterflies in Ceylon, xxvi.

Cecidomyidae, description of new genus and two new species of, 504.

Ceylon, migration of Catopsilia pyranthe, C. crocale and other butterflies in,

XxVi.

Chalcid parasites bred from pupae of Teratoneura isabellae, on, 459.

Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) in the British Museum, on some, xlvii, 260;
eversible glands in larvae of, exhibited, ]xvii.

Chrysophanus dispar, female forms of, exhibited, ix.

Cicada Monomatapa insignis (Tibicinae), observed in Tanganyika Territory,
courtship of, }xiii.

Cimex hirundinis, bionomics of, exhibited, ii; eggs of C. rotundatus and
C. lectularius, exhibited, xeviii.

Cionus new to science, species of, exhibited, xxxil.

Coccidae, a new Southern Nigerian Lecanium, 530.

Coleoptera, in the British Museum, on some Chrysomelidae, xlvii, 260; of
Indo-China, with descriptions of new species, list of Erotylid, lxxi, 285;

clxv

on the number of joints in the antennae of Haliplidae and Paussidae,-
Ixxvii, 590. 5

Collecting insects when travelling in South Africa, account of methods of,
Ixxvii, Ixxxvii, xevi.

Coloration, experiments on the relative edibility of insects with special
reference to their, 1.

Colour-adjustment of Pzeris rapae pupa to its surroundings, example of
marked irregularity in, exhibited, xxvili.

Committees, appointment of Finance, Publications, and Library, i.

Coprid beetles believed to be internal parasites of man, Ixvi.

Costa Rica, rare locust from, exhibited, v.

Council, nomination of, xevii, cii; report of, cix.

Culicidae, revision of genus Harpagomyia (Diptera), 496,

Cymothoe theobene, polymorphic females of, 469.

Danaida chrysippus captured and then rejected by young shrike in South
Africa, Ixxiv.

Danaine butterfly brushing the brands on its hind-wings, oriental, exhibited,
XCV.

Debates and discussions, subjects for, invited, xxxv.

Diptera, new or little-known Exotic Tipulidae, Ixxxvii; Dipteron and its
parasite in ants’ nests, exhibited, c; and otber insects to ants, five years
observations on the bionomics cf Southern Nigerian insects, chiefly
directed to the investigation of Lycaenid life-histories and to the relation
of Lycaenidae, 319; Culicidae, revision of genus Harpagomyza, 496;
description of a peculiar unidentified Dipterous larva possessing a
number of enigmatic truncate abdominal organs, 524.

Dutch New Guinea, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, xxviii.

Edibility of insects with special reference to their coloration, experiments on
the relative, 1.

Embiidae from Southern Nigeria, description of a new species of, 449.

Ephydridae and Milichidae, description of six new species of Acalyptrate
Muscidae, 504.

Epinephele ianira, series of, exhibited, ]xxxviii.

Erotylid Coleoptera of Indo-China, with descriptions of new species, list of,,
Ixxi, 285.

Erycinid from Trinidad, exhibited, cvi.

Euploeca from Joicey collection, exhibited, xxx.

Euprepocnemini. Notes on the Orthoptera in the British Museum. Group,
ix, 106.

Federated Malay States, Pierine butterflies and mimetic moths migrating
from one valley to another in Selangor, exhibited, v.

Fellows, election of, x, xxxv, xlvii, li, 1x, lyxii, xxviii, Ixxxviii, cii.

Finance Committee, appointment of, i.

Fluorescence as evidence for evolution of pigments of mimetic females from
those of their non-mimetic males, xcix.

Food of trout, insect, exhibited, xxiv.

Formicidae, subfamilies of, xl.

France, Lycaeninae from Provence, exhibited, xxix; Papilio machaon ab.
rufopunctata from Haute Savoie, exhibited, xlvi; Parasemia plantaginis
from French Jura, exhibited, xlvii.

-

elxvi

Gifts to Society’s rooms, asked for, xxxv; announced, !xxi, Ixxviii, 1xxxviii.

Glands in Chrysomelid larvae, eversible, exhibited, lxvii.

Grammoptera analis from Oxford district, black varieties of Longicorn
beetle, exhibited, evi.

Guiana, migration of Callidryas eubule in British, xviii.

Gymnetron squamicolle, exhibited, lxxxvi.

Gynandromorphous, Lepidoptera, exhibited, x; Amphidasis betularia, ex-
hibited, Ixxxix ; Argynnis hyperbius castesti, exhibited, civ.

Haliplidae and Paussidae (Coleoptera), on the number of joints in the
antennae of, Ixxvii, 590.

Harpagomyia (Diptera, Culicidae), revision of genus, 496.

Heliconius notabilis microclea and H. xenoclea xenoclea, mimetic relationship
between, xxxvi; examples of Heliconius from Venezuela, exhibited, lxx ;
Heliconius from Trinidad, exhibited, ev.

Heodes phiaeas, in 8.W. Uganda, form of, exhibited, Ixxxi; from Newbury
district, third brood of, exhibited, evi.

Holocera, ete., stridulating organs in, exhibited, ii.

Hymenoptera, British, exhibited, lxix.

Hymenopterous parasite on Pachylia syces, exhibited, 1.

Hypsid moth inspected and neglected by geckos, exhibited, vii.

Ichneumonid, bred from Sphinx ligustri, exhibited, Ixxxix ; genus and species
bred from a Lycaenid larva in Southern Nigeria, on a new Joppine, 455.

Income tax, Society exempt from, Ix.

Indo-China, with descriptions of new species, list of Erotylid Coleoptera of,
lxxi, 280.

Ino globulariae, larvae of, exhibited, liv.

Insects, superlinguae or paraglossae of, lii; food of trout, exhibited, Ixxiv ;
from Kashmir, remarkable new, exhibited, Ixxxix; new method of
preserving, exhibited, ciii.

Isle of Wight, Wusca autumnalts (corvina) hibernating as in previous years
in a loft in the, vii.

Ithomiine from Trinidad, new, exhibited, xevii.

Joppine (Ichneumonidae) genus and species bred from a Lycaenid larva in
Southern Nigeria, on a new, 455.

Kashmir, remarkable new insect from,¢ chibited, Ixxxix.

Lagos, notes on Selenothrips rubrocinctus, taken on a forest tree at Agege,
near, 527.

Larval head, Pyrameis atalanta with, exhibited, xeviii.

Lecanium (Coccidae), a new Southern Nigerian, 539.

Lepidoptera, gynandromorphous, exhibited, x, civ; with a suggestion as to
the cause of the backward and forward flight occasionally observed, notes
on the migration of, xii; from Mesopotamia, exhibited, xxxix; from
N.W. Persia, exhibited, xlix; from island of Mefor, new and little-
known, exhibited, liv; Homoneura, including the diagnoses of two new
families, observations on the structure of some Australian, Ixxvii, 592;
from Dutch New Guinea, exhibited, xxviii; British, exhibited, ]xxxi;
from West Sutherlandshire, exhibited, xcviii; chiefly Lycaenidae from
Southern Nigeria, and one from Damba Island, Victoria Nyanza, descrip-
tion of new species of, 461; chiefly Lycaenidae, on the larvae and pupae
of, 473.

elxvii

Letter read describing entomological expedition on the Atlas, Morocco, 1.

Library, Committee, appointment of, i; donations to the, li.

Libythea probably Z. daius congregating perhaps before or during migration,
Ixii.

Limnobiidae, British, some records and corrections, 196.

Lipteninae, notes on two, 465.

Locust from Costa Rica, rare, exhibited, v.

Lycaenid, life-histories and to the relation of Lycaenidae, Diptera, and other
insects to ants, five years’ observations on the bionomics of Southern
Nigerian insects, chiefly directed to the investigation of, 319; larva in
Southern Nigeria, on a new Joppine (Ichneumonidae) genus and species
bred from a, 455; description of new species of Lepidoptera, chiefly
Lycaenidae from Southern Nigeria, and one from Damba Island, Victoria
Nyanza, 461 ; on the larvae and pupae of Lepidoptera, chiefly Lycaenidae,
473.

Lycaeninae, from Provence (France), exhibited, xxix; from Mesopotamia,
new Palaearctic species of the, exhibited, xxxix ; the mature larva and
pupa of Catochrysops phasma, 490.

Madagascar, Musurgina laeta from, exhibited, xxxiii.

Mantids, living, exhibited, eviii.

Mantispids bred from egg-cocoon of spider, exhibited, xcv.

Margarodes unionalis in Britain, exhibited, xxxi.

Mecoptera, male genitalia of JZerope tuber, xxxiv, 231,

Medical Society, vote of thanks to, ii.

Meetings for Fellows and their friends, announcement of informal, xxxv,
X¢eVil, Cli.

Mefor, new and little-known Lepidoptera from island of, exhibited, liv.

Merope tuber (Mecoptera), male genitalia of, xxxiv, 231,

Mesopotamia, new Palaearctic species of the Lycaeninae, and other Lepidop-
tera from, exhibited, xxxix.

Micro-Lepidoptera, descriptions of South American, eviii.

Migration, of Pierin> butterflies and mimetic moths from one valley to
another in Selangor, exhibited, v; of Lepidoptera, with a suggestion as
to the cause of the backward and forward flight occasionally observed,
notes on the, xii; against a land and sea-breeze by Pyrameis cardut,
daily, xvi; of Calpodes ethlius in Central America, xvii; of Callidryas
eubule in British Guiana, xviii; of Catopsilia statira in Trinidad, xix ;
summary of butterfly, xx; of Catopsilia pyranthe, C. crocale and other
butterflies in Ceylon, xxvi; Libythea probably ZL. laius congregating
perhaps before or during, lxii.

Milichidae and Ephydridae, description of six new species of Acalyptrate
Muscidae, 504.

Mimacraea marshalli, and WM, marshalli dvhertyi, exhibited, xciii.

Mimetic, moths migrating from one valley to another in Selangor, Pierine
butterflies and, exhibited, v; relationship between Heliconius notabilis
microclea and H. wenoclea xenoclea, xxxvi; fluorescence as evidence for
evolution of p'gments of mimetic females from those of their non-
mimetic males, xcix,

Mimicry, of ants by other Arthropods, lxxi, 307; of male Lepidoptera by
female and of female by male, xc,

aon

we Pie

+
celxviil

Monomatapa insignis (Tibicinae), observed in Tanganyika Territory, courtship
of Cicada, Ixiii.

Morocco, lettcr read describing entomological expedition on the Atlas, 1.

Moths, migrating from one valley to another in Selangor, Pierine butterflies
and mimetic, exhibited, v; inspected and neglected by geckos, Hypsid,
exhibited, vii.

Musca autumnalis (corvina) hibernating as in previous years in a loft in the
Isle of Wight, vii.

Muscidae (Ephydridae and Milichidae), description of six new species of
Acalyptrate, 504.

Musurgina laeta from Madagascar, exhibited, xxxiii.

Mylabris cculata var. tricolor, oviposition of, xe.

Nairobi, and the higher land to the west, forms of Papilio dardanus from,
exhibited, xcii; Jmacraea marshalli dohertyi from, exhibited, xe.ii ;
Papilio rex from, exhibited, xciv.

Neptis, on the African species of the genus, Ixxvii, 532.

Newbury, third brood of Heodes phlaeas from district of, exhibited, evi.

New Guinea, Lepidoptera from Dutch, exbibited, Ixxviii; butterflies from,
exhibited, xevi.

Nigeria, chiefly directed to the investigation of Lycaenid life-histories aad
to the relation of Lycaenidae, Diptera, and other insects to auts, five
years’ observations on the bionomics of insects from Southern, 319;
description of a new species of Embiidae from Southern, 449; on a new
Psocid from Southern, 452; on a new Joppine (Ichneumonidae) genus
and species bred from a Lyczenid larva in Southern, 455; and one from
Damba Island, Victoria Nyanza, description of new species of Lepidop-
tera, chiefly Lycaenidae from Southern, 461; description of a new genus
and species of Tineina from Southern, 494; a new Alewrodes (Aleur-
odidae) from Southern, 528; a new Lecantum (Coccidae) from Southern,
530.

Nomenclature, translation from German of skit on modern systems of
Zoological, read, c.

Obituary. Distinguished Russian Entomologists, 1916-1920, Ix.

Officers, nomination of, xcvii, cii.

Oriental, Carabidae in various foreign collections. notes on synonymy and
on some types of, ix, 145; Danaine butterfly brushing the brands on
its hind-wings, exhibited, xev.

Orthoptera in the British Museum, notes on the. Group Buprepocnemin’,
ix, 106; Group Calliptamini, eviii.

Oviposition of Mylabrid beetle Mylabris oculata var. tricolor, xe.

Oxford, black varieties of Longicorn beetle, Grammoptera analis from district
of, exhibited, evi.

Oxigrapha literana, series of, exhibited, lxxxi.

Pachylia syces, Hymenopterous parasite on, exhibited, 1.

Papilio machaon ab. rufopunctata from Hante Savoie, exhibited, xlvi;
P, ascolius, exhibited, lii; Ascleptas curassavica sought by imago of
P. homerus, exhibited, lxii; new African Papilios, exhibited, Ixxix;
P. dardanus from Nairobi and the higher land to the west, forms of,
exhibited, xcii; P. rex from Nairobi, exhibited, xciv; existence in
Africa of remarkable Papilio of antimachus group, ciii.

clxix

Parasemia plantaginis, from French Jura, exhibited, xvii.

Parasite, on Pachylia syces, Hymenopterous, exhibited, 1; of man, Coprid
beetles believed tu be internal, Ixvi; bred from pupae of Teratoneura
zsabellae, on Chalcid, 459.

Paussidae (Coleoptera), on the number of joints in the antennae of Haliplidae
and, Ixxvii, 590.

Peronea hastiana, series of, exhibited, xxxiii; P. cristana, series of,
exhibited, ]xxxi.

Persia, Lepidoptera from N.W., exhibited, xlix.

Peru, Pierines from Central, exhibited, lxix; butterflies from, exhibited,
XCVi. ¢

Pestology, letter from Secretary of Board of Applied, read, xcvii.

Pierine butterflies, and mimetic moths migrating from one valley to another
in Selangor, exhibited, v; from Central Peru, exhibited, |xix.

Pieris rapae pupa to its surroundings, example of marked irregularity in
colour-adjustment of, exhibited, xxviii; P. napi, forms of, exhibited,
Ixxxvill.

Preserving insects, new method of, exhibited, cill.

Psocid, on a new South Nigerian, 452.

Publications Committee, appointment of, i.

Pyralidae, some apparently new South African genera and species of the
family, lxxvii.

Pyrameis cardui, daily migrations against a land and sea-breeze by, xv1;
P, atalanta, early emergence of, xlviii; recurrence and wide distribution
of particular type of variation in P. carduz, lxi; P. atalanta with larval
head, exhibited, xeviii.

Queen’s Gate, first meeting at Society’s new premises in, x; premises exempt
from rates, lii.

Rates, letter read stating Society’s premises free from, Iii,

Reindeer captured with its model, Bombus lapponicus murmanicus, warble-fly
of, exhibited, Ixxxix.

Rhopalocera of the Dollman collection, notes on the, xxxiv, 234.

Russian entomologists, 1916-1920, notice of death of distinguished, Ix,

Scolytid new to Britain, exhibited, lxxxvi.

Secretary, resignation and election of Hon. Vote of thanks, xxxv; illness of,
temporary joint Secretary appointed, Ixxi.

Selenothrips rubrocinctus, taken on a forest tree at Agege, near Lagos, notes
on, 527.

Sparrows, Aeschna grandis captured and eaten by, exhibited, xxix.

Sphing liyustri, Ichneumonid bred from, exhibited, Ixxxix.

Spider, Mantispids bred from egg-cocoon of, exhibited, xev.

Stridulating organs in Holocera, ete., exhibited, ii.

Sudan solitary wasps, exhibited, liv.

Superlinguae or paraglossae of insects, lil.

Sutherlandshire, butterflies from, exhibited, Ixxxviii, xcviii.

Synonymy and on some types of Oriental Carabidae in various foreign
collections, notes on, ix, 145.

Tachinids, description of six new African, 518.

Tanganyika Territory, courtship of Cicada Monomatapa insignis (Tibicinae),
observed in, )xili.

-

clxx

Teratoneura tsabellae, on Chalcid parasites bred from pupae of, 459.

Theobaldia annulata, new to Britain, variety of, exhibited, xxxii.

Tibicinae, observed in Tanganyika Territory, courtship of Cicada MWonomatapa
insignis, Ixiii.

Tineina from Southern Nigeria, description of a new genus and species
of, 494.

Tipulidae (Diptera), new or little-known Exotic, Ixxxvii.

Treasurer, report of, exii.

Trinidad, migration of Catopsilia statira in, xix; new Ithomiine from,
exhibited, xevii; Heliconius from, exhibited, cv; Erycinid from, exhibited,
cvi. ?

Trinodes hirtus, larvae of, exhibited, lxxxvi.

Trout, insect food of, exhibited, Ixxiv.

Uganda, form of Heodes phlaeas in S.W., exhibited, 1xxxi.

Variation in Andrena rosae and A. trimmerana, exhibited, xxvii.

Venezuela, examples of Heliconius from, exhibited, lxx.

Vespidae, notes on, read, eviii.

Vice-Presidents, nomination of, i.

Victoria Nyanza, description of a new species of Lepidoptera, chiefly
Lycaenidae from Southern Nigeria, and one from Damba Island, 461.

Walsingham Medal, example of, presented to Society, li.

Warble-fly of reindeer captured with its model, Bombus lapponicus mur-
manicus, exhibited, lxxxix.

Wasps, Sudan solitary, exhibited, liv.

Xanthorrhoé fluctuata, early emergence of, xlviii.

Xylocopa violacea in Herts, exhibited, xlix.

Zyyaena, hybrid, exhibited, xxxiii; British, exhibited, Ixxiii; Z. filipendulae
chrysanthemz, series of, exhibited, Ixxxix.

SPECIAL INDEX.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman numerals
to the pages of the * Proceedings.

Abacetus, 148, 172, 179

abboti (Heodes), 1xxxi, Ixxxii, ]xxxiii,
Ixxxiv, Ixxxv

abbreviata (Gonomyia), 208, 209

abbreviatus (Scarites), lviii, lix

5 cimensis (Scarites), lvii,
lix

6 desertarum (Scarites), lix

. portosanctanus (Scarites),
lix

abdominalis (Limnophila), 223, 224
abnormis (Huphina), 1xxvili
abyssinica (Euprepocnemis), 118, 120
abyssinicus (Cataloipus), 141
acatharta (Elaeodes), 407
Acanthostictus, xlv
acherontiae (Apanteles), |
achine (T'eracolus), 70
aciculata (Ormosia), 217, 230
Acmoeodera, 63
Acosmius, 280
Acraea, 32, 69, 85, 536, 583
acraea (Telipna), 465
Acraeidae, 68, 93
Acraeinae, XXxxviii
Acridiidae, 1, 22, 53, 54, 88
acrita (Acraea), 583
acrogonus (Carabus), 166
*p (Orthogonius), 166

Acronyctinae, 321, 407
Acrydium, 447
actia (Precis), 244

», 1. actia (Precis), 244

», f. fureata (Precis), 244
acuminata (Heteracris), 134
Acupalpus, 177, 180
acutangulus (Orthogonius), 149
acuticollis (Rhytinota), 42, 64, 98
acutipalpis (Psilus), 176
acutipennis (Acraea), 245

ae (Gnathaphanus), 147

Acyphona, 210

Adelotropis, 455
adjuncta (Amphiprosopia), 143

= (Heteracris), 143, 144
adspersa (Euprepocnemis), 123
adspersus (Thisoecetrus), 123

‘ (Thisoicetrus), 124
advena (Cathartus), 439
aeneipes (Drypta), 173
aeneotinctus (Anchomenus), 180
aeneus (Abacetus), 148

», (Catascopus), 149

», (Simous), 176
Aenidia, 92, 98
aenigma (Abacetus), 178
aequalis (Aphiochaeta), vill

», (Hexatoma), 225
aeruginosus (Chlaenius), 170

affinis (Aphnaeus), 249, 250, 259

», (Decatoma), 428, 433
,, (Dicranomyia), 198, 200, 201
», (Megalodacne), 285, 289
africanus (Aleurodes), 408, 528, 531
afzelii (Mylabris), 480, 431, 432, 433
Agaristidae, 71
agatha (Neptis), 69, 539, 542, 558, 559,
560, 561, 565, 566, 569, 577,
587, 588, 589
,, agatha (Neptis), 558
»» lativittata (Neptis), 558, 559
agathina (Mylothris), 37, 49, 70, 82,
84, 94, 239
Ageronia, XxXxvili
aglaia f. parthenope (Delias), v
agleoides (Parantica), xcv
agondas aruna (Elymnias), xxx
alacre (Acridium), 116
alacris (Euprepoenemis), 110, 116, 117,
120, 127
», (Thisoicetrus), 116
alberta (Lycaenesthes), 354
albertisi (Delias), Ixxviii
albicans (Mermis), 367

all

elxxii

albina (Beckia), viii ~
albitibia (Ormosia), 217, 230
albohirsutus (Ditropidus), 260

ee (Elaphodes), 260
alboscutellata (Gonomyia), 208, 209

alcibiades (Argiolaus), 820, 357, 361,
364, 365, 369, 370, 372, 374, 375,

480, 489
Alcides, 68
alcimeda (Cymothoe), 470
aleiope (Acraea), xc
alciphron (Asota), vii
5 (Hypsa), vii
Aleurodes, 324, 528, 529
Aleurodidae, 824, 528
alienus (Amarygmus), 276
», (Spinamarygmus), 276
alimena forbesi (Hypolimnas), xxx
”
XXX
Alleeula, 277
Alphitophagus, 271
alpina (Orimarga), 207
alterna (Mylabris), 281
alternans (Orthogonius), 166, 170
* (Plochionus), 170
alternata (Tritoma), 804, 305
alternus (Stauropus), 409
Alydus, 308
Alysiidae, ]xxvi
amakosa (Durbania), 337, 338
Amalopis, 226
amanda (Argina), 49, 71
Amarygmus, 276
Amauris, Ixiii, 554
ambigua (Hpiscapha), 291
ambrizia (Anaphe), 71
americanus (Apanteles), 1
Ammophila, 426
amoena (Dioryche), 147, 177
amoenus (Lopholycus), 89
S (Platymetopus), 147
Amphiprosopia, 143

amphiprosopus (Demodocus), 107, 143,

144
psa is) 144

amplectans (Mylabris), 6
ampliatus (Lycus), 86, 39
amulia (Crenis), 321, 403
Anaea, xxxvili
analis (Grammoptera), evi
anceps (Zygaena), xxxiil
andalusiaca (Trimicra), 219
androgeus (Papilio), x
anglica (Andrena), xxvii
angolanus (Papilio), 71
angulatus (Carabus), 154, 162

‘3 (Craspedophorus), 154

heteromorpha (Hypolimnas),

angulatus (Pachytrachelus), 162
angusta (Phonodacne), 286
Anisobas, 456
Anisodactylus, 177
Anisomera, 225
Anisopus, 227
annamitum (Platydema), 270
annulata (Theobaldia), xxxii
4 (Trichocera), 228
annulicornis (Mantispa), xevi
annulifera (Heteracris), 112, 113
annuliger (Microcerus), 67
aunulosa (Euprepocnemis), 123
fs (Heteracris), 122, 123
annulus (Brachinus), 164
», (Pheropsophus), 164
», var. ocellata (Sphacrocoris), 96
Anomoses, 599, 600, 601, 602, 603
Anomosetidae, 602, 603
antalus (Deudorix), 377, 378,
antennata (Horaeocerus), 132
antennatus (Horaeocerus), 132
Anthicidae, 282
Anthicus, 307
Anthidium, ]xxii, ]xxiii
Anthophora, 1xxii
Anthrenus, 268
Anticrates, 494
antilope (Precis), 68, 69, 85, 94
antimachus (Papilio), ciii, civ
antiqua (Orgyia), x, xii
antiquus (Abacetus), 148
Antocha, 207
Anurida, liv
Apanteles, 1
Aphodius, Ixxv
apicalis (Carabus), 165
,, (Chlaenius), 165
., (Micrencaustes), 294
»> (Mimacraea), 465
,, (Nemognatha), 283
(Rhinia), 523
var. testacea (Rhinia), 523
,, (Rhynchopsilopa), 323, 443,
509
(Rhyparida), 266
(Siagona), 181
apicata (Embia), 322, 413, 449, 451
», (Idioptera), 221, 222, 230
», (Poecilomorpha), 65, Th 91
», (Rhagadochir), 322, 413, 449,
451
Apidae, 57
appendiculatus (Molophilus), 214, 215
Apsectia, 165
Aptera, 322, 412
aquatica (Podura), 412
aquosa (Dicranomyia), 197

381

yr roe ctl ta Le. A oly Ria bigness SEE
epi roe Ty ues = ern ee

gt he

elxxili

Arctiidae, 71
arcuatus (Tetragonoderus), 150
arenarium (Gonocephalum), 269, 270
areolata (Ilisia), 210
Argiolaus, 320, 346, 355, 356,
360, 365, 366, 370, 371, 372,
375, 376, 379, 382, 387, 424,
480, 489
argiolus (Cyaniris), evii
», (Lycaenopsis), xxx
argus (Plebeius), xxx
argyrata (Milichia), 512
argyratoides (Milichia), 323, 444, 510,
512, 513, 517
arion (Lycaena), 490, 491, 492, 493
Aristolochia, xxxviii
aristolochiae (Papilio), c
armatus (Molophilus), 214, 215
aroae (Delias), Ixxviii
arrowi (Megasceloides), 265
artemis (Actias), xii
Arthropterus, 591
aruna (Delias), x, lxxviii
», race inferna (Delias), lxxviii
aruncella (Micropteryx), 597
ascolius (Papilio), lii
asela (Euploea), xxii
Asida, 270
Asilidae, 72, 95
Asilinae, 323, 447
asper (Chlaenius), 176, 190
asperipenne (Hoplobrachium), 276
assimilata (Euploea), xxx
astrigera (Sarangesa), 252, 253
atalanta (Pyrameis), xlvili, xevili
Atelocera, 448
Atemeles, 309
ater (Molophilus), 214
Aterica, 403
Athyma, 532
atrata (Pseudoblaps), 269
», (Siagona), 146, 180, 181
atratus (Abacetus), 148
,, (Zophobas), 269
atriceps (Tritoma), 302
atricosta (Leucoma), 81, 95
atripennis (Tritoma), 301, 303
is (Tritomidea), 301, 303
atropos (Micrencaustes), 293
attelaboides (Galerita), 163
7s (Omphra), 163
attenuata (Orimarga), 207
attenuatus (Thisoicetrus), 127, 133
aulicus var. uniformis (Anoplogonius),
96
aurella (Sabatinea), 595, 596, 597
auropunctatum (Calosoma), 156
australis (Prothoe), Ixxviii

Bbys
373,
435,

autumnalis (Dicranomyia),
202
(Musca), vii
bachmani (Hypatus), xxiv
ue (Libythea), xxiv, 404
bacillaria (Clivina), 175
balteata (Glycyphana), 10, 59
balteatus (Apoderus), 67
(Tetrastichus), 459
banksi (Chrysomela), }x
Baris, 46, 68
barnsi (Neptis), 540, 559, 565,
568, 569, 588, 589
basimaculata (Tritoma), 301
batesi (Euryope), 39, 40, 65, 91
Belenois, 78, 95
bella (Tritoma), 301
bellargus (Polyommatus), xxix
bellicosus (Termes), 322, 393, 417, 418,
448
Bengalia, 323, 448
beniniensis (Ammophila), 322, 426, 519
bergrothi (Crypteria), 220
beryllinus (Agrilus), 63
bettoni (Heteracris), 137
betulae (Zephyrus), 485
betularia var. doubledayaria (Amphi-
dasis), 1xxxix
biafra (Neptis), 541, 571,
575, 584, 588
», continuata (Neptis), 584
Bibulus, 131
bibulus (Lachnoenema), 321, 388, 389,
394, 423, 483, 489
bicolor (Hexatoma), 225
», (Limnophila), 223
», (Nemognatha), 283
», (Styphlomerus), 149
», (Taphrorychus), 439
bifacies (Tritoma), 277
bifasciatus (Onthophagus), ]xvii
bifidus (Molophilus), 214, 215, 230
bifilatus (Molophilus), 214
bifoveolatum (Strongylium), 277
bihamatus (Molophilus), 214, 215
bilineata ab. hibernica (Campto-
gramma), X¢cyvili
bilineatum (Gonocephalum), 269
ap (Opatrum), 269
biluna (Dysantes), 270
», (Toxicum), 270
bimaculata (Dicranota), 225, 226
e (Lebidia), 150
bimaculatus (Carabus), 153
a (Pheropsophus), 153
5 (Phonolibes), 78, 96
(Sarothrocrepis), 150
bimaculicollis (Rhyparida), 267

199, 201,

567,

572, 573,

-

wa ty Bee aR hls 8S cht

clxxiv

binoculus (Creagris), 186
binotata (Eleodes), 283
bioculatus (Tachys), 195
bipartita (Mylabris), 91
biplagiata (Comiboena), 488
biplagiatus (Acupalpus), 180
- (Stenolophus), 180
bipustulata (Tritoma), 300, 301,

305
birmanica (Eneaustes), 293
blandina (Neptis), 580
Blattidae, 51, 52
Blepharida, 65
Boarmiinae, 321, 409
boetica (Lampides), 378
bohemani (Callidea), 19, 73, 96
boisduvali (Crenis), xxiii

ae (Plocionus), 153
Ee (Urania), xxv

bolina (Hypolimnas), xxxvi
Bombus, Ixxii, ]xxiii, Ixxxix
bonfilsi (Plocionus), 153
Boreus, 312, 313, 314, 318
boucardi (Sternocera), 35, 63
Braconidae, 57
brassicae (Pieris), xx, XXxviii
brassolis (Liphyra), 474
braziliensis (Urania), xxiv
brevicornis (Elaeodes), 321, 407
brevis (Quedius), viii, ix
brigitta (Terias), 467, 468
Bromophila, 72
brunnea (Anchista), 172

rr (Hexagonia), 172

oe e(ebia)i 1/72
brunneri (Cataloipus), 140
brunni (Bibulus), 131, 132

,, (Tylotropidius), 131
Bucharis, 260, 262
buchneri (Cremastogaster), 361, 362

i r. alligatrix (Cremasto-
gaster), 440, 501, 506
3 r. clariventris (Cremasto-

gaster), 353

buniae (Pieris), lxx
Buprestidae, 63, 90
buqueti (Lesticus), 178

5, (Triplogenius), 178
burmeisteri (Anisomera), 225
buxtoni (Thisoecetrus), 124

;, (Thisoicetrus), 124
cacicus inca (Papilio), xevi

», zaddachi (Papilio), xevi
caerulans (Nemognatha), 79
eaeruleiceps (Chlaenius), 162
caespitum (T'etramorium), 310
caffra (Bromophila), 41, 72
c-album (Vanessa), ev

calceata (Euprepocnemis),
16517 3119
», (Heteracris), 112
calceatum (Acridium), 112
caldarena f. neluska (Acraea), 32, 68,
93
calida (Cistelomorpha), 279
» var. nigromaculata
morpha), 279
californica (Eugonia), xxiii
calliaudi (Polyhirma), 20, 60
Callidryas, xxiii, xxv
callinice (Pereute), ]xx
callinira (Pereute), ]xx
ealliplaca (Sabatinea), 593, 594, 596,
597
calliptamoides (Heteracris), 134
Callistomimus, 146, 171
Calosoma, 145
camadeva (Canerkes), v, vi
oe (Psaphis), v, vi
Camarimena, 274, 277
camerona (Deudorix), 320, 381, 464
Wr (Pilodeudorix), 320, 381, 464
campestris (Cicindela), 15
Camponotinae, xl, xlvi
Camponotus, 321, 388, 392, 393, 395,
400, 401, 424, 425
Canerkes, vi
capensis (Calliptenus), 108
;; (Choroedocus), 108, 110
», (Demodocus), 106
», (Gryllus), 107, 108
* (Heteracris), 108
is (Pezotettix), 108
Carabidae, lvii, lxxvi, 60, 89, 145, 152,
185
s Conjunctae, 185
Carabinae, 185
Caraboidea, 59, 89
carcina (Epitola), 338, 476, 489
cardamines (Euchloé), x
Cardenius, 53
cardoni (Idgia), 279
,, (Tetragonoderus), 150
eardui (Pyrameis), xv, xvi, xvii, 1xi,
)xii
5, var. elymi (Pyrameis), lxi, ]xii
caricae (Asota), vil
», _ (Hypsa), vii
carinifrons (Abacetus), 148
carneola (Protaetia), 82, 88
carpenteri (Epitola), 462
carteri (Crypteria), 220, 230
Casnonidea, 279

112, 114,

(Cistelo-

| eassiae (Cathartus), 439

Cassida, 8, 9, 66
cassidara (Uliocnemis), 488

So

clxxv

Cassididae, 66, 92

Castniidae, xxxiv

castor (Charaxes), xi

Cataloipidius, 138

Cataloipus, 138, 139, 143

Catantops, 43

Catascopus, 150

catilla (Catopsilia), xxi

catisa (Delias), xxviii

Catochrysops, 234, 320, 377, 378, 379,
380, 398, 399, 400, 405

Catophaga, xxi

Catopsilia, xx, XX1, XXli, xxill, 47

eatori (Lecanium), 531

cebana (Cyrtotriplax), 301

», (Tritoma), 301
cebrene (Precis), 43, 68, 94
Cecidomyia, 435
Cecidomyiariae, 504, 505
Cecidomyidae, 322, 324, 439, 504
Cecidomyinae, 504
celtis (Chlorippe), xxiv
cephena (Epitola), 462
Cerambycidae, 67, 92
Cerapachyinae, xl, xlv, xlvi
Cerapterus, 591
Ceratoderus, 591
Ceratopogon, 441
ceraunia (Epitola), 338, 474, 475, 489
Cercopidae, 74, 232
cespitana (Sericoris), xcviii
Cetonia, 311
Cetoniidae, 59, 89, 98
ceylonicus (Tylotropidius), 136
Chaetodiplosis, 507, 508
chalceolus (Abacetus), 179
Chaleididae, Ixxvi, 460
Chaleis, 460
chaleocephalus (Callistomimus), 171
3 (Panagaeus), 171
chaleomus (Anchomenus), 180
chaleothorax (Chlaenius), 169
aa (Lesticus), 178
is (Triplogenius), 178
chapuisi (Bucharis), 260
Ee (Ditropidus), 260
a3 (Episcapha), 291
Charaxes, 357, 402
charopus (Papilio), xxx
charpentieri (Pezotettix), 133
an (Thisoicetrus), 122
chaudoiri (Diceromerus), 179
Cheilotrichia, 211
Cheironomus, ]xxvi
cheops (Pereute), xevi
cheyrolati (Coryna), 432, 433
Chionea, 219
chiron (Timetes), xxv

Chlaenius, 166
chlorion (Edusa), 266
chlorocephalus (Panagaeus), 171
chorea (Dicranomyia), 197, 198, 200,
201
Choroedocus, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
143
chrysargyra (Sabatinca), 596
Chrysididae, 57
chrysippus (Danaida), Ixxiv, xciv, 33,
49, 68, 69, 71
Fe f. dorippus (Danaida), 49,
68, 79, 93, 95
Chrysomela, 65, 92
Chrysomelidae, xlvii, 65, 66, 92, 260
chrysomelina (Kpilachna), 61, 89
chrysomeloides (Amarygmus), 276
7 (Spinamarygmus), 276
Cicada, Ixiii
Cicadidae, Ixy
Cicindela, iii
Cicindelidae, 59
ciliata (Apiochaeta), vili
cinctella (Siagona), 146, 181, 182
cinctipennis (Amblyopus), 277
cinctus (Carabus), 154
99 (Chlaenius), 154, 176, 190
cinerea (Huprepocnemis), 115, 116, 119
cinereifrons (Molophilus), 214, 216
cinereum (Acridium), 115
cingalensis (Catascopus), 149
Cionus, xxxii
cireumcinctus (Megasceloides), 265,
2
circumdatus (Chlaenius), 147, 176
Cistela, 278, 279
Cistelidae, 277
Cistelopsis, 278
Citrinophila, 319, 320, 338, 344, 351,
357, 467, 468
Cladura, 219
claripennis (Tricyphona), 226, 227,
230
clathratum (Strongylium), 277
clathratus (Anchophthalmus), 45, 64
clavipes (Pseudoblaps), 269
5 (Zophobas), 269
clelia (Precis), 68, 94
cleodora (Eronia), 47, 70, 94
cleopatra (Gonepteryx), xi
Cleridae, 90
climena eurypon (Euploea), xxx
»» macleari (Euploea), xxx
5 vicina (Kuploea), xxx
Clivina, 307
Clythra, 311
Clytridae, 65, 91
coarctatus (Callistomimus), 146, 147

<a

Ol i

elxxvi

Coccidae, 324, 347, 371, 530
Coccinella, 73, 271
Coccinellidae, 61, 62, 89, 311
coelebs (Rhaphidolabis), 225
coelestina (Cyaneolytta), 17, 64
Coenosia, 447
coerulans (Nemognatha), 91
coeruleovittata (Harpagomyia), 497,
498
coerulescens (Euprepocnemis), 131
> (Thisoicetrus), 126
coerulipes (Thisoicetrus), 124, 125
cognata (Cataloipus), 139
», (Heteracris), 138, 140
», (Myrmedonia), viii
cognatus (Cataloipus), 138, 139, 140
“ (Demodocus), 143
cojo (Parnara), 257
Uolaspoides, 264
Colasposoma, 65
Coleoptera, xlvii, lvii, Ixxi, Ixxv,
Ixxvii, 59, 88, 232, 260, 268, 282,
285, 322, 428, 590
coli (Bacillus), 330
collaris (Myrmedonia), 311
,, (Orthogonius), 149
Collembola, 322, 412
Colobopsis, 310
Colpodes, 179
comorarum (Neptis), 536, 543, 544,
545, 587, 589
“s comorarum (Neptis), 546
1 leighi (Neptis), 546
composita (Mordella), 280
compta (Euploea), xxx
concepeion (Epitola), 345, 352, 355,
475, 489
confusa grayi (Euploea), xxx
congrua (Cistela), 279
es (Cistelomorpha), 279
conifera (Diacantha), 39, 40, 66, 92
conjuncta (Eleodes), 283
connexa (Gonomyia), 208
consobrina (Heteracris), 111
conspicua (Triecophora), 74
constantinus (Papilio), lxxx
constrictus (Lycus), 10, 14, 62
contaminatus (Aphodius), Ixxvi
continua (Heteracris), 123
continuum (Acridium), 122, 123
contrahens (Gonocephalum), 269
4 (Opatrum), 269
convexa (Micrencaustes), 295, 296
convexicollis (Eleodes), 283
a5 (Helops), 283
convexulus (Helops), 283
cooksoni (Mycalesis), 239
He f, latior (Mycalesis), 239, 258

copei (Rhyparida), 267
Copridae, 58
cordicollis (Abacetus), 148
Coreidae, 73, 96
coridon (Polyommatus), xxix
cornuta (Synagris), 329
cornutus (Byrsax), 270
Corrodentia : Psocidae, 452
corrosus (Platymetopus), 160
corvina (Musca), vii
Corylophidae, 439
Coryna, 281, 429
corynetes (Eresina), 352
Coscinia, 185
cosmopolita (Tettigoniella), 447
Cossidae, 595
costatus (Oxylobus), 157
costulatus (Catascopus), 149
Craspedophorus, 162
crassimargo (Fouquetius), 179
<3 (Holeonotus), 179
crassipes (Molophilus), 215
crawshayi (Lycaenesthes), 320, 386
Creagris, 168
Cremastogaster, 310, 322, 330, 338,
339, 340, 345, 346, 252, 353, 354,
355, 358, 361, 365, 369, 370, 371,
372, 375, 387, 419, 424, 435, 440,
442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 464, 497,
501, 502, 506, 508, 609, 512, 513,
514, 516
crenatus (Scapterus), 155
. (Searites), 155
Crenidomimas, 536
Crioceridae, 91, 98
Criocerides, 264
cristana (Peronea), Ixxxi
crocale (Catopsilia), xx, Xxi, XNXil,
XXV1
crocea (Fratis), 601
croceus (Colias), x, xi
Crossoglossa, 179
cruciatus (Saprinus), 61
crucifer (Ancistrotermes), 416
cruenta (Enecaustes), 292
05 var. montana
292
cruralis (Co]podes), 148
crustaria (Spindasis), 248
Crypteria, 219
Crypticus, 270, 273
Cryptocephalidae, 65
Cryptocephalus, 65, 311
ctenophora (Rhipidia), 203
Cucujidae, 439
Culicidae, 205, 824, 496
culminatus (Chlaenius), 167
cuneifer (Laelaps), viii

(Encaustes),

elxxvil

' cuneifer (Laelapsis), viii

cupricollis (Ditropidus), 260

(Eccoptoptera), 48, 60, 80,
9, 99

22

Curculionidae, Ixxvi, 67, 68, 93, 439
curtiventris (Limosina), viii
curtus (Cyrtomorphus), 306

,, (Pheropsophus), 149
curvatus (Molophilus), 214, 215, 230
curvicornis (Anthracias), 273

£, (Toxicum), 273

curvierus (Episcapha), 291

'_ curvifera (Ereunetia), 409

curvilinea (Diapromorpha), 65, 91
a (Peploptera), 65, 91
eurvipes (Anoplocnemis), 19, 21, 26,
27, 36, 73, 96
5 (Megalodacne), 286
eutorina (Papilio), xevi
cyanea (Cyrtacanthacris), 15, 29, 53
Cyaniris, Ixxix
eyanocephala (Cicindela), 161
(Ophionea), 161
eymbifera (Euprepocnemis), 140
eymbiferus (Cataloipus), 140, 141
Cymothoe, 403
eynica (Spindasis), 247, 259
Cynipidae, ]xxvi
Cyrtacanthacris, 18, 19, 20, 21,22, 23,
26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35, 36
Cyrtomorphus, 301
cyrtops (Rhyparida), 266, 267
Cyrtotriplax, 300, 301
daedalus (Hamanumida), 403, 404
dalei (Idioptera), 221, 230
dama (Lycaena), xxxix
», karinda (Lycaena), xxxix
damarensis (Aloeides), 251
damone damalis (Lycaena), xxxix
Danaidae, 68, 93
danica (Dicranomyia), 202
daplidice (Pieris), xxiii
dardanus (Papilio), xcii, xcix
f. acene (Papilio), xxx
f. cenea (Papilio), Ixxix, ]xxx,
xcili, xcix
a foe (Papilio),
DEK
ifs ar yoides (Papilio), xciii
f. hippocoon (Papilio), xcii,
Xc1x
i humbloti (Papilio), Ixxix
f. lamborni (Papilio), xcii,
Xclx
f. leighi (Papilio), xciii
meriones (Papilio), Ixxix
f. mixta (Papilio), xciii
f. niobe (Papilio), xxix

2?
9?

lxxix,

. ENT. SOC, LOND.. v, 1921.

dardanus f. planemoides (Papilio), xe,
xciii
polytrophus (Papilio), Ixxx,
xcii, Xciii
tibullus (Papilio), Ixxix, xcil
f. trimeni (Papilio), xcii, xciii,
x¢cix
f. trophonius (Papilio), xcii,
xcili, xcix
davidis (Physodera), 150
decapitans (Bothriomyrmex), 310
Decapotoma, 281
Decatoma, 429, 430, 438
decemmaculata (Limnobia), 205
decolor (Selenothrips), 527
decora (Idioptera), 220
decoratus (Catantops), 41, 42, 48, 53,
76, 80, 82, 88
dectes (Milichia), 445, 446, 514
defectiva (Mordella), 281
», (Mordellistena), 281
dehaani (Micrencaustes), 293
Deilephila, 24, 71
dejeani (Abacetus), 148
», (Siagona), 158
Delias, v, vi, xii, Ixxviii
Demodocus, 106
demodocus (Papilio), 95
Dendrocellus, 173
dentata ( Jonomyia), 208, ay
denticeps (Bradymerus), 27
dentipes (Harpalus), 170
a (Hoplobrachium), 276
5, (Hypharpax), 170
5, var. flavoscapularis
lycus), 40, 62
deois hewitsoni (Hypolimnas), XXX
deponens (Acridium), 117
fe (Acrydium), 116
depressa (Galerita), 158 LE
5, (Siagona), 157, 158, 159 ‘
depressum (Gonocephalum), 269
depressus (Carabus), 157
Dermestes, 322, 435
desertus (Bibulus), 131
destructor (Aspidiotus), 435
detersum (Crypticus), 270
5, (Platydema), 270°
Deudorix, 320, 377, 382
diabolicum (Idolum), 11, 14, 22, 30,
32, 52
Diacantha, 39, 66, 92
Diamphidia, 65, 66, 92
Diaperidae, 277
diaperinus (Alphitobius), 273
Diaperis, 270
Diapria, Ixxvi
Diapromorpha, 65

”

29

2?

5;

(Mero-

M

elxxviil

Diazosma, 228
Dicranomyia, 197
Dicranota, 225
Dictyophorus, 25, 80
didyma (Dicranomyia), 197
», (Melitaea), xi
didymus (Tylotropidius), 135, 136
dilatatus (Bembidium), 173
ig (Tetragonoderus), 173
dilutior (Lininobia), 203
dimaelana (Thaccona), 279
dimidiatus (Prionocerus), 63
diogenes (Acraea), 245
dione (Delias), xx
Dioryche, 177
Diphtherinae, 407
Diplochila, 147, 156, 176
Diploptera, 322, 427
liplosariae, 504
Diptera, Ixxvi, ]xxxvii, Ixxxix, 72,
232, 319, 320, 322, 324, 382, 439,
496
Dircenna, xcviii
Dirphya, 92
Dischissus, 162
discicollis (Limnophila), 223
Discoderes, 46, 63
discolor (Agrilus), 20, 48, 63
discors (Dicranomyia), 202
discus (Carabus), 157
», (Delias), xxviii
,, (Trechus), 157
disjuncta (Dicranomyia), 202
», (Sphenoptera), 63, 77, 90
dispar (Chrysophanus), ix
», (Epitolina), 350
,, (Pseudoblaps), 269
5, (Sciapteron), x, xii
distacta (Creagris), 168, 186
distactua (Helluo), 168
Distichus, 175
distincta (Coccinella), 311
distinctana (Coccyx), xeviii
distinguenda (Chromatophania), 17,72
ss (Diplochila), 147
distinguendus (Eccoptogenius), 147
s (Rhembus), 156
Ditomides, 185
Ditropidus, 260, 261, 262
diuturna (Erioptera), 210, 211
diversus (Tetrilus), ix
diyllus (Deudorix), 320, 381, 382, 458, |
464, 518
5, (Pilodeudorix), 320, 381, 464,
483, 484, 489
djaelaelae (Eretis), 257
Dolichoderinae, xl, xlvi

Dolichoderus, 310

dollmani (Mylothris), 237, 258
», f. flavida (Mylothris),
258
dolus (Polyommatus), xxxix
donaldsoni (Elis), 38, 57
doriae (Orthogonius), 149
doris (Heliconius), xxxvili
dorothea (Delias), Ixxviii
dorsalis (Acupalpus), 154
», (Anchomenus), xxxii
», (Carabus), 154
», (Coryna), 9, 27, 33, 64
dorsatum (Acridium), 129
dorsatus (Calliptamus), 129
,, (Thisoecetrus), 129
», (Thisoicetrinus), 129
», (Thisoicetrus), 128, 129
Dorylii, 309
Dorylinae, xl, xlv, xlvi
Dorylus, xlv, 520, 521
Drilidae, 89, 437
dubia (Hypolimnas), xxxvi, xxxvii
dubitata (Mimacraea), 465
dubius (Helius), 206, 207, 230

239,

duboulayi (Terillus), 265

duealis (Heteracris), 107,109 *
dumbrelli (Tomyris), 266
dumetorum (Dicranomyia), 197, 205
» (Neptis), 533, 537, 543,
545, 587. 589
duplicata (Apsectra), 166
duplicatus (Carabus), 165
i (Orthogonius), 165, 166, 179
Durbania, 338
Dyschirius, 307
Dysphania, v, vi
dytiscoides (Cyclosomus), 154
ebeninum (Helops), 276
- (Hoplobrachium), 276

ebeninus (Tachys), 146
Eccoptogenius, 147, 176
Eeiton, 309
Kcitonii, 309
ecitonophila (Mimopria), 310
Edusa, 263, 264, 265
edusa (Colias), x, xi

5, . ab. helice (Colias), x, xi

| Kgadroma, 161

eichorni (Euploea), xxx
Elaeophila, 220
Elaphodes, 260, 262
Elateridae, 63
elegans (Allecula), 277
», (Carabus), 161
,, (Cataloipus), 139
5, (Catascopus), 161
,, (Craspedophorus), 162
», (Heteracris), 138, 139, 140

ne

_~—

ee ea a eee ee ee eee ee ee ee

celxxix

elegans (Melaenus), 164, 186
», (Strongylium), 277
» (Zonocerus), 8, 32, 53, 98
eleutho corinna (Euploea), xxx
», sacerdos (Euploea), xxx
», (Nipara), xxxi

~. elevatus (Carabus), 157

», | (Somotrichus), 157
elongata (Episcaphula), 285

», (Megalodacne), 288

», (Micrencaustes), 294
elongatula (Megalodacne), 287, 295
elongatus (Anthracias), 273

E (Oxygnathus), 168

at (Scarites), 168
emalia (Cirrochroa), xxii
Embia, 322, 413
Embiidae, 322, 323, 413, 449
emini (Parachlaenius), 89
Empeda, 210
-encedon (Acraea), xciy
Encyalesthus, 273
ennia angustina (Delias), Ixxviii
enniana (Delias), lx xviii
Enyaliopsis, 38
epaea (Planema), 354, 465
Kpamera, 320, 360, 363, 364, 375
Ephelia, 220
Ephydridae, 324, 504, 509
ephyra (Charaxes), 243
Epicausta, 282
episcaphoides (Aulacochilus), 297, 299

Epitola, 319, 320, 338, 344, 345, 351,

253, 354, 355, 357, 476, 489
Epitolina, 319, 350
Erastriinae, 321, 407, 528
erastus (Citrinophila), 468
erato (Heliconius), cv
», chestertonii (Heliconius), Ixxi
», hydara (Heliconius), cy
», molina (Heliconius), lxxi

= », ab. nocturna (Heliconius),

Ixxi
Eremothyris, 494
Eresia, XxXxvili
Eresina, 319, 320, 344, 351
Eriesthis, 89
erikssoni (Aphnaeus), 250

-Eriocrania, 595

Erioptera, 210, 211, 216
eriphia (Herpaenia), 84, 94
eris (Teracolus), 47, 70, 94
Eristalis, 524, 525
erithonioides (Papilio), Ixxxi
erlangeri (Mylothris), 236
Eronia, 94

erosus (Ips), lxxxvi, lxxxvil
Erotylidae, 277, 434

Erycinidae, xxxvili

erythromera (Spalangia), ix, c

escheri (Polyommatus), xxix
eschscholtzi (Physodera), 150
etheocles (Charaxes), 241, 242, 243,

321, 402
— f. eytila (Charaxes), 242, 259
‘ f. lunigera (Charaxes), 243
fe f, manica (Charaxes), 242,
243, 259
5 f. phaeus (Charaxes), 242,
243, 259

(Papilio), 241
ethlius (Calpodes), xvii, xxv
eubule (Callidryas), xviii, xix, xxiii,
XxiV, XXV
eucharis (Teracolus), xi
euclea (Ceratinia), xcviii
Euliphyra, 338, 396
Eulophidae, 459
Eumolpidae, 65, 91, 98
Eumolpides, 264, 265
eupheme dyala (Zegris), xxxix
,, subsp. menestho (Zegris),
XXX1X
», tigris (Zegris), xl
5 subsp. tschudica (Zegris),
XXXIX
euphrosyne (Argynnis), Ixvii
Euploea, xxx
eupompe (Teracolus), 78, 94
Euprepocnemides, 120
Euprepocnemis, 106, 110, 113, 116, 117,
119, 120,121, 122
eurianassa (EKuploea), xxx
europea (Siagona), 158
Euryope, 91
euschemoides (Canerkes), vi
Eusphalera, ]xxix
euterpinus (Papilio), xevi
EKuxestus, 303
evagore f, antigone (Teracolus), 70
evanida (Tricyclea), 519, 520
evarne (Teracolus), 94, 95
evuncifer (Hamitermes), 416
exaleuca (Neptis), 534, 535, 536, 555,
556, 557, 589
», exaleuca (Neptis), 537, 555
556, 587
», integra (Neptis), 555, 556
», ochracea (Neptis), 534, 554
suffusa (Neptis), 538, 555, 556
exarsa (Tricyclea), 520
excellens (Dendrolimus), xii
excelsa (Callida), 150
exclusa (Rhaphidolabis), 225
excubitor (Dysphania), v
os (Euschema), v

clxxx

eximia (Andrena), xxvii
”
5, (Megalodacne), 290

fabricii (Siagona), 158

facialis (Carabus), 165
», (Catascopus), 165

fagi (Stauropus), 408

fallax (Myrmecophana), 307

falsifica (Cistela), 278
», (Cistelopsis), 278

famelicus (Oncopeltus), 28, 74, 96, 98

farquharsoni (Adelotropis), 320, 382,
456, 457

(Chionaema), 324 464,488

(Epamera), 320, 362, 368,
369, 370, 371, 372, 373,
374, 375, 377, 462, 481,
482, 484, 489

ft (Harpagomyia), 498, 500,

503

9°

(Leeanium),
530, 531
(Milichia), 323, 445, 446,
510, 514, 517
(Mnemoses), 321,
494
(Mylabris), 433
(Saissetia), 321, 387, 530,
531
Farquharsonia, 442, 504, 507, 508
fasciata (Idioptera), 221
>>. (Pimelia), 154
fasciatus (Craspedophorus), 154
fascipennis (Ormosia), 216
fastigatus (Chlaenius), 182
femoralis (Diamphidia), 66
ns (Merolycus), 39, 62
ferrugata ab. spadiciara (Coremia),
xeviii
ferruginea (Epicanta), 283

321, 387,

410,

29

oP]

ferrugineus (Fouquetius), 179
aS (Holeonotus), 179
festivus (Gnathaphanus), 177

Sis (Lygaeus), 74
figulina (Appias), x
figuloides (Scapterus), 155
Filariidae, 367
filipendulae (Zygaena), xxxiii, xxiv
chrysanthemi (Zygaena),

Ixxxix
fimbriata (Drypta), 173
fischeri (Euprepoenemis), 129
Flatidae, 232
flava (Ereunetia), 409
flavescens (Drilus), 436

ee (Erioptera), 210, 211, 213

flavicans (Liptena), 468
flavicornis (Carabus), 154

29

flavicornis (Dolichus), 154

var. spinigera (Andrena), xxvii | flavifemur (Allecula), 278

| flavilabris (Carabus), 160
a (Platymetopus), 160
flavipennis (Rhyparida), 267
flavipes (Dendrocellus), 173
», (Desera), 173
(Ditropidus), 260
(Drypta), 173
(Limnobia), 203, 204
» (Trycherus), 322, 434
flavofasciata (Encaustes), 292
flavus (Helius), 207, 230
», (Molophilus), 214, 216, 230
flesus (Galerita), 164
», (Siagona), 164, 182
flexuosus (Cyclosomus), 153, 166
5 (Scolytus), 153

29

”

florella (Catopsilia), xiv, xxiii, lv, 70,
78, 84, 94

fluctuata (Xanthorrhoé), xl viii

foetens (Megaponera), 57, 88, 322, 420

forcipula (Dicranomyia), 202

forestan (Rhopalocainpta), 17, 71, 321,
406

Forficulidae, 51, 87

Formica, xlvi

formicarius (Clerus), 307

formicarum (Margarodes), xxxii

formicetorum (Ptenidium), viii

Formicidae, xl, xlvi, 57, 88

Formicinae, xlv, xlvi

formosa (Melinda), xciv

fossicollis (Anthicus), 282

Fossores, 822, 426

fossulata (Lamprobothris), 18, 64, 90

Fouquetius, 179

foveolatus (Encyalesthus), 273

fraseri (Harpagomyia),498, 499,500,503

frater (Chlaenius), 147, 182, 183

fraterculus (Aulacochilus), 299

Frenata, 592

Frenatae, 592

frobenia (Neptis), 537, 542, 5438, 544,
587, 589

fugax (Anthieus), 282
y, (Chlaenius), 147

fulgida (Kreunetia), 321, 409

Fulgoridae, 74

fulgurata(Charaxes), 242, 243, 244, 259
os f. mima (Charaxes), 243, 259
' fuliginosa (Tropidopria), viii
| fuliginosi (Ceraphron), ix

Ls (Loxotropa), viil
fuliginosus (Acanthomyops), vii, viii,

xevi, ¢
é (Dendrolasius), vii, viii,

xcvl, ¢

eR i aS ee

id

oe Od er

Cree a

celxxxi

fulvaria (Mimacraea), 350, 465
fumosum (Platydema), 270
funesta (Myrmedonia), viii, 308
furcata (Hydriomena), xcviii
fuscata (Trichocera), 228, 229, 230
fuscipennis (Erioptera), 210

3 (Hexatoma), 225

a5 (Limnophila), 223

at (Peronecera), 225
fusiformis (Allecula), 277
galene (Catophaga), xxi
Galerita, 158
Galerucidae, 66, 92, 98
gaugeri (Tylotropidius), 137
gazella (Anthracias), 273
Geloptera, 264
gemma (Omophron), 190
gemmeus (Omophron), 190
geniculata (Desera), 173
geniculatus (Craspedophorus), 170, 187

i, (Panagaeus), 170

gentilis (Microglossa), viii

genurostris (Harpagomyia), 498, 499,
500

ne (Malaya), 497, 498
Geometridae, 72, 3821, 409
geraldina emilia (Delias), xxviii
germana (Siagona), 158, 159
gerstaeckeri (Oosoma), 160

7 (Physodactyla), 8, 9, 65
gestroi (Triplatoma), 287
gibbosa (Osdara), 276
gigantea (Encaustes), 292
glabrata (Leiochrodes), 272

», (Lycoperdina), 272
gladius (Molophilus), 214, 215
glaucescens (Dysphania), v, vi

a (Enschema), v
glaucippe (Hebomoia), xi
glicia (Colias), xlix
globata (Dicranomyia), 202
globulariae (Ino), liv

gnathaphanoides (Gnathaphanus), 147

(Platymetopus), 147

Gnophomyia, 219
goetzius (Byblia), 94
Gonatopus, 308
Gonomyia, 208, 209
gonussa (Ithomia), xi
goritiensis (Dicranomyia), 197, 199
gracilipes (Tylotropidius), 137
gracilis (Lixus), 80, 93

if (Pseudomyrma), xli, xllii

;, (Rhytinota), 64, 90, 98
Grahamia, 496
grandis (Aeschna), xxix

,, (Lehera), lxxix

», (Oodes), 167

Graniger, 185
er anulata (Eleodes), 282
Graphipterus, iii, iv
gregoril (Neocoenyra), 68
griseipennis (Er ioptera), 211, 212
griseus (Aloeides), 251, 259
ayose- -smithi (Papilio), ‘Ixxx, Ixxxi
Gryllidae, 56
Grylloblatta, 231
Gryllus, 56
guerini (Dicranota), 225, 226
,, (Scapterus), 155
guillemi (Acraea), 245
guineensis (Dolichomutilla), 45, 57
(Euprepocnemis), 126
yar. maculosa (Euprepoc-
nemis), 126
ro (Thisoicetrus), 124, 125, 126
var. maculosa (Thisoicetrus),
125, 126
gymnastica (Chaetodiplosis), 322, 442,
507, 508, 517
Gymnoproctus, 37, 38, 56, 88
Hadrus, lviii
haematodes (Odontomachus), 396
Haematopota, 72
haemorrhoidalis (Leucocelis),
59, 88
Fa (Rhypholophus), 216
liaemus (Pieris), 237
halensis (Carabus), 154
», (Dolichus), 154
haligena (Trimicra), 219
haliphron (Papilio), x
if (Troides), x
Haliplidae, lxxvii, 590
Haliplus, 590
halterata (Dicranomyia), 202
halterella (Dicranomyia), 198, 201, 202,
230
Halticidae, 65, 92, 98
Hamanumida, 403
hamatum (Eciton), 310
haroldi (Blosyrus), 67, 93
Harpagomyia, 324, 330, 440, 441, 442,
496, 502
Harpalinae, 185
Harpalus, 28, 39, 48, 60, 89
harpax (Axiocerces), 69
hastiana (Peronea), xxxiii
hatita (Hypolycaena), 246, 247
hederae (Ormosia), 217
helcita (Euploea), xxx
eschscholtzi (Euploea), xxx
,, helcita (Kuploea), xxx
», indistincta (Euploea), xxx
5, unicolor (Euploea), xxx
», wWalkeri (Kuploea), xxx

29

)

3?

87, 38,

9

elxxxli

helena papuana (Troides), 1xxix

Helia, 205

Heliconius, xxxvi, xxxvil, ]xxi

Heliothrips, 527

Helius, 205

Helobia, 218

Helops, lvii, lviii, 276

helva (Hilarella), 426, 518

Hemerobiidae, 56

Hemiptera, 73, 75, 96, 231, 325, 448

Hemiteles, 1

Hemitheinae, 408

Henucha, iv

Hepialidae, 593, 595, 598, 599, 601,
602

heraldicus (Anomalipus), 64
herbacea (Heteracris), 133, 134, 135
herbaceum (Acridium), 133
herbaceus (Heteracris), 134
hercegoviniae (Limnobia), 203, 204
herewardi (Eretis), 255, 259
hermanniae (Coryna), 432, 433
hermannioides (Mylabris), 433
Hesperidae, xxxvill, 71, 95, 252
Heteracris, 107, 108, 122, 133
Heterocera, 71, 95, 321, 323, 407, 464
Heterogyna, 322, 420
Heteromera, xlvii, 64, 90, 268, 282
heteromorpha (Pantolepta), 56
Heteroneura, 592, 593, 595
Heteroptera, 73, 96, 231, 307
hewitsoni (Epitola), 351, 356, 474, 489
Hewitsonia, 319, 320, 338, 340, 341,
342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 351,
352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358,
359, 365, 366, 369, 370, 383, 387.
391, 435
Hexatoma, 225
hiemalis (Trichocera), 228, 229, 230
hilaris (Carabus), 159
», (Craspedophorus), 170
5, _(Pheropsophus), 159
hindei (Leucochitonea), 77, 95
hirmococlus (Abazetus), 148
hirmocoelus (Abacetus), 148
hirsutipes (Trimicra), 219
hirta (Galerita), 163
,, (Omphra), 163
hirticollis (Ditropidus), 260
hirtipenne (Diazosma), 227, 228
hirtipes (Trimicra), 219
hirtus (Trinodes), Ixxxvi
hirundinis (Cimex), ii
hislopi (Megalodacne), 290
hispidulus (Sitones), Ixxvi
hispilabris f. laevis (E!eodes), 283
Hister, 15
Histeridae, 61

histrio (Brachynus), 164
», (Mastax), 164
hodgsoni (Gomphiocephalus), 412
hokutensis (Euprepocnemis), 117, 119
| ;; (Thisoicetrus), 117
| Holconotus, 179
| Holocera, ii, iii
_hombergi (Harpactes), viii
_homerus (Papilio), Ixii
_Homoneura, Ixxvii, 592, 593
Homoptera, Ixxvi, 74; 75, 231, 232,
| 307, 324, 528
honorius (Epitola), 343, 344, 345, 351,
352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358,
475, 484, 489
| hopfferi (Euploea), xxx
| Horaeocerus, 132
horridus (Asida), 270
- (Byrsax), 270
hottentotus (Thisoecetrus), 121
| huegeli (Chlaenius), 170
», (Lomasa), 170
humeralis (Eleodes), 283
ms (Mylabris), 231
ie, (Tritoma), 300
Hybosoridae, 59
hybrida (Aspidomorpha), 19, 66, 92
», (Helobia), 218
hyemalis (Boreus), lxxvii, 312, 316
hylas (Polyommatus), xxix
hyloecetis (Anomoses), 600
Hylotorus, iv, 590
Hymenoptera, Ixxvi, 57, 58, 88, 320,
322, 323, 382, 420, 455
hyperbius (Argynnis), civ
a3 castesti (Argynnis), civ
Hypolimnas, xxxi
Hyponomeutidae, 321, 410, 494
hypophlaeas (Heodes), Ixxxiii
Hypsidae, 71
hystrix (Markia), v
ianira (Epinephele), ]xxxviii
» var. hispulla (Epinephele),
Ixxxviii
iasis (Epamera), 3820, 361, 362,
363, 368, 369, 370, 372, 374, 375,
386
ibandana (Euprepocnemis), 112, 113,

114, 115

9 ibandana (Euprepocnemis),
119

%5 longipennis —_ (Euprepocne-
mis), 111, 114, 115, 116,
119

. var. nigromaculata (Eupre-

pocnemis), 114
icarus (Polyommatus), xi, xxix, xevili,
492

tin allt A ie. ws ies

elxxxili

Ichneumonidae, 310, 320, 823, 382, 455
Idgia, 279
Idioptera, 220
Idolum, 14, 22
llisia, 210
Hisophila, 210
illotus (Hadrus), lviii
illustris (Choroedoecus), 108, 109, 110
», (Heteracris), 109
= (Roscius), 41, 74, 96
imbricatum (Calosoma), 145, 146
immaculata (Tricyphona), 226

_immerita (Epicauta), 283

Sr (Lytta), 283
ee (Helluo), 168
(Macrochilus), 168
impressa (Diplochila), 159
impressus (Carabus), 159
#3 (Encyalesthus), 273
0 (Upis), 273
incedens (Bareia), 321, 408
inclusus (Helops), 283
incongrua (Neptis), 534, 535, 552, 553,
556, 557, 689
PA incongrua (Neptis), 537, 552,
587

= occidentalis
552, 553
inconspicua (Trimicra), 219
inconspicuus (Ditropidus), 263
incredibilis (Iridopsis), 320, 357, 358,
559, 477, 489
incultus (Trox), 48, 58, 89
indagator (Calosoma), 154
ie (Carabus), 154
indica (Episcapha), 291
indicum (Calosoma), 145
indicus (Carabus), 156
,, (Spinamarygmus), 276
indochinensis (Dioryche), 177
- (Platymetopus), 177
induta (Ceropria), 276
» (Tetragonorrhina), 88
infelix (Anisolabis), 51
infernus (Helops), lviii
infixus (Abacetus), 148
inops (Chlaenius), 182
inornata (Helia), 206
inornatus (Helius), 205
insignis (Heteracris), 108
; (Monomatapa), Lxiii
interrumpens (Coccinella), 271
(Derispia), 271
interr upta (Episcaphula), 434
Tolaus, 320, 360, 375
iphicla (Adelpha), evi
Iridopsis, 319, 320, 338, 344, 345, 351,
354, 357, 358, 359

(Neptis), 538,

jordani (Neptis),

isabellae (Teratoneura), 319, 323, 339,
459, 465, 476, 484, 486, 489
Isaniris, 67, 87, 93
ischioxanthus (Colpodes), 148
isocharis (Delias), Ixxviii
Isotomina, 412
Issidae, 232
Ithomiinae, xxxvili, xxxix
iulus (Argiolaus), 320, 362, 365, 370,
371, 372, 374, 480, 484, 489
iza (Spindasis), 248
jacobi (Andrena), xxvii
», var. johnsoni (Andrena), xxvii,
XXVili
», var. scotica (Andrena),
XXvill
jamesoni (Neptis), 541, 563, 564, 565,
588, 589
janthinus (Aulacochilus), 300
japhusa (Hypolycaena), 246, 259 .
We cilae: Ixxvi, 889, 447
javanus (Aulacochilus), 300
»» (Chlaenius), 147, 176
jeanneli (Thisoicetrus), 124, 125
jejuna (Ochromyia), 448
johnstoni (Acraea), 536
i butleri (Acraea), 536
Joppa, 456
Joppinae, 320, 382, 455
539, 559, 560, 562,

XXvVil,

565, 588, 589
jucunda (Gonomyia), 208
Jucundaeris, 120

jucundus (Thisoecetrus), 121

Jugata, 592

Jugatae, 592

kamtschaticum (Gonocephalum), 269

kandyana (Mylabris), 281

kapaura (Delhas), Ixxviii

kashmirensis (Pristonychus), 148

kiboschoénsis (Psocus), 454

kikideli (Neptis), 534, 540, 569, 570,
575, 588, 589 :

kirbyi (Hewitsonia), 337

labdaca (Libythea), xiv, xxiii, Ixii,
821, 404

lachares (Lycaenesthes), 387, 388

lachesis (Acherontia), 1

Lachnocnema, 391

lactea (Acraea), 245

ladas (Delias), xxviii

laelioides (Sarangesa), 253, 259

laelius (Sarangesa), 254

laeta (Gonomyia), 209
», (Musurgina), xxxili

laetulus (Platymetopus), 177

laevicollis(Osdara), 275

laevigata (Diplochila), 177

clxxxiv

laevigata (Luperea), 154

fs (Sternocera), 84, 90
laevigatum (Ptenidium), ix
laevinodis (Myrinica), 311
laeviuscula (Camarimena), 274

i (Strongylium), 274
Lagriidae, 64, 279
laius (Libythea), xiv, xxiii, 1xii,
404

lamborni (Aslauga), 338, 473, 489
s (Epitola), 461
Lamellicornia, 58, 59
lamias (Triclema), 321, 887, 531
Lamiidae, 67, 92
laminifrons (Phalops), 32, 58
Lampyridae, 62, 89
languidus (Acosmius), 280
* (Geoscopus), 280
laon (Epamera), 320, 352, 371, 373,
374, 375, 481, 489
laoticus (Aulacochilus), 298
lapponica (Andrena), xxviii
lapponicus murmanicus
]xxxix
lara (Adelpha), xevi
laricis (Ips), Ixxxvii
Larinus, 67, 93
lasiae (Phyllomyza), viii, c
Lasiocampidae, 71
latecincta (Crossoglossa), 179
laterale (Rhynchium), 428
lateralis (Camponotus), 310
ae (Carabus), 155
35 (Gonomyia), 208, 209
of (Nebria), 155
4g (Odynerus), 322, 427, 428
33 (Sericoderus), 439
bs (Trimicra), 219
laticollis (Encaustes), 292
- (Myrmedonia), viii
laticorne (Platydema), 270
latipes (Eutochia), 272
latiuscula (EKleodes), 283
lativittata (Neptis), 558
lativittis (Callida), 150
lautus (Paramecocoris), 96
Lebidia, 150
Lebioderus, 590
lebona (Zeltus), 483, 489
Lecanium, 321, 324, 387, 530
lectularius (Cimex), xeyiii
leda (Eronia), 95
ledereri (Brahmaea), xii
leighi (Chalcis), 459, 460
leilus (Urania), xxv
lenea (Dircenna), xevii
»» race siparia (Direenna), xcyili
leonidas (Cosmodesmus), 100

(Bombus),

leonidas (Papilio), 36, 71, 100

lepelleiteri (Eumenes), liv, lv, lvi

Lepidoptera, Ixxv, Ixxvii, lxxviii,
Ixxxi, xe, 68, 71, 94,
319, 320, 323, 337,

381, 461, 473, 592,
593, 595, 598

33 Homoneura, 592

a Jugata, 593

BE Jugatae, 592
Lepisma, 436.
lermanni (Neptis), 542, 564, 565, 570,
588, 589
lesbia (Colias), xi
leucodrosime (Pereute), ]xx
leucogonia (Selepa), 321, 408
leucogrammus (Alcides), 67
Leucoma, 81, 95
leucophaea (Limnophila), 224
leucops (Chlaenius), 170
», (Harpalus), 170
lewisi (Osdara), 275
Libythea, lxii, lxiii, 405
lienardi (Achaea), ]xiii
ligata (Delias), Ixxviii
lignea (Blastobasis), li
» yar. adustella (Blastobasis), li
lignella (Blastobasis), li
ligustri (Sphinx), Ixxxix
Limacodidae, 321, 409
limbalis (Anubis), 44, 67, 77, 92
», (Oligosmerus), 44, 67, 77, 92
limbata (Citrinophila), 466
», (Erioptera), 210, 211
ss (Myrmedonia), viii
limbaticollis (Anchomenus), 180
limbatus (Anchomenus), 180
Limnobia, 203
Limnobiidae, 196, 205
Limnophila, 220, 223
limnophiloides (Crypteria), 219, 220
Limnophora, 523
Lina, I xviii
linea (Oodes), 167
5» (Systolocranius), 167
lineata (Ormosia), 216
lineola (Drypta), 173
liodes (Lycaenesthes), 483, 489
Lipteninae, 319, $23, 324, 337, 338,
461, 465, 473, 489

| lisa (Terias), xxiv

Listrodromus, 456
literana (Oxigrapha), Ixxxi
Lithosiinae, 323, 324, 464
littoralis (Callistomimus), 146, 147
‘3 (Euprepocnemis), 123
=f (Sericoris), xevili
‘ (Thisoicetrus), 117, 122

littoralis var.
: 123

=“ (Tricyphona), 226
litura (Perigona), 178
liturata (Micrencaustes),

clxxxv

minuta (Thisoicetrus),

293, 294
», var. nigripennis (Micren-
caustes), 293
livida (Nebvia), 155
livingstonei (Neptis), 539, 559, 561
Lixus, 67, 80, 81, 82, 93
loboscelis (Lamarckiana), 29, 53
Locustidae, 56, 88
Lomechusa, 309
Longicornia, 92, 93
longicornis (Dischissus),
longipalpis (Brachynus),
rE (Immetalia), 1xx viii
longipennis (Alphitobius), 273
< oe dae 273
longirostris (Helius), 205, 206, 207
longithorax (Hexagonia), 172
re (Lebia), 172
lonicerae (Zygaena), xxxili
lophoides (Abacetus), 178
Lophopidae, 232
lucida (Dicranomyia), 197, 199, 200
lucidipennis (Hexatoma), 225
(Tricyphona), 226, 230
lucidula (Dicranomyia), 209
“s (Gonomyia), 208, 209
lucidulus (Distichus), 167, 175
lucidus (Simous), 176
lucifugus (Helops), lviii
a maritimus (Helops), lviii
lucilla (Anthocharis), xlix
» _ (Neptis), 557
Luciola, 21, 62
lucorum (Limnophila), 223
lucretilis (Lycaenesthes), 388
» (Triclema), 388

162
167

lugens (Eretis), 257

»» (Myrmedonia), viii
lugubris (Ammophila), 322, 426

as (Neptis), 587
luniferus (Aulacochilus), 297, 298
lunulata (Lycaenesthes), 320,
401
(Micrencaustes), 295

lutea (Dicranomyia), 198, 200, 201

»» (Erioptera), 210, 211, 212
lutulentus (Onthophagus), Ixvi
lyaeus f. pseudonireus (Papilio), Ixxx
Lycaenesthes, 387
Lycaenidae, xxxviii, 69, 246, 319, 323,

324, 337, 461, 473, 485
Lycaeninae, xxxix, 320, 323,324, 355,

360, 381, 462, 478, 489, 490

386,

| ay 62, 89, 98

lycoa (Acraea), 321, 403
Lycoperdina, 272
lydius (Troides), xevi
Lygaeidae, 74, 96
Lygaeus, 25, 74, 96
Lygaria, 21, 31, 65
Lymantridae, 72, 95
lynx (Salius), lvi
Lytta, 283

macarista (Planema), xc
machaon (Papilio), xlvi

< subsp. centralis (Papilio),
xlix
, ab. rufopunctata (Papilio),
xlvi
Machilis, liii, liv
mackinonni (Papilio), 234
Be benguellae (Papilio), 235
be mackinonni (Papilio), 234
me theodori (Papilio), 234,
258

macleayi (Orthogonius), 170
Macrolema, 264
macrophthalma (Erioptera), 210,
212
macropus (Chlaenius), 169
maculata (Ilisia), 210
ee (Locris), 433
43 (Rhipidia), 203
maculatus (Camponotus), 393, 394,
396, 397, 398, 400, 401,
416, 417, 424, 425, 448
5 var. melanocnemis (Cam-
ponotus), 321, 322, 388,
392, 423, 424
maculipennis (Trichocera), 228
maculipes (Abacetus), 148
maculosus (Omophron), 189
maderae (Calosoma), 145, 153, 154
3 (Carabus), 153, 154
ss (Rhyparobia), lix
maera (Pararge), xi
maesa (Argiolaus), 320, 357, 362, 364,
365, 368, 369, 370, 372, 374, 375,
481, 489
magnicornis (Rhynchopsilopa), 510
major (Megalodacne), 285, 288, 289
,, (Trichocera), 228, 229, 230
malaccum (Platydema), 270
malachinus (Callistoides), 162
(Chlaenius), 162
Malacodermidae, 62, 89, 90
malagassa (Eupr ‘epocnemis), 119
malagassus (Euprepocnemis), 117
Malaia, 496
malathana (Catochrysops), 378, 379
Malaya, 496

211,

clxxxvi

malayana (Encaustes), 292
malepicta (Ceroplesis), 78, 92
malindeva (Euploea), xxxi
mancus (Scarites), 175
mandarinellus (Craspedophorus), 187
mandibularis (Conocephaloides), 56
manicatum (Anthidium), ]xxii
Mantidae, 52, 87, 8
maravalica (Nymphidium), evi
margarita (Appias), xix
Margarodes, xxxii
marginalis (Citrinophila), 466

sg (Encaustes), 292

x (Lebia), 172

ie (Pheropsophus), 149

s (Promecoptera), 172
marginata (Amphotis), viii, 311

i (Sora), 279
marginatus (Cyclosomus), 166

Fr (Pyrops), 39, 74
marginicollis (Abacetus), 178

Ae (Aphodius), Ixvii
maritima (Anurida), 412
marmax (Charaxes), xi

marmorata (Idioptera), 220, 221, 222, |

223, 230
7 var. verralli
221, 223
marshalli (Mimacraea), xciil, xciv
Vs dohertyi (Mimacraea), xciii,
xciv
masoni (Limnobia), 204
maxillosa (Eumenes), liy, lv, lvi
maxima (Imbriecaria), 321
J (Sarangesa), 254, 255
» —° f. flava (Sarangesa), 255, 259
mayottensis (Neptis),
587, 589
Mechanitis, xeviii
Mecoptera, 232, 593
medius (Molophilus), 214, 215
Megalodacne, 286, 287
Mevalognatha, 18, 66
Megalopalpus, 390
Megalopidae, 65, 91, 98
’ Megaloptera, 593
Megaponera, 57, 58, 417, 421,
423, 424
Megarhina, 205
Megarhinus, 205
Megascelides, 264
Megascelis, 264
Megasceloides, 264
meijerei (Erioptera), 210, 211, 230
Melaenus, 184, 185
melanarius (Gnathaphanus), 180
as (Platymetopus), 180
melanostictus (Catantops), 53

(Idioptera),

422,

537, 545, 546,

melicerta (Neptis), 542, 558, 580, 582,
589
7 goochi (Neptis), 542, 580,
581, 588
+5 melicerta (Neptis), 581, 588
Melinda, xciv
melinoe (Neptis), 580
mellifiea var, adansoni (Apis), 57
mellyi (Orthogonius), 166
Meloe, 17
Meloidae, 64, 91, 98, 281
Melolonthidae, 58, 89
melpomene (Heliconius), cv, 587
= euryades (Heliconius), ev
Melyridae, 63, 90, 98
Membracidae, 232
menelas (Spindasis), 248
mephistophelica (Megachile), lvi
meridionalis (Troides), xevi
Mermis, 367
Mermithidae, 367
Merope, 231, 232
mesentina (Belenois),
94, 95
mesomelinus (Quedius), ix
messii (Callistomimus), 171
», (Pristomachaerus), 171
metallicus (Paramarygmus), 90
Metaxymecus, 138
metella (Neptis), 538, 548, 549, 551,
587, 589
A gratilla (Neptis), 538, 548, 549
$5 metella (Neptis), 548
micans (Carabus), 156
», (Chlaenius), 156
,, (Silpha), 39, 61
Microcerus, 67
microclea (Heliconius), XxxXvi, XXXVI,
XXXVii
Microdon, xhii
Microgonus, 264
microgonus (Anoplogenius), 177
Micropterygidae, 593, 595, 597
Micropterygina, 593
Micropteryx, 593, 597, 601
microsticha (Delias), [xxviii
miliaria (Idioptera), 222
Milichia, 444, 445, 510, 513
Milichidae, 323, 324, 444, 445, 504, 510
militaris (Dysphania), v, vi
~ f, selangora (Dysphania), v

mx 45, Oe esby

” _ (Euschema), v |
»» (Lygaeus), 31, 74
Mimacraea, 319, 350, 536

Mimeciton, 309

minor (Erioptera), 210, 212

mirabilis (Epamera), 320, 362, 3638, 364
,, (Tachys), 146

g
=
}

‘

miranda (Epitola), 351, 356, 475
mirifica (Euliphyra), 338, 473, 474,
489

| Miscodera, 307
F misippus (Hypolimnas), xxxvi, 33, 69,
94

¥: », _ f. inaria (Hypolimnas), 69
mitis (Dicranomyia), 198, 200, 201
Mitophorus, 93
mixophyes (Neptis), 542, 576, 577, 588
Mnemoses, 494
modesta (Dicranomyia), 198
moestus (Eccoptogenius), 147, 176
molomo (Aloeides), 251

i =f mumbuensis (Aloeides),

259
Molophilus, 213
moluceanum (Gonocephalum), 269
Monedula, xlviii
Monomorium, 350, 354, 379, 426
Monorhipidia, 203
Monotoma, 311
monuste (Pieris), xxiv
Mordella, 281
Mordellidae, 280
morio (Dicranomyia), 199, 202, 203

», (Zophobas), 269
morosum (Hypselometopum), 44, 74
morpheus (Anaea) xi
Morphinae, xxxviii
morsitans (Glossina), 72
motschulskyi (Tritoma), 302, 303
mundata (Idioptera), 221, 222, 223, 230
murinus (Geoscopus), 280

af (Molophilus), 214, 215

musagetes (Lycaenesthes), 320, 381

2 Muscidae, 72, 324, 504
muscosum (Sepidium), 82, 90
Musurgina, xxxiv
mutabilis (Ootheca), 66
mutatus (Chlaenius), 165
Mutilla, 9, 17, 43, 44, 45, 57, 60, 81,

87, 99, 307
Mutillidae, 57, 58
Mylabris, xci, 281, 429
Mylothris, 466, 468
Myrima, 361
Myrmecophana, 308
myrmecophilus (Othius), ix
Myrmecoris, 308
Myrmica, xli, xliii
Myrmicinae, xl, xlvi
mysis lara (Delias), Ixxviii
Nabis, 308
nais (Delias), xxviii
nana (Perigona), 178
napi (Pieris), 1xxxviii

var. bryoniae (Pieris), 1xxxviii

250,

2?

| nicomedes (Neptis), 578, 579, 589

“s+. <. -

elxxxvii

natalica (Precis), 69, 94

navicularis (Micrencaustes), 297
neagra (Delias), 1xxviii

neavei (Neptis), 535, 537

(Sarangesa), 252, 259

2, 562, 564, 588,

>

nebrodes (Neptis), 54
589
nebulosa (Cassida), ]xxxvi
nebulosus (Pheropsophus), 149
neelgheriensis (Chlaenius), 159
Nematodes, 367
nemetes (Neptis), 321, 403, 535, 548,
549, 551, 552, 556, 557
carpenteri (Neptis), 538, 550,
551, 589
nemetes (Neptis), 540, 550,
551, 552, 587
obtusa (Neptis), 549, 551
pasteuri (Neptis), 547
Nemognatha, 91
nemoralis (Limnophila), 224
var. collina (Limnophila),
224, 225
var. minuscula (Limnophila),
224
var. noscibilis (Limnophila),
225
var. quadrata (Limnophila),
224
279

be)

Nemostira,

/neobule (Acraea), 68, 85, 93
| Neolimnophila, 220

Neotypus, 456

Neptidomima, 535, 536

Neptis, Ixxvii, 532, 533, 534, 535, 536,
583, 584, 589

neptunia (Tirumala), xxxi

nervosa (Aspilota), ix

Nesotes, lvil

netopha (Baoris), 257

Neuroptera, Ixxv, 56, 322, 323, 4138,
449

nicobule (Neptis), 542, 577, 588, 589

nicodice (Neptis), 542, 576, 577

nicomedes (Neptis), 541,
578, 588

puelloides(Neptis),539, 578,
579, 580, 586, 588

quintilla (Neptis), 541, 578,

588

2
22

)

nicoteles (Neptis), 541, 576, 588, 589
nielseni (Erioptera), 211, 218, 230
nietneri (Abacetus), 148

niger var. aterior (Lagynodes), ix
nigeriensis (Psocus), 322, 418, 452, 454
nigerrimum (Tapinoma), 310

nigra (Hexatoma), 225

elxxxviii

nigra (Hypokopelates), 483, 489
nigricans (Chlaenius), 166
nigriceps (Oodes), 167
> (Simous), 167
nigricollis (Nesitis), 292
nigrifinis (Kpicausta), 282
5 (Sybaris), 282
nigripennis (Tritoma), 301, 303
nigristigma (Dicranomy ia), 201
nigrita (Helops), 269
»» (Notocorax), 269
nigroaeneus (Horismenus), |
nigrocinctus (Microcryptus), 311
nigrofasciata (Ophionea), 161
nigrolineatus (Phloeodromius), 179
nigropunctata (Limnobia), 204
nigrovittatus (Thisoicetrus), 124, 125
126
nina (Neptis), 539,
ninus (Delias), v
nireus (Papilio), Ixxx
Nitidulidae, 277
niveata (Euploea), xxx
Noctuidae, 71, 95, 321, 407, 408
Noctuinae, 321, 408
nodulosa (Ormosia), 217, 218
notabilis microclea (Heliconius), xxxvii
notata (Cyrtacanthacris), 123
Notodontidae, 71
Notoxus, 307
notulatus (Carabus), 162
¥ (Craspedophorus), 162
5 (Dischussus), 162
nubeculosa (Limnobia), 203, 204
nyassae (Parnara), 257
», 1. ennuari (Parnara),-257, 259
Nymphalidae, 68, 69, 94, 241
Nymphalinae, xxxviii, 241, 321, 402
nysiades (Neptis), 535, 539, 540, 541,
570, 571, 573, 582, 583,
584, 585, 587, 588, 589
a clarei (Neptis), 540, 584, 585,
588
94 conspicua (Neptis), 539, 560,
583,584, 586, 588, 589
a continuata(Neptis), 539, 579,
582, 583, 584, 586, 588
a metanira (Neptis), 539, 584,
586, 589
Cs nysiades (Neptis), 585
urungensis (Neptis), 540, 560
oberthiiri (Cataloipus), 131, 139, 140,
141
By (Euprepoenemis), 140
oblongopunctatus (Carabus), 154
5 (Pterostichus), 154
oblongus (Pachytrachelus), 162
obscura (Kleodes), 283

580, 589

obscuripes (Siagona), 146
obseurus (Molophilus), 214
occulta (Tricyphona), 226
occultus (Molophilus), 214, 215
ochracea (Limnophila), 223
* (Neptis), 534, 535, 537, 554,
» 555, 556, 558, 589
7 milbraedi (Neptis), 554, 555
af ochracea (Neptis), 554, 587
a ochreata (Neptis), 537, 554,
555

»> parvimacula (Neptis),
554, 555
ochraceus (Cletus), 42, 73
*, (Molophilus), 214, 216
Ocnida, 263
Ocnus, 263, 265
octavia (Precis), 399, 400, 401
octoguttata (Mordella), 280
ocwata var. tricolor (Mylabris), xc, 428
odana (Deudorix), 378, 381, 463
Odontomachus, 424
Oecophylla, 338, 382. 383, 384, 410,
411, 413, 414, 416, 418, 419, 420,
424
Oedemeridae, 279
olens (Carabus), 155
5, (Zuphium), 155
olivieri (Calosoma), 145
omissa (Delias), lxxviii
Omophron, 174, 190 -
Omphra, 163
oniensis (Epitola), 338
Onthophagus, 58
Oodes, 167
opacus (Searites), 167, 168
opalizans (Antocha), 207
Opatrum, 269, 270
opponens (Chilocorus), 277
si (Strongylus), 277
oppositipunctata (Cyrtotriplax), 302

537,

9 (Tritoma), 301, 302,
303
oppugnans (Anthracias), 273
Ri (Toxicum), 273

opulenta (Chrysomela), 92
orarium (Gonocephalum), 269
orientale (Calosoma), 145
orientalis (Diceromerus), 179

he (Ereunetia), 409

* (Gnathaphanus), 147

vs (Selenophorus), 147
Orimarga, 207
orizaba (Rothschildia), xii
Ormosia, 216
ornata (Dicranomyia), 197, 199

» (Tritoma), 305

ornatipes (Cyrtacanthacris), 111

i eo oon ss

———_=

ae a en ee elmer

clxxxix

Ortalidae, 72
Orthogonioptilum, ii
Orthoptera, Ixxvi, 51, 87
orthrus (Aloeides), 252
orus (Heodes), 1xxxiii
oryzae (Calandra), 439
ovata (Amara), 157
ovatulus (Acupalpus), 177
ovatus (Tachys), 146
ovicauda (Camarimena), 274
Pachysima, xli
Palaeoses, 598, 600, 601, 602, 603
Palaeosetidae, 603
pallens (Carabus), 153

», (Plocionus), 153

‘pallida (Ocnus), 263, 264, 265

pallidus (Helops), lvii
», (Megasceloides), 264, 265

pallipes (Drypta), 173

pallirostris (Helius), 206, 230

palmata (Tenthredopsis), lxix

Paltothyreus, 420, 421, 422, 425, 436,
520

Panagaeus, 162

paneperata (Argiolaus), 320, 361, 362,
366, 368, 370, 372, 373, 374, 375,
478, 479, 482, 484, 489

Panorpa, 318

Papilio, Ixxix, xev, xevi, civ, 100

Papilionidae, 71, 95, 234

Papilioninae, xxxvill

parabolica (Camarimena), 274

parabolicum (Strongylium), 274, 277

Parachlaenius, 89

. paradisea (Troides), xevi

paradoxa (Elymnias), lxxviii
paradoxus (Ardistomis), 176
(Psilus), 176

Paraeuprepocnemis, 119

Paralimna, 447

parallelus (Orthogonius), 149

parisatis (Satyrus), xlix

parsimon (Catochrysops),
398

parumnotatus (Onthophagus), lxvi

parva (Trichocera), 228, 230

325, 393,

_parvus (Distichus), 167, 175

», (Scarites), 167

Passalidae, 822, 439

patagiatus (Metaxymecus), 138

patens (Dicranomyia), 198, 200

paula (Neptis), 541, 571, 573, 574, 575,
582, 588, 589

. Paussidae, Ixxvii, 590

Paussus, iv, 591

pavida (Dicranota), 225
pavonia (Saturnia), xii
paykulli (Epilachna), 61, 89

pectinicornis (Diamphidia), 92
3 (Polyelada), 92
pedestris (Formicomus), 810
peilei (Polyommatus), xxxix
pelarga (Precis), 244
,, f. leodice (Precis), 244
peletieri (Graphipterus), ii
pelor (Euploea), xxx
Pemphigostola, xxxiv
Penichrotes, 53
pentagonalis (Ormosia), 216
Pentaplatarthrus, 590
pentapolis (Acraea), 321, 403
Pentatomidae, 73, 96
penziana (Cnephasia), xeviii
Pereute, xix
Pericapritermes, 416
Perigona, 178
perpendicularis (Tricyclea), 522
perplexus (Terillus), 265
perscissa (Diplochila), 156
persephone (Delias), Ixxviii
perspicua (Henotesia), 240, 241
4 f. birsha (Henotesia), 240,
241
f. perspicua (Henotesia), 240,
241
A f. simonsi (Henotesia), 241
as f. teratia (Henotesia), 241
ip (Mycalesis), 240
peruviana (Daptonura), x
peteli (Agelia), 41, 63
petersi (Diacantha), 66
petiverana (Melinda), 36
a (Tirumala), 95, 100
Pezomachus, 310
Phaeochrous, 59
phaeres (Delias), Ixxviil
phalantha (Atella), 85, 94
Phaleria, 273
pharetia (Pieris), 1xx
pharnakia (Archonias), xi
phasma (Catochrysops), 321, 524, 392,
393, 398, 399, 400, 401, 416, 423,
490, 492
Phasmidae, 52
Pheidole, 360, 361, 370, 371, 375, 386,
389
Philodicus, 447
phlaeas (Chrysophanus), lx
race phlaeoides (Chrysophanus),
lx
s, (Heodes), Ixxxi, Ixxxii, ]xxxiii,
lxxxiv, Ixxxv, Ixxxvi, cvi,
evil, evil
5, abboti (Heodes), Ixxxv
4, f. coeruleo-punctata (Heodes),
evii

9

”)

te Ge et A as eee

ig pia ine a

a

cxe

phlaeas ethiopica (Heodes), Ixxxvi
phlegyas (Teracolus), xi
Phloeodromius, 179
Phonapate, iv
Phonodacne, 285
Phoxogenys, 301
Phyciodes, xxxviii
Phyllobius, 316
Phyllocnema, 77, 92
Phyllomyza, c
Physophrynus, 16, 26, 64
Phytodecta, Ixviii
Phytophaga, 65, 91, 92
picea (Anchista), 172
picicornis (Uloma), 272
picipes (Coelostomus), 180

>, (Osdara), 274, 275
pictipennis (Tachys), 178
pictipes (Acridium), 121

aa (Cyrtacanthacris), 121

a (Euprepocnemides), 120

Ae (Euprepocnemis), 121, 122
es (Jueundacris), 121

3 (Paraeuprepocnemis), 120
se (Paraeuprocnemis), 120

picturata (Pachnoda), 59
pictus (Badister), 188
», (Chlaenius), 156
», (Omophron), 174, 189
5, _ (Scolytus), 174
Pieridae, 70, $4, 235
Pieridopsis, 1xxviii
Pierinae, xiii, xxi, xxiv, xxxviil
Pieris, xx
Piezia, 60
piger (Brachynus), 164
», (Melaenus), 164, 185, 186
Pilaria, 223
pilipennis (Dicranomyia), 197
pilipes (Anthophora), Ixix, Ixxii
», (Lasius), Ixix
» (Trimicra), 218, 219
pilosa (Omphra), 1638
pini (Dendrolimus), xii
pisistratus (Rhopalocampta), 95
placidulus (Abacetus), 148
plagiata (Perigona), 178
fs (Siagona), 164
plana (Galerita), 163
», (Siagona), 163, 164
planatum (Gonocephalum), 269
ue (Opatrum), 269
Planema, xc
planicollis (Micrencaustes), 296
Planipennia, 593
plantaginis (Parasemia), xlvii
3 yar. matronalis
semia), xlvil

(Para-

planus (D'stichus), 146
Platyrhopalopsis, iv, v
Platyrhopalus, 590, 591
pleuralis (Molophilus), 214, 216
plexippus (Danaida), xxxviii
plorans (Euprepocnemis), 110,111, 112,
113, 114, 115, 116, 117
»» var. intermedia (Euprepoc-
nemis), 110, 116
»» meridionalis (Euprepocnemis),
112, 119
,, pallida (Euprepoenemis), 111,
119

5, plorans (Euprepocnemis), 119
»» Yar. senegalensis (Euprepoc-
nemis), 115
podagricus (Merolycus), 62
Poecilogramma, 56, 88
Poecilostola, 223
polita (Diplochila), 147, 155, 156, 177
;, (Siagona), 180
», (Uloma), 272
politus (Carabus), 156
,, (Tachys), 146
Polyclada, 10, 21, 65, 92
Polydesmus, 318
Polydrusus, 316
Polyhirma, 16, 60, 79, 89
polymnia (Mechanitis), xeviii
a veritabilis(Mechanitis), xeviii
Polymorpha, 61, 89
polyphemus (Telea), xii
polytes (Papilio), xxii, xxxvi, xeix
Ponerinae, xl, xlv, xlvi, 417
ponojensis (Dicranomyia), 202
populi (Amorpha), xii
;, (Limenitis), xi
yy (Qaims:)S ixeyana
porcatus (Oxylobus), 157
% (Searites), 157
poseidon f. kirschi (Troides), Ixxix
posticus (Carabus), 159
Es (Chlaenius), 159
potatoria (Cosmotriche), xii
poultoni (Exorista), 320, 382, 518
es (Neptis), 540, 551, 552, 587,
589

praecox (Aspidomorpha), 66
praenobilis (Encaustes), 293
praeposita (Tritoma), 277
praestans (Mylabris), 91
Praetaxila, xxviii
prasinophila (Margaronia), 321, 409
Prasonotus, 261

pratorum (Bombus), lxix, xxii
Precis, 69, 95, 400

presidens (Catascopus), 149
pretoriae (Chionaema), 464

Ne a a ee ee

exci

Prionocerus, 63, 90
Proboscidocoris, 447
Proctotrupidae, Ixxvi, 310
Prodorylinae, xlv
_ Prodorylus, xlv
producta (Arctornis), 83, 95
‘5 (Euproctis), 83, 95
productus (Dictyophorus), 15, 24, 29,
38, 41, 53, 78, 80, 88
proectes (Milichia), 445, 512
profundestriatus (Orthogonius), 179
Promecoptera, 173
propinquus (Molophilus), 214, 216
prosaetes (Milichia), 445, 446, 513, 514,
Peale
proserpina (Deragena), xxxi
i (Euploea), xxx
= f, intermedia (Euploea), xxx
Prototheora, 600, 602
Prototheoridae, 593, 602
pruni (Thecla), 485
Psaphis, vi
pseuda (Lioptera), 150
Pseudacraea, 536
Pseudocolaspis, 10, 65, 91
Pseudoderapeltis, 51
Pseudolimnophila, 223
pseudomorio (Dicranomyia), 199, 203
Pseudomyrma, xli
Pseudomyrminae, x], xli, xliii, xlvi
pseudophlaeas (Heodes), Ixxxvi
pseudosimilis (Ormosia), 216, 218
Pseudotritoma, 301
psiloides (Episcapha), 291
Psilopa, 509
Psilus, 176
Psocidae, 322, 323, 418, 452
Psychidae, 72
Psyllidae, 418, 419
Pterochionea, 219
Pteromalus, Ixxvi
pterosticha (Calliptamus), 129
pterostichus (Thisoicetrus), 129
pterygomalis (Zophosis), 40, 64
Ptilostena, 208
Ptinidae, 439
puberula (Agonoscelis),
pubicollis (Ditropidus),
pubipennis (Chlaenius),
pudicus (Carabus), 162
ne (Chlaenius), 162
puella (Neptis), 539, 579, 580, 588,
589

73
260
169

3; -\Lerias), xi
pulchella (Idioptera), 220, 221
pulchellata ab. hebudium (Eupithecia)
xevill
pulcher (Chlaenius), 176, 190

pulcher race asper (Chlaenius), 176,190
,, (Oodes), 167
,, (Thisoicetrus), 127
pulehra (Euprepocnemis), 127
1, (Sternocera), 19, 20, 63
pulchripes (Caloptenus), 124

{ (Euprepocnemis), 124, 125

ve (Thisoicetrus), 124, 125,126,
127

- aurantiaca (Thisoicetrus),
126

re ab. caeruleipennis (Thisoi-
cetrus), 124, 125

4 guineensis (Thisoicetrus),

Fy: jeanneli (Thisoicetrus), 125

a pulchripes (Thisoicetrus),
1A Leo

pulex (Mimeciton), 309
pumilus (Siagona), 164
punctata (Euprepocnemis), 129

oy (Poecilostola), 223
punctatella (Allecula), 278
punctatissima (Siagona), 158
punctatostriatus (Ditropidus), 262
punctatus (Bembidium), 174

i (Tetragonoderus), 174
puncticollis (Distichus), 146, 168
53 (Orthogonius), 166, 179

punctilabris (Gnathaphanus), 148
punctipennis (Symplecta), 218
punctulatus (Platymetopus), 160
punctulicollis (Platymetopus), 160
punctum (Limnophila), 223
$9 (Searites), 168
pusillus (Haemophloeus), 439
»» (Molophilus), 214
pustula (Attelabus), 67
pustulata (Mylabris), 281
Pyralidae, Ixxvii, 320, 321, 381, 409
pyramus (Delias), v, vi
pyranthe (Catopsilia), xx, xxvi, xxvii
Pyraustinae, 320, 381, 409
Pyrrhocoridae, 74, 96
quadricolor (Carabus), 161
# (Chlaenins), 161
quadriguttatus (Abacetus), 178
quadrimaculata (Aspidomorpha), 66, 92
- (Episcapha), 290
quadrimaculatus (Abacetus), 172
quadrinotatus (Carabus), 157
a (Tetragonoderus), 157
quadripunctata (Clythra), xliii, 311
quadripunctatus (Dolichoderus), 310
quadripustulatus (Aulacochilus), 297
quadristigma (Callistomimus), 171
“ (Pristomachaerus), 171
Quedius, viii, ix

Bie in

‘le jam

excil

quercus (Lasiocampa), xii
(Stomaphis), xevi
(Zephyrus), xlix, 485
», longicauda (Zephyrus), xlix
quinquemaculatus (Chlaenius), 167
quinqueplaga (Coccinella), 271
a (Derispia), 271
quinquepustulatus (Badister), 171
(Stenolophus), 161,
171
raffrayi (Corynodes), 65, 91
rajah (Catadromus), 174
», (Harpalus), 174
rapae (Pieris), Xx, XXViil
rasselas (Saprinus), 61
ravola (Euphaedra), 321, 402
reciproca (Trimicra), 219
recognita (Decapotoma), 281
a (Mylabris), 281
recta (Gonomyia), 208, 209, 230
rectificata (Diplochila), 147, 156
recurvus (Thisoicetrellus), 130
reductus (Catascopus), 149
Reduviidae, 74, 96
regelationis (Trichocera), 228
- regularis (Terias), 467, 468
religiosa (Mantis), 13
relinquens (Abacetus), 148
renitens (Anoplogenius), 177
repetita (Tritoma), 303
retenta (Tenebrio), 272
>, . (Uloma), 272
reticulatus (Calliptamus), 110, 111
retinens (Diplochila), 147, 156
revoili (Catamerus), 40, 42, 64, 90
vex (Papilio), xciv, xev
,, mimeticus (Papilio), xev
Rhabdomastix, 209
rhadia (Catopsilia), xxiii
Rhamphidia, 205
Rhaphidolabis, 225
Rhembus, 176
Rhinia, 523
Rhipidia, 203
Rhipiphoridae, 280
rhodesiana (Lagria), 46, 64
Rhopalocampta, 407
Rhopalocera, 93, 234, 321, 402
Rhynchium, 34, 57
Rhynchomilichia, 510
Rhynchopsilopa, 509
Rhynchota, Ixxv
Rhyncus, lvi
Rhypholophus, 216
Rhyphus, 227
Ricanidae, 232
riparius (Scapterus), 155
robusta (Heteracris), 109

9

”

229

| robusta (Limnophila), 228, 224
robustum (Acridium), 107, 109
robustus (Choroedocus), 109, 110
rogersi (Neptis), 549, 565, 568, 588
roncilgonis (Parnara), 257
rosae (Andrena), xxvii, xxviii
roseipennis (Cataloipus), 142
roseus (Cataloipidius), 138
rostrata (Iarquharsonia),
501, 505, 516, 517

rothschildi (Neptis), 541, 574, 588, 589
rotundatus (Cimex), xeviii

43 (Graphipterus), iii
rouxi (Decapotoma), 281 .
rubi (Callophrys), 487
rubidicollis (Abacetus), 172

“5 (Badister), 172
rubrocineta (Physopus), 527
rubrocinctus (Heliothrips), 527

ay (Solenothrips), 324, 527
ruderata (Apis), lix
ruderatus (Bombus), lix
rudis (Heteracris), 116, 117
rufa (Formic), 311
rufescens (Trichocera), 228, 229
ruficollis (Haliplus), 590

322, 439,

‘ (Perigona), 178
S var. nana (Perigona), 178

ruficornis (Carabus), 153

% (Cyrtacanthacris), 11, 14, 53

. (Pseudophonus), 153
rufipes (Alphitobius), 273
(Coelostomus), 180
(Drimostoma), 180

Poe (baloney age

rufithorax (Chlaenius), 167
rufiventris (Caura), 96

= (Dicranomyia), 199, 202
rugicollis (Dendrocellus), 173
(Desera), 173

bie)

be)

rugosiscutata (Rhynchopsilopa), 510
riippellii (Mylothris), 235, 236, 237
Be haemus (Mylothris), 237
a kikuyuensis (Mylothris), 235, “
236
” » f. kaffana (Mylo-

thris), 236, 258
kenia (Mylo-

thris), 236

Be rhodesiana (Mylothris), 236,

258

», riippellii (Mylothris), 235

ae (Pieris), 235
rurea (Xylophasia), xeviii

3 1

» ab. alopecurus (Xytophasia),
xevili

» ab. flavo-rufa (Xylophasia),
xeviil

Bes

P

bi
;

excell

rurea ab, nigro-rubida (Xylophasia), | semivittatus (Barysomus), 160

xevill

»» ab. ochrea (Xylophasia), xeviii
rutilus (Chrysophanus), xi
Sabatinea, 595, 597, 598, 599
Sacandaga, 209
saccharina (Tomaspis), xlvili
sacerdos (Euploea), xxx
saclava (Neptis), 538, 546, 548, 575,

589

», marpessa (Neptis), 538, 546,
“ saclava (Neptis), 547
Sagra, 40, 65
Sagridae, 65, 91
Saissetia, 321, 387
sansibarica (Tituboca), 65, 91
Sapotaceae, 321
sarathamar (Heliconius), xxxviii
Sarrothripinae, 321, 408
sati (Sarangesa), 253
Saturnidae, 71
Satyridae, 68, 239
Satyrinae, xxxvili
saussurei (Mycalesis), 240
is suffusa (Mycalesis), 240
scabripenne (Calosoma), 145
Scapterus, 155
Scarabaeidae, 88
Scarabaeidea, 58
Scarites, lvii, lviii, 60
scenicus (Vitumnus), 96
schenki periphas (Danaida), xxix
schistacea (Gonomyia), 209
Schizonycha, 43, 58
schmidt-goebeli (Orthogonius), 166
scholastica (Palaeoses), 599, 603
schummeli (Tricyphona), 226, 227, 230
scintillans (Anchomenus), 180
scita (Uloma), 272
scitula (Eublemma), 321, 407, 528
scitulum (Acridium), 116, 117
scitulus (Euprepocnemis), 116
Scoliidae, 57
Scolytidae, 439
sculpturatus (Ditropidus), 261
scutellaris (Cremastogaster), 310
wo (Ditropidus), 263
scutellata (Gonomyia), 209
seeldrayersi (Neptis), 538, 539, 559,
565, 566, 567, 568, 569, B77, 586,
588, 589
Selasia, 436
Selenidia, 161
Selenothrips, 527,
semele race scota (Hipparchia), xeviii
semicircularis (Scarites), 175
semithoracica (Tricyclea), 520, 522

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v, 1921,

(Carabus), 160
semlikiana (Tanita), 23, 53
senegalensis (Euprepocnemis), 115, 119

a (Forficula), 39, 51, 87
<3 (Terias), 32, 70, 94, 467,
468

senilis (Platymetopus), 160
sepium (Limnophila), 223
septentrionis (Danais), xxii
sera (Dicranomyia), 199, 202
seriatum (Gonocephalum), 269
sericans (Epicauta), 283
sericata (Dicranomyia), 198, 201, 202

3 (Pseudocolaspis), 91
sericeum (Calosoma), 156
sericeus (Aulacochilus), 300

», (Camponotus), 409

», (Orthonotomyrmex), 409
serratus (Iphthimus), 282
serricollis (Bradymerus), 270

“ (Opatrum), 270
serricorne (Lasioderma), 439
serripes (Hoplistomerus), 25, 72, 76,

95
servator (Iphthimus), 282
servilis (Iphthimus), 282
sesamus (Precis), 68, 69

_| severini (Catascopus), 150

sexdentatus (Ips), lxxxvi, lxxxvii
sexguttata (Anthia), 153
Be (Gonomyia), 208
sextilla (Neptis), 575
shirakii (Euprepocnemis), 117, 120
Siagona, 158, 164
Siagonides, 185
siamensis (Micrencaustes), 295, 296
siamica (Clivina), 175
signifera (Naroma), 341
silarus (Argiolaus), 480, 489
silicia (Diplognatha), 48, 59, 98
Silpha, 39
Silphidae, 61 ~
Sima, xli
simana (Pacop tens 70, 94
simia (Precis), 68, 85, 94
similis (Caloptenus), 122
5, (Citrinophila), 466, 467, 468
», (Dirphya), 28, 67, 86, 92, 99° S75
5, (Hewitsonia), 351, 352, 356,
357, 478, 489
», (Ormosia), 216, 218
5, (Rhypholophus), 218
», (Symplecta), 218
(Thisoecetrus), 123
simplex (Gonomyia), 208, 209, 230
sinensis (Encyalesthus), 273
Sinopium, 274

Ly res Fis Ft ee os oe i + af PENT gs eg A
af Sy . reor on Oy tg ‘
- ee A ‘ q 4 ~ “~ x

CXclv

Sisyphi, Ixvi
smaragdulus euadvoine)} 161
smaragdulus (Carabus), 160
i (Catascopus), 161
(Stenolophus), 160, 172.
sobrina (Rhabdotis), 59
sobrinus (Pheropsophus), 159
socialis (Achorutes), 412
solida (Osdara), 274, 275
», (Zophobas), 274
solitaria (Tritoma), 304
somalicus (Cataloipus), 140, 141
a (Eyprepocnemis), 140
4 (Tylotropidius), 137
somereni (Lecanium), 531
Be (Saissetia), 531 -
Sora, 279
Spalangia, ¢
Spalgis, 391
sparsa (Heteracris), 110
sparsum (Acridium), 107, 109
sparsus (Choroedocus), 109
speciosa (Euprepocnemis), 134
me (Heteracris), 133, 134, 136
Le (Milichia), 510, 511, 512
speciosus (Thisoicetrus), 134
4 (Tylotropidius), 136
spectrum (Mimanomma), 309
Sphedanolestes, 354
Sphenoptera, 63
Sphingidae, 1, 71
spinifer (Pristonychus), 148
spiniger (Microcerus), 41, 67, 93
spinigera (Andreha), xxvii
spirifex (Sceliphron), liv, lvi

splendens (Harpagomyia), 497, 498,
502

*r (Praogena), 64
splendidula (Callida), 161
splendidus (Catascopus), 149
spoliatus (Carabus), 157

i, (Chlaenius), 157
sponsa (Eleodes), 283
squalida (Enioptera), 211, 213
squamicolle (Gymnetron), 1xxxvi
squamigerum (Calosoma), 145, 146
squamosus (Megasceloides), 265

3 (Terillus), 265
Staphylinidae, Ixxvi
statira (Catopsilia), xix, xxv
Stauropus, 408
Steno!ophus, 178
Steraspis, 63, 80, 90
sternalis (Aulacochilus), 297, 298
sterops (Sabatinca), 528
Sthenopis, 601
stictica (Hilarella), 518

», (Symplecta), 218

stictica ene ye torimaca 211
Stictococeus, 442
| stigma (Carabus), 161 ‘
», (Selenidia), 161 ce
», (Strigia), 161
stigmatica (Dicranomyia), 198, 201
Stilicus, 307
strabo (Catochrysops), 493
straminea (Tricyphona), 226
striata (Alesia), 21, 61
striatipennis (Poecilogramma), 88
striatopunctata (Anthia), 10, 60
striatum (Bembidium), 157
% (Elaphrus), 157
stricticollis (Anthicus), 282
stridulans (Episcapha), 286
e (Phonodacne), 286
strigata (Neptis), 541, 570, 582, 583,
585, 588, 589 ,
Strigia, 161
Strongylium, 274
Stylops, xxvii
Styphlomerus, 149
subcostatus (Gnathaphanus), 180
59 (Harpalus), 180
subfascia (Alphitophagus), 271
¥ (Platydema), 271
subligatus (Iphthimus), 282
submarginatus (Chlaenius), 147
submarmorata (Idioptera), 220, 223
subochrea (Theobaldia), xxxiii
subrepleta (Dysphania), v
subtilis (Dicranota), 225
», (Siagona), 146
subtincta (Limnophila), 223
subtuberculata (Kleodes), 289
suggilatus (Onthophagus), Lxvi
sulcatus (Scapterns), 155
sumatrensis (Anthracias), 273
superba (Xanthospilopteryx), 71
superciliosus (Scarites), 60, 98
superstitiosus (Dysdereus), 74, 98
surinamensis (Silvanus), 439
suturalis (Cyclosomus), 166
‘5 (Scolytus), 166
swynnertoni (Neptis), 584, 535, 537,
556, 557, 558, 588, 589
ss neavei (Neptis), 556, 557
swynnertoni (Neptis), 556

Sybaris, 282
syces (Pachylia), 1
,, insularis (Pachylia), 1
sylvester (Euploea), xxx
Symplecta, 218
Symplectomorpha, 218
Syrphidae, 72
Systellonatus, 308 J wie |
Tabanidae, 72, 232 E

Cxcv

Tachinidae, 72, 320, 324, 382, 518
tachypetis (Melinaea), xeviii
Tachys, 178
taeniarostris (Harpagomyia), 497, 498,
499, 500, 503
taeniatus (Bembidium), 174
(Tetragonoderus), 174
taenionota (Erioptera), 210, 212, 213
taishoensis (Kpiscapha), 291
Tanita, 23, 33, 36, 53
Tanuetheira, 320, 360, 375
Taphrophila, 207
tarandi (Hypoderma), ]xxxix
», (Oedemagena), Ixxxix
tarsale (Platydema), 270
tarsatus (Ditropidus), 261
», (Paltothyreus), 322, 420, 421,
422, 520
», (Prasonotus), 261
taurus (Anthracias), 273
», (Toxieum), 273
tecta (Aspidomorpha), 80, 92
Tefflus, 38, 60, 79, 89
telesiphe (Heliconius), xx xviii
Tellervo, Ixxviii
temerarius (Philodicus), 323, 447
tenax (Eristalis), 25, 31, 33, 72, 100, 524
Tenebrio, 272
tenebrioides (Catadromus), 174, 175
Tenebrionidae, lvii, 64, 90, 269
tenella (Gonomyia), 208, 209
tenera (Citrinophila), 320, 323, 465,
466, 467, 468, 478, 489
tenuicornis (Humbe), 17, 36, 53
Teracolus, 95
Teratoneura, 319, 3238, 338, 339, 540,
341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347,
349, 350, 355, 356, 357, 359, 372,
396, 423, 439, 442, 459, 460, 465
Terias, xxxvili, 95, 323, 465, 467, 468
Termites, 322, 323, 416, 448
Termitidae, 56, 322, 416
terpsichore f. rougeti (Acraea), 81, 93
testacea (Lytta), 282
testudogrisea var. pardalina (Sphaero-
coris), 73
testulalis (Maruca), 320, 381
Tetradiplosis, 505
Tetraponera, xli
Tetrastichus, 459
Tettigonidae, 232
Tettigoniidae, 56, 88
Tettix, 447
teutonia (Belenois), xxii
teutonica (Andrena), xxvii
Theclinae, 246
theobene (Cymothoe), 321, 324,
469, 470, 471, 472

403,

theobene, f. lutescens (Cymothoe), 469,
470, 471, 472
nigrescens (Cymothoe),
470, 471, 472
nigro-fulvescens (Cymo-
thoe), 470
f, nigro lutescens (Cymo-
thoe), 493, 469, 470, 471,
472
(Harma), 321, 403
thetis (Polyommatus), xxix
Thisoicetrellus, 129
Thisoicetrinus, 128, 129
Thisoicetrus, 117, 121,
130, 133
thoracicus (Badister), 171, 187
Thrypticomyia, 202
thule (Papilio), Ixxviii
thunbergi (Mylabris), 281
an (Platymetopus), 160
Thysanoptera, 324, 527
tibialis (Mylabris), 432, 433
Tibicinae, I] xiii
timon (Tanuetheira),
372, 373, 374, 375,
482, 484, 485, 489
timoriensis (Brachynus), 149
3 (Styphlomerus), 149
Tineina, 321, 324, 410, 494
Tipulidae, Ixxxvii, 196, 197
tithonus misresiana (Troides), xcvi
tonkinea (Mordella), 280
torta (Dioryche), 147
Tortricidae, 320, 381
Toxicum, 270, 273
trabealis (Cistelomorpha), 279
trabeatus (Chlamydolycus), 28, 39, 62,
80, 89
transcaspica (Anthocharis), xlix
transversalis (Macropoda), 10, 42, 64,
76, 90

” f.
+ f.

122, 128, 129,

320, 361, 370,
377, 478, 480,

(Scatopse), vill
trapezicollis (Clivina), 176
" (Psilus), 176

Trichocera, 227, 228
Trichoptera, 593, 595
trichorostris (Grahamia), 497
(Harpagomyia), 498,

503
Trichulus, 291
Triclema, 387
Tricyclea, 520, 521
Tricyphona, 226
trifolii (Zygaena), lxxiii, Ixxiv

», race albiana (Zygaena), xxxili
trigonophora (Neptis), 534, 538, 540,

552, 570, 588, 589
trimaculata (Idioptera), 221

500,

a2

ae

ln ai en i

> pan lens

exevi

Trimicra, 218
trimmerana (Andrena), xxvii, xxviii
Triplacidea, 301
Triplatoma, 291
Triplax, 300, 304
tripudians (Gnophomyia), 219
tripustulatus (Brachynus), 155
“ (Pheropsophus), 155, 159,
164

tristigma (Mylabris), 9, 37, 64
tristis (Euploea), xxx

», (Hagenomyia), 56
Tritoma, 300, 301
Tritomidea, 301, 303
trivia subsp. persea (Melitaea), xl
trivialis (Erioptera), 210, 211
trivittata (Plaesiorrhina), 59
Trogidae, 58, 89
Troides, xevi
tropica (Chaetodiplosis), 508
Tropidiopsis, 136
truncata (Colobopsis), 310

e (Libresthis), 183
truncatus (Pogonoglossus), 183
truquii( Cicindela), iii
tuber (Merope), xxxiv, 231
tuberculifer (Byrsax), 270
tulliolus darchia (Euploea), xxx
turcicus (Paussus), iv
tutti (Zygaena), Ixxiii, xxiv
Tylotropidius, 135, 136
ugandae (Hypolycaena), 246, 247
ugandaensis (Exosoma), 48, 66
ultima (Limnophila), 220

s, (Neolimnophila), 230
ulyssis (Nesitis), 292
umbratum (Platydema), 271
umbratus (Acanthomyops), vii, viii

es (Chthonolasius), vii, vill
uncinata (Ormosia), 217, 218
unicolor (Selasia), 322, 436, 438

,, (Trieyphona), 226, 227, 230
uniformis (Leiochrodes), 272
unionalis (Margarodes), xxxi
uniseriata (Rhipidia), 203

_ Upis, 273

urgens var. nigeriana (Pericapritermes),
416
urticae (Aglais), xeviii, ev
», (Vanessa), cvi
usambaricus (Thisoicetrus), 126
usambicus (Corynodes), 65, 91
usta (Lytta), 282
vacuna (Apatura), xi
valga (Ceropria), 271
validicornis (Pogonoglossus), 148, 183
validus (Hister), 15, 29, 35, 61, 98
varanes vologeses (Charaxes), 321, 402

aE

varia (Triplatoma), 287
variabilis (Camarimena), 274
rs (Strongylium), 274
varians (Oodes), 169
varicolor (Leiochrodes), 272
a3 (Leiochrota), 272
varicornis (Euprepocnemis), 137
¥y (Heteracris), 136
be (Tylotropidius), 136, 137
variegata (Zonocerus), 428
variegatus (Graphipterus), iv
a (Haliplus), 590
variinervis (Tricyphona), 227
varius (Rhypholophus), 216
velutinum (Diaperis), 270
me (Platydema), 270
ventralis (Dicranomyia), 198, 200, 230
verralli (Erioptera), 211, 212, 230
versicolor (Agonoscelis), 73
verticella (Tricyelea), 521, 522
Vespidae, 57
vesta (Teracolus), 70
vestita (Mylabris), 482, 433
», (Vieta), 20, 37, 64
victorina (Henotesia), 240
viduatus (Aspongopus), 19, 28, 73, 76,
96
Vieta, 20, 37, 64
viminalis (Bombycia), xcvili
- (Phytodecta), Ixvii, Ixviii,
lxix
vininga (Aslauga), 338
vinula (Dicranura), xii
violacea (Xylocopa), xlix
violinitens (Palla), 321, 402
virens (Oodes), 169
virgo (Orimarga), 207
»» (Pieridopsis), lxxvili
viridipes (Phymateus), 11, 14, 27, 34,
53

viridis (Ocnus), 263
viridissima (Parasa), 321, 409
viridula (Nezara), 96
visenda (Euploea), xxx
vitalisi (Aulacochilus), 299
», (Megalodacne), 287, 288, 289,
290
Viticicola, xli
vitripennis (Antocha), 207
vittata (Oxypoda), viii
vittatus (Amblyopus), 300
»» (Omophron), 174, 188
ae (Scolytus), 174
vitticollis (Tritoma), 301
vosseleri (Embia), 450
i. (Rhagadochir), 450
vulgaris (Vespa), Ixxvi, evili
vulneripennis (Gnathaphanus), 180

at peace Ay (at a re is Had Meigs

excvii

¥

wahlbergi (Clytra), 8, 18, 65
wahlbergiana (Olethreutes), 320, 381
walkeri (Osdara), 274, 275
welwitschi (Acraea), 244
“ lobemba (Acraea), 244
a lutea one 244, 245, 258
a nivea (Acraea), 245, 258
willemi (Cyclopides), 71
westwoodi (Callistomimus), 147
woodwardi (Neptis), 534, 537, 553,
556, 557, 587, 589

xanthacrus (Chlaenius), 170

“5 (Lomasa), 170
xanthopleurus (Chlaenius), 176
xanthosoma (Neurosymploca), 43, 46,

Aged 27 065,95
xanthospilus (Carabus), 167
Fe (Chlaenius), 167

xanthosticta (Tritomidea), 301
xanthus (Spilotragus), 46, 67
xenoclea (Heliconius), xxxvi, xxxvii,
XXXVili
re xenoclea (Heliconius), xxxvii
Xenodusa, 309
xii-oculata (Isotomina), 412
zalmoxis (Papilio), ciii, civ
zanzibarica (Phantasis), 26, 67
Zeltus, 483, 489
Zeugloptera, 593
Zoniopoda, 111
Zonitis, 91
Zonochroa, 520
Zophobas, 269, 274
Zygaena, xxxiii, xxiii
Zygaenidae, 71, 95
zymna (Megalopalpus), 383, 483, 489

ERRATA.

7, TRANSACTIONS.

Page 63 (Table) line 10 from bottom, ‘for Acmoeodera read Nomiogees:
Page 153, line 22 from top, for Plocionus read Plochionus.

Page 439, line 15 from bottom, for cassive read cassvae.

Page 439, line 14 from bottom, for Haemophloeus read eaentepilonss.

PROCEEDINGS.

Page xxx, lines 19 and 23, for e/utho read eleutho.

Purstep in Great Burrain ny Ricuarp Cray & Sons, Liwitep,
BUNGAY, SUFFOLK,

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

THE FELLOWSHIP AND FEES.

Fellows pay an Admission Fee of £3 3s. The Annual Contribution of £2 2s.
is due on the first day of January in each year, and is payable in advance.

All Fees should be paid to the Treasurer, Mr. W. G. Sheldon, at 41, Queen’s
Gate, S.W.7, and not to the Secretaries.

Fellows desiring to pay their Annual Contribution through their bankers can
obtain an official form of banker’s order by applying to the Treasurer.

Fellows whose Contributions for the current year have been paid are entitled
to receive the publications of the Society free of charge. Further copies may be
purchased at reduced prices by applying to the Librarian.

Forms of application for Fellowship, copies of the Bye-laws and the List of
Fellows may be obtained from the Secretaries.

MEETINGS AND EXHIBITIONS.

Intending exhibitors are required to send in their names and the nature of their
exhibits to the Secretaries before noon on the day of the meeting, in order that they
may be called upon from the chair. Descriptive notes of all exhibits should be
handed to the Secretaries at the same meeting for printing in the Proceedings. If
the lantern is required, a week’s notice must be given.

Fellows resident abroad, or who are otherwise unable to attend, are reminded that
any specimens, notes, or observations they may send to the Secretaries will be
considered by the Council, with a view to exhibition or reading at the meetings
of the Society.

PAPERS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Fellows desiring to communicate papers to the Society must send the full titles of
such papers to the Secretaries at the Society’s rooms, 41, Queen’s Gate, London,
S.W. 7, at least fourteen days prior to the date of the meeting at which it is
proposed that such papers shall be read.

Authors proposing to illustrate their papers should communicate with the
Secretaries before the drawings are executed. The Council recommend that the size
of the work on plates should be limited to 6} ins. by 4 ins., and in no case will it be
allowed to exceed 64 ins. by 44 ins.

Attention is called to the Instructions to Authors issued with Part I of each
volume, which may also be obtained at the Office of the Society. Inattention tp
these regulations may involve an author in considerable expense.

WANTED.

The Society desires to purchase volumes or parts of the Transactions for the
years 1907, 1908, and 1912.

al
CONTENTS

List of Officers and Council ...

List of Memoirs

Explanation of Plates

List of Fellows

Additions to the Library

List of Benefactions

Poem

Proceedings oe
Annual Meeting ny Balunce Sheet Bos
President’s Address

General Index

Special Index

ON

OF PART: V-

PAGE

(v)

( vii )

( viii’)

(ix )

( xxxii )

: ( lxiii )
ty Faience ae) -page of Proceedings )
i-evili

cix

Cxxvii

elxili *

clxxi

MEETINGS
TO BE HELD IN THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS
41, QurEn’s Gate, 8.W. 7

Session 1]

Wednesday, April

99 May

i June

AN October

> 99

as November

) 39

ns December

a5 January (ANNUAL MEETING)
mA February oe

The Chair will be taken at Hight o'clock.

922-1923.

i
are Tw OH

=i
anak

THE LIBRARY

is open to Fellows and their friends every day from 10 a.m. to
6 p.m., except Saturdays, when it closes at 1 p.m. On the nights
of meeting it remains open until 10 p.m.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,

BUNGAY,

aN

if Pea)

fis) ly

iy te a ae
re

Hh | Nl ny ui